Truth In Data for Payments and Banking - PaymentsJournal https://www.paymentsjournal.com/category/truth-in-data/ Payments Content, Expert Insights and Timely News Wed, 15 Apr 2026 15:34:55 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/03/cropped-paymentsjournal-icon-32x32.jpg Truth In Data for Payments and Banking - PaymentsJournal https://www.paymentsjournal.com/category/truth-in-data/ 32 32 True Truth In Data for Payments and Banking - PaymentsJournal false episodic podcast Top 4 Open-Loop Commercial Prepaid Loads https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-4-open-loop-commercial-prepaid-loads/ Wed, 15 Apr 2026 15:34:51 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=527814 Open Loop Commercial PrepaidThe open-loop commercial prepaid market is entering a more consequential phase. What began as a practical way to control spend and simplify disbursements has evolved into a flexible payment tool used across payroll, incentives, travel, and B2B use cases. As businesses look for faster, more transparent ways to move money, open-loop prepaid programs are gaining […]

The post Top 4 Open-Loop Commercial Prepaid Loads appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The open-loop commercial prepaid market is entering a more consequential phase. What began as a practical way to control spend and simplify disbursements has evolved into a flexible payment tool used across payroll, incentives, travel, and B2B use cases. As businesses look for faster, more transparent ways to move money, open-loop prepaid programs are gaining traction for their ability to operate across established card networks while offering tighter controls than traditional credit. At the same time, issuers, program managers, and fintech partners are reshaping the space with embedded features, real-time funding options, and better data visibility.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2026 State of the Industry: Commercial Prepaid Cards

2025 U.S. Open-Loop Commercial Prepaid Loads (In Billions of U.S. Dollars)

  • $98 – Government open loop
  • $78 – HSA/FSA
  • $34 – Insurance
  • $22 – Consumer incentives

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Growth in the commercial prepaid market is expected to be uneven over the next five years, with particularly strong potential in non-government segments such as healthcare benefits, incentive programs, and various disbursement use cases.

In its latest installment of an ongoing prepaid trends series, Javelin Strategy & Research examines the commercial prepaid landscape across both business-to-business and government applications. Although prepaid solutions still make up a relatively small portion of overall commercial payments, they present a meaningful opportunity for expansion. These products can serve alongside traditional postpaid options or, in some cases, replace them entirely. With a stable foundation already in place, commercial prepaid is well positioned to support emerging use cases and extend its reach into new areas of the market.

The post Top 4 Open-Loop Commercial Prepaid Loads appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Co-Branded Credit Cards Do Consumers Really Carry? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-co-branded-credit-cards-do-consumers-really-carry/ Fri, 27 Feb 2026 19:14:49 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=526857 co-branded credit cardsCo-branded credit cards are a mainstay in today’s payments landscape, but how many do consumers actually hold? Recent data shows a wide range of engagement: just over half of cardholders stick with a single co-branded card, while a notable share carry multiple, with some managing portfolios of six or more. This distribution highlights differing approaches […]

The post How Many Co-Branded Credit Cards Do Consumers Really Carry? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Co-branded credit cards are a mainstay in today’s payments landscape, but how many do consumers actually hold? Recent data shows a wide range of engagement: just over half of cardholders stick with a single co-branded card, while a notable share carry multiple, with some managing portfolios of six or more. This distribution highlights differing approaches to brand loyalty, rewards optimization, and credit usage. Examining how many co-branded cards consumers own offers a useful lens into how deeply these partnerships resonate and how actively consumers are leveraging them in their everyday spending.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Credit Card Databook 2026

Co-Branded Credit Card Ownership Distribution

  • 52% of those with one card
  • 19% of those with 2 cards
  • 18% of those with 3-5 cards
  • 12% of those with 6 or more cards

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research, North American PaymentsInsights 2025

About Report

The credit card industry has continued its upward trajectory despite earlier concerns that growth might plateau. In 2025, purchase volume climbed to $1.28 trillion, reinforcing cards as the preferred payment method for many consumers. At the same time, certain signals warrant attention, including declining personal savings rates that may point to heavier reliance on credit, as well as potential regulatory changes that could affect the sector’s future.

This annual report from Javelin Strategy & Research provides a comprehensive look at the current landscape. It explores how consumers across the United States are using credit cards, with detailed insights into demographic trends and key performance indicators to help gauge the market’s direction.

The post How Many Co-Branded Credit Cards Do Consumers Really Carry? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Economic Factors That Drive New Credit Card Applications https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-economic-factors-that-drive-new-credit-card-applications-2/ Fri, 20 Feb 2026 18:08:45 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=525495 credit card applicationsEconomic conditions often play a major role in how consumers manage credit. Changes in interest rates, inflation, and household finances can influence when people decide to apply for a new credit card. Whether consumers are looking for better rewards, lower borrowing costs, or more financial flexibility, broader economic trends help shape those decisions. Don’t miss […]

The post Top 5 Economic Factors That Drive New Credit Card Applications appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Economic conditions often play a major role in how consumers manage credit. Changes in interest rates, inflation, and household finances can influence when people decide to apply for a new credit card. Whether consumers are looking for better rewards, lower borrowing costs, or more financial flexibility, broader economic trends help shape those decisions.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Credit Card Databook 2026

Important Economic Factors in the Decision to Apply for a New Credit Card

  • 73% – No annual fee
  • 67% – An attractive points/rewards program
  • 64% – The card had strong fraud protection features
  • 63% – Good credit line
  • 58% – Low APR (interest rate)

About Report

Credit card usage in the United States continues to expand, even as some observers have questioned whether the market was nearing saturation. In 2025, total purchase volume climbed to $1.28 trillion, reinforcing credit cards’ position as the most widely used payment method among consumers. At the same time, several indicators suggest areas to watch, including persistently low personal savings rates that may signal heavier dependence on credit, as well as potential regulatory proposals that could affect the industry if passed.

This annual report from Javelin Strategy & Research provides a comprehensive look at the U.S. credit card landscape. It analyzes how consumers are using credit cards today and examines trends across key demographic groups and market indicators to offer a clear picture of the industry’s current state.

The post Top 5 Economic Factors That Drive New Credit Card Applications appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 4 Prepaid Cards Purchased, Reloaded, or Received https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-4-prepaid-cards-purchased-reloaded-or-received/ Fri, 13 Feb 2026 20:30:29 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=524891 prepaid cardsPrepaid cards are used for many different reasons, from everyday spending to gifts and financial management. Looking at the types of prepaid cards people purchase, reload, or receive can reveal how consumers actually use them in practice. Some cards are bought for personal budgeting, others are given as gifts or incentives, and many serve as […]

The post Top 4 Prepaid Cards Purchased, Reloaded, or Received appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Prepaid cards are used for many different reasons, from everyday spending to gifts and financial management. Looking at the types of prepaid cards people purchase, reload, or receive can reveal how consumers actually use them in practice. Some cards are bought for personal budgeting, others are given as gifts or incentives, and many serve as practical tools for people who prefer alternatives to traditional bank accounts.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2026 Prepaid Payments Data Book

Prepaid Cards Purchased, Reloaded, or Received in the Past 12 Months

  • 72% – Retailer-specific gift card
  • 50% – General-purpose non-reloadable prepaid card
  • 29% – General-purpose reloadable prepaid card
  • 25% – Multi-retailer gift card

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Prepaid card programs continue to expand across multiple sectors, reinforcing their role as an important component of the payments ecosystem. Over the next five years, several prepaid segments are expected to experience steady growth, with many categories projected to achieve annual increases of around 5% or more. Certain areas—including gift cards, gaming-related payments, cash-access alternatives, and commercial incentive programs—are forecast to grow even faster, averaging roughly 8% annually as adoption increases across consumer and business use cases.

Although prepaid products are commonly associated with consumer spending, commercial and government programs account for significant load value and remain an important part of the market. Government-funded programs continue to represent a large share of prepaid volume, though their growth is expected to remain relatively modest compared with other segments. Policy changes, federal funding adjustments, and cost-of-living increases tied to programs such as Social Security and nutritional assistance may influence growth patterns across these categories.

The post Top 4 Prepaid Cards Purchased, Reloaded, or Received appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Why Do Consumers Stop Using General-Purpose Reloadable Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/why-do-consumers-stop-using-general-purpose-reloadable-cards/ Fri, 06 Feb 2026 19:30:55 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=523243 general purpose reloadable prepaid cardGeneral-purpose reloadable cards play an important role in the prepaid ecosystem, but continued usage is not guaranteed. While many consumers adopt these products for budgeting, convenience, or access to digital payments, a range of factors can influence whether they keep using them over time. Understanding why consumers discontinue use offers valuable insight for issuers, program […]

The post Why Do Consumers Stop Using General-Purpose Reloadable Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

General-purpose reloadable cards play an important role in the prepaid ecosystem, but continued usage is not guaranteed. While many consumers adopt these products for budgeting, convenience, or access to digital payments, a range of factors can influence whether they keep using them over time. Understanding why consumers discontinue use offers valuable insight for issuers, program managers, and payment providers looking to improve retention. The latest data highlights the primary reasons cardholders step away from general-purpose reloadable cards.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2025 General-Purpose Reloadable Card Scorecard

Top 4 Reasons for Discontinuing Use of General-Purpose Reloadable Cards

  • 38% – Reloading it wasn’t convenient
  • 25% – The fees were too high
  • 13% – I lost it
  • 13% – I was able to open a bank account with a debit card instead

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

The 2025 General Purpose Reloadable Card Scorecard examines the competitive landscape of the GPR market through a consumer-focused lens. As one of the most significant segments within prepaid payments, general-purpose reloadable cards reached $255 billion in total load volume in 2024 and are projected to expand at an annual growth rate of roughly 8%, according to Javelin Strategy & Research. These products serve diverse purposes, functioning as an alternative for consumers without access to traditional credit or debit, a budgeting tool for everyday expenses, a gateway to peer-to-peer payments, and in some cases a loyalty driver for retailers.

Javelin’s research explores how consumers evaluate reloadable cards, identifying cost, security, accessibility, and digital functionality as the most influential factors shaping satisfaction and continued use.

In the 2025 rankings, the Regions Bank Now Card earned top overall recognition among 16 widely used programs. While it did not lead in any single scoring category, its consistently high performance across all segments secured its position at the top. The Cash App Card and GO2bank Card followed closely, each demonstrating strong overall results despite not finishing first in individual categories. Notably, the top three programs reflect distinct market approaches, representing a traditional bank-sponsored offering, a peer-to-peer platform-backed card, and a retail-focused GPR product.

The evaluation framework assesses 55 separate attributes grouped into three weighted categories: Ongoing Experience, which accounts for half of the total score, and Cost as well as Additional Benefits and Features, each representing 25% of the final rating.

The post Why Do Consumers Stop Using General-Purpose Reloadable Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Likely Are Consumers to Buy Reloadable Prepaid Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-likely-are-consumers-to-buy-reloadable-prepaid-cards/ Fri, 30 Jan 2026 18:47:05 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=523239 reloadable prepaid cardsConsumer demand for reloadable prepaid cards has shifted in recent years as payment preferences continue to evolve. From budgeting tools to digital spending options, these products serve a range of financial needs. But how strong is purchase intent today? Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left […]

The post How Likely Are Consumers to Buy Reloadable Prepaid Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Consumer demand for reloadable prepaid cards has shifted in recent years as payment preferences continue to evolve. From budgeting tools to digital spending options, these products serve a range of financial needs. But how strong is purchase intent today?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 22nd Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Card Market Forecast, 2025-2029

Consumer Intent With Regard to Purchasing Reloadable Prepaid Card Products, 2025

  • 26%- More likely to purchase
  • 41% – Purchases will stay the same
  • 11% – Less likely to purchase
  • 15% – Will not purchase any reloadable prepaid cards
  • 8% – Don’t know

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Javelin Strategy & Research is continuing its analysis of developments across the open-loop prepaid sector. The firm expects solid expansion across most major prepaid segments, particularly general-purpose reloadable cards, payroll and government benefit cards, and business or expense-related products. As with prior forecasts, broader economic conditions remain a key factor shaping performance, with growth measured against overall economic activity.

Policy changes, program administration improvements, and benefit enhancements are supporting certain prepaid categories, especially general-purpose and benefit cards. These products can serve as alternatives to higher-cost credit or to healthcare spending that offers fewer tax advantages. At the same time, wider macroeconomic pressures, including political uncertainty and smaller cost-of-living increases, are tempering growth in areas such as Temporary Assistance for Needy Families and campus card programs.

Separate consumer research from Javelin indicates that U.S. consumers continue to view prepaid products favorably. Usage levels remain strong, load activity is steady, and purchase intent is trending upward. Spending activity is particularly concentrated in high-volume categories, including gift purchases and cards used for personal spending.

The post How Likely Are Consumers to Buy Reloadable Prepaid Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Where Do Consumers Fall Across Credit Score Ranges? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-consumers-fall-across-credit-score-ranges/ Fri, 23 Jan 2026 16:23:05 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=520903 credit score segmentsCredit scores play a quiet but powerful role in financial life, influencing everything from loan approvals to interest rates and insurance costs. While most people know whether their credit is “good” or “bad,” fewer understand how credit scores are spread across the population. Looking at these score ranges helps put individual credit profiles into context […]

The post Where Do Consumers Fall Across Credit Score Ranges? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit scores play a quiet but powerful role in financial life, influencing everything from loan approvals to interest rates and insurance costs. While most people know whether their credit is “good” or “bad,” fewer understand how credit scores are spread across the population. Looking at these score ranges helps put individual credit profiles into context and shows how common, or rare, certain credit situations really are.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Evolutions in Secured Cards: Not Ready for Traditional Lenders

Number of People in Various Credit Scoring Segments, in Millions (2025)

  • 7.0 – No credit score
  • 37.9 – Poor (300-579)
  • 39.8 – Fair (580-669)
  • 54.5 – Good (670-739)
  • 73.4 – Very Good (740-799)
  • 61.4 – Exceptional (800-850)

Source: American Banker, FICO

About Report

A new type of fintech payment card is reshaping the traditional secured credit card model. Rather than asking consumers with limited or damaged credit histories to deposit funds as collateral, these products link a credit card directly to a checking-style account. When the card is used, the transaction amount is automatically pulled from the connected deposit account, effectively settling the balance right away. These credit-building cards operate on the Visa and Mastercard networks and are not offered through American Express or Discover, which issue cards directly to consumers.

From a regulatory standpoint, this structure raises open questions. Because payments are automatically covered through the linked deposit account, the cardholder is not actively managing repayment in the same way as with a standard credit card. Financial institutions have also flagged concerns around merchant impact, since transactions are processed over credit card networks with higher interchange fees rather than through debit rails that are subject to stricter pricing limits.

The post Where Do Consumers Fall Across Credit Score Ranges? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Gift Card Purchase Categories https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-gift-card-purchase-categories-2/ Fri, 16 Jan 2026 19:29:12 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=520382 gift cardsGift cards have become a go-to choice for consumers who want something flexible, convenient, and easy to personalize. But where people choose to spend those cards says a lot about what they value and how they shop. From everyday essentials to entertainment and experiences, certain categories consistently rise to the top because they fit real […]

The post Top 5 Gift Card Purchase Categories appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Gift cards have become a go-to choice for consumers who want something flexible, convenient, and easy to personalize. But where people choose to spend those cards says a lot about what they value and how they shop. From everyday essentials to entertainment and experiences, certain categories consistently rise to the top because they fit real needs and lifestyles.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 22nd Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Card Market Forecast, 2025-2029

Top Consumer Gift Card Purchase Categories

  • 43% – Mass merchandisers (Walmart, Target, etc.)
  • 41% – Online-only merchandise retailers (Amazon, eBay, etc.)
  • 34% – Fast-food/quick-service restaurants (McDonald’s, Panera Bread, etc.)
  • 31% – Coffee/specialty food (Starbucks, Dunkin, etc.)
  • 25% – Supermarkets/Grocery stores (Kroger, Publix, etc.)

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

This report builds on Javelin Strategy & Research’s ongoing analysis of the closed-loop prepaid market, examining recent load activity alongside projected performance over the next five years. The overall outlook remains favorable, with the category expected to expand steadily. Segments such as in-store gifting and incentive programs are positioned for solid gains, while areas like nutrition assistance and prepaid mobile are projected to increase more modestly. Online gaming and gambling continue to be a notable growth driver, supported by broader legalization and strong consumer interest. Shifting economic pressures and policy decisions remain key variables, as higher everyday costs tend to support prepaid usage while lower levels of federal funding limit growth in certain programs.

Consumer attitudes toward closed-loop cards are also trending positive. Both purchasers and users in the U.S. indicate ongoing adoption, driven by increases in load amounts, a stable mix of gifting and personal use, and a balanced shift between digital and physical card formats. Together, these factors point to sustained relevance and gradual expansion across the market.

The post Top 5 Gift Card Purchase Categories appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What are the Payment Priorities of Student Loan Holders? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-payment-priorities-of-student-loan-holders/ Fri, 31 Oct 2025 15:05:59 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=518772 payments student loansWhen money is tight, student loan holders are forced to make choices that rarely feel fair. Rent, groceries, credit cards, medical bills, and loan payments all compete for the same limited dollars, and something usually gives. For millions of borrowers, the question isn’t whether to pay their student loans, but where those loans fall on […]

The post What are the Payment Priorities of Student Loan Holders? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

When money is tight, student loan holders are forced to make choices that rarely feel fair. Rent, groceries, credit cards, medical bills, and loan payments all compete for the same limited dollars, and something usually gives. For millions of borrowers, the question isn’t whether to pay their student loans, but where those loans fall on the list of financial priorities—and what gets sacrificed when they do.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Young Borrowers: Riskier Than Ever…and the Future of Credit Cards

Payment Priority Ranking by Holders of Student Loans

  • 73% – Mortgage
  • 70% – Auto loan
  • 57% – Student loan
  • 54% – Credit Card
  • 49% – Personal loan
  • 40% – BNPL

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Younger adults, especially those between 18 and 29, will shape the next phase of the credit card market, not older generations. That opportunity comes with real challenges. Compared with their parents and grandparents, these consumers are more likely to fall seriously behind on payments or end up in charge-off, making them a riskier segment for issuers. As a result, lenders face a balancing act: managing near-term risk while finding ways to support these customers as they move through adulthood and build financial stability.

This report from Javelin Strategy & Research examines how credit risk varies across age groups, tracks how card performance evolves over time, and explores how issuers can adapt their product design, messaging, and offers to better engage younger cardholders while protecting their portfolios.

The post What are the Payment Priorities of Student Loan Holders? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Are Consumers Paying with Cryptocurrency? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-consumers-paying-with-cryptocurrency/ Fri, 24 Oct 2025 19:45:26 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=518641 cryptocurrency paymentsCryptocurrency has been talked about as the future of money for more than a decade. But talk and everyday behavior are not the same thing. While headlines often focus on price swings and speculation, a quieter question matters more for payments: are consumers actually using crypto to pay for things? Don’t miss another episode of […]

The post Are Consumers Paying with Cryptocurrency? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Cryptocurrency has been talked about as the future of money for more than a decade. But talk and everyday behavior are not the same thing. While headlines often focus on price swings and speculation, a quieter question matters more for payments: are consumers actually using crypto to pay for things?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Digital Money Comes to Payments, but the Crypto Has Disappeared

Percentage of U.S. Consumers Using Cryptocurrency to Make Any Type of Purchase

  • Past 7 days – 13% of consumers have used cryptocurrency to make a purchase.
  • Past 30 days – 13% of consumers have used cryptocurrency to make a purchase.
  • Past 90 days – 8% of consumers have used cryptocurrency to make a purchase.
  • Past 12 months – 3% of consumers have used cryptocurrency to make a purchase.
  • More than 12 months ago – 3% of consumers have used cryptocurrency to make a purchase.
  • Never – 59% of consumers have never used cryptocurrency to make a purchase.

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research, North American PaymentsInsights

About Report

Digital money is already part of the U.S. payments landscape, but it looks very different from what early cryptocurrency advocates imagined. The focus is shifting away from the term “cryptocurrency” itself and toward practical value transfer through digital assets, especially stablecoins. Adoption is accelerating on the commercial side, and over the next three to five years, blockchain-based tools are likely to be embedded across organizations of all sizes. For most employees and customers, that technology will operate quietly in the background. Digital money won’t feel new or novel. It will simply work.

This report from Javelin Strategy & Research examines how definitions of digital money are evolving, how payment infrastructure is being built to stay largely out of sight, and what that means for organizations evaluating real-world use cases for digital assets.

The post Are Consumers Paying with Cryptocurrency? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Generation Uses AI for Work-Related Tasks? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-generation-uses-ai-for-work-related-tasks/ Fri, 03 Oct 2025 19:40:49 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=517218 AI agentic toolsArtificial intelligence is changing how people work, but its adoption is not the same across every age group. Some generations are already folding AI and agentic tools into their daily routines, while others are only beginning to explore what these systems can do. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red […]

The post What Generation Uses AI for Work-Related Tasks? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Artificial intelligence is changing how people work, but its adoption is not the same across every age group. Some generations are already folding AI and agentic tools into their daily routines, while others are only beginning to explore what these systems can do.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2025 Emerging Payments Survey: Agents Enter the Stage

Business Use of AI/Agentic Tools, by Age

  • 22% – 18-24 year old users
  • 27% – 25-34 year old users
  • 31% – 35-44 year old users
  • 21% – 45-54 year old users
  • 10% – 55-64 year old users
  • 4% – 65+ year old users

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research, 2025

About Report

AI tools and agentic systems are still in their early stages, yet Javelin Strategy & Research’s latest North American PaymentsInsights survey offers one of the first clear snapshots of how consumers are engaging with them. Adoption patterns are beginning to emerge, and while today’s tools will continue to evolve, one point stands out: people are already bringing AI into their routines or are willing to try it. Organizations across the payments space can use this momentum to shape smarter strategies and better understand the audiences they want to reach.

This report highlights the most meaningful findings, outlining how individuals use AI in both personal and professional settings and identifying the trends that signal what comes next. It clarifies what matters, filters out distractions, and presents practical steps stakeholders can take during this early growth phase.

The post What Generation Uses AI for Work-Related Tasks? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Features For a General Purpose Reloadable Card https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-features-for-a-general-purpose-reloadable-card/ Fri, 26 Sep 2025 18:39:24 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=516940 General Purpose Reloadable CardConsumers have more options than ever when it comes to general purpose reloadable prepaid cards, which makes understanding what truly matters essential. Before choosing a card, people want to know how it fits into everyday spending, how transparent the fees are, how easy it is to manage, and what protections or perks come with it. […]

The post Top 5 Features For a General Purpose Reloadable Card appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Consumers have more options than ever when it comes to general purpose reloadable prepaid cards, which makes understanding what truly matters essential. Before choosing a card, people want to know how it fits into everyday spending, how transparent the fees are, how easy it is to manage, and what protections or perks come with it.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2025 General-Purpose Reloadable Card Scorecard

Top 5 Features to Consumers in Choosing a General Purpose Reloadable Card

  • 76% – Low ongoing fees
  • 76% – Low cost to set up the card
  • 75% – Convenient locations to reload the card
  • 73% – Access to ATMs without additional fees
  • 73% – Zero liability for fraud losses

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

The 2025 General Purpose Reloadable Card Scorecard offers a fresh consumer-focused view of the GPR landscape and how major programs stack up. This segment remains one of the strongest areas in prepaid payments, reaching an estimated $255 billion in load volume in 2024 and maintaining steady annual growth of roughly 8%, based on Javelin Strategy & Research figures. The wide range of providers included in the analysis reflects the many roles GPR cards play. They give consumers without access to traditional banking products a way to participate in electronic payments, help people manage day-to-day expenses, support simple peer-to-peer transactions, and reinforce loyalty for certain retailers. The research also outlines what cardholders care about most, with fees, security, availability, and easy-to-use technology staying at the top of the list.

Regions Bank’s Now card earned the highest overall score among the 16 programs reviewed. While it did not take first place in any single category, its consistently strong performance placed it in the top tier across all three evaluated areas. Cash App and GO2bank followed in second and third place. Neither card led an individual category, but both delivered solid results across the scoring framework. Together, the top three offerings illustrate the different value models in the GPR market: a bank-issued card, a P2P-focused option, and a card aligned with a retail brand.

The post Top 5 Features For a General Purpose Reloadable Card appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Does the Prime Rate Impact Credit Card Interest Rates? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/does-the-prime-rate-impact-credit-card-interest-rates/ Fri, 19 Sep 2025 18:23:19 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=516461 credit card interest rateCredit card interest rates remain a key indicator of consumer borrowing conditions, especially when viewed alongside broader benchmarks such as the prime rate. As financial institutions balance risk, funding costs, and market dynamics, the relationship between these two measures offers important insight into how credit pricing evolves. Reviewing recent data helps clarify whether movements in […]

The post Does the Prime Rate Impact Credit Card Interest Rates? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit card interest rates remain a key indicator of consumer borrowing conditions, especially when viewed alongside broader benchmarks such as the prime rate. As financial institutions balance risk, funding costs, and market dynamics, the relationship between these two measures offers important insight into how credit pricing evolves. Reviewing recent data helps clarify whether movements in the prime rate translate into shifts in credit card APRs and provides useful context for understanding trends in consumer credit overall.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Credit Card Balance Transfers: A Consumer’s Opportunity and an Issuer’s Bet

Average U.S. Credit Card Interest Rate and Prime Rate, by Percentage

  • 2021 – The interest rate was 14.61% with a prime rate of 3.25%
  • 2022 – The interest rate was 15.13% with a prime rate of 4.00%
  • 2023 – The interest rate was 20.84% with a prime rate of 8.25%
  • 2024 – the interest rate was 21.51% with a prime rate of 8.50%
  • 2025 – the interest rate was 21.16% with a prime rate of 7.50%

Source: Chase, Federal Reserve Bank, Javelin Strategy & Research estimates, 2025

About Report

Balance transfer promotions can offer meaningful advantages for both consumers and card issuers when used as intended. Borrowers gain temporary access to interest-free financing, while issuers collect an upfront fee—typically between 3% and 5%—that provides immediate revenue.

However, many consumers do not repay the transferred balance within the standard promotional period of roughly one to two years, resulting in the remaining amount shifting to the card’s regular APR. Although balance transfers have long been a staple of credit card portfolio strategy, institutions vary widely in how they manage these programs. This Javelin Strategy & Research analysis explores current practices at major issuers and highlights the unique challenges mid-sized and smaller banks face, given their more limited participation

The post Does the Prime Rate Impact Credit Card Interest Rates? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 4 Reasons Consumers Choose Pay-By-Bank https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-4-reasons-consumers-choose-pay-by-bank/ Fri, 12 Sep 2025 17:42:21 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=515391 pay-by-bankAs open banking and account-to-account payments continue to reshape the payments landscape, more consumers are turning to Pay-By-Bank as a preferred method for completing transactions. This growing adoption reflects shifting priorities in how people manage their money—favoring speed, security, and control over traditional card-based options. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on […]

The post Top 4 Reasons Consumers Choose Pay-By-Bank appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As open banking and account-to-account payments continue to reshape the payments landscape, more consumers are turning to Pay-By-Bank as a preferred method for completing transactions. This growing adoption reflects shifting priorities in how people manage their money—favoring speed, security, and control over traditional card-based options.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Shifting the Balance: How Consumers Are Using Bank Accounts Today

Reported Pay-By-Bank Usage Among Consumers, 2024-2025

  • 40% – I have never used pay-by-bank before
  • 28% – Recurring bill payments
  • 26% – One-time bill payments
  • 26% – Online purchases

About Report

Each year, Javelin Strategy & Research analyzes how consumers interact with different payment options, offering a comprehensive view of evolving financial habits. The 2025 survey sheds light on both emerging trends and consistent patterns in consumer payment behavior, helping debit professionals reassess their market outlook and strategic priorities for the year ahead.

While innovation often dominates industry headlines, much of the survey’s data highlights how steady consumer preferences remain over time. The study explores three central areas: how individuals access and use their checking (DDA) accounts, whether interest in real-time payments and other account-linked rails is gaining traction, and how peer-to-peer (P2P) payment activity continues to evolve in share and funding methods.

In an environment shaped by new technologies such as generative AI, agentic commerce, and alternative payment rails, it’s tempting to assume the market is shifting rapidly. Yet, Javelin’s 2025 findings reveal a different story—one of continuity. Despite new tools and innovations, consumers continue to show remarkable consistency in how they choose and execute payments, whether transacting in person, online, or through P2P channels.

The post Top 4 Reasons Consumers Choose Pay-By-Bank appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Is Desire for Credit Card Offers Driven by Income? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/is-desire-for-credit-card-offers-driven-by-income/ Fri, 05 Sep 2025 17:55:18 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=515313 credit cardsCredit card companies often promote introductory offers to attract new customers—but who finds these deals most appealing? By looking at consumer interest across different income ranges, we can start to see patterns in how people respond to these promotions. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left […]

The post Is Desire for Credit Card Offers Driven by Income? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit card companies often promote introductory offers to attract new customers—but who finds these deals most appealing? By looking at consumer interest across different income ranges, we can start to see patterns in how people respond to these promotions.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Credit Card Acquisitions: An Intro to Introductory Offers

Interest in Credit Card Intro Offers Across Income Groups

  • 52% of consumers making less than $50,000 desire intro offers.
  • 58% of consumers making $50,000-$74,999 desire intro offers.
  • 58% of consumers making $75,000-$99,999 desire intro offers.
  • 57% of consumers making $100,000-$149,999 desire intro offers.
  • 60% of consumers making more than $150,000 desire intro offers.

Source: Javelin North American PaymentsInsights, 2025

About Report

Between 2016 and 2025, the number of U.S. adults rose by just 10%—but credit card openings surged nearly five times faster. During that same window, consumers racked up over $360 billion in revolving credit card debt. Despite economic uncertainty, issuers continue to aggressively pursue growth, often sweetening the deal for new customers with limited-time offers. These upfront incentives—like welcome bonuses and temporary 0% APR—can jumpstart spending and boost account engagement.

While effective, these perks come at a cost, especially for premium and rewards-based cards. To manage the financial hit, issuers rely on specific accounting practices that allow them to spread out the expense of these offers across the expected lifespan of the account. This strategic approach contrasts with the immediate outlay required for traditional marketing spend. In this Javelin report, we explore the role of credit card accounting standards in enabling introductory promotions and how they support long-term acquisition strategies.

The post Is Desire for Credit Card Offers Driven by Income? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Is the Value of ACH B2B Payments Growing? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/is-the-value-of-ach-b2b-payments-growing/ Fri, 29 Aug 2025 19:19:08 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=515261 ACH B2B paymentsAs businesses continue shifting toward digital payment solutions, Automated Clearing House (ACH) transactions have emerged as a dominant force in B2B payments. Known for their reliability, cost efficiency, and security, ACH payments are increasingly replacing paper checks and even some card-based transactions. But as technology evolves and real-time systems gain traction, the question arises—are ACH […]

The post Is the Value of ACH B2B Payments Growing? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As businesses continue shifting toward digital payment solutions, Automated Clearing House (ACH) transactions have emerged as a dominant force in B2B payments. Known for their reliability, cost efficiency, and security, ACH payments are increasingly replacing paper checks and even some card-based transactions. But as technology evolves and real-time systems gain traction, the question arises—are ACH B2B payments still growing in value?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Real-Time Payments: Use Cases in Acquiring

ACH B2B Volume Growth, in Trillions of U.S. Dollars

  • 2020 – $41.74
  • 2021 – $49.79
  • 2022 – $52.53
  • 2023 – $54.20
  • 2024 – $58.24

Source: Nacha.org

About Report

Emerging technologies often capture attention for their potential to redefine the way we work and transact—and the introduction of real-time, around-the-clock payment systems is no exception. Platforms such as The Clearing House’s RTP and the Federal Reserve’s FedNow are transforming expectations for speed and availability in financial transactions.

In traditional banking, “float”—the gap between sending and receiving funds—played a major role in managing cash flow. While electronic payments have already minimized that delay, the rise of real-time rails raises new questions about added efficiencies for merchants and acquirers. This Javelin report explores how instant payment capabilities are reshaping the acquiring landscape, examining key use cases, adoption challenges, and what lies ahead for faster payments in commerce.

The post Is the Value of ACH B2B Payments Growing? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Loan Loss Segments https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-loan-loss-segments/ Fri, 22 Aug 2025 18:22:03 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=515239 loan lossesLoan losses represent one of the most critical indicators of financial system health, and stress-testing scenarios provide a clear lens into how institutions might perform under adverse conditions. By examining data from regulatory and internal stress tests, analysts can gauge the resilience of banks and lenders to economic shocks, such as rising unemployment, interest rate […]

The post Top 5 Loan Loss Segments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Loan losses represent one of the most critical indicators of financial system health, and stress-testing scenarios provide a clear lens into how institutions might perform under adverse conditions. By examining data from regulatory and internal stress tests, analysts can gauge the resilience of banks and lenders to economic shocks, such as rising unemployment, interest rate fluctuations, or market downturns.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: DFAST: Tight Credit Card Risk Controls Ensure Bank Liquidity

Top 5 Loan Losses in Stress-Testing Conditions

  • Credit cards: $157 billion
  • Commercial and Industrial: $124 billion
  • Other loans: $78 billion
  • Commercial real estate: $52 billion
  • Trading: $44 billion

Source: Federal Reserve, Javelin Strategy & Research, 2025

About Report

Leading financial institutions appear well-positioned to withstand a sharp economic downturn, according to findings from the 2025 Dodd-Frank stress testing cycle. While credit card portfolios remain the greatest source of potential losses, current assessments show that banks maintain strong liquidity buffers, with Common Equity Tier 1 ratios sufficient to manage risk exposure. Among major institutions, projected losses range from approximately 9.7% for American Express to as high as 23.4% for Capital One and Goldman Sachs. Because credit card lending represents nearly 40% of potential loan losses in a severe recession scenario, understanding how liquidity and credit risk intersect is critical for credit card portfolio managers.

A recent Javelin Strategy & Research report examines the 2025 stress test requirements for large bank holding companies and systemically important financial institutions. It highlights the growing influence of credit cards within the overall risk landscape and outlines key considerations for retail bankers managing operational and liquidity challenges. The report also details the methodology behind stress testing and its role in evaluating banks’ financial resilience.

The post Top 5 Loan Loss Segments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many People Know They Can Use a Digital ID? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-people-know-they-can-use-a-digital-id/ Fri, 15 Aug 2025 19:40:31 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=513187 digital IDDigital IDs are quietly reshaping how we pay, prove, and protect—but most people don’t even know they exist. As governments and financial institutions push ahead with digital identity systems to streamline payments and combat fraud, a surprising gap is emerging: public awareness. In a world where verifying who you are is as important as what’s […]

The post How Many People Know They Can Use a Digital ID? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Digital IDs are quietly reshaping how we pay, prove, and protect—but most people don’t even know they exist. As governments and financial institutions push ahead with digital identity systems to streamline payments and combat fraud, a surprising gap is emerging: public awareness. In a world where verifying who you are is as important as what’s in your wallet, not knowing what a digital ID is—or how it works—could leave many consumers behind

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Digital ID Adoption Requires Digital ID Acceptance: How Payments Can Lead the Way.

Percentage of Consumers Indicating that Digital ID Is Available to Them

  • 37% – Yes, used it
  • 32% – Yes, plan to use
  • 21% – No, but interested
  • 10% – Yes, won’t use
  • 9% – No, won’t use

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research, North American PaymentsInsights, 2024

About Report

Digital IDs are gaining ground in the U.S., with access approaching a major milestone: availability to more than half the population. As adoption accelerates domestically, the European Union’s mandated rollout offers a valuable case study in what to prioritize—and what to avoid—as digital identity systems mature.

This new report from Javelin Strategy & Research explores how digital ID is evolving in the U.S., analyzing issuance trends, usage patterns, and public sentiment. It outlines the key drivers of adoption and presents a framework for measuring progress—highlighting where the market stands today and where it’s headed next.

The post How Many People Know They Can Use a Digital ID? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Which Events Drive the Most Gift Card Purchases? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-events-drive-the-most-gift-card-purchases/ Fri, 08 Aug 2025 19:21:48 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=512006 gift cardsGift cards are the go-to gift when you’re out of time, out of ideas, or just want to keep it simple. But what actually drives people to buy them? New data shows that while holidays and birthdays remain the most common reasons, other occasions—from graduations to “just because” moments—are nearly as popular. In fact, gift […]

The post Which Events Drive the Most Gift Card Purchases? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Gift cards are the go-to gift when you’re out of time, out of ideas, or just want to keep it simple. But what actually drives people to buy them? New data shows that while holidays and birthdays remain the most common reasons, other occasions—from graduations to “just because” moments—are nearly as popular. In fact, gift card spending trends reveal a lot about how we celebrate, how we show appreciation, and how we avoid picking the wrong size.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2025 Prepaid Holiday Preview: Gift Cards Could Provide Safe Harbor

Percent of People Who Definitely Buy Gift Cards by Occasion

  • 59% – Graduation
  • 52% – Holidays
  • 52% – Valentine’s Day
  • 50% – Birthday
  • 46% – Just Because
  • 40% – Mother’s Day / Father’s Day

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Holiday retail forecasts for 2025 remain uncertain, with tariffs and ongoing economic volatility casting a shadow over consumer spending. Despite strong performance in the 2024 season, retailers are entering the new year with mixed expectations. Planning for the end-of-year rush is already underway, even as summer temperatures linger. Economic shifts in early 2025 could lead to unpredictable consumer behavior, including delayed or last-minute purchasing decisions. These shifts may ultimately favor the gift card market, as shoppers lean into flexible, future-facing gift options instead of physical goods—especially in an environment with fewer discounts and tighter budgets. The full gift card supply chain—from issuers and retailers to digital wallet providers—will need to be agile and ready to capture demand as it evolves.

Gift cards remain a consistently favored choice among both givers and recipients, across both open-loop and closed-loop formats. According to Javelin’s findings, the opportunity to position gift cards as a smarter alternative to tangible presents—or even competing card options—is still strong. Long-term success depends not only on the initial sale but also on the post-purchase experience. To build loyalty and brand affinity, gift card programs must deliver an engaging experience for the recipient that feels personal and rewarding.

The post Which Events Drive the Most Gift Card Purchases? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Debit Cards do Consumers Own? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-debit-cards-do-consumers-own/ Fri, 25 Jul 2025 18:25:24 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=511687 debit cardsMost people carry at least one debit card, but the number in each wallet is growing. As banks, fintechs, and even retailers roll out their own branded cards, consumers are stacking up multiple debit options—sometimes tied to different accounts, sometimes to the same one. This shift raises questions about how people actually use these cards, […]

The post How Many Debit Cards do Consumers Own? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Most people carry at least one debit card, but the number in each wallet is growing. As banks, fintechs, and even retailers roll out their own branded cards, consumers are stacking up multiple debit options—sometimes tied to different accounts, sometimes to the same one. This shift raises questions about how people actually use these cards, whether they spread spending across them, or if a few end up collecting dust.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Consumer Debit Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences

Number of Debit Cards Owned by Consumers

  • 59% of consumers own 1 card
  • 21% of consumers own 2 cards
  • 15% of consumers own 3-5 cards
  • 6% of consumers own 6 or more debit cards

Source: North American PaymentsInsights, 2024

About Report

In today’s evolving payments market, debit continues to stand out as a reliable option, powering millions of day-to-day purchases. Shifting consumer habits—shaped by both economic pressures and rapid innovation—mean that banks, fintechs, and merchants must adapt quickly to stay aligned with customer expectations.

This report from Javelin Strategy & Research explores debit’s position across different payment scenarios, its performance relative to other payment methods, and the impact of new technology on how people use debit cards. It also outlines strategies for issuers and merchants to strengthen their connection with debit users through enhanced features, rewards, and forward-thinking solutions.

The post How Many Debit Cards do Consumers Own? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Is the Value of Commercial Checks on the Rise? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/is-the-value-of-commercial-checks-on-the-rise/ Fri, 18 Jul 2025 19:27:07 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=511036 commercial checksIn recent years, the role of commercial checks in business payments has evolved significantly. While their overall use has declined, the value of individual check payments has increased markedly. This trend suggests that checks, though less common, continue to serve a specific function in high-value transactions. Their continued use often reflects long-standing financial practices, legacy […]

The post Is the Value of Commercial Checks on the Rise? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In recent years, the role of commercial checks in business payments has evolved significantly. While their overall use has declined, the value of individual check payments has increased markedly. This trend suggests that checks, though less common, continue to serve a specific function in high-value transactions. Their continued use often reflects long-standing financial practices, legacy systems, or business relationships that have yet to fully transition to digital payment methods.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Commercial Payments Factbook 

The Average Value of Commercial Checks

  • In 2015, the average commercial check value was $2,438.
  • In 2018, the average commercial check value was $2,938.
  • In 2021, the average commercial check value was $3,601
  • For 2024, the estimated average commercial check value is $4,533.

Source: Federal Reserve, Javelin Strategy and Research analysis

About Report

This report provides a detailed view of how $175 trillion in commercial payments flow through the U.S. economy. Organized by industry, it highlights which payment methods are most widely used, how economic shifts are influencing behavior, and where emerging options like Same Day ACH and virtual cards are gaining traction. Drawing from sources such as the Federal Reserve, IRS, and Census Bureau, the analysis offers reliable insight into the structure and direction of the commercial payments landscape.

Key benchmarks—including DPO, DSO, inventory days, and funding gaps—offer a clearer picture of liquidity pressures across sectors. The report also examines trends like the rising influence of fintechs and smaller banks, the expansion of commercial card use, and the impact of external factors like tariffs. Whether you’re focused on product development, market sizing, or go-to-market planning, this resource offers valuable guidance for navigating today’s business payments environment.

The post Is the Value of Commercial Checks on the Rise? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 3 Payment Preferences in Physical Locations https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-3-payment-preferences-in-physical-locations/ Fri, 11 Jul 2025 18:01:06 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=510420 payment preferencesAs digital wallets and contactless cards gain ground, the way consumers pay at physical stores is shifting fast. But which payment methods are actually winning at the checkout counter? What are the top payment preferences in brick-and-mortar locations, and what do today’s shoppers reach for first—is it tap of a phone, a chip-enabled card, or […]

The post Top 3 Payment Preferences in Physical Locations appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As digital wallets and contactless cards gain ground, the way consumers pay at physical stores is shifting fast. But which payment methods are actually winning at the checkout counter? What are the top payment preferences in brick-and-mortar locations, and what do today’s shoppers reach for first—is it tap of a phone, a chip-enabled card, or still, for some, good old-fashioned cash?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Surcharging on Card Transactions: In Search of Balance

Preference of Credit, Debit, Cash Usage by Consumers in Physical Locations in Past 12 Months, by Percentage

  • 42% of consumers prefer major credit card usable anywhere.
  • 28% of consumers prefer major debit card usable anywhere
  • 14% of consumers prefer cash.

Source: North American PaymentsInsights, 2024

About Report

Charging customers extra for using a credit card—commonly referred to as surcharging—might seem like a practical way for merchants to recover processing fees. However, in many cases, the potential backlash outweighs the benefit. With more consumer-friendly payment options available and a growing emphasis on seamless checkout experiences, passing costs directly to shoppers can quickly become a liability.

A new report from Javelin Strategy & Research takes a close look at how surcharging is playing out in today’s market. It outlines the legal and operational risks merchants face, the obligations involved, and how different businesses are approaching this tactic. The report also compares two real-world surcharging strategies used by small businesses and highlights alternative ways to boost margins without turning customers off.

The post Top 3 Payment Preferences in Physical Locations appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Use Cases for Small Business Credit Cards https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-use-cases-for-small-business-credit-cards/ Thu, 03 Jul 2025 18:56:26 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=510254 small business credit cardSmall business credit cards aren’t just for covering day-to-day expenses—they’re strategic tools that can streamline operations, improve cash flow, and even build business credit. Whether it’s managing employee spending, earning rewards on regular purchases, or separating business and personal finances, these cards offer real advantages when used wisely. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In […]

The post Top 5 Use Cases for Small Business Credit Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Small business credit cards aren’t just for covering day-to-day expenses—they’re strategic tools that can streamline operations, improve cash flow, and even build business credit. Whether it’s managing employee spending, earning rewards on regular purchases, or separating business and personal finances, these cards offer real advantages when used wisely.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Riffing on Tariffs: Now is the Time to Build Your Small Business Card Portfolio

Percentages of Where Small Business Cards Get Used

  • 52% – Utilities
  • 48% – Advertising and marketing
  • 45% – Procurement
  • 42% – Insurance
  • 41% – Online services

Source: Javelin Small Business Payments Insights, Questions 26a and 26a1 (2025)

About Report

Small businesses play a critical role in driving the U.S. economy, yet many continue to grapple with cash flow challenges that threaten their long-term stability. With tariffs adding pressure and supply chains becoming less reliable, operating expenses have become harder to predict. These conditions highlight a growing demand for flexible financial solutions—creating a strategic opportunity for credit card issuers to deliver products that help small business owners manage uncertainty and maintain control.

The post Top 5 Use Cases for Small Business Credit Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Which Financial Accounts Do Most Americans Use? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-financial-accounts-do-most-americans-use/ Fri, 27 Jun 2025 20:00:05 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=506676 financial accountsThe average American’s financial life is spread across a growing web of accounts—checking and savings at traditional banks, retirement and investment portfolios, credit cards, auto loans, mortgages, digital wallets, and even cryptocurrency exchanges. Each serves a different purpose, but together they paint a complex picture of how U.S. consumers earn, spend, save, borrow, and invest. […]

The post Which Financial Accounts Do Most Americans Use? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The average American’s financial life is spread across a growing web of accounts—checking and savings at traditional banks, retirement and investment portfolios, credit cards, auto loans, mortgages, digital wallets, and even cryptocurrency exchanges. Each serves a different purpose, but together they paint a complex picture of how U.S. consumers earn, spend, save, borrow, and invest.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: ‘Disappearing’ Accounts and the Future of Payments

Types of Financial Accounts/Products at Banks, Credit Unions, or Other Financial Institutions

  • 92% of U.S. consumers have a checking account.
  • 77% of U.S. consumers have a savings account.
  • 40% of U.S. consumers have a 401(k)/other employer-offered retirement account.
  • 30% of U.S. consumers have a mortgage.
  • 27% of U.S. consumers have an IRA/Roth IRA not affiliated with employer

Source: North American PaymentsInsights

About Report

The traditional concept of financial accounts—fixed containers for funds and credit within isolated systems—is rapidly evolving. As open banking and system interoperability gain traction, barriers between accounts are beginning to fall, enabling more fluid and flexible movement of money. This shift has the potential to empower aggregators with real-time visibility into consumers’ financial options at the point of transaction, helping identify the most efficient and cost-effective payment methods—online or in-store. But while the promise of seamless financial intelligence is compelling, it also introduces immediate and complex challenges for banks, fintechs, merchants, and consumers alike.

A recent report by Javelin Strategy & Research explores how emerging trends and technologies are reshaping the definition of a financial account. It dives into the growth of automated account aggregation, the changing expectations around fiduciary responsibility, and the practical hurdles that come with turning this vision into reality.

The post Which Financial Accounts Do Most Americans Use? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Will Revolving Debt Increase in 2025? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/will-revolving-debt-increase-in-2025/ Fri, 20 Jun 2025 19:09:05 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=506459 revolving debtAmericans are carrying more revolving debt than ever, and 2025 could push those numbers even higher. Credit card balances have ballooned as inflation eats into wages and borrowing costs stay stubbornly high. With economic uncertainty still looming, the big question is whether consumers will keep swiping—or start pulling back. Don’t miss another episode of Truth […]

The post Will Revolving Debt Increase in 2025? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Americans are carrying more revolving debt than ever, and 2025 could push those numbers even higher. Credit card balances have ballooned as inflation eats into wages and borrowing costs stay stubbornly high. With economic uncertainty still looming, the big question is whether consumers will keep swiping—or start pulling back.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Seven Credit Card Warning Signs in 2025: Don’t Stop Lending, but Watch Out

U.S. Revolving Debt, Year-End Totals (in trillions of dollars)

  • In 2022, the U.S. revolving debt total was $1,213 trillion.
  • In 2023, the U.S. revolving debt total was $1,319 trillion.
  • In 2024, the U.S. revolving debt total was $1,317 trillion.
  • In 2025, the projected U.S. revolving debt total is $1,375 trillion.

Source: Federal Reserve, Javelin Strategy & Research projections

About Report

For credit card managers, navigating shifting risk indicators is a constant challenge. Today’s landscape sends conflicting signals: unemployment remains low, inflation has eased but is still elevated, and consumers are tightening their belts on nonessential purchases. Meanwhile, lender confidence is waning and delinquencies have climbed well above typical levels. The inevitability of a future recession only adds to the uncertainty.

In this new report from Javelin Strategy & Research, seven core metrics—revolving debt, consumer confidence, lending outlook, unemployment, inflation, delinquencies, and charge-offs—are analyzed in depth. The report also offers strategic guidance for credit managers looking to mitigate exposure and maintain portfolio health.

The post Will Revolving Debt Increase in 2025? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Digital Wallets Are Consumers Using? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-digital-wallets-are-consumers-using/ Fri, 13 Jun 2025 17:50:52 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=505480 digital walletsDigital wallets have become an integral part of the modern payments ecosystem, offering consumers a fast, convenient, and secure way to make transactions both online and in person. As mobile adoption increases and contactless payments gain traction, digital wallets are replacing traditional methods like cash and physical cards for many users. Don’t miss another episode […]

The post What Digital Wallets Are Consumers Using? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Digital wallets have become an integral part of the modern payments ecosystem, offering consumers a fast, convenient, and secure way to make transactions both online and in person. As mobile adoption increases and contactless payments gain traction, digital wallets are replacing traditional methods like cash and physical cards for many users.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2025 Digital Issuance Provider Scorecard

Top 4 Digital Wallets Used in the Past 12 Months

  • 61% – PayPal
  • 36% – Apple Pay
  • 31% – Google Pay
  • 29% – Cash App

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research North American PaymentsInsights, December 2024

About Report

Galileo earns the top spot in Javelin Strategy & Research’s first-ever Digital Issuance Provider Scorecard, recognized as the Best in Class among eight evaluated companies. Its robust Digital First platform—designed for flexibility, security, and scalability—set it apart from competitors by enabling innovation across the payments and financial services landscape. Thales and FIS followed closely, earning Overall Leader distinctions.

The evaluation forms part of Javelin’s broader research on debit payments, specifically within its Instant Issuance and Digital Issuance Provider series. This scorecard delivers a detailed comparison of offerings from Alviere, B4B Payments, CPI Card Group, Entrust, FIS, Fiserv, Galileo, and Thales. Each digital card issuance solution was measured against 25 criteria across three categories, using data supported by proprietary consumer survey research.

The post What Digital Wallets Are Consumers Using? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
In What Scenarios Has Pay-by-Bank Been Used? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-what-scenarios-has-pay-by-bank-been-used/ Fri, 06 Jun 2025 17:31:11 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=504518 pay-by-bankPay-by-Bank is gaining traction as a fast, secure, and cost-effective alternative to traditional payment methods. By enabling direct transfers from a consumer’s bank account without relying on cards or third-party wallets, this method offers clear advantages for both merchants and customers. But where does it actually fit into real-world commerce? Don’t miss another episode of […]

The post In What Scenarios Has Pay-by-Bank Been Used? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Pay-by-Bank is gaining traction as a fast, secure, and cost-effective alternative to traditional payment methods. By enabling direct transfers from a consumer’s bank account without relying on cards or third-party wallets, this method offers clear advantages for both merchants and customers. But where does it actually fit into real-world commerce?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Implementing Pay-By-Bank: A Guide for Merchants

Top 5 Scenarios for Using Pay-by-Bank

  • 24% – One-time bill payments
  • 21% – Recurring bill payments
  • 16% – Subscriptions
  • 9% – In-store purchases
  • 6% – Ecommerce purchases

Source: North American PaymentInsights, December 2024

About Report

As digital payments evolve, businesses are exploring new ways to streamline transactions, cut expenses, and strengthen security. One approach gaining attention is pay-by-bank—a method that enables customers to transfer funds directly from their bank accounts, bypassing traditional card rails. Powered by open banking and real-time payment infrastructure, it presents a promising alternative to card payments, though it comes with its own set of complexities.

This report serves as a practical resource for merchants evaluating pay-by-bank. It outlines the core advantages, technical requirements, regulatory landscape, and potential obstacles. With clear guidance and actionable insights, the report equips merchants to make informed decisions and take confident steps toward adopting this emerging payment solution.

The post In What Scenarios Has Pay-by-Bank Been Used? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Reasons Consumers Receive Incentives https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-reasons-consumers-receive-incentives/ Fri, 30 May 2025 18:32:21 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=504153 consumer incentivesIn today’s competitive marketplace, consumer incentives have become a key strategy for businesses aiming to attract and retain customers. From cashback offers and loyalty rewards to promotional discounts and rebates, companies are deploying a variety of incentive programs to influence purchasing behavior and drive engagement. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on […]

The post Top 5 Reasons Consumers Receive Incentives appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s competitive marketplace, consumer incentives have become a key strategy for businesses aiming to attract and retain customers. From cashback offers and loyalty rewards to promotional discounts and rebates, companies are deploying a variety of incentive programs to influence purchasing behavior and drive engagement.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2025 State of the Industry: Commercial Prepaid Cards

Reasons for the Receipt of Consumer Incentive(s), by Percentage

  • 45% – For participating in a survey
  • 44% – Rewards program incentive
  • 37% – From making a return
  • 32% – Received it with a purchase
  • 18% – As a rebate

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

The commercial prepaid landscape is positioned for steady expansion, particularly in areas beyond government-funded programs. Sectors like healthcare, employee incentives, and private disbursement solutions are expected to play a larger role in driving this growth.

This analysis continues Javelin Strategy & Research’s ongoing exploration of prepaid trends in the commercial space. While prepaid solutions still account for a relatively modest portion of the overall commercial payments ecosystem, they serve specific functions that are not easily replaced by traditional postpaid alternatives. This consistent niche presence offers long-term reliability for providers focused on private-sector use cases. However, those operating in public-sector prepaid programs may encounter uncertainty as federal policy direction remains unsettled.

The post Top 5 Reasons Consumers Receive Incentives appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 4 Issuers by Credit Card Purchase Volume https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-4-issuers-by-credit-card-purchase-volume/ Thu, 22 May 2025 18:59:53 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=502965 credit card issuersCredit card issuers move billions of dollars in purchases every day, steering bank strategy, shaping consumer habits, and fueling economic activity. A small group of dominant players handles most of this volume, battling for market share in a space where size, speed, and customer retention drive success. Their scale isn’t just a status symbol—it’s the […]

The post Top 4 Issuers by Credit Card Purchase Volume appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit card issuers move billions of dollars in purchases every day, steering bank strategy, shaping consumer habits, and fueling economic activity. A small group of dominant players handles most of this volume, battling for market share in a space where size, speed, and customer retention drive success. Their scale isn’t just a status symbol—it’s the result of deep infrastructure, bold marketing, and the confidence of millions of cardholders.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Credit Card Databook, Part 2: Balancing Risk and Reward in a Resilient Economy

Largest Issuers by Credit Card Purchase Volume, 2023 (in Billions of Dollars)

  • JP Morgan Chase – $1,164
  • American Express – $1,127
  • Capital One – $606
  • Citi – $592

Source: Discover investor presentation; company financial reports (2024)

About Report

The U.S. consumer credit card market continues to perform well for issuers, but underlying trends signal the need for careful oversight. While cards remain a favored payment method among consumers, profit growth is beginning to taper off, and there’s a noticeable uptick in delinquencies and charge-offs. These warning signs are more pronounced among smaller issuers, who often take on higher-risk borrowers through more relaxed underwriting. A new report from Javelin Strategy & Research explores the key market signals and challenges issuers must monitor as they work to grow their portfolios while managing exposure.

The post Top 4 Issuers by Credit Card Purchase Volume appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Debit Cards Do Most Consumers Have? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-debit-cards-do-most-consumers-have/ Fri, 09 May 2025 19:30:56 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=502175 debit cardsAs debit cards continue to play a central role in everyday financial transactions, understanding how many cards consumers hold offers valuable insight into spending habits and banking preferences. With the rise of digital wallets, neobanks, and reward-linked checking accounts, many individuals now carry more than one debit card to manage different aspects of their finances. […]

The post How Many Debit Cards Do Most Consumers Have? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As debit cards continue to play a central role in everyday financial transactions, understanding how many cards consumers hold offers valuable insight into spending habits and banking preferences. With the rise of digital wallets, neobanks, and reward-linked checking accounts, many individuals now carry more than one debit card to manage different aspects of their finances. This trend reflects not only increased consumer choice but also evolving strategies for budgeting, rewards optimization, and digital banking engagement.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2025 Instant Issuance Provider Scorecard

Number of Debit Cards Owned

  • 59% of consumers who own debit cards have 1 card.
  • 21% of consumers who own debit cards have 2 cards.
  • 15% of consumers who own debit cards have 3-5 cards.
  • 6% of consumers who own debit cards have 6 or more cards.

About Report

Fiserv leads the field in Javelin Strategy & Research’s first-ever Instant Issuance Provider Scorecard, recognized for its strong, fully integrated solution that spans the full customer journey. Entrust and Thales also achieved top-tier rankings, placing among the top three providers evaluated.

The scorecard is one of two evaluations in Javelin’s broader analysis of Instant and Digital Issuance Providers, covering eight major vendors: Alviere, B4B Payments, CPI Card Group, Entrust, FIS, Fiserv, Galileo, and Thales. This particular scorecard focuses on instant issuance offerings, rating them across 28 performance indicators within three key areas. These assessments are informed by Javelin’s extensive consumer research to reflect market needs and expectations.

The post How Many Debit Cards Do Most Consumers Have? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Private-Label Credit Cards do Consumers Own? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-private-label-credit-cards-do-consumers-own/ Fri, 25 Apr 2025 19:35:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=501459 private label credit cardsAmericans are holding more private-label credit cards than ever—store-branded cards tied to specific retailers rather than major networks like Visa or Mastercard. These cards, often pushed with promises of discounts or perks, are piling up in wallets across the country. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the […]

The post How Many Private-Label Credit Cards do Consumers Own? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Americans are holding more private-label credit cards than ever—store-branded cards tied to specific retailers rather than major networks like Visa or Mastercard. These cards, often pushed with promises of discounts or perks, are piling up in wallets across the country.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Credit Card Data Book, Part 1: Risk and Opportunity Metrics in a Trump 2.0 Business Environment

Number of Private-Label Credit Cards Owned

  • 41% of people who own a private-label card own 1 card.
  • 28% of people who own a private-label card own 2 cards.
  • 23% of people who own a private-label card own 3-5 cards.
  • 8% of people who own a private-label card own 6 or more cards.

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research, North American PaymentsInsights (2024)

About Report

The 2025 U.S. credit card landscape appears steady, with economic momentum carrying over from the previous year. However, shifting political priorities under the new administration could introduce policy changes worth monitoring—particularly around tariffs and proposed, though unlikely, interest rate caps. This report from Javelin Strategy & Research—part one of a two-part series—explores the broader economic and regulatory forces shaping consumer credit card programs. It also offers strategic guidance for issuers navigating the evolving environment.

The post How Many Private-Label Credit Cards do Consumers Own? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Prepaid Cards Purchased, Reloaded, or Received https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-prepaid-cards-purchased-reloaded-or-received/ Wed, 23 Apr 2025 19:12:41 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=500687 prepaid cardsPrepaid cards continue to hold a strong position in the payments landscape, offering convenience, flexibility, and control for a wide range of consumers. Over the past year, usage has remained steady across various categories—from everyday spending to gifting and financial management. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in […]

The post Top 5 Prepaid Cards Purchased, Reloaded, or Received appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Prepaid cards continue to hold a strong position in the payments landscape, offering convenience, flexibility, and control for a wide range of consumers. Over the past year, usage has remained steady across various categories—from everyday spending to gifting and financial management.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2025 Prepaid Card Data Book

Prepaid Cards Purchased, Reloaded, or Received in the Past 12 Months, by Percentage of Consumers

  • 74% – Retailer-specific gift card
  • 45% – General-purpose non-reloadable card
  • 27% – General-purpose reloadable card
  • 16% – Gas prepaid card
  • 10% – Phone prepaid card

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

The prepaid card market—both open-loop and closed-loop—has found its footing, showing modest growth driven by strong consumer usage patterns and the emergence of new sectors like gaming and gambling. According to Javelin Strategy & Research, nearly half of all prepaid categories are projected to grow at or above the industry’s average pace of 8% in 2025. However, not all segments are keeping up. Government and telecom-related products are expected to underperform, with growth lagging behind the 2.7% inflation benchmark.

Political dynamics, including changes in federal leadership, are likely to restrict expansion in public sector programs. Meanwhile, categories such as gaming, healthcare spending cards, retail gift cards, and incentive-based products are set to perform strongly. Programs tied to fixed cost-of-living adjustments or reliant on legislative support—like Social Security or TANF—may face tougher conditions moving forward.

The post Top 5 Prepaid Cards Purchased, Reloaded, or Received appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Payment Cards Have Been Used in the Previous 12 Months? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-payment-cards-have-been-used-in-the-previous-12-months/ Tue, 08 Apr 2025 18:36:39 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=498997 payment cardOver the past 12 months, consumer spending habits have continued to evolve, and so has the way people pay. We look at which payment cards—credit, debit, and prepaid—have been most commonly used. By breaking down the data, we get a clearer picture of what’s driving consumer choices and which types of cards are gaining or […]

The post What Payment Cards Have Been Used in the Previous 12 Months? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Over the past 12 months, consumer spending habits have continued to evolve, and so has the way people pay. We look at which payment cards—credit, debit, and prepaid—have been most commonly used. By breaking down the data, we get a clearer picture of what’s driving consumer choices and which types of cards are gaining or losing ground.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 21st Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Card Market Forecast, 2024-2028

Top 5 Payment Cards Used in the Previous 12 Months

  • 82% – Major credit card usable anywhere
  • 66% – Major debit card usable anywhere
  • 35% – In-store gift card
  • 31% – General prepaid gift card (non-reloadable)
  • 29% – Store-branded credit card

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Javelin Strategy & Research’s latest annual report on the open-loop prepaid card market outlines key developments and forecasts across several major categories. It highlights projected growth in areas such as general-purpose reloadable cards, payroll and benefits cards, and corporate expense cards. The report links these trends to broader economic indicators, noting that improvements in the economy and regulatory landscape are creating favorable conditions for certain card types. For example, lower inflation and evolving financial regulations are helping drive interest in benefit and general-purpose cards, which can serve as alternatives to higher-interest credit options. On the flip side, factors like a stronger job market and shifts in government aid programs are slowing growth in areas like unemployment-related cards.

The research also shows that consumer sentiment toward prepaid cards remains strong. Buyers are continuing to use these cards frequently, especially in high-volume categories, with many planning to maintain or increase their usage. This year’s findings build on previous trends, confirming that prepaid solutions are becoming a stable part of how Americans manage and spend money.

The post What Payment Cards Have Been Used in the Previous 12 Months? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Gift Card Purchase Categories https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-gift-card-purchase-categories/ Fri, 21 Mar 2025 15:09:06 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=498650 gift card purchaseGift cards remain one of the most popular payment tools in the U.S., not just during the holidays but year-round. As consumer preferences shift and digital adoption grows, the types of gift cards people buy reveal larger trends in spending behavior. Categories like dining, retail, and entertainment continue to lead the pack, but newer segments […]

The post Top 5 Gift Card Purchase Categories appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Gift cards remain one of the most popular payment tools in the U.S., not just during the holidays but year-round. As consumer preferences shift and digital adoption grows, the types of gift cards people buy reveal larger trends in spending behavior. Categories like dining, retail, and entertainment continue to lead the pack, but newer segments are emerging as consumer priorities evolve. These patterns offer valuable insight into how and where people want to spend—and what brands are top of mind.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 21st Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Card Market Forecast, 2024-2028

Top Consumer Gift Card Purchase Categories

  • 46% – Online-only merchandise retailers
  • 45% – Mass merchandisers
  • 31% – Coffee or specialty food shops
  • 30% – Fast food restaurants/quick serve
  • 24% – Department store retailers

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Javelin Strategy & Research’s latest report offers a fresh look at the current state of the closed-loop prepaid market, highlighting the forces shaping its growth and transformation. While the overall outlook remains steady, category-specific trends are unfolding. In-store gifting is expected to maintain solid momentum, while segments like transit show both strength and vulnerability to change. This year’s analysis also brings new attention to the surging demand in online gaming and gambling—a segment that now ranks among the largest and fastest-growing in prepaid.

Economic shifts are playing a significant role, with easing inflation creating tailwinds for some categories while tempering gains in others. U.S. consumers continue to embrace closed-loop cards as a key payment option, and Javelin’s findings point to a rebound in certain sectors, rising card load volumes, and untapped market potential—alongside a few areas that are losing ground.

The post Top 5 Gift Card Purchase Categories appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How are Consumers Using Their Mobile Devices? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-are-consumers-using-their-mobile-devices/ Fri, 14 Mar 2025 18:30:28 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=497039 consumers mobile devicesMobile devices have become essential tools for consumers navigating daily life, extending far beyond communication and entertainment. Increasingly, smartphones serve as digital entry points, enabling seamless access to events, transportation, and secure locations. Whether scanning a mobile ticket to enter a stadium, using a digital boarding pass to board a plane, or presenting a QR […]

The post How are Consumers Using Their Mobile Devices? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Mobile devices have become essential tools for consumers navigating daily life, extending far beyond communication and entertainment. Increasingly, smartphones serve as digital entry points, enabling seamless access to events, transportation, and secure locations. Whether scanning a mobile ticket to enter a stadium, using a digital boarding pass to board a plane, or presenting a QR code for expedited security screening, consumers are embracing the convenience and efficiency of mobile access solutions. As technology continues to evolve, the adoption of these digital credentials is reshaping expectations for frictionless, secure, and streamlined experiences across various industries.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Have You Been on a Digital-Only Magic Carpet Ride?

Percentage of Consumers Who Have Used Their Mobile Devices for Various Use Cases

  • 58% – as entry pass or ticket
  • 39% – to enter an arena event (sports, music, entertainment, etc.)
  • 34% – to board a plane, train, bus, etc.
  • 16% – to get through a security screening (TSA, vaccine card)

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

While the concept of the digital-only payer—someone who has abandoned physical wallets in favor of digital payments—dominates media narratives, the reality is more nuanced. While some consumers have fully embraced digital transactions, the majority still rely on a mix of payment methods, carrying wallets, cards, and cash alongside their mobile devices.

This Javelin Strategy & Research report examines the data behind digital-only payers, exploring their demographics, behaviors, and the factors influencing their adoption. However, defining this group remains complex, as they do not fit neatly into traditional categories. Additionally, for digital-only payments to become truly dominant, broader ecosystem developments—such as widespread digital ID adoption—must take shape. The transition is happening, but full adoption remains a work in progress.

The post How are Consumers Using Their Mobile Devices? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Who are the Users of Cryptocurrency Wallets? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/who-are-the-users-of-cryptocurrency-wallets/ Fri, 03 Jan 2025 21:30:32 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=497504 cryptocurrency walletsAs cryptocurrency adoption continues to grow, understanding how consumers interact with digital wallets is essential for financial institutions and payment providers. With the rise of digital assets influencing both retail and institutional finance, analyzing wallet usage can provide valuable takeaways for businesses looking to navigate the evolving payments landscape. Don’t miss another episode of Truth […]

The post Who are the Users of Cryptocurrency Wallets? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As cryptocurrency adoption continues to grow, understanding how consumers interact with digital wallets is essential for financial institutions and payment providers. With the rise of digital assets influencing both retail and institutional finance, analyzing wallet usage can provide valuable takeaways for businesses looking to navigate the evolving payments landscape.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Stablecoins and the Path to Innovative Money Movement

Percentage of Respondents Reporting No Cryptocurrency Wallet Use

  • Ages 18 – 24% – 50%
  • Ages 25 – 34 – 37%
  • Ages 35 – 44 – 46%
  • Ages 45 – 54 – 63%
  • Ages 55 – 64 – 90%
  • Ages 65 and up – 97%

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Cryptocurrency adoption in the U.S. continues to evolve, though significant hurdles remain. Regulatory uncertainty creates a complex landscape, while consumer sentiment fluctuates between skepticism and enthusiasm, even as bitcoin’s value rises. Institutional interest is growing, prompting some regulatory movement, yet the widespread use of digital currencies for everyday transactions remains a distant prospect. Stablecoins, however, are gaining traction. With their ability to resist volatility and facilitate programmable transactions, they present a range of promising applications.

This Javelin Strategy & Research report explores U.S.-dollar-backed stablecoins, the expanding ecosystem of service providers supporting their implementation, key industry players, and the innovative use cases driving stablecoin adoption. For more details, refer to the original article on Javelin Strategy & Research.

The post Who are the Users of Cryptocurrency Wallets? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Will Consumers Use Prepaid Cards to Control Spending? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/will-consumers-use-prepaid-cards-to-control-spending/ Fri, 27 Dec 2024 20:15:28 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=495721 prepaid cardIn an era of rising consumer debt and financial uncertainty, many individuals are seeking practical tools to manage their budgets and control spending. Prepaid cards have emerged as a popular option, offering a way to spend only what’s loaded onto the card—eliminating the risk of overdrafts or accumulating credit card debt. But are consumers likely […]

The post Will Consumers Use Prepaid Cards to Control Spending? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In an era of rising consumer debt and financial uncertainty, many individuals are seeking practical tools to manage their budgets and control spending. Prepaid cards have emerged as a popular option, offering a way to spend only what’s loaded onto the card—eliminating the risk of overdrafts or accumulating credit card debt. But are consumers likely to use prepaid cards?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2024 Prepaid Regulatory Update: Playing by the Rules

Consumers’ Likelihood of Using Prepaid Cards to Manage Budgets and Control Spending in the Next 12 Months

  • 15% – Not at all likely
  • 25% – Unlikely
  • 30% – Likely
  • 21% – Very Likely
  • 8% – Don’t know

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Regulatory shifts in the prepaid industry slowed both domestically and internationally in 2024. Efforts to combat fraud and scams related to prepaid cards saw limited progress, except in Maryland, where a significant initiative could set the stage for future regulatory actions. On a positive note, more states moved forward with legalizing mobile sports betting and lotteries, expanding opportunities within the prepaid and stored-value market. However, states that have yet to legalize gambling continue to face external pressure to adopt legislation and capitalize on the potential tax revenue from gaming. Meanwhile, policymakers remained focused on tackling inflation, preventing a recession, and responding to broader economic challenges that significantly impact the prepaid sector.

Other factors influencing the prepaid market include routine cost-of-living adjustments for regulated programs like nutrition assistance and health savings accounts (HSAs). Additionally, uncertainty persists regarding the regulatory classification of earned wage access, as guidance from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau conflicts with policies in several states.

Globally, regulatory discussions followed similar trends. Various governing bodies introduced measures to clarify tax policies and redemption rules for vouchers, gift cards, and coupons. Meanwhile, a proposal to integrate reward programs into TikTok was blocked in Europe, highlighting ongoing regulatory scrutiny in the digital space.

The post Will Consumers Use Prepaid Cards to Control Spending? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Why do Consumers Stop Using Prepaid GPR Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/why-do-consumers-stop-using-prepaid-gpr-cards/ Fri, 20 Dec 2024 20:01:10 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=495193 General-Purpose Reloadable CardsPrepaid general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards have become a popular alternative to traditional banking, offering convenience, flexibility, and accessibility to a wide range of consumers. However, despite their initial appeal, many users eventually stop using these cards, opting for other financial tools instead. Understanding why consumers abandon GPR cards can provide valuable insights into their limitations, […]

The post Why do Consumers Stop Using Prepaid GPR Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Prepaid general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards have become a popular alternative to traditional banking, offering convenience, flexibility, and accessibility to a wide range of consumers. However, despite their initial appeal, many users eventually stop using these cards, opting for other financial tools instead. Understanding why consumers abandon GPR cards can provide valuable insights into their limitations, evolving financial needs, and the broader shifts in payment preferences.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2024 General-Purpose Reloadable Card Program Scorecard

Top 4 Reasons for Discontinuing Use of General-Purpose Reloadable Cards

  • 33% – Reloading wasn’t convenient
  • 31% – Fees were too high
  • 15% – Able to qualify for a credit card instead
  • 14% – Too many payment cards

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research, 2023

About Report

The 2024 General Purpose Reloadable (GPR) Card Program Scorecard offers a consumer-focused analysis of the competitive open-loop prepaid card market. With total load values reaching $234 billion in 2023 and a steady annual growth rate of 7%, these cards continue to play a critical role in financial access. They serve as a gateway for individuals without traditional credit or debit accounts while also providing a budgeting tool for those managing everyday expenses. The report examines key consumer priorities, including cost structures, security measures, ease of access, and technological convenience.

Among the 10 most popular card programs, the Serve Cash Back card earned the Best in Class distinction for its strong overall performance across multiple evaluation categories. While it did not lead in any single category, its top-three ranking in all three areas secured its high standing. The Target Circle card claimed second place, excelling in the Ongoing Experience category despite a lower score in Additional Benefits and Features. PayPal’s prepaid card followed a similar model to the Serve card, delivering a well-balanced performance across categories and aligning with consumer preferences.

The evaluation considered 51 criteria across three key categories: Ongoing Experience, Costs, and Additional Benefits and Features. Ongoing Experience carried the most weight at 50% of the total score, while Costs and Additional Benefits and Features each contributed 25% to the final rankings

The post Why do Consumers Stop Using Prepaid GPR Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Which Instant Payments Drive the Most Revenue? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-instant-payments-drive-the-most-revenue/ Fri, 13 Dec 2024 17:48:29 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=493855 instant payments revenueIn today’s fast-paced digital economy, instant payments have become a game-changer, redefining the way individuals and businesses move money. Whether it’s splitting a bill, paying a freelancer, or settling invoices in real time, instant payment systems offer speed, convenience, and efficiency like never before. As financial institutions, fintech firms, and regulators push for broader adoption, […]

The post Which Instant Payments Drive the Most Revenue? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s fast-paced digital economy, instant payments have become a game-changer, redefining the way individuals and businesses move money. Whether it’s splitting a bill, paying a freelancer, or settling invoices in real time, instant payment systems offer speed, convenience, and efficiency like never before. As financial institutions, fintech firms, and regulators push for broader adoption, understanding the benefits, challenges, and future of instant payments is crucial.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Impact Note: U.S. Real-time Payments: Full Speed Ahead After Year 1 of FedNow

Instant Payment Use Cases With Best Revenue Opportunities, by Percentage of FIs Selecting Them

  • 85% – Loan disbursements
  • 73.5% – Invoice payments
  • 69.4% – Loan repayments
  • 61.2% – Instant funding of newly opened accounts
  • 46% – Payroll processing

Source: U.S. Faster Payments Council and Finzly survey, May 2024

About Report

On July 20, 2024, FedNow marked its first anniversary, solidifying its role in revolutionizing instant payments across the United States. Over the past year, this highly anticipated Federal Reserve initiative has not only accelerated the adoption of real-time payments but also contributed to record-breaking transaction volumes across networks like RTP and Same Day ACH. Financial institutions of all sizes are increasingly prioritizing real-time payment capabilities, signaling a fundamental shift in the industry.

Consumers and businesses alike are embracing faster payment solutions at an unprecedented rate. Recent Federal Reserve Financial Services surveys reveal that 74% of consumers and 86% of businesses used instant or faster payments in 2023. Additionally, 79% of consumers and 74% of businesses expect their financial institutions to offer these services, with over half of consumers (57%) planning to expand their use of real-time payments. This surge in demand underscores the necessity for financial institutions to keep pace with evolving expectations.

This impact note explores FedNow’s first-year progress, examining its influence on financial institutions, businesses, and consumers. It also highlights key use cases and challenges shaping the future of real-time payments in the U.S.

The post Which Instant Payments Drive the Most Revenue? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Why Do Consumers Use Mobile Wallets? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/why-do-consumers-use-mobile-wallets/ Fri, 06 Dec 2024 20:32:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=492288 mobile walletsIn an increasingly digital world, the way we manage money is evolving rapidly, and mobile wallets are at the forefront of this transformation. From paying for a morning coffee with a tap of a smartphone to splitting dinner bills effortlessly through an app, mobile wallets have redefined convenience in financial transactions. But beyond the simplicity […]

The post Why Do Consumers Use Mobile Wallets? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In an increasingly digital world, the way we manage money is evolving rapidly, and mobile wallets are at the forefront of this transformation. From paying for a morning coffee with a tap of a smartphone to splitting dinner bills effortlessly through an app, mobile wallets have redefined convenience in financial transactions. But beyond the simplicity of use, what drives consumers to adopt these digital payment solutions?8

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Imagining a Cardless U.S. Payments Landscape, Part 1

Consumers’ Top 5 Reasons for Using Mobile Wallets, by Percentage

  • 44% – It makes checking out quicker
  • 41% – It is safe to use
  • 32% – I have all my payment info in one place
  • 29% – I don’t have to carry all my cards
  • 28% – I like to try new technologies

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research, 2024

About Report

Exploring the possibility of a cardless future in U.S. payments begins with understanding what’s at stake. The focus isn’t on the underlying card network systems, which are expected to remain dominant for the foreseeable future due to their widespread adoption, security, and rewards structures. Instead, the question is whether the physical cards themselves—long a staple of point-of-sale transactions—will endure. The U.S. payments ecosystem is both fragmented and highly innovative, with numerous emerging players vying for even small slices of the market. While no single innovation has yet displaced cards, the cumulative impact of these alternatives may eventually signal a shift.

This report from Javelin Strategy & Research examines the evolving payments landscape, leveraging data on consumer behaviors and attitudes toward emerging payment methods. It also highlights how the fragmented nature of U.S. payments offers a measure of protection for traditional cards, which remain the dominant method of payment despite increasing competition.

The post Why Do Consumers Use Mobile Wallets? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Occasions for a Gift Card Purchase https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-occasions-for-a-gift-card-purchase/ Fri, 29 Nov 2024 21:29:40 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=490761 gift cards occasionsGift cards have become a go-to solution for thoughtful and versatile gifting, offering recipients the freedom to choose something they truly want or need. Whether you’re celebrating a milestone, expressing gratitude, or simply looking for a convenient yet meaningful present, gift cards provide the perfect balance of practicality and personalization. From birthdays and holidays to […]

The post Top 5 Occasions for a Gift Card Purchase appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Gift cards have become a go-to solution for thoughtful and versatile gifting, offering recipients the freedom to choose something they truly want or need. Whether you’re celebrating a milestone, expressing gratitude, or simply looking for a convenient yet meaningful present, gift cards provide the perfect balance of practicality and personalization. From birthdays and holidays to corporate events and last-minute surprises, these little cards pack a big punch, making them suitable for a variety of occasions.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2024 Prepaid Holiday Preview

Top Occasions for Consumers’ Purchase of a Gift Card for Someone Else

  • 77% of Gift Card Purchases were for Birthdays.
  • 63% of Gift Card Purchases were for Christmas/Hanukkah/Kwanzaa.
  • 23% of Gift Card Purchases were for Graduation.
  • 23% of Gift Card Purchases were for Mother’s Day/Father’s Day.
  • 19% of Gift Card Purchases were for Just because, no particular occasion.

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research, 2024

About Report

As the retail industry gears up for the 2024 holiday season, lessons from recent years are shaping strategies to navigate its unpredictable nature. While 2023 showed signs of recovery from a challenging 2022, the dynamic interplay of economic factors and consumer behavior continues to underscore the importance of proactive planning. Retailers, gift card providers, and industry players are leveraging insights to fine-tune their approaches, aiming to effectively engage shoppers and optimize performance during this critical period.

Gift cards remain a cornerstone of holiday gifting, offering value to both buyers and recipients while presenting significant opportunities for businesses. Research shows that their enduring popularity not only drives revenue but also serves as a powerful tool to convert one-time transactions into lasting customer relationships. Beyond consumer gifting, gift cards are increasingly pivotal in commercial sales strategies, enabling businesses to expand their reach through recipient-driven channels. With the end-of-year period demanding a well-executed approach, early planning is essential to fully capitalize on these opportunities.

The post Top 5 Occasions for a Gift Card Purchase appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Sources of Financial Advice for Teens https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-sources-of-financial-advice-for-teens/ Fri, 22 Nov 2024 19:23:20 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=485637 teens financial adviceWhen it comes to financial advice, teens are increasingly turning to diverse sources that reflect the digital age and their unique life stages. From parents and teachers to influencers and online platforms, young people are navigating a complex web of financial guidance. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell […]

The post Top 5 Sources of Financial Advice for Teens appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

When it comes to financial advice, teens are increasingly turning to diverse sources that reflect the digital age and their unique life stages. From parents and teachers to influencers and online platforms, young people are navigating a complex web of financial guidance.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Cultivating Financial Savvy and Customer Loyalty: Debit Products for Kids and Teens

Teens’ Preferred Sources for Financial Advice

  • 70% – parents
  • 40% – social media
  • 27% – other family members
  • 23% – friends
  • 19% – teachers

Source: T. Rowe Price, 14th Annual Parents, Kids & Money Survey, 2022

About report

Debit products designed for kids and teenagers are a valuable financial tool, enabling parents to guide their children toward healthy financial habits while strengthening the connection between families and financial institutions. Major banks, fintech companies, and peer-to-peer platforms are actively competing in this space, differentiating their offerings through features like account setup, fees, funding methods, and robust parental controls.

A recent report by Javelin Strategy & Research evaluates these products, highlighting their advantages and areas for improvement. This space presents a significant opportunity for financial service providers to support parents in nurturing sound financial practices in their children, fostering stronger family relationships, and engaging younger users with tailored, age-appropriate features.

The post Top 5 Sources of Financial Advice for Teens appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Attracts Co-Branded Credit Card Applicants? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-attracts-co-branded-credit-card-applicants/ Fri, 15 Nov 2024 19:50:54 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=485613 co-branded credit cardsCo-branded credit cards have become a powerful tool in the financial and retail industries, offering a blend of targeted rewards, brand loyalty incentives, and exclusive perks that appeal to a broad range of consumers. These cards, created through partnerships between financial institutions and retail, travel, or lifestyle brands, attract applicants by aligning their benefits with […]

The post What Attracts Co-Branded Credit Card Applicants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Co-branded credit cards have become a powerful tool in the financial and retail industries, offering a blend of targeted rewards, brand loyalty incentives, and exclusive perks that appeal to a broad range of consumers. These cards, created through partnerships between financial institutions and retail, travel, or lifestyle brands, attract applicants by aligning their benefits with specific consumer interests. What attracts applicants to co-branded cards?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Co-Branded Credit Cards 2024:Top Issuer Market Review

Top 4 Most Important Factors for Co-Branded Card Applicants

  • 73% – An attractive points/rewards program
  • 72% – No annual fee
  • 66% – The card had strong fraud protection features
  • 60% – Low APR (interest rate)

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research, North American PaymentsInsights, 2023

About Report

Co-branded credit cards represent a significant and growing share of the U.S. consumer credit market, highlighting their importance to both consumers and businesses. These cards are key tools for fostering stronger connections between customers and partner merchants, offering tailored benefits and rewards that drive engagement. Research into the portfolios of 12 major issuers reveals that co-branded cards account for an impressive 62% of consumer credit card offerings, underscoring their strategic appeal to both issuers and merchants, while enticing consumers with attractive reward structures.

This Javelin Strategy & Research report provides an in-depth exploration of this dynamic market segment. It delves into the mutual advantages for issuers and merchants, analyzes market positioning strategies, identifies the consumer demographics most drawn to these programs, and examines the regulatory considerations shaping their development.

The post What Attracts Co-Branded Credit Card Applicants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Will Cross-Border Transactions Continue to Be Lucrative? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/will-cross-border-transactions-continue-to-be-lucrative/ Fri, 08 Nov 2024 20:06:57 +0000 https://www.www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=480178 cross-border money movement transactionsCross-border transactions have become a cornerstone of the global economy, enabling businesses and individuals to seamlessly exchange goods, services, and payments across international boundaries. As technology advances and digital payment systems evolve, the process of moving money across borders is becoming faster, more secure, and increasingly accessible. However, this growth also brings challenges such as […]

The post Will Cross-Border Transactions Continue to Be Lucrative? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Cross-border transactions have become a cornerstone of the global economy, enabling businesses and individuals to seamlessly exchange goods, services, and payments across international boundaries. As technology advances and digital payment systems evolve, the process of moving money across borders is becoming faster, more secure, and increasingly accessible. However, this growth also brings challenges such as regulatory compliance, currency fluctuations, and the need for transparency in payment processing. Understanding the dynamics of cross-border transactions is essential for businesses looking to expand internationally and for financial institutions aiming to support global commerce effectively.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Commercial Cross Border: This is Getting Good.

Cross-Border Transaction Market Size, in Trillions of U.S. Dollars

  • 2022 – $1.27 trillion
  • 2023 – $1.41 trillion
  • 2024-est – $1.56 trillion
  • 2025-est – $1.72 trillion
  • 2026-est – $1.91 trillion

About Report

Commercial cross-border transactions are a driving force in the global economy, poised to grow at nearly 11% CAGR through 2030. Yet, these transactions remain complex, often hampered by the inefficiencies of the traditional correspondent banking model, which is costly, slow, and lacking transparency. Emerging technologies such as instant payments and blockchain are disrupting this legacy framework, offering faster and more cost-effective solutions for business payments.

This report by Javelin Strategy & Research explores the evolution of cross-border payments, comparing traditional methods with innovative tools reshaping the landscape. It also examines the critical risks associated with international business, including foreign exchange volatility, regulatory challenges, fraud, and geopolitical uncertainties, while providing strategies to address these hurdles effectively.

The post Will Cross-Border Transactions Continue to Be Lucrative? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Charge-Offs Are There for Small Credit Card Issuers? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-charge-offs-are-there-for-small-credit-card-issuers/ Mon, 04 Nov 2024 19:25:11 +0000 https://www.www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=475690 credit card charge-offsSmall credit card issuers are facing a significant challenge in today’s economic environment as charge-off rates rise across the industry. Unlike larger, well-capitalized institutions, smaller issuers often have less flexibility in managing credit risk, which can make even a slight uptick in charge-offs more impactful to their bottom lines. As charge-offs continue to climb, understanding […]

The post How Many Charge-Offs Are There for Small Credit Card Issuers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Small credit card issuers are facing a significant challenge in today’s economic environment as charge-off rates rise across the industry. Unlike larger, well-capitalized institutions, smaller issuers often have less flexibility in managing credit risk, which can make even a slight uptick in charge-offs more impactful to their bottom lines. As charge-offs continue to climb, understanding these dynamics is crucial for smaller players aiming to stay competitive in a turbulent market.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Credit Card Issuance by Small Issuers: Strategies, Risks, and Options

Credit Card Charge-offs as a Percentage of Receivables for Small Issuers

  • Q4 2020 – 5.68%
  • Q4 2021 – 4.51%
  • Q4 2022 – 6.95%
  • Q4 2023 – 9.5%

Source: Federal Reserve Bank, Javelin Strategy & Research estimates, 2024

About Report

In today’s financial landscape, payment cards have become essential for banks, credit unions, and financial institutions of all sizes to remain competitive. With nearly 600 million credit cards circulating in the U.S. and over 230 million adults using them, credit cards are a primary method of household lending. However, smaller banks and credit unions face substantial competition from major institutions that dominate the credit market. To bridge this gap, some smaller financial entities are turning to agent bank partnerships, which allow them to offer credit programs without bearing the full operational load.

This report by Javelin Strategy & Research provides an in-depth analysis of the credit card market, segmented by institution size, assets, and deposit levels. It also highlights the performance disparities among institutions and examines the agent bank model as a strategic option to support credit offerings for smaller banks and credit unions.

The post How Many Charge-Offs Are There for Small Credit Card Issuers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Payment Card Types used by Customers https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-payment-card-types-used-by-customers/ Mon, 28 Oct 2024 20:19:41 +0000 https://www.www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=473851 payment cardsIn an era where consumer expectations and environmental consciousness are reshaping industries, payment cards are also undergoing a transformation. With an increasing shift toward sustainability, financial institutions and card issuers are rethinking the materials and designs of their cards. From recyclable options to customized designs that reflect consumers’ values, this trend not only minimizes environmental […]

The post Top 5 Payment Card Types used by Customers appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In an era where consumer expectations and environmental consciousness are reshaping industries, payment cards are also undergoing a transformation. With an increasing shift toward sustainability, financial institutions and card issuers are rethinking the materials and designs of their cards. From recyclable options to customized designs that reflect consumers’ values, this trend not only minimizes environmental impact but also enhances customer engagement by allowing individuals to make choices that align with their personal and ecological preferences. How many cards to consumers have?

As payment card programs evolve, sustainability is becoming a key differentiator in an industry that traditionally relied on single-use PVC cards. Financial institutions are moving away from this outdated material, instead exploring alternatives like recycled plastics, biodegradable options, and even digital wallets as they embrace greener solutions. Beyond materials, customizable designs offer consumers a unique way to express their values, aligning their financial tools with their personal beliefs. This shift not only reduces waste but also encourages a more responsible consumer culture, with cardholders now empowered to support sustainable practices through their everyday transactions.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Eco-Focused Payment Cards: It Pays to Be Green.

Mean Number of Cards per Customer, by Type

  • 2.6 – Major credit card usable anywhere
  • 2.3 – Store branded credit card
  • 2.2 – General-purpose prepaid reloadable cards
  • 1.8 – Major debit or check card usable anywhere
  • 1.7 – Co-branded credit card

Source: North American PaymentInsights, 2023

About Report

As financial institutions and card issuers commit more fully to sustainable practices, they’re introducing card programs that prioritize environmental impact. This includes the use of innovative, recyclable materials for physical cards and unique, customizable design options that allow consumers to express both individuality and eco-conscious values.

The recent report from Javelin Strategy & Research examines how traditional single-use PVC cards, which have long dominated the market, are giving way to more sustainable alternatives. It also explores how card issuers are appealing to environmentally aware consumers through card features that emphasize eco-friendly benefits and personal expression.

The post Top 5 Payment Card Types used by Customers appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Generation Redeems Gift Cards Online? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-generation-redeems-gift-cards-online/ Fri, 20 Sep 2024 17:50:00 +0000 https://www.www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=466141 gift cards onlineAs digital commerce continues to grow, the use of gift cards has evolved, with online redemption becoming increasingly popular across various generations. While gift cards remain a convenient option for gifting, how different age groups redeem them is shifting. From tech-savvy Gen Z to digitally adept Millennials, and even Baby Boomers embracing online platforms, each […]

The post What Generation Redeems Gift Cards Online? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>



As digital commerce continues to grow, the use of gift cards has evolved, with online redemption becoming increasingly popular across various generations. While gift cards remain a convenient option for gifting, how different age groups redeem them is shifting. From tech-savvy Gen Z to digitally adept Millennials, and even Baby Boomers embracing online platforms, each generation has its own distinct approach to utilizing gift cards.

In particular, Gen Z and Millennials, who are highly accustomed to digital ecosystems, prefer the convenience of redeeming gift cards through online platforms and mobile apps, aligning with their broader shopping habits. Their comfort with technology drives demand for seamless, digital-first gift card experiences, often tied to e-commerce and social media integrations. Meanwhile, Baby Boomers, though traditionally associated with in-store gift card usage, are increasingly adapting to digital redemption options as they become more user-friendly and accessible. This shift not only reflects generational preferences but also points to a broader trend of digitization within the payments industry, where gift card providers are enhancing their offerings to meet the needs of a diverse consumer base.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Javelin Prepaid Consumer Sentiment: A Generational View

Gift Card Redemption Online by Generation in the Past 12 Months

  • 76% of Gen Y / Millennial’s redeemed gift cards online.
  • 68% of Gen Xer’s redeemed gift cards online.
  • 67% of Gen Zer’s redeemed gift cards online.
  • 61% of Baby Boomer’s redeemed gift cards online.

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Generational approaches to prepaid card usage highlight the potential for tailoring programs to meet the specific needs of different demographic groups. While the behavior of one generation may not always predict the habits of the next, valuable insights can still be gained by examining generational trends. These insights can help inform strategies that encourage new and innovative uses of prepaid cards.

The generational perspective also sheds light on the ongoing digital divide. As prepaid card programs expand into omnichannel and digital platforms, younger, tech-savvy generations like Millennials and Gen Z show distinct preferences in how they receive and use these cards. Meanwhile, Baby Boomers tend to maintain more traditional behaviors, with Generation X often positioned between the two, balancing both digital adoption and conventional redemption methods.

The post What Generation Redeems Gift Cards Online? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Payment Methods Are Used to Fund P2P Payments? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-payment-methods-are-used-to-fund-p2p-payments/ Fri, 13 Sep 2024 19:26:45 +0000 https://www.www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=464595 fund p2p paymentsPeer-to-peer (P2P) payments have become a popular method for individuals to transfer money quickly and easily, often in real-time. These transactions are typically facilitated through digital platforms like mobile apps, which offer various payment methods to fund them. From bank transfers and debit cards to digital wallets and cryptocurrency, the ways users can fund P2P […]

The post What Payment Methods Are Used to Fund P2P Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


Peer-to-peer (P2P) payments have become a popular method for individuals to transfer money quickly and easily, often in real-time. These transactions are typically facilitated through digital platforms like mobile apps, which offer various payment methods to fund them. From bank transfers and debit cards to digital wallets and cryptocurrency, the ways users can fund P2P payments are expanding.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Room for One More? Global Real-Time Pay-by-Bank Lessons for the U.S.

Top 4 Payment Methods Used to Fund P2P Payments

  • Debit Cards – 46%
  • Checking account(s) – 44%
  • Credit card(s) – 36%
  • Prepaid card(s) – 10%

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research: North American PaymentsInsights, December 2023

About Report

Pay-by-bank solutions are known by various names, including bank transfer, direct debit, and account-to-account payments. In countries like Brazil, India, and Thailand, where real-time, interoperable bank transfers are common, these payment methods have gained widespread popularity due to their ease of use and lower costs for merchants. However, in markets like the United States, where payment cards are more dominant, adoption has been slower.

This Javelin Strategy & Research report examines the rise of real-time pay-by-bank systems across different countries, the key growth opportunities for these payments, and the challenges and potential for expansion in the U.S. market.

The post What Payment Methods Are Used to Fund P2P Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Complaints do the Credit Reporting Agencies Receive? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-complaints-do-the-credit-reporting-agencies-receive/ Fri, 06 Sep 2024 20:01:50 +0000 https://www.www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=460999 consumer report complaintCredit reporting agencies play a critical role in determining consumers’ financial health, but they are not without controversy. Consumers often encounter issues related to inaccuracies, delayed updates, and miscommunications in their credit reports, leading to significant frustration. These problems can result in denied loans, increased interest rates, or other financial challenges, making the stakes particularly […]

The post How Many Complaints do the Credit Reporting Agencies Receive? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit reporting agencies play a critical role in determining consumers’ financial health, but they are not without controversy. Consumers often encounter issues related to inaccuracies, delayed updates, and miscommunications in their credit reports, leading to significant frustration. These problems can result in denied loans, increased interest rates, or other financial challenges, making the stakes particularly high. How many complaints do the credit reporting agencies receive?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Credit Scoring: A Cornerstone to Credit Extension and Management

Complaint Volume for Credit Reporting Agencies over Last 5 Years

  • 2023 – 1,309,800
  • 2022 – 978,900
  • 2021 – 710,300
  • 2020 – 319,300
  • 2019 – 154,500

Source: CFPB, “Consumer Response Annual Report,” 2019-2024

About Report

Credit scoring methods that have been in use for years are widely recognized for their accuracy and reliability in evaluating consumer creditworthiness. FICO Score 8, the most widely used credit score in the U.S., is a key tool for lenders due to its effectiveness in predicting consumer behavior and credit performance. While traditional models remain essential, advancements are ongoing, and the integration of alternative data is helping lenders reach consumers with limited or no credit history.

This report from Javelin Strategy & Research explores the landscape of credit scoring, analyzing the evolution of traditional models, the rise of alternative scoring techniques, innovative products in the field, and how lenders can utilize these tools to better meet customer needs.

The post How Many Complaints do the Credit Reporting Agencies Receive? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What is the Estimated Value of U.S. Instant Payments, 2024 – 2028? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-is-the-estimated-value-of-u-s-instant-payments-2024-2028/ Fri, 23 Aug 2024 18:52:14 +0000 https://www.www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=458870 instant paymentsThe rapid growth of instant payments in the U.S. has captured significant attention across the payments and banking industry. As digital transactions become increasingly integrated into daily life, the estimated value of the instant payments market is set to soar, reflecting both consumer demand for speed and efficiency and the ongoing innovation within financial technology. […]

The post What is the Estimated Value of U.S. Instant Payments, 2024 – 2028? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The rapid growth of instant payments in the U.S. has captured significant attention across the payments and banking industry. As digital transactions become increasingly integrated into daily life, the estimated value of the instant payments market is set to soar, reflecting both consumer demand for speed and efficiency and the ongoing innovation within financial technology.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Movements in Global Commercial Payments and Banking: 2024 Edition

Estimated Value of U.S. Instant Payments 2024-2028

  • 2024 – $4 T
  • 2025 – $8 T
  • 2026 – $16 T
  • 2027 – $27 T
  • 2028 – $37 T

Estimated value in Trillions of U.S. Dollars

Source: Deloitte Insights and Association of Financial Professionals, 2023

About Report

Global commercial banking and payments are undergoing rapid transformation, spurred by advances in technology, shifting corporate practices, and emerging market trends. Businesses are under pressure to adapt quickly, staying competitive, mitigating risks, and seizing new opportunities. One of the most significant trends is the increasing adoption of instant payments worldwide. As businesses begin to mirror the success of instant payments in the consumer sector, this trend is expected to gain even more momentum.

This report by Javelin Strategy & Research examines these ongoing changes in areas such as cross-border transactions, emerging corporate payment methods, regulatory compliance, anti-fraud efforts, and the prospects for non-systemically important banks. Now is a crucial moment for businesses and their banking partners to adopt modern messaging standards, embrace automation, prioritize sustainability, and more, ensuring they stay ahead in this fast-evolving landscape.

The post What is the Estimated Value of U.S. Instant Payments, 2024 – 2028? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Is Credit Card Line Utilization Increasing? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/is-credit-card-line-utilization-increasing/ Fri, 16 Aug 2024 19:29:03 +0000 https://www.www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=458183 credit card utilization ratesOver the past five years, the available balance on credit cards in the U.S. has shown significant fluctuations, reflecting the changing economic landscape and consumer behavior. As consumers navigated through periods of economic growth, recession, and the aftermath of the pandemic, credit card balances became a critical indicator of financial health and spending habits. Don’t […]

The post Is Credit Card Line Utilization Increasing? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Over the past five years, the available balance on credit cards in the U.S. has shown significant fluctuations, reflecting the changing economic landscape and consumer behavior. As consumers navigated through periods of economic growth, recession, and the aftermath of the pandemic, credit card balances became a critical indicator of financial health and spending habits.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: High-Yield Savings Accounts: An Efficient Way to Fund Credit Card Loans

Credit Card Line Utilization Rates 2020 – 2023

  • 2019 – 24%
  • 2020 – 21%
  • 2021 – 21%
  • 2022 – 22%
  • 2023 – 24%

Source: New York Federal Reserve Bank, Household Debt and Credit Report (2024)

About Report

Banks involved in credit card lending face unique challenges as they navigate the current financial landscape, with the prime rate at its highest point in decades. As they anticipate possible rate decreases in late 2024 and 2025, banks may need to optimize their loan funding strategies. One effective approach is offering high-yield savings accounts to attract deposits specifically for their credit card programs. This strategy enhances liquidity, reduces dependency on external funding sources, and contributes to a more streamlined business model.

This report from Javelin Strategy & Research highlights the complexities of implementing high-yield savings offerings, noting that these initiatives require careful planning across multiple areas within a bank. The structure of the organization may influence whether the strategy impacts various departments or is managed within the retail banking division. Key decisions include market entry, deposit attraction methods, and whether to manage deposits within the existing core system or through a separate platform.

The post Is Credit Card Line Utilization Increasing? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 3 Concerning Security Issues Using Prepaid/Gift Cards https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-3-concerning-security-issues-using-prepaid-gift-cards/ Fri, 02 Aug 2024 18:28:33 +0000 https://www.www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=456919 gift cardsPrepaid and gift cards have become increasingly popular as convenient financial tools and versatile gifting options. However, their widespread use comes with a distinct set of challenges and potential risks that consumers must consider. From vulnerabilities like theft and unauthorized usage to the complications of expiration dates and hidden fees, what are the issues consumers […]

The post Top 3 Concerning Security Issues Using Prepaid/Gift Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>



Prepaid and gift cards have become increasingly popular as convenient financial tools and versatile gifting options. However, their widespread use comes with a distinct set of challenges and potential risks that consumers must consider. From vulnerabilities like theft and unauthorized usage to the complications of expiration dates and hidden fees, what are the issues consumers have to consider?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Mitigating Risk in Prepaid Card Programs

Top 3 Security Issues and Lost-Value Risks When Using Prepaid/Gift Cards

  • 44% – Loss of funds due to expiration of card
  • 43% – The card becoming lost or stolen
  • 34% – Inability to access the prepaid balance at the time of use due to technical issues

About Report

Risk in any business is inevitable. Prepaid card programs start with risk as soon as the financial liability of a card appears on the balance sheet. From the time of issuance, all parties in the value chain must be aware of the many risks associated with that liability and understand how best to mitigate them, knowing that eliminating risk is an impossibility. 

The risks start with the seemingly simple task of understanding customer sentiments and managing their expectations. However, that is much more difficult than it appears. Other risks include store policies, theft scams, and fraud, the successful management of which compounds into ensuring customers feel secure in their purchases. Strong back-end technology and policies create an overlying, invisible shield that helps further reduce risk to acceptable levels.

The post Top 3 Concerning Security Issues Using Prepaid/Gift Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Are the Preferred Payment Methods at Physical Locations? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-preferred-payment-methods-at-physical-locations/ Fri, 19 Jul 2024 19:01:41 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=454262 payment methodsIn the ever-evolving landscape of retail, understanding consumer preferences for payment methods at physical locations has become crucial for businesses aiming to enhance the shopping experience and increase customer satisfaction. As digital wallets, contactless cards, and mobile payment solutions continue to gain traction, traditional cash and card payments remain significant. Don’t miss another episode of […]

The post What Are the Preferred Payment Methods at Physical Locations? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In the ever-evolving landscape of retail, understanding consumer preferences for payment methods at physical locations has become crucial for businesses aiming to enhance the shopping experience and increase customer satisfaction. As digital wallets, contactless cards, and mobile payment solutions continue to gain traction, traditional cash and card payments remain significant.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: A New Era of Chargeback Management

Preferred Payment Methods at Physical Locations

  • 39% – Major credit card
  • 31% – Major debit card
  • 15% – Cash
  • 3% – Contactless at the POS
  • 2% – Store-specific card

About Report

The chargeback—a forced refund to a cardholder’s account that is initiated by the issuing bank—turns 50 years old later this year. The maneuver, legislated into existence to foster trust in card payments at a time when few consumers were using them, has aged into a management headache for merchants. In an age of proliferating card usage and ongoing growth of e-commerce channels, chargebacks are easy to initiate and easy for consumers to win. Merchants, meanwhile, need help with the complex process of challenging chargebacks, heading them off in the first place, and avoiding the escalating consequences of a high chargeback rate. It’s an endurance test most merchants are not equipped to navigate alone. 

This Javelin Strategy & Research report looks at where chargebacks started out and how they have evolved into a present-day challenge for all kinds of merchants. It lays out the stakes for harboring an unchecked high chargeback rate, denotes strategies for communicating with consumers to reduce instances of so-called “friendly” fraud, and examines the value of dedicated service providers versed in representment and building strategies to stem the chargeback tide.

The post What Are the Preferred Payment Methods at Physical Locations? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Categories for Gen Z Spend https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-categories-for-gen-z-spend/ Fri, 12 Jul 2024 19:03:45 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=453498 gen z spendIn an era defined by rapid technological advancements and shifting cultural norms, Generation Z, born between the mid-1990s and early 2010s, is redefining consumer behavior. As this tech-savvy and socially conscious cohort enters the workforce and gains purchasing power, Gen Z’s spending habits are attracting attention. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click […]

The post Top 5 Categories for Gen Z Spend appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In an era defined by rapid technological advancements and shifting cultural norms, Generation Z, born between the mid-1990s and early 2010s, is redefining consumer behavior. As this tech-savvy and socially conscious cohort enters the workforce and gains purchasing power, Gen Z’s spending habits are attracting attention.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Get Out Your Wallet: Gen Z Debit Payment Preferences

Gen Z’s Self-Reported Percentage of Spending (Monthly)

  • 52% – Household bills and expenses
  • 44% – Clothes and accessories
  • 39% – Travel
  • 37% – Going out/entertainment
  • 37% – Food delivery/eating out

About Report

Generation Z—those born from 1997 to 2012—is coming of age and moving steadily toward greater financial maturity. Members of this generation differ from their elders in significant ways, including a strong preference for debit and digital payments, a greater propensity for saving, and an approach to shopping that is heavily influenced by social media and a desire to shop with merchants that align with their values. 

This Javelin Strategy & Research report delves into the characteristics of this generation and what drives the payment behaviors of its members. Generation Zers live digitally and expect to be able to shop according to that lifestyle, with digital payments that are at the ready when the moment to buy arrives. As Gen Zers age, some of their habits will no doubt change, but the digital-first approach is hard-wired into them. 

The post Top 5 Categories for Gen Z Spend appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Does Fleet Size Impact Fleet Card Prevalence? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/does-fleet-size-impact-fleet-card-prevalence/ Wed, 03 Jul 2024 15:42:09 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=452975 fleet cardFleet cards have become an essential tool for managing the fuel and maintenance expenses of commercial fleets, regardless of size. These specialized payment solutions offer fleet managers a streamlined and efficient way to control costs, track expenditures, and enhance operational efficiency. The prevalence of these cards has grown significantly, driven by advancements in technology and […]

The post Does Fleet Size Impact Fleet Card Prevalence? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Fleet cards have become an essential tool for managing the fuel and maintenance expenses of commercial fleets, regardless of size. These specialized payment solutions offer fleet managers a streamlined and efficient way to control costs, track expenditures, and enhance operational efficiency.

The prevalence of these cards has grown significantly, driven by advancements in technology and the increasing complexity of fleet management. Whether overseeing a small business with a handful of vehicles or a large enterprise with hundreds, these cards provide critical insights and control mechanisms.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Fleet Cards 2024: Small Fleets Are an Opportunity

Global Fleet Card Usage (2023)

  • 74% – Large fleets (more than 100 vehicles)
  • 49% – Midsize fleets (25 to 99 vehicles)
  • 23% – Small fleets (2 to 24 vehicles)

Source: Visa, July 2023

About Report

Nothing stays the same for fuel card providers, or for the fleet operators that rely on them. Declining fuel costs in 2023 cut into fuel card companies’ revenues, sending them off in search of other growth opportunities. Some of those opportunities exist in catering to smaller fleets by drawing them in with a card product and cross-selling other services. 

This Javelin Strategy & Research report looks at the fleet market and where things are headed. Vendor strategies would do well to focus on mixed fleet needs and electric vehicles, use fleet cards as entries into bigger relationships with fleet managers, and learn from newer market entrants that use sleek, modern apps to drive business.

The post Does Fleet Size Impact Fleet Card Prevalence? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 4 Segments for U.S. Open-Loop Commercial Prepaid Loads https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-4-segments-for-u-s-open-loop-commercial-prepaid-loads/ Fri, 14 Jun 2024 18:30:20 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=450855 open-loop commercial prepaidThe U.S. open-loop commercial prepaid market is experiencing significant growth, driven by increasing corporate demand for versatile and efficient financial solutions. This dynamic sector encompasses a wide range of commercial prepaid products, such as payroll cards, expense management cards, and incentive cards, offering businesses flexible payment options and streamlined financial operations. As technological advancements continue […]

The post Top 4 Segments for U.S. Open-Loop Commercial Prepaid Loads appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The U.S. open-loop commercial prepaid market is experiencing significant growth, driven by increasing corporate demand for versatile and efficient financial solutions. This dynamic sector encompasses a wide range of commercial prepaid products, such as payroll cards, expense management cards, and incentive cards, offering businesses flexible payment options and streamlined financial operations. As technological advancements continue to enhance transaction efficiency and security features, the commercial prepaid market is poised to expand further, reflecting broader trends in corporate financial management and digital payments.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2024 State of the Industry: Commercial Prepaid Cards

2023 U.S. Open-Loop Commercial Prepaid Loads by Segment (In Billions of U.S. Dollars)

  • $96 – other commercial open-loop
  • $94 – government open-loop
  • $19 – consumer incentives
  • $6 – employee incentives

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

The commercial prepaid market should see moderate growth in coming years, with an increased opportunity for non-governmental products such as employee and health incentives in open-loop and closed-loop networks. 

With this report, Javelin Strategy & Research continues its annual series on prepaid market trends. Overall, prepaid continues to represent a small but significant share of the overall commercial payments market. The consistency of that share provides stability for vendors offering commercial prepaid programs, and a continuation of high interest rates could create the potential for growth beyond Javelin’s current expectations.

The post Top 4 Segments for U.S. Open-Loop Commercial Prepaid Loads appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Retailer Types for Debit Cards https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-retailer-types-for-debit-cards/ Fri, 31 May 2024 19:52:44 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=450118 debit cardsDebit cards have become an integral part of modern financial transactions, offering consumers a convenient and secure way to access their funds directly from their bank accounts. Unlike credit cards, which allow for borrowing money up to a certain limit, debit cards enable users to spend only what they have, promoting better budgeting and financial […]

The post Top 5 Retailer Types for Debit Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Debit cards have become an integral part of modern financial transactions, offering consumers a convenient and secure way to access their funds directly from their bank accounts. Unlike credit cards, which allow for borrowing money up to a certain limit, debit cards enable users to spend only what they have, promoting better budgeting and financial discipline. With the added benefits of wide acceptance, minimal fees, and advanced security features, debit cards have emerged as a preferred payment method for everyday purchases.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Retailer Debit Cards: Why Doesn’t Everyone Do It?

Top 5 Retailer Types Where Debit Cards Are The Preferred Payment Method

  • 40% – Supermarkets/grocery stores
  • 36% – Pharmacies/drugstores
  • 34% – Mass merchandisers/big-box retailers
  • 33% – Gas Stations
  • 33% – Warehouse/club stores

About Report

Consumers are on a quest for value and convenient ways to pay. Retailers and merchants want to boost sales and cut costs. These interests can get together through retailer debit cards that leverage consumer bank accounts via store-branded apps and payment cards. These payment vehicles are especially attractive for buyers and sellers of everyday goods like groceries and gas, and combined with loyalty and rewards programs they can be drivers of customer retention and adoption of payment methods that are beneficial to merchants. 

This Javelin Strategy & Research report looks at how consumers’ payment habits are shifting, innovative ways retailers are guiding their customers to these branded debit products, and what should be considered when such programs are implemented.

The post Top 5 Retailer Types for Debit Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Are Credit Limits Rising? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-credit-limits-rising/ Tue, 28 May 2024 18:32:53 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=449748 credit limitsIn an era where financial flexibility is paramount, rising credit limits have become a significant trend within the banking and payments industry. As consumers increasingly rely on credit to manage their expenses and build their financial profiles, banks are responding by raising credit limits to accommodate this demand. This move highlights the evolving dynamics of […]

The post Are Credit Limits Rising? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In an era where financial flexibility is paramount, rising credit limits have become a significant trend within the banking and payments industry. As consumers increasingly rely on credit to manage their expenses and build their financial profiles, banks are responding by raising credit limits to accommodate this demand. This move highlights the evolving dynamics of consumer credit behavior.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Credit Card Data Book Part 2: Internal Dynamics

Credit Limit in Past 5 Years (in Trillions of Dollars)

  • $3.80 – Q3 2019
  • $3.85 – Q3 2020
  • $3.96 – Q3 2021
  • $4.30 – Q3 2022
  • $4.71 – Q3 2023

Source: New York Fed Consumer Credit Panel/Equifax (2024)

About Report

Part 2 of the annual Javelin Strategy & Research examination of the U.S. credit cards looks at how internal dynamics, such as issuer portfolios and ongoing risk assessment, affect the market. The upshot: As economic stressors rise and loan loss provisions are reserved, the return on assets is declining across the large card issuers, and underwriting standards are tightening as issuers steer their portfolios away from trouble. 

Although indications are that a recession, if it occurs, is likely to be mild rather than severe, there are concerning indicators. Credit card balances are going up steadily, and the rate doesn’t appear to be slowing. Banks are also encountering higher delinquencies and charge-offs, with small to midsize institutions taking the biggest hits. These factors demand caution by issuers until the path forward clears.

The post Are Credit Limits Rising? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Prepaid Cards Dominate the Market? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-prepaid-cards-dominate-the-market/ Fri, 10 May 2024 19:54:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=447940 prepaid cardsIn the past twelve months, the landscape of consumer spending has witnessed a notable shift towards prepaid cards, reflecting broader economic trends and evolving consumer preferences. This surge in popularity has not only reshaped the way people manage their finances but also highlighted the diverse uses of these financial tools. From budgeting and gift-giving to […]

The post What Prepaid Cards Dominate the Market? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In the past twelve months, the landscape of consumer spending has witnessed a notable shift towards prepaid cards, reflecting broader economic trends and evolving consumer preferences. This surge in popularity has not only reshaped the way people manage their finances but also highlighted the diverse uses of these financial tools. From budgeting and gift-giving to online transactions and travel, prepaid cards have carved a niche as a versatile and accessible option for a wide array of users.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report:2024 Prepaid Card Data Book

Top 5 Prepaid Cards Purchased, Reloaded or Received in Past 12 Months

  • 72% – Retailer-specific gift card
  • 42% – General-purpose non-reloadable prepaid card
  • 29% – General-purpose reloadable prepaid card
  • 17% – Gas prepaid card
  • 11% – Phone prepaid card

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Open-loop and closed-loop prepaid segments have stabilized after periods of economic uncertainty, and many have had gains even as counter products to inflationary pressure. Into 2024, we expect stable short- and long-term growth potential. The immediate impact in most segments will track closely to our projected compounded growth rates, with most segments tracking between 5% and 7% growth in 2024 and a total industry CAGR of 7% through 2027. 

Business and consumer segments are emerging into a new and more stable overall environment. The past year highlighted that economic, political, and market forces have different impacts on various segments while allowing for an overall steady state in the broad prepaid market. This gives the industry the ability to plan accordingly to ensure continued growth and immediately maximize the specific segments that have the most short-term potential. 

Specific areas that will have a particular short-term lift include business and corporate prepaid, such as incentives, with estimated year-over-year growth of 12%, retail gift cards at 7%, and open-loop general-purpose cards at 7%. Products tied to cost-of-living adjustments will likely see less immediate growth, with a specific impact on government prepaid programs such as Social Security, nutritional assistance, and Temporary Assistance for Needy Families, all with an estimated 2024 growth of 3%, which comes in slightly lower than the 2027 CAGR of 4%.

The post What Prepaid Cards Dominate the Market? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Generation Uses Debit Cards the Most? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-generation-uses-debit-cards-the-most/ Fri, 26 Apr 2024 18:33:12 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=446586 debit cardsIn an era where cash is no longer king, debit cards have emerged as the primary mode of transaction for many. From daily purchases to online shopping sprees, these plastic wonders have revolutionized the way we handle our finances. But who exactly is leading the charge in embracing this convenient payment method? Delving into consumer […]

The post What Generation Uses Debit Cards the Most? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In an era where cash is no longer king, debit cards have emerged as the primary mode of transaction for many. From daily purchases to online shopping sprees, these plastic wonders have revolutionized the way we handle our finances. But who exactly is leading the charge in embracing this convenient payment method? Delving into consumer habits, it becomes clear that generational disparities play a role in shaping debit card usage patterns.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2024 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review

Debit Card Usage by Age Bracket

What percentage of spend is by debit card?

  • 18-24 year olds: 39%
  • 25-34 year olds: 33%
  • 35-44 year olds: 35%
  • 45-54 year olds: 32%
  • 55-64 year olds: 29%
  • 65+: 20%

Source: Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, Diary of Consumer Payment Choice (2023)

About Report

Changes are afoot in the debit card market as higher prices drive more consumers toward credit for everyday payments and users increasingly demand digital payment technologies. This Javelin Strategy & Research report takes a comprehensive look at debit payments in the context of now and what is likely to be coming as consumers consider the economic landscape, adopt new technologies, and adjust their payment preferences accordingly. 

For debit card issuers and merchants, Generation Z—encompassing those born in 1997 and later—represents an opportunity to reach out to consumers who haven’t yet built up a strong credit profile and engage with issuers’ apps more strongly than older generations. This is a chance for debit issuers to build products that align with these consumers’ wants and needs and to build lasting relationships.

The post What Generation Uses Debit Cards the Most? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Is the Credit Card Market Approaching Saturation? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/is-the-credit-card-market-approaching-saturation/ Fri, 19 Apr 2024 19:44:05 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=445766 credit card marketIn an era marked by financial digitization and consumer convenience, the proliferation of credit card accounts has surged, becoming a ubiquitous facet of modern economic life. With each swipe, tap, or click, individuals engage in a complex dance of financial transactions, often facilitated by the convenience and flexibility offered by credit cards. Yet, as these […]

The post Is the Credit Card Market Approaching Saturation? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In an era marked by financial digitization and consumer convenience, the proliferation of credit card accounts has surged, becoming a ubiquitous facet of modern economic life. With each swipe, tap, or click, individuals engage in a complex dance of financial transactions, often facilitated by the convenience and flexibility offered by credit cards. Yet, as these plastic rectangles permeate deeper into everyday transactions, a pertinent question arises: are we reaching a saturation point in the credit card market?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Credit Card Data Book Part 1: Environmental Factors

Number of Credit Card Accounts (in Millions)

  • 489 – Q3 2019
  • 506 – Q3 2020
  • 520 – Q3 2021
  • 555 – Q3 2022
  • 590 – Q3 2023

* These counts could be duplicated for joint accounts

Source: New York Fed Consumer Credit Panel/Equifax

About Report

This annual report by Javelin Strategy & Research—the first of two parts, this one looking at external factors and their impact on the credit card market—finds that the leading indicators point toward stability. Unemployment and bankruptcies are low, and inflation at last seems to be cooling. Accordingly, 2024 sets up as another blockbuster year for credit acquisition as card products remain enormously popular with consumers. 

The overall outlook for 2024 no longer looks as bleak as it did a year ago, but there are some concerning indicators on the horizon (notably, a low rate of personal savings). U.S. households were put through the wringer in 2023 by high inflation and other stressors. As 2024 proceeds, Javelin looks at the external factors affecting credit cards and assesses the way forward for issuers. 

The post Is the Credit Card Market Approaching Saturation? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 4 Payment Methods in Latin America https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-4-payment-methods-in-latin-america/ Fri, 05 Apr 2024 18:11:07 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=444063 digital paymentsIn the dynamic and rapidly evolving landscape of global commerce, Latin America stands out as a region of particular interest and complexity when it comes to payment methods. With a diverse mix of economies ranging from emerging markets to more developed financial systems, the tapestry of payment preferences and innovations across this vibrant region offers […]

The post Top 4 Payment Methods in Latin America appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In the dynamic and rapidly evolving landscape of global commerce, Latin America stands out as a region of particular interest and complexity when it comes to payment methods. With a diverse mix of economies ranging from emerging markets to more developed financial systems, the tapestry of payment preferences and innovations across this vibrant region offers a unique view into the challenges and opportunities of catering to Latin American consumers and businesses. As digital transformation accelerates, understanding the nuances of payment methods in Latin America is essential for stakeholders looking to navigate this promising yet intricate market.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Latin American Payments: The Emerging View From South of the Border

Top 4 Payment Methods in Latin America Used at Least 5 Times per Month

  • 77% – cash
  • 72% – debit card
  • 64% – credit card
  • 53% – digital wallet

Source: Accenture 2022 Global Consumer Payments study

About Report

Latin America—as a region and as ground being seeded for the future of payments—is vast, diverse, and resistant to attempts to bring it into homogeneity. The region encompasses around two dozen countries with their own currencies, monetary policies, histories, and trajectories with regard to financial infrastructure and development. Amid these variables, a new age in payments is rising, being marked by instant payments, greater financial inclusion, and an atmosphere that is conducive to disruption by fintech startups, as well as by a lagging approach to data capture and leverage.

This Javelin Strategy & Research report looks at the changing payments landscape through those lenses, outlining the broad trends afoot in Latin America and the factors that have made it an area both teeming with payments innovation and facing significant hurdles to overcome.

The post Top 4 Payment Methods in Latin America appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Are Consumers Funding Mobile Wallets? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-are-consumers-funding-mobile-wallets/ Mon, 01 Apr 2024 19:04:10 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=443351 mobile walletsIn the swiftly evolving landscape of digital payments, mobile wallets have emerged as a cornerstone for transactions, offering users unprecedented ease, security, and speed. These digital vaults not only streamline purchases but also serve as hubs for loyalty rewards, tickets, and coupons, melding the physical and digital realms of commerce. Yet, the foundation of their […]

The post How Are Consumers Funding Mobile Wallets? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In the swiftly evolving landscape of digital payments, mobile wallets have emerged as a cornerstone for transactions, offering users unprecedented ease, security, and speed. These digital vaults not only streamline purchases but also serve as hubs for loyalty rewards, tickets, and coupons, melding the physical and digital realms of commerce. Yet, the foundation of their functionality—the methods consumers use to fund these wallets—varies widely and plays a pivotal role in their adoption and usage. From direct bank transfers and linkages to credit and debit cards, to more innovative approaches like linking loyalty points or even cryptocurrency accounts, the ways in which users can fuel their mobile wallets are expanding.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Incentivizing Consumers Toward Debit Payments with Rewards

Top 5 Methods Consumers Use to Fund Mobile Wallets

  • 65% of consumers use debit card to fund mobile wallet.
  • 53% of consumers use credit card to fund mobile wallet.
  • 36% of consumers use the balance within the app to fund mobile wallet.
  • 26% of consumers use direct debit from a bank account to fund mobile wallet.
  • 16% use prepaid card to fund mobile wallet.

Source: Javelin Strategy North American PaymentsInsights, July 2023

About Report

Consumers increasingly use debit cards for various payments. Most consumers regularly pay for everyday purchases and bills with debit cards across physical and online channels. Rewards can help expand debit card spending to other categories. Always cost-conscious, consumers seek rewards that can lower their overall cost. Cashback is the most appealing incentive.

Many issuers have shifted their focus from debit card rewards to value-added features. Most large issuers do not offer debit card rewards but provide other checking account benefits. And with consumers buying more on mobile devices, issuers and retailers are collaborating to target e-commerce shoppers and drive transaction volumes. The opportunity is large.

The post How Are Consumers Funding Mobile Wallets? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How do Users Participate in the Digital Asset Ecosystem? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-do-users-participate-in-the-digital-asset-ecosystem/ Fri, 22 Mar 2024 18:45:26 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=442996 digital assetThe digital asset ecosystem, a burgeoning domain of innovation and investment, presents a myriad of opportunities for users to engage, contribute, and benefit from its growth. From the novice investor dipping their toes into the waters of cryptocurrency to the seasoned developer building decentralized applications (dApps), this ecosystem is as diverse as it is dynamic. […]

The post How do Users Participate in the Digital Asset Ecosystem? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


The digital asset ecosystem, a burgeoning domain of innovation and investment, presents a myriad of opportunities for users to engage, contribute, and benefit from its growth. From the novice investor dipping their toes into the waters of cryptocurrency to the seasoned developer building decentralized applications (dApps), this ecosystem is as diverse as it is dynamic. Users participate in various capacities, including trading and holding digital assets, contributing to blockchain security through mining or staking, exploring the realms of non-fungible tokens (NFTs) for digital ownership and artistic expression, and leveraging decentralized finance (DeFi) platforms to access financial services without traditional intermediaries.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Roles of Digital Assets Within Investment Strategies

Users’ Preferences for Participating in the Digital Asset Ecosystem

  • 78% – Buy & Hold
  • 39% – NFTs
  • 30% – Staking
  • 25% – DeFi Lending

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research, 2023

About Report

As various cohorts of investors look for ways to outperform equities and inflation, an increasing number are turning toward products within the digital asset ecosystem. Participation in decentralized finance comes with a different set of protocols and risks than traditional investing, but it also has considerable upsides, including allowing investors to act as their own banks. 

This Javelin Strategy & Research report looks at various methods of digital asset investment, some of the risk factors involved, and how the landscape is likely to change in the coming years. The activity within decentralized finance and traditional finance points toward substantial adoption of digital assets. As more institutions allocate resources and build out applications and use cases, the headwinds that have blown against the nascent industry are likely to shift and become tailwinds. 

The post How do Users Participate in the Digital Asset Ecosystem? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Will You Purchase Reloadable Prepaid Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/will-you-purchase-reloadable-prepaid-cards/ Fri, 08 Mar 2024 19:35:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=441025 prepaid cardIn the evolving landscape of personal finance, reloadable prepaid cards are emerging as a pivotal tool for consumers seeking flexibility, security, and control over their spending. As these products gain popularity, understanding the likelihood of consumers to adopt reloadable prepaid cards becomes crucial for financial institutions, retailers, and fintech companies aiming to meet the changing […]

The post Will You Purchase Reloadable Prepaid Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In the evolving landscape of personal finance, reloadable prepaid cards are emerging as a pivotal tool for consumers seeking flexibility, security, and control over their spending. As these products gain popularity, understanding the likelihood of consumers to adopt reloadable prepaid cards becomes crucial for financial institutions, retailers, and fintech companies aiming to meet the changing needs of the market.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 20th Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Card Market Forecast, 2023-2027

In the next 12 months, do you intend to purchase more or less reloadable prepaid card products?

  • More likely to purchase: 21%
  • Purchases will stay the same: 35%
  • Less likely to purchase: 16%
  • Will not purchase any reloadable prepaid cards: 16%
  • Don’t know: 11%

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

Javelin Strategy & Research continues its annual series on market trends with this focus on the open-loop prepaid market. Javelin forecasts strong and steady growth in the open-loop prepaid ecosystem, with the largest segments, general-purpose open-loop gift and financial services cards, trending strongly to drive the overall market. Consistent with past years, economic conditions play a large role in the outlook of individual products, and trends will be graded against comparisons with overall economic activity. Regulatory advances and reduced inflationary pressure should help advance products such as benefit cards and general-purpose cards, which can offset higher-interest credit spending. Conversely, macro factors such as positive economic trends, reduced unemployment, and political division will slow products such as unemployment benefit cards and cards related to Temporary Assistance for Needy Families.

Javelin’s research indicates that American buyers have a positive outlook on the prepaid market as a whole, with strong usage and upward trends in intent to buy. The research highlights healthy spending patterns in prepaid cards as well as in the frequency of purchases.

The post Will You Purchase Reloadable Prepaid Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Company Size Most Use Virtual Commercial Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-company-size-most-use-virtual-commercial-cards/ Fri, 16 Feb 2024 19:54:12 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=439600 virtual commercial cardsVirtual commercial cards are revolutionizing the way businesses manage their expenses and handle transactions. As digital equivalents of traditional physical credit cards, these innovative financial tools offer enhanced security, flexibility, and control over company spending. Tailored specifically for the digital age, virtual commercial cards generate unique card numbers for each transaction, greatly reducing the risk […]

The post What Company Size Most Use Virtual Commercial Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Virtual commercial cards are revolutionizing the way businesses manage their expenses and handle transactions. As digital equivalents of traditional physical credit cards, these innovative financial tools offer enhanced security, flexibility, and control over company spending. Tailored specifically for the digital age, virtual commercial cards generate unique card numbers for each transaction, greatly reducing the risk of fraud and unauthorized use. This technology not only streamlines the procurement and payment processes but also provides businesses with real-time visibility into their financial operations.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: North America Commercial Card Market Review and Forecast, 2022-2027

Virtual Commercial Card Outgoing Payment Usage by Company Size (2022)

  • 24% – less than $1 billion
  • 54% – $1 billion to $4.9 billion
  • 38% – greater than $5 billion

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

This annual Javelin Strategy & Research report examines the North American commercial card market. It covers the United States and Canada but excludes Mexico, which is covered in the International Commercial Card Report. This regional perspective is developed based on available data from industry experts, third-party sources, and our own estimations. Javelin excludes fleet/fuel cards and small-business cards from the analysis, focusing solely on mid-size to large-market corporates, including governments.

Inflationary concerns and tighter money policies continue to affect business spending in the United States and Canada. As business-related travel and spending continue their rebound from the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, other factors have emerged, including the increased use of virtual cards (for reasons of greater spending control and better guards against fraud).

The post What Company Size Most Use Virtual Commercial Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Payment Cards Have Been Used the Most? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-payment-cards-have-been-used-the-most/ Fri, 09 Feb 2024 19:34:33 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=439136 payment cardsThe landscape of payment cards has witnessed significant shifts, reflecting broader changes in consumer preferences, technological advancements, and the evolving financial ecosystem. As individuals and businesses navigate through the complexities of the global economy, the types of payment cards used—ranging from traditional credit and debit cards to innovative digital wallets and prepaid cards—play a pivotal […]

The post What Payment Cards Have Been Used the Most? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The landscape of payment cards has witnessed significant shifts, reflecting broader changes in consumer preferences, technological advancements, and the evolving financial ecosystem. As individuals and businesses navigate through the complexities of the global economy, the types of payment cards used—ranging from traditional credit and debit cards to innovative digital wallets and prepaid cards—play a pivotal role in shaping purchasing behaviors.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 20th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Card Market Forecast, 2023-2027

Top 5 Payment Cards Used in 2023

  • 82% – Major credit card usable anywhere
  • 67% – Major debit card usable anywhere
  • 37% – In-store gift card
  • 33% – General prepaid gift card (non-reloadable)
  • 32% – Store branded credit card

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research

About Report

With this report, Javelin Strategy & Research continues its annual series on market trends in the closed-loop prepaid market. In general, Javelin expects a stable environment for the prepaid ecosystem. Top categories such as in-store gifting should enjoy continued healthy growth, whereas other areas, such as transit, are strong but ripe for disruption. Economic conditions continue to make a large impact on overall market growth. Lessening budgetary and inflationary pressure should benefit the areas of consumer choice but inhibit the growth of items that depend on cost-of-living adjustments. Products such as campus cards and tolling will continue to rebound from the 2020-21 pandemic era.

Consumer sentiments remain positive overall, with American buyers showing strong belief in the closed-loop market. Javelin research highlights healthy spending patterns in prepaid cards as well as the frequency of purchases, with a prime opportunity to capitalize on consumers’ willingness to purchase more prepaid cards in the coming year.

The post What Payment Cards Have Been Used the Most? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Makes Crypto Attractive? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-makes-crypto-attractive/ Fri, 26 Jan 2024 19:13:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=437756 crypto attractiveCryptocurrency has surged in popularity, attracting a diverse range of individuals and institutions. This innovative payment method, which operates independently of a central authority, offers a blend of financial freedom, potential for growth, and technological intrigue. From their decentralized nature that promises greater control over personal finances to the allure of potentially lucrative investments driven […]

The post What Makes Crypto Attractive? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


Cryptocurrency has surged in popularity, attracting a diverse range of individuals and institutions. This innovative payment method, which operates independently of a central authority, offers a blend of financial freedom, potential for growth, and technological intrigue. From their decentralized nature that promises greater control over personal finances to the allure of potentially lucrative investments driven by market volatility, cryptocurrencies are more than just a new way to pay; they represent a fundamental shift in how we perceive and interact with money in a digital age. What makes crypto attractive?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: The Continuing Case for Cryptocurrency in Cross-Border Payments

What Is Most Appealing About Crypto?

  • 37% – the potential for a high return on investment
  • 29% – transacting globally
  • 17% – the potential for lower transaction fees
  • 16% – the perceived ability to transact anonymously

Source: Javelin Strategy & Research – 2023

About Report

The challenge of making cross-border payments faster, less expensive, more accessible, and more transparent has given rise to fintechs, working groups, initiatives by legacy players in finance, and others, all focused on making these difficult transactions more scalable and digestible. Meanwhile, the larger themes of payments evolution—notably the widening field of instant payments and a push toward open banking and interoperability—have spawned new tools for tackling old problems.

This Javelin Strategy & Research report looks at cross-border payments and the varied reasons for their inherent difficulties, focusing on cryptocurrencies and digital assets as tools for solving—or lessening—those problems. Cross-border payments represent a massive opportunity for innovators and disruptors, and the cryptocurrency industry can claim both mantles. There is also much competition from other forms of money movement—notably systems like India’s Unified Payments Interface and Brazil’s Pix—that are seeking to redefine the space. The advantage in recasting cross-border payments will go to the innovators that can bridge the historical gaps seamlessly and at scale.

The post What Makes Crypto Attractive? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Fintech Acquisitions Cover What Areas? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fintech-acquisitions-cover-what-areas/ Fri, 19 Jan 2024 20:29:08 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=437141 fintech acquisitionsIn the rapidly evolving landscape of financial technology, fintech acquisitions have become a pivotal aspect of industry growth and innovation. As traditional financial institutions and tech giants alike dive headfirst into this dynamic market, the spectrum of fintech acquisitions reveals a diverse range of technologies and services reshaping the way we handle money. From advanced […]

The post Fintech Acquisitions Cover What Areas? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In the rapidly evolving landscape of financial technology, fintech acquisitions have become a pivotal aspect of industry growth and innovation. As traditional financial institutions and tech giants alike dive headfirst into this dynamic market, the spectrum of fintech acquisitions reveals a diverse range of technologies and services reshaping the way we handle money. From advanced payment solutions and blockchain technology to AI-driven financial management tools, these acquisitions not only reflect the growing appetite for cutting-edge fintech but also underscore the strategic shifts occurring within the global financial sector.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Global Commercial Payments Growth and Fintechs: Partner, Buy, or Go Organic

Top 5 Areas of Fintech Funding and Valuations in 2022

  • $18.0- Payments
  • $17.7 – Crypto
  • $13.1 – Financial Management
  • $12.9 – Wealth Management
  • $11.6 – Mortgage

(in billion of U.S. dollars)
Source: ABN-AMRO Ventures 2023

About Report

Amid the rapid growth of payments flowing between businesses, enterprises in the payments space are looking for ways to grab market share while grappling with a host of challenges: lean staffs, high interest rates, and getting up to speed on new instant payment instruments. This Javelin Strategy & Research report lays out the possible routes to growth, how enterprises should go about assessing themselves and their strategies, and the possibilities and perils ahead.

The report looks at the current state of the market, assesses the benefits and downsides of each approach to growth, looks at leading examples, and makes recommendations about how to structure a strategy. Further, it looks at capital markets and how they affect growth strategies and defines the differences among approaches anchored on responding to authentic demand, maintaining relevance, and chasing after shiny new toys. 

The post Fintech Acquisitions Cover What Areas? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Types of Global Business Travel https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-types-of-global-business-travel/ Fri, 05 Jan 2024 16:52:29 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=436163 business travelAs companies increasingly globalize, the need for efficient and strategic business travel becomes more pronounced. The role of corporate cards in this domain is not just a matter of convenience but a vital tool for managing expenses, leveraging analytics for smarter decision-making, and ensuring compliance with corporate policies. The integration of commercial cards and business […]

The post Top 5 Types of Global Business Travel appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


As companies increasingly globalize, the need for efficient and strategic business travel becomes more pronounced. The role of corporate cards in this domain is not just a matter of convenience but a vital tool for managing expenses, leveraging analytics for smarter decision-making, and ensuring compliance with corporate policies.

The integration of commercial cards and business travel has become an indispensable tool for companies seeking efficient and streamlined financial management. As we delve into the multifaceted world of business travel, it’s crucial to understand the different types that modern enterprises engage in. From domestic jaunts to international sojourns, and from individual business trips to large-scale corporate retreats, how are commercial cards employed to meet diverse corporate travel needs?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s ReportInternational Commercial Credit Cards: Market Review and Forecast, 2022-2027

Likelihood of Global Business Travel by Type

  • 28% – sales/account management meetings with current or prospective customers
  • 20% – internal company meetings with colleagues
  • 18% – conferences, trade shows, or industry events
  • 14% – service trips
  • 9% – employee training or development

Source: Global Business Travel Association, 2023

About Report

As business travel globally continues to recover from the COVID-19 pandemic, resulting in some shifts in emphasis by companies, the corporate card remains the workhorse from a global perspective, with a range of use cases, including travel and expense and procurement. Meanwhile, virtual cards are emerging as a strong product for growth, and the rise of instant payments could cut into card volumes.

This annual Javelin Strategy & Research report examines the international commercial card market from a regional perspective. This report covers Western Europe, Asia Pacific, Latin America and the Caribbean, and Central and Eastern Europe. This regional perspective is developed based on available data and is not exhaustive of all countries globally. We exclude fleet/fuel cards and small-business cards from our analysis, focusing solely on mid-size to large-market corporates.

The post Top 5 Types of Global Business Travel appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How is Interchange Revenue Allocated by Financial Institutions? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-is-interchange-revenue-allocated-by-financial-institutions/ Fri, 29 Dec 2023 15:47:11 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=435581 interchange feesIn the intricate world of financial operations, interchange revenue stands as a critical yet often misunderstood component. How financial institutions allocate interchange revenue is a sophisticated mechanism. Interchange revenue is a significant stream of income derived from card-based transactions. Understanding this allocation process is crucial for comprehending the economic interplay between banks, merchants, and consumers. […]

The post How is Interchange Revenue Allocated by Financial Institutions? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In the intricate world of financial operations, interchange revenue stands as a critical yet often misunderstood component. How financial institutions allocate interchange revenue is a sophisticated mechanism. Interchange revenue is a significant stream of income derived from card-based transactions. Understanding this allocation process is crucial for comprehending the economic interplay between banks, merchants, and consumers.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Revenue Dynamics of Debit Cards Since Dodd-Frank

Top 5 Components of Interchange Fees

  • 44% – issuer rewards
  • 35% – issuer other costs and profit margin
  • 9% – issuer processing
  • 4% – network processing
  • 4% – network servicing

Source: Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City

About Report

Amid the ever-shifting payments landscape, debit also stands to be transformed by changing regulations and shifting consumer habits. New routing regulations could have an impact on cost and revenue, given the flourishing world of e-commerce and mobile payments. Proposed federal legislation on credit cards could blunt popular rewards programs and shift usage toward debit cards.

This Javelin Strategy & Research report looks at the terrain of debit interchange—what it is, how costs rise and fall, how it is used by issuers—and considers the various factors that could affect it as financial institutions look to boost their interchange revenue and merchants try to control their own costs.

The post How is Interchange Revenue Allocated by Financial Institutions? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What are the Benefits of Request for Payment? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-benefits-of-request-for-payment/ Fri, 22 Dec 2023 17:28:37 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=435417 request for paymentIn the rapidly evolving world of financial transactions, the Request for Payment (RfP) system emerges as a game-changer, offering unparalleled efficiency and convenience. This innovative approach to payments revolutionizes the traditional billing process, allowing businesses and individuals to request payments directly within a secure banking environment. The advent of RfP not only simplifies transactions but […]

The post What are the Benefits of Request for Payment? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In the rapidly evolving world of financial transactions, the Request for Payment (RfP) system emerges as a game-changer, offering unparalleled efficiency and convenience. This innovative approach to payments revolutionizes the traditional billing process, allowing businesses and individuals to request payments directly within a secure banking environment. The advent of RfP not only simplifies transactions but also enhances the control and flexibility for both payers and payees.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: How Financial Institutions Can Plot Their Instant Payment Strategy

6 Benefits of Request for Payment

  • 32% – avoiding late payment
  • 26% – immediate confirmation that payment was received
  • 19% – immediate payment posting/transfer of funds
  • 13% – faster option
  • 5% – more secure option
  • 5% – simpler option

About Report

Consumers and businesses alike are clamoring for faster and easier payment options. With the recent launch of FedNow, as well as the continued presence of The Clearing House’s RTP network, instant payments are poised to transform money movement in the United States. This will require careful consideration and planning by financial institutions as they assess the needs of their customer bases, the potential for growing revenue, and the products and services they want to push out to consumers and business clients.

This Javelin Strategy & Research report looks at U.S. instant payments, assessing the differences between FedNow and RTP, the essential use cases, and the factors financial institutions must sort through as they plot out an instant payment strategy.

The post What are the Benefits of Request for Payment? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 4 Preferred Payment Methods for In-Store Purchases https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-4-preferred-payment-methods-for-in-store-purchases/ Fri, 15 Dec 2023 18:27:45 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=434847 payment methodsIn the ever-evolving landscape of retail, the methods consumers use to pay for their in-store purchases are rapidly changing, reflecting broader shifts in technology and consumer preferences. There is a diverse array of payment options now available, ranging from traditional cash and credit cards to emerging digital wallets and contactless technologies. Don’t miss another episode […]

The post Top 4 Preferred Payment Methods for In-Store Purchases appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In the ever-evolving landscape of retail, the methods consumers use to pay for their in-store purchases are rapidly changing, reflecting broader shifts in technology and consumer preferences. There is a diverse array of payment options now available, ranging from traditional cash and credit cards to emerging digital wallets and contactless technologies.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Global A2A Retail Payment Systems: Lessons for the U.S.

Preferred Payment Methods for In-Store Purchases

  • 39% prefer swiped/chip card
  • 24% prefer contactless card
  • 19% prefer cash
  • 7% prefer mobile wallet

About Report

The recent launch of FedNow—the Federal Reserve Bank’s instant payment service—seems certain to be a game-changer in payments. The ability of financial institutions to offer their customers 24/7/365 access to transactions that are initiated, cleared, and settled in seconds will spur the development of new payment methods, deliver new use cases for older methods, and change consumer expectations and behaviors.

One of those older methods—account-to-account (A2A) transfers—might be made new again in a world of ubiquitous instant payments. A2A payments, traditionally the province of sellers and suppliers, could see a renaissance in merchant sales now that the power to engage them is being pushed out to a wider array of payers and payees. This Javelin Strategy & Research report looks at A2A payments through the lens of successful initiatives in India and Brazil, detailing how their breakthroughs could be mimicked in the United States—and how various stumbling blocks could hinder such efforts.

The post Top 4 Preferred Payment Methods for In-Store Purchases appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Credit Card Revolving Debt Balances Rise Again https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-revolving-debt-balances-rise-again/ Sat, 09 Dec 2023 19:00:12 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=434625 revolving credit card debtWhile the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic initially disrupted various aspects of our lives, one unexpected consequence emerged in the realm of personal finance—revolving credit card debt balances experienced a surprising dip. In the face of economic uncertainty, lockdowns, and widespread financial strain, consumers exhibited a cautious approach to their spending, leading to a temporary […]

The post Credit Card Revolving Debt Balances Rise Again appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

While the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic initially disrupted various aspects of our lives, one unexpected consequence emerged in the realm of personal finance—revolving credit card debt balances experienced a surprising dip. In the face of economic uncertainty, lockdowns, and widespread financial strain, consumers exhibited a cautious approach to their spending, leading to a temporary decline in the reliance on credit cards. However, as the dust settles and the world navigates the path to recovery, a noteworthy shift is occurring.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: The State of the U.S. Credit Card Industry

Average Revolving Debt by Account

  • Q1 2019 – $1,756.78
  • Q1 2020 – $1,746.15
  • Q1 2021 – 1,522.73
  • Q1 2022 – 1,565.79
  • Q1 2023 – $1,721.16

Source: FRED Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, Javelin Strategy & Research, 2023

About Report

This Javelin Strategy & Research report provides a view of the U.S. credit card payment system. It provides a perspective on the ecosystem’s profitability, consumer demand, issuer stability, credit quality, and external factors. We illustrate how market performance varies among the 12 top issuers driving the market and the remaining 3,000 smaller issuers. We suggest that mandated stress tests from Dodd-Frank, or a down-market surrogate, help ensure stability throughout the network.

Overall, the industry is sound, though downstream economic issues can disrupt the norm, particularly at the lower end of the market, where charge-offs seize bank profits and create marginal returns for smaller players.

Consumer demand is high, as evidenced by growing revolving debt and cardholder growth, which outpace population growth by eight times. A significant regulatory bill, the Credit Card Competition Act, was introduced to the Senate in June 2023 but has a long way to go before it is enacted. If the action does take effect, expect lenders to protect their margins by reducing weaker customer segments.

In short, issuer profits are substantial, demand is high, and general risk is under control. However, if there is a severe economic downshift, expect credit to tighten and operating expenses to rise.

The post Credit Card Revolving Debt Balances Rise Again appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Facial and Fingerprints Lead the Way for Biometric Authentication https://www.paymentsjournal.com/facial-and-fingerprints-lead-the-way-for-biometric-authentication/ Fri, 01 Dec 2023 20:08:19 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=433948 Biometric AuthenticationIn the ever-evolving landscape of digital payments, security remains a paramount concern as technology advances. As we navigate a world increasingly reliant on cashless transactions, the conventional methods of authentication, such as passwords and PINs, are being surpassed by more sophisticated and secure alternatives, such as biometric authentication. Among these, facial and fingerprint scans have […]

The post Facial and Fingerprints Lead the Way for Biometric Authentication appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In the ever-evolving landscape of digital payments, security remains a paramount concern as technology advances. As we navigate a world increasingly reliant on cashless transactions, the conventional methods of authentication, such as passwords and PINs, are being surpassed by more sophisticated and secure alternatives, such as biometric authentication. Among these, facial and fingerprint scans have emerged as pioneers in redefining payment security.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Tracking Emerging Payments Technologies:Adoption is Not Enough

Biometric Authentication Methods Used for Any Reason
(younger, tech-savvy, less affluent)

  • 56% use fingerprint scans
  • 42% use facial recognition
  • 21% use voice
  • 3% use iris scanning
  • 19% use none of these

Source: 2023 North American PaymentsInsights—US: Digital Transactions and Emerging Technologies

About Report

In 2023, for the first time, the North American PaymentsInsights (NAPI) Digital Transactions and Emerging Technologies Survey captures moment-in-time data about the metaverse, biometric authorization, privacy and security, and digital ID use. The key takeaway from this survey data is that adoption is not enough as a metric to understand consumers’ use of emerging technologies. Understanding where payment habits are going—and thus, avoiding costly strategic missteps—requires a granular understanding of different market segments.

This Javelin Strategy & Research report delves into the data generated by the survey, looking at key directional indicators about consumers’ knowledge of and experience and comfortability with these emergent technologies and offering a guidepost for where their habits are going.

The post Facial and Fingerprints Lead the Way for Biometric Authentication appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Will Prepaid Cards Help Battle Economic Conditions? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/will-prepaid-cards-help-battle-economic-conditions/ Fri, 03 Nov 2023 15:35:45 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=431698 prepaid cardsIn times of economic uncertainty, effectively managing one’s finances becomes paramount. Prepaid cards have emerged as a powerful tool for individuals seeking to navigate turbulent financial waters with greater control and confidence. Unlike traditional credit or debit cards, prepaid cards allow users to set specific spending limits, ensuring that they only access funds they have […]

The post Will Prepaid Cards Help Battle Economic Conditions? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In times of economic uncertainty, effectively managing one’s finances becomes paramount. Prepaid cards have emerged as a powerful tool for individuals seeking to navigate turbulent financial waters with greater control and confidence. Unlike traditional credit or debit cards, prepaid cards allow users to set specific spending limits, ensuring that they only access funds they have allocated for specific purposes. This innovative financial instrument offers a practical solution for those looking to maintain disciplined budgets and exercise prudent fiscal habits, ultimately empowering individuals to weather economic challenges with resilience and foresight.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2023 Prepaid Regulatory Update

Likelihood to use prepaid cards to manage budget and control spending in the next 12 months

  • 17.48% – Not at all likely to use prepaid cards to manage budget and control spending
  • 21.17% – Unlikely to use prepaid cards to manage budget and control spending
  • 27.3% – Likely to use prepaid cards to manage budget and control spending
  • 28.83% – Very likely to use prepaid cards to manage budget and control spending
  • 5.21% – Don’t know to use prepaid cards to manage budget and control spending

About Report

The prepaid industry continued to adapt to new regulatory and policy changes enacted in 2023. Policy changes meant to fight inflation, avoid recession, and address other macro conditions continue to be the primary drivers of change in the prepaid market. Secondary drivers include annual cost of living adjustments to regulated programs such as nutrition assistance and health savings accounts (HSAs).

Other specific changes reflect the need to specify products in the broader ecosystem. In retail these include efforts to curb theft and fraud as well as tighter enforcement of cash refund and escheatment policies. Legislative actions had broad coverage from allowing additional states to permit sports gambling to working to reduce use of plastics in the card industry.

Global changes reflected similar themes. Top regulatory concerns continue to be money laundering, theft, and fraud as well as reducing environmental waste. Other global focus areas include regulations on fees and charges and availability cross-border payments.

The post Will Prepaid Cards Help Battle Economic Conditions? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Factors are Desired by Credit Card Applicants? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-factors-are-desired-by-credit-card-applicants/ Fri, 27 Oct 2023 18:38:51 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=431090 credit card applicantsIn today’s dynamic financial landscape, choosing the right credit card is a pivotal step toward achieving your financial goals. Whether you’re a seasoned cardholder or a newcomer to the world of plastic, understanding the factors that cater to your specific needs is paramount. From enticing rewards programs to low-interest rates and flexible payment options, the […]

The post What Factors are Desired by Credit Card Applicants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s dynamic financial landscape, choosing the right credit card is a pivotal step toward achieving your financial goals. Whether you’re a seasoned cardholder or a newcomer to the world of plastic, understanding the factors that cater to your specific needs is paramount. From enticing rewards programs to low-interest rates and flexible payment options, the array of offerings can be overwhelming.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s ReportUnderstanding Credit Card Rewards: A Successful Model Under Threat

Top 5 Factors Desired by Credit Card Applicants

  • No annual fee – 62% of consumers seeking a new credit card
  • An attractive points/rewards program – 45% of consumers seeking a new credit card
  • Good credit line – 42% of consumers seeking a new credit card
  • Low APR (interest rate) – 40% of consumers seeking a new credit card
  • The card had strong fraud protection features – 39% of consumers seeking a new credit card

About Report

Credit card rewards programs are expensive and intricate for issuers to maintain, but they are also enormously popular with cardholders and a significant driver of customer acquisition. This Javelin Strategy & Research report looks at the current landscape for rewards programs, including possible responses by the industry should Congress pass the Credit Card Competition Act. The legislation, if enacted, could put rewards programs on a path toward significant reductions in offerings and inclusion.

In the meantime, card issuers continue to look for ways to innovate with their reward programs for cardholders, including early access to premier events and experiences, bonus rewards days for spending, and even rent-based cashback rewards. Rewards related to travel and money back to customers continue to be strongly popular with cardholders.

The post What Factors are Desired by Credit Card Applicants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Growth of Lightning Network Transactions for Cryptocurrency Payments https://www.paymentsjournal.com/growth-of-lightning-network-transactions-for-cryptocurrency-payments/ Fri, 20 Oct 2023 15:10:53 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=430476 lightning networkIn the dynamic landscape of digital finance, the convergence of cryptocurrency and lightning-fast transaction networks has ushered in a new era of financial efficiency and accessibility. The advent of blockchain technology promised a decentralized future, but it is the Lightning Network that stands at the forefront of this revolution, offering a solution to one of […]

The post Growth of Lightning Network Transactions for Cryptocurrency Payments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In the dynamic landscape of digital finance, the convergence of cryptocurrency and lightning-fast transaction networks has ushered in a new era of financial efficiency and accessibility. The advent of blockchain technology promised a decentralized future, but it is the Lightning Network that stands at the forefront of this revolution, offering a solution to one of the most pressing challenges in the world of digital currencies: scalability. As traditional payment systems grapple with issues of speed and cost, the Lightning Network emerges as a beacon of hope, enabling near-instantaneous, low-cost transactions on a global scale.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s ReportThe Limits of Crypto and the Rise of Layer 2s

Growth of Lightning Network Transaction Volume in USD (millions)

  • July 2018 – 0.17
  • July 2019 – 9.75
  • July 2020 – 8.8
  • July 2021 – 55.26

Source: BitcoinVisuals

For more recent data, see the Javelin Strategy & Research’s ReportThe Limits of Crypto and the Rise of Layer 2s

About Report

Truly decentralized blockchains attract participation that provides worldwide transparency and reinforces why they were developed in the first place. But blockchain networks also have a problem: As the number of network users increases, so do network congestion and transaction costs. This is where Layer 2 protocols come in.

In their simplest forms, Layer 2s leave transaction execution and activities on the base layer blockchain while handling most other activities off the chain. This, in turn, eases congestion and lowers costs. This Javelin Strategy & Research report delves into Layer 2s, the blockchain issues they can alleviate, and the challenges associated with implementing them.

The post Growth of Lightning Network Transactions for Cryptocurrency Payments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Where is Credit Card Debt Headed? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-is-credit-card-debt-headed/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 15:28:37 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=429765 credit card debtIn an era where financial transactions are increasingly digitized, credit cards have become indispensable tools for millions of consumers. However, the convenience of plastic comes at a cost. As the financial landscape continues to evolve, the specter of credit card debt looms large over households across the nation. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In […]

The post Where is Credit Card Debt Headed? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In an era where financial transactions are increasingly digitized, credit cards have become indispensable tools for millions of consumers. However, the convenience of plastic comes at a cost. As the financial landscape continues to evolve, the specter of credit card debt looms large over households across the nation.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: A Mid-Year View of U.S. Credit Cards

Credit Card Debt in the U.S.

  • In Q4 2018, credit card debt was $0.848 trillion.
  • In Q4 2019, credit card debt was $0.927 trillion.
  • In Q4 2020, credit card debt was $0.819 trillion.
  • In Q4 2021, credit card debt was $0.856 trillion.
  • In Q4 2022, credit card debt was $0.986 trillion.

Source: Federal Reserve Bank of New York, 2023

About Report

The consumer credit card market is undergoing significant changes, and issuers must be ready to adapt. In this report, Javelin Strategy & Research tracks key market indicators to demonstrate the mounting risk that may hurt issuers at the end of the year and into 2024. We find that consumer credit payment volumes continue to grow and debt increases—a signal that consumers are not paying down their balances. We also see charge-offs rising across banks of all sizes, and these are alarmingly high among small and midsize banks. These banks must carefully manage their risk and cover loan losses to protect their bottom lines.

We also examine the impact of student loan payments resuming in October, which will cause a significant strain on consumer spending and may exacerbate growing issues in household budgets. Issuers may respond to this audience through targeted marketing campaigns and promotional offers. In addition to these areas, we look at the potential impact of future regulations, most notably the Credit Card Competition Act of 2023 and its potential effects on the future of consumer credit cards. We maintain that passage of the act into law will cause significant changes to the U.S. credit card rewards landscape and may not work as intended.

The post Where is Credit Card Debt Headed? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Will Global A2A Transactions Increase? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/will-global-a2a-transactions-increase/ Mon, 09 Oct 2023 18:01:04 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=429325 A2A transactionsIn the wake of the Federal Reserve’s FedNow initiative, the global e-commerce landscape is on the cusp of a transformation. With the advent of FedNow, the stage is set for an unprecedented surge in Account-to-Account transactions, fundamentally reshaping the way commerce is conducted on a global scale. This visionary system’s real-time settlement capabilities and instantaneous […]

The post Will Global A2A Transactions Increase? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In the wake of the Federal Reserve’s FedNow initiative, the global e-commerce landscape is on the cusp of a transformation. With the advent of FedNow, the stage is set for an unprecedented surge in Account-to-Account transactions, fundamentally reshaping the way commerce is conducted on a global scale. This visionary system’s real-time settlement capabilities and instantaneous accessibility have paved the way for an era of convenience and efficiency in digital commerce.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: The Expanding Role of A2A Transactions

Global A2A Transaction Volume (2021, 2022, 2026 estimated)

  • $463B – global A2A transactions in 2021
  • $525B – global A2A transactions in 2022
  • $896B – global A2A transactions estimated for 2026

Source: FIS Global Payments Report for 2023, Statista 2023, Javelin Strategy Research

About Report

As consumers’ desire for efficient, on-demand, and seamless digital experiences expands, account-to-account (A2A) transactions loom as a contender for their payments. Faster payment rails, including the coming FedNow service, will create new opportunities for use cases across the payments ecosystem.

A2A holds promise for consumers and merchants alike. Consumers can get the kind of high-quality user experiences they crave from restaurant ordering and streaming services, and merchants can cut down on interchange costs by pushing their customers to adopt the payment method.

The post Will Global A2A Transactions Increase? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Who Leads in Mobile Wallet Usage? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/who-leads-in-mobile-wallet-usage/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 18:16:55 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=428690 mobile wallet usageIn an era dominated by digital innovation, the paradigm of financial transactions has undergone a transformative shift. Mobile wallets, once a novel concept, have now become an integral part of our daily lives, revolutionizing the way we manage, spend, and transfer money. From streamlined convenience to heightened security measures, the rise of mobile wallets has […]

The post Who Leads in Mobile Wallet Usage? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In an era dominated by digital innovation, the paradigm of financial transactions has undergone a transformative shift. Mobile wallets, once a novel concept, have now become an integral part of our daily lives, revolutionizing the way we manage, spend, and transfer money. From streamlined convenience to heightened security measures, the rise of mobile wallets has ushered in an era of unprecedented financial fluidity. What generation leads in mobile wallet usage?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Apple Savings and the Emerging Personal Payment Stack

Mobile Wallet Usage by Generation

  • 30% of Gen Y / Millenial users use mobile wallets often
  • 21% of Gen Z users use mobile wallets often
  • 17% of Gen X users use mobile wallets often
  • 4% of Baby Boomer users use mobile wallets often
  • 0% of the Silent Generation users use mobile wallets often

About Report

Apple has launched a Savings account attached to Apple Card, delivered through the Apple Wallet app. From a payments perspective, Savings represents a new attempt at traditional bank cross-selling — one that uses payment functionality as the top of the customer acquisition funnel rather than the financial institution that offers the payments features. An Apple Wallet/Pay-centric approach restricted to users of Apple devices limits the reach of the Apple financial ecosystem to the admittedly large and attractive customer base of Apple devices. Future success for Apple’s strategy rests on two pillars: 1) continued growth and retained adoption of Apple Wallet, which is contingent on 2) Apple’s retaining the ability to restrict access to the near-field communication chip in phone and watch devices.

Should Apple succeed at using Pay to drive customers into other financial products such as Card, Savings, and Pay, it could emerge as a personal payment stack service provider, distributing a full suite of financial products and leveraging the broader Apple relationship to deliver additional value to consumers.

The post Who Leads in Mobile Wallet Usage? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What General-Purpose Prepaid Cards Are Received By Consumers? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-general-purpose-prepaid-cards-are-received-by-consumers/ Fri, 22 Sep 2023 14:54:48 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=428249 general-purpose prepaid cardIn an era defined by convenience and flexibility, general-purpose prepaid cards have emerged as powerful financial tools, revolutionizing the way consumers manage their money. These versatile cards offer a dynamic alternative to traditional banking, allowing individuals to navigate a range of transactions with unprecedented ease and security. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! […]

The post What General-Purpose Prepaid Cards Are Received By Consumers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In an era defined by convenience and flexibility, general-purpose prepaid cards have emerged as powerful financial tools, revolutionizing the way consumers manage their money. These versatile cards offer a dynamic alternative to traditional banking, allowing individuals to navigate a range of transactions with unprecedented ease and security.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s ReportPrepaid Healthcare Options Expanding

Top 5 Sources Used to Receive a General-Purpose Prepaid Card in the Past 12 Months

  • 55% – another source (examples include payroll cards, unemployment, EIP program, commissions)
  • 36% – consumer rebate or incentive payment
  • 24% – government programs (i.e. unemployment, SNAP, EIP, etc.)
  • 16% – store credit/returns
  • 16% – redeemed points or cash rewards

About Report

The prepaid healthcare payments market remains a robust and growing opportunity. Financial institutions, fintechs, and other players within the payments side of healthcare can benefit from rising use cases of existing and emerging products to spur an increased volume of transactions and higher spending totals. Costs of healthcare services continue to outpace inflation, which provides ample opportunity to grow revenues through participation in programs such as flexible spending accounts and health savings accounts.

Employers can also better serve their employees in a competitive environment by increasing benefits and incentives. These programs can be as simple as small-value incentive programs linked to employer-sponsored healthcare plans that reward individuals with gift cards or other financial rewards for good health outcomes. While all sides of the ecosystem must be aware of regulatory changes, the overall market continues to push for greater inclusion rather than restriction.

The post What General-Purpose Prepaid Cards Are Received By Consumers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Method is Used for Credit Card Research among New Applicants? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-method-is-used-for-credit-card-research-among-new-applicants/ Fri, 25 Aug 2023 20:16:35 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=425456 credit card researchIn an increasingly digitized world, where financial tools are at our fingertips, the quest for the perfect credit card has become a meticulous process guided by strategic research. As new applicants navigate the vast landscape of credit options, a plethora of methods have emerged to aid in the pursuit of the most fitting card. From […]

The post What Method is Used for Credit Card Research among New Applicants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In an increasingly digitized world, where financial tools are at our fingertips, the quest for the perfect credit card has become a meticulous process guided by strategic research. As new applicants navigate the vast landscape of credit options, a plethora of methods have emerged to aid in the pursuit of the most fitting card. From harnessing the power of online comparison tools to delving into the intricacies of terms and conditions, credit card seekers are employing an array of techniques to inform their decisions.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Third-Party Comparison Websites: A Tried-and-True Method for Digital Marketing.

Top 6 Methods Used for Credit Card Research Among New Applicants, 2022

  • 38% of new applicants use the Primary FI branch
  • 25% of new applicants use the primary FI website
  • 22% of new applicants use an other FI branch
  • 21% of new applicants use an other FI website
  • 18% of new applicants use an internet search
  • 16% of new applicants use credit card comparison websites

About Report

You may not recognize the name “third-party comparison” websites (TPC), but you most likely have seen these firms operate under the trade names of Bank Rate, Credit Karma, and Credit Sesame, to name a few. Some consumers find these sites helpful as they consider new credit cards. And for credit card issuers, TPCs are a channel to book new accounts, the lifeblood of every credit card organization.

This report is concerned with the dynamic between credit card issuers and third-party comparison websites, which are sites not owned or operated by issuers that provide information about credit cards in aggregate. Through a variety of proprietary methodologies, often including an analyst team, these websites track and rate credit cards as well as several other financial products. The goal of TPC websites is to drive customers toward applications with their partners, which in turn pay these sites for their efforts in acquiring new customers. Some sites disclose their commercial relationships as issuer affiliates and receive cash bounties for new accounts. This may influence where prospective cardholders are driven or prioritize offers in favor of the partner.

TPC websites are a more robust form of affiliate marketing, and the marketplace has evolved to several large contenders. In today’s market, we found that 16% of customers use TPC in their research journey for a new card product, which is particularly skewed toward top credit card issuers.

The post What Method is Used for Credit Card Research among New Applicants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Type of Occupational Fraud is Most Prevalent? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-top-types-of-occupational-fraud/ Sat, 19 Aug 2023 17:14:52 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=424872 occupational fraudIn today’s complex and interconnected business landscape, the specter of occupational fraud looms as an ever-present threat to organizations of all sizes and industries. Often originating from within the very ranks of trusted employees, occupational fraud encompasses a wide array of deceptive activities that result in financial loss, reputational damage, and operational disruption. As businesses […]

The post What Type of Occupational Fraud is Most Prevalent? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In today’s complex and interconnected business landscape, the specter of occupational fraud looms as an ever-present threat to organizations of all sizes and industries. Often originating from within the very ranks of trusted employees, occupational fraud encompasses a wide array of deceptive activities that result in financial loss, reputational damage, and operational disruption. As businesses strive to navigate an environment of increasing technological sophistication and evolving work paradigms, understanding the nuances of occupational fraud becomes paramount.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Commercial and Enterprise Payments Fraud: 2023 Edition

Occupational Fraud Percentage by Type

  • 47% – Asset misappropriation only
  • 32% – Asset misappropriation + corruption
  • 12% – Corruption only
  • 5% – Corruption + asset misappropriation + financial statement fraud

Source: Association of Certified Fraud Examiners, 2022

About Report

Fraud in commercial payments is a rising concern, with Javelin Strategy & Research data showing that businesses expect it to increase over the coming year. The reasons for pessimism are many—the ascendancy of digital payments, the complexity of global supply chains, increasingly sophisticated criminal schemes—and the threats to companies are internal and external.

Though fraudsters often seem to have the upper hand with their schemes, companies can counter effectively through the smart deployment of technology along with a corresponding shoring up of security measures and staff training to recognize the threats.

The post What Type of Occupational Fraud is Most Prevalent? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Payment Methods Subject to Fraud https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-payment-methods-subject-to-fraud/ Fri, 11 Aug 2023 17:02:03 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=424070 payment methods fraudIn an increasingly digitized world, where convenience often goes hand in hand with vulnerability, the realm of financial transactions has become a battleground for both consumers and cybercriminals. As technology evolves, so do the methods employed by fraudsters to exploit weaknesses in payment systems, leaving individuals and businesses grappling with the ever-present threat of financial […]

The post Top 5 Payment Methods Subject to Fraud appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>


In an increasingly digitized world, where convenience often goes hand in hand with vulnerability, the realm of financial transactions has become a battleground for both consumers and cybercriminals. As technology evolves, so do the methods employed by fraudsters to exploit weaknesses in payment systems, leaving individuals and businesses grappling with the ever-present threat of financial fraud.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Commercial and Enterprise Payments Fraud: 2023 Edition

Payment Methods Subject to Fraud by Type (2022)

(percent of organizations)

  • 63% – Checks
  • 36% – Corporate/commercial credit cards
  • 31% – Wire transfers
  • 30% – ACH debits
  • 30% – ACH credits

Source: AFP, 2023

About Report

Fraud in commercial payments is a rising concern, with Javelin Strategy & Research data showing that businesses expect it to increase over the coming year. The reasons for pessimism are many—the ascendancy of digital payments, the complexity of global supply chains, increasingly sophisticated criminal schemes—and the threats to companies are internal and external.

Though fraudsters often seem to have the upper hand with their schemes, companies can counter effectively through the smart deployment of technology along with a corresponding shoring up of security measures and staff training to recognize the threats.

The post Top 5 Payment Methods Subject to Fraud appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Fueling Costs for Large Vehicles https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-fueling-costs-for-large-vehicles/ Fri, 04 Aug 2023 15:40:22 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=422931 fueling costs large vehiclesAs businesses continue to rely on large vehicles for transportation and distribution purposes, fueling costs have become a major concern. With the price of fuel constantly fluctuating, fleet managers must find ways to ensure efficient fuel consumption while maintaining optimal performance. This involves careful budget planning, regular maintenance checks, and utilizing technology such as GPS […]

The post Top 5 Fueling Costs for Large Vehicles appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As businesses continue to rely on large vehicles for transportation and distribution purposes, fueling costs have become a major concern. With the price of fuel constantly fluctuating, fleet managers must find ways to ensure efficient fuel consumption while maintaining optimal performance. This involves careful budget planning, regular maintenance checks, and utilizing technology such as GPS tracking systems to monitor fuel usage. In addition, alternative fuel options such as propane, electricity, and hydrogen fuel cells may offer long-term cost savings.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Fleet Cards in 2023: An Industry in the Fast Lane

Annual Cost of Fueling at Retail Diesel Pricing per Vehicle

  • $58,853 – Transit bus
  • $52,179 – Class 8 truck
  • $44,545 – Refuse truck
  • $18,353 – Paratransit shuttle
  • $8,553 – School bus

About Report

This report analyzes the market trends and developments in the commercial fleet space, with an emphasis on closed-loop” and open-loop fleet card products as well as cardless solutions. The report examines the current market offerings and how fleet card companies are addressing the needs of the modern fleet customer. It examines trends in diesel fueling, the most common method used for fueling larger vehicles, and trends in alternative fueling, including payment acceptance. Fleet electrification trends as well as public and private charging stations are also explored, and the report details our expectations for the future of fleet operations.

The post Top 5 Fueling Costs for Large Vehicles appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Paying by Check: Generational Preferences https://www.paymentsjournal.com/paying-by-check-generational-preferences/ Fri, 28 Jul 2023 15:11:58 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=421860 paying by checkPaying by check may seem outdated in our increasingly digital age, but it remains a secure and reliable payment method that many individuals and businesses still prefer. While younger generations may gravitate towards electronic payment options, older generations often appreciate the familiarity and simplicity of this form of payment. Regardless of your generation, it’s important […]

The post Paying by Check: Generational Preferences appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Paying by check may seem outdated in our increasingly digital age, but it remains a secure and reliable payment method that many individuals and businesses still prefer. While younger generations may gravitate towards electronic payment options, older generations often appreciate the familiarity and simplicity of this form of payment. Regardless of your generation, it’s important to understand the fundamentals of check writing and ensure that your checks are accurate and timely to avoid any potential issues. Whether you’re paying rent, utility bills, or making a donation, paying by check is a trusted and time-honored method of payment that continues to serve many individuals and businesses well.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s ReportHow Pay-by-Bank Could Shake Up Payments

Preference for Paying by Check, by Generation

  • 31% of the Silent Generation prefer to pay by check
  • 23% of Baby Boomers prefer to pay by check
  • 15% of Gen X’ers prefer to pay by check
  • 8% of Millenials prefer to pay by check

About Report

As older payment methods recede, pay-by-bank is emerging as a contender at the point of sale. It allows consumers to continue using the funds in their checking accounts, as they do with ACH payments, but adds greater security with real-time authentication and confirmation of payment.

Merchants, too, benefit from the security of pay-by-bank payments, because they don’t have to store sensitive consumer information. For banks, there’s a loss of interchange revenue, but they can rework their strategies to remain the most favored payment method by their customers.

The post Paying by Check: Generational Preferences appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Who Has Used Store-branded Credit Cards in the Last 12 Months? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/who-has-used-store-branded-credit-cards-in-the-last-12-months/ Fri, 21 Jul 2023 17:32:20 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=421302 store-branded credit cardsCredit card usage has become a prevalent financial tool for many individuals and businesses worldwide. A credit card allows one to borrow money from a financial institution, and instead of making cash payments, the amount owed is paid off in the future. With virtually every major retailer accepting credit cards, usage has become more commonplace, […]

The post Who Has Used Store-branded Credit Cards in the Last 12 Months? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit card usage has become a prevalent financial tool for many individuals and businesses worldwide. A credit card allows one to borrow money from a financial institution, and instead of making cash payments, the amount owed is paid off in the future. With virtually every major retailer accepting credit cards, usage has become more commonplace, and some benefits include convenience, rewards, and reliable financial protection.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Private-Label Credit Cards: Still Relevant but Losing Luster

Store-branded Credit Card Usage in the Past 12 Months, by Generation

  • 30% of Gen Z have used a store-branded credit card
  • 20% of Millenials have used a store-branded credit card
  • 31% of Gen X have used a store-branded credit card
  • 33% of Baby Boomers have used a store-branded credit card
  • 37% of the Silent Generation have used a store-branded credit card

About Report


Explore the realm of exclusive credit cards with this insightful report on private-label credit cards in the United States. Often referred to as “store cards” or “white-label credit cards,” these unique products are restricted to specific merchants, enticing consumers with exclusive benefits. From promotional financing options like deferred interest to driving customer engagement with various products and services, private-label cards play a vital role in the credit card landscape. Nevertheless, this comprehensive analysis reveals the challenges and risks these cards face amidst changing market dynamics.

Discover the dynamic landscape of private-label credit cards in the United States through this in-depth report. Gain valuable insights into usage and ownership trends, delve into the offerings of significant retailers, and uncover potential risks for consumers. Additionally, explore how competitive threats, such as instant financing and buy now, pay later (BNPL) loans, are reshaping the private-label card market. As an essential part of the credit card industry, understanding the evolving landscape of private-label cards becomes crucial for businesses and consumers alike.

The post Who Has Used Store-branded Credit Cards in the Last 12 Months? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Generation is Most Likely to Use BNPL? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-generation-is-most-likely-to-use-bnpl/ Fri, 14 Jul 2023 19:57:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=420843 BNPL usageBuy Now Pay Later (BNPL) has revolutionized the way consumers approach shopping, offering a modern and enticing alternative to traditional payment methods. As the digital era continues to redefine consumer habits, BNPL services have swiftly emerged as a prominent force in the retail landscape, capturing the attention of millions worldwide. With its promise of flexibility, […]

The post What Generation is Most Likely to Use BNPL? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Buy Now Pay Later (BNPL) has revolutionized the way consumers approach shopping, offering a modern and enticing alternative to traditional payment methods. As the digital era continues to redefine consumer habits, BNPL services have swiftly emerged as a prominent force in the retail landscape, capturing the attention of millions worldwide. With its promise of flexibility, convenience, and affordability, BNPL has not only transformed the shopping experience but also challenged the established norms of personal finance. Embraced by both shoppers and merchants, this innovative payment model is reshaping the future of commerce, providing a glimpse into a world where financial freedom and seamless transactions converge harmoniously. We will look at BNPL usage.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report:Private-Label Credit Cards: Still Relevant but Losing Luster

BNPL Usage by Generation

  • 36% of Gen Z have used BNPL
  • 43% of Millenials have used BNPL
  • 32% of Gen X have used BNPL
  • 12% of Baby Boomers have used BNPL

About Report

Private-label credit cards, often known as “store cards” or “white-label credit cards,” are products that can be used only at that specific merchant’s location. Private labels often offer promotional financing, such as deferred interest, allowing retailers to drive customers toward products and services. Private-label cards are an important part of the overall credit card landscape and are widely deployed, but they are a product facing several threats.

This report provides an overview of the private-label card market in the United States. It examines usage and ownership trends, significant retailers’ offerings, and risks for consumers. The report also looks at competitive threats such as instant financing and buy now, pay later (BNPL) loans and usage. It explores how these products are changing the market for private-label cards.

The post What Generation is Most Likely to Use BNPL? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Generation is Applying for Credit Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-generation-is-applying-for-credit-cards/ Fri, 07 Jul 2023 15:23:10 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=420335 credit cardsCredit cards have become an essential financial tool for the modern generation. While applying for a credit card may seem daunting at first, it can offer several benefits such as ease of transactions, reward points, and cashback offers. However, it’s crucial those applying understand the terms and conditions associated with the usage of credit cards. […]

The post What Generation is Applying for Credit Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit cards have become an essential financial tool for the modern generation. While applying for a credit card may seem daunting at first, it can offer several benefits such as ease of transactions, reward points, and cashback offers. However, it’s crucial those applying understand the terms and conditions associated with the usage of credit cards.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s ReportCobranded Credit Cards 2023

Those Who Have Applied for a Credit Card in the Past 12 Months by Generation

  • 44% – Gen Y/Millenial
  • 36% – Gen Z
  • 29% – Gen X
  • 16% – Baby Boomer
  • 12% – Silent Generation

Gen Y/Millennials Were the Most Likely to Apply for a New Credit Card in 2022.

About Report

The cobranded credit card is a significant part of U.S. card portfolios at major issuers. Unlike the private-label card, the cobranded card operates on an open network allowing the cardholder to use the card outside of the merchant. These card products, which are generally aligned with travel or retail merchants, offer a way for issuers to acquire a large base of loyal customers who will generate interchange revenue. Our research shows that customers who will use rewards associated with cobrands tend to be from younger generations, which is an attractive segment for issuers looking to grow their card portfolios.

Cobranded card portfolios tend to be weighted heavily toward either the travel segment or the retail segment, with travel being the dominant segment for cobrands overall. With economic uncertainty and a potential recession looming, issuers that have generated a significant number of subprime accounts may face difficulties; however, we maintain that issuers will continue to do well overall. Cobranded cards will continue to be an important part of the market and should at least be on the radar of your organization, regardless of the size of your portfolio.

The post What Generation is Applying for Credit Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Where do Consumers Purchase Gift Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-consumers-purchase-gift-cards/ Fri, 30 Jun 2023 18:01:30 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=419525 gift cardsGift cards have become an increasingly popular option for gifting in recent years. They are convenient for both the giver and the recipient, as well as being more personal than simply giving cash. They also offer flexibility, as they can be used for a variety of items and the recipient can choose when and where […]

The post Where do Consumers Purchase Gift Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Gift cards have become an increasingly popular option for gifting in recent years. They are convenient for both the giver and the recipient, as well as being more personal than simply giving cash. They also offer flexibility, as they can be used for a variety of items and the recipient can choose when and where they want to use it. Additionally, they are a great last-minute gift option for those who may have forgotten a special occasion. With a wide range of options available, from popular retailers to specialized businesses, there is sure to be a gift card to suit every taste and interest.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s ReportUnused Value in Prepaid Cards: Breaking the Misconceptions

Top 5 Gift Card Purchase Locations

  • 36% purchased at mass merchandisers
  • 35% purchased at online-only merchandisers
  • 23% purchased at coffee/specialty food shops
  • 22% purchased at fast food restaurants
  • 18% purchased at supermarkets/grocery stores

About Report

There’s a misconception that gift cards and other prepaid products go unused, but the trends of consumer use and product growth defy that belief, creating profit centers for issuing organizations. The fact that gift cards encourage additional spending and have many other uses, such as receiving loyalty cards as an employee incentive or creating goodwill opportunities, promotes rapid redemption, thus mitigating issues with unused funds. The use of stored-value accounts emphasizes that loyalty provides extra benefits and encourages repetitive reloads, reducing the amount of unused funds that companies must account for.

To strengthen and maintain prepaid programs, organizations should communicate often with the appropriate stakeholders, such as consumers, shareholders, and employees. Communication encourages the spending of unused balances, highlights the value of loyalty programs associated with stored-value accounts, and can act as a way to avoid escheatment where it is regulated. Retailers must also be clear with policies to ensure compliance with various states’ cash-out and escheatment regulations, which can be accomplished through universal policies, proper staff training, and regular reviews of applicable regulations by location.

The post Where do Consumers Purchase Gift Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Payment Cards Used in the Past 12 Months https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-payment-cards-in-the-past-12-months/ Fri, 16 Jun 2023 15:09:31 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=418015 payment cardsIn today’s increasingly digital and cashless world, payment cards have become an integral part of our daily lives. Whether it’s swiping, tapping, or inserting a card into a reader, these small pieces of plastic have revolutionized the way we make transactions. From credit cards to debit cards and prepaid cards, they offer convenience, security, and […]

The post Top 5 Payment Cards Used in the Past 12 Months appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s increasingly digital and cashless world, payment cards have become an integral part of our daily lives. Whether it’s swiping, tapping, or inserting a card into a reader, these small pieces of plastic have revolutionized the way we make transactions. From credit cards to debit cards and prepaid cards, they offer convenience, security, and flexibility, allowing us to make purchases both in-person and online with ease.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s ReportUnused Value in Prepaid Cards: Breaking the Misconceptions

Payment Cards Used in the Past 12 Months

  • 80% – major credit card usable anywhere
  • 63% – major debit card usable anywhere
  • 33% – in-store gift card
  • 31% – general prepaid gift card (non-reloadable)
  • 30% – store-branded credit card

About Report

There’s a misconception that gift cards and other prepaid products go unused, but the trends of consumer use and product growth defy that belief, creating profit centers for issuing organizations. The fact that gift cards encourage additional spending and have many other uses, such as receiving loyalty cards as an employee incentive or creating goodwill opportunities, promotes rapid redemption, thus mitigating issues with unused funds. The use of stored-value accounts emphasizes that loyalty provides extra benefits and encourages repetitive reloads, reducing the amount of unused funds that companies must account for.

To strengthen and maintain prepaid programs, organizations should communicate often with the appropriate stakeholders, such as consumers, shareholders, and employees. Communication encourages the spending of unused balances, highlights the value of loyalty programs associated with stored-value accounts, and can act as a way to avoid escheatment where it is regulated. Retailers must also be clear with policies to ensure compliance with various states’ cash-out and escheatment regulations, which can be accomplished through universal policies, proper staff training, and regular reviews of applicable regulations by location.

The post Top 5 Payment Cards Used in the Past 12 Months appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Demographics Point to Younger Users in Debit https://www.paymentsjournal.com/demographics-point-to-younger-users-in-debit/ Fri, 09 Jun 2023 18:05:51 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=417596 debit cardsDebit usage has become increasingly popular in recent years, with more and more people choosing it over credit when making purchases. Debit cards work by deducting the amount spent from a linked bank account, making them a convenient way to keep track of spending and avoiding the accumulation of debt. In addition to their ease […]

The post Demographics Point to Younger Users in Debit appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Debit usage has become increasingly popular in recent years, with more and more people choosing it over credit when making purchases. Debit cards work by deducting the amount spent from a linked bank account, making them a convenient way to keep track of spending and avoiding the accumulation of debt. In addition to their ease of use, they are widely accepted and generally have lower fees than credit cards.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2023 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review

Debit Card Utilized for any Payment in Last 12 months

  • 70% of Gen Z
  • 64% of Millenials
  • 64% of Gen X
  • 61% of Baby Boomers
  • 37% of the Silent Gen

About Report

The 2023 Mercator Debit Card Data Book assembles the most important metrics for debit card managers. It projects major trends and presents a case that debit cards and alternative payment products will survive in an economic downturn and continue to serve as a prime payment vehicle for households.

Debit growth was solid in 2022 and projects to remain so. It is durable as the preferred payment for everyday items, such as food, fuel, and bills. As economic conditions worsen and as new payment forms come on line, including the launch of FedNow, it should remain in favor as standalones or as preferred cards in electronic wallets.

The post Demographics Point to Younger Users in Debit appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Payment Cards are Used the Most? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-payment-cards-are-used-the-most/ Fri, 02 Jun 2023 16:06:15 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=416737 payment cardsWhen it comes to making purchases, payment cards have become a popular form of payment. Payment cards can be used in a variety of ways, from swiping or inserting a physical card at a point-of-sale terminal to using the card’s information to complete an online transaction. With the convenience of payment cards, it’s no surprise […]

The post What Payment Cards are Used the Most? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

When it comes to making purchases, payment cards have become a popular form of payment. Payment cards can be used in a variety of ways, from swiping or inserting a physical card at a point-of-sale terminal to using the card’s information to complete an online transaction. With the convenience of payment cards, it’s no surprise that they have become a preferred payment method for both consumers and businesses.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: 2023 Prepaid Card Data Book: 11 Essential Metrics

Top 5 Payment Cards Used in Past 12 Months

  • 80% – Major Credit Card Useable Anywhere
  • 63% – Major Debit Card Useable Anywhere
  • 33% – In-Store Gift Card
  • 31% – General Purpose Gift Card (non-reloadable)
  • 30% – Store-branded Credit Card

About Report

Both open and closed prepaid segments were impacted by the economic uncertainty of 2020–2022. Business and consumer segments began to emerge into a new and more stable overall environment. We estimate the market will react accordingly with moderate but substantial growth of 6% through 2026. While influences, led by the financial impacts of inflation as well as regulatory efforts, political changes, and other resources, can have large-scale change opportunities, they are more predictable, and organizations in the prepaid market can plan and sell with more confidence on how the market will change versus the complete market disruption that has passed.

The resulting impact is a conservative plan in every vertical touched by prepaid payments that should outpace general worldwide growth. While the International Monetary Fund pegs growth slowing from 6% in 2021 to 2.7% in 2023, Javelin believes the combination of consumer confidence, low unemployment, and additional inflationary impacted spending will allow for the predicted growth of 6% from the 2020–2026 period. Topline growth of loads in the prepaid market will likely respond to inflation, impacting growth in many aligned segments. Several areas will have particular estimated benefit led by nutritional assistance growing at 9%, open-loop general purpose cards growing at 8%, and transit also growing at 8%.

The post What Payment Cards are Used the Most? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Are Credit Card Balances Continuing to Rise? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-credit-card-balances-continuing-to-rise/ Fri, 26 May 2023 19:19:20 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=416254 credit card balancesCredit card balances have become an increasingly important topic for those looking to take control of their finances and improve their credit scores. Consumer spending habits play a major role in how quickly credit card balances can accumulate, and it’s important to be mindful of the impact that each swipe of the card can have. […]

The post Are Credit Card Balances Continuing to Rise? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit card balances have become an increasingly important topic for those looking to take control of their finances and improve their credit scores. Consumer spending habits play a major role in how quickly credit card balances can accumulate, and it’s important to be mindful of the impact that each swipe of the card can have. While it can be tempting to keep using credit cards to make purchases and rack up rewards points, it’s essential to keep track of your spending and pay off balances regularly to avoid accumulating high interest fees.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report:The Credit Card Data Book Part Two: Internal Dynamics

Credit Card Balances Past Five Years (in $trillions)

  • Q3 2018 – $0.84
  • Q3 2019 – $0.88
  • Q3 2020 – $0.81
  • Q3 2021 – $0.80
  • Q3 2022 – $0.93

About Report

This report is the second part of a two-part annual series called the Credit Card Databook. The report explores profitability, credit risk, and portfolio dynamics to understand the market for issuers and the challenges they may face in 2023. The goal is to provide recommendations to help financial organizations strategize for the current and upcoming credit card market in the United States. Unfavorable economic conditions loom, and issuers must prepare themselves to weather the storm.

The post Are Credit Card Balances Continuing to Rise? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
3 Key Payment Methods Used by Gen Z Consumers https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-key-payment-methods-used-by-gen-z-consumers/ Fri, 19 May 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=415591 payment methods, gen zAs the newest generation to come of age, Gen Z has been raised in an era of technological advancements and digitalization. As a result, it comes as no surprise that they differ from their predecessors when it comes to payment methods. Gen Z has been quick to adopt new modes of payment, such as digital […]

The post 3 Key Payment Methods Used by Gen Z Consumers appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As the newest generation to come of age, Gen Z has been raised in an era of technological advancements and digitalization. As a result, it comes as no surprise that they differ from their predecessors when it comes to payment methods. Gen Z has been quick to adopt new modes of payment, such as digital wallets and mobile payments, and are also more likely to use peer-to-peer payment apps than traditional banking avenues.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Gen Z is Reaching Adulthood and Merchant Service Providers Need a Plan

Key Payment Methods Used by Gen Z Consumers

  • 35% use a major debit or check card usable anywhere
  • 17% use a major credit card usable anywhere
  • 17% use cash

About Report

Gen Z, defined as those born in 1997 or after, must be a top priority for all merchants and their service providers. The generation includes consumers as old as 25, meaning the generation is already spending as adult consumers, and the age group’s spending will skyrocket in the years to come. Merchants need to build relationships with Gen Zers now in order to rack up sales and have relationships with young consumers that could last for decades.

But merchants, especially small- and medium-size businesses (SMB), don’t have the time or ability to really consider and incorporate Gen Z’s payment preferences. Many merchants hand off their payments operations to service providers that handle acceptance, acquiring, gateway services, and more. That means it falls to these providers, such as payment facilitators (PayFac), acquirers, and point-of-sale (POS) technology providers, to help their merchants best serve Gen Z by identifying Gen Z’s preferences and finding ways to position merchants for success.

The post 3 Key Payment Methods Used by Gen Z Consumers appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top Reasons for Receiving Employee Incentives https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-for-receiving-employee-incentives/ Fri, 12 May 2023 16:45:37 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=415139 employee incentivesEmployee incentive programs are an effective way to motivate and reward employees for their hard work and dedication. These programs can come in many forms, from bonuses and promotions to recognition and time off. When implemented properly, employee incentive programs can lead to increased employee morale, job satisfaction, and productivity. Companies that offer these programs […]

The post Top Reasons for Receiving Employee Incentives appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Employee incentive programs are an effective way to motivate and reward employees for their hard work and dedication. These programs can come in many forms, from bonuses and promotions to recognition and time off. When implemented properly, employee incentive programs can lead to increased employee morale, job satisfaction, and productivity. Companies that offer these programs often see a decrease in employee turnover and an increase in overall success. It’s important for businesses to carefully design and communicate their incentive programs to ensure they are fair, achievable and align with the company’s goals and values.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: U.S. Commercial Prepaid Card Market Forecast

Top Reasons for Receiving Employee Recognition

  • 62% report it was for Achievement/Recognition
  • 38% report it was for Compensation
  • 31% report is was for Health and Wellness Goals
  • 7% report it was for Other

About Report

Javelin Strategy & Research continues its annual series on market trends with a focus on the commercial prepaid market. Javelin generally expects a positive environment for commercial closed-loop cards with steady growth in non-governmental aspects and more robust growth in government closed-loop programs. In addition, budgetary and inflationary pressure should benefit Incentive programs, while those factors, plus a return to in-store shopping, will help store credits and returns.

Open-loop commercial products will see some stagnation in the short term before recovering. The leading cause of the short-term issues will be the end of the Economic Impact Payments (EIP), a vital element of the federal response to the COVID-19 pandemic. However, the long-term outlook will grow strongly in open-loop with the return to corporate use of open-loop products for expense, event, and incentive programs.

The post Top Reasons for Receiving Employee Incentives appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How are Apple Pay Users using the Service? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-payment-services-are-the-choice-of-apple-pay-users/ Fri, 05 May 2023 20:13:07 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=414553 Apple Pay payment servicesIn our modern, tech-savvy world, the use of digital wallets has become increasingly popular. These virtual wallets allow for secure transactions to be made with ease, without the need for cash or card. One type of digital wallet that has captured the attention of many is the prepaid option. With a prepaid digital wallet, users […]

The post How are Apple Pay Users using the Service? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In our modern, tech-savvy world, the use of digital wallets has become increasingly popular. These virtual wallets allow for secure transactions to be made with ease, without the need for cash or card. One type of digital wallet that has captured the attention of many is the prepaid option. With a prepaid digital wallet, users can fund their account in advance, allowing for convenient spending without the worry of going over budget or overspending.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Prepaid Mobile Expanding Its Use Case in a 5G World.

Apple Pay Payment Services Used in Past 12 Months

  • 21% of consumers used Apple Pay for in-store purchases only
  • 32% of of consumers used Apple Pay for both online and in-store purchases
  • 45% of consumers used Apple Pay for online purchases only

About Report

In short order, the mobile phone market, and with it prepaid mobile plans, have gone from simple and inexpensive voice connectivity to an emerging player as the primary path to deliver internet capabilities worldwide. Currently, the prepaid market offers a steady but varying market presence worldwide, with developed countries using prepaid to augment postpaid subscriptions and developing nations utilizing prepaid as the primary source of accessibility.

The advent of high-speed 5G networks will enable a market shift from voice and data connectivity through mobile devices to a full array of internet services, free from the built-in infrastructure of wired services. This change is starting slowly, adding to incremental market growth in the short term, but will likely explode in the next decade, allowing for significant scale expansion of prepaid options to service a more comprehensive array of potential consumer use.

The post How are Apple Pay Users using the Service? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Do Current Economic Conditions Change the Purchase of Prepaid Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/does-current-economic-conditions-change-the-purchase-of-prepaid-cards/ Fri, 28 Apr 2023 20:25:29 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=414015 prepaid cardsPrepaid products are a convenient and flexible option for those looking to manage their expenses. By preloading a set amount of funds, prepaid products are a great way to stay within budget and avoid overspending. Not limited to just phone cards, prepaid products include gift cards, transit passes, and even prepaid debit cards. These options […]

The post Do Current Economic Conditions Change the Purchase of Prepaid Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Prepaid products are a convenient and flexible option for those looking to manage their expenses. By preloading a set amount of funds, prepaid products are a great way to stay within budget and avoid overspending. Not limited to just phone cards, prepaid products include gift cards, transit passes, and even prepaid debit cards. These options make it easy to give gifts, commute to work, or make purchases online without having to use a traditional credit or debit card. Plus, there are often no credit checks needed to obtain prepaid products, making them accessible to those with limited or poor credit history.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Outside Regulatory Forces Impact Prepaid Market

Impact of current economy on your decision to purchase prepaid card products?

  • 10% – much less likely to purchase prepaid card products
  • 11% somewhat less likely to purchase prepaid card products
  • 54% – neither more nor less likely to purchase prepaid card products
  • 16% – somewhat more likely to purchase prepaid card products
  • 9% – much more likely to purchase prepaid card products

About Report

In an uncertain economic environment, the payments industry will need to react to both micro and macro issues. Large-scale policy changes meant to fight inflation, deal with unemployment, and address other macro conditions will be the primary drivers of change in the prepaid market. Secondary drivers include broad and local efforts to curb money laundering and fraud as well as increases to saving products like Flexible Spending Accounts (FSA) and Health Savings Accounts (HSA).

Indirectly there are varying levels of regulation meant to create change in other payment verticals, primarily credit, that will have long-lasting changes in the prepaid market. Continued efforts to cap interchange fees could have secondary impact on loyalty programs, which drive large volumes of prepaid business as a secondary avenue for utilization of rewards. In addition, continued potential to regulate cryptocurrencies could benefit prepaid mechanisms that look to easily convert crypto to fiat currency at point of sale.

The post Do Current Economic Conditions Change the Purchase of Prepaid Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Have Secured Credit Cards Affected Credit Scores? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-have-secured-credit-cards-affected-credit-scores/ Fri, 21 Apr 2023 17:52:28 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=413184 secured credit cardsSecured credit cards can be an excellent option for those who are looking to establish or rebuild credit. Unlike a traditional credit card, with a secured card the person must first make a deposit, which acts as collateral, before they can start using the card. This deposit acts as a safety net for the issuer, […]

The post How Have Secured Credit Cards Affected Credit Scores? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Secured credit cards can be an excellent option for those who are looking to establish or rebuild credit. Unlike a traditional credit card, with a secured card the person must first make a deposit, which acts as collateral, before they can start using the card. This deposit acts as a safety net for the issuer, ensuring that they will be reimbursed in the event that they are unable to pay the credit card bill. While this may seem like a downside, they can help build a better credit score over time.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Secured Card Market in 2022

Credit score changes by account status over two years

  • Open accounts had a change in score of +24
  • Closed accounts with balance had a change in score of -42
  • Closed accounts without a balance had a change in score of -46
  • Write offs had a change in score of -60

About Report

This report provides an overview of the secured credit card market in the United States. Secured cards are a type of credit card that requires a security deposit—used as collateral by the bank—to establish the initial credit limit. These products are marketed toward credit invisible, thin files, and those with a subprime credit score to build a credit history. Issuers typically reward good credit behavior on the secured card by graduating the cardholder into an unsecured card product and refunding the initial security deposit.

The market for secured card products is competitive, and many financial institutions offer similar product features. This report primarily focuses on offerings from large banks and credit unions in the consumer market, but we also examine the small market for small business secured cards. Fintechs have also gained market share within the secured card market, and we look at numerous credit-builder offerings. Credit card as a service (CCaaS) vendor offerings and private-label services are also included.

The post How Have Secured Credit Cards Affected Credit Scores? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Type of Prepaid Cards do Consumers Purchase/Receive? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-top-prepaid-cards-purchased-or-received/ Thu, 13 Apr 2023 21:47:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=412429 prepaid cardsPrepaid cards are rapidly gaining popularity as an alternative to traditional credit and debit cards. Unlike debit cards, which are tied to a bank account, they can be loaded with a specific amount of money and used anywhere that accepts card payments. They are also a safer option for those who do not have a […]

The post What Type of Prepaid Cards do Consumers Purchase/Receive? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Prepaid cards are rapidly gaining popularity as an alternative to traditional credit and debit cards. Unlike debit cards, which are tied to a bank account, they can be loaded with a specific amount of money and used anywhere that accepts card payments. They are also a safer option for those who do not have a credit history or want to avoid overspending. With these cards, there are no overdraft fees, credit checks, or interest charges. They are ideal for budgeting, travel, or online shopping. They have evolved to offer a range of benefits and features, including cashback rewards, fraud protection, and mobile apps for managing your spending.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report:19th Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Card Market Forecast

5 Top Prepaid Cards Purchased or Received

  • 63% In-Store Retailer Gift Cards
  • 40% Online Merchant-Specific Gift Cards
  • 36% Card Network Prepaid/Gift Cards
  • 15% Prepaid Phone Cards
  • 14% Prepaid Gas Cards

About Report

Javelin Strategy & Research continues its annual series on market trends in the open-loop prepaid market. Javelin expects a robust environment for the prepaid ecosystem, with the largest segments; general purpose open-loop gift and financial services cards trending strong. Consistent with past years, economic conditions play a large role in the outlook of individual products. Budgetary and inflationary pressure should advance unemployment and benefit cards, and items stressing budgetary constraint, while travel, business cards, and other items representing discretionary spending will have a more negative outlook.

Javelin research indicates American buyers show positive outlook on the market as a whole, but the benefits will be less visible in open-loop categories. The research highlights healthy spending patterns in these cards as well as frequency of purchases, with ancillary benefits to retailers when consumers spend beyond their card balance, extending revenue opportunities because of the use of a prepaid card.

The post What Type of Prepaid Cards do Consumers Purchase/Receive? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
4 Top Types of Consumer Incentives Received https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-top-reasons-for-receiving-consumer-incentives/ Fri, 07 Apr 2023 20:03:54 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=411487 consumer incentivesLoyalty programs are a great way for businesses to reward their customers for their continued patronage using consumer incentives. Many companies offer customers the option to enroll in a loyalty program by signing up for an account, allowing customers to accrue points and rewards along the way. These benefits often come in the form of […]

The post 4 Top Types of Consumer Incentives Received appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Loyalty programs are a great way for businesses to reward their customers for their continued patronage using consumer incentives. Many companies offer customers the option to enroll in a loyalty program by signing up for an account, allowing customers to accrue points and rewards along the way. These benefits often come in the form of discounts, free items, and even gift cards. Depending on the company’s offerings, customers could receive discounts on future purchases or exclusive access to new products before they become available to everyone else.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report:19th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Card Market Forecast

4 Top Types of Consumer Incentives Received

  • 38% received a consumer incentive for a store credit
  • 38% received an incentive for a cash back offer from debit/credit card
  • 37% received an incentive for an additional purchase
  • 34% received an incentive for a rebate

About Report

In general, Javelin Strategy & Research expects a robust environment for the prepaid ecosystem. This includes top categories such as in-store gifting enjoying strong trends. Consistent with past years, economic conditions will have a give-and-take effect on several products. Budgetary and inflationary pressure should benefit the areas of transit, nutrition assistance, and consumer incentives, while petroleum and tolls may recede. Products such as campus cards and consumer incentives will continue to rebound after being negatively affected in the 2020-21 pandemic era.

Consumer sentiments remain positive overall, with American buyers showing strong overall belief in the closed-loop market. Javelin research highlights healthy spending patterns in prepaid cards as well as frequency of purchases, with ancillary benefits to retailers when consumer overspend beyond their card balance, giving an extension of revenue opportunities because of the use of a prepaid card.

The post 4 Top Types of Consumer Incentives Received appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top Cross-Border Payment Shares by Use Case https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-cross-border-payment-shares-by-use-case/ Fri, 31 Mar 2023 22:06:44 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=410968 cross-border paymentsCross-border payments have become increasingly more popular across corporations and individuals across the world. They provide an easy way for businesses to pay suppliers, customers and partners located in different countries faster and cheaper than ever before. There is a huge variety of use cases: business to business (B2B) transactions, business to consumer (B2C) commerce, […]

The post Top Cross-Border Payment Shares by Use Case appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Cross-border payments have become increasingly more popular across corporations and individuals across the world. They provide an easy way for businesses to pay suppliers, customers and partners located in different countries faster and cheaper than ever before. There is a huge variety of use cases: business to business (B2B) transactions, business to consumer (B2C) commerce, consumer to business (C2B) applications, and person-to-person (P2P) transfers. Companies utilizing cross-border payment systems benefit from faster transactions while not being subjected to certain laws governing international transactions, such as currency exchange rate fluctuations. The special features that come with cross-border payments make them incredibly attractive in today’s global market environment.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: Cross-Border B2B Payments: Continuous Improvement Underway

Top Cross-Border Payment Shares by Use Case

  • 2% of the payments were person-to-person (P2P)
  • 4% of the payments were consumer-to-business (C2B)
  • 8% of the payments were business-to-consumer (B2C)
  • 86% of the payments were business-to-business (B2B)

About Report

No other global payments innovation effort has garnered as much recent attention as cross-border payments, where improved user experiences have been a focal point for the financial services industry. While the early concern was around greater access and lower costs for these payments in person-to-person scenarios, the efforts naturally progressed into all aspects of the cross-border industry—the impacted use cases in the cross-border run across remittance, retail, disbursements, and wholesale scenarios.

This Javelin Strategy & Research report estimates the size of the cross-border commercial payments market across these defined individual use cases, reviews the traditional settlement methods, and discusses how innovation continues to improve the business-to-business (B2B) payments experience. Readers will understand the latest developments in how networks, processors, banks, fintechs, and central banks collaborate to substantially improve the delivery, with an emphasis on the B2B market segment, which is by far the most significant portion of these international value exchanges.

The post Top Cross-Border Payment Shares by Use Case appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Top Payment Instruments for Higher Household Income https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-top-payment-instruments-for-higher-household-income/ Fri, 24 Mar 2023 15:28:39 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=410169 payments instrumentsPayment instruments help households manage their income, with options ranging from traditional methods such as cash and checks to digital tools like debit cards and ACH transfers. Over the years, usage of these payment instruments has gone through a huge transformation with increased utilization of credit cards for purchases, mobile payments for household bills, and […]

The post 5 Top Payment Instruments for Higher Household Income appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Payment instruments help households manage their income, with options ranging from traditional methods such as cash and checks to digital tools like debit cards and ACH transfers. Over the years, usage of these payment instruments has gone through a huge transformation with increased utilization of credit cards for purchases, mobile payments for household bills, and debit cards for regular household expenses. Now there is a wide range of payment solutions available to suit our spending habits, providing flexibility that can help us stay on top of our household finances.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report :Premium Credit Cards in 2022

5 Top Payment Instruments for Higher Household Income

For those with a household income of greater than $150,000:

  • 44% use credit cards
  • 20% use debit cards
  • 12 % use ACH
  • 11% use cash
  • 6% use mobile payments

About Report

Premium credit card products have existed since the 1980s and are targeted toward the mass affluent population. This customer segment differs from the general-purpose credit card market, with above-average credit scores and household incomes of more than $100,000. The rewards on premium cards are typically focused on travel, often rich with options, and boast large sign-up bonuses, but are they sustainable?

In this report, we examine current premium card offerings, rewards, and trends and offer our strategic insights into premium credit card rewards. Readers will learn about the premium card market through a comparative analysis of current card offerings and market research data about the consumers that use these card products. We identify current problems in credit card reward offerings and advise on creating a sustainable card rewards platform. Readers will learn strategies for maximizing card rewards programs. We also examine how the current legislation may affect the credit card rewards market.

The post 5 Top Payment Instruments for Higher Household Income appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Top Services Used at ATMs https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-top-services-used-at-atms-2/ Fri, 17 Mar 2023 15:17:13 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=409884 ATM usageAs payments quickly evolve in this environment, so must ATMs. How people use cash is shifting away from transactions toward holding cash as an asset. Banks are closing branches, and streamlining staff, shifting customer service to an ATM when possible. They can be designed to deliver only cash, or only cryptocurrency, with a rich range […]

The post 5 Top Services Used at ATMs appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As payments quickly evolve in this environment, so must ATMs. How people use cash is shifting away from transactions toward holding cash as an asset. Banks are closing branches, and streamlining staff, shifting customer service to an ATM when possible. They can be designed to deliver only cash, or only cryptocurrency, with a rich range of added functionality in between. ATMs have become a surprisingly dynamic marketplace in the COVID-19 era.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report:2022 ATM Market Summary: Coping in a New Cash and Digital Era

5 Top Services Used at ATMs

  • 86% to get cash
  • 73% to deposit cash
  • 72% to deposit checks
  • 67% for any other activity
  • 45% to check account balances

About Report

As the COVID-19 pandemic ripples across consumer payments, the heavily cash-centric ATM is in a challenging position. Consumers’ use of cash for daily transactional purposes (purchases, person-to-person payments) is on the decline, although larger amounts are being held at home. At the same time, FIs are rationalizing and reducing their branch networks and revising branch configurations and staffing, putting ATMs in the role of supplementing cash handling in the branch. Enhanced cash-recycling ATMs are being deployed to improve the efficiency of cash management.

Simultaneously, the move to smartphone-based digital interfaces—and now the delivery of digital goods, namely cryptocurrencies—provides new opportunities for existing and new terminals. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2022 ATM Market Summary: Coping in a New Cash and Digital Era looks at the usage related to the pandemic environment, cash usage that influence how consumers use ATMs, and trends in  the design, deployment and new capabilities.

The post 5 Top Services Used at ATMs appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Do Consumers Prefer Self-Checkout? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-consumers-prefer-self-checkout/ Fri, 10 Mar 2023 18:21:11 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=409037 self-chekoutSelf-checkout is a customer service option that is becoming increasingly popular, as it offers shoppers convenience and autonomy as they can scan, bag, and pay for their items without the need of an additional cashier. Customer preference for self checkout systems is based on speed, privacy when paying, and seamless customer experience. In addition to […]

The post Do Consumers Prefer Self-Checkout? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Self-checkout is a customer service option that is becoming increasingly popular, as it offers shoppers convenience and autonomy as they can scan, bag, and pay for their items without the need of an additional cashier. Customer preference for self checkout systems is based on speed, privacy when paying, and seamless customer experience. In addition to this, customers tend to feel in control of their shopping experience when using self-checkout compared to standing in line with a store clerk.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s ReportUnattended Commerce: The Store of the Future?

Do consumers prefer self-checkout options rather than checking out with a cashier?

  • 25% completely agree
  • 31% agree
  • 19% neither agree nor disagree
  • 12 % disagree
  • 12% completely disagree

About report

Unattended commerce is not a new concept; the idea has been around since the 1880s, when the first mechanical vending machine was invented to sell postcards at railway stations. Since that time, convenience vending in the United States alone has grown to a $31 billion industry, not including automated sales of transportation tickets, cash dispensed at ATMs, and other kiosk-based purchases. Unattended commerce in the 21st century is more than just vending; it strives to combine the speed and convenience of a vending purchase with the product selection and shopping experience that consumers expect at their favorite stores.

This research report from Javelin Strategy & Research, Unattended Commerce: The Store of the Future?, reviews the effects of the pandemic and the continued growth of unattended commerce. This report looks at the key factors that have the potential to accelerate or delay the tipping point for the next phase of retail shopping and payments.

The post Do Consumers Prefer Self-Checkout? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Data shows business travel on the upswing https://www.paymentsjournal.com/data-shows-business-travel-on-the-upswing/ Fri, 03 Mar 2023 18:26:20 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=408110 business travelBusiness travel has been drastically impacted during the pandemic. The pandemic caused borders to be shut down, planes grounded and conferences canceled, preventing business travel from happening in certain countries. With the need for social distancing, the pandemic meant that companies had to rely more on remote meetings and virtual workshops. Although not ideal, this […]

The post Data shows business travel on the upswing appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Business travel has been drastically impacted during the pandemic. The pandemic caused borders to be shut down, planes grounded and conferences canceled, preventing business travel from happening in certain countries. With the need for social distancing, the pandemic meant that companies had to rely more on remote meetings and virtual workshops. Although not ideal, this shift has enabled more organizational bonding because employees from all over the world can connect virtually. As we move towards a post-pandemic future, it will be interesting to see how organizations reimagine how business travel works so that it is focused on bringing more value and connection within teams.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Javelin Strategy & Research’s Report: International Commercial Credit Cards: Market Review and Forecast, 2021-2026

Business Travel on the Upswing

In April 2022, the change in booking during the past month show:

  • 7% decreased business travel bookings
  • 5% had the same level of business travel bookings
  • 88% increased the booking for business travel

About Report

The pandemic has taken a toll on the commercial credit card industry during the past two years, especially in regions outside of North America where business travel spending is the predominant source of revenue for the issuing participants. Improvements occurred during 2021 as domestic travel picked up and certain international routes also began to open, situations that continue into the first half of 2022. As such, a general spending recovery is expected by 2024, and potentially sooner depending upon the actual updated travel policies enacted and budgets approved by corporations across the globe.

This research report from Javelin Strategy & Research, International Commercial Credit Cards: Market Review and Forecast, 2021-2026, reviews the current situation and outlook as the industry continues to recover and business travel improves. This is Mercator Advisory Group’s annual review of the commercial credit card industry in markets outside of North America (NA). This research report includes overviews and estimated commercial credit card spending for mid-to-large corporates in Western Europe (WE), Asia Pacific (APAC), Latin America and Caribbean (LATAC), and Central and Eastern Europe, Middle East, and Africa (CEEMEA).

The post Data shows business travel on the upswing appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
4 Top POS Technology Pain Points for Small Business https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-top-pos-technology-pain-points-for-small-business/ Wed, 04 Jan 2023 19:18:43 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=401946 POS Technology‘Smart terminals’ is a relatively new term in the payments lexicon. But it is one that is becoming more widely discussed among merchants of all sizes, types, and categories. The strategy that drives orchestration is nothing less than a paradigm shift. It is a shift in the way that merchants view payment service providers.  Don’t […]

The post 4 Top POS Technology Pain Points for Small Business appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

‘Smart terminals’ is a relatively new term in the payments lexicon. But it is one that is becoming more widely discussed among merchants of all sizes, types, and categories. The strategy that drives orchestration is nothing less than a paradigm shift. It is a shift in the way that merchants view payment service providers. 

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance

Top POS Technology Pain Points for Small Business

  • 41% – Upgrading POS terminals
  • 39% – POS terminal and technology security/PCI compliance
  • 37% – Integrating customer data across POS and online channels
  • 33% – Accepting POS Payments from customers’ mobile phones

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s report, Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance provides insight into this exciting new technology, and what every merchant needs to know about it.

Rather than conduct due diligence to select a “best-of-breed” service provider for each functional area within payments, orchestration allows merchants of all sizes and scales to offer their customers a smooth shopping experience, be it digital, in-person, or other channels. The growing diversity in payment methods, including contactless and e-wallets, creates an environment where having the right partner is paramount towards achieving your payments and overall business goals.

The right payments partner will equip a merchant with the necessary capabilities to operate in this rapidly digitizing business environment, where automation and frictionless experiences are vital in ensuring customer satisfaction and loyalty. Similarly, in order to help merchants provide these services, processors and other payments stakeholders must update their own services and products to keep up with the latest demands of the consumer market and regulatory requirements.

The post 4 Top POS Technology Pain Points for Small Business appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top Ways Consumers in Canada are using Prepaid Cards https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-consumers-in-canada-are-using-prepaid-cards/ Wed, 30 Nov 2022 21:53:50 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=399037 prepaid cardsPrepaid cards are a versatile and convenient way to make purchases. Consumers can use them like gift cards, giving recipients the freedom to choose what they want to buy. They can reload them with funds, making them ideal for recurring expenses. And some prepaid cards can even be used for transit, providing an easy way […]

The post Top Ways Consumers in Canada are using Prepaid Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Prepaid cards are a versatile and convenient way to make purchases. Consumers can use them like gift cards, giving recipients the freedom to choose what they want to buy. They can reload them with funds, making them ideal for recurring expenses. And some prepaid cards can even be used for transit, providing an easy way to pay for fares.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Canadian Prepaid Market: Rapid Growth and Developing Opportunities5

Prepaid Cards by Type Purchased by Consumers in Canada

  • 46% of Canadians use retailer-specific prepaid cards
  • 44% of Canadians use general purpose gift cards
  • 29% of Cnadians use gift cards for online services
  • 28% of Canadians use general purpose reloadable prepaid cards
  • 25% of Canadians use transit prepaid cards

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Canadian Prepaid Market: Rapid Growth and Developing Opportunities, pulls from both primary and secondary data to develop an overview of the Canadian market. While relatively small, the market is growing rapidly and presents significant opportunities for prepaid issuers.

The report examines the driving forces behind the industry’s remarkable growth and identifies recent market developments. After identifying some of the most compelling opportunities for involvement with the prepaid industry in Canada, the report concludes with recommendations for the reader.

The post Top Ways Consumers in Canada are using Prepaid Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Smartphone Operating System Usage in Canada https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smartphone-operating-system-usage-in-canada/ Fri, 04 Nov 2022 15:47:23 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=395740 smartphone operating systemIncome drives smartphone operating system use more than education in Canada. Higher earners in Canada are significantly more likely to be users of iOS, with more than 50% of the demographic utilizing an Apple device. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to […]

The post Smartphone Operating System Usage in Canada appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Income drives smartphone operating system use more than education in Canada.

Higher earners in Canada are significantly more likely to be users of iOS, with more than 50% of the demographic utilizing an Apple device.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Emerging Payments and Technology – Navigating the Digital Divide in Canada

Top Smartphone Operating System Usage in Canada

Income:

  • 40% of Canadians making less than $75K use the Android OS.
  • 53% of Canadians making more than $75K use iOS.

Education:

  • 41% of Canadian with no college degree use the Android OS.
  • 43% of Canadians with a college degree use iOS.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Emerging Payments and Technology – Navigating the Digital Divide in Canada, analyzes the impact of technology within Canada on current and future behavior. The report reveals significant impacts that income and education have on both adoption of technology and forward-looking preferences.

The emergence of new technologies consistently shines a spotlight on societal progress, but the shadow cast by that spotlight leaves many underserved communities behind in the effect commonly referred to as the digital divide. The digital divide manifests in many ways, including by income, education, employment, or geography. the digital divide. Throughout this report, we will refer to Mercator Advisory Group’s recent survey on emerging payments and technology to uncover areas where there is a higher propensity for Canadians to be interested in or use technology as indicated by either income or education levels as well as areas where the divide has either closed or does not exist.

The post Smartphone Operating System Usage in Canada appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Loyalty Program Participation by Vertical Market https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-loyalty-program-participation-by-vertical-market/ Fri, 28 Oct 2022 20:51:30 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=394953 loyalty programsIn today’s competitive marketplace, businesses are always looking for ways to differentiate themselves from their competitors. One way to do this is through the use of loyalty programs. They are designed to encourage customer loyalty by offering rewards and benefits to customers who frequented a particular business. Moreover, there are many types of loyalty programs, […]

The post Top 5 Loyalty Program Participation by Vertical Market appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s competitive marketplace, businesses are always looking for ways to differentiate themselves from their competitors. One way to do this is through the use of loyalty programs. They are designed to encourage customer loyalty by offering rewards and benefits to customers who frequented a particular business. Moreover, there are many types of loyalty programs, but they all have one common goal: to keep customers coming back.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: How Payments Can Drive Better Loyalty and Rewards Programs

Top Loyalty Program Participation by Vertical Market

  • 59% of consumers participate in Supermarkets/grocery stores
  • 52% of consumers participate in Pharmacies/drug stores
  • 59% of consumers participate in Warehouse/club stores
  • 59% of consumers participate in Online-only retailers
  • 59% of consumers participate in Airline/Travel

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s report, How Payments Can Drive Better Loyalty and Rewards Programs, provides insight into the new technology driving increased personalization and better customer experiences with loyalty programs, and the important role that payment data can play.

Traditional loyalty programs were a source of data for merchants, better enabling them to identify the repeat customers and track the shopping patterns by rewarding their repeat purchases. The digital environment now gives us an abundance of data that is captured in many ways and in many places. Therefore, these programs become a use of data that provides a better understanding of customer behavior and the more targeted rewards.

Strategic operating decisions that merchants make in key payments areas including orchestration, tokenization, and service provider selection will affect the ability of the marketing team to mine the loyalty data from payments and has the potential to either enhance or detract from the effectiveness of the loyalty program.

The post Top 5 Loyalty Program Participation by Vertical Market appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top Debit Card Usage for Online Digital Content by Age Group https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-debit-card-usage-for-online-digital-content-by-age-group/ Fri, 21 Oct 2022 19:07:08 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=393907 Top Debit Card Usage for Online Digital Content by Age GroupDebit cards have many advantages over other payment types. Particularly for younger, lower-income individuals, debit is a great choice for managing costs, managing risk, and the need for convenience. Compared to credit, debit has no risk of debt, no risk of a negative credit score impact, no annual fee, and no interest charges. What is […]

The post Top Debit Card Usage for Online Digital Content by Age Group appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Debit cards have many advantages over other payment types. Particularly for younger, lower-income individuals, debit is a great choice for managing costs, managing risk, and the need for convenience. Compared to credit, debit has no risk of debt, no risk of a negative credit score impact, no annual fee, and no interest charges. What is the breakdown by age for debit card usage for online digital content?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences

Top Debit Card Usage for Online Digital Content by Age Group

  • 27% of 18-24 year olds use debit card for online digital content
  • 23% of 25-44 year olds use debit card for online digital content
  • 16% of 45-64 year olds use debit card for online digital content
  • 11% of 65+ year olds use debit card for online digital content

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s report, Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences, pulls from a wealth of primary data to form an overview of the typical user. Looking at consumers who indicate a preference for debit transactions, the report reveals key demographic traits of those most likely to rely on their cards.

The report then goes on to explore the many use cases, providing insights into the consumer segments most likely to use debit in particular circumstances. Embedded within this analysis are recommendations for debit card issuers and processors intended to support customer engagement and debit utilization.

The post Top Debit Card Usage for Online Digital Content by Age Group appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Payment Methods are most subject to Commercial Payments Fraud? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-payment-methods-are-most-subject-to-commercial-payments-fraud/ Fri, 14 Oct 2022 16:43:42 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=392919 commercial payments fraudAs the world increasingly moves online, so too do opportunities for fraud. Business-to-business (B2B) fraud is a growing problem, as organizations are increasingly making payments electronically. Commercial payments fraud can take many forms, from false invoicing to account takeover. In order to prevent B2B fraud, organizations need to take a proactive approach. Don’t miss another […]

The post What Payment Methods are most subject to Commercial Payments Fraud? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As the world increasingly moves online, so too do opportunities for fraud. Business-to-business (B2B) fraud is a growing problem, as organizations are increasingly making payments electronically. Commercial payments fraud can take many forms, from false invoicing to account takeover. In order to prevent B2B fraud, organizations need to take a proactive approach.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic

5 B2B Payment Methods Subject to Commercial Payments Fraud:

  • 66% – Checks
  • 39% – Wire transfers
  • 34% – ACH Debits
  • 24% – Corporate/commercial credit cards
  • 19% – ACH Credits

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering fraud in commercial payments titled The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic. The research explores the impact of fraud with particular emphasis on the B2B payments space. Through an analysis of internal and external fraud, one can gain a deeper understanding of the most common types of schemes, what payment types are subject to the most payments fraud, and how the industry is fighting back. The report also explores the rise in business email compromise (BEC) fraud and new ways that fraudsters are targeting organizations.

Fraud is an unfortunate reality that businesses cannot ignore. In this report, we cover the trends in B2B payments fraud affecting large to mid-size organizations and the strategies they are using to fight back. Although fraud is inevitable, organizations that stay current with fraud prevention strategies can mitigate damages and reduce losses.

The post What Payment Methods are most subject to Commercial Payments Fraud? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Payment Method is Most Affected by Fraud? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-payment-method-is-most-affected-by-fraud/ Tue, 30 Aug 2022 16:55:01 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=387596 What Payment Method is Most Affected by Fraud?The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) received 2.2 million fraud reports from consumers in 2020. In 2021, a published report highlighted imposter scams as the most common type of fraud reported to the agency, while online shopping was the second most common fraud category reported by consumers. What payment method is most affected by fraud? Don’t […]

The post What Payment Method is Most Affected by Fraud? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) received 2.2 million fraud reports from consumers in 2020. In 2021, a published report highlighted imposter scams as the most common type of fraud reported to the agency, while online shopping was the second most common fraud category reported by consumers. What payment method is most affected by fraud?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective

5 Top Payment Methods Affected by Fraud:

  • 42% – credit card
  • 39% – debit card attached to a checking account
  • 22% – online banking
  • 12% – debit card issued by a peer-to-peer payment service
  • 8.3% – peer-tp-peer payment service

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group Releases Payments Industry Research: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective

The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) received 2.2 million fraud reports from consumers in 2020. In 2021, a published report highlighted imposter scams as the most common type of fraud reported to the agency, while online shopping was the second most common fraud category reported by consumers. Mercator Advisory Group’s primary data service, Fraud Experience
PaymentsInsights, takes a comprehensive view of United States consumer payment and identity theft related fraud.

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective, examines payment methods in relation to fraud, the dollar value of fraud incidents, types of fraud experiences, identity theft-related fraud, consumers’ experience with resolving fraud cases, as well as consumers’ attitudes, not only about fraud but also about the financial institutions they use for banking and bill paying services.

“Payment and identity-related fraud prevention can be achieved by building an alliance with consumers and learning from past fraud experiences so that financial institutions and merchants can continue to educate both themselves and their consumers on what patterns to look out for so that they can avoid becoming victims of fraud,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post What Payment Method is Most Affected by Fraud? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Five Common Attributes of Unattended Commerce Technology: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-common-attributes-of-unattended-commerce-technology/ Fri, 15 Jul 2022 18:03:37 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=381910 Five Common Attributes of Unattended Commerce Technology:Unattended commerce is not a new concept; the idea has been around since the 1880s, when the first mechanical vending machine was invented to sell postcards at railway stations. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the […]

The post Five Common Attributes of Unattended Commerce Technology: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Unattended commerce is not a new concept; the idea has been around since the 1880s, when the first mechanical vending machine was invented to sell postcards at railway stations.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Unattended Commerce: The Store of the Future?

Five Common Attributes of Unattended Commerce Technology:

  1. Convenience: Unmanned kiosks can be placed more closely to the customer and for longer hours.
  2. Durability: Products sold through these machines are not easily perishable and may remain usable until depleted.
  3. Finite Selection: The consumer does not have to interact with the product to decide to buy since the product is either well-known or is a commodity like fuel, cash, or transportation tickets.
  4. Scalability: More customers can be served with fewer human resources since only a small number of staffers is needed to service the machines.
  5. Product Security: The product is protected by the machine which makes theft difficult and unlikely.

About Viewpoint

The time is right for unattended commerce.

Unattended commerce is not a new concept; the idea has been around since the 1880s, when the first mechanical vending machine was invented to sell postcards at railway stations. Since that time, convenience vending in the United States alone has grown to a $31 billion industryi, not including automated sales of transportation tickets, cash dispensed at ATMs, and other kiosk-based purchases. Unattended commerce in the 21st century is more than just vending; it strives to combine the speed and convenience of a vending purchase with the product selection and shopping experience that consumers expect at their favorite stores.

A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Unattended Commerce: The Store of the Future?, reviews the effects of the pandemic and the continued growth of unattended commerce. This report looks at the key factors that have the potential to accelerate or delay the tipping point for the next phase of retail shopping and payments.

“Customer expectations are on a path of rapid change, as shoppers reward businesses that deliver the best combination of product selection, price, and experience. The constraints around physical commerce and interactions are rebalancing consumers’ value equations, where a positive buying experience is beginning to outweigh product choices and price,” stated the author of the report, Don Apgar, Director of the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of this report.

The post Five Common Attributes of Unattended Commerce Technology: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Four Banks Dominate Consumer Lending in Russia: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-banks-dominate-consumer-lending-in-russia/ Tue, 14 Jun 2022 15:59:22 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=379549 Four Banks Dominate Consumer Lending in Russia:The credit card is one of the most common forms of consumer lending. Credit cards allow consumers to borrow money up to a certain limit in order to purchase goods and services. Cardholders typically have a grace period of 20-30 days in which they can repay the borrowed funds without incurring any interest charges. However, […]

The post Four Banks Dominate Consumer Lending in Russia: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The credit card is one of the most common forms of consumer lending. Credit cards allow consumers to borrow money up to a certain limit in order to purchase goods and services. Cardholders typically have a grace period of 20-30 days in which they can repay the borrowed funds without incurring any interest charges. However, if the balance is not repaid in full during the grace period, interest will be charged on the outstanding balance. credit cards typically have relatively high interest rates compared to other types of consumer lending, such as mortgages and car loans.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Russian Credit Cards Will Lose Relevance as Their Economy Tumbles

Four Banks Dominate Consumer Lending in Russia

  • Sberbank handles 40.4% of credit cards and 40.5% of consumer lending in Russia.
  • Tinkoff Bank handles 14.9% of credit cards and 10.2% of consumer lending in Russia.
  • Alfa Bank handles 11.0% of credit cards and 6.8% of consumer lending in Russia.
  • VTB handles 6.2% of credit cards and 3.0% of consumer lending in Russia.

About Viewpoint

Russia was primarily a cash economy until 2012, when payment cards began to displace cash. Recent global events indicate that domestic card usage will continue, with growth in debit  transactions, but credit card volumes will languish.

Russia’s domestic payment scheme will keep transactions flowing within the country. Still, it faces challenges in global acceptance and will not be capable of supporting a robust credit card function as the economy weakens as a result of the international sanctions.

The post Four Banks Dominate Consumer Lending in Russia: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Countries with One or More Credit Cards Per Person: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/countries-with-one-or-more-credit-cards-per-person/ Fri, 03 Jun 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=378905 Countries with One or More Credit Cards Per Person:In today’s global economy, credit cards are an essential tool for conducting business. They allow companies to make international transactions without having to worry about currency exchange rates or bank fees. In addition, they can be used to buy goods and services online, making them a convenient way to do business with customers around the […]

The post Countries with One or More Credit Cards Per Person: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s global economy, credit cards are an essential tool for conducting business. They allow companies to make international transactions without having to worry about currency exchange rates or bank fees. In addition, they can be used to buy goods and services online, making them a convenient way to do business with customers around the world. However, they come with some risks. If a company doesn’t manage its finances carefully, it can end up accumulating debt that is difficult to repay. In addition, credit card companies may impose international sanctions if a customer fails to pay their bill on time.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Russian Credit Cards Will Lose Relevance as Their Economy Tumbles

Countries with One or More Credit Cards Per Person:

  • Canada has an average of 3.85 cards per person.
  • The U.S. has an average of 3.23 cards per person.
  • Japan has an average of 2.34 cards per person.
  • Korea has an average of 2.20 cards per person.
  • Brazil has an average of 1.33 cards per person.

About Russian Credit Cards Viewpoint

Russia was primarily a cash economy until 2012, when payment cards began to displace cash. Recent global events indicate that domestic card usage will continue, with growth in debit  transactions, but volumes will languish.

Russia’s domestic payment scheme will keep transactions flowing within the country. Still, it faces challenges in global acceptance and will not be capable of supporting a robust credit card function as the economy weakens as a result of the international sanctions.

The post Countries with One or More Credit Cards Per Person: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Countries with One or More Debit Cards Per Person: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/countries-with-one-or-more-debit-cards-per-person/ Thu, 02 Jun 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=378872 Countries with One or More Debit Cards Per Person:Debit cards are a global phenomenon, with billions of people using them every day to make purchases and withdraw cash. Although they are incredibly convenient, debit cards can also be a source of financial stress if they are not used responsibly. Overdraft fees and other charges can quickly add up, making it difficult to keep […]

The post Countries with One or More Debit Cards Per Person: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Debit cards are a global phenomenon, with billions of people using them every day to make purchases and withdraw cash. Although they are incredibly convenient, debit cards can also be a source of financial stress if they are not used responsibly. Overdraft fees and other charges can quickly add up, making it difficult to keep track of your spending. And if your card is lost or stolen, you may be liable for unauthorized transactions.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Russian Credit Cards Will Lose Relevance as Their Economy Tumbles

Countries with One or More Debit Cards Per Person

  • China has an average of 5.83 cards per person.
  • Japan has an average of 3.62 cards per person.
  • Korea has an average of 3.23 cards per person.
  • Brazil has an average of 2.14 cards per person.
  • Russia has an average of 1.82 cards per person.
  • The U.K. has an average of 1.42 cards per person.
  • Mexico has an average of 1.24 cards per person.
  • The U.S. has an average of 1 card per person.

About Viewpoint

Russia was primarily a cash economy until 2012, when payment cards began to displace cash. Recent global events indicate that domestic card usage will continue, with growth in debit  transactions, but credit card volumes will languish.

Russia’s domestic payment scheme will keep transactions flowing within the country. Still, it faces challenges in global acceptance and will not be capable of supporting a robust credit card function as the economy weakens as a result of the international sanctions.

The post Countries with One or More Debit Cards Per Person: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How the Russian National Payment Card System Works Post-Sanctions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-the-russian-national-payment-card-system-works-post-sanctions/ Wed, 01 Jun 2022 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=378722 How the Russian National Payment Card System Works Post-Sanctions:Russia is a country that is increasingly embracing payment cards as a means of payment. This is in line with Russia’s trend of modernizing its economy and society. In the past, Russia was predominantly a cash-based society. However, this is changing, particularly in urban areas. Payment cards are now widely accepted in Russia, and many […]

The post How the Russian National Payment Card System Works Post-Sanctions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Russia is a country that is increasingly embracing payment cards as a means of payment. This is in line with Russia’s trend of modernizing its economy and society. In the past, Russia was predominantly a cash-based society. However, this is changing, particularly in urban areas. Payment cards are now widely accepted in Russia, and many businesses have started to support them. There are a number of reasons for this change. First, payment cards are more convenient than cash. They allow people to make purchases without having to carry large amounts of cash with them. Second, payment cards are safer than cash. They can be used if there is a problem with the ATM or if the ATM runs out of cash. Finally, payment cards can be used to earn rewards points, which can be redeemed for discounts or other benefits.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Russian Credit Cards Will Lose Relevance as Their Economy Tumbles

How the Russian National Payment Card System Clears and Settles Payments Post-Sanctions

  • The Russian National Payment Card System (NSPK) clears and settles payments between consumers, merchants, and banks.
  • 1) The cardholder tenders their card to the merchant.
  • 2) The merchant sends transaction information to the acquirer.
  • 3) The acquirer sends the information to NSPK, the Russian national payment switch.
  • 4) NSPK clears and settles to the bank.
  • 5) The disposition flows back in reverse order.

About Viewpoint

Russia was primarily a cash economy until 2012, when payment cards began to displace cash. Recent global events indicate that domestic card usage will continue, with growth in debit  transactions, but credit card volumes will languish.

Russia’s domestic payment scheme will keep transactions flowing within the country. Still, it faces challenges in global acceptance and will not be capable of supporting a robust credit card function as the economy weakens as a result of the international sanctions.

The post How the Russian National Payment Card System Works Post-Sanctions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Reasons U.S. Small Businesses Choose Primary Card Processors: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-u-s-small-businesses-choose-primary-card-processors/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-u-s-small-businesses-choose-primary-card-processors/#respond Mon, 23 May 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=377870 Reasons U.S. Small Businesses Choose Primary Card Processors:There are many different card processors out there, each competing for merchants’ business. While it’s important to consider things like fees and transaction rates, it’s also important to choose a provider that offers excellent customer service. After all, if something goes wrong with a transaction, you’ll want to be able to talk to someone who […]

The post Reasons U.S. Small Businesses Choose Primary Card Processors: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

There are many different card processors out there, each competing for merchants’ business. While it’s important to consider things like fees and transaction rates, it’s also important to choose a provider that offers excellent customer service. After all, if something goes wrong with a transaction, you’ll want to be able to talk to someone who can help you resolve the issue quickly and efficiently. And if you ever have any questions about how to use the system, you’ll want a customer service representative who is patient and knowledgeable.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance

Reasons U.S. Small Businesses Choose Primary Card Processors

  • 39% of companies chose a primary card processing provider because of lower total cost.
  • 31% of companies chose a primary card processing provider because of superior customer service.
  • 30% of companies chose a primary card processing provider because of better reporting systems.
  • 28% of companies chose a primary card processing provider because of the ease of setting up the processing service.
  • 27% of companies chose a primary card processing provider because of the speed of setting up the processing service.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance provides insight into this exciting new technology, and what every merchant needs to know about it.

‘Smart terminals’ is a relatively new term in the payments lexicon, but one that is becoming more widely discussed among merchants of all sizes, types, and categories. The strategy that drives orchestration is nothing less than a paradigm shift in the way that merchants view payment service providers. Rather than conduct due diligence to select a “best-of-breed” service provider for each functional area within payments, orchestration allows merchants of all sizes and scales to offer their customers a smooth shopping experience, be it digital, in-person, or other channels. The growing diversity in payment methods, including contactless and e-wallets, creates an environment where having the right partner is paramount towards achieving your payments and overall business goals. The right payments partner will equip a merchant with the necessary capabilities to operate in this rapidly digitizing business environment, where automation and frictionless experiences are vital in ensuring customer satisfaction and loyalty. Similarly, in order to help merchants provide these services, processors and other payments stakeholders must update their own services and products to keep up with the latest demands of the consumer market and regulatory requirements.

“This is a highly relevant and impactful report,” stated the author of the report, Shreyas Shaktikumar, Senior Analyst in the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group. “We are following this trend among a number of similar technology trends that are making payments a frictionless and invisible part of our everyday activities.”

The post Reasons U.S. Small Businesses Choose Primary Card Processors: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-u-s-small-businesses-choose-primary-card-processors/feed/ 0
Sales Channels Used by U.S. Small Businesses: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/sales-channels-used-by-u-s-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/sales-channels-used-by-u-s-small-businesses/#respond Fri, 20 May 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=377656 Sales Channels Used by U.S. Small Businesses:Sales channels are the various ways that small businesses can reach their customers and make a sale. The most common sales channels include brick-and-mortar stores, online stores, catalogs, and direct sales. Each sales channel has its own benefits and drawbacks, and small businesses should carefully consider which channels will work best for them. Brick-and-mortar stores […]

The post Sales Channels Used by U.S. Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Sales channels are the various ways that small businesses can reach their customers and make a sale. The most common sales channels include brick-and-mortar stores, online stores, catalogs, and direct sales. Each sales channel has its own benefits and drawbacks, and small businesses should carefully consider which channels will work best for them. Brick-and-mortar stores offer the benefit of allowing customers to see, touch, and try out products before they purchase them. However, they also require a significant investment in terms of rent and staff costs. Online stores have lower overhead costs, but they may have difficulty building customer trust. Catalogs provide a middle ground between online and brick-and-mortar stores, offering customers the convenience of shopping from home while still being able to see physical product samples. Direct sales are a great option for businesses that sell unique or high-end products, as they allow small businesses to build personal relationships with their customers.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance

Sales Channels Used by U.S. Small Businesses

  • 60% of U.S. small businesses use online/web sales.
  • 45% of U.S. small businesses use telephone order.
  • 45% of U.S. small businesses use physical store locations.
  • 42% of U.S. small businesses use mobile apps.
  • 22% of U.S. small businesses use mail order.
  • 20% of U.S. small businesses use third-party platforms such as GrubHub and Amazon.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance provides insight into this exciting new technology, and what every merchant needs to know about it.

‘Smart terminals’ is a relatively new term in the payments lexicon, but one that is becoming more widely discussed among merchants of all sizes, types, and categories. The strategy that drives orchestration is nothing less than a paradigm shift in the way that merchants view payment service providers. Rather than conduct due diligence to select a “best-of-breed” service provider for each functional area within payments, orchestration allows merchants of all sizes and scales to offer their customers a smooth shopping experience, be it digital, in-person, or other channels. The growing diversity in payment methods, including contactless and e-wallets, creates an environment where having the right partner is paramount towards achieving your payments and overall business goals. The right payments partner will equip a merchant with the necessary capabilities to operate in this rapidly digitizing business environment, where automation and frictionless experiences are vital in ensuring customer satisfaction and loyalty. Similarly, in order to help merchants provide these services, processors and other payments stakeholders must update their own services and products to keep up with the latest demands of the consumer market and regulatory requirements.

“This is a highly relevant and impactful report,” stated the author of the report, Shreyas Shaktikumar, Senior Analyst in the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group. “We are following this trend among a number of similar technology trends that are making payments a frictionless and invisible part of our everyday activities.”

The post Sales Channels Used by U.S. Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/sales-channels-used-by-u-s-small-businesses/feed/ 0
Top POS Terminals Used by U.S. Businesses: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-pos-terminals-used-by-u-s-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-pos-terminals-used-by-u-s-businesses/#respond Tue, 17 May 2022 18:02:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=377213 Top POS Terminals Used by U.S. Businesses:A POS terminal is a computerized device used to process sales transactions in a retail environment. It typically includes a touchscreen display, a keyboard, a scanner, and a printer. Most POS terminals are also connected to the Internet, allowing them to communicate with a central computer system. This allows businesses to track sales data in […]

The post Top POS Terminals Used by U.S. Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

A POS terminal is a computerized device used to process sales transactions in a retail environment. It typically includes a touchscreen display, a keyboard, a scanner, and a printer. Most POS terminals are also connected to the Internet, allowing them to communicate with a central computer system. This allows businesses to track sales data in real-time and make changes to their pricing and inventory levels accordingly. POS terminals are an essential part of any retail business, and they can have a major impact on both the efficiency and the profitability of a business.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance

Top POS terminals used by U.S. businesses

  • 17% of U.S. businesses use PayPal.
  • 12% of U.S. businesses use Square.
  • 11% of U.S. businesses use Verifone.
  • 11% of U.S. businesses use Fiserv Clover.
  • 8% of U.S. businesses use NCR.
  • 7% of U.S. businesses use Shopify.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance provides insight into this exciting new technology, and what every merchant needs to know about it.

‘Smart terminals’ is a relatively new term in the payments lexicon, but one that is becoming more widely discussed among merchants of all sizes, types, and categories. The strategy that drives orchestration is nothing less than a paradigm shift in the way that merchants view payment service providers. Rather than conduct due diligence to select a “best-of-breed” service provider for each functional area within payments, orchestration allows merchants of all sizes and scales to offer their customers a smooth shopping experience, be it digital, in-person, or other channels. The growing diversity in payment methods, including contactless and e-wallets, creates an environment where having the right partner is paramount towards achieving your payments and overall business goals. The right payments partner will equip a merchant with the necessary capabilities to operate in this rapidly digitizing business environment, where automation and frictionless experiences are vital in ensuring customer satisfaction and loyalty. Similarly, in order to help merchants provide these services, processors and other payments stakeholders must update their own services and products to keep up with the latest demands of the consumer market and regulatory requirements.

“This is a highly relevant and impactful report,” stated the author of the report, Shreyas Shaktikumar, Senior Analyst in the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group. “We are following this trend among a number of similar technology trends that are making payments a frictionless and invisible part of our everyday activities.”

The post Top POS Terminals Used by U.S. Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-pos-terminals-used-by-u-s-businesses/feed/ 0
Smart Point-of-Sale Terminal Features: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smart-point-of-sale-terminal-features/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smart-point-of-sale-terminal-features/#respond Mon, 16 May 2022 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=377172 Merchants who are looking for a smart and efficient way to process transactions should consider investing in a POS terminal. POS terminals are capable of accepting various forms of payment, including credit cards, debit cards, and mobile payments. They also offer numerous features that can help merchants streamline their operations, such as the ability to […]

The post Smart Point-of-Sale Terminal Features: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Merchants who are looking for a smart and efficient way to process transactions should consider investing in a POS terminal. POS terminals are capable of accepting various forms of payment, including credit cards, debit cards, and mobile payments. They also offer numerous features that can help merchants streamline their operations, such as the ability to track inventory levels and keep track of sales data. Perhaps most importantly, POS terminals can help merchants provide a better customer experience by allowing them to quickly and easily process transactions.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance

Smart Point-of-Sale Terminal Features

  • Multiple payment options such as contactless, digital wallets, chip cards, and barcode scanning.
  • Customer-facing display screens that include relevant information and space for signatures and PIN input.
  • Multi-channel communication capabilities, including internet and GRPS connectivity, and local software integration.
  • Portable elements such as mobile scanners or detachable tablets.
  • External device integration, such as receipt printers, full-function document printers, and scanning devices.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance provides insight into this exciting new technology, and what every merchant needs to know about it.

‘Smart terminals’ is a relatively new term in the payments lexicon, but one that is becoming more widely discussed among merchants of all sizes, types, and categories. The strategy that drives orchestration is nothing less than a paradigm shift in the way that merchants view payment service providers. Rather than conduct due diligence to select a “best-of-breed” service provider for each functional area within payments, orchestration allows merchants of all sizes and scales to offer their customers a smooth shopping experience, be it digital, in-person, or other channels. The growing diversity in payment methods, including contactless and e-wallets, creates an environment where having the right partner is paramount towards achieving your payments and overall business goals. The right payments partner will equip a merchant with the necessary capabilities to operate in this rapidly digitizing business environment, where automation and frictionless experiences are vital in ensuring customer satisfaction and loyalty. Similarly, in order to help merchants provide these services, processors and other payments stakeholders must update their own services and products to keep up with the latest demands of the consumer market and regulatory requirements.

“This is a highly relevant and impactful report,” stated the author of the report, Shreyas Shaktikumar, Senior Analyst in the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group. “We are following this trend among a number of similar technology trends that are making payments a frictionless and invisible part of our everyday activities.”

The post Smart Point-of-Sale Terminal Features: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smart-point-of-sale-terminal-features/feed/ 0
Key Events in the Evolution of Point-of-Sale Terminals: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/key-events-in-the-evolution-of-point-of-sale-terminals/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/key-events-in-the-evolution-of-point-of-sale-terminals/#respond Fri, 13 May 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=377062 Key Events in the Evolution of Point-of-Sale Terminals:The history of point-of-sale systems can be traced back to the early days of commerce, when merchants would keep track of sales using nothing more than a tally board. In the modern day, point-of-sale systems are highly sophisticated and offer businesses a variety of features and benefits. From basic transaction processing to inventory management and […]

The post Key Events in the Evolution of Point-of-Sale Terminals: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The history of point-of-sale systems can be traced back to the early days of commerce, when merchants would keep track of sales using nothing more than a tally board. In the modern day, point-of-sale systems are highly sophisticated and offer businesses a variety of features and benefits. From basic transaction processing to inventory management and customer tracking, point-of-sale systems play an essential role in today’s retail environment. While the features offered by different point-of-sale systems can vary widely, all systems share one common goal: to help businesses run more efficiently and effectively. As the retail landscape continues to evolve, point-of-sale systems will continue to be an invaluable tool for businesses of all types.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance

Key Events in the Evolution of Point-of-Sale Terminals

  • 1879: James Ritty invents the first cash register.
  • 1906: First recorded design of a cash register with electric motor.
  • 1973-1985: IBM releases the first computer-powered and PC-based POS terminals.
  • 1992: The first MS Windows POS system is released.
  • 2010: Square releases the world’s first mobile, app-powered POS terminal.
  • 2014: Poynt introduces the portable touchscreen POS terminal.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Smart Point-of-Sale Terminals: A Rapid Transformation of Payments Acceptance provides insight into this exciting new technology, and what every merchant needs to know about it.

‘Smart terminals’ is a relatively new term in the payments lexicon, but one that is becoming more widely discussed among merchants of all sizes, types, and categories. The strategy that drives orchestration is nothing less than a paradigm shift in the way that merchants view payment service providers. Rather than conduct due diligence to select a “best-of-breed” service provider for each functional area within payments, orchestration allows merchants of all sizes and scales to offer their customers a smooth shopping experience, be it digital, in-person, or other channels. The growing diversity in payment methods, including contactless and e-wallets, creates an environment where having the right partner is paramount towards achieving your payments and overall business goals. The right payments partner will equip a merchant with the necessary capabilities to operate in this rapidly digitizing business environment, where automation and frictionless experiences are vital in ensuring customer satisfaction and loyalty. Similarly, in order to help merchants provide these services, processors and other payments stakeholders must update their own services and products to keep up with the latest demands of the consumer market and regulatory requirements.

“This is a highly relevant and impactful report,” stated the author of the report, Shreyas Shaktikumar, Senior Analyst in the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group. “We are following this trend among a number of similar technology trends that are making payments a frictionless and invisible part of our everyday activities.”

The post Key Events in the Evolution of Point-of-Sale Terminals: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/key-events-in-the-evolution-of-point-of-sale-terminals/feed/ 0
How to Define the Middle Market https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-to-define-the-middle-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-to-define-the-middle-market/#respond Thu, 12 May 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=377045 How to Define the Middle Market:Middle market firms are important drivers of economic growth, accounting for about one-third of private sector employment in the United States. These companies often face unique challenges, such as access to capital, that can impede their growth. However, these firms have also been shown to be more resilient than large corporations during economic downturns. As […]

The post How to Define the Middle Market appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Middle market firms are important drivers of economic growth, accounting for about one-third of private sector employment in the United States. These companies often face unique challenges, such as access to capital, that can impede their growth. However, these firms have also been shown to be more resilient than large corporations during economic downturns. As a result, they play a vital role in creating jobs and fostering economic stability.

While middle market companies are an essential part of the economy, they often receive less attention than their larger counterparts. This is due in part to their size—mid-sized firms make up a relatively small percentage of all businesses. In addition, middle market companies are often overshadowed by the flashy success stories of startups and mega-corporations. However, it is important to remember that middle market firms are the backbone of the economy, and their continued success is essential for sustained economic growth.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The Corporate Middle Market Seeks Digital Transformation

How to Define the Middle Market:

  • American Express – between $1M-300M in revenue.
  • Mastercard defines the lower middle as between $10M-100M, the middle as between $101M-250M, and the upper middle as between $251M-1B in revenue.
  • National Center for the Middle Market – betwen $10M-1B in revenue.
  • Visa – between $10M-$1B in revenue.
  • The U.S. Government Small Business Administration defines in varying ways depending on NAICS code.
  • The U.S. Department of Commerce defines as having a pre-tax income of between $5M-250M.
  • Private Equity Firms – between $25M-750M in revenue.

About Viewpoint

The vast middle market differs in many ways from its large corporate and small business counterparts, but one thing that remains constant is the need for adaptation to new digital systems and operating methods. Fintechs are migrating into this space and financial institutions are figuring out ways to properly collaborate and service this important industry segment.

The post How to Define the Middle Market appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-to-define-the-middle-market/feed/ 0
Consumers Do Not Want to Pay a Fee for Instant Money Transfers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-do-not-want-to-pay-a-fee-for-instant-money-transfers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-do-not-want-to-pay-a-fee-for-instant-money-transfers/#respond Wed, 11 May 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=376856 Consumers Do Not Want to Pay a Fee for Instant Money Transfers:In our digital world, instant money transfers have become the norm. Whether we’re sending money to a friend or paying for something online, we expect the funds to be transferred immediately. This wasn’t always the case, however. In the past, bank transfers could take days or even weeks to go through. But thanks to real-time […]

The post Consumers Do Not Want to Pay a Fee for Instant Money Transfers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In our digital world, instant money transfers have become the norm. Whether we’re sending money to a friend or paying for something online, we expect the funds to be transferred immediately. This wasn’t always the case, however. In the past, bank transfers could take days or even weeks to go through. But thanks to real-time payments (RTP), we can now enjoy the benefits of instant money transfers.

RTP is a type of payment system that allows for real-time processing of transactions. This means that once a transaction is initiated, the funds are transferred immediately – there’s no waiting period. RTP is becoming increasingly popular as it offers a number of advantages over traditional payment methods. For example, it’s great for businesses as it reduces the risk of fraud and chargebacks. It also cuts down on administrative costs associated with processing payments.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Monetizing Real-Time Payments

Consumers Do Not Want to Pay a Fee for Instant Money Transfers:

  • Consumer payers often already consider payments to be immediate if they are credited in the eyes of the biller.
  • 54% of consumers would not be willing to pay a fee to send funds internationally in real time.
  • 64% of consumers would not be willing to pay a fee to pay bills in real time.
  • 71% of consumers would not be willing to pay a fee to receive insurance claims in real time.
  • 65% of consumers would not be willing to pay a fee to send or receive money to/from a checking account in real time.

About Viewpoint

U.S. payments industry participants are largely in agreement that faster and real-time payments are part of the industry’s evolution. While integration projects to prepare for these new payment types are moving forward with only the slightest consideration of a real business case, the search is still on to look for those use cases where value can be provided and customers will be willing to pay for the benefits.

In this Viewpoint, we consider the use cases where faster payments are generating revenue for providers today and the solutions that are likely to be profitable in the future.

The post Consumers Do Not Want to Pay a Fee for Instant Money Transfers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-do-not-want-to-pay-a-fee-for-instant-money-transfers/feed/ 0
Business Use Cases Generating Real-Time Payment Fees https://www.paymentsjournal.com/business-use-cases-generating-real-time-payment-fees/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/business-use-cases-generating-real-time-payment-fees/#respond Mon, 09 May 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=376519 Business Use Cases Generating Real-Time Payment Fees:Real-time payments are becoming increasingly popular as a way to facilitate fast and efficient transactions. With real-time payments, fees can be collected almost immediately, and disbursements can be made without delay. This is especially beneficial for merchants, who can receive their deposits much more quickly. It also makes bill pay and other B2B transactions much […]

The post Business Use Cases Generating Real-Time Payment Fees appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Real-time payments are becoming increasingly popular as a way to facilitate fast and efficient transactions. With real-time payments, fees can be collected almost immediately, and disbursements can be made without delay. This is especially beneficial for merchants, who can receive their deposits much more quickly. It also makes bill pay and other B2B transactions much simpler and more efficient.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Monetizing Real-Time Payments

Business Use Cases Generating Real-Time Payment Fees:

  • There are several use cases where businesses are already paying for the benefits of real-time transactions.
  • B2C disbursements such as marketplace payments, refunds/rebates, insurance payouts, and loan proceeds.
  • Merchant deposits that help manage cash flow.
  • Bill pay, including the use of Request-for-Pay (RfP).
  • B2B transactions, mostly processed through same day ACH.

About Viewpoint

U.S. payments industry participants are largely in agreement that faster and real-time payments are part of the industry’s evolution. While integration projects to prepare for these new payment types are moving forward with only the slightest consideration of a real business case, the search is still on to look for those use cases where value can be provided and customers will be willing to pay for the benefits.

In this Viewpoint, we consider the use cases where faster payments are generating revenue for providers today and the solutions that are likely to be profitable in the future.

The post Business Use Cases Generating Real-Time Payment Fees appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/business-use-cases-generating-real-time-payment-fees/feed/ 0
Strategic Gamification for Loyalty Programs https://www.paymentsjournal.com/strategic-gamification-for-loyalty-programs/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/strategic-gamification-for-loyalty-programs/#respond Fri, 06 May 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=376365 Strategic Gamification for Loyalty Programs:A loyalty program is a rewards system that encourages customers to continue doing business with a particular merchant. Merchants offer loyalty programs as a way to gamify the shopping experience and build customer loyalty. The most common type of loyalty program is a points-based system, where customers earn points for every purchase they make. These […]

The post Strategic Gamification for Loyalty Programs appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

A loyalty program is a rewards system that encourages customers to continue doing business with a particular merchant. Merchants offer loyalty programs as a way to gamify the shopping experience and build customer loyalty. The most common type of loyalty program is a points-based system, where customers earn points for every purchase they make. These points can then be redeemed for discounts, freebies, or other perks. Some merchants also offer tiered loyalty programs, where customers move up to higher levels based on how much they spend. Tiered programs often include additional benefits, such as exclusive access to sales or VIP customer service. Whether simple or complex, all loyalty programs share the same goal: to keep customers coming back for more.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: How Payments Can Drive Better Loyalty and Rewards Programs

Strategic Gamification for Loyalty Programs:

  • In gamification, reaching the “next level” not only earns the consumer the designated reward, but also unlocks the ability to earn rewards or benefits that are not yet available.
  • Step 1: Incentivize Actions
  • Step 2: Elevate Status
  • Step 3: Provide Benefits
  • Step 4: Promote Engagement
  • Step 5: Inform With Data

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, How Payments Can Drive Better Loyalty and Rewards Programs, provides insight into the new technology driving increased personalization and better customer experiences with loyalty programs, and the important role that payment data can play.

Traditional loyalty programs were a source of data for merchants, better enabling them to identify the repeat customers and track the shopping patterns by rewarding their repeat purchases. The digital environment now gives us an abundance of data that is captured in many ways and in many places, moving these programs to become a use of data that provides a better understanding of customer behavior and the more targeted rewards.

Strategic operating decisions that merchants make in key payments areas including orchestration, tokenization, and service provider selection will affect the ability of the marketing team to mine the loyalty data from payments and has the potential to either enhance or detract from the effectiveness of the loyalty program.

“This is a highly relevant and impactful report,” stated Don Apgar, Director of the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of the report.  “We are following this among a number of growing trends that are making payments a frictionless and invisible part of our everyday activities.”

The post Strategic Gamification for Loyalty Programs appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/strategic-gamification-for-loyalty-programs/feed/ 0
Constructed Factors Affecting Loyalty Enrollment and Participation: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/constructed-factors-affecting-loyalty-enrollment-and-participation/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/constructed-factors-affecting-loyalty-enrollment-and-participation/#respond Thu, 05 May 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=376299 Constructed Factors Affecting Loyalty Enrollment and Participation:Participation in loyalty programs has been shown to result in loyalty enrollment; that is, program members are more likely to continue doing business with a company or brand if they are enrolled in a loyalty program. This loyalty can lead to increased sales and customer lifetime value. Therefore, it is important for companies to encourage […]

The post Constructed Factors Affecting Loyalty Enrollment and Participation: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Participation in loyalty programs has been shown to result in loyalty enrollment; that is, program members are more likely to continue doing business with a company or brand if they are enrolled in a loyalty program. This loyalty can lead to increased sales and customer lifetime value. Therefore, it is important for companies to encourage their customers to participate in loyalty programs. There are a number of ways to do this, such as offering incentives for signing up, providing exclusive benefits to loyalty members, and making it easy to sign up and participate. By taking these steps, companies can encourage loyalty enrollment and reap the benefits of loyal customers. What factors affect participation?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: How Payments Can Drive Better Loyalty and Rewards Programs

Constructed factors affecting loyalty enrollment and participation:

  • Constructed factors are factors that are within the merchant’s control.
  • The enrollment process is too difficult.
  • Too much personal data is requested.
  • There is no mobile app.
  • The POS process is too cumbersome.
  • The store offers are not relevant.
  • The store rewards are not significant.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, How Payments Can Drive Better Loyalty and Rewards Programs, provides insight into the new technology driving increased personalization and better customer experiences with loyalty programs, and the important role that payment data can play.

Traditional loyalty programs were a source of data for merchants, better enabling them to identify the repeat customers and track the shopping patterns by rewarding their repeat purchases. The digital environment now gives us an abundance of data that is captured in many ways and in many places, moving these programs to become a use of data that provides a better understanding of customer behavior and the more targeted rewards.

Strategic operating decisions that merchants make in key payments areas including orchestration, tokenization, and service provider selection will affect the ability of the marketing team to mine the loyalty data from payments and has the potential to either enhance or detract from the effectiveness of the loyalty program.

“This is a highly relevant and impactful report,” stated Don Apgar, Director of the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of the report.  “We are following this among a number of growing trends that are making payments a frictionless and invisible part of our everyday activities.”

The post Constructed Factors Affecting Loyalty Enrollment and Participation: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/constructed-factors-affecting-loyalty-enrollment-and-participation/feed/ 0
Environmental Factors Affecting Loyalty Programs Enrollment and Participation: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/environmental-factors-affecting-loyalty-enrollment-and-participation/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/environmental-factors-affecting-loyalty-enrollment-and-participation/#respond Wed, 04 May 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=376057 Environmental Factors Affecting Loyalty Enrollment and Participation:Participation in loyalty programs has been steadily increasing in recent years. This trend is driven by a number of factors, including the growing popularity of online shopping and the increasing use of mobile devices. In addition, loyalty programs are becoming more sophisticated, offering personalized rewards and experiences that appeal to consumers. As a result, retailers […]

The post Environmental Factors Affecting Loyalty Programs Enrollment and Participation: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Participation in loyalty programs has been steadily increasing in recent years. This trend is driven by a number of factors, including the growing popularity of online shopping and the increasing use of mobile devices. In addition, loyalty programs are becoming more sophisticated, offering personalized rewards and experiences that appeal to consumers. As a result, retailers are finding that loyalty programs are an essential part of their business model. With competition for customer loyalty intensifying, retailers are focused on creating programs that offer value and benefits that appeal to their target audience. In order to be successful, retailers need to ensure that their loyalty program is easy to use and offers rewards that are meaningful to their customers. What factors affect loyalty programs enrollment?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: How Payments Can Drive Better Loyalty and Rewards Programs

Environmental Factors Affecting Loyalty Enrollment and Participation

  • Environmental factors are factors that are out of the merchant’s control.
  • The consumer is just visiting the area and will not return to shop at the store.
  • The consumer’s purchase is perceived as one-time only.
  • The consumer moved away from the store’s area.
  • The consumer no longer needs the store’s products.
  • A physical or dietary need prevents further participation from the consumer.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, How Payments Can Drive Better Loyalty and Rewards Programs, provides insight into the new technology driving increased personalization and better customer experiences with loyalty programs, and the important role that payment data can play.

Traditional loyalty programs were a source of data for merchants, better enabling them to identify the repeat customers and track the shopping patterns by rewarding their repeat purchases. The digital environment now gives us an abundance of data that is captured in many ways and in many places, moving these programs to become a use of data that provides a better understanding of customer behavior and the more targeted rewards.

Strategic operating decisions that merchants make in key payments areas including orchestration, tokenization, and service provider selection will affect the ability of the marketing team to mine the loyalty data from payments and has the potential to either enhance or detract from the effectiveness of the loyalty program.

“This is a highly relevant and impactful report,” stated Don Apgar, Director of the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of the report.  “We are following this among a number of growing trends that are making payments a frictionless and invisible part of our everyday activities.”

The post Environmental Factors Affecting Loyalty Programs Enrollment and Participation: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/environmental-factors-affecting-loyalty-enrollment-and-participation/feed/ 0
Top Loyalty Programs by Vertical Market https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-loyalty-programs-by-vertical-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-loyalty-programs-by-vertical-market/#respond Tue, 03 May 2022 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=375888 Top Loyalty Programs by Vertical Market:Loyalty programs are one way that businesses can differentiate themselves in vertical markets. These programs reward customers for their repeat business and can be structured in a variety of ways to meet the needs of different verticals. For example, retail programs might offer discounts on future purchases, while healthcare loyalty programs might provide access to […]

The post Top Loyalty Programs by Vertical Market appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Loyalty programs are one way that businesses can differentiate themselves in vertical markets. These programs reward customers for their repeat business and can be structured in a variety of ways to meet the needs of different verticals. For example, retail programs might offer discounts on future purchases, while healthcare loyalty programs might provide access to exclusive content or rewards for healthy behavior. Loyalty programs can be an important competitive advantage for businesses, and vertical markets are no exception. By understanding the unique needs of vertical market consumers, businesses can design loyalty programs that meet those needs and inspire loyalty among their customers.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: How Payments Can Drive Better Loyalty and Rewards Programs

Top Loyalty Programs by Vertical Market:

  • The average consumer belongs to 14.8 programs.
  • 59% of consumers participate for supermarkets/grocery stores.
  • 52% of consumers participate for pharmacies/drug stores.
  • 49% of consumers participate for warehouses/club stores.
  • 44% of consumers participate for online-only retailers.
  • 42% of consumers participate for airlines/travel.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, How Payments Can Drive Better Loyalty and Rewards Programs, provides insight into the new technology driving increased personalization and better customer experiences with loyalty programs, and the important role that payment data can play.

Traditional loyalty programs were a source of data for merchants, better enabling them to identify the repeat customers and track the shopping patterns by rewarding their repeat purchases. The digital environment now gives us an abundance of data that is captured in many ways and in many places, moving these programs to become a use of data that provides a better understanding of customer behavior and the more targeted rewards.

Strategic operating decisions that merchants make in key payments areas including orchestration, tokenization, and service provider selection will affect the ability of the marketing team to mine the loyalty data from payments and has the potential to either enhance or detract from the effectiveness of the loyalty program.

“This is a highly relevant and impactful report,” stated Don Apgar, Director of the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of the report.  “We are following this among a number of growing trends that are making payments a frictionless and invisible part of our everyday activities.”

The post Top Loyalty Programs by Vertical Market appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-loyalty-programs-by-vertical-market/feed/ 0
Popular Consumer Debit Card Use Cases https://www.paymentsjournal.com/popular-consumer-debit-card-use-cases/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/popular-consumer-debit-card-use-cases/#respond Mon, 02 May 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=375795 Popular Consumer Debit Card Use Cases:A debit card is a plastic card that gives the cardholder a set amount of funds against each purchase that they make. The cards are linked to the cardholder’s bank account, and the funds are transferred immediately upon purchase. Debit cards can be used anywhere credit cards are accepted, and they offer a convenient alternative […]

The post Popular Consumer Debit Card Use Cases appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

A debit card is a plastic card that gives the cardholder a set amount of funds against each purchase that they make. The cards are linked to the cardholder’s bank account, and the funds are transferred immediately upon purchase. Debit cards can be used anywhere credit cards are accepted, and they offer a convenient alternative to cash or checks. Additionally, the cards offer protection against fraud and identity theft. When used responsibly, these cards can be a great way to manage your finances.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences

  • 66% of consumers use cards to get cash from an ATM.
  • 64% of consumers use cards to pay for things in-store by entering their PIN.
  • 46% of consumers use cards to pay for things at online retailers by entering their card number online.
  • 41% of consumers use cards to pay for things in-store via signature authorization.
  • 33% of consumers use cards to pay for things in-store by swiping or inserting their card.
  • 32% of consumers use cards to get cash back from a merchant.
  • 31% of consumers use cards to pay for household bills online by entering their account number from their card.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences, pulls from a wealth of primary data to form an overview of the typical debit card user. Looking at consumers who indicate a preference for debit transactions, the report reveals key demographic traits of those most likely to rely on their cards.

The report then goes on to explore the many use cases for debit cards, providing insights into the consumer segments most likely to use debit in particular circumstances. Embedded within this analysis are recommendations for issuers and processors intended to support customer engagement and debit utilization.

“85% of U.S. adults have a debit card, spanning across all age groups, income brackets, and education levels. However, differences appear when preference for debit payments is considered. It is critical for issuers and processors to have a solid understanding of who prefers to use debit cards and under which circumstances in order to target marketing and rewards initiatives most effectively,” stated the author of the report, Laura Handly, senior analyst at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Popular Consumer Debit Card Use Cases appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/popular-consumer-debit-card-use-cases/feed/ 0
Frequency of Millennial Debit Card Use https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-millennial-debit-card-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-millennial-debit-card-use/#respond Fri, 29 Apr 2022 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=375733 Frequency of Millennial Debit Card Use:Millennials are the first generation to come of age in the digital era, and they are quickly making their mark on the world of finance. In particular, millennials are increasingly turning to debit cards as their primary payment method. Debit cards offer several advantages over traditional credit cards, including lower interest rates, no annual fees, […]

The post Frequency of Millennial Debit Card Use appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Millennials are the first generation to come of age in the digital era, and they are quickly making their mark on the world of finance. In particular, millennials are increasingly turning to debit cards as their primary payment method. Debit cards offer several advantages over traditional credit cards, including lower interest rates, no annual fees, and the ability to avoid debt. In addition, debit cards are more widely accepted than credit cards, making them a convenient option for millennials who are always on the go.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences

Frequency of Millennial Debit Card Use:

  • Millennial refers to people between 25-44 years old.
  • 31% of millennial card holders use their cards every day.
  • 37% of millennial card holders use their cards a few times a week.
  • 14% of millennial card holders use their cards once a week.
  • 10% of millennial card holders use their cards a few times a month.
  • 3% of millennial card holders use their cards once a month.
  • 5% of millennial card holders use their cards less than once a month.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences, pulls from a wealth of primary data to form an overview of the typical debit card user. Looking at consumers who indicate a preference for debit transactions, the report reveals key demographic traits of those most likely to rely on their debit cards.

The report then goes on to explore the many use cases for debit cards, providing insights into the consumer segments most likely to use debit in particular circumstances. Embedded within this analysis are recommendations for debit card issuers and processors intended to support customer engagement and debit utilization.

“85% of U.S. adults have a debit card, spanning across all age groups, income brackets, and education levels. However, differences appear when preference for debit payments is considered. It is critical for issuers and processors to have a solid understanding of who prefers to use debit cards and under which circumstances in order to target marketing and rewards initiatives most effectively,” stated the author of the report, Laura Handly, senior analyst at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Frequency of Millennial Debit Card Use appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-millennial-debit-card-use/feed/ 0
Frequency of Generation Z Debit Card Use https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-generation-z-debit-card-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-generation-z-debit-card-use/#respond Thu, 28 Apr 2022 17:21:42 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=375634 Frequency of Generation Z Debit Card Use:While the vast majority of U.S. adults have debit cards, preference for debit transactions is skewed towards younger consumers in lower income brackets. Interestingly, debit was ranked as the most trusted form of payment for both in-store and online transactions by consumers younger than 45 years old. Debit cards were also the most common payment […]

The post Frequency of Generation Z Debit Card Use appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

While the vast majority of U.S. adults have debit cards, preference for debit transactions is skewed towards younger consumers in lower income brackets. Interestingly, debit was ranked as the most trusted form of payment for both in-store and online transactions by consumers younger than 45 years old. Debit cards were also the most common payment type to be loaded into digital wallets. Debit has numerous competitive advantages over other payment types. This report explores consumer preferences for debit in a variety of use cases.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences

Frequency of Generation Z Debit Card Use:

  • Among adult consumers, Generation Z refers to people between 18-24 years old.
  • 29% of Gen Z card holders use their cards every day.
  • 35% of Gen Z card holders use their cards a few times a week.
  • 17% of Gen Z card holders use their cards once a week.
  • 11% of Gen Z card holders use their cards a few times a month.
  • 4% of Gen Z card holders use their cards once a month.
  • 4% of Gen Z card holders use their cards less than once a month.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences, pulls from a wealth of primary data to form an overview of the typical card user. Looking at consumers who indicate a preference for debit transactions, the report reveals key demographic traits of those most likely to rely on their debit cards.

The report then goes on to explore the many use cases for debit cards, providing insights into the consumer segments most likely to use debit in particular circumstances. Embedded within this analysis are recommendations for debit card issuers and processors intended to support customer engagement and debit utilization.

“85% of U.S. adults have a debit card, spanning across all age groups, income brackets, and education levels. However, differences appear when preference for debit payments is considered. It is critical for issuers and processors to have a solid understanding of who prefers to use debit cards and under which circumstances in order to target marketing and rewards initiatives most effectively,” stated the author of the report, Laura Handly, senior analyst at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Frequency of Generation Z Debit Card Use appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-generation-z-debit-card-use/feed/ 0
Frequency of Monthly Debit Card Use: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-monthly-debit-card-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-monthly-debit-card-use/#respond Wed, 27 Apr 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=375513 Frequency of Monthly Debit Card Use:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences Frequency of Monthly Debit Card Use: 20% of […]

The post Frequency of Monthly Debit Card Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences

Frequency of Monthly Debit Card Use:

  • 20% of debit card holders use their debit card every day.
  • 35% of debit card holders use their debit card a few times a week.
  • 13% of debit card holders use their debit card once a week.
  • 14% of debit card holders use their debit card a few times a month.
  • 6% of debit card holders use their debit card once a month.
  • 13% of debit card holders use their debit card less than once a month.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Consumer Payment Choice: Understanding Debit Card User Preferences, pulls from a wealth of primary data to form an overview of the typical debit card user. Looking at consumers who indicate a preference for debit transactions, the report reveals key demographic traits of those most likely to rely on their debit cards.

The report then goes on to explore the many use cases for debit cards, providing insights into the consumer segments most likely to use debit in particular circumstances. Embedded within this analysis are recommendations for debit card issuers and processors intended to support customer engagement and debit utilization.

“85% of U.S. adults have a debit card, spanning across all age groups, income brackets, and education levels. However, differences appear when preference for debit payments is considered. It is critical for issuers and processors to have a solid understanding of who prefers to use debit cards and under which circumstances in order to target marketing and rewards initiatives most effectively,” stated the author of the report, Laura Handly, senior analyst at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Frequency of Monthly Debit Card Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-monthly-debit-card-use/feed/ 0
Types of Business Fraud Experienced with Faster Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-business-fraud-experienced-with-faster-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-business-fraud-experienced-with-faster-payments/#respond Tue, 26 Apr 2022 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=375502 Types of Business Fraud Experienced with Faster Payments:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic Types of Business Fraud […]

The post Types of Business Fraud Experienced with Faster Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic

Types of Business Fraud Experienced in Conjunction with Faster Payments:

  • 64% of surveyed businesses experienced vendor impersonation fraud in conjunction with faster payments.
  • 57% of surveyed businesses experienced CEO fraud in conjunction with faster payments.
  • 50% of surveyed businesses experienced invoice fraud in conjunction with faster payments.
  • 42% of surveyed businesses experienced authority impersonation fraud in conjunction with faster payments.
  • 28% of surveyed businesses experienced some other type of fraud in conjunction with faster payments.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering fraud in commercial payments titled The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic. The research explores the impact of fraud with particular emphasis on the B2B payments space. Through an analysis of internal and external fraud, one can gain a deeper understanding of the most common types of fraud schemes, what payment types are subject to the most payments fraud, and how the industry is fighting back. The report also explores the rise in business email compromise (BEC) fraud and new ways that fraudsters are targeting organizations.

“As fraudsters continue to adapt to ever-changing payment trends, organizations must be ready to defend their bottom lines,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. “Organizations can perform several technological and non-technological interventions to combat this rising problem.”

The post Types of Business Fraud Experienced with Faster Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-business-fraud-experienced-with-faster-payments/feed/ 0
Payment Methods Impacted by Business Email Compromise: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-methods-impacted-by-business-email-compromise/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-methods-impacted-by-business-email-compromise/#respond Mon, 25 Apr 2022 19:04:44 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=375373 Payment Methods Impacted by Business Email Compromise:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic Payment Methods Impacted by […]

The post Payment Methods Impacted by Business Email Compromise: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic

Payment Methods Impacted by Business Email Compromise:

  • 43% of surveyed businesses had wire transfers impacted by BEC fraud in 2020.
  • 34% of surveyed businesses had ACH credits impacted by BEC fraud in 2020.
  • 16% of surveyed businesses had ACH debits impacted by BEC fraud in 2020.
  • 14% of surveyed businesses had checks impacted by BEC fraud in 2020.
  • 9% of surveyed businesses had corporate credit cards, such as for purchases or fleet, impacted by BEC fraud in 2020.
  • 2% of surveyed businesses had gift cards impacted by BEC fraud in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering fraud in commercial payments titled The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic. The research explores the impact of fraud with particular emphasis on the B2B payments space. Through an analysis of internal and external fraud, one can gain a deeper understanding of the most common types of fraud schemes, what payment types are subject to the most payments fraud, and how the industry is fighting back. The report also explores the rise in business email compromise (BEC) fraud and new ways that fraudsters are targeting organizations.

“As fraudsters continue to adapt to ever-changing payment trends, organizations must be ready to defend their bottom lines,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. “Organizations can perform several technological and non-technological interventions to combat this rising problem.”

The post Payment Methods Impacted by Business Email Compromise: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-methods-impacted-by-business-email-compromise/feed/ 0
Occupational Fraud Schemes in Banking and Financial Services: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/occupational-fraud-schemes-in-banking-and-financial-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/occupational-fraud-schemes-in-banking-and-financial-services/#respond Fri, 22 Apr 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=375164 Occupational Fraud Schemes in Banking and Financial Services:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic Occupational Fraud Schemes in […]

The post Occupational Fraud Schemes in Banking and Financial Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic

Occupational Fraud Schemes in Banking and Financial Services:

  • 40% of surveyed banking or financial services organizations experienced fraud due to corruption.
  • 18% of surveyed banking or financial services organizations experienced cash on hand fraud schemes.
  • 10% of surveyed banking or financial services organizations experienced financial statement fraud.
  • 10% of surveyed banking or financial services organizations experienced noncash fraud.
  • 10% of surveyed banking or financial services organizations experienced cash larceny.
  • 10% of surveyed banking or financial services organizations experienced fraud due to skimming.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering fraud in commercial payments titled The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic. The research explores the impact of fraud with particular emphasis on the B2B payments space. Through an analysis of internal and external fraud, one can gain a deeper understanding of the most common types of fraud schemes, what payment types are subject to the most payments fraud, and how the industry is fighting back. The report also explores the rise in business email compromise (BEC) fraud and new ways that fraudsters are targeting organizations.

“As fraudsters continue to adapt to ever-changing payment trends, organizations must be ready to defend their bottom lines,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. “Organizations can perform several technological and non-technological interventions to combat this rising problem.”

The post Occupational Fraud Schemes in Banking and Financial Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/occupational-fraud-schemes-in-banking-and-financial-services/feed/ 0
Checks Are the Top Vehicle for Commercial Payments Fraud: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checks-are-the-top-vehicle-for-commercial-payments-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checks-are-the-top-vehicle-for-commercial-payments-fraud/#respond Thu, 21 Apr 2022 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=375147 Checks Are the Top Vehicle for Commercial Payments Fraud:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic Checks Are the Top […]

The post Checks Are the Top Vehicle for Commercial Payments Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic

Checks Are the Top Vehicle for Commercial Payments Fraud:

  • 66% of surveyed organizations experienced actual or attempted check fraud – but incidents have declined by 8% since 2019.
  • 39% of surveyed organizations have experienced actual or attempted wire transfer fraud.
  • 34% of surveyed organizations have experienced actual or attempted ACH debit fraud.
  • 39% of surveyed organizations have experienced actual or attempted wire transfer fraud.
  • 24% of surveyed organizations have experienced actual or attempted corporate/commercial credit card fraud.
  • 19% of surveyed organizations have experienced actual or attempted ACH credit fraud.
  • 6% of surveyed organizations have experienced extortion due to ransomware.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering commercial payments fraud titled The Cost of Fraud: B2B Payments Experience 10% Increase During the Pandemic. The research explores the impact of fraud with particular emphasis on the B2B payments space. Through an analysis of internal and external fraud, one can gain a deeper understanding of the most common types of fraud schemes, what payment types are subject to the most payments fraud, and how the industry is fighting back. The report also explores the rise in business email compromise (BEC) fraud and new ways that fraudsters are targeting organizations.

“As fraudsters continue to adapt to ever-changing payment trends, organizations must be ready to defend their bottom lines,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. “Organizations can perform several technological and non-technological interventions to combat this rising problem.”

The post Checks Are the Top Vehicle for Commercial Payments Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checks-are-the-top-vehicle-for-commercial-payments-fraud/feed/ 0
How Quantum Computing Might Benefit Companies: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-quantum-computing-might-benefit-companies/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-quantum-computing-might-benefit-companies/#respond Wed, 20 Apr 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=375069 How Quantum Computing Might Benefit Companies:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Quantum Changes Everything: Protect Your Data Now How Quantum Computing Might Benefit Companies: Survey respondents thought […]

The post How Quantum Computing Might Benefit Companies: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Quantum Changes Everything: Protect Your Data Now

How Quantum Computing Might Benefit Companies:

  • Survey respondents thought quantum computing could improve research capabilities.
  • Survey respondents thought quantum computing could increase revenue.
  • Survey respondents thought quantum computing could drive innovation.
  • Survey respondents thought quantum computing could help achieve competitive advantage.
  • Survey respondents thought quantum computing could enhance business process efficiencies.
  • Survey respondents thought quantum computing could save costs.
  • Survey respondents thought quantum computing could reduce time to market.

About Report

New Mercator research, Quantum Changes Everything: Protect Your Data Now, provides an in-depth status and review of quantum computing today, identifies key opportunities for its utilization in financial services, takes a deep dive into the challenges it represents to our data security, and makes recommendations both for its adoption and how to make plans to protect your data and that of your customers.

The primary finding of this research is that protecting your data against quantum should start today if that transmitted data will still be valuable in the next five years. Adversaries are recording data now for future decryption and exploitation. An additional finding is that quantum computing is already available through the cloud for optimization problems and new estimates suggest that universal quantum computing may be available in just 5 to 10 years, not 20 as is commonly thought. Financial institutions interested in having a first-mover advantage should start to develop the business and IT resources required for that now. This includes the acumen to select the appropriate business problems that will most differentiate the company and will benefit the most from quantum computing and then finding the talent required to develop those programs, remembering that quantum does not use traditional computing skills.

This research explains the different forms of quantum, including universal quantum computing, quantum annealing solutions that have been applied to optimization problems for several years, and quantum key distribution that can protect our data in motion.

“This research identifies several areas that all companies should be focusing on now to protect their data and the data of their customers from adversaries,” commented Tim Sloane, Vice President of Payments Innovation and Director of the Emerging Technology Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group. “The research also identifies several areas where quantum computing can deliver a competitive edge for those prepared to implement it, which is important, however, the critical issue for today is to protect all of your long-tail data.”

The post How Quantum Computing Might Benefit Companies: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-quantum-computing-might-benefit-companies/feed/ 0
Top 5 Vertical Markets Engaged in Quantum Computing: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-vertical-markets-engaged-in-quantum-computing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-vertical-markets-engaged-in-quantum-computing/#respond Tue, 19 Apr 2022 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=374873 Top 5 Vertical Markets Engaged in Quantum Computing:Top 5 Vertical Markets Engaged in Quantum Computing: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Quantum Changes Everything: Protect Your Data Now Top […]

The post Top 5 Vertical Markets Engaged in Quantum Computing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Top 5 Vertical Markets Engaged in Quantum Computing:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Quantum Changes Everything: Protect Your Data Now

Top 5 Vertical Markets Engaged in Quantum Computing:

  • The relative interest of vertical markets in quantum computing is calculated by weighing proof of concept research programs, in-house pilot programs, use case analysis, and fully funded research efforts.
  • The defense industry holds 85% relative interest in quantum computing versus other verticals.
  • Computer, electronic, and optical products manufacturers hold 68% relative interest in quantum computing versus other verticals.
  • The computer-aided engineering industry holds 53% relative interest in quantum computing versus other verticals.
  • The software and internet industry holds 47% relative interest in quantum computing versus other verticals.
  • Oil and gas companies hold 44% relative interest in quantum computing versus other verticals.

About Report

New Mercator research, Quantum Changes Everything: Protect Your Data Now, provides an in-depth status and review of quantum computing today, identifies key opportunities for its utilization in financial services, takes a deep dive into the challenges it represents to our data security, and makes recommendations both for its adoption and how to make plans to protect your data and that of your customers.

The primary finding of this research is that protecting your data against quantum should start today if that transmitted data will still be valuable in the next five years. Adversaries are recording data now for future decryption and exploitation. An additional finding is that quantum computing is already available through the cloud for optimization problems and new estimates suggest that universal quantum computing may be available in just 5 to 10 years, not 20 as is commonly thought. Financial institutions interested in having a first-mover advantage should start to develop the business and IT resources required for that now. This includes the acumen to select the appropriate business problems that will most differentiate the company and will benefit the most from quantum computing and then finding the talent required to develop those programs, remembering that quantum does not use traditional computing skills.

This research explains the different forms of quantum, including universal quantum computing, quantum annealing solutions that have been applied to optimization problems for several years, and quantum key distribution that can protect our data in motion.

“This research identifies several areas that all companies should be focusing on now to protect their data and the data of their customers from adversaries,” commented Tim Sloane, Vice President of Payments Innovation and Director of the Emerging Technology Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group. “The research also identifies several areas where quantum computing can deliver a competitive edge for those prepared to implement it, which is important, however, the critical issue for today is to protect all of your long-tail data.”

The post Top 5 Vertical Markets Engaged in Quantum Computing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-vertical-markets-engaged-in-quantum-computing/feed/ 0
Applying Quantum Computing to Real-World Problems: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/applying-quantum-computing-to-real-world-problems/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/applying-quantum-computing-to-real-world-problems/#respond Mon, 18 Apr 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=374580 Applying Quantum Computing to Real-World Problems:Applying Quantum Computing to Real-World Problems: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Quantum Changes Everything: Protect Your Data Now Applying Quantum Computing […]

The post Applying Quantum Computing to Real-World Problems: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Applying Quantum Computing to Real-World Problems:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Quantum Changes Everything: Protect Your Data Now

Applying Quantum Computing to Real-World Problems:

  • Quantum computers should be able to solve problems with financial services.
  • Quantum computers should be able to solve problems with target marketing.
  • Quantum computers should be able to solve problems with optimization calculations.
  • Quantum computers should be able to solve problems with machine learning.
  • Quantum computers should be able to solve problems with risk management.
  • Quantum computers should be able to solve problems with cryptography.

About Report

New Mercator research, Quantum Changes Everything: Protect Your Data Now, provides an in-depth status and review of quantum computing today, identifies key opportunities for its utilization in financial services, takes a deep dive into the challenges it represents to our data security, and makes recommendations both for its adoption and how to make plans to protect your data and that of your customers.

The primary finding of this research is that protecting your data against quantum should start today if that transmitted data will still be valuable in the next five years. Adversaries are recording data now for future decryption and exploitation. An additional finding is that quantum computing is already available through the cloud for optimization problems and new estimates suggest that universal quantum computing may be available in just 5 to 10 years, not 20 as is commonly thought. Financial institutions interested in having a first-mover advantage should start to develop the business and IT resources required for that now. This includes the acumen to select the appropriate business problems that will most differentiate the company and will benefit the most from quantum computing and then finding the talent required to develop those programs, remembering that quantum does not use traditional computing skills.

This research explains the different forms of quantum, including universal quantum computing, quantum annealing solutions that have been applied to optimization problems for several years, and quantum key distribution that can protect our data in motion.

“This research identifies several areas that all companies should be focusing on now to protect their data and the data of their customers from adversaries,” commented Tim Sloane, Vice President of Payments Innovation and Director of the Emerging Technology Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group. “The research also identifies several areas where quantum computing can deliver a competitive edge for those prepared to implement it, which is important, however, the critical issue for today is to protect all of your long-tail data.”

The post Applying Quantum Computing to Real-World Problems: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/applying-quantum-computing-to-real-world-problems/feed/ 0
Dollar Volume of Credit Card Fraud Incidents: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/dollar-volume-of-credit-card-fraud-incidents/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/dollar-volume-of-credit-card-fraud-incidents/#respond Fri, 15 Apr 2022 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=374424 Dollar Volume of Credit Card Fraud Incidents:Dollar Volume of Credit Card Fraud Incidents: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ […]

The post Dollar Volume of Credit Card Fraud Incidents: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Dollar Volume of Credit Card Fraud Incidents:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective

Dollar Volume of Credit Card Fraud Incidents:

  • 30% of respondents reported under $100 in credit card fraud.
  • 31% of respondents reported between $101-$500 in credit card fraud.
  • 14% of respondents reported between $501-$1,000 in credit card fraud.
  • 11% of respondents reported between $1,001-$2,500 in credit card fraud.
  • 14% of respondents reported greater than $2,500 in credit card fraud.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s report, 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective, examines payment methods in relation to fraud, the dollar value of fraud incidents, types of fraud experiences, identity theft-related fraud, consumers’ experience with resolving fraud cases, as well as consumers’ attitudes, not only about fraud but also about the financial institutions they use for banking and bill paying services.

The report is based on the Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights survey administered in January 2022 to a nationally representative sample of 3,611 United States consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“Payment and identity-related fraud prevention can be achieved by building an alliance with consumers and learning from past fraud experiences so that financial institutions and merchants can continue to educate both themselves and their consumers on what patterns to look out for so that they can avoid becoming victims of fraud,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Dollar Volume of Credit Card Fraud Incidents: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/dollar-volume-of-credit-card-fraud-incidents/feed/ 0
Percent of Disputed Fraud Events by Payment Method: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percent-of-disputed-fraud-events-by-payment-method/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percent-of-disputed-fraud-events-by-payment-method/#respond Tue, 12 Apr 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=374177 Percent of Disputed Fraud Events by Payment Method:Percent of Disputed Fraud Events by Payment Method: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The […]

The post Percent of Disputed Fraud Events by Payment Method: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Percent of Disputed Fraud Events by Payment Method:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective

Percent of Disputed Fraud Events by Payment Method:

  • 82.9% of online banking fraud events were disputed.
  • 82.5% of universal digital wallet fraud events were disputed.
  • 82.7% of fraud events for debit cards attached to a checking account were disputed.
  • 82.5% of cryptocurrency fraud events were disputed.
  • 81% of credit card fraud events were disputed.
  • 78% of P2P payment service fraud events were disputed.
  • 75% of personal check fraud events were disputed.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s report, 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective, examines payment methods in relation to fraud, the dollar value of fraud incidents, types of fraud experiences, identity theft-related fraud, consumers’ experience with resolving fraud cases, as well as consumers’ attitudes, not only about fraud but also about the financial institutions they use for banking and bill paying services.

The report is based on the Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights survey administered in January 2022 to a nationally representative sample of 3,611 United States consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“Payment and identity-related fraud prevention can be achieved by building an alliance with consumers and learning from past fraud experiences so that financial institutions and merchants can continue to educate both themselves and their consumers on what patterns to look out for so that they can avoid becoming victims of fraud,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Percent of Disputed Fraud Events by Payment Method: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percent-of-disputed-fraud-events-by-payment-method/feed/ 0
Identity Theft-Related Fraud Experiences by Type: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/identity-theft-related-fraud-experiences-by-type/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/identity-theft-related-fraud-experiences-by-type/#respond Mon, 11 Apr 2022 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=374027 Identity Theft-Related Fraud Experiences by Type: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective […]

The post Identity Theft-Related Fraud Experiences by Type: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Identity Theft-Related Fraud Experiences by Type:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective

Identity Theft-Related Fraud Experiences by Type:

  • 45% of respondents experienced account takeover fraud.
  • 43% of respondents reported someone using their payment card to make purchases and/or send money.
  • 35% of respondents experienced online shopping fraud.
  • 18% of respondents experienced check fraud.
  • 15% of respondents experienced tax identity fraud.
  • 7% of respondents experienced biometric ID theft.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s report, 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective, examines payment methods in relation to fraud, the dollar value of fraud incidents, types of fraud experiences, identity theft-related fraud, consumers’ experience with resolving fraud cases, as well as consumers’ attitudes, not only about fraud but also about the financial institutions they use for banking and bill paying services.

The report is based on the Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights survey administered in January 2022 to a nationally representative sample of 3,611 United States consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“Payment and identity-related fraud prevention can be achieved by building an alliance with consumers and learning from past fraud experiences so that financial institutions and merchants can continue to educate both themselves and their consumers on what patterns to look out for so that they can avoid becoming victims of fraud,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Identity Theft-Related Fraud Experiences by Type: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/identity-theft-related-fraud-experiences-by-type/feed/ 0
Top 5 Types of Fraud for Debit Cards Attached to a Checking Account: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-types-of-fraud-for-debit-cards-attached-to-a-checking-account/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-types-of-fraud-for-debit-cards-attached-to-a-checking-account/#respond Fri, 08 Apr 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=373835 Top 5 Types of Fraud for Debit Cards Attached to a Checking Account:Top 5 Types of Fraud Experiences for Debit Cards Attached to a Checking Account: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud […]

The post Top 5 Types of Fraud for Debit Cards Attached to a Checking Account: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Top 5 Types of Fraud Experiences for Debit Cards Attached to a Checking Account:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective

Top 5 Types of Fraud Experiences for Debit Cards Attached to a Checking Account:

  • 19% of debit card holders had their payment information stolen.
  • 11% of debit card holders willingly made a payment for goods or services they never received.
  • 9% of debit card holders had their account accessed by someone else who made purchases on their behalf.
  • 7% of debit card holders were tricked into providing statement information to scammers.
  • 5% of debit card holders were tricked into sending a P2P payment to scammers.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s report, 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective, examines payment methods in relation to fraud, the dollar value of fraud incidents, types of fraud experiences, identity theft-related fraud, consumers’ experience with resolving fraud cases, as well as consumers’ attitudes, not only about fraud but also about the financial institutions they use for banking and bill paying services.

The report is based on the Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights survey administered in January 2022 to a nationally representative sample of 3,611 United States consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“Payment and identity-related fraud prevention can be achieved by building an alliance with consumers and learning from past fraud experiences so that financial institutions and merchants can continue to educate both themselves and their consumers on what patterns to look out for so that they can avoid becoming victims of fraud,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top 5 Types of Fraud for Debit Cards Attached to a Checking Account: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-types-of-fraud-for-debit-cards-attached-to-a-checking-account/feed/ 0
Top 5 Types of Fraud Experiences for Credit Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-types-of-fraud-experiences-for-credit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-types-of-fraud-experiences-for-credit-cards/#respond Thu, 07 Apr 2022 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=373820 Top 5 Types of Fraud Experiences for Credit Cards:Top 5 Types of Fraud Experiences for Credit Cards: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – […]

The post Top 5 Types of Fraud Experiences for Credit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Top 5 Types of Fraud Experiences for Credit Cards:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective

Top 5 Types of Fraud Experiences for Credit Cards:

  • 21% of credit card holders had their payment information stolen.
  • 14% of credit card holders willingly made a payment for goods or services they never received.
  • 9% of credit card holders had their account accessed by someone else who made purchases on their behalf.
  • 7% of credit card holders were tricked into providing statement information to scammers.
  • 6% of credit card holders were tricked into sending a P2P payment to scammers.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s report, 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective, examines payment methods in relation to fraud, the dollar value of fraud incidents, types of fraud experiences, identity theft-related fraud, consumers’ experience with resolving fraud cases, as well as consumers’ attitudes, not only about fraud but also about the financial institutions they use for banking and bill paying services.

The report is based on the Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights survey administered in January 2022 to a nationally representative sample of 3,611 United States consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“Payment and identity-related fraud prevention can be achieved by building an alliance with consumers and learning from past fraud experiences so that financial institutions and merchants can continue to educate both themselves and their consumers on what patterns to look out for so that they can avoid becoming victims of fraud,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top 5 Types of Fraud Experiences for Credit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-types-of-fraud-experiences-for-credit-cards/feed/ 0
Payment Method-Related Fraud Experiences in the Past 12 Months: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-method-related-fraud-experiences-in-the-past-12-months/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-method-related-fraud-experiences-in-the-past-12-months/#respond Wed, 06 Apr 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=373749 Payment Method-Related Fraud Experiences in the Past 12 Months:Payment Method-Related Fraud Experiences in the Past 12 Months: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – […]

The post Payment Method-Related Fraud Experiences in the Past 12 Months: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Payment Method-Related Fraud Experiences in the Past 12 Months:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective

Payment Method-Related Fraud Experiences in the Past 12 Months:

  • 42% of respondents experienced credit card fraud in the past 12 months.
  • 39% of respondents experienced fraud on their debit card attached to a checking account in the past 12 months.
  • 22% of respondents experienced online banking fraud, including bank-issued checks and ACH in the past 12 months.
  • 12% of respondents experienced fraud on their debit card issued by a P2P payment service such as Venmo or PayPal in the past 12 months.
  • 8.3% of respondents experienced fraud directly on their P2P payment service such as PayPal, Venmo, or Cash App in the past 12 months.
  • 8.1% of respondents experienced check fraud in the past 12 months.
  • 7% of respondents experienced prepaid gift card fraud in the past 12 months.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s report, 2022 Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights: Payment Fraud – The Consumers’ Perspective, examines payment methods in relation to fraud, the dollar value of fraud incidents, types of fraud experiences, identity theft-related fraud, consumers’ experience with resolving fraud cases, as well as consumers’ attitudes, not only about fraud but also about the financial institutions they use for banking and bill paying services.

The report is based on the Fraud Experience PaymentsInsights survey administered in January 2022 to a nationally representative sample of 3,611 United States consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“Payment and identity-related fraud prevention can be achieved by building an alliance with consumers and learning from past fraud experiences so that financial institutions and merchants can continue to educate both themselves and their consumers on what patterns to look out for so that they can avoid becoming victims of fraud,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Payment Method-Related Fraud Experiences in the Past 12 Months: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-method-related-fraud-experiences-in-the-past-12-months/feed/ 0
Peer-to-Peer App Safety and Security Concerns in Canada: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/peer-to-peer-app-safety-and-security-concerns-in-canada/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/peer-to-peer-app-safety-and-security-concerns-in-canada/#respond Tue, 05 Apr 2022 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=373516 Peer-to-Peer App Safety and Security Concerns in Canada:Peer-to-Peer App Safety and Security Concerns in Canada: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise of […]

The post Peer-to-Peer App Safety and Security Concerns in Canada: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Peer-to-Peer App Safety and Security Concerns in Canada:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise of Digital Payments Emerging from COVID

Peer-to-Peer App Safety and Security Concerns in Canada:

  • 71% of Canadian respondents paid for a product or service that they ordered but which was never delivered.
  • 46% of Canadian respondents lost money using a P2P service.
  • 42% of Canadian respondents reported their bank account as compromised after using a P2P app.
  • 38% of Canadian respondents received a fraudulent charge using a P2P service.
  • 32% of Canadian respondents sent money to the wrong recipient using a P2P app.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise of Digital Payments Emerging from COVID, analyzes the impact of COVID within Canada on consumer payment preferences. The report reveals generational differences in the use of a range of payment forms including cash, cheques, cards, and digital payments.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a nationally representative sample of 1,002 Canadian consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“Payment technology is creating rapid shifts in consumer payment preferences, with COVID acting as a direct change agent, resulting in declines in use of paper payments via cash or cheques. At the same time, we are seeing emerging technologies such as peer-to-peer payments making a large impact on the consumer payment market,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Peer-to-Peer App Safety and Security Concerns in Canada: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/peer-to-peer-app-safety-and-security-concerns-in-canada/feed/ 0
Canadian Use of Non-Bank or Credit Union P2P Apps: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-use-of-non-bank-or-credit-union-p2p-apps/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-use-of-non-bank-or-credit-union-p2p-apps/#respond Mon, 04 Apr 2022 18:31:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=373313 Canadian Use of Non-Bank or Credit Union P2P Apps:Canadian Use of Non-Bank or Credit Union P2P Apps: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise […]

The post Canadian Use of Non-Bank or Credit Union P2P Apps: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Canadian Use of Non-Bank or Credit Union P2P Apps:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise of Digital Payments Emerging from COVID

Canadian Use of Non-Bank or Credit Union P2P Apps:

  • 20% of Canadian respondents use one non-bank/CU P2P app.
  • 5% of Canadian respondents use two non-bank/CU P2P apps.
  • 7% of Canadian respondents use three non-bank/CU P2P apps.
  • 9% of Canadian respondents use four non-bank/CU P2P apps.
  • 4% of Canadian respondents use five or more non-bank/CU P2P apps.
  • 55% of Canadian respondents do not use any non-bank/CU P2P apps.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise of Digital Payments Emerging from COVID, analyzes the impact of COVID within Canada on consumer payment preferences. The report reveals generational differences in the use of a range of payment forms including cash, cheques, cards, and digital payments.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a nationally representative sample of 1,002 Canadian consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“Payment technology is creating rapid shifts in consumer payment preferences, with COVID acting as a direct change agent, resulting in declines in use of paper payments via cash or cheques. At the same time, we are seeing emerging technologies such as peer-to-peer payments making a large impact on the consumer payment market,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Canadian Use of Non-Bank or Credit Union P2P Apps: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-use-of-non-bank-or-credit-union-p2p-apps/feed/ 0
Canadian Use of P2P Payment Apps Supported by Financial Institutions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-use-of-p2p-payment-apps-supported-by-financial-institutions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-use-of-p2p-payment-apps-supported-by-financial-institutions/#respond Fri, 01 Apr 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=373110 Canadian use of P2P Payment Apps Supported by Financial Institutions:Canadian Use of P2P Payment Apps Supported by Financial Institutions: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The […]

The post Canadian Use of P2P Payment Apps Supported by Financial Institutions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Canadian Use of P2P Payment Apps Supported by Financial Institutions:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise of Digital Payments Emerging from COVID

Canadian Use of P2P Payment Apps Supported by Financial Institutions:

  • 38% of Canadian respondents use one FI-supported P2P app.
  • 16% of Canadian respondents use two FI-supported P2P apps.
  • 10% of Canadian respondents use three FI-supported P2P apps.
  • 9% of Canadian respondents use four FI-supported P2P apps.
  • 7% of Canadian respondents use five or more FI-supported P2P apps.
  • 19% of Canadian respondents do not use any FI-supported P2P apps.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise of Digital Payments Emerging from COVID, analyzes the impact of COVID within Canada on consumer payment preferences. The report reveals generational differences in the use of a range of payment forms including cash, cheques, cards, and digital payments.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a nationally representative sample of 1,002 Canadian consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“Payment technology is creating rapid shifts in consumer payment preferences, with COVID acting as a direct change agent, resulting in declines in use of paper payments via cash or cheques. At the same time, we are seeing emerging technologies such as peer-to-peer payments making a large impact on the consumer payment market,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Canadian Use of P2P Payment Apps Supported by Financial Institutions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-use-of-p2p-payment-apps-supported-by-financial-institutions/feed/ 0
Trends for Three Major Mobile Wallets in Canada: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/trends-for-three-major-mobile-wallets-in-canada/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/trends-for-three-major-mobile-wallets-in-canada/#respond Wed, 30 Mar 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=372865 Trends for Three Major Mobile Wallets in Canada:Trends for Three Major Mobile Wallets in Canada: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise of […]

The post Trends for Three Major Mobile Wallets in Canada: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Trends for Three Major Mobile Wallets in Canada:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise of Digital Payments Emerging from COVID

Trends for Three Major Mobile Wallets in Canada:

  • 47% of Canadian consumers used Apple Pay to make an in-store purchase.
  • 39% of Canadian consumers used Apple Pay to make an online purchase.
  • 31% of Canadian consumers used Google Pay to make an in-store purchase.
  • 43% of Canadian consumers used Google Pay to make an online purchase.
  • 19% of Canadian consumers used Samsung Pay to make an in-store purchase.
  • 27% of Canadian consumers used Samsung Pay to make an online purchase.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: The Rise of Digital Payments Emerging from COVID, analyzes the impact of COVID within Canada on consumer payment preferences. The report reveals generational differences in the use of a range of payment forms including cash, cheques, cards, and digital payments.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a nationally representative sample of 1,002 Canadian consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“Payment technology is creating rapid shifts in consumer payment preferences, with COVID acting as a direct change agent, resulting in declines in use of paper payments via cash or cheques. At the same time, we are seeing emerging technologies such as peer-to-peer payments making a large impact on the consumer payment market,” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Trends for Three Major Mobile Wallets in Canada: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/trends-for-three-major-mobile-wallets-in-canada/feed/ 0
Top Drivers of Non-Traditional Installment Borrowing: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-drivers-of-non-traditional-installment-borrowing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-drivers-of-non-traditional-installment-borrowing/#respond Tue, 29 Mar 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=372822 Top Drivers of Non-Traditional Installment Borrowing:Top Drivers of Non-Traditional Installment Borrowing by Consumers with Credit Cards: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Installment Lending: Fintechs Gaining Ground […]

The post Top Drivers of Non-Traditional Installment Borrowing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Top Drivers of Non-Traditional Installment Borrowing by Consumers with Credit Cards:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Installment Lending: Fintechs Gaining Ground on Loans Forecast at $212 Billion

Top Drivers of Non-Traditional Installment Borrowing by Consumers with Credit Cards:

  • 309 surveyed loanees took out an online loan because it offered a better and more convenient experience than going to a bank.
  • 285 surveyed loanees took out an online loan because it offered more attractive loan terms than a bank.
  • 259 surveyed loanees took out an online loan because it offered lower interest rates than a bank.
  • 231 surveyed loanees took out an online loan because they were turned down from their bank.
  • 209 surveyed loanees took out an online loan because they thought online lenders were more likely to approve their loan than a bank.
  • 166 surveyed loanees took out an online loan because it was faster to get approval from them than from a bank.
  • 56 surveyed loanees took out an online loan because their bank didn’t offer the type of loan they needed.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report on trends in installment lending titled Installment Lending: Fintechs Gaining Ground on Loans Forecast at $212 Billion. The research explains the state of consumer installment lending in the United States and how fintechs and finance companies now outpace banks and credit unions in installment loans. Furthermore, this research examines how companies are offering embedded finance products such as CCaaS to allow customers the ability to offer their own credit card product. By way of four evaluative criteria, general advice is provided for those seeking a relationship with a fintech provider.

“Banks used to dominate consumer lending, with installment lending products priced far lower than credit cards, but that is no longer the case,” comments Brian Riley, Director of the Credit practice at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. “Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) was a wake-up call to credit card issuers. BNPL was a recast of a merchant finance model used long ago by companies like GECC (now Synchrony) and Household Finance Corporation (acquired by Capital One). Now, fintechs are moving in the same direction with installment loans,” Riley says.

The post Top Drivers of Non-Traditional Installment Borrowing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-drivers-of-non-traditional-installment-borrowing/feed/ 0
U.S. Household Debt by Type: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-household-debt-by-type/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-household-debt-by-type/#respond Mon, 28 Mar 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=372542 U.S. Household Debt by Type:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Installment Lending: Fintechs Gaining Ground on Loans Forecast at $212 Billion U.S. Household Debt by Type: […]

The post U.S. Household Debt by Type: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Installment Lending: Fintechs Gaining Ground on Loans Forecast at $212 Billion

U.S. Household Debt by Type:

  • Collateralized debt from mortgages and home equity lines of credit accounts for 73% of U.S. consumer debt.
  • Collateralized debt from auto loans accounts for 9% of U.S. consumer debt.
  • Unsecured credit card debt accounts for 5% of U.S. consumer debt.
  • Unsecured student loan debt accounts for 10% of all U.S. consumer debt.
  • 3% of U.S. consumer debt is classified as “other,” which includes short-term loans, checking account credit lines, and ancillary lending.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report on trends in installment lending titled Installment Lending: Fintechs Gaining Ground on Loans Forecast at $212 Billion. The research explains the state of consumer installment lending in the United States and how fintechs and finance companies now outpace banks and credit unions in installment loans. Furthermore, this research examines how companies are offering embedded finance products such as CCaaS to allow customers the ability to offer their own credit card product. By way of four evaluative criteria, general advice is provided for those seeking a relationship with a fintech provider.

“Banks used to dominate consumer lending, with installment lending products priced far lower than credit cards, but that is no longer the case,” comments Brian Riley, Director of the Credit practice at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. “Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) was a wake-up call to credit card issuers. BNPL was a recast of a merchant finance model used long ago by companies like GECC (now Synchrony) and Household Finance Corporation (acquired by Capital One). Now, fintechs are moving in the same direction with installment loans,” Riley says.

The post U.S. Household Debt by Type: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-household-debt-by-type/feed/ 0
Payment Technologies Used by Older Generations: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-technologies-used-by-older-generations/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-technologies-used-by-older-generations/#respond Fri, 25 Mar 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=372458 Payment Technologies Used by Older Generations:Payment Technologies Used by Older Generations: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption Payment […]

The post Payment Technologies Used by Older Generations: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Payment Technologies Used by Older Generations:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption

Payment Technologies Used by Older Generations:

  • Older generations refer to Gen X (age 41-56) and Baby Boomers (age 57-75).
  • 87% of older consumers inserted a payment card into a payment terminal in the past 12 months.
  • 34% of older consumers waved or tapped a payment card at the payment terminal in the past 12 months.
  • 18.7% of older consumers used a universal payment app or wallet in the past 12 months.
  • 18.5% of older consumers used a smartphone with a retailer-specific payment app in the past 12 months.
  • 6.8% of older consumers used a smartwatch or other wearable with a universal payment app/wallet in the past 12 months.
  • 6.7% of older consumers used a smartwatch or other wearable with a retailer-specific payment app in the past 12 months.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption, analyzes the informed and savvy shopper’s preferences and influences regarding use of mobile payment technology and digital payment adoption. Purchasing behaviors of consumers are highlighted and compared as they make purchases in stores, in apps, and on the web.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a U.S. nationally representative sample of 3000 consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“User preferences are vital influences on smartphone adoption, which seem to be a low-risk option for most. However, the adoption of digital wallet technology seems to be a concern for some.” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Payment Technologies Used by Older Generations: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-technologies-used-by-older-generations/feed/ 0
Payment Technologies Used by Younger Generations: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-technologies-used-by-younger-generations/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-technologies-used-by-younger-generations/#respond Thu, 24 Mar 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=372401 Payment Technologies Used by Younger Generations:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption Payment Technologies Used by Younger Generations: Younger […]

The post Payment Technologies Used by Younger Generations: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption

Payment Technologies Used by Younger Generations:

  • Younger generations refer to Gen Z (age 18-24) and Millennials (age 25-40).
  • 47% of younger consumers inserted a payment card into a payment terminal in the past 12 months.
  • 29% of younger consumers waved or tapped a payment card at the payment terminal in the past 12 months.
  • 28% of younger consumers used a universal payment app or wallet in the past 12 months.
  • 31% of younger consumers used a smartphone with a retailer-specific payment app in the past 12 months.
  • 19% of younger consumers used a smartwatch or other wearable with a universal payment app/wallet in the past 12 months.
  • 22% of younger consumers used a smartwatch or other wearable with a retailer-specific payment app in the past 12 months.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption, analyzes the informed and savvy shopper’s preferences and influences regarding use of mobile payment technology and digital payment adoption. Purchasing behaviors of consumers are highlighted and compared as they make purchases in stores, in apps, and on the web.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a U.S. nationally representative sample of 3000 consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“User preferences are vital influences on smartphone adoption, which seem to be a low-risk option for most. However, the adoption of digital wallet technology seems to be a concern for some.” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Payment Technologies Used by Younger Generations: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-technologies-used-by-younger-generations/feed/ 0
In-Store Shopping Activities with Mobile Phones: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-shopping-activities-with-mobile-phones/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-shopping-activities-with-mobile-phones/#respond Wed, 23 Mar 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=372230 In-Store Shopping Activities with Mobile Phones:In-Store Shopping Activities with Mobile Phones: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption In-Store […]

The post In-Store Shopping Activities with Mobile Phones: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In-Store Shopping Activities with Mobile Phones:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption

In-Store Shopping Activities with Mobile Phones:

  • 53.4% of consumers used a mobile phone to redeem an electronic coupon.
  • 52.8% of consumers used a mobile app downloaded from the retailer to check in to the store.
  • 46% of consumers used a mobile app downloaded from the retailer where they were currently shopping.
  • 44% of consumers paid for an item with a mobile wallet.
  • 37% of consumers used a mobile app downloaded from a retailer to scan items into their shopping cart.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption, analyzes the informed and savvy shopper’s preferences and influences regarding use of mobile payment technology and digital payment adoption. Purchasing behaviors of consumers are highlighted and compared as they make purchases in stores, in apps, and on the web.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a U.S. nationally representative sample of 3000 consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“User preferences are vital influences on smartphone adoption, which seem to be a low-risk option for most. However, the adoption of digital wallet technology seems to be a concern for some.” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post In-Store Shopping Activities with Mobile Phones: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-shopping-activities-with-mobile-phones/feed/ 0
Mobile Phone Use for In-Store Comparison Shopping https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-phone-use-for-in-store-comparison-shopping/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-phone-use-for-in-store-comparison-shopping/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=372108 Mobile Phone Use for In-Store Comparison Shopping:With the rise of mobile commerce, comparison shopping has never been easier. With a few taps on their smartphones, consumers can instantly compare prices and reviews of products from a variety of retailers. This convenience has made comparison shopping a popular activity among mobile users, with nearly half of all shoppers using their phones to […]

The post Mobile Phone Use for In-Store Comparison Shopping appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

With the rise of mobile commerce, comparison shopping has never been easier. With a few taps on their smartphones, consumers can instantly compare prices and reviews of products from a variety of retailers. This convenience has made comparison shopping a popular activity among mobile users, with nearly half of all shoppers using their phones to compare prices before making a purchase. While this trend is good news for consumers, it has created a challenge for retailers who must now compete not only on price but also on the quality of their mobile shopping experience.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption

Mobile Phone Use for In-Store Comparison Shopping:

  • 68% of consumers used a mobile phone to check prices online for items of interest.
  • 67% of consumers used a mobile phone to research a product in more detail.
  • 60% of consumers used a mobile phone to read user reviews for items of interest.
  • 52% of consumers used a mobile phone to search for an electronic coupon.
  • 41% of consumers used a mobile app that enabled them to shop for similar items.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption, analyzes the informed and savvy shopper’s preferences and influences regarding use of mobile payment technology and digital payment adoption. Purchasing behaviors of consumers are highlighted and compared as they make purchases in stores, in apps, and on the web.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a U.S. nationally representative sample of 3000 consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“User preferences are vital influences on smartphone adoption, which seem to be a low-risk option for most. However, the adoption of digital wallet technology seems to be a concern for some.” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Mobile Phone Use for In-Store Comparison Shopping appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-phone-use-for-in-store-comparison-shopping/feed/ 0
Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Bill Pay https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-real-time-or-faster-payments-for-bill-pay/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-real-time-or-faster-payments-for-bill-pay/#respond Mon, 21 Mar 2022 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=371921 Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Bill Pay:The widespread adoption of bill pay services has made it easier than ever to pay your bills on time. However, there are still a number of people who prefer to pay their bills in person or by check. For these people, real-time payments offer a convenient way to pay their bills without having to go […]

The post Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Bill Pay appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The widespread adoption of bill pay services has made it easier than ever to pay your bills on time. However, there are still a number of people who prefer to pay their bills in person or by check. For these people, real-time payments offer a convenient way to pay their bills without having to go to the bank or post office. Real-time payments are processed immediately, which means that you can be sure your bill will be paid on time. In addition, real-time payments can be made from anywhere in the world, allowing you to pay your bill even if you’re traveling. Whether you’re paying rent, utilities, or another type of bill, real-time payments offer a convenient and reliable way to get the job done.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On

Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Bill Pay:

  • 22.8% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use as very important.
  • 26.5% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use as important.
  • 23.9% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use as somewhat important.
  • 11% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use as not important.
  • 15.8% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use as not at all important.

About Report

2021 was an important build-out year for real-time and faster payments in the U.S., as explored in Mercator Advisory Group’s annual look at the market; 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On. Payment options such as the debit network’s debit push payments, The Clearing House RTP network, Same Day ACH, and Zelle all experienced strong growth dependent on the specific use cases where each predominates and the maturity of their respective solutions. Following through on the pandemic fueled growth in 2020, more financial institutions and technology providers integrated to faster and real-time rails, launched new products, and advanced their strategies.

“We have found in the last year that consumers are becoming much more aware that some payments transact quickly, even instantly, which for transaction types like bill pay, account-to-account transfer and some person-to-person funds movement is beneficial. This leads to a compounding effect that is creating greater demand for faster payments in more use cases,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Bill Pay appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-real-time-or-faster-payments-for-bill-pay/feed/ 0
Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Banking A2A Transfers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-real-time-or-faster-payments-for-banking-a2a-transfers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-real-time-or-faster-payments-for-banking-a2a-transfers/#respond Fri, 18 Mar 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=371449 Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Banking A2A Transfers:Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Banking A2A Transfers: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A […]

The post Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Banking A2A Transfers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Banking A2A Transfers:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On

Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Banking A2A Transfers:

  • 19.9% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for banking account-to-account transfers as very important.
  • 23.5% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for banking account-to-account transfers as important.
  • 26.1% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for banking account-to-account transfers as somewhat important.
  • 11.9% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for banking account-to-account transfers as not important.
  • 18.6% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for banking account-to-account transfers as not at all important.

About Report

2021 was an important build-out year for real-time and faster payments in the U.S., as explored in Mercator Advisory Group’s annual look at the market; 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On. Payment options such as the debit network’s debit push payments, The Clearing House RTP network, Same Day ACH, and Zelle all experienced strong growth dependent on the specific use cases where each predominates and the maturity of their respective solutions. Following through on the pandemic fueled growth in 2020, more financial institutions and technology providers integrated to faster and real-time rails, launched new products, and advanced their strategies.

“We have found in the last year that consumers are becoming much more aware that some payments transact quickly, even instantly, which for transaction types like bill pay, account-to-account transfer and some person-to-person funds movement is beneficial. This leads to a compounding effect that is creating greater demand for faster payments in more use cases,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Banking A2A Transfers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-real-time-or-faster-payments-for-banking-a2a-transfers/feed/ 0
Importance of Faster Payments for Receiving Funds in a P2P App: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-faster-payments-for-receiving-funds-in-a-p2p-app/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-faster-payments-for-receiving-funds-in-a-p2p-app/#respond Thu, 17 Mar 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=371444 Importance of Faster Payments for Receiving Funds in a P2P App:Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Receiving Funds In a P2P App: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster […]

The post Importance of Faster Payments for Receiving Funds in a P2P App: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Receiving Funds In a P2P App:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On

Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Receiving Funds In a P2P App:

  • 17.9% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for receiving funds in a P2P app as very important.
  • 20.5% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for receiving funds in a P2P app as important.
  • 24.6% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for receiving funds in a P2P app as somewhat important.
  • 13.7% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for receiving funds in a P2P app as not important.
  • 23.4% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for receiving funds in a P2P app as not at all important.

About Report

2021 was an important build-out year for real-time and faster payments in the U.S., as explored in Mercator Advisory Group’s annual look at the market; 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On. Payment options such as the debit network’s debit push payments, The Clearing House RTP network, Same Day ACH, and Zelle all experienced strong growth dependent on the specific use cases where each predominates and the maturity of their respective solutions. Following through on the pandemic fueled growth in 2020, more financial institutions and technology providers integrated to faster and real-time rails, launched new products, and advanced their strategies.

“We have found in the last year that consumers are becoming much more aware that some payments transact quickly, even instantly, which for transaction types like bill pay, account-to-account transfer and some person-to-person funds movement is beneficial. This leads to a compounding effect that is creating greater demand for faster payments in more use cases,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Importance of Faster Payments for Receiving Funds in a P2P App: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-faster-payments-for-receiving-funds-in-a-p2p-app/feed/ 0
Importance of Faster Payments for Sending Funds Through a P2P App: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-faster-payments-for-sending-funds-through-a-p2p-app/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-faster-payments-for-sending-funds-through-a-p2p-app/#respond Wed, 16 Mar 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=371435 Importance of Faster Payments for Sending Funds Through a P2P App:Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Sending Funds Through a P2P App: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster […]

The post Importance of Faster Payments for Sending Funds Through a P2P App: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Sending Funds Through a P2P App:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On

Importance of Real-Time or Faster Payments for Sending Funds Through a P2P App:

  • 17.7% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for sending funds through a P2P app as very important.
  • 17.6% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for sending funds through a P2P app as important.
  • 25% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for sending funds through a P2P app as somewhat important.
  • 15.2% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for sending funds through a P2P app as not important.
  • 24.5% of consumers rate real-time or faster payments use for sending funds through a P2P app as not at all important.

About Report

2021 was an important build-out year for real-time and faster payments in the U.S., as explored in Mercator Advisory Group’s annual look at the market; 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On. Payment options such as the debit network’s debit push payments, The Clearing House RTP network, Same Day ACH, and Zelle all experienced strong growth dependent on the specific use cases where each predominates and the maturity of their respective solutions. Following through on the pandemic fueled growth in 2020, more financial institutions and technology providers integrated to faster and real-time rails, launched new products, and advanced their strategies.

“We have found in the last year that consumers are becoming much more aware that some payments transact quickly, even instantly, which for transaction types like bill pay, account-to-account transfer and some person-to-person funds movement is beneficial. This leads to a compounding effect that is creating greater demand for faster payments in more use cases,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Importance of Faster Payments for Sending Funds Through a P2P App: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/importance-of-faster-payments-for-sending-funds-through-a-p2p-app/feed/ 0
Digital Wallet Use for Payment Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/digital-wallet-use-for-payment-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/digital-wallet-use-for-payment-cards/#respond Tue, 15 Mar 2022 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=371330 Digital Wallet Use for Payment Cards:Digital Wallet Use for Payment Cards: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Prepaid Cards Break Through Conventional Restrictions and Now Behave Like […]

The post Digital Wallet Use for Payment Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Digital Wallet Use for Payment Cards:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Prepaid Cards Break Through Conventional Restrictions and Now Behave Like Traditional Credit and Debit Cards

Digital Wallet Use for Payment Cards:

  • 60% of cardholders used a digital wallet for their debit card in 2021.
  • 46% of cardholders used a digital wallet for their credit card in 2021.
  • 22% of cardholders used a digital wallet for their prepaid debit card in 2021.
  • 17% of cardholders used a digital wallet for their general purpose gift card in 2021.
  • 14% of cardholders used a digital wallet for their retailer gift card in 2021.
  • 9% of cardholders used a digital wallet for their loyalty card in 2021.

About Viewpoint

The prepaid card industry has benefitted from significant technological advances in recent years, which serve to make prepaid offerings more secure, convenient, and appealing to consumers of all types. This viewpoint examines the most widely used technologies in prepaid physical cards, as well as some of the most important developing technologies in the space. After identifying the leading drivers of progress within the prepaid market, we offer readers recommendations for remaining competitive.

The post Digital Wallet Use for Payment Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/digital-wallet-use-for-payment-cards/feed/ 0
Market Share of Digital Prepaid Cards by Segment: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/market-share-of-digital-prepaid-cards-by-segment/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/market-share-of-digital-prepaid-cards-by-segment/#respond Mon, 14 Mar 2022 17:30:18 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=371213 Market Share of Digital Prepaid Cards by Segment:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Prepaid Cards Break Through Conventional Restrictions and Now Behave Like Traditional Credit and Debit Cards Market […]

The post Market Share of Digital Prepaid Cards by Segment: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Prepaid Cards Break Through Conventional Restrictions and Now Behave Like Traditional Credit and Debit Cards

Market Share of Digital Prepaid Cards by Segment::

  • Digital prepaid cards accounted for 5.5% of gift cards for online services such as music or online gaming in 2021.
  • Digital prepaid cards accounted for 4.8% of prepaid mobile phone cards in 2021.
  • Digital prepaid cards accounted for 4.6% of transit prepaid cards including commuter rail, subway, bus and toll transponder/cards in 2021.
  • Digital prepaid cards accounted for 4.3% of specific retailer gift/prepaid cards that do not have a processing network logo in 2021.
  • Digital prepaid cards accounted for 4% of general purpose reloadable prepaid cards in 2021.
  • Digital prepaid cards accounted for 3.3% of general purpose non-reloadable gift/prepaid cards with a processing network logo in 2021.

About Viewpoint

The prepaid card industry has benefitted from significant technological advances in recent years, which serve to make prepaid offerings more secure, convenient, and appealing to consumers of all types. This viewpoint examines the most widely used technologies in prepaid physical cards, as well as some of the most important developing technologies in the space. After identifying the leading drivers of progress within the prepaid market, we offer readers recommendations for remaining competitive.

The post Market Share of Digital Prepaid Cards by Segment: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/market-share-of-digital-prepaid-cards-by-segment/feed/ 0
API Technology Challenges Practitioners Want Solved in the Near Future: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/api-technology-challenges-practitioners-want-solved-in-the-near-future/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/api-technology-challenges-practitioners-want-solved-in-the-near-future/#respond Fri, 11 Mar 2022 17:00:11 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=370982 API Technology Challenges Practitioners Want Solved in the Near Future:API Technology Challenges Practioners Want Solved in the Near Future: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Treasury Automation: Adapting to Increased Expectations […]

The post API Technology Challenges Practitioners Want Solved in the Near Future: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

API Technology Challenges Practioners Want Solved in the Near Future:

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Treasury Automation: Adapting to Increased Expectations

API Technology Challenges Practitioners Want Solved in the Near Future:

  • 52% of API practitioners surveyed in 2021 say that standardization is a top API technology challenge they hope to solve in the near future.
  • 40% of API practitioners surveyed in 2021 say that security is a top API technology challenge they hope to solve in the near future.
  • 36% of API practitioners surveyed in 2021 say that scalability is a top API technology challenge they hope to solve in the near future.
  • 36% of API practitioners surveyed in 2021 say that versioning is a top API technology challenge they hope to solve in the near future.
  • 34% of API practitioners surveyed in 2021 say that authentication is a top API technology challenge they hope to solve in the near future.
  • 34% of API practitioners surveyed in 2021 say easier integration between tools is a top API technology challenge they hope to solve in the near future.

About Report

Automating treasury operations has been a steady goal in corporate finance since at least the mid-2000s. The increasing technology capabilities of the past several years, along with the pandemic, which has refocused the corporate world on liquidity, have combined to help shift treasury automation into a higher gear. In a new research report, Treasury Automation: Adapting to Increased Expectations, Mercator Advisory Group reviews the traditional and now changing role of treasury management into a more strategic resource for the CFO. Forward-thinking financial institutions, traditional treasury management solution providers, and latest generation fintechs are striving to assist their corporate clientele to optimize their capabilities in treasury operations. Companies are looking to their providers to help move them to a new level of effectiveness.

“Treasury management has traditionally been a specialized and lightly resourced area of corporate finance. This began to change after the global financial crisis as the role of treasury began to expand in the planning and execution of corporate financial imperatives,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “That adaptation through technology advancements continues and, of course, received a boost from pandemic-generated issues when the recognition of digitized financial processes as a catalyst for improved financial operations became quite clear to many, especially lagging organizations.”

The post API Technology Challenges Practitioners Want Solved in the Near Future: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/api-technology-challenges-practitioners-want-solved-in-the-near-future/feed/ 0
Trends That Will Impact Companies’ Risk Management Strategy: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/trends-that-will-impact-companies-risk-management-strategy/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/trends-that-will-impact-companies-risk-management-strategy/#respond Thu, 10 Mar 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=370778 Trends That Will Impact Companies' Risk Management Strategy:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Treasury Automation: Adapting to Increased Expectations Trends That Will Impact Companies’ Risk Management Strategy: 61% of […]

The post Trends That Will Impact Companies’ Risk Management Strategy: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Treasury Automation: Adapting to Increased Expectations

Trends That Will Impact Companies’ Risk Management Strategy:

  • 61% of surveyed treasury professionals say treasury digitization will have a material impact on their company and risk management strategy in the next three years.
  • 51% of treasury professionals say changes in operating business profile and global exposures will have a material impact on their company and risk management strategy in the next three years.
  • 50% of treasury professionals say external digitization will have a material impact on their company and risk management strategy in the next three years.
  • 43% of treasury professionals say geopolitical uncertainties will have a material impact on their company and risk management strategy in the next three years.
  • 36% of treasury professionals say changes in group structure will have a material impact on their company and risk management strategy in the next three years.
  • 34% of changes in FX regimes and regulations will have a material impact on their company and risk management strategy in the next three years.

About Report

Automating treasury operations has been a steady goal in corporate finance since at least the mid-2000s. The increasing technology capabilities of the past several years, along with the pandemic, which has refocused the corporate world on liquidity, have combined to help shift treasury automation into a higher gear. In a new research report, Treasury Automation: Adapting to Increased Expectations, Mercator Advisory Group reviews the traditional and now changing role of treasury management into a more strategic resource for the CFO. Forward-thinking financial institutions, traditional treasury management solution providers, and latest generation fintechs are striving to assist their corporate clientele to optimize their capabilities in treasury operations. Companies are looking to their providers to help move them to a new level of effectiveness.

“Treasury management has traditionally been a specialized and lightly resourced area of corporate finance. This began to change after the global financial crisis as the role of treasury began to expand in the planning and execution of corporate financial imperatives,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “That adaptation through technology advancements continues and, of course, received a boost from pandemic-generated issues when the recognition of digitized financial processes as a catalyst for improved financial operations became quite clear to many, especially lagging organizations.”

The post Trends That Will Impact Companies’ Risk Management Strategy: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/trends-that-will-impact-companies-risk-management-strategy/feed/ 0
Consumers Tend to Use Just One App for P2P Transactions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-tend-to-use-just-one-app-for-p2p-transactions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-tend-to-use-just-one-app-for-p2p-transactions/#respond Wed, 09 Mar 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=370635 Consumers Tend to Use Just One App for P2P Transactions:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On Consumers Tend to Use Just One […]

The post Consumers Tend to Use Just One App for P2P Transactions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On

Consumers Tend to Use Just One App for P2P Transactions:

  • 48% of consumers regularly use just one P2P app.
  • 26% of consumers regularly use two P2P apps.
  • 25% of consumers regularly use three P2P apps.
  • 21% of consumers regularly use four P2P apps.
  • 16% of consumers regularly use five or more P2P apps.

About Report

2021 was an important build-out year for real-time and faster payments in the U.S., as explored in Mercator Advisory Group’s annual look at the market; 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On. Payment options such as the debit network’s debit push payments, The Clearing House RTP network, Same Day ACH, and Zelle all experienced strong growth dependent on the specific use cases where each predominates and the maturity of their respective solutions. Following through on the pandemic fueled growth in 2020, more financial institutions and technology providers integrated to faster and real-time rails, launched new products, and advanced their strategies.

“We have found in the last year that consumers are becoming much more aware that some payments transact quickly, even instantly, which for transaction types like bill pay, account-to-account transfer and some person-to-person funds movement is beneficial. This leads to a compounding effect that is creating greater demand for faster payments in more use cases,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Consumers Tend to Use Just One App for P2P Transactions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-tend-to-use-just-one-app-for-p2p-transactions/feed/ 0
Consumer Usage of Faster Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-usage-of-faster-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-usage-of-faster-payments/#respond Tue, 08 Mar 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=370618 Consumer Usage of Faster Payments:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On Consumer Usage of Faster Payments: 21.8% […]

The post Consumer Usage of Faster Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On

Consumer Usage of Faster Payments:

  • 21.8% of consumers have used a P2P transfer network such as Zelle to transfer money within minutes/seconds.
  • 19.3% of consumers have sent funds through a P2P app to a recipient in another country who received the funds within minutes/seconds.
  • 14.5% of consumers have transferred funds to another account they own at another financial institution within minutes/seconds.
  • 8.4% have needed to pay a bill quickly to avoid being late and was able to do so within minutes/seconds.
  • 5.9% of consumers have been refunded for a product or service and received the funds within minutes/seconds.
  • 5.0% of consumers have sold property and received the proceeds from that sale within minutes/seconds.

About Report

2021 was an important build-out year for real-time and faster payments in the U.S., as explored in Mercator Advisory Group’s annual look at the market; 2022 U.S. Faster Payments Forecast: A Year to Build On. Payment options such as the debit network’s debit push payments, The Clearing House RTP network, Same Day ACH, and Zelle all experienced strong growth dependent on the specific use cases where each predominates and the maturity of their respective solutions. Following through on the pandemic fueled growth in 2020, more financial institutions and technology providers integrated to faster and real-time rails, launched new products, and advanced their strategies.

“We have found in the last year that consumers are becoming much more aware that some payments transact quickly, even instantly, which for transaction types like bill pay, account-to-account transfer and some person-to-person funds movement is beneficial. This leads to a compounding effect that is creating greater demand for faster payments in more use cases,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Consumer Usage of Faster Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-usage-of-faster-payments/feed/ 0
Top Payment Methods Currently Used for Subscription Services https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-payment-methods-currently-used-for-subscription-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-payment-methods-currently-used-for-subscription-services/#respond Mon, 07 Mar 2022 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=370582 Top Payment Methods Currently Used for Subscription ServicesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 […]

The post Top Payment Methods Currently Used for Subscription Services appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 Billion Card Market

Top Payment Methods Currently Used for Subscription Services:

  • 43% of consumers use a credit card to pay for a video streaming subscription; 39% use a debit card.
  • 37% of consumers use a credit card to pay for a music streaming subscription; 48% use a debit card.
  • 55% of consumers use a credit card to pay for a news or magazine subscription; 22% use a debit card.
  • 48% of consumers use a credit card to pay for a software subscription; 38% use a debit card.
  • 42% of consumers use a credit card to pay for a premium app subscription; 48% use a debit card.
  • 41% of consumers use a credit card to pay for a box-of-the-month subscription; 50% use a debit card.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering the recurring payments and subscription marketplace titled Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 Billion Card Market. The research defines and explains the recurring payments market and forecast, discusses the consumer demands in the subscription marketplace, and examines areas of opportunity for merchants and issuers such as churn optimization and lessons from the subscription app marketplace. Furthermore, this research explores last year’s regulatory changes to recurring payments in India.

“Reducing friction is the key to customer generation and retention,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. There are a number of opportunities that exist to develop and refine the recurring payments economy.

The post Top Payment Methods Currently Used for Subscription Services appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-payment-methods-currently-used-for-subscription-services/feed/ 0
Subscription Services that Offer a Digital Wallet Payment Method: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/subscription-services-that-offer-a-digital-wallet-payment-method/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/subscription-services-that-offer-a-digital-wallet-payment-method/#respond Fri, 04 Mar 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=370527 Subscription Services that Offer a Digital Wallet Payment Method:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 […]

The post Subscription Services that Offer a Digital Wallet Payment Method: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 Billion Card Market

Subscription Service Types that Offer a Digital Wallet Payment Method:

  • 37.8% of education subscription services offer a digital wallet payment method.
  • 36.7% of digital media & entertainment subscription services offer a digital wallet payment method.
  • 22.3% of consumer goods & retail subscription services offer a digital wallet payment method.
  • 13.6% of business & professional subscription services offer a digital wallet payment method
  • 9.10% of software subscription services offer a digital wallet payment method

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering the recurring payments and subscription marketplace titled Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 Billion Card Market. The research defines and explains the recurring payments market and forecast, discusses the consumer demands in the subscription marketplace, and examines areas of opportunity for merchants and issuers such as churn optimization and lessons from the subscription app marketplace. Furthermore, this research explores last year’s regulatory changes to recurring payments in India.

“Reducing friction is the key to customer generation and retention,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. There are a number of opportunities that exist to develop and refine the recurring payments economy.

The post Subscription Services that Offer a Digital Wallet Payment Method: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/subscription-services-that-offer-a-digital-wallet-payment-method/feed/ 0
Most Popular Online Subscription Types in 2021: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-popular-online-subscription-types-in-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-popular-online-subscription-types-in-2021/#respond Thu, 03 Mar 2022 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=370448 Most Popular Online Subscription Types in 2021:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 […]

The post Most Popular Online Subscription Types in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 Billion Card Market

Most Popular Online Subscription Types in 2021:

  • 61% of U.S. consumers had at least one online subscription in 2021.
  • 49% of U.S. consumers had a video streaming subscription in 2021.
  • 27% of U.S. consumers had a music streaming subscription in 2021.
  • 16% of U.S. consumers had a news or magazine subscription in 2021.
  • 14% of U.S. consumers had a software subscription in 2021.
  • 11% of U.S. consumers had a premium app subscription in 2021.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering the recurring payments and subscription marketplace titled Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 Billion Card Market. The research defines and explains the recurring payments market and forecast, discusses the consumer demands in the subscription marketplace, and examines areas of opportunity for merchants and issuers such as churn optimization and lessons from the subscription app marketplace. Furthermore, this research explores last year’s regulatory changes to recurring payments in India.

“Reducing friction is the key to customer generation and retention,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. There are a number of opportunities that exist to develop and refine the recurring payments economy.

The post Most Popular Online Subscription Types in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-popular-online-subscription-types-in-2021/feed/ 0
Median Voluntary Churn Rate by Subscription Industry: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/median-voluntary-churn-rate-by-subscription-industry/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/median-voluntary-churn-rate-by-subscription-industry/#respond Wed, 02 Mar 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=370320 Median Voluntary Churn Rate by Subscription Industry:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 […]

The post Median Voluntary Churn Rate by Subscription Industry: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 Billion Card Market

Median Voluntary Churn Rate by Subscription Industry:

  • Voluntary churn occurs when a customer chooses to cancel a service on their own accord.
  • The business & professional services subscription industry has a median voluntary churn rate of 2.70%.
  • The consumer goods & retail subscription industry has a median voluntary churn rate of 3.50%.
  • The digital media & entertainment subscription industry has a median voluntary churn rate of 3.30%.
  • The education subscription industry has a median voluntary churn rate of 3.40%.
  • The software subscription industry has a median voluntary churn rate of 2.10%.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering the recurring payments and subscription marketplace titled Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 Billion Card Market. The research defines and explains the recurring payments market and forecast, discusses the consumer demands in the subscription marketplace, and examines areas of opportunity for merchants and issuers such as churn optimization and lessons from the subscription app marketplace. Furthermore, this research explores last year’s regulatory changes to recurring payments in India.

“Reducing friction is the key to customer generation and retention,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. There are a number of opportunities that exist to develop and refine the recurring payments economy.

The post Median Voluntary Churn Rate by Subscription Industry: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/median-voluntary-churn-rate-by-subscription-industry/feed/ 0
Online Mobile Payment App Usage: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/online-mobile-payment-app-usage/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/online-mobile-payment-app-usage/#respond Tue, 01 Mar 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=370190 Online Mobile Payment App Usage:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption Online Mobile Payment App Usage: 38% of […]

The post Online Mobile Payment App Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption

Online Mobile Payment App Usage:

  • 38% of consumers have used the Starbucks app to make a payment online.
  • 38% of consumers have used the McDonalds app to make a payment online.
  • 37% of consumers have used the Target app to make a payment online.
  • 36% of consumers have used the Dunkin’ Donuts app to make a payment online.
  • 36% of consumers have used the Domino’s app to make a payment online.
  • 36% of consumers have used the Pizza Hut app to make a payment online.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption, analyzes the informed and savvy shopper’s preferences and influences regarding use of mobile payment technology and digital payment adoption. Purchasing behaviors of consumers are highlighted and compared as they make purchases in stores, in apps, and on the web.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a U.S. nationally representative sample of 3000 consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“User preferences are vital influences on smartphone adoption, which seem to be a low-risk option for most. However, the adoption of digital wallet technology seems to be a concern for some.” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Online Mobile Payment App Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/online-mobile-payment-app-usage/feed/ 0
Median Involuntary Churn Rate by Subscription Industry: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/median-involuntary-churn-rate-by-subscription-industry/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/median-involuntary-churn-rate-by-subscription-industry/#respond Mon, 28 Feb 2022 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=370115 Median Involuntary Churn Rate by Subscription Industry:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 […]

The post Median Involuntary Churn Rate by Subscription Industry: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 Billion Card Market

Median Involuntary Churn Rate by Subscription Industry:

  • Involuntary churn occurs when issues caused by errors associated with a payment transaction cause a customer to exit a service.
  • The business & professional services subscription industry has a median involuntary churn rate of 1.90%.
  • The consumer goods & retail subscription industry has an involuntary churn rate of 3.60%.
  • The digital media & entertainment subscription industry has an involuntary churn rate of 2.10%.
  • The education subscription industry has an involuntary churn rate of 3.20%.
  • The software subscription industry has an involuntary churn rate of 1.60%.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering the recurring payments and subscription marketplace titled Processing Recurring and Subscription Payments Without Friction: A Key to Unlocking Transactions from a Forecasted $830 Billion Card Market. The research defines and explains the recurring payments market and forecast, discusses the consumer demands in the subscription marketplace, and examines areas of opportunity for merchants and issuers such as churn optimization and lessons from the subscription app marketplace. Furthermore, this research explores last year’s regulatory changes to recurring payments in India.

“Reducing friction is the key to customer generation and retention,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. There are a number of opportunities that exist to develop and refine the recurring payments economy.

The post Median Involuntary Churn Rate by Subscription Industry: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/median-involuntary-churn-rate-by-subscription-industry/feed/ 0
In-store Mobile Payment App Usage: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-mobile-payment-app-usage/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-mobile-payment-app-usage/#respond Fri, 25 Feb 2022 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=369972 In-store Mobile Payment App Usage:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption In-store Mobile Payment App Usage: 49% of […]

The post In-store Mobile Payment App Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption

In-store Mobile Payment App Usage:

  • 49% of consumers have used the Starbucks app to make a payment in-store.
  • 44% of consumers have used the McDonalds app to make a payment in-store.
  • 41% of consumers have used Walmart Pay to make a payment in-store.
  • 40% of consumers have used the Target app to make a payment in-store.
  • 36% of consumers have used the Subway app to make a payment in-store.
  • 36% of consumers have used the Dunkin’ Donuts app to make a payment in-store.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption, analyzes the informed and savvy shopper’s preferences and influences regarding use of mobile payment technology and digital payment adoption. Purchasing behaviors of consumers are highlighted and compared as they make purchases in stores, in apps, and on the web.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a U.S. nationally representative sample of 3000 consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“User preferences are vital influences on smartphone adoption, which seem to be a low-risk option for most. However, the adoption of digital wallet technology seems to be a concern for some.” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post In-store Mobile Payment App Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-mobile-payment-app-usage/feed/ 0
Top Digital Wallet Use Cases: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-digital-wallet-use-cases/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-digital-wallet-use-cases/#respond Thu, 24 Feb 2022 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=369899 Top Digital Wallet Use Cases:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption Top Digital Wallet Use Cases:  64% of […]

The post Top Digital Wallet Use Cases: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption

Top Digital Wallet Use Cases: 

  • 64% of consumers have made a payment through a food delivery service such as Uber Eats or Grubhub.
  • 57% of consumers have made a payment through Uber, Lyft, or other transportation services.
  • 53% of consumers have made a payment through a gaming app (purchases within the mobile gaming app.)
  • 42% of consumers have made a payment through Fandango, Ticketmaster, or other ticketing apps.
  • 42% of consumers have made a payment through OpenTable Pay, Tabbed Out, or other restaurant apps.
  • 41% of consumers have made a payment through Airbnb, VRBO, or other hotel, lodging, or vacation rental services.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption, analyzes the informed and savvy shopper’s preferences and influences regarding use of mobile payment technology and digital payment adoption. Purchasing behaviors of consumers are highlighted and compared as they make purchases in stores, in apps, and on the web.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a U.S. nationally representative sample of 3000 consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“User preferences are vital influences on smartphone adoption, which seem to be a low-risk option for most. However, the adoption of digital wallet technology seems to be a concern for some.” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top Digital Wallet Use Cases: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-digital-wallet-use-cases/feed/ 0
In-store Shopping Activities with a Mobile Phone: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-shopping-activities-with-a-mobile-phone/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-shopping-activities-with-a-mobile-phone/#respond Wed, 23 Feb 2022 16:59:53 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=369718 In-store Shopping Activities with a Mobile Phone:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption In-store Shopping Activities with a Mobile Phone: […]

The post In-store Shopping Activities with a Mobile Phone: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption

In-store Shopping Activities with a Mobile Phone:

  • 68% of consumers have used a mobile phone to check prices online for items that interest them while shopping in a store.
  • 67% of consumers have used a mobile phone to research a product in more detail while shopping in a store.
  • 60% of consumers have used a mobile phone to read user reviews of items that interest them while shopping in a store.
  • 53.4% of consumers have used a mobile phone to redeem an electronic coupon while shopping in a store.
  • 52% of consumers have used a mobile phone to search for an electronic coupon while shopping in a store.
  • 44% of consumers have used a mobile phone to pay for an item with a mobile wallet while shopping in a store.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption, analyzes the informed and savvy shopper’s preferences and influences regarding use of mobile payment technology and digital payment adoption. Purchasing behaviors of consumers are highlighted and compared as they make purchases in stores, in apps, and on the web.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a U.S. nationally representative sample of 3000 consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“User preferences are vital influences on smartphone adoption, which seem to be a low-risk option for most. However, the adoption of digital wallet technology seems to be a concern for some.” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post In-store Shopping Activities with a Mobile Phone: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-shopping-activities-with-a-mobile-phone/feed/ 0
Top Mobile Phone Activities While Shopping In-store By Generation: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-mobile-phone-activities-while-shopping-in-store-by-generation/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-mobile-phone-activities-while-shopping-in-store-by-generation/#respond Tue, 22 Feb 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=369564 Top Mobile Phone Activities While Shopping In-store By Generation:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption Top Mobile Phone Activities While In-store Shopping […]

The post Top Mobile Phone Activities While Shopping In-store By Generation: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption

Top Mobile Phone Activities While In-store Shopping By Generation:

  • 78% of millennials (ages 25-40) have used their mobile phone to read user reviews of items that interest them while shopping in a store.
  • In comparison, just 55% of Boomers (ages 57-75) have used their mobile phone to read user reviews of items that interest them while shopping in a store.
  • 84% of millennials have used their mobile phone to research a product in more detail while shopping in a store.
  • In comparison, just 69.5% of Boomers have used their mobile phone to research a product in more detail while shopping in a store.
  • 78% of millennials have used their mobile phone to check prices online for items that interest them while shopping in a store.
  • In comparison, just 70.1% of Boomers have used their mobile phone to check prices online for items that interest them while shopping in a store.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2022 North American PaymentsInsights: Navigating Mobile Payment Technology Adoption, analyzes the informed and savvy shopper’s preferences and influences regarding use of mobile payment technology and digital payment adoption. Purchasing behaviors of consumers are highlighted and compared as they make purchases in stores, in apps, and on the web.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey, administered in 2021 to a U.S. nationally representative sample of 3000 consumers, ages 18 years or older.

“User preferences are vital influences on smartphone adoption, which seem to be a low-risk option for most. However, the adoption of digital wallet technology seems to be a concern for some.” says Amy Dunckelmann, VP, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top Mobile Phone Activities While Shopping In-store By Generation: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-mobile-phone-activities-while-shopping-in-store-by-generation/feed/ 0
Use of New Payment Technologies Since the Pandemic Emerged: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/use-of-new-payment-technologies-since-the-pandemic-emerged/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/use-of-new-payment-technologies-since-the-pandemic-emerged/#respond Fri, 18 Feb 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=369420 Use of New Payment Technologies Since the Pandemic Emerged:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update Use of New Payment […]

The post Use of New Payment Technologies Since the Pandemic Emerged: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update

Use of New Payment Technologies Since the Pandemic Emerged:

  • 19% of consumers began paying with their card by tapping or waving it at a payment terminal since the start of the pandemic.
  • 15% of consumers began using smartphone universal wallets since the start of the pandemic.
  • 14% of consumers began using retailer specific payment apps since the start of the pandemic.
  • 14% of consumers began using chip cards since the start of the pandemic.
  • 13% of consumers began using a smartwatch or other wearable with a universal payment wallet since the start of the pandemic. 
  • 13% of consumers began using a QR code to make a payment since the start of the pandemic.
  • 12% of consumers began using a smartwatch or other wearable with a retailer-specific wallet since the start of the pandemic. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update, summarizes the effects of COVID-19 on the payments industry: how the market reacted to the pandemic, what impact it had on the payments industry, and its effect on credit card payments. In addition to providing insights into the state of the payments industry during the pandemic, the report also showcases data on general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards: what consumers think about prepaid cards and which incentives make consumers more inclined towards certain types of these cards.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021, across a representative sample of 3000 consumers ages 18 years or older in the U.S. and 1000 consumers ages 18 years or older in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased consumer use of online and mobile banking in comparison to the use of ATMs.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Use of New Payment Technologies Since the Pandemic Emerged: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/use-of-new-payment-technologies-since-the-pandemic-emerged/feed/ 0
Credit Card Line Decreases & The Impact of COVID-19: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-line-decreases-the-impact-of-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-line-decreases-the-impact-of-covid-19/#respond Thu, 17 Feb 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=369378 Credit Card Line Decreases & The Impact of COVID-19:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update Credit Card Line Decreases […]

The post Credit Card Line Decreases & The Impact of COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update

Credit Card Line Decreases & The Impact of COVID-19:

  • 28% of surveyed consumers indicated that they have had a decrease in their credit lines since the start of the pandemic.
  • Close to half of those consumers reported that the decrease was due to missed payments.
  • 11% of consumers reported a decrease in their credit card line since the pandemic began due to missed payments.
  • 11% of consumers reported a decrease in their credit card line since the pandemic began due to other reasons.
  • 6% of consumers reported a decrease in their credit card line since the pandemic began but don’t know the decrease occurred.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update, summarizes the effects of COVID-19 on the payments industry: how the market reacted to the pandemic, what impact it had on the payments industry, and its effect on credit card payments. In addition to providing insights into the state of the payments industry during the pandemic, the report also showcases data on general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards: what consumers think about prepaid cards and which incentives make consumers more inclined towards certain types of these cards.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021, across a representative sample of 3000 consumers ages 18 years or older in the U.S. and 1000 consumers ages 18 years or older in Canada.“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased consumer use of online and mobile banking in comparison to the use of ATMs.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Credit Card Line Decreases & The Impact of COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-line-decreases-the-impact-of-covid-19/feed/ 0
Major Sources of Funding Used to Deposit Funds onto General Purpose Prepaid Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/major-sources-of-funding-used-to-deposit-funds-onto-general-purpose-prepaid-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/major-sources-of-funding-used-to-deposit-funds-onto-general-purpose-prepaid-cards/#respond Wed, 16 Feb 2022 19:30:40 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=369254 Major Sources of Funding Used to Deposit Funds onto General Purpose Prepaid Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update Major Sources of Funding […]

The post Major Sources of Funding Used to Deposit Funds onto General Purpose Prepaid Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update

Major Sources of Funding Used to Deposit Funds onto General Purpose Prepaid Cards:

  • 13% of consumers received a general-purpose prepaid card that was funded by an employer putting their earnings on a payroll card and giving it to them.
  • 12% of consumers received a general-purpose prepaid card that was funded by an employer putting earnings onto a card the consumer had purchased.
  • 10% of consumers received a general-purpose reloadable prepaid card that had their bonus/sales commission on it. 
  • 8% of consumers received a general-purpose prepaid card with their Social Security payments on it.
  • 8% of consumers received a general-purpose prepaid card with funds transferred to them by a friend or family member.
  • 6% of consumers received a general-purpose prepaid card when they returned an item they had purchased.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update, summarizes the effects of COVID-19 on the payments industry: how the market reacted to the pandemic, what impact it had on the payments industry, and its effect on credit card payments. In addition to providing insights into the state of the payments industry during the pandemic, the report also showcases data on general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards: what consumers think about prepaid cards and which incentives make consumers more inclined towards certain types of these cards.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021, across a representative sample of 3000 consumers ages 18 years or older in the U.S. and 1000 consumers ages 18 years or older in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased consumer use of online and mobile banking in comparison to the use of ATMs.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Major Sources of Funding Used to Deposit Funds onto General Purpose Prepaid Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/major-sources-of-funding-used-to-deposit-funds-onto-general-purpose-prepaid-cards/feed/ 0
Why Consumers No Longer Use Their Reloadable Prepaid Card: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/why-consumers-no-longer-use-their-reloadable-prepaid-card-in-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/why-consumers-no-longer-use-their-reloadable-prepaid-card-in-2021/#respond Tue, 15 Feb 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=369099 Why Consumers No Longer Use Their Reloadable Prepaid Card:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update Why Consumers No Longer […]

The post Why Consumers No Longer Use Their Reloadable Prepaid Card: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update

Why Consumers No Longer Use Their Reloadable Prepaid Card:

  • 30% of consumers who no longer use their reloadable prepaid card stopped because reloading wasn’t convenient.
  • 21% of consumers who no longer use their reloadable prepaid card stopped because the fees were too high.
  • 17% of consumers who no longer use their reloadable prepaid card stopped because it was too hard to manage.
  • 13% of consumers who no longer use their reloadable prepaid card stopped because it was not easily accessible by mobile device. 
  • 13% of consumers who no longer use their reloadable prepaid card stopped because they have too many payment cards.
  • 10% of consumers who no longer use their reloadable prepaid card stopped because they had difficulty using it online.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update, summarizes the effects of COVID-19 on the payments industry: how the market reacted to the pandemic, what impact it had on the payments industry, and its effect on credit card payments. In addition to providing insights into the state of the payments industry during the pandemic, the report also showcases data on general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards: what consumers think about prepaid cards and which incentives make consumers more inclined towards certain types of these cards.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021, across a representative sample of 3000 consumers ages 18 years or older in the U.S. and 1000 consumers ages 18 years or older in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased consumer use of online and mobile banking in comparison to the use of ATMs.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Why Consumers No Longer Use Their Reloadable Prepaid Card: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/why-consumers-no-longer-use-their-reloadable-prepaid-card-in-2021/feed/ 0
Changes in Banking Behavior Since the Start of the Pandemic: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/changes-in-banking-behavior-since-the-start-of-the-pandemic/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/changes-in-banking-behavior-since-the-start-of-the-pandemic/#respond Mon, 14 Feb 2022 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=369068 Changes in Banking Behavior Since the Start of the Pandemic:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update Changes in Banking Behavior […]

The post Changes in Banking Behavior Since the Start of the Pandemic: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update

Changes in Banking Behavior Since the Start of the Pandemic:

  • 16.6% of consumers withdraw cash from an ATM less than they did before the pandemic, while 17.7% do so more.
  • 14.2% of consumers deposit checks at an ATM less than they did before the pandemic, while 15.3% do so more.
  • 13.4% of consumers deposit cash at an ATM less than they did before the pandemic, while 15.8% do so more.
  • 7.7% of consumers use online banking through their primary FI via a computer less than they did before the pandemic, while 25.8% do so more.
  • 7.1% of consumers use mobile banking through their primary FI’s app for activities other than deposits less than they did before the pandemic, while 23.9% do so more.
  • 7.8% of consumers deposit checks via their primary FI’s app by taking a picture of the check less than they did before the pandemic, while 21.7% do so more.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update, summarizes the effects of COVID-19 on the payments industry: how the market reacted to the pandemic, what impact it had on the payments industry, and its effect on credit card payments. In addition to providing insights into the state of the payments industry during the pandemic, the report also showcases data on general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards: what consumers think about prepaid cards and which incentives make consumers more inclined towards certain types of these cards.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021, across a representative sample of 3000 consumers ages 18 years or older in the U.S. and 1000 consumers ages 18 years or older in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased consumer use of online and mobile banking in comparison to the use of ATMs.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Changes in Banking Behavior Since the Start of the Pandemic: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/changes-in-banking-behavior-since-the-start-of-the-pandemic/feed/ 0
More People are Gaming Than Ever Before: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/more-people-are-gaming-than-ever-before/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/more-people-are-gaming-than-ever-before/#respond Fri, 11 Feb 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=368925 More People are Gaming Than Ever Before:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Digital Gaming: Expanding Prepaid Opportunities  More People are Gaming Than Ever Before: About Viewpoint The U.S. […]

The post More People are Gaming Than Ever Before: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Digital Gaming: Expanding Prepaid Opportunities 

More People are Gaming Than Ever Before:

  • The growing popularity of digital games is driving gaming revenue.
  • In 2021, 227 million U.S. residents—or almost 70% of the total population—engaged in digital gaming.
  • This was an increase of 28% from 2019’s 164 million U.S. gamers. 
  • Those who already play digital games are increasing the amount of time they engage with video, mobile, and online games.
  • U.S. gamers spent an average of 14 hours per week playing in 2020, up from 12 hours in 2018.
  • 29% of U.S. gamers played for more than 15 hours per week in 2020, up from 23% of gamers in 2018.

About Viewpoint

The U.S. digital gaming market is booming, spurred by the rise of e-commerce and the realities of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. The industry uses a wide variety of monetization strategies, with significant opportunities for prepaid card issuers.

This viewpoint describes revenue streams within the digital gaming industry, key trends in gaming, and prepaid opportunities within the space.

The post More People are Gaming Than Ever Before: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/more-people-are-gaming-than-ever-before/feed/ 0
The Growing Importance of Microtransactions in Digital Gaming: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-growing-importance-of-microtransactions-in-digital-gaming/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-growing-importance-of-microtransactions-in-digital-gaming/#respond Thu, 10 Feb 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=368817 The Growing Importance of Microtransactions in Digital Gaming:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Digital Gaming: Expanding Prepaid Opportunities  The Growing Importance of Microtransactions in Digital Gaming: In-game purchases—sometimes known […]

The post The Growing Importance of Microtransactions in Digital Gaming: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Digital Gaming: Expanding Prepaid Opportunities 

The Growing Importance of Microtransactions in Digital Gaming:

  • In-game purchases—sometimes known as “microtransactions”—are showing a great deal of promise for game developers. 
  • The global online microtransaction market is estimated to be roughly $33.4 billion.
  • One report indicates that microtransactions will grow at a CAGR of 3.6% through 2025.
  • League of Legends, an online game played by 115 million people globally, makes the vast majority of its $1.75 billion annual revenue from in-game purchases.
  • Fortnite is another game that relies on microtransactions for much of its revenue, encouraging users to purchase in-game currency known as “V-Bucks.”

About Viewpoint

The U.S. digital gaming market is booming, spurred by the rise of e-commerce and the realities of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. The industry uses a wide variety of monetization strategies, with significant opportunities for prepaid card issuers.

This viewpoint describes revenue streams within the digital gaming industry, key trends in gaming, and prepaid opportunities within the space.

The post The Growing Importance of Microtransactions in Digital Gaming: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-growing-importance-of-microtransactions-in-digital-gaming/feed/ 0
Percentage of Consumers Using Debit Cards in Payment Wallets by Age Group: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-consumers-using-debit-cards-in-payment-wallets-by-age-group/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-consumers-using-debit-cards-in-payment-wallets-by-age-group/#respond Wed, 09 Feb 2022 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=368799 Percentage of Consumers Using Debit Cards in Payment Wallets by Age Group:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cardless Issuance: Key to Digital Transformation Strategy    Percentage of Consumers Using Debit Cards in Payment […]

The post Percentage of Consumers Using Debit Cards in Payment Wallets by Age Group: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cardless Issuance: Key to Digital Transformation Strategy   

Percentage of Consumers Using Debit Cards in Payment Wallets by Age Group:

  • Overall, 68.6% of consumers are using debit cards in payment wallets.
  • 81.1% of consumers ages 18-24 are using debit cards in payment wallets.
  • 75.7% of consumers ages 25-34 are using debit cards in payment wallets.
  • 72.8% of consumers ages 35-44 are using debit cards in payment wallets.
  • 57.7% of consumers ages 45-64 are using debit cards in payment wallets.
  • 43.7% of consumers ages 65+ are using debit cards in payment wallets.

About Viewpoint

Digital issuance offers financial institutions the opportunity to provide a new account owner or an existing cardholder in need of a reissued card the opportunity to receive card credentials within minutes. This allows the

cardholder to transact right away, generating interchange income for issuers, and also provides an opportunity to encourage more card use through tokenized wallets. Digital issuance is not just a stand-alone feature, however.

It plays an important role in the support of other functionality that may be on issuers’ product roadmaps, including card controls, card-on-file management, cardless ATM access, and dynamic card verification value (dCVV).

This Viewpoint considers the value of digital issuance and what issuers will want to take into account as they consider digital issuance technology.

The post Percentage of Consumers Using Debit Cards in Payment Wallets by Age Group: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-consumers-using-debit-cards-in-payment-wallets-by-age-group/feed/ 0
How Often Consumers Use Merchant Wallets: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-often-consumers-use-merchant-wallets/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-often-consumers-use-merchant-wallets/#respond Tue, 08 Feb 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=368566 How Often Consumers Use Merchant Wallets:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cardless Issuance: Key to Digital Transformation Strategy    How Often Consumers Use Merchant Wallets: 20.1% of […]

The post How Often Consumers Use Merchant Wallets: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cardless Issuance: Key to Digital Transformation Strategy   

How Often Consumers Use Merchant Wallets:

  • 20.1% of consumers who use merchant wallets do so daily.
  • 27.1% of consumers who use merchant wallets do so a few times a week.
  • 18.6% of consumers who use merchant wallets do so weekly.
  • 17.2% of consumers who use merchant wallets do so a few times a month.
  • 8.6% of consumers who use merchant wallets do so monthly.
  • 8.5% of consumers who use merchant wallets do so a few times a year.

About Viewpoint

Digital issuance offers financial institutions the opportunity to provide a new account owner or an existing cardholder in need of a reissued card the opportunity to receive card credentials within minutes. This allows the

cardholder to transact right away, generating interchange income for issuers, and also provides an opportunity to encourage more card use through tokenized wallets. Digital issuance is not just a stand-alone feature, however.

It plays an important role in the support of other functionality that may be on issuers’ product roadmaps, including card controls, card-on-file management, cardless ATM access, and dynamic card verification value (dCVV).

This Viewpoint considers the value of digital issuance and what issuers will want to take into account as they consider digital issuance technology.

The post How Often Consumers Use Merchant Wallets: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-often-consumers-use-merchant-wallets/feed/ 0
How Often Consumers Use Universal Wallets: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-often-consumers-use-universal-wallets/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-often-consumers-use-universal-wallets/#respond Mon, 07 Feb 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=368509 How Often Consumers Use Universal Wallets:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cardless Issuance: Key to Digital Transformation Strategy    How Often Consumers Use Universal Wallets: 16.8% of […]

The post How Often Consumers Use Universal Wallets: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cardless Issuance: Key to Digital Transformation Strategy   

How Often Consumers Use Universal Wallets:

  • 16.8% of consumers who use universal wallets do so daily.
  • 26.4% of consumers who use universal wallets do so a few times a week.
  • 19.5% of consumers who use universal wallets do so weekly.
  • 19.5% of consumers who use universal wallets do so a few times a month.
  • 9% of consumers who use universal wallets do so monthly.
  • 8.7% of consumers who use universal wallets do so a few times a year.

About Viewpoint

Digital issuance offers financial institutions the opportunity to provide a new account owner or an existing cardholder in need of a reissued card the opportunity to receive card credentials within minutes. This allows the

cardholder to transact right away, generating interchange income for issuers, and also provides an opportunity to encourage more card use through tokenized wallets. Digital issuance is not just a stand-alone feature, however.

It plays an important role in the support of other functionality that may be on issuers’ product roadmaps, including card controls, card-on-file management, cardless ATM access, and dynamic card verification value (dCVV).

This Viewpoint considers the value of digital issuance and what issuers will want to take into account as they consider digital issuance technology.

The post How Often Consumers Use Universal Wallets: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-often-consumers-use-universal-wallets/feed/ 0
Greatest Number of Times Consumers Reload GPR Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/greatest-number-of-times-consumers-reload-gpr-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/greatest-number-of-times-consumers-reload-gpr-cards/#respond Fri, 04 Feb 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=368240 Greatest Number of Times Consumers Reload GPR Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update Greatest Number of Times […]

The post Greatest Number of Times Consumers Reload GPR Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update

Greatest Number of Times Consumers Reload GPR Cards:

  • 22% of consumers who have reloaded the same reloadable Visa, Mastercard, Amex, or Discover card reloaded it just one time.
  • 41% of consumers who have reloaded the same reloadable card have reloaded it two to five times.
  • 18% of consumers who have reloaded the same reloadable card have reloaded it six to eight times.
  • 7% of consumers who have reloaded the same reloadable card have reloaded it nine to 11 times.
  • 7% of consumers who have reloaded the same reloadable card have reloaded it 12 or more times.
  • Mercator Advisory Group estimates that GPR card reloaders have an average of 4.8 reloads per card.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update, summarizes the effects of COVID-19 on the payments industry: how the market reacted to the pandemic, what impact it had on the payments industry, and its effect on credit card payments. In addition to providing insights into the state of the payments industry during the pandemic, the report also showcases data on general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards: what consumers think about prepaid cards and which incentives make consumers more inclined towards certain types of these cards.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021, across a representative sample of 3000 consumers ages 18 years or older in the U.S. and 1000 consumers ages 18 years or older in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased consumer use of online and mobile banking in comparison to the use of ATMs.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Greatest Number of Times Consumers Reload GPR Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/greatest-number-of-times-consumers-reload-gpr-cards/feed/ 0
Types of Retailers Where Consumers Purchased GPR Prepaid Cards in 2021: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-retailers-where-consumers-purchased-gpr-prepaid-cards-in-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-retailers-where-consumers-purchased-gpr-prepaid-cards-in-2021/#respond Thu, 03 Feb 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=368231 Types of Retailers Where Consumers Purchased GPR Prepaid Cards in 2021:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update Types of Retailers Where […]

The post Types of Retailers Where Consumers Purchased GPR Prepaid Cards in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update

Types of Retailers Where Consumers Purchased GPR Prepaid Cards in 2021:

  • 52% of consumers who purchased a GPR prepaid card from the gift card display of a retailer did so at a supermarket/grocery store.
  • 37% of consumers who purchased a GPR prepaid card from the gift card display of a retailer did so at a mass merchandiser.
  • 29% of consumers who purchased a GPR prepaid card from the gift card display of a retailer did so at a pharmacy.
  • 25% of consumers who purchased a GPR prepaid card from the gift card display of a retailer did so at a dollar store.
  • 25% of consumers who purchased a GPR prepaid card from the gift card display of a retailer did so at a convenience store.
  • 21% of consumers who purchased a GPR prepaid card from the gift card display of a retailer did so at a specialty store.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update, summarizes the effects of COVID-19 on the payments industry: how the market reacted to the pandemic, what impact it had on the payments industry, and its effect on credit card payments. In addition to providing insights into the state of the payments industry during the pandemic, the report also showcases data on general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards: what consumers think about prepaid cards and which incentives make consumers more inclined towards certain types of these cards.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021, across a representative sample of 3000 consumers ages 18 years or older in the U.S. and 1000 consumers ages 18 years or older in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased consumer use of online and mobile banking in comparison to the use of ATMs.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Types of Retailers Where Consumers Purchased GPR Prepaid Cards in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-retailers-where-consumers-purchased-gpr-prepaid-cards-in-2021/feed/ 0
Types of Prepaid Cards U.S. Consumers Purchased in 2021: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-prepaid-cards-u-s-consumers-purchased-in-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-prepaid-cards-u-s-consumers-purchased-in-2021/#respond Wed, 02 Feb 2022 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=368208 Types of Prepaid Cards U.S. Consumers Purchased in 2021:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update Types of Prepaid Cards […]

The post Types of Prepaid Cards U.S. Consumers Purchased in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update

Types of Prepaid Cards U.S. Consumers Purchased in 2021: 

  • 26% of consumers purchased a transit prepaid gift card in 2021.
  • 30% of consumers purchased a prepaid mobile phone card in 2021.
  • 39% of consumers purchased a gift card for online services such as music or online gambling in 2021. 
  • 39% of consumers purchased a general purpose reloadable prepaid card in 2021. 
  • 51% of consumers purchased general purpose gift cards in 2021.
  • 52% of consumers purchased a retailer-specific prepaid card in 2021.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update, summarizes the effects of COVID-19 on the payments industry: how the market reacted to the pandemic, what impact it had on the payments industry, and its effect on credit card payments. In addition to providing insights into the state of the payments industry during the pandemic, the report also showcases data on general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards: what consumers think about prepaid cards and which incentives make consumers more inclined towards certain types of these cards.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021, across a representative sample of 3000 consumers ages 18 years or older in the U.S. and 1000 consumers ages 18 years or older in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased consumer use of online and mobile banking in comparison to the use of ATMs.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Types of Prepaid Cards U.S. Consumers Purchased in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-prepaid-cards-u-s-consumers-purchased-in-2021/feed/ 0
U.S. Consumers’ Changing Use of Payment Types During COVID-19:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-changing-use-of-payment-types-during-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-changing-use-of-payment-types-during-covid-19/#respond Tue, 01 Feb 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=368134 U.S. Consumers’ Changing Use of Payment Types During COVID-19: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update U.S. Consumers’ Changing Use […]

The post U.S. Consumers’ Changing Use of Payment Types During COVID-19:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update

U.S. Consumers’ Changing Use of Payment Types During COVID-19: 

  • 45% of consumers use charge cards more because of the pandemic; 14% use them less.
  • 38% of consumers use reloadable prepaid cards more because of the pandemic; 11% use them less. 
  • 31% of consumers use credit cards more because of the pandemic; 8% use them less. 
  • 29% of consumers use debit cards more because of the pandemic; 6% use them less. 
  • Unlike other payment types, cash and checks saw higher percentages of consumers using them less instead of more. 
  • 27% of consumers use cash less because of the pandemic; 19% use it more.
  • 20% of consumers use checks less because of the pandemic; 14% use them more.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: U.S. COVID-19 Update and GPR Prepaid Cards Update, summarizes the effects of COVID-19 on the payments industry: how the market reacted to the pandemic, what impact it had on the payments industry, and its effect on credit card payments. In addition to providing insights into the state of the payments industry during the pandemic, the report also showcases data on general-purpose reloadable (GPR) cards: what consumers think about prepaid cards and which incentives make consumers more inclined towards certain types of these cards.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021, across a representative sample of 3000 consumers ages 18 years or older in the U.S. and 1000 consumers ages 18 years or older in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased consumer use of online and mobile banking in comparison to the use of ATMs.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post U.S. Consumers’ Changing Use of Payment Types During COVID-19:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-changing-use-of-payment-types-during-covid-19/feed/ 0
Reasons Canadian Consumers Use Credit Cards:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-canadian-consumers-use-credit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-canadian-consumers-use-credit-cards/#respond Mon, 31 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=368055 Reasons Canadian Consumers Use Credit Cards: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards Reasons […]

The post Reasons Canadian Consumers Use Credit Cards:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Reasons Canadian Consumers Use Credit Cards: 

  • 64% of Canadian credit card users reported they use credit cards primarily to get rewards.
  • 50% of Canadian credit card users reported they only use credit cards to build credit history and try to pay off the full balance every month.
  • 31% of Canadian credit card users reported they use credit cards to avoid transferring money from their savings account.
  • 26% of Canadian credit card users reported they use credit cards to fill gaps in their day-to-day finances.
  • 20% of Canadian credit card users reported they use credit cards to borrow money for purchases they otherwise wouldn’t be able to cover.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizes the market for prepaid, debit, and credit cards in Canada. The report looks at consumers’ preferred way to use these payment products, how frequently they use them, and what they think about these payment options.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021. Participants included 1000 Canadian consumers ages 18 years or older. In addition to providing data on the nature of prepaid/gift, debit, and credit cards, the report digs deeper into different types within these three payment categories while looking at the rate at which certain types of these cards are widely used among the respondents in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased use of debit cards in 2021.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Reasons Canadian Consumers Use Credit Cards:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-canadian-consumers-use-credit-cards/feed/ 0
How Canadian Consumers with Multiple Credit Cards Decide Which Card to Use: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-canadian-consumers-with-multiple-credit-cards-decide-which-card-to-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-canadian-consumers-with-multiple-credit-cards-decide-which-card-to-use/#respond Fri, 28 Jan 2022 17:06:33 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=367945 How Canadian Consumers with Multiple Credit Cards Decide Which Card to Use:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards How […]

The post How Canadian Consumers with Multiple Credit Cards Decide Which Card to Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

How Canadian Consumers with Multiple Credit Cards Decide Which Card to Use:

  • 66% of Canadian consumers with multiple credit cards reported that they use one of their credit cards mostly for everyday purchases.
  • 36% of Canadian consumers with multiple credit cards reported that they use one of their credit cards mostly for online purchases.
  • 33% of Canadian consumers with multiple credit cards reported that they use one of their credit cards mostly for specific retailers or merchants.
  • 19% of Canadian consumers with multiple credit cards reported that they use one of their credit cards mostly for more expensive purchases.
  • 19% of Canadian consumers with multiple credit cards reported that they use one of their credit cards mostly for paying bills.
  • 16% of Canadian consumers with multiple credit cards reported that they use one of their credit cards mostly for international travel.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizes the market for prepaid, debit, and credit cards in Canada. The report looks at consumers’ preferred way to use these payment products, how frequently they use them, and what they think about these payment options.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021. Participants included 1000 Canadian consumers ages 18 years or older. In addition to providing data on the nature of prepaid/gift, debit, and credit cards, the report digs deeper into different types within these three payment categories while looking at the rate at which certain types of these cards are widely used among the respondents in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased use of debit cards in 2021.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post How Canadian Consumers with Multiple Credit Cards Decide Which Card to Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-canadian-consumers-with-multiple-credit-cards-decide-which-card-to-use/feed/ 0
Reasons Why Canadian Consumers Have Purchased Gift Cards for Themselves: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-why-canadian-consumers-have-purchased-gift-cards-for-themselves/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-why-canadian-consumers-have-purchased-gift-cards-for-themselves/#respond Tue, 25 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=367602 Reasons Why Canadian Consumers Have Purchased Gift Cards for Themselves:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards Reasons […]

The post Reasons Why Canadian Consumers Have Purchased Gift Cards for Themselves: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Reasons Why Canadian Consumers Have Purchased Gift Cards for Themselves:

  • 44% of Canadian consumers who have purchased a gift card for themselves did so to get a discount or reward.
  • 43% of Canadian consumers who have purchased a gift card for themselves did so to earn points (e.g., credit card points, airline miles, loyalty points).
  • 40% of Canadian consumers who have purchased a gift card for themselves did so for online purchases. 
  • 23% of Canadian consumers who have purchased a gift card for themselves did so to control spending.
  • 22% of Canadian consumers who have purchased a gift card for themselves did so for budgeting purposes.
  • 20% of Canadian consumers who have purchased a gift card for themselves did so because it is more convenient than carrying cash.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizes the market for prepaid, debit, and credit cards in Canada. The report looks at consumers’ preferred way to use these payment products, how frequently they use them, and what they think about these payment options.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021. Participants included 1000 Canadian consumers ages 18 years or older. In addition to providing data on the nature of prepaid/gift, debit, and credit cards, the report digs deeper into different types within these three payment categories while looking at the rate at which certain types of these cards are widely used among the respondents in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased use of debit cards in 2021.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Reasons Why Canadian Consumers Have Purchased Gift Cards for Themselves: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-why-canadian-consumers-have-purchased-gift-cards-for-themselves/feed/ 0
Top Locations Where Canadian Consumers Purchase Retailer-Specific Gift Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-locations-where-canadian-consumers-purchase-retailer-specific-gift-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-locations-where-canadian-consumers-purchase-retailer-specific-gift-cards/#respond Mon, 24 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=367525 Top Locations Where Canadian Consumers Purchase Retailer-Specific Gift Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards Top […]

The post Top Locations Where Canadian Consumers Purchase Retailer-Specific Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Top Locations Where Canadian Consumers Purchase Retailer-Specific Gift Cards:

  • 56% of Canadian consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so from a retailer’s own store.
  • 32% of Canadian consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so from a gift card display at another retailer.
  • 27% of Canadian consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so from a retailer’s own website. 
  • 18% of Canadian consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so from the gift cards or codes on another retailer’s website.
  • 14% of Canadian consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so from a credit card rewards site in exchange for points.
  • 6% of Canadian consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so through a social media website (e.g., Facebook).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizes the market for prepaid, debit, and credit cards in Canada. The report looks at consumers’ preferred way to use these payment products, how frequently they use them, and what they think about these payment options.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021. Participants included 1000 Canadian consumers ages 18 years or older. In addition to providing data on the nature of prepaid/gift, debit, and credit cards, the report digs deeper into different types within these three payment categories while looking at the rate at which certain types of these cards are widely used among the respondents in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased use of debit cards in 2021.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Top Locations Where Canadian Consumers Purchase Retailer-Specific Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-locations-where-canadian-consumers-purchase-retailer-specific-gift-cards/feed/ 0
Average Dollar Amount Loaded onto Prepaid Cards by Canadian Consumers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/average-dollar-amount-loaded-onto-prepaid-cards-by-canadian-consumers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/average-dollar-amount-loaded-onto-prepaid-cards-by-canadian-consumers/#respond Fri, 21 Jan 2022 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=367445 Average Dollar Amount Loaded onto Prepaid Cards by Canadian Consumers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards Average […]

The post Average Dollar Amount Loaded onto Prepaid Cards by Canadian Consumers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Average Dollar Amount Loaded onto Prepaid Cards by Canadian Consumers:

  • Transit prepaid cards had an average dollar amount loaded onto them of $224 in the past year.
  • General purpose reloadable prepaid cards had an average dollar amount loaded onto them of $120 in the past year.
  • Retailer-specific prepaid cards had an average dollar amount loaded onto them of $96 in the past year.
  • Gift cards for online services such as music or online gambling had an average dollar amount loaded onto them of $65 in the past year.
  • Prepaid mobile phone cards had an average dollar amount loaded onto them of $62 in the past year.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizes the market for prepaid, debit, and credit cards in Canada. The report looks at consumers’ preferred way to use these payment products, how frequently they use them, and what they think about these payment options.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021. Participants included 1000 Canadian consumers ages 18 years or older. In addition to providing data on the nature of prepaid/gift, debit, and credit cards, the report digs deeper into different types within these three payment categories while looking at the rate at which certain types of these cards are widely used among the respondents in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased use of debit cards in 2021.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Average Dollar Amount Loaded onto Prepaid Cards by Canadian Consumers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/average-dollar-amount-loaded-onto-prepaid-cards-by-canadian-consumers/feed/ 0
Rewards Offered for Debit Card Users in Canada: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/rewards-offered-for-debit-card-users-in-canada/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/rewards-offered-for-debit-card-users-in-canada/#respond Thu, 20 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=367390 Rewards Debit CardDebit cards are no longer just a convenient alternative to cash; they’re now stepping into the spotlight with enticing rewards programs. Traditionally associated with credit cards, rewards such as cashback, discounts, and loyalty points are increasingly being offered to debit cardholders. This shift reflects growing competition among financial institutions and fintechs to attract consumers who […]

The post Rewards Offered for Debit Card Users in Canada: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Debit cards are no longer just a convenient alternative to cash; they’re now stepping into the spotlight with enticing rewards programs. Traditionally associated with credit cards, rewards such as cashback, discounts, and loyalty points are increasingly being offered to debit cardholders. This shift reflects growing competition among financial institutions and fintechs to attract consumers who prefer spending from their own funds rather than relying on credit.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Rewards Offered for Debit Cards Among Canadian Consumers:

  • Among those motivated by debit rewards, 47% report having a points-based program.
  • Among those motivated by debit rewards, 45% report having a cash back program.
  • Among those motivated by debit rewards, 32% report having money-saving offers or discounts at retailers or service providers. 
  • Among those motivated by debit rewards, 14% report having general purpose, network branded gift cards.
  • Among those motivated by debit rewards, 10% report having retailer-specific gift cards.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 2021 North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Canadian Consumer Market-Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizes the market for prepaid, debit, and credit cards in Canada. The report looks at consumers’ preferred way to use these payment products, how frequently they use them, and what they think about these payment options.

The report is based on the North American PaymentsInsights survey administered between August 27 and September 14, 2021. Participants included 1000 Canadian consumers ages 18 years or older. In addition to providing data on the nature of prepaid/gift, debit, and credit cards, the report digs deeper into different types within these three payment categories while looking at the rate at which certain types of these cards are widely used among the respondents in Canada.

“Through the survey data, we have seen some interesting influences of COVID on the increased use of debit cards in 2021.” stated Pragya Khanal, an analyst working on the report.

The post Rewards Offered for Debit Card Users in Canada: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/rewards-offered-for-debit-card-users-in-canada/feed/ 0
Top Methods Small Businesses Use to Prevent Chargebacks: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-methods-small-businesses-use-to-prevent-chargebacks/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-methods-small-businesses-use-to-prevent-chargebacks/#respond Wed, 19 Jan 2022 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=367179 Top Methods Small Businesses Use to Prevent Chargebacks:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options Top Methods Small Businesses Use to Prevent Chargebacks: 41% […]

The post Top Methods Small Businesses Use to Prevent Chargebacks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options

Top Methods Small Businesses Use to Prevent Chargebacks:

  • 41% of small businesses require customers to enter their card security code.
  • 39% of small businesses use an address verification service.
  • 34% of small businesses use Visa Account Updater.
  • 28% of businesses use chargeback alerts.
  • 27% of small businesses blacklist suspicious customers. 
  • 22% of small businesses use a Network Automated Response Program.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines not only specific sales channels that consumers use to access small business products and services, but also types of payments accepted and various types of short-term financing options offered to consumers.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into the perspectives from small businesses on various consumer purchasing options that include BNPL, Cryptocurrency, and essential items such as chargeback prevention tools that help small businesses prosper.

“It’s encouraging and exciting to see that most small businesses have such a positive perspective on alternative payment options, such as Cryptocurrency acceptance. As the payment industry continues to change with the growth of new technologies that impact the industry, it will be very interesting to see how consumer purchasing options evolve over time.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top Methods Small Businesses Use to Prevent Chargebacks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-methods-small-businesses-use-to-prevent-chargebacks/feed/ 0
Top Reasons Businesses Don’t Accept Payment Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-businesses-dont-accept-payment-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-businesses-dont-accept-payment-cards/#respond Tue, 18 Jan 2022 17:10:55 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=367130 Top Reasons Businesses Don't Accept Payment Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options Top Reasons Businesses Don’t Accept Payment Cards: 31% of […]

The post Top Reasons Businesses Don’t Accept Payment Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options

Top Reasons Businesses Don’t Accept Payment Cards:

  • 31% of businesses that do not accept payment cards say it is too complicated to do so.
  • 30% of businesses that do not accept payment cards say fraud costs are too expensive.
  • 28% of businesses that do not accept payment cards say terminal costs are too expensive.
  • 25% of businesses that do not accept payment cards say their application for card acceptance was declined.
  • 24% of businesses that do not accept payment cards say there is a lack of customer demand for card payments.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines not only specific sales channels that consumers use to access small business products and services, but also types of payments accepted and various types of short-term financing options offered to consumers.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into the perspectives from small businesses on various consumer purchasing options that include BNPL, Cryptocurrency, and essential items such as chargeback prevention tools that help small businesses prosper.

“It’s encouraging and exciting to see that most small businesses have such a positive perspective on alternative payment options, such as Cryptocurrency acceptance. As the payment industry continues to change with the growth of new technologies that impact the industry, it will be very interesting to see how consumer purchasing options evolve over time.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top Reasons Businesses Don’t Accept Payment Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-businesses-dont-accept-payment-cards/feed/ 0
Percentage of Total Small Business Sales by Payment Method: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-total-small-business-sales-by-payment-method/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-total-small-business-sales-by-payment-method/#respond Fri, 14 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=366862 Percentage of Total Small Business Sales by Payment Method:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options Percentage of Total Small Business Sales by Payment Method: […]

The post Percentage of Total Small Business Sales by Payment Method: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options

Percentage of Total Small Business Sales by Payment Method:

  • Card payments accounted for the largest share of revenue among businesses surveyed by Mercator Advisory Group.
  • Card payments accounted for an average of 50% of small business total sales.
  • Cash accounted for an average of 36.4% of small business total sales.
  • Checks accounted for an average of 30.1% of small business total sales.
  • Other payment methods accounted for an average of 10.3% of small business total sales.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines not only specific sales channels that consumers use to access small business products and services, but also types of payments accepted and various types of short-term financing options offered to consumers.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into the perspectives from small businesses on various consumer purchasing options that include BNPL, Cryptocurrency, and essential items such as chargeback prevention tools that help small businesses prosper.

“It’s encouraging and exciting to see that most small businesses have such a positive perspective on alternative payment options, such as Cryptocurrency acceptance. As the payment industry continues to change with the growth of new technologies that impact the industry, it will be very interesting to see how consumer purchasing options evolve over time.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Percentage of Total Small Business Sales by Payment Method: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-total-small-business-sales-by-payment-method/feed/ 0
Top Sales Channels Used by Small Businesses: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-sales-channels-used-by-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-sales-channels-used-by-small-businesses/#respond Thu, 13 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=366841 Top Sales Channels Used by Small Businesses:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options Top Sales Channels Used by Small Businesses:  Online/web sales […]

The post Top Sales Channels Used by Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options

Top Sales Channels Used by Small Businesses: 

  • Online/web sales are currently in use by 60% of small businesses.
  • Physical store locations are currently in use by 45% of small businesses. 
  • Telephone orders are currently in use by 45% of small businesses.
  • Mobile apps are currently in use by 42% of small businesses.
  • Mail orders are currently in use by 22% of small businesses. 
  • Third-party platforms (Grubhub, Amazon, etc.) are currently in use by 20% of small businesses.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Consumer Purchasing Options, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines not only specific sales channels that consumers use to access small business products and services, but also types of payments accepted and various types of short-term financing options offered to consumers.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into the perspectives from small businesses on various consumer purchasing options that include BNPL, Cryptocurrency, and essential items such as chargeback prevention tools that help small businesses prosper.

“It’s encouraging and exciting to see that most small businesses have such a positive perspective on alternative payment options, such as Cryptocurrency acceptance. As the payment industry continues to change with the growth of new technologies that impact the industry, it will be very interesting to see how consumer purchasing options evolve over time.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top Sales Channels Used by Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-sales-channels-used-by-small-businesses/feed/ 0
Commercial Closed-Loop Prepaid Segment Share Trends:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/commercial-closed-loop-prepaid-segment-share-trends/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/commercial-closed-loop-prepaid-segment-share-trends/#respond Wed, 12 Jan 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=366694 Commercial Closed-Loop Prepaid Segment Share Trends: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commercial Prepaid: U.S. Closed-Loop Market Review and Forecast, 2020-2025 Commercial Closed-Loop Prepaid Segment Share Trends:  Nutritional […]

The post Commercial Closed-Loop Prepaid Segment Share Trends:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commercial Prepaid: U.S. Closed-Loop Market Review and Forecast, 2020-2025

Commercial Closed-Loop Prepaid Segment Share Trends: 

  • Nutritional assistance/WIC encompassed 54.4% of commercial closed-loop prepaid market share in 2020.
  • Store credits (returns) encompassed 18.5% of commercial closed-loop prepaid market share in 2020.
  • Employee and partner incentives encompassed 10.3% of commercial closed-loop prepaid market share in 2020.
  • Consumer incentives encompassed 16.7% of commercial closed-loop prepaid market share in 2020.
  • Events & meetings encompassed 0.2% of commercial closed-loop prepaid market share in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Commercial Prepaid: U.S. Closed-Loop Market Review and Forecast, 2020-2025, provides total load estimates by commercial prepaid card category and reveals trends in the commercial closed-loop prepaid cards industry through 2025.

The pandemic has caused market changes which have negatively affected commercial closed-loop prepaid card loads in 2020. Certain closed-loop segments have been affected more than others and are forecast to rebound at different rates.

“Commercial closed-loop prepaid load values have decreased 10% in 2020. Overall, commercial closed-loop values are forecast to slightly lose market share against commercial open-loop load values into 2025. As the market continues to adapt to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we forecast a rebound in certain category load values,” states David Nelyubin, Senior Analyst at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the report.

The post Commercial Closed-Loop Prepaid Segment Share Trends:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/commercial-closed-loop-prepaid-segment-share-trends/feed/ 0
How Small Businesses Prefer to Meet Their Business Credit Needs: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-small-businesses-prefer-to-meet-their-business-credit-needs/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-small-businesses-prefer-to-meet-their-business-credit-needs/#respond Tue, 11 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=366654 How Small Businesses Prefer to Meet Their Business Credit Needs:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Small Business Credit Cards: Growth Opportunities in a Post-COVID World How Small Businesses Prefer to Meet […]

The post How Small Businesses Prefer to Meet Their Business Credit Needs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Small Business Credit Cards: Growth Opportunities in a Post-COVID World

How Small Businesses Prefer to Meet Their Business Credit Needs:

  • 53% of small businesses prefer to use a business credit card to meet their business credit needs.
  • But while small business cards answer to many small business needs, other channels also come into play.
  • 16% of small businesses prefer to use closed-end loans paid in installments to meet their business credit needs.
  • 11% of small businesses prefer to use a revolving line of credit from a bank to meet their business credit needs.
  • 5% of small businesses prefer to borrow from personal assets to meet their business credit needs.
  • 4% of small businesses prefer other sources of credit to meet their business credit needs.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering the credit cards issued for small businesses titled Small Business Credit Cards: Growth Opportunities in a Post-COVID World. The research explains current markets, reviews programs offered by top issuers, and suggests that issuers look at four current fintech models to revitalize their view of this rich market. With two thirds of the U.S. GDP driven by small businesses, there is a large audience to harvest. Program designs need to do more than just generate reward points; they need to provide the small business owner with tools to reduce costs, understand their spend, and prepare the small business for growth.

The research explains how fintechs are redefining the small business card space and what traditional issuers need to think about over the next three years.

“Fintech Buy Now, Pay Later should be a learning experience for all credit card issuers,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note. Riley continues, “You cannot keep doing the ‘same old thing’ or new players will disrupt your model. Small business credit cards are more than just reward generators. Issuers need to keep the product engaging with tools and value-added features.”

The post How Small Businesses Prefer to Meet Their Business Credit Needs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-small-businesses-prefer-to-meet-their-business-credit-needs/feed/ 0
Most Small Businesses Use More Than One Credit Card: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-small-businesses-use-more-than-one-credit-card/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-small-businesses-use-more-than-one-credit-card/#respond Mon, 10 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=366451 Most Small Businesses Use More Than One Credit Card:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report:Small Business Credit Cards: Growth Opportunities in a Post-COVID World Most Small Businesses Use More Than One […]

The post Most Small Businesses Use More Than One Credit Card: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report:Small Business Credit Cards: Growth Opportunities in a Post-COVID World

Most Small Businesses Use More Than One Credit Card:

  • 34% of small businesses surveyed by Mercator Advisory Group in 2021 had three or more small business cards in use.
  • Breaking that down, 15% of small businesses had more than three small business cards in use.
  • 19% of small businesses had three small business cards in use.
  • 43% of small businesses had two small business cards in use.
  • 23% of small businesses had just one small business card in use.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering the credit cards issued for small businesses titled Small Business Credit Cards: Growth Opportunities in a Post-COVID World. The research explains current markets, reviews programs offered by top issuers, and suggests that issuers look at four current fintech models to revitalize their view of this rich market. With two thirds of the U.S. GDP driven by small businesses, there is a large audience to harvest. Program designs need to do more than just generate reward points; they need to provide the small business owner with tools to reduce costs, understand their spend, and prepare the small business for growth.

The research explains how fintechs are redefining the small business card space and what traditional issuers need to think about over the next three years.

“Fintech Buy Now, Pay Later should be a learning experience for all credit card issuers,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note. Riley continues, “You cannot keep doing the ‘same old thing’ or new players will disrupt your model. Small business credit cards are more than just reward generators. Issuers need to keep the product engaging with tools and value-added features.”

The post Most Small Businesses Use More Than One Credit Card: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-small-businesses-use-more-than-one-credit-card/feed/ 0
Cash Discounting Regulation in the United States: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-discounting-regulation-in-the-united-states/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-discounting-regulation-in-the-united-states/#respond Fri, 07 Jan 2022 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=366388 Cash Discounting Regulation in the United States:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting: Approaches to Managing Processing Costs Cash Discounting Regulation in the United […]

The post Cash Discounting Regulation in the United States: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting: Approaches to Managing Processing Costs

Cash Discounting Regulation in the United States:

  • As opposed to credit surcharges, cash discounts are relatively non-controversial and are legal throughout the United States.
  • Card networks address the process of cash discounting within their regulations, but regulate it to a much lesser extent than credit surcharging.
  • With few exceptions, states have largely remained uninvolved in regulating the practice of cash discounting.
  • Wyoming is the only U.S. state with a limitation on the practice of cash discounting, prohibiting discounts in excess of 5% for the purpose of inducing payment by cash.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting: Approaches to Managing Processing Costs, examines the changing regulatory landscape for surcharging and discounting, and offers recommendations on how to effectively adopt either strategy.

Credit surcharging and cash discounting are two approaches to shifting the cost of credit processing from the merchant to the consumer. While either approach can help merchants lower operating expenses and support their bottom line, they both come with challenges and risks. Merchants should be aware of the complex regulatory environment surrounding these strategies and weigh the risk of losing customers to competitors who do not surcharge or offer discounts.

“For small merchants struggling with profitability, two main approaches exist to shift the expense of credit transactions onto consumers. In many ways, credit surcharging and cash discounting are two sides of the same coin: one charges a fee to those who choose to use a credit card, one offers a reward to those who choose cash. Still, these two approaches have experienced dramatically different treatment by state regulators and credit card networks alike,” stated the author of the report, Laura Handly, Research Analyst at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Cash Discounting Regulation in the United States: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-discounting-regulation-in-the-united-states/feed/ 0
The Pandemic’s Impact on Household Budgets: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-pandemics-impact-on-household-budgets/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-pandemics-impact-on-household-budgets/#respond Thu, 06 Jan 2022 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=366280 The Pandemic's Impact on Household Budgets:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report:Credit Card Risk, Protracted Pandemic, and the Household Budget: Advice for Issuers The Pandemic’s Impact on Household […]

The post The Pandemic’s Impact on Household Budgets: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report:Credit Card Risk, Protracted Pandemic, and the Household Budget: Advice for Issuers

The Pandemic’s Impact on Household Budgets: 

  • A lingering pandemic will disrupt the consumer household budget, closely aligning with credit card usage. 
  • A recent study by the CFPB found that bill payment stress affected all income categories.
  • 17.7% of households with income above $100,000 reported difficulty paying for a bill or expense.
  • 30.6% of households with income between $70,001 to $100,000 reported difficulty paying for a bill or expense.
  • 38.8% of households with income between $40,001 to $70,000 reported difficulty paying for a bill or expense.
  • 55.5% of households with income between $20,001 to $40,000 reported difficulty paying for a bill or expense.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering the credit card issuer risks in a world of COVID variants, titled Credit Card Risk, Protracted Pandemic, and the Household Budget: Advice for Issuers. The research explains current credit card risk and the impact on household budgets as inflation grows, interest rates increase, and the workplace continues to be disrupted.

The research explains why the latest COVID variation may affect consumers and their spending habits differently than it did in 2020.

“The economic relief programs offered by the U.S. and many other countries might be impossible if the pandemic rebounds,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note. Riley continues: “Credit card issuers must keep a keen eye on the impact of inflation, rising interest rates, and employment. Issuers underwrite with higher spreads than ever, but the interest opportunity may not be sufficient if credit losses shift.”

The post The Pandemic’s Impact on Household Budgets: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-pandemics-impact-on-household-budgets/feed/ 0
The Data Around U.S. Credit Card Line Utilization: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-u-s-credit-card-line-utilization/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-u-s-credit-card-line-utilization/#respond Wed, 05 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=366177 The Data Around U.S. Credit Card Line Utilization:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Credit Card Risk, Protracted Pandemic, and the Household Budget: Advice for Issuers The Data Around U.S. […]

The post The Data Around U.S. Credit Card Line Utilization: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Credit Card Risk, Protracted Pandemic, and the Household Budget: Advice for Issuers

The Data Around U.S. Credit Card Line Utilization:

  • U.S. credit card lines, the amount that issuers underwrite for each open account, are at a historic high. 
  • In the latest numbers published by the Federal Reserve, total credit lines amount to $3.9 trillion.
  • However, only 27% of these credit lines are in use, and $3 trillion is available in open credit.
  • Open credit lines are at a peak, with almost $4 trillion in issuer credit commitment to cardholders.
  • Note that line utilization is on the downswing, based on a 20.3% utilization rate.
  • In contrast, the utilization rate in 2009 was 27.7% after credit card issuers began to contract credit lines during the Great Recession.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering the credit card issuer risks in a world of COVID variants, titled Credit Card Risk, Protracted Pandemic, and the Household Budget: Advice for Issuers. The research explains current credit card risk and the impact on household budgets as inflation grows, interest rates increase, and the workplace continues to be disrupted.

The research explains why the latest COVID variation may affect consumers and their spending habits differently than it did in 2020.

“The economic relief programs offered by the U.S. and many other countries might be impossible if the pandemic rebounds,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note. Riley continues: “Credit card issuers must keep a keen eye on the impact of inflation, rising interest rates, and employment. Issuers underwrite with higher spreads than ever, but the interest opportunity may not be sufficient if credit losses shift.”

The post The Data Around U.S. Credit Card Line Utilization: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-u-s-credit-card-line-utilization/feed/ 0
Smartphone Adoption in the U.S. by Age Group: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smartphone-adoption-in-the-u-s-by-age-group/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smartphone-adoption-in-the-u-s-by-age-group/#respond Tue, 04 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=366051 Smartphone Adoption in the U.S. by Age Group:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Digital Onboarding and Authentication – How to Fulfill the Promises of Frictionless Customer Experiences Smartphone Adoption […]

The post Smartphone Adoption in the U.S. by Age Group: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Digital Onboarding and Authentication – How to Fulfill the Promises of Frictionless Customer Experiences

Smartphone Adoption in the U.S. by Age Group:

  • 88% of United States consumers own a smartphone.
  • Young adults ages 25-34 have adopted smartphones more heavily than other groups, with 96% of this age cohort owning a smartphone.
  • Older adults have adopted smartphones less than other age groups, with 74% of consumers 65+ owning one. 
  • 12% of United States consumers own a basic non-smart phone. 
  • Older adults have adopted basic non-smartphones more than other age groups, with 17% of adults 65+ owning one.
  • At 8%, adults ages 45-64 are the least likely to own a basic non-smartphone.

About Viewpoint

Partly propelled by the current pandemic, banks and other FI’s are aggressively pursuing a ‘solely-digital’ customer experience strategy to meet evolving customer expectations. As the modern banking experience undergoes this digital transformation, Mercator offers a concise analysis of the key developments in customer onboarding and authentication.

The post Smartphone Adoption in the U.S. by Age Group: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smartphone-adoption-in-the-u-s-by-age-group/feed/ 0
Current Trends in Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/current-trends-in-credit-surcharging-and-cash-discounting/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/current-trends-in-credit-surcharging-and-cash-discounting/#respond Mon, 03 Jan 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365978 Current Trends in Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting: Approaches to Managing Processing Costs Current Trends in Credit Surcharging and […]

The post Current Trends in Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting: Approaches to Managing Processing Costs

Current Trends in Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting:

  • Surcharging is the practice of adding a charge to credit card transactions to cover the cost of processing fees. 
  • Just over half (51%) of small businesses in the United States make use of credit surcharges.
  • For small businesses faced with high credit processing fees and narrow profit margins, credit surcharging can make a meaningful difference.
  • Discounting is the practice of subtracting some or all of the price of credit card processing from the purchase price for cash transactions.
  • In 2020, the Federal Reserve found that 23% of respondents in 2019 preferred to pay with cash, a 4% decrease from 2016.
  • By contrast, 29% of consumers preferred to pay with credit in 2019, an increase of 5% from 2016.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting: Approaches to Managing Processing Costs, examines the changing regulatory landscape for surcharging and discounting, and offers recommendations on how to effectively adopt either strategy.

Credit surcharging and cash discounting are two approaches to shifting the cost of credit processing from the merchant to the consumer. While either approach can help merchants lower operating expenses and support their bottom line, they both come with challenges and risks. Merchants should be aware of the complex regulatory environment surrounding these strategies and weigh the risk of losing customers to competitors who do not surcharge or offer discounts.

“For small merchants struggling with profitability, two main approaches exist to shift the expense of credit transactions onto consumers. In many ways, credit surcharging and cash discounting are two sides of the same coin: one charges a fee to those who choose to use a credit card, one offers a reward to those who choose cash. Still, these two approaches have experienced dramatically different treatment by state regulators and credit card networks alike,” stated the author of the report, Laura Handly, Research Analyst at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Current Trends in Credit Surcharging and Cash Discounting: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/current-trends-in-credit-surcharging-and-cash-discounting/feed/ 0
4 Commercial & Enterprise Success Themes for 2022: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-commercial-enterprise-success-themes-for-2022/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-commercial-enterprise-success-themes-for-2022/#respond Thu, 30 Dec 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365663 4 Commercial & Enterprise Success Themes for 2022:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2022 Outlook: Commercial and Enterprise Payments 4 Commercial & Enterprise Success Themes for 2022: The four […]

The post 4 Commercial & Enterprise Success Themes for 2022: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2022 Outlook: Commercial and Enterprise Payments

4 Commercial & Enterprise Success Themes for 2022:

The four general themes for commercial and enterprise payments are as follows:

  1. Open banking in commercial applications is essentially now a market reality.
  2. Liquidity as a theme for corporate banks and their clients encompasses a host of product categories but is underlined by digital transformation.
  3. Cloud facilitates the momentum building around platform approaches to service delivery and creates a more streamlined cost base in uncertain times for revenue generation.
  4. Risk management is a fundamental priority, requiring ongoing investment.

About Viewpoint

Mercator Advisory Group provides an early view into the success metrics that will drive commercial and enterprise payments as we move into 2022 and beyond.

The post 4 Commercial & Enterprise Success Themes for 2022: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-commercial-enterprise-success-themes-for-2022/feed/ 0
Credit Purchases and Revolving Debt Declined in 2020: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-purchases-and-revolving-debt-declined-in-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-purchases-and-revolving-debt-declined-in-2020/#respond Wed, 29 Dec 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365665 Credit Purchases and Revolving Debt Declined in 2020:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Credit Card as a Service: Vendors You Need to Know Credit Purchases and Revolving Debt Declined […]

The post Credit Purchases and Revolving Debt Declined in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Credit Card as a Service: Vendors You Need to Know

Credit Purchases and Revolving Debt Declined in 2020:

  • During the height of the pandemic in Q2 2020, we observed the most significant decline in credit card purchase transactions in recent years.
  • Using stimulus money from the CARES Act, consumers paid down their credit card debt.
  • This caused revolving debt to decline by 10.7%. 
  • Furthermore, open credit card accounts decreased for the first time in several years.
  • The decline in credit card use forced issuers to rethink their product set and enhance their offerings to engage consumers and encourage credit card usage.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering vendors in the emerging Credit Card as a Service (CCaaS) market, titled Credit Card as a Service: Vendors You Need to Know. The research explains the current credit market and forecast, discusses the latest in credit products, such as Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) lending, and examines the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the consumer credit industry. Further, this research examines how companies are offering embedded finance products such as CCaaS to allow customers the ability to offer their own credit card product. By way of four evaluative criteria, general advice is provided for those seeking a relationship with a fintech provider.

“Exploring a partnership with a fintech is a viable option for launching new products, testing and evaluation,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst at Mercator Advisory Group and the author of the research report. Through API integrations, partners can easily integrate new financial service technologies into their existing portfolio to respond quickly to changing consumer demand.

The post Credit Purchases and Revolving Debt Declined in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-purchases-and-revolving-debt-declined-in-2020/feed/ 0
The Current International Real-Time Payments Landscape: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-current-international-real-time-payments-landscape/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-current-international-real-time-payments-landscape/#respond Tue, 28 Dec 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365648 The Current International Real-Time Payments Landscape:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Prepaid Mobile Phone Market 2021: Key Trends and Use Cases The Current International Real-Time Payments Landscape: […]

The post The Current International Real-Time Payments Landscape: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Prepaid Mobile Phone Market 2021: Key Trends and Use Cases

The Current International Real-Time Payments Landscape:

  • The ecosystem enabling and supporting real-time payments systems has undergone significant growth at the global level.
  • Both the number of countries and total volume of transacted value have increased rapidly over the course of 2020.
  • Approximately USD 70 billion in real-time payments transaction value was processed globally during 2020.
  • This marks an increase of 41% from 2019.
  • The majority of transactions were conducted in India and China, the global leaders in the sovereign market faster-payments ecosystem.

About Viewpoint

The prepaid mobile phone market is marked by intense competition and gradual, sustained growth. Prepaid mobile plans have evolved to incorporate a broad array of compelling features, while remaining more flexible and affordable than postpaid alternatives.

This viewpoint describes the history of the U.S. prepaid mobile phone market, examines key trends within the market, and highlights opportunities within the space.

The post The Current International Real-Time Payments Landscape: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-current-international-real-time-payments-landscape/feed/ 0
Fraud Remains a Perennial Challenge in the Prepaid Card Market: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fraud-remains-a-perennial-challenge-in-the-prepaid-card-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fraud-remains-a-perennial-challenge-in-the-prepaid-card-market/#respond Mon, 27 Dec 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365658 Fraud Remains a Perennial Challenge in the Prepaid Card Market:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Outlook: Prepaid Fraud Remains a Perennial Challenge in the Prepaid Card Market: Fraud has been, […]

The post Fraud Remains a Perennial Challenge in the Prepaid Card Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2022 Outlook: Prepaid

Fraud Remains a Perennial Challenge in the Prepaid Card Market:

  • Fraud has been, and continues to be, a challenge for the prepaid card market.
  • In particular, gift card fraud is a widespread threat to consumers and merchants alike.
  • Gift card fraud is growing in the U.S., with reported financial losses rising from $103 million in 2019 to $124 million in 2020.
  • The number of reported cases increased by 160% over the same period, from 38,400 to 99,900.
  • According to an April 2021 survey of 1,000 U.S. adults, 1 in 4 have been asked to purchase a gift card to pay a fee to claim.

About Report

In this viewpoint, Mercator examines the prepaid card market, revisiting the forecasts we made last year, identifying current trends, and offering predictions for the future. On the whole, the market is one of the fastest growing segments of the global payments ecosystem, and there are numerous opportunities to be explored. While challenges around fraud and uncertain regulations persist, the market is expected to continue to see robust growth in the coming years.

The post Fraud Remains a Perennial Challenge in the Prepaid Card Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fraud-remains-a-perennial-challenge-in-the-prepaid-card-market/feed/ 0
Mobile Wallet Adoption for Real-Time Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-wallet-adoption-for-real-time-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-wallet-adoption-for-real-time-payments/#respond Thu, 23 Dec 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365651 Mobile Wallet Adoption for Real-Time Payments:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: International Faster Payments: A Growing Real-Time Presence Mobile Wallet Adoption for Real-Time Payments: Mobile wallet adoption […]

The post Mobile Wallet Adoption for Real-Time Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: International Faster Payments: A Growing Real-Time Presence

Mobile Wallet Adoption for Real-Time Payments:

  • Mobile wallet adoption across the globe increased by 46% in 2020.
  • This represents a significant rise from the growth rate of 18.9% in 2018.
  • ACI Worldwide estimates the total number of mobile wallet transactions to be 102.7 billion for 2020.
  • By 2025, there will be a forecast of 2,582.8 billion mobile wallet transactions.
  • Implemented and planned real-time payments systems in rails outside of North America are prioritizing integration with mobile/digital wallets. 

About Report

Real-time payments continue on a path to prominence in world markets, with these systems currently a domestic phenomenon but increasingly expected to fill cross-border demand as well. The only question is time, as these global payments rails are now available in almost 60 markets with more systems poised for launch during the next year. We have been tracking developments and faster value transfers in the United States since same day ACH was initially launched for credit transfers in 2016. With our latest research report, International Faster Payments: A Growing Real-Time Presence, we now expand into developments across the globe in various key markets with data and estimated growth in the use of these systems, as well as discussions on upcoming rails and other important initiatives underway.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest report provides a review of ten specific markets outside of the United States, with actual and forecasted value growth data through 2026. We also provide details on various initiatives underway for the eventual delivery of instant cross-border payments, something that until recently seemed to only be possible many years into the future.

“Real-time payments systems are becoming more common across the globe, with new domestic rails operating in dozens of developed and developing markets with a growing ubiquity of access to bank accounts within those markets,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, co-author of the report. “Substantial adoption has already been achieved in various markets and instant payment growth rates in selected countries outside the United States are expected to be near double digit between 2020 and 2026.”

The post Mobile Wallet Adoption for Real-Time Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-wallet-adoption-for-real-time-payments/feed/ 0
5 Key Trends Influencing the U.S. Prepaid Mobile Phone Market: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-key-trends-influencing-the-u-s-prepaid-mobile-phone-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-key-trends-influencing-the-u-s-prepaid-mobile-phone-market/#respond Wed, 22 Dec 2021 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365633 5 Key Trends Influencing the U.S. Prepaid Mobile Phone Market:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Prepaid Mobile Phone Market 2021: Key Trends and Use Cases 5 Key Trends in the U.S. […]

The post 5 Key Trends Influencing the U.S. Prepaid Mobile Phone Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Prepaid Mobile Phone Market 2021: Key Trends and Use Cases

5 Key Trends in the U.S. Prepaid Mobile Phone Market:

  1. New data-only prepaid mobile plans.
  2. Government funding gives a boost.
  3. Ongoing consolidation among prepaid mobile phone providers. 
  4. More competitive plans than ever before.
  5. Growing numbers of children are getting cell phones.

About Viewpoint

The prepaid mobile phone market is marked by intense competition and gradual, sustained growth. Prepaid mobile plans have evolved to incorporate a broad array of compelling features, while remaining more flexible and affordable than postpaid alternatives.

This viewpoint describes the history of the U.S. prepaid mobile phone market, examines key trends within the market, and highlights opportunities within the space.

The post 5 Key Trends Influencing the U.S. Prepaid Mobile Phone Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-key-trends-influencing-the-u-s-prepaid-mobile-phone-market/feed/ 0
Overview of the U.S. Prepaid Mobile Market: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/overview-of-the-u-s-prepaid-mobile-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/overview-of-the-u-s-prepaid-mobile-market/#respond Tue, 21 Dec 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365488 Overview of the U.S. Prepaid Mobile Market:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Prepaid Mobile Phone Market 2021: Key Trends and Use Cases Overview of the U.S. Prepaid Mobile […]

The post Overview of the U.S. Prepaid Mobile Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Prepaid Mobile Phone Market 2021: Key Trends and Use Cases

Overview of the U.S. Prepaid Mobile Market:

  • In 2021, 97% of U.S. adults own at least one mobile phone.
  • 85% of U.S. adults own at least one smartphone. 
  • The U.S. prepaid mobile phone market has experienced modest but consistent growth in recent years.
  • The amount loaded onto prepaid cards for mobile minutes steadily increased from $43.9 billion in 2014 to $59.1 billion in 2018.
  • The market contracted slightly in 2019 and 2020, with amounts falling to $57.2 billion in 2019 and then $54.1 billion in 2020.
  • Despite this decline, Mercator Advisory Group projects a positive CAGR of 2.6% for the prepaid mobile minutes segment of the U.S. closed-loop prepaid market through 2025.

About Viewpoint

The prepaid mobile phone market is marked by intense competition and gradual, sustained growth. Prepaid mobile plans have evolved to incorporate a broad array of compelling features, while remaining more flexible and affordable than postpaid alternatives.

This viewpoint describes the history of the U.S. prepaid mobile phone market, examines key trends within the market, and highlights opportunities within the space.

The post Overview of the U.S. Prepaid Mobile Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/overview-of-the-u-s-prepaid-mobile-market/feed/ 0
U.S. Open-loop Loads Saw Dramatic Growth During the Pandemic: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-open-loop-loads-saw-dramatic-growth-during-the-pandemic/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-open-loop-loads-saw-dramatic-growth-during-the-pandemic/#respond Mon, 20 Dec 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365452 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2022 Outlook: Prepaid U.S. Open-loop Loads Saw Dramatic Growth During the Pandemic: In 2020 alone, open-loop […]

The post U.S. Open-loop Loads Saw Dramatic Growth During the Pandemic: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2022 Outlook: Prepaid

U.S. Open-loop Loads Saw Dramatic Growth During the Pandemic:

  • In 2020 alone, open-loop prepaid card values increased by 69%.
  • 54% of the total change in open-loop prepaid card loads between 2019 and 2020 can be attributed to stimulus funds.
  • Growth in the cash access category of the U.S. open-loop prepaid market also played a significant role in the overall increase in open-loop prepaid load values.
  • In 2020, cash access grew by 16.2%, reaching a total of $208 billion.
  • Mercator Advisory Group forecasts a 3.0% CAGR for open-loop prepaid card loads for the years 2021 to 2025, when total loads will reach $735 billion.

About Viewpoint

In this viewpoint, Mercator examines the prepaid card market, revisiting the forecasts we made last year, identifying current trends, and offering predictions for the future. On the whole, the market is one of the fastest growing segments of the global payments ecosystem, and there are numerous opportunities to be explored. While challenges around fraud and uncertain regulations persist, the market is expected to continue to see robust growth in the coming years.

The post U.S. Open-loop Loads Saw Dramatic Growth During the Pandemic: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-open-loop-loads-saw-dramatic-growth-during-the-pandemic/feed/ 0
Percentage of Credit Card Originations by Age Group: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-credit-card-originations-by-age-group/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-credit-card-originations-by-age-group/#respond Thu, 16 Dec 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365375 Percentage of Credit Card Originations by Age Group:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Revolving Debt in the United States: Ready to Charge, but Exercise Caution Percentage of Credit Card […]

The post Percentage of Credit Card Originations by Age Group: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Revolving Debt in the United States: Ready to Charge, but Exercise Caution

Percentage of Credit Card Originations by Age Group:

  • Generation Z borrowers increased their percentage of credit card originations for four consecutive years. 
  • The percentage of total Gen Z borrowers rose from 7.5% in Q2 2018 to 14.2% in Q2 2021.
  • The percentage of total Millennial borrowers grew from 30% in Q2 2018 to 32.7% in Q2 2021.
  • The percentage of total Gen X borrowers was 28.8% in both Q2 2018 and Q2 2021.
  • The percentage of total Baby Boomer borrowers decreased from 27.8% in Q2 2018 to 21.3% in Q2 2021.
  • The percentage of total Silent Generation borrowers decreased from 6% in Q2 2018 to 3% in Q2 2021.

About Viewpoint

Credit card issuers acted aggressively to restore revolving debt, thereby offsetting the interest revenue loss resulting from COVID-related changes in purchasing and borrowing habits. However, while growth results effectively rebuilt portfolios, credit card issuers must be cautious about growing with new, riskier accounts rather than established card accounts.

The post Percentage of Credit Card Originations by Age Group: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-credit-card-originations-by-age-group/feed/ 0
Revolving Debt Generates Interest Revenue: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/revolving-debt-generates-interest-revenue/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/revolving-debt-generates-interest-revenue/#respond Wed, 15 Dec 2021 17:08:09 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365171 Revolving Debt Generates Interest Revenue:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Revolving Debt in the United States: Ready to Charge, but Exercise Caution Revolving Debt Generates Interest […]

The post Revolving Debt Generates Interest Revenue: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Revolving Debt in the United States: Ready to Charge, but Exercise Caution

Revolving Debt Generates Interest Revenue:

  • A credit card account revolves when the customer does not pay their monthly debt in full. 
  • Cardholders may pay as little as the minimum due to keep the account current, but interest accrues to the account if a balance remains. 
  • Mercator Advisory Group projects that 42% of cardholders revolve and 58% pay their bills in full.
  • At the current annual average interest rate of 17.13%, monthly interest revenue for U.S. issuers is $14.6 billion.
  • Revolving debt fell from $1.092 trillion to $974.6 billion between 2019 and 2020. 
  • At current interest rates, every billion-dollar reduction in revolving debt diminishes interest revenue by $14.4 million.

About Viewpoint

Credit card issuers acted aggressively to restore revolving debt, thereby offsetting the interest revenue loss resulting from COVID-related changes in purchasing and borrowing habits. However, while growth results effectively rebuilt portfolios, credit card issuers must be cautious about growing with new, riskier accounts rather than established card accounts.

The post Revolving Debt Generates Interest Revenue: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/revolving-debt-generates-interest-revenue/feed/ 0
4 Factors Supporting P2P’s Dramatic Growth: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-factors-supporting-p2ps-dramatic-growth/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-factors-supporting-p2ps-dramatic-growth/#respond Tue, 14 Dec 2021 18:34:09 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365137 4 Factors Supporting P2P's Dramatic Growth:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Examining P2P’s Remarkable Growth and Promising Future Projections 4 Factors Supporting P2P’s Dramatic Growth: P2P has […]

The post 4 Factors Supporting P2P’s Dramatic Growth: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Examining P2P’s Remarkable Growth and Promising Future Projections

4 Factors Supporting P2P’s Dramatic Growth:

P2P has a projected growth rate of 37.8% from 2019 to 2023. There are a number of factors that are supporting P2P’s dramatic growth, including: 

  1. Widespread access to smartphones.
  2. Growing comfort with digital platforms for financial transactions. 
  3. Adoption by financial institutions and removal of fees. 
  4. COVID-19 and the necessities of social distancing and contactless payments. 

About Viewpoint

While P2P adoption began slowly, recent years have seen truly remarkable growth in both the number and volume of person-to-person transactions, and the shift towards P2P is expected to continue for the foreseeable future. This viewpoint reviews the history of the U.S. P2P market, examines the implications of P2P’s rise for other payment types, and offers projections for the future.

The post 4 Factors Supporting P2P’s Dramatic Growth: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-factors-supporting-p2ps-dramatic-growth/feed/ 0
The Decline of Checks and the Shift to P2P: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-decline-of-checks-and-the-shift-to-p2p/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-decline-of-checks-and-the-shift-to-p2p/#respond Mon, 13 Dec 2021 17:00:09 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=365076 The Decline of Checks and the Shift to P2P:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Examining P2P’s Remarkable Growth and Promising Future Projections The Decline of Checks and the Shift to […]

The post The Decline of Checks and the Shift to P2P: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Examining P2P’s Remarkable Growth and Promising Future Projections

The Decline of Checks and the Shift to P2P:

  • The overall number of checks written annually fell from 22.5 billion in 2012 to 15.5 billion in 2018.
  • P2P transactions have seen extraordinary growth during this same period, rising from 138 million in 2012 to 711.7 million in 2018.
  • The levels of utility still differ by magnitudes, with the rate of checks written remaining much higher than P2P transactions.
  • Mercator Advisory Group forecasts a 1.4% decline in the growth rate of checks through 2023.
  • P2P is estimated to grow at a rate of 37.8% during the same period. 

About Viewpoint

While P2P adoption began slowly, recent years have seen truly remarkable growth in both the number and volume of person-to-person transactions, and the shift towards P2P is expected to continue for the foreseeable future. This viewpoint reviews the history of the U.S. P2P market, examines the implications of P2P’s rise for other payment types, and offers projections for the future.

The post The Decline of Checks and the Shift to P2P: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-decline-of-checks-and-the-shift-to-p2p/feed/ 0
U.S. Fleet Cards are On the Road to Recovery: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-fleet-cards-are-on-the-road-to-recovery/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-fleet-cards-are-on-the-road-to-recovery/#respond Thu, 09 Dec 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=364963 U.S. Fleet Cards are On the Road to Recovery:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: On the Road to Recovery: U.S. Fleet Card Market Sizing and Forecast, 2020-2025 U.S. Fleet Cards […]

The post U.S. Fleet Cards are On the Road to Recovery: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: On the Road to Recovery: U.S. Fleet Card Market Sizing and Forecast, 2020-2025

U.S. Fleet Cards are On the Road to Recovery:

  • Truck transportation employment suffered a steep decline in 2020, with 87,800 jobs lost from March to April 2020.
  • Total fleet card spend was $77.6 billion in 2020, down from $88.2 billion in 2019.
  • In 2021, fleet card spend is expected to rebound to $89.9 billion.
  • Mercator Advisory Group expects the total fleet industry to resume 2% overall growth from 2021-2025.
  • Open and closed loop fleet cards encompass 4% of U.S. commercial card spend share. 
  • Closed-loop cards, which comprise 80% of the total fuel card market, will continue to dominate the fleet market through 2025.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering the fleet card market, titled On the Road to Recovery: U.S. Fleet Card Market Sizing and Forecast, 2020-2025. The research explains the current market and forecast, discusses closed- and open-loop card networks, card spend, and network volume, and explores the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry.

This research also explores current fleet tracking & telematics technology and how companies are using these advancements to reduce costs and increase safety. We then transition into the future of fleet and current state of federal and statewide climate and sustainability initiatives. Many of these innovative programs will affect the future of fleet in terms of updated fuel efficiency standards and increasing shifts towards fleet electrification.

“Sustainability initiatives may have fleets examining alternative vehicles and electrification,” comments Ben Danner, Analyst at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. “Fleet card companies must begin to invest in the future of fleet and this means taking a serious look at advances in payments technologies and continued market awareness.”

The post U.S. Fleet Cards are On the Road to Recovery: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-fleet-cards-are-on-the-road-to-recovery/feed/ 0
Seven Positive Trends That Will Shape Credit Cards in 2022: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/seven-positive-trends-that-will-shape-credit-cards-in-2022/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/seven-positive-trends-that-will-shape-credit-cards-in-2022/#respond Wed, 08 Dec 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=364776 Seven Positive Trends That Will Shape Credit Cards in 2022:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2022 Outlook: Credit Seven Positive Trends That Will Shape Credit Cards in 2022: Issuers are battling […]

The post Seven Positive Trends That Will Shape Credit Cards in 2022: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2022 Outlook: Credit

Seven Positive Trends That Will Shape Credit Cards in 2022:

  1. Issuers are battling on card features, not pricing.
  2. Reduced delinquency creates the capacity to reinvest in operations.
  3. Better FICO scores widen the acquisition pool.
  4. The card industry is nimble.
  5. Fraud technologies evolve.
  6. New and revitalized issuers emerge. 
  7. E-Commerce continues to grow.

About Viewpoint

Mercator looks back to 2020 and ahead to 2022 to provide our perspective on the merchant services and transaction processing ecosystems. Our forecast for this year was very accurate, COVID-19 notwithstanding, and we are confident that our roadmap for next year will be a great resource for you as you develop your strategy for your own business.

The post Seven Positive Trends That Will Shape Credit Cards in 2022: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/seven-positive-trends-that-will-shape-credit-cards-in-2022/feed/ 0
Omnichannel Merchants Capture the Attention of Consumers:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/omnichannel-merchants-capture-the-attention-of-consumers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/omnichannel-merchants-capture-the-attention-of-consumers/#respond Mon, 06 Dec 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=364753 Omnichannel Merchants Capture the Attention of Consumers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2022 Outlook: Merchant Services Omnichannel Merchants Capture the Attention of Consumers:  Overall, 60% of businesses under […]

The post Omnichannel Merchants Capture the Attention of Consumers:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2022 Outlook: Merchant Services

Omnichannel Merchants Capture the Attention of Consumers: 

  • Overall, 60% of businesses under $10M USD in sales take orders via the web.
  • 42% of businesses under $10M USD in sales have mobile ordering capabilities.
  • Non-store e-commerce is the fastest growing segment of overall retail.
  • Non-store e-commerce is expected to grow by $81.84B to almost $600B in the U.S. in 2022, a 15.8% increase. 
  • Brick-to-brick merchants, or those that start online and later develop store locations, have a distinct advantage over businesses that start with physical stores.

About Viewpoint

Mercator looks back to 2020 and ahead to 2022 to provide our perspective on the merchant services and transaction processing ecosystems. Our forecast for this year was very accurate, COVID-19 notwithstanding, and we are confident that our roadmap for next year will be a great resource for you as you develop your strategy for your own business.

The post Omnichannel Merchants Capture the Attention of Consumers:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/omnichannel-merchants-capture-the-attention-of-consumers/feed/ 0
Frequent Events Associated with Redeeming Retailer-specific Gift Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequent-events-associated-with-redeeming-retailer-specific-gift-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequent-events-associated-with-redeeming-retailer-specific-gift-cards/#respond Fri, 03 Dec 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=364704 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post Frequent Events Associated with Redeeming Retailer-specific Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Frequent Events Associated with Redeeming Retailer-specific Gift Cards:

  • 53% of retailer-specific gift card users report using the entire value of the card in one shopping trip.
  • 50% of retailer-specific gift card users report using the entire value of the card within one month of receiving it. 
  • 41% of retailer-specific gift card users report visiting the store and spending more than the value of the card.
  • 35% of retailer-specific gift card users report using the gift card in multiple shopping trips.
  • 33% of retailer-specific gift card users report visiting the store more often.
  • 33% of retailer-specific gift card users report spending more than they normally would.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ everchanging needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Frequent Events Associated with Redeeming Retailer-specific Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequent-events-associated-with-redeeming-retailer-specific-gift-cards/feed/ 0
Locations Where Consumers Purchased General-purpose Non-reloadable Gift Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/locations-where-consumers-purchased-general-purpose-non-reloadable-gift-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/locations-where-consumers-purchased-general-purpose-non-reloadable-gift-cards/#respond Thu, 02 Dec 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=364523 Locations Where Consumers Purchased General-purpose Non-reloadable Gift Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post Locations Where Consumers Purchased General-purpose Non-reloadable Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Locations Where Consumers Purchased General-purpose Non-reloadable Gift Cards:

  • 46% of consumers who purchased a general-purpose non-reloadable gift card did so from a gift card display at another retailer.
  • 27% of consumers who purchased a general-purpose non-reloadable gift card did so from the gift cards or codes offered on the website of another retailer. 
  • 24% of consumers who purchased a general-purpose non-reloadable gift card did so from a website that sells a wide range of prepaid cards or codes. 
  • 19% of consumers who purchased a general-purpose non-reloadable gift card did so from a credit card rewards site in exchange for points.
  • 13% of consumers who purchased a general-purpose non-reloadable gift card did so from a bank (in-person or online.) 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ everchanging needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Locations Where Consumers Purchased General-purpose Non-reloadable Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/locations-where-consumers-purchased-general-purpose-non-reloadable-gift-cards/feed/ 0
Locations Where Consumers Purchased Retailer-Specific Gift Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/locations-where-consumers-purchased-retailer-specific-gift-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/locations-where-consumers-purchased-retailer-specific-gift-cards/#respond Wed, 01 Dec 2021 18:31:55 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=364356 Locations Where Consumers Purchased Retailer-Specific Gift Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post Locations Where Consumers Purchased Retailer-Specific Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Locations Where Consumers Purchased Retailer-Specific Gift Cards:

  • 53% of consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so from a retailer’s own store.
  • 39% of consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so from a gift card display at another retailer.
  • 29% of consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so from a retailer’s own website.
  • 23% of consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so from the gift cards or codes offered on the website of another retailer.
  • 15% of consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so from a credit card rewards site in exchange for points.
  • 8% of consumers who purchased a retailer-specific gift card did so through a social media website.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ everchanging needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Locations Where Consumers Purchased Retailer-Specific Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/locations-where-consumers-purchased-retailer-specific-gift-cards/feed/ 0 %%title%% %%page%% %%sep%% In this episode of Truth in Data, PaymentsJournal explores the locations where consumers purchased retailer-specific gift cards. Consumer Behavior,Gift Card,Gift Cards,Prepaid,Retailers,Truth In Data,retailer-specific gift cards
The Benefits of Promoting In-Store Shopping: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-benefits-of-promoting-in-store-shopping/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-benefits-of-promoting-in-store-shopping/#respond Tue, 30 Nov 2021 17:09:47 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=364283 The Benefits of Promoting In-Store Shopping:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience The Benefits of Promoting […]

The post The Benefits of Promoting In-Store Shopping: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience

The Benefits of Promoting In-Store Shopping:

  • While online shopping has helped consumers during health restrictions, there is no replacement for in-person shopping. 
  • Mercator Advisory Group expects to see an 11% rebound of in-store shopping after the pandemic. 
  • 64% of consumers ages 18-34 say they end up buying more than they need when they shop in person.
  • 63% of consumers ages 18-34 say returns for items bought in-store are easier than for online shopping.
  • 56% of consumers ages 18-34 find it important to be able to physically interact with products before deciding whether to buy.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience, from our annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online during the pandemic.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S. adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note; this survey was conducted one year following the inception of the COVID-19 pandemic, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization underway.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with the changes in consumer shopping habits brought about by the impact of the pandemic.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“Life following the lifting health mandates will continue to evolve as consumers continue to re-evaluate alternative shopping methods and who they decide to purchase from. As a result, retailers have an opportunity to gain consumer loyalty by providing a safe shopping environment, offering high-quality products, and demonstrating flexibility with preferred payment options.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Benefits of Promoting In-Store Shopping: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-benefits-of-promoting-in-store-shopping/feed/ 0
Open-Loop Prepaid Payroll Card Market Growth: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/open-loop-prepaid-payroll-card-market-growth/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/open-loop-prepaid-payroll-card-market-growth/#respond Mon, 29 Nov 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=364120 Open-Loop Prepaid Payroll and Benefits Card Market Growth:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 18th Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 Open-Loop Prepaid Payroll Card Market Growth: The […]

The post Open-Loop Prepaid Payroll Card Market Growth: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 18th Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025

Open-Loop Prepaid Payroll Card Market Growth:

  • The Payroll segment of the Payroll and Benefits category measures wages paid via prepaid card to employees and independent contractors.
  • Payroll prepaid card loads were adjusted this year to account for gig workers and earned wage access. 
  • From 2010 to 2019, the share of gig workers in companies increased from 14.2% to 16.4%.
  • The prepaid payroll market is making advances against checks. This segment increased by 214% from 2019 to 2020.
  • The prepaid payroll market is projected to grow an additional 11.8% from 2021 to 2025.

About Report

The report titled 18th Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the open-loop prepaid cards industry through 2025. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all open-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those forecast to grow. The economy, regulation, consumer behavior, and the COVID-19 pandemic will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

“The pandemic has affected open-loop card loads differently by segment. Most of the growth in open-loop prepaid loads came from government benefits: state unemployment and stimulus programs. Segments that displayed negative growth decreased as a consequence of COVID-19 induced impacts: decreased travel, physical location closures or delays in service amidst social distancing, and decreased consumer income. Consumers also purchased more digital open-loop gift cards. As the pandemic subsides and government benefits cease in 2021, we expect a drop in open-loop loads for 2021, followed by a slight positive trend into 2025.” commented David Nelyubin, Senior Analyst of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report.

The post Open-Loop Prepaid Payroll Card Market Growth: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/open-loop-prepaid-payroll-card-market-growth/feed/ 0
Preferred Method of Authorizing In-Store Debit Card Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/preferred-method-of-authorizing-in-store-debit-card-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/preferred-method-of-authorizing-in-store-debit-card-payments/#respond Wed, 24 Nov 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=363824 Preferred Method of Authorizing In-Store Debit Card Payments:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post Preferred Method of Authorizing In-Store Debit Card Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Preferred Method of Authorizing In-Store Debit Card Payments:

  • 74% of debit card users prefer to authorize their debit payments by entering their PIN.
  • In comparison, just 10% of debit card users prefer to authorize their debit payments by signing their name.
  • 8% of debit card users have no preferred method to authorize their debit payments.
  • 7% of debit card users say no extra step is necessary to authorize their debit payments.
  • 1% of debit card users prefer to authorize their debit payments with another type of authorization.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ ever changing needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Preferred Method of Authorizing In-Store Debit Card Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/preferred-method-of-authorizing-in-store-debit-card-payments/feed/ 0
Average Dollar Amount Loaded Onto Prepaid Cards in the Past Year: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/average-dollar-amount-loaded-onto-prepaid-cards-in-the-past-year/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/average-dollar-amount-loaded-onto-prepaid-cards-in-the-past-year/#respond Tue, 23 Nov 2021 19:31:28 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=363807 Average Dollar Amount Loaded Onto Prepaid Cards in the Past Year:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post Average Dollar Amount Loaded Onto Prepaid Cards in the Past Year: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Average Dollar Amount Loaded Onto Prepaid Cards in the Past Year:

  • Consumers who use prepaid mobile phone cards estimate loading $132.40 on them in the past year.
  • Consumers who use retailer-specific prepaid cards estimate loading $126.17 on them in the past year.
  • Consumers who use general-purpose gift cards estimate loading $121.25 on them in the past year.
  • Consumers who use gift cards for online services such as music or gambling estimate loading $119.57 on them in the past year.
  • Consumers who use transit prepaid cards estimate loading $114.38 on them in the past year.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ ever changing needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Average Dollar Amount Loaded Onto Prepaid Cards in the Past Year: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/average-dollar-amount-loaded-onto-prepaid-cards-in-the-past-year/feed/ 0
Most Important Reward Offered by Credit Card Issuers as Perceived by Consumers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-important-reward-offered-by-credit-card-issuers-as-perceived-by-consumers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-important-reward-offered-by-credit-card-issuers-as-perceived-by-consumers/#respond Mon, 22 Nov 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=363793 Most Important Reward Offered by Credit Card Issuers as Perceived by Consumers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post Most Important Reward Offered by Credit Card Issuers as Perceived by Consumers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Most Important Reward Offered by Credit Card Issuers as Perceived by Consumers:

  • Cashback on purchases was perceived to be the important rewards by the highest share of credit users who participate in credit card rewards options.
  • 41% of credit card rewards recipients report that cashback based on total purchases are the most valuable rewards program.
  • 23% of credit card rewards recipients report that redeemable points for non-travel rewards are the most valuable rewards program.
  • 15% of credit card rewards recipients report that the flexibility to redeem rewards in multiple categories is the most valuable rewards program.
  • 6% of credit card rewards recipients report that redeemable points for travel discounts or free travel is the most valuable rewards program.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ ever changing needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Most Important Reward Offered by Credit Card Issuers as Perceived by Consumers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-important-reward-offered-by-credit-card-issuers-as-perceived-by-consumers/feed/ 0
Frequency of Debit Card Use for Cashback: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-debit-card-use-for-cashback/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-debit-card-use-for-cashback/#respond Fri, 19 Nov 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=363734 Frequency of Debit Card Use for Cashback:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post Frequency of Debit Card Use for Cashback: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Frequency of Debit Card Use for Cashback:

  • 13% of debit card holders with a cashback option receive cash back in a store a few times a week.
  • 14% of debit card holders with a cashback option receive cash back in a store once a week.
  • 13% of debit card holders with a cashback option receive cash back in a store a few times a week.
  • 28% of debit card holders with a cashback option receive cash back in a store a couple of times a month.
  • 14% of debit card holders with a cashback option receive cash back in a store once a month.
  • 21% of debit card holders with a cashback option receive cash back in a store a few times a year.
  • 7% of debit card holders with a cashback option receive cash back in a store once or twice a year.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ ever changing needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Frequency of Debit Card Use for Cashback: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequency-of-debit-card-use-for-cashback/feed/ 0
The Most Important Factors for Consumers Choosing a Credit Card: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-important-factors-for-consumers-choosing-a-credit-card/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-important-factors-for-consumers-choosing-a-credit-card/#respond Thu, 18 Nov 2021 17:16:21 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=363710 The Most Important Factors for Consumers Choosing a Credit Card:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post The Most Important Factors for Consumers Choosing a Credit Card: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

The Most Important Factors for Consumers Choosing a Credit Card:

  • 62% of credit card users say no annual fee is an important consideration when deciding which credit card to apply for.
  • 50% of credit card users say an attractive points/rewards program is an important consideration when deciding which credit card to apply for.
  • 36% of credit card users say a good credit line is an important consideration when deciding which credit card to apply for.
  • 33% of credit card users say a competitive APR is an important consideration when deciding which credit card to apply for.
  • 23% of credit card users say strong fraud protective features are an important consideration when deciding which credit card to apply for.
  • 21% of credit card users say good customer service is an important consideration when deciding which credit card to apply for.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ ever changing needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Most Important Factors for Consumers Choosing a Credit Card: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-important-factors-for-consumers-choosing-a-credit-card/feed/ 0
Consumer Debit Card Use Cases: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-debit-card-use-cases/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-debit-card-use-cases/#respond Wed, 17 Nov 2021 17:08:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=363615 Consumer Debit Card Use Cases:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post Consumer Debit Card Use Cases: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Consumer Debit Card Use Cases:

  • 66% of debit card users have used their debit card to get cash from an ATM in the past year.
  • 64% of debit card users have used their debit card to pay for things in a store by entering their PIN in the past year.
  • 46% of debit card users have used their debit card to pay for things at online retailers by entering their card number online in the past year.
  • 41% of debit card users have used their debit card to pay for things in a store via signature authorization in the past year.
  • 33% of debit card users have used their debit card to pay for things in store by swiping their card or inserting a chip card in the past year.
  • 32% of debit card users have used their debit card to get cash back from a merchant in the past year.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ ever changing needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Consumer Debit Card Use Cases: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-debit-card-use-cases/feed/ 0
How Cardholders Pay Their Credit Card Bill: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-cardholders-pay-their-credit-card-bill/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-cardholders-pay-their-credit-card-bill/#respond Tue, 16 Nov 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=363417 How Cardholders Pay Their Credit Card Bill:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post How Cardholders Pay Their Credit Card Bill: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

How Cardholders Pay Their Credit Card Bill:

  • 38% of credit card users make credit card payments through their issuer’s website or app.
  • 24% of credit card users make credit card payments through online banking bill payment through their financial institution’s website.
  • 16% of credit card users make credit card payments by phone.
  • 12% of credit card users make credit card payments by mail.
  • 6% of credit card users make credit card payments at an in-store location.
  • 4% of credit card users make credit card payments through a mobile app from the card issuing bank.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ ever changing needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post How Cardholders Pay Their Credit Card Bill: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-cardholders-pay-their-credit-card-bill/feed/ 0
Top Card Features That Incentivize Consumers to Increase Their Credit Card Usage: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-card-features-that-incentivize-consumers-to-increase-their-credit-card-usage/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-card-features-that-incentivize-consumers-to-increase-their-credit-card-usage/#respond Mon, 15 Nov 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=363374 Top Card Features That Incentivize Consumers to Increase Their Credit Card Usage:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post Top Card Features That Incentivize Consumers to Increase Their Credit Card Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Top Card Features That Incentivize Consumers to Increase Their Credit Card Usage:

  • 49% of consumers say better rewards would make them more likely to increase their credit card usage.
  • 37% of consumers say a lower interest rate would make them more likely to increase their credit card usage.
  • 26% of consumers say a higher credit limit would make them more likely to increase their credit card usage.
  • 22% of consumers say nothing would make them more likely to increase their credit card usage.
  • 20% of consumers say lower fees would make them more likely to increase their credit card usage.
  • 12% of consumers say clearer fee descriptions and credit terms would make them more likely to increase their credit card usage.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ ever changing needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top Card Features That Incentivize Consumers to Increase Their Credit Card Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-card-features-that-incentivize-consumers-to-increase-their-credit-card-usage/feed/ 0
How Consumers With Multiple Credit Cards Decide Which Card to Use: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-consumers-with-multiple-credit-cards-decide-which-card-to-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-consumers-with-multiple-credit-cards-decide-which-card-to-use/#respond Fri, 12 Nov 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=363345 How Consumers With Multiple Credit Cards Decide Which Card to Use:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post How Consumers With Multiple Credit Cards Decide Which Card to Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

How Consumers With Multiple Credit Cards Decide Which Card to Use:

  • 63% of consumers with multiple credit cards mostly use one card for everyday purchases.
  • 36% of consumers with multiple credit cards mostly use one card for online purchases. 
  • 26% of consumers with multiple credit cards mostly use one card for specific retailers or merchants.
  • 19% of consumers with multiple credit cards mostly use one card for vacations or other travel.
  • 17% of consumers with multiple credit cards use mostly one card for expensive purchases.
  • 17% of consumers with multiple credit cards use mostly one card for paying bills.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ ever changing needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post How Consumers With Multiple Credit Cards Decide Which Card to Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-consumers-with-multiple-credit-cards-decide-which-card-to-use/feed/ 0
Top Reasons Consumers Purchase Gift Cards for Themselves: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-consumers-purchase-gift-cards-for-themselves/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-consumers-purchase-gift-cards-for-themselves/#respond Thu, 11 Nov 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=363292 Top Reasons Consumers Purchase Gift Cards for Themselves:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit […]

The post Top Reasons Consumers Purchase Gift Cards for Themselves: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards

Top Reasons Consumers Purchase Gift Cards for Themselves:

  1. 42% of consumers who have purchased gift cards for themselves have done so to get a discount or purchase.
  2. 41% of consumers who have purchased gift cards for themselves have done so for online purchases. 
  3. 35% of consumers who have purchased gift cards for themselves have done so to earn points.
  4. 29% of consumers who have purchased gift cards for themselves have done so for budgeting purposes. 
  5. 24% of consumers who have purchased gift cards for themselves have done so to control spending. 
  6. 19% of consumers who have purchased gift cards for themselves have done so because it is more convenient than carrying cash.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: The State of the Consumer Market – Prepaid/Gift, Credit, and Debit Cards, summarizing the findings from the Summer 2021 North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with prepaid, gift, credit, and debit cards. The report brings together various aspects of consumers’ experience with the different payment methods covered, as well as relevant behavioral habits and attitudes. Readers of the report will get an idea of how consumers use various payment cards, how they view card features, and the challenges that they encounter.

“The past 18 months have seen an unprecedented shift in consumer payment behaviors and attitudes, driven by disruptive factors including the COVID-19 pandemic, product shortages, and the accelerated adoption of online shopping. Tracking and understanding the shifts in consumer preferences is instrumental to planning for the future and creating innovative payments solutions that satisfy consumers’ ever changing needs.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top Reasons Consumers Purchase Gift Cards for Themselves: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-consumers-purchase-gift-cards-for-themselves/feed/ 0
Favorable Consumer Attitudes Toward Biometric Payments:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/favorable-consumer-attitudes-toward-biometric-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/favorable-consumer-attitudes-toward-biometric-payments/#respond Wed, 10 Nov 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362976 Favorable Consumer Attitudes Toward Biometric Payments: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Biometrics Use Is on the Rise for Payments: Banks and Merchants, Get Ready to Adopt Faces […]

The post Favorable Consumer Attitudes Toward Biometric Payments:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Biometrics Use Is on the Rise for Payments: Banks and Merchants, Get Ready to Adopt Faces and Fingertips for Authentication

Favorable Consumer Attitudes Toward Biometric Payments: 

  • 88% of consumers want additional authentication requirements when paying merchants or contractors.
  • A study conducted in November 2020 found that 59% of consumers would be willing to pay additional monthly fees if their bank offered biometric payment options.
  • In e-commerce, 41% of consumers are very or extremely concerned about the security of digital accounts.
  • A 2021 Mastercard study found that 53% of consumers consider biometric retail payments secure.
  • The same Mastercard study found that 60% of consumers feel safer using biometrics to make purchases than they do using a PIN.
  • COVID-19 may be contributing to consumers’ willingness to use biometric payments. 
  • 63% of consumers said they tried a new payment method that they would not have tried under normal circumstances.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a new report covering biometric authentication titled Biometrics Use Is on the Rise for Payments: Banks and Merchants, Get Ready to Adopt Faces and Fingertips for Authentication. The research explains the current market and discusses the driving factors that influence rate of adoption and how different stakeholders can gain a foothold in this rapidly growing ecosystem.

This report covers the breadth of today’s biometric authentication technologies, including how the introduction of behavior-based security has the potential to transform the payments industry. Through outlining the success and challenges faced by global entities in implementing this cutting edge technology, this report provides readers with valuable insights on how to introduce innovative products in this field. Additionally, the legislative developments at the state and federal levels in biometrics and consumer privacy are outlined to provide readers with a comprehensive perspective on the current regulatory landscape.

“Since our 2017 report, COVID-19 and shifting consumer preferences have accelerated the deployment of biometric authentication in the payments industry,” comments Tim Sloane, Vice President Payments Innovation, Mercator Advisory Group. Sloane continues: “In this rapidly developing field, it is necessary to have a firm understanding of the potential and limitations of the technology, including anticipated challenges in tailoring it to meet your market needs. It is time for all payments and financial entities to learn about privacy concerns and legislation, new developments, and the partnership opportunities in biometrics.”

The post Favorable Consumer Attitudes Toward Biometric Payments:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/favorable-consumer-attitudes-toward-biometric-payments/feed/ 0
In-Store Shopping is Rebounding: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-shopping-is-rebounding/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-shopping-is-rebounding/#respond Tue, 09 Nov 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362961 In-Store Shopping is Rebounding:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience In-Store Shopping is Rebounding: […]

The post In-Store Shopping is Rebounding: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience

In-Store Shopping is Rebounding:

  • Research data shows that consumers are re-evaluating the way they shop based on their experience during COVID-19’s initial impact.
  • In-store shopping experienced a 22% drop during the pandemic.
  • Consumers shifted more of their purchasing behavior to online shopping and curbside pickup during the pandemic. 
  • Mercator Advisory Group anticipates an 8% increase in online ordering with delivery.
  • Mercator also anticipates an 11% rebound of in-store shopping.
  • Good ventilation, PPE, and mask enforcement are focus areas for retails to consider if they want shoppers back in stores.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience, from our annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online during the pandemic.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S. adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note; this survey was conducted one year following the inception of the COVID-19 pandemic, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization underway.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with the changes in consumer shopping habits brought about by the impact of the pandemic.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“Life following the lifting health mandates will continue to evolve as consumers continue to re-evaluate alternative shopping methods and who they decide to purchase from. As a result, retailers have an opportunity to gain consumer loyalty by providing a safe shopping environment, offering high-quality products, and demonstrating flexibility with preferred payment options.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post In-Store Shopping is Rebounding: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-shopping-is-rebounding/feed/ 0
Gift Card Fraud Targeting Individuals: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gift-card-fraud-targeting-individuals/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gift-card-fraud-targeting-individuals/#respond Mon, 08 Nov 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362890 Gift Card Fraud Targeting Individuals:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Gift Card Fraud: Trends and Mitigation Gift Card Fraud Targeting Individuals: The schemes that fraudsters pursue […]

The post Gift Card Fraud Targeting Individuals: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Gift Card Fraud: Trends and Mitigation

Gift Card Fraud Targeting Individuals:

  1. The schemes that fraudsters pursue in directly targeting individual consumers take a variety of forms and are worryingly effective.
  2. One in four of 1,000 U.S. consumers surveyed in April 2021 have been asked to purchase a gift card to pay a fee to claim a prize.
  3. One in ten have been asked to purchase a gift card to deal with a social security number problem.
  4. One in ten have been asked to purchase a gift card to pay a utility bill. 
  5. One in ten of those targeted admitted to following through with the request to buy a gift card. 
  6. Individuals should recognize that entities requesting gift cards for payment are likely scammers. 

About Viewpoint

Fraud has always been a challenge for the gift card market, and recent years have seen an increase in gift card fraud in terms of both the number of cases and total financial losses. Despite this trend, recent advances in technology are helping in fraud prevention and detection, and future iterations are likely to prove still more useful. By incorporating artificial intelligence and machine learning tools into their arsenal of fraud services, merchants can make their defenses more robust and adaptive. With the use of advanced technology, it is increasingly possible for gift card fraud to not only be detected but prevented altogether.

The post Gift Card Fraud Targeting Individuals: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gift-card-fraud-targeting-individuals/feed/ 0
Gift Card Fraud Trends of 2020: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gift-card-fraud-trends-of-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gift-card-fraud-trends-of-2020/#respond Fri, 05 Nov 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362817 Gift Card Fraud Trends of 2020:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Gift Card Fraud: Trends and Mitigation Gift Card Fraud Trends of 2020: According to the FTC, […]

The post Gift Card Fraud Trends of 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Gift Card Fraud: Trends and Mitigation

Gift Card Fraud Trends of 2020:

  1. According to the FTC, gift card fraud is growing by both the number of cases and total financial losses.
  2. Gift card financial losses reported to the FTC totaled  $124 million in 2020.
  3. This is 17% higher than 2019’s $103 million in reported gift card losses. 
  4. Over the same period, the number of cases increased from 38,400 to 99,900.
  5. 26% of individuals who reported losing money to a scam in 2020 used gift cards to pay the scammer.
  6. Mercator Advisory Group found that prepaid cards experienced the most significant growth in fraud between 2019 and 2020.

About Viewpoint

Fraud has always been a challenge for the gift card market, and recent years have seen an increase in gift card fraud in terms of both the number of cases and total financial losses. Despite this trend, recent advances in technology are helping in fraud prevention and detection, and future iterations are likely to prove still more useful. By incorporating artificial intelligence and machine learning tools into their arsenal of fraud services, merchants can make their defenses more robust and adaptive. With the use of advanced technology, it is increasingly possible for gift card fraud to not only be detected but prevented altogether.

The post Gift Card Fraud Trends of 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gift-card-fraud-trends-of-2020/feed/ 0
6 Categories of Friendly Fraud: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-categories-of-friendly-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-categories-of-friendly-fraud/#respond Thu, 04 Nov 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362767 6 Categories of Friendly Fraud:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Chargebacks: Increases in Credit Card Disputes Threaten Merchant Profitability 6 Categories of Friendly Fraud: Accidental usage […]

The post 6 Categories of Friendly Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Chargebacks: Increases in Credit Card Disputes Threaten Merchant Profitability

6 Categories of Friendly Fraud:

  1. Accidental usage fraud: A consumer made the purchase, but does not recognize it due to limited information on their credit card statement.
  2. Intentional usage fraud: A consumer made a purchase and recognizes the purchase, but still requests a credit from the issuing bank, claiming they did not make the purchase.
  3. Merchant error: This category includes limited merchant descriptors on a bank statement, incorrect item description, incorrect pricing, poor customer service, etc.
  4. Shared card fraud: Many consumers share a card with family members. If one person uses the card and does not inform the other, this can lead to friendly fraud.
  5. Policy abuse fraud: Generous return policies allow users to return items without needing to provide a reason.
  6. In-flight refund: When a business issues a refund, consumers expect the refund to be instantaneous. If it’s not, the customer may call their card issuer and initiate a chargeback.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering chargebacks titled Chargebacks: Increases in Credit Card Disputes Threaten Merchant Profitability. The research explores the current state of the chargeback landscape, including the key factors causing a rise in chargeback volumes since the onset of the pandemic.

Merchants continue to experience high volumes of chargebacks, which pose significant risks to business operations and increase the likelihood of reputational loss. In the current supply-chain crisis, merchants must take proactive steps to better understand their chargeback issues and reduce the likelihood of high dispute volumes during the holiday season. It is particularly critical to develop a firm understanding of organizational capability to address all the dimensions of chargeback causes, and make an informed decision on how to address this growing issue.

“With consumers having access to easier means of initiating transaction disputes, merchants are facing growing chargeback risks in today’s market,” comments Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President Research Operations, at Mercator Advisory Group. Dunckelmann continues, “As merchants are bound to experience logistics and supply-chain issues this holiday season, it is of paramount importance to actively prevent as many chargebacks as possible through planning and targeted solution development. Mercator’s recommendations and insights through this report will aid all U.S. merchants in making informed operational decisions for the upcoming months.”

The post 6 Categories of Friendly Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-categories-of-friendly-fraud/feed/ 0
Top Reasons Behind the Increase in Chargebacks: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-behind-the-increase-in-chargebacks/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-behind-the-increase-in-chargebacks/#respond Wed, 03 Nov 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362639 Top Reasons Behind the Increase in Chargebacks:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Chargebacks: Increases in Credit Card Disputes Threaten Merchant Profitability Top Reasons Behind the Increase in Chargebacks: […]

The post Top Reasons Behind the Increase in Chargebacks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Chargebacks: Increases in Credit Card Disputes Threaten Merchant Profitability

Top Reasons Behind the Increase in Chargebacks:

  • 45% of companies that process transactions identify delivery delays as a top reason for their increase in chargebacks.
  • 43% of companies identify trouble scaling as a top reason for their increase in chargebacks.
  • 43% of companies identify customer service delays as a top reason for their increase in chargebacks.
  • 41% of companies identify labor crunch/shortage of workers as a top reason for their increase in chargebacks.
  • 38% of companies identify merchant errors as a top reason for their increase in chargebacks.
  • 29% of companies identify the interrupted supply chain as a top reason for their increase in chargebacks.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering chargebacks titled Chargebacks: Increases in Credit Card Disputes Threaten Merchant Profitability. The research explores the current state of the chargeback landscape, including the key factors causing a rise in chargeback volumes since the onset of the pandemic.

Merchants continue to experience high volumes of chargebacks, which pose significant risks to business operations and increase the likelihood of reputational loss. In the current supply-chain crisis, merchants must take proactive steps to better understand their chargeback issues and reduce the likelihood of high dispute volumes during the holiday season. It is particularly critical to develop a firm understanding of organizational capability to address all the dimensions of chargeback causes, and make an informed decision on how to address this growing issue.

“With consumers having access to easier means of initiating transaction disputes, merchants are facing growing chargeback risks in today’s market,” comments Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President Research Operations, at Mercator Advisory Group. Dunckelmann continues, “As merchants are bound to experience logistics and supply-chain issues this holiday season, it is of paramount importance to actively prevent as many chargebacks as possible through planning and targeted solution development. Mercator’s recommendations and insights through this report will aid all U.S. merchants in making informed operational decisions for the upcoming months.”

The post Top Reasons Behind the Increase in Chargebacks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-behind-the-increase-in-chargebacks/feed/ 0
Top Factors That Encourage Consumers to Order Online or By Mobile: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-factors-that-encourage-consumers-to-order-online-or-by-mobile/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-factors-that-encourage-consumers-to-order-online-or-by-mobile/#respond Tue, 02 Nov 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362609 Top Factors That Encourage Consumers to Order Online or By Mobile:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience Top Factors That Encourage […]

The post Top Factors That Encourage Consumers to Order Online or By Mobile: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience

Top Factors That Encourage Consumers to Order Online or By Mobile:

  • 50% of consumers say getting items faster encourages them to order online or by mobile.
  • 46% of consumers say that ordering online or by mobile is more convenient than trying to find the item or waiting in line in the store.
  • 44% of consumers say that offers or discounts for ordering ahead of time encourages them to order online or by mobile.
  • 39% of consumers say that avoiding shipping charges encourages them to order online or by mobile.
  • 35% of consumers say reducing their risk of contracting COVID-19 encourages them to order online or by mobile.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience, from our annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online during the pandemic.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S. adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note; this survey was conducted one year following the inception of the COVID-19 pandemic, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization underway.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with the changes in consumer shopping habits brought about by the impact of the pandemic.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“Life following the lifting health mandates will continue to evolve as consumers continue to re-evaluate alternative shopping methods and who they decide to purchase from. As a result, retailers have an opportunity to gain consumer loyalty by providing a safe shopping environment, offering high-quality products, and demonstrating flexibility with preferred payment options.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top Factors That Encourage Consumers to Order Online or By Mobile: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-factors-that-encourage-consumers-to-order-online-or-by-mobile/feed/ 0
The North American Autonomous Truck Market: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-north-american-autonomous-truck-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-north-american-autonomous-truck-market/#respond Mon, 01 Nov 2021 16:04:19 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362464 The North American Autonomous Truck Market:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Autonomous Vehicles, Connected Vehicles, and Their Impact on Payments The North American Autonomous Truck Market: Most […]

The post The North American Autonomous Truck Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Autonomous Vehicles, Connected Vehicles, and Their Impact on Payments

The North American Autonomous Truck Market:

  • Most goods are delivered via truck — over 70% of goods in the U.S.
  • Autonomous electric vehicles will lower operational costs of trucking by about 30% and help address the shortage of drivers.
  • The savings could be achieved through decreased labor costs, enhanced driving times and range, and improved fuel efficiency, and more.
  • The ability to operate nearly 24/7 without restrictions on daily driving time will double trucks’ daily range from 600 to 1,200 miles.
  • After a drop between 2019 and 2020, the North America autonomous truck market size is projected to steadily grow through 2027.
  • Public perception of AV technology safety will influence acceptance and adoption, serving as either an accelerator or barrier.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, Autonomous Vehicles, Connected Vehicles, and Their Impact on Payments, finds that autonomous vehicles (AVs) is a quickly evolving category with pilot programs, small scale deployments, and implementations happening across the U.S. and the globe. Covid-19 has led to new areas of focus and implementation, speeding up and expanding trial and usage of contactless purchases, payments, and deliveries. The pandemic increased consumer need for, exposure to, and acceptance of contactless delivery and the use of autonomous delivery robots and vehicles.

While much of the AV publicity is related to fully automated self-driving cars moving people in cities, the reality is that the most advanced trials and implementations are happening in the areas of moving packages and food rather than people (zero-occupant) and moving along predefined paths rather than flexible routes. Walmart has been testing self-driving truck and drone deliveries. Amazon has been making deliveries with its autonomous robot, Scout. Uber recently spun out the Postmates X robotics unit under the name Serve Robotics, which has been making deliveries in Southern California. Autonomous vehicles will have a major impact on the payments ecosystem.

AV benefits include time and cost savings, convenience, a smaller environmental impact, and reduced staffing requirements, a particular advantage in areas where there are labor shortages. However, there are also a number of challenges associated with the widespread adoption of autonomous vehicles, including those related to infrastructure, legislation, and safety concerns. Companies are testing a range of uses in multiple locations and applying the learning from one situation to the others (e.g., from ride hailing to trucking to local delivery).

“This is a highly impactful report,” stated the author of the report, Don Apgar, Director of the Merchant Services and Acquiring practice at Mercator Advisory Group. “We are following this among a number of similar technology trends that are making payments a frictionless and invisible part of our everyday activities.”

The post The North American Autonomous Truck Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-north-american-autonomous-truck-market/feed/ 0
U.S. Biometric Methods Adoption for Opening Smartphones: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-biometric-methods-adoption-for-opening-smartphones/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-biometric-methods-adoption-for-opening-smartphones/#respond Fri, 29 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362267 U.S. Biometric Methods Adoption for Opening Smartphones:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Biometrics Use Is on the Rise for Payments: Banks and Merchants, Get Ready to Adopt Faces and […]

The post U.S. Biometric Methods Adoption for Opening Smartphones: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Biometrics Use Is on the Rise for Payments: Banks and Merchants, Get Ready to Adopt Faces and Fingertips for Authentication

U.S. Biometric Methods Adoption for Opening Smartphones:

  • Among biometric methods used to open a smartphone, fingerprint readers had 70% of the market share in 2016.
  • Voice recognition had 18% of the market share in 2016.
  • Facial recognition had just 12% of the market share in 2016.
  • Facial recognition has since gained traction, accounting for 33% of the market share in 2020.
  • Fingerprint readers had 48% of the market share in 2020.
  • Voice recognition has remained steady, accounting for 18% of the market share in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a new report covering biometric authentication titled Biometrics Use Is on the Rise for Payments: Banks and Merchants, Get Ready to Adopt Faces and Fingertips for Authentication. The research explains the current market and discusses the driving factors that influence rate of adoption and how different stakeholders can gain a foothold in this rapidly growing ecosystem.

This report covers the breadth of today’s biometric authentication technologies, including how the introduction of behavior-based security has the potential to transform the payments industry. Through outlining the success and challenges faced by global entities in implementing this cutting edge technology, this report provides readers with valuable insights on how to introduce innovative products in this field. Additionally, the legislative developments at the state and federal levels in biometrics and consumer privacy are outlined to provide readers with a comprehensive perspective on the current regulatory landscape.

“Since our 2017 report, COVID-19 and shifting consumer preferences have accelerated the deployment of biometric authentication in the payments industry,” comments Tim Sloane, Vice President Payments Innovation, Mercator Advisory Group. Sloane continues: “In this rapidly developing field, it is necessary to have a firm understanding of the potential and limitations of the technology, including anticipated challenges in tailoring it to meet your market needs. It is time for all payments and financial entities to learn about privacy concerns and legislation, new developments, and the partnership opportunities in biometrics.”

The post U.S. Biometric Methods Adoption for Opening Smartphones: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-biometric-methods-adoption-for-opening-smartphones/feed/ 0
Buyers’ Desire to Get Back into Stores Across U.S. Regions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buyers-desire-to-get-back-into-stores-across-u-s-regions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buyers-desire-to-get-back-into-stores-across-u-s-regions/#respond Thu, 28 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362135 Buyers' Desire to Get Back into Stores Across U.S. Regions:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience Buyers’ Desire to Get […]

The post Buyers’ Desire to Get Back into Stores Across U.S. Regions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience

Buyers’ Desire to Get Back into Stores Across U.S. Regions:

  • During the pandemic, 48% of U.S. shoppers in the Northeast region said in-store shopping was the most common way they made purchases.
  • 59% of Northeast shoppers expect in-person shopping will be their most common purchasing method after the pandemic.
  • During the pandemic, 51% of shoppers in the Midwest said in-store shopping was the most common way they made purchases.
  • 60% of Midwest shoppers expect in-person shopping will be their most common purchasing method after the pandemic.
  • During the pandemic, 42% of Western region shoppers said in-store shopping was the most common way they made purchases.
  • 54% of Western shoppers expect in-person shopping will be their most common purchasing method after the pandemic.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience, from our annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online during the pandemic.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S. adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note; this survey was conducted one year following the inception of the COVID-19 pandemic, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization underway.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with the changes in consumer shopping habits brought about by the impact of the pandemic.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“Life following the lifting health mandates will continue to evolve as consumers continue to re-evaluate alternative shopping methods and who they decide to purchase from. As a result, retailers have an opportunity to gain consumer loyalty by providing a safe shopping environment, offering high-quality products, and demonstrating flexibility with preferred payment options.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Buyers’ Desire to Get Back into Stores Across U.S. Regions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buyers-desire-to-get-back-into-stores-across-u-s-regions/feed/ 0
U.S. Consumers are Aligned on In-Store Safety Precautions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-are-aligned-on-in-store-safety-precautions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-are-aligned-on-in-store-safety-precautions/#respond Wed, 27 Oct 2021 16:08:13 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362110 U.S. Consumers are Aligned on In-Store Safety Precautions:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience U.S. Consumers are Aligned […]

The post U.S. Consumers are Aligned on In-Store Safety Precautions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience

U.S. Consumers are Aligned on In-Store Safety Precautions: 

  • 70% of consumers ages 65+ say mask enforcement is important to making them feel safe while shopping in-store.
  • 67% of consumers ages 18-34 say mask enforcement is important to making them feel safe while shopping in-store.
  • 69% of consumers ages 65+ say good ventilation in the store space is important to making them feel safe while shopping in-store.
  • 72% of consumers ages 18-34 say good ventilation in the store space is important to making them feel safe while shopping in-store.
  • 69% of consumers ages 65+ say that adequate personal protective equipment for store associates is important to making them feel safe while shopping in-store.
  • 69% of consumers ages 18-34 say that adequate personal protective equipment for store associates is important to making them feel safe while shopping in-store.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Shopology – COVID Impacts on the Consumer Shopping Experience, from our annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online during the pandemic.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S. adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note; this survey was conducted one year following the inception of the COVID-19 pandemic, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization underway.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with the changes in consumer shopping habits brought about by the impact of the pandemic.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“Life following the lifting health mandates will continue to evolve as consumers continue to re-evaluate alternative shopping methods and who they decide to purchase from. As a result, retailers have an opportunity to gain consumer loyalty by providing a safe shopping environment, offering high-quality products, and demonstrating flexibility with preferred payment options.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post U.S. Consumers are Aligned on In-Store Safety Precautions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-are-aligned-on-in-store-safety-precautions/feed/ 0
Global Consumer Adoption of Top Biometric Authentication Methods: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/global-consumer-adoption-of-top-biometric-authentication-methods/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/global-consumer-adoption-of-top-biometric-authentication-methods/#respond Tue, 26 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362051 Global Consumer Adoption of Top Biometric Authentication Methods:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Biometrics Use Is on the Rise for Payments: Banks and Merchants, Get Ready to Adopt Faces […]

The post Global Consumer Adoption of Top Biometric Authentication Methods: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Biometrics Use Is on the Rise for Payments: Banks and Merchants, Get Ready to Adopt Faces and Fingertips for Authentication

Global Consumer Adoption of Top Biometric Authentication Methods:

  • A 2021 survey found that 84% of global consumers have used biometric authentication methods. 
  • 43% of global consumers have used facial biometrics.
  • 70% of global consumers have used fingerprint biometrics.
  • 25% of global consumers have used voice biometrics. 
  • 17% of global consumers have used iris biometrics.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a new report covering biometric authentication titled Biometrics Use Is on the Rise for Payments: Banks and Merchants, Get Ready to Adopt Faces and Fingertips for Authentication. The research explains the current market and discusses the driving factors that influence rate of adoption and how different stakeholders can gain a foothold in this rapidly growing ecosystem.

This report covers the breadth of today’s biometric authentication technologies, including how the introduction of behavior-based security has the potential to transform the payments industry. Through outlining the success and challenges faced by global entities in implementing this cutting edge technology, this report provides readers with valuable insights on how to introduce innovative products in this field. Additionally, the legislative developments at the state and federal levels in biometrics and consumer privacy are outlined to provide readers with a comprehensive perspective on the current regulatory landscape.

“Since our 2017 report, COVID-19 and shifting consumer preferences have accelerated the deployment of biometric authentication in the payments industry,” comments Tim Sloane, Vice President Payments Innovation, Mercator Advisory Group. Sloane continues: “In this rapidly developing field, it is necessary to have a firm understanding of the potential and limitations of the technology, including anticipated challenges in tailoring it to meet your market needs. It is time for all payments and financial entities to learn about privacy concerns and legislation, new developments, and the partnership opportunities in biometrics.”

The post Global Consumer Adoption of Top Biometric Authentication Methods: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/global-consumer-adoption-of-top-biometric-authentication-methods/feed/ 0
Small Business Usage of the SBA PPP Loan Program: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-usage-of-the-sba-ppp-loan-program/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-usage-of-the-sba-ppp-loan-program/#respond Mon, 25 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=362019 Small Business Usage of the SBA PPP Loan Program:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic Small Business Usage […]

The post Small Business Usage of the SBA PPP Loan Program: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

Small Business Usage of the SBA PPP Loan Program:

  • The Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program (SBA PPP) allowed businesses to apply for loans to pay employee payroll and cover certain other costs during COVID-19.
  • SBA PPP ended on May 31, 2021. 
  • 46% of small businesses applied for and received an SBA PPP loan.
  • 25% of small businesses did not apply for a PPP loan.
  • 26% of small businesses applied, qualified, but did not receive a PPP loan.
  • 8% of small businesses applied but did not qualify for a PPP loan.  

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Small Business Usage of the SBA PPP Loan Program: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-usage-of-the-sba-ppp-loan-program/feed/ 0
Canadian Commercial Credit Card Spend in 2020: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-commercial-credit-card-spend-in-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-commercial-credit-card-spend-in-2020/#respond Fri, 22 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=361937 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commercial Credit Cards: North America Market Review and Forecast, 2019-2025 Canadian Commercial Credit Card Spend in […]

The post Canadian Commercial Credit Card Spend in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commercial Credit Cards: North America Market Review and Forecast, 2019-2025

Canadian Commercial Credit Card Spend in 2020:

  • Overall 2020 commercial credit card spending in Canada was $27.8 billion (USD).
  • This is 39.3% lower than commercial credit card spend in 2019.
  • Corporate card spending declined by 70%, largely driving the overall commercial card decline. 
  • Purchasing card spending saw a less severe 8.9% drop to $18.5 billion (USD).
  • Mercator anticipates a modest 19% improvement in 2021, with a relatively slow business travel trajectory due to Canada’s strict lockdown policies.
  • Mercator anticipates a CAGR of 14.3% for Canadian commercial card spend in the 2021-2025 timeframe.  

About Report

Prior to the onset of the pandemic, the commercial credit card market for mid to large corporates in North America had been in a reasonably strong growth mode for several years, with a similar trajectory expected going forward in the following few years. As COVID-related lockdown policies were generally instituted in all regions, with accompanying restrictions on inbound international travel, the challenge was figuring out just how badly corporate card spend would be impacted and the scope of spillover effects on other payments from business slowdowns. As it turned out, the overall U.S. full-year GDP decline was relatively mild and as of Q1 2021, output had exceeded $22 trillion, suggesting a relatively fast, V-curve recovery. Accelerated digital payments adoption by corporates saddled by work-from-home scenarios and industry concentration on purchasing cards and non-travel virtual cards helped to ameliorate disastrous overall card payment declines. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Commercial Credit Cards: North America Market Review and Forecast, 2019-2025 provides a review of the commercial credit card markets in Canada and the United States, including an analysis of how the pandemic impacted 2020 spend, as well as recovery expectations through 2025.

“The good news for the industry in North America, especially the United States, is that the movement towards expanded use cases for cards in accounts payable created a substantial offsetting balance to the negative effects of lost travel spend,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report, “and this shift has occurred over time, setting the industry up for returned growth during the coming five years.”

The post Canadian Commercial Credit Card Spend in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-commercial-credit-card-spend-in-2020/feed/ 0
U.S. Commercial Credit Card Spend in 2020: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-commercial-credit-card-spend-in-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-commercial-credit-card-spend-in-2020/#respond Thu, 21 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=361892 TiD 655Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commercial Credit Cards: North America Market Review and Forecast, 2019-2025 U.S. Commercial Credit Card Spend in […]

The post U.S. Commercial Credit Card Spend in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commercial Credit Cards: North America Market Review and Forecast, 2019-2025

U.S. Commercial Credit Card Spend in 2020:

  • Overall 2020 commercial credit card spend for mid- to large-market entities (including government) was $493.3 billion.
  • This is 19.1% lower than commercial credit card spend in 2019.
  • Corporate card spending declined by 67% to $54.1 billion, given the discontinue of business travel after March 2021.
  • While there was some optimism regarding a general turnaround by Q4 2020, international travel restrictions largely remained in place into 2021.
  • Purchasing card spending declines were a less severe 5% to $255.6 billion, which is in line with overall negative 2021 GDP results.
  • Mercator anticipates stronger growth in 2021 and a CAGR of 15.7% in the 2021-2025 timeframe.

About Report

Prior to the onset of the pandemic, the commercial credit card market for mid to large corporates in North America had been in a reasonably strong growth mode for several years, with a similar trajectory expected going forward in the following few years. As COVID-related lockdown policies were generally instituted in all regions, with accompanying restrictions on inbound international travel, the challenge was figuring out just how badly corporate card spend would be impacted and the scope of spillover effects on other payments from business slowdowns. As it turned out, the overall U.S. full-year GDP decline was relatively mild and as of Q1 2021, output had exceeded $22 trillion, suggesting a relatively fast, V-curve recovery. Accelerated digital payments adoption by corporates saddled by work-from-home scenarios and industry concentration on purchasing cards and non-travel virtual cards helped to ameliorate disastrous overall card payment declines. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Commercial Credit Cards: North America Market Review and Forecast, 2019-2025 provides a review of the commercial credit card markets in Canada and the United States, including an analysis of how the pandemic impacted 2020 spend, as well as recovery expectations through 2025.

“The good news for the industry in North America, especially the United States, is that the movement towards expanded use cases for cards in accounts payable created a substantial offsetting balance to the negative effects of lost travel spend,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report, “and this shift has occurred over time, setting the industry up for returned growth during the coming five years.”

The post U.S. Commercial Credit Card Spend in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-commercial-credit-card-spend-in-2020/feed/ 0
Emerging Use Cases for Request-for-Pay: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/emerging-use-cases-for-request-for-pay/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/emerging-use-cases-for-request-for-pay/#respond Wed, 20 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=361803 Emerging Use Cases for Request-for-Pay:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Request for Pay: Opportunities Await, but It’s a Long Road to Mainstream Adoption Emerging Use Cases […]

The post Emerging Use Cases for Request-for-Pay: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Request for Pay: Opportunities Await, but It’s a Long Road to Mainstream Adoption

Emerging Use Cases for Request-for-Pay:

  • Request-for-Pay (RfP) is in its early stages, but there is great potential in the industry.
  • In September 2021, Verizon announced that customers could pay their bills instantly through The Clearing House’s RfP service if they have an account with Citi.
  • This is a narrow use case, but represents a starting point for what will likely be a long road to the common use of this technology.
  • JPMorgan Chase recently announced a B2B solution that uses The Clearing House’s RfP capabilities.
  • The new product will allow corporate clients to send payment requests to the bank’s 57 million digital banking clients.
  • As with Verizon, the Chase product is a narrow use case—but new products on new rails need to begin somewhere.

About Viewpoint

The U.S. payments market is beginning to see the launch of Request-for-Pay (RfP) products using the messaging system developed by The Clearing House and tied to the RTP network. RfP solutions currently being deployed have limited audiences, but the potential to expand is promising and a host of viable use cases are being identified.

In this Viewpoint, Mercator highlights the views of several industry experts who have a front-row seat to the advancement of RfP.

The post Emerging Use Cases for Request-for-Pay: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/emerging-use-cases-for-request-for-pay/feed/ 0
The Checkout Options Consumers Have Used:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-checkout-options-consumers-have-used/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-checkout-options-consumers-have-used/#respond Tue, 19 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=361408 The Checkout Options Consumers Have Used:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping The Checkout Options Consumers Have Used: 82.9% of consumers […]

The post The Checkout Options Consumers Have Used:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping

The Checkout Options Consumers Have Used:

  • 82.9% of consumers have used express checkout lanes at least once in the past 12 months.
  • 74.2% of consumers have used mobile app scanning at least once in the past 12 months.
  • 72.7% of consumers have used autonomous checkout at least once in the past 12 months.
  • 71.1% of consumers have used their phone camera to scan a merchant-provided QR code at least once in the past 12 months.
  • 71.1% of consumers have used a store-supplied scanning device at least once in the past 12 months.
  • 69.6% of consumers have had a cashier scan a QR or barcode from a retailer-specific app at least once in the past 12 months.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, loyalty program membership, the use of mobile phone while shopping, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note, this survey was conducted one year post COVID-19, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization under way.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with purchase speed and convenience in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“The pandemic has created a re-evaluation of consumers’ priorities, when shopping while at the same time raising awareness of alternative shopping methods that tap into consumers’ desire for speed and convenience. As consumers begin to see the light, with vaccinations under way, they are realizing that alternative methods of shopping, driven by the pandemic, are now available as viable shopping options that add a level of safety and convenience to the shopping experience.”

The post The Checkout Options Consumers Have Used:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-checkout-options-consumers-have-used/feed/ 0
Shopping on Websites Based Outside of the United States is an Infrequent Occurrence: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/shopping-on-websites-based-outside-of-the-united-states-is-an-infrequent-occurrence/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/shopping-on-websites-based-outside-of-the-united-states-is-an-infrequent-occurrence/#respond Mon, 18 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=360979 Shopping on Websites Based Outside of the United States is an Infrequent Occurrence:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping Shopping on Websites Based Outside of the United States […]

The post Shopping on Websites Based Outside of the United States is an Infrequent Occurrence: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping

Shopping on Websites Based Outside of the United States is an Infrequent Occurrence:

  • 31% of consumers never shop online on websites based outside of the U.S. 
  • 26% of consumers rarely shop online on websites based outside of the U.S.
  • 22% of consumers sometimes shop online on websites based outside of the U.S. 
  • 8% of consumers are not sure how often they shop online on websites based outside of the U.S.
  • 6% of consumers often shop online on websites based outside of the U.S. 
  • 6% of consumers very often shop online on websites based outside of the U.S. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, loyalty program membership, the use of mobile phone while shopping, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note, this survey was conducted one year post COVID-19, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization under way.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with purchase speed and convenience in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“The pandemic has created a re-evaluation of consumers’ priorities, when shopping while at the same time raising awareness of alternative shopping methods that tap into consumers’ desire for speed and convenience. As consumers begin to see the light, with vaccinations under way, they are realizing that alternative methods of shopping, driven by the pandemic, are now available as viable shopping options that add a level of safety and convenience to the shopping experience.”

The post Shopping on Websites Based Outside of the United States is an Infrequent Occurrence: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/shopping-on-websites-based-outside-of-the-united-states-is-an-infrequent-occurrence/feed/ 0
Key Aspects Small Businesses Consider When Choosing a Financial Institution: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/key-aspects-small-businesses-consider-when-choosing-a-financial-institution/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/key-aspects-small-businesses-consider-when-choosing-a-financial-institution/#respond Fri, 15 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=360481 Key Aspects Small Businesses Consider When Choosing a Financial Institution:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic Key Aspects Small […]

The post Key Aspects Small Businesses Consider When Choosing a Financial Institution: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

Key Aspects Small Businesses Consider When Choosing a Financial Institution:

  • 41% of small businesses consider checking account features very important when choosing a financial institution to bank with.
  • 37% of small businesses consider business credit card offerings very important when choosing a financial institution to bank with. 
  • 36% of small businesses consider business line of credit (amount and features) very important when choosing a financial institution to bank with. 
  • 36% of small businesses consider business loans very important when choosing a financial institution to bank with. 
  • 35% of small businesses consider financial advisory services very important when choosing a financial institution to bank with. 

About Viewpoint

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Key Aspects Small Businesses Consider When Choosing a Financial Institution: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/key-aspects-small-businesses-consider-when-choosing-a-financial-institution/feed/ 0
Legal Sports Betting Market Growth During COVID-19: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/legal-sports-betting-market-growth-during-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/legal-sports-betting-market-growth-during-covid-19/#respond Thu, 14 Oct 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=360045 Legal Sports Betting Market Growth During COVID-19:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Acquirer Market Spotlight: Sports and E-sports Betting Legal Sports Betting Market Growth During COVID-19: The legal […]

The post Legal Sports Betting Market Growth During COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Acquirer Market Spotlight: Sports and E-sports Betting

Legal Sports Betting Market Growth During COVID-19:

  • The legal sports betting market has experienced rapid growth in the past year, with a record setting $961.1 million in gross revenue in Q1 2021.
  • This is greater than the $908.8 million in sports revenue generated during the entire year in 2019.
  • Altogether, Americans bet nearly $13 billion with legal sports operators in Q1 2021.
  • Market growth was hindered by the emergence of COVID-19, with a year-over-year decrease of 46.3% in sports betting gross gaming revenue in Q2 2020.
  • A quick rebound in the latter half of 2020 took sports betting revenue above pre-pandemic levels. 
  • As sports leagues resume full schedules in 2021, Mercator Advisory Group estimates that the online sports gambling market could balloon to $20 billion.

About Viewpoint

Rapid growth in sports betting is gaining attention not only from investors and regulators but in the world of banking and fintech too. Even though the regulatory environment is friendlier, there are still risks in servicing this nascent industry. 

The post Legal Sports Betting Market Growth During COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/legal-sports-betting-market-growth-during-covid-19/feed/ 0
Forecasting U.S. In-Store Gift Card Usage: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/forecasting-u-s-in-store-gift-card-usage/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/forecasting-u-s-in-store-gift-card-usage/#respond Wed, 13 Oct 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=359522  Forecasting U.S. In-Store Gift Card Usage:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 Forecasting U.S. In-Store Gift Card Usage: Mercator […]

The post Forecasting U.S. In-Store Gift Card Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025

Forecasting U.S. In-Store Gift Card Usage:

  • Mercator observed a ~7% decrease in in-store gift card loads in 2020 and forecasts a slight 1% CAGR in the 2021-2025 years. 
  • A smaller percentage of U.S. consumers purchased in-store gift cards in 2020 and yearly loads were less. 
  • Mercator forecasts the total yearly load for a U.S. adult who purchases in-store gift cards to increase by 1% into 2025.
  • However, the percentage of U.S. adults who purchase a gift card will stay constant.
  • Mercator estimates that consumers will load an estimated $152.7 billion onto in-store gift cards in 2025.
  • Mercator believes in-store gift card loads are stagnating because consumers are moving to digital channels.

About Report

The report titled 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2025. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. The economy, regulation, consumer behavior, and the COVID-19 pandemic will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

“The pandemic has affected closed-loop card loads differently by segment. Digital and virtual gift cards are forecasted to continue growth amid a booming e-commerce market. As the pandemic subsides and in-store foot traffic returns, in-store gift card loads will slowly come back, however, the consumer trend towards digital channels will remain, resulting in digital and virtual cards winning market share over time,” commented David Nelyubin, Senior Analyst of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report.

The post Forecasting U.S. In-Store Gift Card Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/forecasting-u-s-in-store-gift-card-usage/feed/ 0
IoT Case Study: Laundry Detergent and the IoT Replenishment Revenue Potential https://www.paymentsjournal.com/iot-case-study-laundry-detergent-and-the-iot-replenishment-revenue-potential/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/iot-case-study-laundry-detergent-and-the-iot-replenishment-revenue-potential/#respond Tue, 12 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=359130 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Internet of Things Technology and Consumer Devices: Machine Triggered Payments Continue Growth in U.S. Households IoT […]

The post IoT Case Study: Laundry Detergent and the IoT Replenishment Revenue Potential appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Internet of Things Technology and Consumer Devices: Machine Triggered Payments Continue Growth in U.S. Households

IoT Case Study: Laundry Detergent and the IoT Replenishment Revenue Potential

  • A useful consumer convenience product category to examine through the lens of IoT transactions is laundry detergent.
  • An estimated $1.6 billion worth of packaged (pods and comparable) laundry detergent products were sold in the U.S. in 2020.
  • The average U.S. household expenditure on laundry products for the year 2019 was $183.50.
  • However, only a few manufacturers (including LG, Samsung, and GE) offer auto-replenishment enabled washers, and more importantly, all of them rely on the Amazon Dash platform to offer customers IoT transactions for detergent purchases.
  • If one excludes the option of Amazon replenishment, U.S. consumers are devoid of smart replenishment options for their IoT-enabled washing machine.
  • An increasing proportion of consumers are shifting to online purchases for critical household supplies such as laundry detergents, which is a positive development for an IoT platform.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering IoT transactions and payments titled Internet of Things Technology and Consumer Devices: Machine Triggered Payments Continue Growth in U.S. Households.The research explains the current market, discusses the driving factors that influence rate of adoptions, and describes how different stakeholders can gain a foothold in this rapidly growing ecosystem.

The research covers how consumers currently pay for subscription models, leveraging that data to infer how IoT payments have a market-entry template for U.S. households. Mercator also provides an analysis of the industry-level developments in the smart/IoT consumer device sector, including strategies to influence card-on-file choices for smart replenishments. Research also includes data on VC investments in the IoT technology landscape.

“IoT transactions are not a new development, they have already become an integral part of the commercial payments space. However, the explosion of IoT devices and associated auto-replenishment purchases in the consumer marketplace is an emerging phenomenon that necessitates analysis,” comments Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President Research Operations, at Mercator Advisory Group. Dunckelmann continues: “Financial institutions and other stakeholders in card-on-file products need to leverage the growth of IoT transactions to create new channels for revenue and data. Consumers are indicating an increasing preference towards auto-replenishment for individual smart devices over traditional shopping patterns. This segmentation of one-time purchases is an expansion opportunity for all financial entities and payments specialists.”

The post IoT Case Study: Laundry Detergent and the IoT Replenishment Revenue Potential appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/iot-case-study-laundry-detergent-and-the-iot-replenishment-revenue-potential/feed/ 0
IoT Case Study: Canon Printers Offer IoT Replenishment Options https://www.paymentsjournal.com/iot-case-study-canon-printers-offer-iot-replenishment-options/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/iot-case-study-canon-printers-offer-iot-replenishment-options/#respond Thu, 07 Oct 2021 15:48:28 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=358168 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Internet of Things Technology and Consumer Devices: Machine Triggered Payments Continue Growth in U.S. Households IoT […]

The post IoT Case Study: Canon Printers Offer IoT Replenishment Options appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Internet of Things Technology and Consumer Devices: Machine Triggered Payments Continue Growth in U.S. Households

IoT Case Study: Canon Printers Offer IoT Replenishment Options

  • In 2020, Mercator calculated that around 85% of all Canon USA printers (IoT-enabled) were advertised as Amazon Dash enabled.
  • Of the 21 Alexa compatible Canon printers on the Amazon marketplace, only 6 printers (29%) also carried the additional certification of ‘Smart Reorders’ through the Alexa-Dash platform. 
  • In comparison, Canon’s U.S. website lists 42 printers that are enabled with Canon’s Auto Replenishment Service.
  • Mercator estimates that 2.5% of Canon USA’s 2020 revenue can be attributed to IoT payments for ink/toner replenishment.
  • The key development in Canon’s IoT strategy over this period has been increasing marketing on its internal Auto Replenishment Service for machine-triggered cartridge purchases.
  • This change in Canon’s product marketing has been accompanied with a shift in strategy by Amazon, which now offers a 10% price reduction for all ink or toner reorders through the Dash Replenishment system.
  • Mercator believes that IoT-enabled devices and replenishment, even in the current closed-loop model, presents manufacturers and card issuers with a tremendous revenue growth opportunity.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a report covering IoT transactions and payments titled Internet of Things Technology and Consumer Devices: Machine Triggered Payments Continue Growth in U.S. Households.The research explains the current market, discusses the driving factors that influence rate of adoptions, and describes how different stakeholders can gain a foothold in this rapidly growing ecosystem.

The research covers how consumers currently pay for subscription models, leveraging that data to infer how IoT payments have a market-entry template for U.S. households. Mercator also provides an analysis of the industry-level developments in the smart/IoT consumer device sector, including strategies to influence card-on-file choices for smart replenishments. Research also includes data on VC investments in the IoT technology landscape.

“IoT transactions are not a new development, they have already become an integral part of the commercial payments space. However, the explosion of IoT devices and associated auto-replenishment purchases in the consumer marketplace is an emerging phenomenon that necessitates analysis,” comments Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President Research Operations, at Mercator Advisory Group. Dunckelmann continues: “Financial institutions and other stakeholders in card-on-file products need to leverage the growth of IoT transactions to create new channels for revenue and data. Consumers are indicating an increasing preference towards auto-replenishment for individual smart devices over traditional shopping patterns. This segmentation of one-time purchases is an expansion opportunity for all financial entities and payments specialists.”

The post IoT Case Study: Canon Printers Offer IoT Replenishment Options appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/iot-case-study-canon-printers-offer-iot-replenishment-options/feed/ 0
Top Payment Methods Small Businesses Use for Purchasing Products and Services: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-payment-methods-small-businesses-use-for-purchasing-products-and-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-payment-methods-small-businesses-use-for-purchasing-products-and-services/#respond Wed, 06 Oct 2021 17:42:22 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=358143 Top Payment Methods Small Businesses Use for Purchasing Products and Services:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic Top Payment Methods […]

The post Top Payment Methods Small Businesses Use for Purchasing Products and Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

Top Payment Methods Small Businesses Use for Purchasing Products and Services:

  • 53% of small businesses use a business credit card with a monthly revolving balance to purchase products and services.
  • 41% of small businesses use a business debit card to purchase products and services.
  • 31% of small businesses use business checks to purchase products and services.
  • 29% of small businesses use business charge cards to purchase products and services.
  • 29% of small businesses use personal credit or charge cards to purchase products and services.
  • 25% of small businesses use a personal debit card to purchase products and services.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Top Payment Methods Small Businesses Use for Purchasing Products and Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-payment-methods-small-businesses-use-for-purchasing-products-and-services/feed/ 0
Six Topics that Concern Small Businesses: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-topics-that-concern-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-topics-that-concern-small-businesses/#respond Tue, 05 Oct 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=358075 Six Topics that Concern Small Businesses:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic Six Topics that […]

The post Six Topics that Concern Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

Six Topics that Concern Small Businesses:

  • 40% of small businesses are concerned or very concerned by security and fraud. 
  • 40% of small businesses are concerned or very concerned about cash flow.
  • 39% of small businesses are concerned or very concerned about employee acquisition.
  • 38% of small businesses are concerned or very concerned about employee retention.
  • 38% of small businesses are concerned or very concerned about customer retention.
  • 37% of small businesses are concerned or very concerned about government regulation.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Six Topics that Concern Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-topics-that-concern-small-businesses/feed/ 0
Reasons Why Businesses Make Use of Personal Credit Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-why-businesses-make-use-of-personal-credit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-why-businesses-make-use-of-personal-credit-cards/#respond Mon, 04 Oct 2021 16:00:29 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=358036 Reasons Why Businesses Make Use of Personal Credit Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic Reasons Why Businesses […]

The post Reasons Why Businesses Make Use of Personal Credit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

Reasons Why Businesses Make Use of Personal Credit Cards:

  • 45% of businesses that use personal credit cards do so because they have better rewards.
  • 42% of businesses that use personal cards do so because they have better cardholder protections.
  • 40% of businesses that use personal cards do so because it is easier.
  • 30% of businesses that use personal cards do so because their company was not willing to underwrite cards for employees.
  • 26% of businesses that use personal cards do so because of an insufficient credit line.
  • 20% of businesses that use personal cards do so because they were not able to be approved for a business credit or charge card. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Reasons Why Businesses Make Use of Personal Credit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reasons-why-businesses-make-use-of-personal-credit-cards/feed/ 0
Mobile Point-of-Sale Features Small Businesses Rank as Most Important: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-point-of-sale-features-small-businesses-rank-as-most-important/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-point-of-sale-features-small-businesses-rank-as-most-important/#respond Fri, 01 Oct 2021 19:12:23 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=357997 Mobile Point-of-Sale Features Small Businesses Rank as Most Important:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic Mobile Point-of-Sale Features […]

The post Mobile Point-of-Sale Features Small Businesses Rank as Most Important: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

Mobile Point-of-Sale Features Small Businesses Rank as Most Important:

  • 27% of small businesses say that the initial cost of hardware is the most important feature within their mobile POS solution.
  • 22% of small businesses say that no monthly fee or contract is the most important feature within their mobile POS solution.
  • 12% of businesses say that a fee structure that is easy to understand and plan for is the most important feature within their mobile POS solution.
  • 11% of small businesses say low processing/settlement fees are the most important feature within their mobile POS solution.
  • 8% of small businesses say that Bluetooth enabled (wireless hardware) is the most important feature within their mobile POS solution.
  • 6% of businesses say a small/portable hardware device is the most important feature within their mobile POS solution.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Mobile Point-of-Sale Features Small Businesses Rank as Most Important: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-point-of-sale-features-small-businesses-rank-as-most-important/feed/ 0
The Preferred Online Bill Payment Methods for Small Businesses:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-preferred-online-bill-payment-methods-for-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-preferred-online-bill-payment-methods-for-small-businesses/#respond Thu, 30 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=357954 The Preferred Online Bill Payment Methods for Small Businesses: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic The Preferred Online […]

The post The Preferred Online Bill Payment Methods for Small Businesses:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

The Preferred Online Bill Payment Methods for Small Businesses: 

  • 44% of small businesses prefer to make online bill payments through their bank’s online bill-pay site.
  • 29% of small businesses prefer to make online bill payments through the billing company’s site. 
  • 13% of small businesses prefer to make online bill payments through a billing aggregator like Bill.com.
  • 9% of small businesses prefer to make online bill payments through accounts payable/financial software like Quickbooks.
  • Just 1% of small businesses report not using online bill payments.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Preferred Online Bill Payment Methods for Small Businesses:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-preferred-online-bill-payment-methods-for-small-businesses/feed/ 0
The Frequency of Payroll Payments at U.S. Small Businesses:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-frequency-of-payroll-payments-at-u-s-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-frequency-of-payroll-payments-at-u-s-small-businesses/#respond Wed, 29 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=357493 The Frequency of Payroll Payments at U.S. Small Businesses: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic The Frequency of […]

The post The Frequency of Payroll Payments at U.S. Small Businesses:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

The Frequency of Payroll Payments at U.S. Small Businesses: 

  • Among over 2,000 surveyed U.S. small businesses, just 5% pay their employees daily. 
  • 14% of small businesses pay their employees a few times a week.
  • 17% of small businesses pay their employees once a week.
  • 42% of small businesses pay their employees bi-weekly.
  • This makes bi-weekly the most popular payroll frequency for small businesses.
  • 19% of businesses pay their employees monthly. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Frequency of Payroll Payments at U.S. Small Businesses:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-frequency-of-payroll-payments-at-u-s-small-businesses/feed/ 0
How Much Was Loaded onto U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards in 2020? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-much-was-loaded-onto-u-s-closed-loop-prepaid-cards-in-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-much-was-loaded-onto-u-s-closed-loop-prepaid-cards-in-2020/#respond Tue, 28 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=357040 How Much Was Loaded onto U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards in 2020?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 How Much Was Loaded onto U.S. Closed-Loop […]

The post How Much Was Loaded onto U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards in 2020? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025

How Much Was Loaded onto U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards in 2020?

  • In 2020, $146.4 billion was loaded onto in-store gift cards in the U.S.
  • In 2020, $16.9 billion was loaded onto prepaid cards for store credits/returns in the U.S.
  • In 2020, $49.5 billion was loaded on Nutrition Assistance Cards in the U.S. 
  • In 2020, $19.9 billion was loaded onto transit cards in the U.S.
  • In 2020, $8.2 billion was loaded onto prepaid cards for tolls in the U.S.
  • In 2020, $1.49 billion was loaded onto prepaid petroleum cards in the U.S.

About Report

The report titled 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2025. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. The economy, regulation, consumer behavior, and the COVID-19 pandemic will all influence which segments grow and which decline. “The pandemic has affected closed-loop card loads differently by segment. Digital and virtual gift cards are forecasted to continue growth amid a booming e-commerce market. As the pandemic subsides and in-store foot traffic returns, in-store gift card loads will slowly come back, however, the consumer trend towards digital channels will remain, resulting in digital and virtual cards winning market share over time,” commented David Nelyubin, Senior Analyst of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report.

The post How Much Was Loaded onto U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards in 2020? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-much-was-loaded-onto-u-s-closed-loop-prepaid-cards-in-2020/feed/ 0
2020’s Top Closed-Loop Load Use Cases by U.S. Market Share: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020s-top-closed-loop-load-use-cases-by-u-s-market-share/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020s-top-closed-loop-load-use-cases-by-u-s-market-share/#respond Mon, 27 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=356541 2020's Top Closed-Loop Load Use Cases by U.S. Market Share:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 2020’s Top Closed-Loop Load Use Cases by […]

The post 2020’s Top Closed-Loop Load Use Cases by U.S. Market Share: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025

2020’s Top Closed-Loop Load Use Cases by U.S. Market Share:

  • In-store gift cards had a 35.7% market share for the closed-loop load market in 2020.
  • Digital content had a 16.29% market share for the closed-loop load market in 2020.
  • Prepaid mobile had a 13.10% market share for the closed-loop load market in 2020.
  • Nutritional Assistance/WIC had a 12.00% market share for the closed-loop load market in 2020.
  • Transit had a 4.82% market share for the closed-loop load market in 2020.
  • Campus had a 4.71% market share for the closed-loop load market in 2020.

About Report

The report titled 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2025. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. The economy, regulation, consumer behavior, and the COVID-19 pandemic will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

“The pandemic has affected closed-loop card loads differently by segment. Digital and virtual gift cards are forecasted to continue growth amid a booming e-commerce market. As the pandemic subsides and in-store foot traffic returns, in-store gift card loads will slowly come back, however, the consumer trend towards digital channels will remain, resulting in digital and virtual cards winning market share over time,” commented David Nelyubin, Senior Analyst of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report.

The post 2020’s Top Closed-Loop Load Use Cases by U.S. Market Share: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020s-top-closed-loop-load-use-cases-by-u-s-market-share/feed/ 0
Types of Credit Lines Used by Small Businesses to Finance Business Needs: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-credit-lines-used-by-small-businesses-to-finance-business-needs/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-credit-lines-used-by-small-businesses-to-finance-business-needs/#respond Fri, 24 Sep 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=355870 Types of Credit Lines Used by Small Businesses to Finance Business Needs:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic Types of Credit […]

The post Types of Credit Lines Used by Small Businesses to Finance Business Needs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

Types of Credit Lines Used by Small Businesses to Finance Business Needs:

  • 81% of small businesses have used a credit line from a bank, non-bank lender, or credit card to offset a lack of cash flow.
  • 44% of businesses have used a credit line from a bank.
  • 37% of businesses have used a credit line from a business credit card. 
  • 23% of businesses have used a credit line from a personal credit card. 
  • 17% of businesses have used a credit line from a non-bank lender. 
  • 15% of businesses have used a credit line from a professional credit card. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Types of Credit Lines Used by Small Businesses to Finance Business Needs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/types-of-credit-lines-used-by-small-businesses-to-finance-business-needs/feed/ 0
How COVID-19 Impacted Small Businesses:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-covid-19-impacted-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-covid-19-impacted-small-businesses/#respond Thu, 23 Sep 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=355330 how covid impacted small businessesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic How COVID-19 Impacted […]

The post How COVID-19 Impacted Small Businesses:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

How COVID-19 Impacted Small Businesses: 

  • 67% of over 2,000 surveyed small businesses experienced a year-over-year increase in revenue in the past 12 months.
  • 22% of businesses moved some or all of their staff to remote work in the past 12 months.
  • 19% of businesses saw no change in the past 12 months. 
  • 18% of businesses had to hire staff in the past 12 months and now have more workers than prior to the pandemic.
  • 17% of businesses were forced to lay off staff in the past 12 months.
  • 14% of businesses had to close at least one location in the past 12 months. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post How COVID-19 Impacted Small Businesses:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-covid-19-impacted-small-businesses/feed/ 0
Most Small Businesses Have Experienced Cash Flow Concerns Since the Emergence of COVID-19: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-small-businesses-have-experienced-cash-flow-concerns-since-the-emergence-of-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-small-businesses-have-experienced-cash-flow-concerns-since-the-emergence-of-covid-19/#respond Wed, 22 Sep 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=354880 Most Small Businesses Have Experienced Cash Flow Concerns Since the Emergence of COVID-19:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic Most Small Businesses […]

The post Most Small Businesses Have Experienced Cash Flow Concerns Since the Emergence of COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic

Most Small Businesses Have Experienced Cash Flow Concerns Since the Emergence of COVID-19:

  • Cash flow concerns have increased for most companies since the beginning of the pandemic. 
  • 18% of small businesses said their cash flow concerns increased significantly since COVID-19 emerged. 
  • 36% of small businesses said their cash flow concerns increased since COVID-19 emerged.
  • 36% of small businesses said their cash flow concerns remained the same since COVID-19 emerged.
  • Just 8% of small businesses said their cash flow concerns decreased since COVID-19 emerged.
  • 2% of small businesses said their cash flow concerns decreased significantly since COVID-19 emerged.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Small Business survey report, 2021 Small Business PaymentsInsights: Business Operations – In the Midst of a Pandemic, from its annual Small Business PaymentsInsights series, examines all aspects of the small business experience, including the management of business operations, tapping into critical resources as channels of support, and building relationships with financial institutions.

The report is based on an online small business survey administered between June 9th and July 16, 2021, across 2,007 U.S. Small Businesses with 2020 annual revenue between $100K and $10 million. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, view of technology, and their top business concerns.

“Although small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic, they continue to demonstrate resilience in the face of what at times seems to be impossible odds. Concerns about cash flow continue to exist. Many, who lack personal financing to help run their businesses, take advantage of small business loan programs and other credit options to survive yet keep an optimistic outlook as they align their business operations with their support team of banks and financial advisors.”- Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Most Small Businesses Have Experienced Cash Flow Concerns Since the Emergence of COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-small-businesses-have-experienced-cash-flow-concerns-since-the-emergence-of-covid-19/feed/ 0
COVID-19 & Closed-Loop Campus Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/covid-19-closed-loop-campus-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/covid-19-closed-loop-campus-cards/#respond Tue, 21 Sep 2021 16:06:19 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=354446 COVID-19 & Closed-Loop Campus Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 COVID-19 & Closed-Loop Campus Cards: Closed-loop campus […]

The post COVID-19 & Closed-Loop Campus Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025

COVID-19 & Closed-Loop Campus Cards:

  • Closed-loop campus cards are used on corporate, industrial, and educational campuses from elementary schools to universities.
  • Originally issued for identification and access control, many closed-loop cards now have payment capabilities. 
  • For example, some cards can be used to make purchases at vending machines, cafeteria lines, and laundry facilities.
  • Closed-loop campus cards experienced a large decline due to COVID-19.
  • Mercator Advisory Group estimates there was a ~33% drop in load values in 2020.
  • This load value is expected to rebound to 2019 levels by mid-2022 as the impacts from the pandemic subside.

About Report

The report titled 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2025. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. The economy, regulation, consumer behavior, and the COVID-19 pandemic will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

“The pandemic has affected closed-loop card loads differently by segment. Digital and virtual gift cards are forecasted to continue growth amid a booming e-commerce market. As the pandemic subsides and in-store foot traffic returns, in-store gift card loads will slowly come back, however, the consumer trend towards digital channels will remain, resulting in digital and virtual cards winning market share over time,” commented David Nelyubin, Senior Analyst of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report.

The post COVID-19 & Closed-Loop Campus Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/covid-19-closed-loop-campus-cards/feed/ 0
The Decline of In-Store Gift Cards https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-decline-of-in-store-gift-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-decline-of-in-store-gift-cards/#respond Mon, 20 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=354049 The Decline of In-Store Gift Cards:In-store gift cards have long been a popular choice for consumers, offering convenience and flexibility for both givers and recipients. However, recent trends suggest a shift in consumer behavior, with fewer purchases and declining load amounts. As digital and virtual gift cards gain traction, the traditional gift card segment faces challenges in maintaining its relevance. […]

The post The Decline of In-Store Gift Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In-store gift cards have long been a popular choice for consumers, offering convenience and flexibility for both givers and recipients. However, recent trends suggest a shift in consumer behavior, with fewer purchases and declining load amounts. As digital and virtual gift cards gain traction, the traditional gift card segment faces challenges in maintaining its relevance. While in-store gift cards still hold value, adapting to evolving preferences and market dynamics will be critical for their future growth.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025

The Decline of In-Store Gift Cards:

  • There was a ~7% decrease in in-store gift card loads in 2020.
  • Consumers loaded $146.4 billion onto in-store gift cards in 2020, down from $156.8 billion in 2019.
  • A smaller percentage of U.S. consumers purchased in-store gift cards in 2020 and yearly loads were less.
  • Mercator forecasts the total yearly load for a U.S. adult who purchases in-store gift cards to decrease by 1% into 2025.
  • The 1% overall increase is driven largely by the increase in the U.S. population.
  • Mercator believes traditional gift card loads are stagnating because consumers are moving to digital channels. 

About Viewpoint

The report titled 18th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2020–2025 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2025. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. The economy, regulation, consumer behavior, and the COVID-19 pandemic will all influence which segments grow and which decline. “The pandemic has affected closed-loop card loads differently by segment. Digital and virtual gift cards are forecasted to continue growth amid a booming e-commerce market. As the pandemic subsides and in-store foot traffic returns, in-store gift card loads will slowly come back, however, the consumer trend towards digital channels will remain, resulting in digital and virtual cards winning market share over time,” commented David Nelyubin, Senior Analyst of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report.

The post The Decline of In-Store Gift Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-decline-of-in-store-gift-cards/feed/ 0
The Growing Popularity of E-Sports Betting: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-growing-popularity-of-e-sports-betting/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-growing-popularity-of-e-sports-betting/#respond Fri, 17 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=352793 The Growing Popularity of E-Sports Betting:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Acquirer Market Spotlight: Sports and E-sports Betting The Growing Popularity of E-Sports Betting: E-sports betting, or […]

The post The Growing Popularity of E-Sports Betting: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Acquirer Market Spotlight: Sports and E-sports Betting

The Growing Popularity of E-Sports Betting:

  • E-sports betting, or betting on competitive organized video gaming, falls under the umbrella of sports betting.
  • The ability to stream e-sports made it easier for them than traditional sports to adapt to the “new normal” of the pandemic.
  • Consumers were able to watch livestreams from the safety of their homes, contributing to the e-sports global audience growth to 435.9 million viewers in 2020.
  • Even as consumers no longer need to fill the void of traditional sports, gaming and e-sports betting will see steady growth. 
  • Mercator Advisory Group anticipates the U.S. gaming market will grow to $70.6 billion in 2021, representing a 24% year-over-year growth. 
  •  A major challenge in the e-sports betting space is the lack of clarity regarding its legality in the United States. 

About Viewpoint

Rapid growth in sports betting is gaining attention not only from investors and regulators but in the world of banking and fintech too. Even though the regulatory environment is friendlier, there are still risks in servicing this nascent industry. 

The post The Growing Popularity of E-Sports Betting: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-growing-popularity-of-e-sports-betting/feed/ 0
6 Top U.S. Sports Betting Markets in 2020 by Betting Handle: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-top-u-s-sports-betting-markets-in-2020-by-betting-handle/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-top-u-s-sports-betting-markets-in-2020-by-betting-handle/#respond Thu, 16 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=352781 6 Top U.S. Sports Betting Markets in 2020 by Betting Handle:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Acquirer Market Spotlight: Sports and E-sports Betting 6 Top U.S. Sports Betting Markets in 2020 by […]

The post 6 Top U.S. Sports Betting Markets in 2020 by Betting Handle: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Acquirer Market Spotlight: Sports and E-sports Betting

6 Top U.S. Sports Betting Markets in 2020 by Betting Handle:

  • New Jersey was the top sports betting market in 2020, with $6.02 billion in sports betting handle.
  • In second was Nevada, with $4.28 billion in sports betting handle.
  • In third was Pennsylvania, with $3.58 billion in sports betting handle.
  • In fourth was Illinois, with $1.88 billion in sports betting handle.
  • In fifth was Indiana, with $1.77 billion in sports betting handle.
  • Rounding out the top six was Colorado, with $1.19 billion in sports betting handle.

About Viewpoint

Rapid growth in sports betting is gaining attention not only from investors and regulators but in the world of banking and fintech too. Even though the regulatory environment is friendlier, there are still risks in servicing this nascent industry. 

The post 6 Top U.S. Sports Betting Markets in 2020 by Betting Handle: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-top-u-s-sports-betting-markets-in-2020-by-betting-handle/feed/ 0
State Approaches to Legal Sports Betting Vary Widely: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/state-approaches-to-legal-sports-betting-vary-widely/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/state-approaches-to-legal-sports-betting-vary-widely/#respond Wed, 15 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=352760 TiD 631Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Acquirer Market Spotlight: Sports and E-sports Betting State Approaches to Legal Sports Betting Vary Widely: Since […]

The post State Approaches to Legal Sports Betting Vary Widely: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Acquirer Market Spotlight: Sports and E-sports Betting

State Approaches to Legal Sports Betting Vary Widely:

  • Since sports betting legislation occurs on a state level, individual states have taken assorted approaches to legalization.
  • As of July 2021, sports betting is live and legal in 21 U.S. states plus Washington, D.C. 
  • Additionally, sports betting is legal but not yet operational in 10 states.
  • The remaining states have active or pre-filed legislation, no legislation, or dead legislation around sports betting.
  •  A key differentiator between state approaches is whether to restrict betting to in-person only, or to allow for both in-person and mobile betting.
  • The top six sports betting markets by betting handle all offer legal mobile sports betting. 

About Viewpoint

Rapid growth in sports betting is gaining attention not only from investors and regulators but in the world of banking and fintech too. Even though the regulatory environment is friendlier, there are still risks in servicing this nascent industry. 

The post State Approaches to Legal Sports Betting Vary Widely: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/state-approaches-to-legal-sports-betting-vary-widely/feed/ 0
The Shift to Legal Sports Betting in the United States: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-shift-to-legal-sports-betting-in-the-united-states/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-shift-to-legal-sports-betting-in-the-united-states/#respond Tue, 14 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=352368 The Shift to Legal Sports Betting in the United States:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Acquirer Market Spotlight: Sports and E-sports Betting The Shift to Legal Sports Betting in the United […]

The post The Shift to Legal Sports Betting in the United States: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Acquirer Market Spotlight: Sports and E-sports Betting

The Shift to Legal Sports Betting in the United States:

  • Prior to the 2018 repeal of the Professional and Amateur Sports Protection Act of 1992 (PAPSA), a vast majority of sports betting was illegal.
  • For example, only 3% of the $10 billion wagered on the 2018 NCAA men’s basketball tournament was bet legally.
  • Americans’ increasing willingness to place illegal bets reflected a gradual change in public perceptions towards sports betting. 
  • While over half of Americans disapproved of legalizing sports betting in 1993, that dropped to 45% by 2017. 
  • In 2019, states with legalized sports betting experienced a 12% increase in online and mobile betting spend with legal operators. 
  • Likewise, states with legalized sports betting saw a 25% decrease in spend with illegal bookies in 2019. 

About Viewpoint

Rapid growth in sports betting is gaining attention not only from investors and regulators but in the world of banking and fintech too. Even though the regulatory environment is friendlier, there are still risks in servicing this nascent industry. 

The post The Shift to Legal Sports Betting in the United States: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-shift-to-legal-sports-betting-in-the-united-states/feed/ 0
6 Key Dynamics Influencing Mobile as a Commerce Channel: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-key-dynamics-influencing-mobile-as-a-commerce-channel/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-key-dynamics-influencing-mobile-as-a-commerce-channel/#respond Mon, 13 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=352308 6 Key Dynamics Influencing Mobile as a Commerce Channel:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants 6 Key Dynamics Influencing Mobile as a […]

The post 6 Key Dynamics Influencing Mobile as a Commerce Channel: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants

6 Key Dynamics Influencing Mobile as a Commerce Channel:

  1. COVID-19 has accelerated payment behavior changes.
  2. Contactless payments are becoming more mainstream. 
  3. Accessibility mandates ensure anyone can take advantage of mobile commerce.
  4. More day-to-day purchasing can be accomplished with a mobile phone. 
  5. Digitization drives easy merchant adoption of payment technology.
  6. Demographics favor increased mobile device usage. 

About Report

Lifestyle commerce is a prime mover of the customer experience journey that includes using mobile apps and payments as a key channel for retail shopping. It’s not only that e-commerce has grown, but more significantly, that mobile technology plays a larger role in the checkout process both for remote and proximity payments. Mobile use for pre-buy research and payments is a greater part of retail sales than much of the conventional wisdom now believes. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants, focuses on how retailers can leverage consumer mobile usage.

“Mobile is increasingly the go-to choice for shopping, ordering, and paying for many consumers. Mobile devices enhance the customer experience and provide merchants more opportunities to connect with consumers whether in-store or online,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post 6 Key Dynamics Influencing Mobile as a Commerce Channel: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-key-dynamics-influencing-mobile-as-a-commerce-channel/feed/ 0
Number of Cashless Transactions by Region: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/number-of-cashless-transactions-by-region/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/number-of-cashless-transactions-by-region/#respond Fri, 10 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=351719 Number of Cashless Transactions by Region:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: International Prepaid Market Developments and Growth Trends Number of Cashless Transactions by Region: In 2016, Europe […]

The post Number of Cashless Transactions by Region: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: International Prepaid Market Developments and Growth Trends

Number of Cashless Transactions by Region:

  • In 2016, Europe had 154.8 billion cashless transactions, narrowly beating out North America.
  • That same year, North America had 150.6 billion cashless transactions.
  • Asia came in third in 2016, with 126.5 billion cashless transactions.
  • Latin America lagged behind, with just 40.9 billion cashless transactions in 2016.
  • All four regions experienced noticeable growth in the number of cashless transactions between 2016 and 2020.
  • By 2020, Asia had dramatically more cashless transactions than any other region in the world. 
  • Europe had the second highest number of cashless transactions in 2020, widening the gap  between North America. 

About Viewpoint

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, International Prepaid Market Developments and Growth Trends, reveals some of the most important trends within the global prepaid market.

The international prepaid market is booming, but it is not expanding at the same rate everywhere. In emerging markets in Latin America and Asia, where consumers have more limited access to other forms of cashless payments, prepaid cards serve an important role in daily life. As e-commerce and demand for non-cash payment types rises in these regions, prepaid cards are experiencing profound growth.

On the other hand, in regions where prepaid markets are well established—namely Europe and North America—legislators are cracking down on fraud associated with prepaid cards. New regulations may threaten the growth of prepaid card markets in these regions.

Across all regions, prepaid card markets have found new use cases in recent times and there is a great deal more growth to be had within the market.

“The prepaid market is witnessing sustained and significant growth throughout the world, with an average estimated CAGR of 13% through the year 2023. As e-commerce spreads globally and demand grows for cashless payment methods, prepaid cards stand to benefit. Government initiatives in support of transitions to cashless payments are numerous,” states Laura Handly, analyst at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the report.

The post Number of Cashless Transactions by Region: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/number-of-cashless-transactions-by-region/feed/ 0
Buy Now, Pay Later: An Estimated $17 Billion Opportunity for Debit & ACH https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buy-now-pay-later-an-estimated-17-billion-opportunity-for-debit-ach/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buy-now-pay-later-an-estimated-17-billion-opportunity-for-debit-ach/#respond Thu, 09 Sep 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=351571 TiD 627Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The Influence of BNPL on Debit Cards and Account-to-Account Transfers Buy Now, Pay Later: An Estimated […]

The post Buy Now, Pay Later: An Estimated $17 Billion Opportunity for Debit & ACH appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The Influence of BNPL on Debit Cards and Account-to-Account Transfers

Buy Now, Pay Later: An Estimated $17 Billion Opportunity for Debit & ACH

  • If repayment preferences and projections are applied to the estimated $39 billion BNPL market, the result is an estimated $17 billion annual transaction opportunity.
  • This estimate is based upon the following premises:
    • Nearly all BNPL who would have used a debit card for their shopping would use debit or ACH for their repayment transactions.
    • Only 10% of credit card preferring shoppers would use debit or ACH to avoid the potential of incurring interest expense.
    • One half of the population who otherwise would not have made the purchase at all use debit or ACH to make repayments.
    • All check and cash shoppers would choose a debit card or ACH direct debit to make their repayments.

About Viewpoint

Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) payment plans are an extension of credit to consumers provided at the point of sale, often at no cost to the consumer. The option for free loans has fed the rapid adoption of BNPL, influencing the product plans for credit card issuers, merchants, networks and processors. Merchants and issuers want to do business with younger consumers who do not have credit cards or who are concerned about accruing debt, as well as more established buyers who value the opportunity to stretch payments over several weeks. Mercator Advisory Group analysis finds the U.S. BNPL market has grown from a negligible level just three years ago to an estimated $39 billion in purchases in 2020.

As much as BNPL has and will continue to upend traditional forms of credit, it is also having an influence on debit cards and ACH as forms of repayment, a topic that until now has been largely overlooked. 

The post Buy Now, Pay Later: An Estimated $17 Billion Opportunity for Debit & ACH appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buy-now-pay-later-an-estimated-17-billion-opportunity-for-debit-ach/feed/ 0
Financial Inclusion Varies By Region:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/financial-inclusion-varies-by-region/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/financial-inclusion-varies-by-region/#respond Wed, 08 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=351162 Financial Inclusion Varies By Region: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: International Prepaid Market Developments and Growth Trends Financial Inclusion Varies By Region:  93.81% of consumers ages […]

The post Financial Inclusion Varies By Region:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: International Prepaid Market Developments and Growth Trends

Financial Inclusion Varies By Region: 

  • 93.81% of consumers ages 15+ have a bank account in North America.
  • This makes North America the leading region when it comes to financial inclusion.
  • In second place is Europe, where 81.46% of consumers ages 15+ have a bank account.
  • In third is Asia, where 72.66% of consumers ages 15+ have a bank account. 
  • Lagging behind is Latin America, where just 55.14% of consumers ages 15+ have a bank account. 
  • Despite low levels of financial inclusion, cashless payments are rising in popularity in emerging economies. 

About Viewpoint

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, International Prepaid Market Developments and Growth Trends, reveals some of the most important trends within the global prepaid market.

The international prepaid market is booming, but it is not expanding at the same rate everywhere. In emerging markets in Latin America and Asia, where consumers have more limited access to other forms of cashless payments, prepaid cards serve an important role in daily life. As e-commerce and demand for non-cash payment types rises in these regions, prepaid cards are experiencing profound growth.

On the other hand, in regions where prepaid markets are well established—namely Europe and North America—legislators are cracking down on fraud associated with prepaid cards. New regulations may threaten the growth of prepaid card markets in these regions.

Across all regions, prepaid card markets have found new use cases in recent times and there is a great deal more growth to be had within the market.

“The prepaid market is witnessing sustained and significant growth throughout the world, with an average estimated CAGR of 13% through the year 2023. As e-commerce spreads globally and demand grows for cashless payment methods, prepaid cards stand to benefit. Government initiatives in support of transitions to cashless payments are numerous,” states Laura Handly, analyst at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the report.

The post Financial Inclusion Varies By Region:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/financial-inclusion-varies-by-region/feed/ 0
If Not for BNPL, How Would Buyers Have Made Their Purchase? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/if-not-for-bnpl-how-would-buyers-have-made-their-purchase/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/if-not-for-bnpl-how-would-buyers-have-made-their-purchase/#respond Tue, 07 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=350643 If Not for BNPL, How Would Buyers Have Made Their Purchase?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The Influence of BNPL on Debit Cards and Account-to-Account Transfers If Not for BNPL, How Would […]

The post If Not for BNPL, How Would Buyers Have Made Their Purchase? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The Influence of BNPL on Debit Cards and Account-to-Account Transfers

If Not for BNPL, How Would Buyers Have Made Their Purchase?

  • If BNPL had not been available at checkout, 43% of buyers would use a credit card.
  • If BNPL had not been available at checkout, 29% of buyers would use a debit card.
  • If BNPL had not been available at checkout, 10% of buyers would not have made the purchase.
  • If BNPL had not been available at checkout, 5% of buyers would use a charge card.
  • If BNPL had not been available at checkout, 5% of buyers would use a check.
  • If BNPL had not been available at checkout, 3% of buyers would use cash.

About Viewpoint

Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) payment plans are an extension of credit to consumers provided at the point of sale, often at no cost to the consumer. The option for free loans has fed the rapid adoption of BNPL, influencing the product plans for credit card issuers, merchants, networks and processors. Merchants and issuers want to do business with younger consumers who do not have credit cards or who are concerned about accruing debt, as well as more established buyers who value the opportunity to stretch payments over several weeks. Mercator Advisory Group analysis finds the U.S. BNPL market has grown from a negligible level just three years ago to an estimated $39 billion in purchases in 2020.

As much as BNPL has and will continue to upend traditional forms of credit, it is also having an influence on debit cards and ACH as forms of repayment, a topic that until now has been largely overlooked

The post If Not for BNPL, How Would Buyers Have Made Their Purchase? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/if-not-for-bnpl-how-would-buyers-have-made-their-purchase/feed/ 0
BNPL Users are Most Likely to Own Debit Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/bnpl-users-are-most-likely-to-own-debit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/bnpl-users-are-most-likely-to-own-debit-cards/#respond Fri, 03 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=350088 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The Influence of BNPL on Debit Cards and Account-to-Account Transfers BNPL Users are Most Likely to […]

The post BNPL Users are Most Likely to Own Debit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The Influence of BNPL on Debit Cards and Account-to-Account Transfers

BNPL Users are Most Likely to Own Debit Cards:

  • 75% of BNPL users have a debit card.
  • 53% of BNPL users have a PayPal account.
  • 42% of BNPL users have a credit card.
  • 35% of BNPL users have a store-brand credit card.
  • 26% of BNPL users have a charge card.
  • 21% of BNPL users have a prepaid card.

About Viewpoint

Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) payment plans are an extension of credit to consumers provided at the point of sale, often at no cost to the consumer. The option for free loans has fed the rapid adoption of BNPL, influencing the product plans for credit card issuers, merchants, networks and processors. Merchants and issuers want to do business with younger consumers who do not have credit cards or who are concerned about accruing debt, as well as more established buyers who value the opportunity to stretch payments over several weeks. Mercator Advisory Group analysis finds the U.S. BNPL market has grown from a negligible level just three years ago to an estimated $39 billion in purchases in 2020.

As much as BNPL has and will continue to upend traditional forms of credit, it is also having an influence on debit cards and ACH as forms of repayment, a topic that until now has been largely overlooked

The post BNPL Users are Most Likely to Own Debit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/bnpl-users-are-most-likely-to-own-debit-cards/feed/ 0
Lower Income Consumers More Likely to Have Increased Credit Card Usage During COVID-19: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/lower-income-consumers-more-likely-to-have-increased-credit-card-usage-during-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/lower-income-consumers-more-likely-to-have-increased-credit-card-usage-during-covid-19/#respond Thu, 02 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=349959 Lower Income Consumers More Likely to Have Increased Credit Card Usage During COVID-19:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American Payments Insights: Canada – Fraud and Changing Consumer Preferences Lower Income Consumers More […]

The post Lower Income Consumers More Likely to Have Increased Credit Card Usage During COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American Payments Insights: Canada – Fraud and Changing Consumer Preferences

Lower Income Consumers More Likely to Have Increased Credit Card Usage During COVID-19:

  • 41% of Canadian consumers earning under $50K reported using their credit card more since the start of the pandemic.
  • In comparison, just 26% of Canadian consumers earning $150K+ reported using their credit card more since the start of the pandemic.
  • 47% of consumers earning under $50K reported no change in their credit card usage since the start of the pandemic.
  • In comparison, 63% of consumers earning $150K+ reported no change in their credit card usage since the start of the pandemic. 
  • 3% of consumers earning under $50K reported using their credit card less since the start of the pandemic.
  • In comparison, 0% of consumers earning $150K+ reported using their credit card more since the start of the pandemic.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 North American Payments Insights: Canada – Fraud and Changing Consumer Preferences, summarizing the research findings from the fraud and payments behavior sections of the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 1,001 Canadian-based adults. The report highlights consumer payment behavior in response to experiencing payment related fraud in the pandemic induced shift to online shopping. Additionally, the report draws attention to the shifts in consumer payment habits and changing consumer preferences influenced by the pandemic. Finally, it touches upon consumers’ experience with credit card payment holidays and the implications this may have for credit card issuers. Various aspects of how Canadian consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment related fraud during a rapidly changing payment environment. Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“The unprecedented expansion of online shopping during the pandemic has created a rise in fraud events that have affected Canadian consumers across all demographic categories. This necessitates a thorough reconsideration of how major players in the payments space deal with fraud prevention and the vendors they use for this. As fraud attacks affect a larger number of consumers, it is vital that payments service providers take measures to assure consumers that their payment information is secure.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Lower Income Consumers More Likely to Have Increased Credit Card Usage During COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/lower-income-consumers-more-likely-to-have-increased-credit-card-usage-during-covid-19/feed/ 0
Employed Consumers More Likely to Be Victims of Fraud: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/employed-consumers-more-likely-to-be-victims-of-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/employed-consumers-more-likely-to-be-victims-of-fraud/#respond Wed, 01 Sep 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=349508 Employed Consumers More Likely to Be Victims of Fraud:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American Payments Insights: Canada – Fraud and Changing Consumer Preferences Employed Consumers More Likely […]

The post Employed Consumers More Likely to Be Victims of Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American Payments Insights: Canada – Fraud and Changing Consumer Preferences

Employed Consumers More Likely to Be Victims of Fraud: 

  • Employed consumers in Canada present a more lucrative target for potential scammers than their unemployed counterparts.
  • 31% of employed consumers have been victims of fraud in the past 12 months, compared to 16% of unemployed consumers. 
  • 15% of employed consumers have been victims of card fraud in the past 12 months, compared to 11% of unemployed consumers. 
  • 8% of employed consumers have been victims of fake organizations in the past 12 months, compared to 3% of unemployed consumers. 
  • 8% of employed consumers have been victims of identity theft in the past 12 months, compared to 4% of unemployed consumers. 
  • 7% of employed consumers have been victims of telemarketing fraud in the past 12 months, compared to 3% of unemployed consumers. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 North American Payments Insights: Canada – Fraud and Changing Consumer Preferences, summarizing the research findings from the fraud and payments behavior sections of the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 1,001 Canadian-based adults. The report highlights consumer payment behavior in response to experiencing payment related fraud in the pandemic induced shift to online shopping. Additionally, the report draws attention to the shifts in consumer payment habits and changing consumer preferences influenced by the pandemic. Finally, it touches upon consumers’ experience with credit card payment holidays and the implications this may have for credit card issuers. Various aspects of how Canadian consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment related fraud during a rapidly changing payment environment. Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“The unprecedented expansion of online shopping during the pandemic has created a rise in fraud events that have affected Canadian consumers across all demographic categories. This necessitates a thorough reconsideration of how major players in the payments space deal with fraud prevention and the vendors they use for this. As fraud attacks affect a larger number of consumers, it is vital that payments service providers take measures to assure consumers that their payment information is secure.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Employed Consumers More Likely to Be Victims of Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/employed-consumers-more-likely-to-be-victims-of-fraud/feed/ 0
Potential Pitfalls for Merchants Offering BNPL: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/potential-pitfalls-for-merchants-offering-bnpl/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/potential-pitfalls-for-merchants-offering-bnpl/#respond Tue, 31 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=349048 Potential Pitfalls for Merchants Offering BNPL:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Buy Now, Pay Later: Sales or Cost Driver? Potential Pitfalls for Merchants Offering BNPL: BNPL lenders […]

The post Potential Pitfalls for Merchants Offering BNPL: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Buy Now, Pay Later: Sales or Cost Driver?

Potential Pitfalls for Merchants Offering BNPL:

  • BNPL lenders charge merchants for a basic four-installment plan that is interest-free for consumers. 
  • The merchant fees range from 1.5%- 6% of purchase price, which could be higher than a credit/debit card transaction.
  • Converting lower-cost card sales to higher-cost BNPL sales is a cost driver, not a sales driver.
  • Another possible BNPL pitfall for merchants relates to the customer experience.
  • If the consumer does not have a good experience, a merchant’s brand image and goodwill may get bruised.
  • A poor customer experience can be driven by the BNPL purchase or repayment process or encounters with other service-related issues.

About Viewpoint

A confluence of factors in our COVID economy have come together to make Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) installment options attractive for consumers. Merchants, of course, are drawn to anything that resonates with shoppers and has the potential to provide a competitive advantage and corresponding sales lift. The challenge for merchants lies in selecting the right BNPL partner that fits well with their products, technology, and shopper demographic while implementing BNPL in a way that drives new sales rather than simply increasing the cost of sales.

The post Potential Pitfalls for Merchants Offering BNPL: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/potential-pitfalls-for-merchants-offering-bnpl/feed/ 0
Six Factors Merchants Should Consider When Choosing a BNPL Vendor:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-factors-merchants-should-consider-when-choosing-a-bnpl-vendor/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-factors-merchants-should-consider-when-choosing-a-bnpl-vendor/#respond Mon, 30 Aug 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=348735 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Buy Now, Pay Later: Sales or Cost Driver? Six Factors Merchants Should Consider When Choosing a […]

The post Six Factors Merchants Should Consider When Choosing a BNPL Vendor:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Buy Now, Pay Later: Sales or Cost Driver?

Six Factors Merchants Should Consider When Choosing a BNPL Vendor: 

Merchants can better assess a prospective BNPL lender or compare their existing lender to others by considering the following factors and metrics:

  1. Availability of installment lending product options
  2. Ease of user interface
  3. Merchant fee structure
  4. Number of consumers in lender network/repeat customers
  5. Focused retail categories
  6. Added-value services

About Viewpoint

A confluence of factors in our COVID economy have come together to make Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) installment options attractive for consumers. Merchants, of course, are drawn to anything that resonates with shoppers and has the potential to provide a competitive advantage and corresponding sales lift. The challenge for merchants lies in selecting the right BNPL partner that fits well with their products, technology, and shopper demographic while implementing BNPL in a way that drives new sales rather than simply increasing the cost of sales.

The post Six Factors Merchants Should Consider When Choosing a BNPL Vendor:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-factors-merchants-should-consider-when-choosing-a-bnpl-vendor/feed/ 0
The Top Actions Consumers Take After Debit Card Security Incidents: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-actions-consumers-take-after-debit-card-security-incidents/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-actions-consumers-take-after-debit-card-security-incidents/#respond Fri, 27 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=347914 The Top Actions Consumers Take After Debit Card Security Incidents:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience The Top Actions Consumers […]

The post The Top Actions Consumers Take After Debit Card Security Incidents: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience

The Top Actions Consumers Take After Debit Card Security Incidents:

  • Consumers respond in a number of ways when their debit card is stolen, lost, or compromised in a security incident.
  • 80% of consumers received a replacement card after their most recent debit card security incident.
  • 22% of consumers closed their account after their most recent debit card security incident.
  • 17% of consumers started using another card after their most recent debit card security incident. 
  • 9% of consumers purchased a subscription to an identity protection service after their most recent debit card security incident.
  • 8% of consumers applied for a new card from a different issuer after their most recent debit card security incident.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience, summarizing findings from the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with subscriptions, bill pay, and fraud. The report brings together various aspects of how U.S. consumers interact with the payments ecosystem to pay for subscriptions and recurring bills, as well as their experiences with fraud in the past year. The report highlights consumers’ experience and attitudes towards various fraud events, which have seen increased relevance with the radical expansion of card-not-present transactions during the pandemic. Readers are presented with summary findings regarding consumer behaviors and inclinations, as they vary across different demographic cohorts of consumers.

“The accelerated expansion of online shopping and the associated rise in card-not-present transactions during the pandemic has led to an increased incidence of fraud events. This makes it vital for card networks, issuers, financial institutions, merchants, and other players in the payments space to update their fraud prevention solutions to maintain consumer confidence in the safety of their products.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Top Actions Consumers Take After Debit Card Security Incidents: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-actions-consumers-take-after-debit-card-security-incidents/feed/ 0
Young Consumers More Likely to Experience Fraud of All Types: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-consumers-more-likely-to-experience-fraud-of-all-types/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-consumers-more-likely-to-experience-fraud-of-all-types/#respond Thu, 26 Aug 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=347566 TiD 618Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience Young Consumers More Likely […]

The post Young Consumers More Likely to Experience Fraud of All Types: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience

Young Consumers More Likely to Experience Fraud of All Types: 

  • 46.2% of consumers ages 18-34 have been a victim of fraud in the past 12 months. 
  • In comparison, just 17.6% of consumers ages 55+ have been a victim of fraud in the past 12 months.
  • Card fraud is the most common, with 20.3% of consumers ages 18-34 experiencing it in the past 12 months.
  • In comparison, just 12.4% of consumers ages 55+ have experienced card fraud in the past 12 months.
  • 13.4% of consumers ages 18-34 have been victims of identity theft in the past 12 months.
  • In comparison, just 2.5% of adults 55+ have been victims of identity theft in the past 12 months.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience, summarizing findings from the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with subscriptions, bill pay, and fraud. The report brings together various aspects of how U.S. consumers interact with the payments ecosystem to pay for subscriptions and recurring bills, as well as their experiences with fraud in the past year. The report highlights consumers’ experience and attitudes towards various fraud events, which have seen increased relevance with the radical expansion of card-not-present transactions during the pandemic. Readers are presented with summary findings regarding consumer behaviors and inclinations, as they vary across different demographic cohorts of consumers.

“The accelerated expansion of online shopping and the associated rise in card-not-present transactions during the pandemic has led to an increased incidence of fraud events. This makes it vital for card networks, issuers, financial institutions, merchants, and other players in the payments space to update their fraud prevention solutions to maintain consumer confidence in the safety of their products.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Young Consumers More Likely to Experience Fraud of All Types: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-consumers-more-likely-to-experience-fraud-of-all-types/feed/ 0
The Most Commonly Experienced Types of Fraud: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-commonly-experienced-types-of-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-commonly-experienced-types-of-fraud/#respond Wed, 25 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=346821 The Most Commonly Experienced Types of Fraud:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience The Most Commonly Experienced […]

The post The Most Commonly Experienced Types of Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience

The Most Commonly Experienced Types of Fraud:

  • A majority of consumers have not experienced fraud in the past year.
  • However, 32% of consumers were victims of some type of fraud in the past year.
  • Card fraud is the most common fraud type, which 17% of consumers experienced in the past year.  
  • In second place is identity theft, which 8% of consumers experienced in the past year. 
  • In third is fake organizations, which 7% of consumers experienced in the past year. 
  • In fourth is telemarketing fraud, which 7% of consumers experienced in the past year.

About Report

RESIZEEXPORT50

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience, summarizing findings from the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with subscriptions, bill pay, and fraud. The report brings together various aspects of how U.S. consumers interact with the payments ecosystem to pay for subscriptions and recurring bills, as well as their experiences with fraud in the past year. The report highlights consumers’ experience and attitudes towards various fraud events, which have seen increased relevance with the radical expansion of card-not-present transactions during the pandemic. Readers are presented with summary findings regarding consumer behaviors and inclinations, as they vary across different demographic cohorts of consumers.

“The accelerated expansion of online shopping and the associated rise in card-not-present transactions during the pandemic has led to an increased incidence of fraud events. This makes it vital for card networks, issuers, financial institutions, merchants, and other players in the payments space to update their fraud prevention solutions to maintain consumer confidence in the safety of their products.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Most Commonly Experienced Types of Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-commonly-experienced-types-of-fraud/feed/ 0
The Top Actions Consumers Take After Credit Card Security Incidents: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-actions-consumers-take-after-credit-card-security-incidents/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-actions-consumers-take-after-credit-card-security-incidents/#respond Tue, 24 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=345128 The Top Actions Consumers Take After Credit Card Security Incidents:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience The Top Actions Consumers […]

The post The Top Actions Consumers Take After Credit Card Security Incidents: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience

The Top Actions Consumers Take After Credit Card Security Incidents:

  • Consumers respond in a number of ways when their credit card is stolen, lost, or compromised in a security incident.
  • 78% of consumers received a replacement card after their most recent credit card security incident.
  • 27% of consumers closed their card account after their most recent credit card security incident.
  • 25% of consumers started using another card after their most recent credit card security incident.
  • 15% of consumers purchased a subscription to an identity protection service after their most recent credit card security incident.
  • 6% of consumers applied for a new card from a different issuer after their most recent credit card security incident. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience, summarizing findings from the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with subscriptions, bill pay, and fraud. The report brings together various aspects of how U.S. consumers interact with the payments ecosystem to pay for subscriptions and recurring bills, as well as their experiences with fraud in the past year. The report highlights consumers’ experience and attitudes towards various fraud events, which have seen increased relevance with the radical expansion of card-not-present transactions during the pandemic. Readers are presented with summary findings regarding consumer behaviors and inclinations, as they vary across different demographic cohorts of consumers.

“The accelerated expansion of online shopping and the associated rise in card-not-present transactions during the pandemic has led to an increased incidence of fraud events. This makes it vital for card networks, issuers, financial institutions, merchants, and other players in the payments space to update their fraud prevention solutions to maintain consumer confidence in the safety of their products.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Top Actions Consumers Take After Credit Card Security Incidents: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-actions-consumers-take-after-credit-card-security-incidents/feed/ 0
Most Important Features in Deciding to Use an ATM:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-important-features-in-deciding-to-use-an-atm/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-important-features-in-deciding-to-use-an-atm/#respond Mon, 23 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=344626 Most Important Features in Deciding to Use an ATM: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility Most Important Features in Deciding to Use an ATM:  28% […]

The post Most Important Features in Deciding to Use an ATM:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility

Most Important Features in Deciding to Use an ATM: 

  • 28% of consumers say that a convenient location is the most important feature when deciding to use an ATM.
  • 24% of consumers say that low/no fees are the most important feature when deciding to use an ATM.
  • 17% of consumers say that a safe and secure location is the most important feature when deciding to use an ATM.
  • 9% of consumers say that reliability of the ATM is the most important feature when deciding to use an ATM.
  • 9% of consumers say that a trusted brand on the ATM is the most important feature when deciding to use an ATM.
  • 8% of consumers say that prior use – using the ATM routinely – is the most important feature when deciding to use an ATM.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ payment habits while shopping for goods and services in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ preferred payment methods, most trusted payment type for information security, knowledge of cryptocurrency, and many more payment-related subjects.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with payment options in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“With so many fraud events associated with payment transactions, information security is at the forefront of many consumers’ minds when shopping in stores or online. As the data shows, consumers prefer a consistent payment method that they trust to ensure information security. Yet at the same time, it’s important to them that retailers provide flexible payment options to address the need for shopping convenience,” said Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President of Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Most Important Features in Deciding to Use an ATM:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/most-important-features-in-deciding-to-use-an-atm/feed/ 0
The Top Bill Pay Methods Consumers Prefer to Use:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-bill-pay-methods-consumers-prefer-to-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-bill-pay-methods-consumers-prefer-to-use/#respond Fri, 20 Aug 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=343044 The Top Bill Pay Methods Consumers Prefer to Use: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience The Top Bill Pay […]

The post The Top Bill Pay Methods Consumers Prefer to Use:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience

The Top Bill Pay Methods Consumers Prefer to Use: 

  • 21% of consumers prefer to pay bills through the biller’s website or mobile site.
  • 20% of consumers prefer to pay bills through an automatic charge to a credit or debit card. 
  • 19% of consumers prefer to pay bills through an automatic deduction from their checking account.
  • 15% of consumers prefer to pay bills through their financial institution’s website or mobile site. 
  • 15% of consumers prefer to pay bills by mail.
  • Just 4% of consumers prefer to pay bills in person.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience, summarizing findings from the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with subscriptions, bill pay, and fraud. The report brings together various aspects of how U.S. consumers interact with the payments ecosystem to pay for subscriptions and recurring bills, as well as their experiences with fraud in the past year. The report highlights consumers’ experience and attitudes towards various fraud events, which have seen increased relevance with the radical expansion of card-not-present transactions during the pandemic. Readers are presented with summary findings regarding consumer behaviors and inclinations, as they vary across different demographic cohorts of consumers.

“The accelerated expansion of online shopping and the associated rise in card-not-present transactions during the pandemic has led to an increased incidence of fraud events. This makes it vital for card networks, issuers, financial institutions, merchants, and other players in the payments space to update their fraud prevention solutions to maintain consumer confidence in the safety of their products.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Top Bill Pay Methods Consumers Prefer to Use:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-bill-pay-methods-consumers-prefer-to-use/feed/ 0
Consumer Satisfaction Level Varies by Subscription Type: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-satisfaction-level-varies-by-subscription-type/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-satisfaction-level-varies-by-subscription-type/#respond Thu, 19 Aug 2021 16:05:29 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=341949 Consumer Satisfaction Level Varies by Subscription Type:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience Consumer Satisfaction Level Varies […]

The post Consumer Satisfaction Level Varies by Subscription Type: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience

Consumer Satisfaction Level Varies by Subscription Type: 

  • 76% of consumers are satisfied with their current subscriptions to music streaming services. 
  • 76% of consumers are satisfied with their current subscriptions to video streaming services. 
  • 68% of consumers are satisfied with their current subscriptions to news services or magazines.
  • 67% of consumers are satisfied with their current subscriptions to premium apps.
  • 64% of consumers are satisfied with their current software subscriptions.
  • 62% of consumers are satisfied with their current box-of-the-month club subscriptions.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience, summarizing findings from the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with subscriptions, bill pay, and fraud. The report brings together various aspects of how U.S. consumers interact with the payments ecosystem to pay for subscriptions and recurring bills, as well as their experiences with fraud in the past year. The report highlights consumers’ experience and attitudes towards various fraud events, which have seen increased relevance with the radical expansion of card-not-present transactions during the pandemic. Readers are presented with summary findings regarding consumer behaviors and inclinations, as they vary across different demographic cohorts of consumers.

“The accelerated expansion of online shopping and the associated rise in card-not-present transactions during the pandemic has led to an increased incidence of fraud events. This makes it vital for card networks, issuers, financial institutions, merchants, and other players in the payments space to update their fraud prevention solutions to maintain consumer confidence in the safety of their products.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Consumer Satisfaction Level Varies by Subscription Type: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-satisfaction-level-varies-by-subscription-type/feed/ 0
Consumers in Younger Age Cohorts More Likely to Have Subscriptions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-in-younger-age-cohorts-more-likely-to-have-subscriptions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-in-younger-age-cohorts-more-likely-to-have-subscriptions/#respond Wed, 18 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=340305 Consumers in Younger Age Cohorts More Likely to Have Subscriptions:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience Consumers in Younger Age […]

The post Consumers in Younger Age Cohorts More Likely to Have Subscriptions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience

Consumers in Younger Age Cohorts More Likely to Have Subscriptions: 

  • 86% of adults ages 18-34 hold a subscription to a service, compared to just 69% of adults 55+. 
  • 59% of adults ages 18-34 hold a video streaming subscription, compared to just 35% of adults 55+.
  • 43% of adults ages 18-34 hold a music streaming subscription, compared to just 10% of adults 55+.
  • 18% of adults ages 18-34 hold a software subscription, compared to just 8% of adults 55+.
  • An exception to this trend is news and magazine subscriptions: older respondents are more likely to subscribe to these services.
  • 20% of adults 55+ subscribe to a news service or magazine, compared to just 12% of adults ages 18-34.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience, summarizing findings from the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with subscriptions, bill pay, and fraud. The report brings together various aspects of how U.S. consumers interact with the payments ecosystem to pay for subscriptions and recurring bills, as well as their experiences with fraud in the past year. The report highlights consumers’ experience and attitudes towards various fraud events, which have seen increased relevance with the radical expansion of card-not-present transactions during the pandemic. Readers are presented with summary findings regarding consumer behaviors and inclinations, as they vary across different demographic cohorts of consumers.

“The accelerated expansion of online shopping and the associated rise in card-not-present transactions during the pandemic has led to an increased incidence of fraud events. This makes it vital for card networks, issuers, financial institutions, merchants, and other players in the payments space to update their fraud prevention solutions to maintain consumer confidence in the safety of their products.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Consumers in Younger Age Cohorts More Likely to Have Subscriptions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-in-younger-age-cohorts-more-likely-to-have-subscriptions/feed/ 0
The Top Bill Pay Methods Consumers Currently Use: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-bill-pay-methods-consumers-currently-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-bill-pay-methods-consumers-currently-use/#respond Tue, 17 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=339745 The Top Bill Pay Methods Consumers Currently Use:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience The Top Bill Pay […]

The post The Top Bill Pay Methods Consumers Currently Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience

The Top Bill Pay Methods Consumers Currently Use:

  • 45% of consumers pay bills through automatic deductions from their checking account.
  • 40% of consumers pay bills through automatic charges to a credit or debit card. 
  • 36% of consumers pay bills by paying the biller through the biller’s website or mobile site. 
  • 30% of consumers pay bills by mail.
  • 26% of consumers pay bills through their financial institution’s website or mobile site. 
  • 10% of consumers pay bills in person.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience, summarizing findings from the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with subscriptions, bill pay, and fraud. The report brings together various aspects of how U.S. consumers interact with the payments ecosystem to pay for subscriptions and recurring bills, as well as their experiences with fraud in the past year. The report highlights consumers’ experience and attitudes towards various fraud events, which have seen increased relevance with the radical expansion of card-not-present transactions during the pandemic. Readers are presented with summary findings regarding consumer behaviors and inclinations, as they vary across different demographic cohorts of consumers.

“The accelerated expansion of online shopping and the associated rise in card-not-present transactions during the pandemic has led to an increased incidence of fraud events. This makes it vital for card networks, issuers, financial institutions, merchants, and other players in the payments space to update their fraud prevention solutions to maintain consumer confidence in the safety of their products.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Top Bill Pay Methods Consumers Currently Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-bill-pay-methods-consumers-currently-use/feed/ 0
The Most Common Subscription Types Among Consumers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-common-subscription-types-among-consumers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-common-subscription-types-among-consumers/#respond Mon, 16 Aug 2021 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=338154 The Most Common Subscription Types Among Consumers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience The Most Common Subscription […]

The post The Most Common Subscription Types Among Consumers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience

The Most Common Subscription Types Among Consumers:

  • More than two-thirds (69%) of consumers hold a subscription to a service.
  • 49% of consumers currently subscribe to a video streaming service. 
  • 27% of consumers currently subscribe to a music streaming service. 
  • 16% of consumers currently hold news or magazine subscriptions.
  • 14% of consumers currently hold software subscriptions. 
  • 11% of consumers currently hold premium app subscriptions. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 U.S. North American PaymentsInsights: Subscriptions, Bill Pay, and Consumer Fraud Experience, summarizing findings from the North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight the key findings from the survey as they relate to consumer experience with subscriptions, bill pay, and fraud. The report brings together various aspects of how U.S. consumers interact with the payments ecosystem to pay for subscriptions and recurring bills, as well as their experiences with fraud in the past year. The report highlights consumers’ experience and attitudes towards various fraud events, which have seen increased relevance with the radical expansion of card-not-present transactions during the pandemic. Readers are presented with summary findings regarding consumer behaviors and inclinations, as they vary across different demographic cohorts of consumers.

“The accelerated expansion of online shopping and the associated rise in card-not-present transactions during the pandemic has led to an increased incidence of fraud events. This makes it vital for card networks, issuers, financial institutions, merchants, and other players in the payments space to update their fraud prevention solutions to maintain consumer confidence in the safety of their products.” – Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Most Common Subscription Types Among Consumers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-common-subscription-types-among-consumers/feed/ 0
The Use of Prepaid Cards for Charity: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-use-of-prepaid-cards-for-charity/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-use-of-prepaid-cards-for-charity/#respond Fri, 13 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=333413 The Use of Prepaid Cards for Charity:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Necessity as the Mother of Invention: Prepaid Cards Find New Use Cases in the COVID-19 Pandemic […]

The post The Use of Prepaid Cards for Charity: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Necessity as the Mother of Invention: Prepaid Cards Find New Use Cases in the COVID-19 Pandemic

The Use of Prepaid Cards for Charity: 

  • The pandemic brought a great deal of economic hardship to many living in the U.S., as businesses were brought to the brink of collapse and millions were laid off. 
  • Charitable organizations attempted to fill this need, and many did so through direct cash transfers. 
  • For example, the NGO GiveDirectly is a charity that takes donor money and gives it directly to those in need. 
  • GiveDirectly targeted its relief efforts toward SNAP recipients, whom the organization recognized to be uniquely vulnerable to the economic hardships posed by the pandemic. 
  • The Mayor’s Fund to Advance New York City is another non-profit organization that made extensive use of prepaid cards to offer relief to those in need during the pandemic.
  • Using fintech Usio’s prepaid card issuing platform, the Fund distributed monies to affected individuals and businesses in the New York City area.

About Report

The COVID-19 pandemic radically changed the way that people shopped and paid for purchases. Under these new circumstances, the U.S. prepaid market experienced significant innovation and developed new use cases for its products. As vaccines have been made available but uptake has lagged, state and local governments have made use of prepaid cards to incentivize vaccination. The pandemic has caused significant hardship for many communities in the U.S., and prepaid cards have played an important role in the distribution of financial aid from both government and charitable institutions to those in need. Moving forward, the prepaid market has numerous opportunities to contribute to the process of economic recovery in the United States.

The post The Use of Prepaid Cards for Charity: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-use-of-prepaid-cards-for-charity/feed/ 0
The Use of Prepaid Cards for Vaccine Incentives: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-use-of-prepaid-cards-for-vaccine-incentives/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-use-of-prepaid-cards-for-vaccine-incentives/#respond Thu, 12 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=333275 The Use of Prepaid Cards for Vaccine Incentives:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Necessity as the Mother of Invention: Prepaid Cards Find New Use Cases in the COVID-19 Pandemic […]

The post The Use of Prepaid Cards for Vaccine Incentives: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Necessity as the Mother of Invention: Prepaid Cards Find New Use Cases in the COVID-19 Pandemic

The Use of Prepaid Cards for Vaccine Incentives:

  • As of July 2021, nearly 160 million U.S. residents, or 48% of the country’s population, are fully vaccinated.
  • In their efforts to overcome vaccine hesitancy, state and local governments have unveiled and utilized a variety of vaccine incentive schemes.
  • Both open and closed-loop prepaid cards have played an important role in these vaccine incentive programs.
  • California’s “Vax for the Win” Program, which was launched in May 2021 to encourage residents to get vaccinated, includes two million $50 digital prepaid cards. 
  • North Carolina is offering any resident who is 18 years or older a $25 prepaid Mastercard following their first dose of a vaccine.
  • In Detroit, Michigan, anyone who drives a resident to a vaccine site is eligible for a $50 prepaid card through the city’s incentive program. 

About Report

The COVID-19 pandemic radically changed the way that people shopped and paid for purchases. Under these new circumstances, the U.S. prepaid market experienced significant innovation and developed new use cases for its products. As vaccines have been made available but uptake has lagged, state and local governments have made use of prepaid cards to incentivize vaccination. The pandemic has caused significant hardship for many communities in the U.S., and prepaid cards have played an important role in the distribution of financial aid from both government and charitable institutions to those in need. Moving forward, the prepaid market has numerous opportunities to contribute to the process of economic recovery in the United States.

The post The Use of Prepaid Cards for Vaccine Incentives: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-use-of-prepaid-cards-for-vaccine-incentives/feed/ 0
Store Type Influences Mobile App Pick Up vs. Delivery Preference: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/store-type-influences-mobile-app-pick-up-vs-delivery-preference/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/store-type-influences-mobile-app-pick-up-vs-delivery-preference/#respond Wed, 11 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=332029 Store Type Influences Mobile App Pick Up vs. Delivery Preference:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping Store Type Influences Mobile App Pick Up vs. Delivery […]

The post Store Type Influences Mobile App Pick Up vs. Delivery Preference: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping

Store Type Influences Mobile App Pick Up vs. Delivery Preference:

  • When ordering ahead via mobile app at a fast food restaurant/QSR, consumers are more likely to order for pick up than have it delivered. 
  • 18% of consumers have ordered ahead online or through a mobile app for pick up at a QSR/fast food restaurant.
  • In comparison, just 14% of consumers have ordered ahead at a QSR/fast food restaurant for delivery.
  • For restaurant delivery services (e.g., Uber Eats), the opposite is true: more consumers have ordered ahead for delivery than for pick up.
  • 13% of consumers have ordered ahead for delivery through a restaurant delivery service. 
  • In comparison, just 9% of consumers have ordered ahead for pick up through a restaurant delivery service.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, loyalty program membership, the use of mobile phone while shopping, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note, this survey was conducted one year post COVID-19, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization under way.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with purchase speed and convenience in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

The post Store Type Influences Mobile App Pick Up vs. Delivery Preference: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/store-type-influences-mobile-app-pick-up-vs-delivery-preference/feed/ 0
Top Events That Have Prevented Consumers from Making a Purchase Online:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-events-that-have-prevented-consumers-from-making-a-purchase-online/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-events-that-have-prevented-consumers-from-making-a-purchase-online/#respond Tue, 10 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=331503 Top Events That Have Prevented Consumers from Making a Purchase Online: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping Top Events That Have Prevented Consumers from Making a […]

The post Top Events That Have Prevented Consumers from Making a Purchase Online:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping

Top Events That Have Prevented Consumers from Making a Purchase Online: 

  • 16.5% of consumers say high shipping costs are a top reason they’ve chosen not to make a purchase online. 
  • 13.3% of consumers say believing they could find an item at a lower price elsewhere is a top reason they’ve chosen not to make a purchase online.
  • 13% of consumers say an item being out of stock or unavailable is a top reason they’ve chosen not to make a purchase online.
  • 9.7% consumers say the delivery time being too long is a top reason they’ve chosen not to make a purchase online.
  • 5.9% of consumers say being uncertain about a seller’s reputation is a top reason that has kept them from making an online purchase. 
  • 5.2% of consumers say unclear product descriptions are a top reason that has kept them from making an online purchase.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, loyalty program membership, the use of mobile phone while shopping, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note, this survey was conducted one year post COVID-19, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization under way.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with purchase speed and convenience in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

The post Top Events That Have Prevented Consumers from Making a Purchase Online:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-events-that-have-prevented-consumers-from-making-a-purchase-online/feed/ 0
Consumers Feel a Personal Connection with In-Store Purchases vs. Shopping Online: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-feel-a-personal-connection-with-in-store-purchases-vs-shopping-online/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-feel-a-personal-connection-with-in-store-purchases-vs-shopping-online/#respond Mon, 09 Aug 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=329709 Consumers Feel a Personal Connection with In-Store Purchases vs. Shopping Online:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping Mobile Phones Help Consumers Become More Informed Shoppers: 22% […]

The post Consumers Feel a Personal Connection with In-Store Purchases vs. Shopping Online: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping

Mobile Phones Help Consumers Become More Informed Shoppers:

  • 22% of consumers agree that returns for items bought in-store are easier than for online shopping.
  • 21% of consumers agree that it is important to be able to physically interact with products before deciding to buy them.
  • 20% of consumers agree that they feel safe most of the time while shopping in-store during COVID-19.
  • 18% of consumers agree that they end up buying more things than they need when shopping in-store.
  • 17% of consumers agree that in-store shopping is more enjoyable than online shopping. 
  • 17% of consumers agree that in-store shopping is more likely than online to allow them to choose the payment method most convenient for them.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, loyalty program membership, the use of mobile phone while shopping, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note, this survey was conducted one year post COVID-19, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization under way.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with purchase speed and convenience in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

The post Consumers Feel a Personal Connection with In-Store Purchases vs. Shopping Online: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-feel-a-personal-connection-with-in-store-purchases-vs-shopping-online/feed/ 0
Top Reasons to Shop In-Person Vary:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-to-shop-in-person-vary/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-to-shop-in-person-vary/#respond Fri, 06 Aug 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=328060 Top Reasons to Shop In-Person Vary: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping Mobile Phones Help Consumers Become More Informed Shoppers: 7% […]

The post Top Reasons to Shop In-Person Vary:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping

Mobile Phones Help Consumers Become More Informed Shoppers:

  • 7% consumers say high quality products are a top reason for choosing in-person shopping over online. 
  • 6.9% of consumers say that a store accepting their preferred payment method is a top reason for choosing in-person shopping.
  • 6.9% of consumers say that a clean store environment is a top reason for choosing in-person shopping.
  • 6.9% of consumers say that competitive prices are a top reason for choosing in-person shopping.
  • 6.5% of consumers say the store layout being easy to navigate is a top reason for choosing in-person shopping.
  • 6.4% of consumers say speed and convenient of checkout are a top reason for choosing in-person shopping.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, loyalty program membership, the use of mobile phone while shopping, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note, this survey was conducted one year post COVID-19, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization under way.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with purchase speed and convenience in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

The post Top Reasons to Shop In-Person Vary:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-to-shop-in-person-vary/feed/ 0
Mobile Phones Help Consumers Become More Informed Shoppers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-phones-help-consumers-become-more-informed-shoppers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-phones-help-consumers-become-more-informed-shoppers/#respond Thu, 05 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=327230 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping Mobile Phones Help Consumers Become More Informed Shoppers: The […]

The post Mobile Phones Help Consumers Become More Informed Shoppers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping

Mobile Phones Help Consumers Become More Informed Shoppers:

  • The ability to research information about a product while shopping in-store has made mobile phones a valued asset for consumers.
  • 14.4% of consumers have used their mobile phone while in-store to check prices online for items that interest them. 
  • 13.6% of consumers have used their mobile phone while in a store to research a product in more detail.
  • 12.9% of consumers have used their mobile phone while in a store to read user reviews of items that interest them.
  • 12.6% of consumers have used their mobile phone while in a store to redeem an electronic coupon. 
  • 11.6% of consumers have used a mobile app downloaded from the retailer to get special coupons or offers while in a store.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, loyalty program membership, the use of mobile phone while shopping, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note, this survey was conducted one year post COVID-19, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization under way.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with purchase speed and convenience in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

The post Mobile Phones Help Consumers Become More Informed Shoppers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-phones-help-consumers-become-more-informed-shoppers/feed/ 0
Retailers Offering Convenience Products Benefit Most from Loyalty & Rewards Programs: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/retailers-offering-convenience-products-benefit-most-from-loyalty-rewards-programs/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/retailers-offering-convenience-products-benefit-most-from-loyalty-rewards-programs/#respond Wed, 04 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=326167 Retailers Offering Convenience Products Benefit Most from Loyalty & Rewards Programs:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping Retailers Offering Convenience Products Benefit Most from Loyalty & […]

The post Retailers Offering Convenience Products Benefit Most from Loyalty & Rewards Programs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping

Retailers Offering Convenience Products Benefit Most from Loyalty & Rewards Programs:

  • 58.5% of consumers say that belonging to a rewards or loyalty program causes them to spend more at dollar stores.
  • 55.5% of consumers say that belonging to a rewards or loyalty program causes them to spend more at online-only retailers. 
  • 55% of consumers say that belonging to a rewards or loyalty program causes them to spend more at specialty food shops.
  • 54.6% of consumers say that belonging to a rewards or loyalty program causes them to spend more at warehouse/club stores. 
  • 54% of consumers say that belonging to a rewards or loyalty program causes them to spend more at apparel stores. 
  • 53.3% of consumers say that belonging to a rewards or loyalty program causes them to spend more at electronics/major appliance stores. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, loyalty program membership, the use of mobile phone while shopping, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note, this survey was conducted one year post COVID-19, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization under way.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with purchase speed and convenience in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

The post Retailers Offering Convenience Products Benefit Most from Loyalty & Rewards Programs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/retailers-offering-convenience-products-benefit-most-from-loyalty-rewards-programs/feed/ 0
Frequent Shopping is Highest at Retailers Offering Essential Products: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequent-shopping-is-highest-at-retailers-offering-essential-products/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequent-shopping-is-highest-at-retailers-offering-essential-products/#respond Tue, 03 Aug 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=325764 Frequent Shopping is Highest at Retailers Offering Essential Products:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping Frequent Shopping is Highest at Retailers Offering Essential Products: […]

The post Frequent Shopping is Highest at Retailers Offering Essential Products: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping

Frequent Shopping is Highest at Retailers Offering Essential Products:

  • Grocery stores, gas stations, and “big box” retailers rank at the top of the list for consumers’ most frequent weekly shopping experiences.
  • 49% of consumers make purchases at supermarkets/grocery stores at least weekly.
  • 28% of consumers make purchases at gas stations at least weekly.
  • 25% of consumers make purchases at “big box” retailers (e.g., Walmart, Target) at least weekly.
  • 23% of consumers make purchases at fast food restaurants (e.g., McDonald’s Panera Bread, Chipotle) at least weekly.
  • 19% of consumers make purchases at convenience stores at least weekly.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, loyalty program membership, the use of mobile phone while shopping, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note, this survey was conducted one year post COVID-19, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization under way.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with purchase speed and convenience in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

The post Frequent Shopping is Highest at Retailers Offering Essential Products: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/frequent-shopping-is-highest-at-retailers-offering-essential-products/feed/ 0
Top Merchant COVID-19 Safety Precautions That Make Consumers Feel Safe in Stores:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-merchant-covid-19-safety-precautions-that-make-consumers-feel-safe-in-stores/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-merchant-covid-19-safety-precautions-that-make-consumers-feel-safe-in-stores/#respond Mon, 02 Aug 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=325171 Top Merchant COVID-19 Safety Precautions That Make Consumers Feel Safe in Stores: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping Top Merchant COVID-19 Safety Precautions That Make Consumers Feel […]

The post Top Merchant COVID-19 Safety Precautions That Make Consumers Feel Safe in Stores:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping

Top Merchant COVID-19 Safety Precautions That Make Consumers Feel Safe in Stores: 

  • 19% of consumers agree that good ventilation in the store space is important to making them feel safe while shopping in-store.
  • 18% of consumers agree that adequate personal protective equipment for store associates is important to making them feel safe.
  • 18% of consumers agree that mask enforcement is important to making them feel safe.
  • 17% of consumers agree that readily available sanitizing materials for customers and employees is important to making them feel safe. 
  • 15% of consumers agree that strict capacity limits and having plenty of space to distance are important to making them feel safe.
  • 14% of consumers agree that having clear directions to orient customers through the store is important to making them feel safe.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2021 Buyer PaymentsInsights: Speed and Convenience-Driven Shopping, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current shopping habits for goods and services both in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ shopping attitudes, preferences of shopping venue, loyalty program membership, the use of mobile phone while shopping, common ways consumers make non-grocery purchases, before, during, and expected after the pandemic, and many more shopping-related subjects. It is important to note, this survey was conducted one year post COVID-19, as the American economy begins to experience a glimmer of hope with vaccination approval and population immunization under way.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with purchase speed and convenience in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

The post Top Merchant COVID-19 Safety Precautions That Make Consumers Feel Safe in Stores:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-merchant-covid-19-safety-precautions-that-make-consumers-feel-safe-in-stores/feed/ 0
Consumers are Interested in These ATM Characteristics When Choosing a New Bank: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-interested-in-these-atm-characteristics-when-choosing-a-new-bank/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-interested-in-these-atm-characteristics-when-choosing-a-new-bank/#respond Fri, 30 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=324514 Consumers are Interested in These ATM Characteristics When Choosing a New Bank:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences Consumers are Interested in These […]

The post Consumers are Interested in These ATM Characteristics When Choosing a New Bank: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences

Consumers are Interested in These ATM Characteristics When Choosing a New Bank: 

  • 65% of consumers are interested or very interested in the convenience of an ATM location near their home. 
  • 60% of consumers are interested or very interested in their bank rebating any surcharges they pay for ATM fees. 
  • 60% of consumers are interested or very interested in the number of ATMs the bank has in their local area. 
  • 59% of consumers are interested or very interested in ATMs without long wait times to use them.
  • 58% of consumers are interested or very interested in the number of branch-based ATMs the bank has in their local area. 
  • 54% of consumers are interested and very interested in their bank participating in a surcharge-free ATM network. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences documents consumers’ current usage metrics of ATMs in the U.S. national market. The survey of 3,000 U.S. adults (December 2020) represents a continuation of a series of consumer and business surveys conducted annually by Mercator Advisory Group since 2009.

This Data Summary Report presents the survey results for U.S. consumers’ use of ATMs, through commonly-used graphs with core demographic breakdowns, for easy incorporation in planning/analysis documents. This is just one of multiple Data Summary and Analysis Reports on the United States for program subscribers from this survey, on topics including Buy Now, Pay Later lending, bill payment, subscription buying, fraud experiences, and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.“These survey results provide up-to-date baseline data for financial institutions and other stakeholders serving the U.S. market,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group. “The U.S. continues as a dynamic market for the ATM industry.”

The post Consumers are Interested in These ATM Characteristics When Choosing a New Bank: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-interested-in-these-atm-characteristics-when-choosing-a-new-bank/feed/ 0
Top Consumer Preferences for Entering Payment Account Information Online: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-consumer-preferences-for-entering-payment-account-information-online/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-consumer-preferences-for-entering-payment-account-information-online/#respond Thu, 29 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=324199 Top Consumer Preferences for Entering Payment Account Information Online:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility Top Consumer Preferences for Entering Payment Account Information Online:  Entering card […]

The post Top Consumer Preferences for Entering Payment Account Information Online: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility

Top Consumer Preferences for Entering Payment Account Information Online: 

  • Entering card information at checkout as a guest is the top consumer preference for entering payment account information online. 
  • 40% of over 3,000 surveyed consumers say their top preference for entering payment account information at checkout is to do so as a guest on a website. 
  • In second place is having a card on file at a merchant’s website, which 29% of consumers prefer. 
  • In third place is using online payment services on a website, which 16% of consumers prefer. 
  • In fourth place is using an online payment service in a downloadbale app, which 7% of consumers prefer.  
  • In fifth place is using a downloadable mobile payment app or wallet used at different stores, which 4% of consumers prefer. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ payment habits while shopping for goods and services in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ preferred payment methods, most trusted payment type for information security, knowledge of cryptocurrency, and many more payment-related subjects.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with payment options in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

The post Top Consumer Preferences for Entering Payment Account Information Online: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-consumer-preferences-for-entering-payment-account-information-online/feed/ 0
Consumers’ Preferred Method of Depositing Checks by Deposit Size: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-preferred-method-of-depositing-checks-by-deposit-size/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-preferred-method-of-depositing-checks-by-deposit-size/#respond Wed, 28 Jul 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=323526 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences Consumers’ Preferred Method of Depositing […]

The post Consumers’ Preferred Method of Depositing Checks by Deposit Size: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences

Consumers’ Preferred Method of Depositing Checks by Deposit Size:

  • Going to a teller in a branch is consumers’ preferred check deposit method for both $50 and $1,000 checks. 
  • 41% of consumers prefer to use a teller in a branch to deposit a $1,000 check.
  • In comparison, 35% of consumers prefer to use a teller in a branch to deposit a $50 check.
  • The second most preferred method of depositing a check is scanning it with a PC, smartphone, or tablet.
  • 26% of consumers prefer to deposit a $1,000 check by scanning it with a PC, smartphone, or tablet.
  • 30% of consumers prefer to deposit a $50 check by scanning it with a PC, smartphone, or tablet. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences documents consumers’ current usage metrics of ATMs in the U.S. national market. The survey of 3,000 U.S. adults (December 2020) represents a continuation of a series of consumer and business surveys conducted annually by Mercator Advisory Group since 2009.

This Data Summary Report presents the survey results for U.S. consumers’ use of ATMs, through commonly-used graphs with core demographic breakdowns, for easy incorporation in planning/analysis documents. This is just one of multiple Data Summary and Analysis Reports on the United States for program subscribers from this survey, on topics including Buy Now, Pay Later lending, bill payment, subscription buying, fraud experiences, and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

“These survey results provide up-to-date baseline data for financial institutions and other stakeholders serving the U.S. market,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group. “The U.S. continues as a dynamic market for the ATM industry.”

The post Consumers’ Preferred Method of Depositing Checks by Deposit Size: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-preferred-method-of-depositing-checks-by-deposit-size/feed/ 0
The Data Around Consumer Interest in New ATM Transaction Types:  https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-consumer-interest-in-new-atm-transaction-types/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-consumer-interest-in-new-atm-transaction-types/#respond Tue, 27 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=323342 The Data Around Consumer Interest in New ATM Transaction Types: Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences The Data Around Consumer Interest […]

The post The Data Around Consumer Interest in New ATM Transaction Types:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences

The Data Around Consumer Interest in New ATM Transaction Types: 

  • 58% of U.S. consumers are interested or very interested in using an ATM to withdraw cash in more specific denominations. 
  • 41% of consumers are interested or very interested in using an ATM to receive special retail offers, like coupons and ticket discounts. 
  • 41% of consumers are interested or very interested in using an ATM to increase their daily limit for cash withdrawal. 
  • 36% of consumers are interested or very interested in using an ATM to transfer money to another person’s account at the same bank.
  • 36% of consumers are interested or very interested in using an ATM to pay household bills for accounts registered with the bank.
  • 35% of consumers are interested or very interested in using an ATM to cash a payroll check by inserting it into the ATM.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences documents consumers’ current usage metrics of ATMs in the U.S. national market. The survey of 3,000 U.S. adults (December 2020) represents a continuation of a series of consumer and business surveys conducted annually by Mercator Advisory Group since 2009.

This Data Summary Report presents the survey results for U.S. consumers’ use of ATMs, through commonly-used graphs with core demographic breakdowns, for easy incorporation in planning/analysis documents. This is just one of multiple Data Summary and Analysis Reports on the United States for program subscribers from this survey, on topics including Buy Now, Pay Later lending, bill payment, subscription buying, fraud experiences, and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

“These survey results provide up-to-date baseline data for financial institutions and other stakeholders serving the U.S. market,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group. “The U.S. continues as a dynamic market for the ATM industry.”

The post The Data Around Consumer Interest in New ATM Transaction Types:  appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-consumer-interest-in-new-atm-transaction-types/feed/ 0
Contactless Payments Seized the Moment in 2020: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-seized-the-moment-in-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-seized-the-moment-in-2020/#respond Mon, 26 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=323025 Contactless Payments Seized the Moment in 2020:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review: Unprecedented Double-Digit Growth Contactless Payments Seized the Moment […]

The post Contactless Payments Seized the Moment in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review: Unprecedented Double-Digit Growth

Contactless Payments Seized the Moment in 2020:

  • Contactless payments received a lot of attention in 2020 as a means to allow cardholders to keep their distance from potentially germ-infested point-of-sale devices.
  • Visa now reports that 70% of card transactions occur at a merchant that can accept a contactless card or mobile wallet.
  • 24% of consumers who had not used a contactless card prior to the pandemic have since used one at least once.
  • Similarly, 20% of consumers who had not used contactless mobile wallet prior to the pandemic have since used one at least once. 
  • This is real growth for contactless, but contactless still accounts for less than 10% of total transactions. 
  • In the near term future, Mercator anticipates slow growth for contactless. 

About Report

Dollar volume spent on debit cards in the U.S. rose by 14% as a result of generous government benefits and a change in consumers’ payment preferences that shifted away from checks, cash, and credit cards. This and other aspects of the current market for debit cards are reviewed in Mercator Advisory Group’s report, 2021 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review: Unprecedented Double-Digit Growth.

”This past year the market experienced a unique environment where consumers sharply shifted their payments towards the use of debit cards and because some of this shift came at the expense of credit cards, this was positive for debit issuers and, at the same time, positive for merchants as credit card transactions are nearly always more expensive to process than debit cards. Issuers are interested in encouraging the continued top-of-wallet position that debit cards have achieved, but competition from fintechs plus likely regulatory changes will make this an uphill battle,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Contactless Payments Seized the Moment in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-seized-the-moment-in-2020/feed/ 0
The Data Around How Consumers Prefer to Pay: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-how-consumers-prefer-to-pay/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-how-consumers-prefer-to-pay/#respond Fri, 23 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=322577 The Data Around How Consumers Prefer to Pay:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility The Data Around How Consumers Prefer to Pay:  13.5% of […]

The post The Data Around How Consumers Prefer to Pay: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility

The Data Around How Consumers Prefer to Pay: 

  • 13.5% of over 3,000 surveyed consumers use the same payment methods when they shop online and in person.
  • 11.9% of consumers prefer to use self-checkout options when they are available.
  • 11.4% of consumers typically use cash for small transactions.
  • 11.1% of consumers say that debit cards are better for managing their spending than credit cards.
  • 10.3% of consumers say it is important to them that they have a wide choice in payment methods they can use when shopping.
  • 9.6% of consumers find paying with cash less convenient than paying with a card. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ payment habits while shopping for goods and services in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ preferred payment methods, most trusted payment type for information security, knowledge of cryptocurrency, and many more payment-related subjects.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with payment options in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“With so many fraud events associated with payment transactions, information security is at the forefront of many consumers’ minds when shopping in stores or online. As the data shows, consumers prefer a consistent payment method that they trust to ensure information security. Yet at the same time, it’s important to them that retailers provide flexible payment options to address the need for shopping convenience,” said Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President of Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post The Data Around How Consumers Prefer to Pay: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-how-consumers-prefer-to-pay/feed/ 0
Consumers Prefer Debit Over Credit for These Types of Purchases: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-prefer-debit-over-credit-for-these-types-of-purchases/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-prefer-debit-over-credit-for-these-types-of-purchases/#respond Thu, 22 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=320245 Consumers Prefer Debit Over Credit for These Types of Purchases:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility Consumers Prefer Debit Over Credit for These Types of Purchases:  […]

The post Consumers Prefer Debit Over Credit for These Types of Purchases: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility

Consumers Prefer Debit Over Credit for These Types of Purchases: 

  • 34% of consumers prefer to use debit cards for sporting goods purchases; 32% prefer credit cards.
  • 33% of consumers prefer to use debit cards to purchase apparel; 32% prefer credit cards.
  • 34% of consumers prefer to use debit cards for office supplies; 31% prefer to use credit cards.
  • 35% of consumers prefer to use debit cards at warehouse/club stores like Costco and BJ’s; 31% prefer to use credit cards.
  • 36% of consumers prefer to use debit cards to make purchases at “big box” retailers like Walmart and Target; 30% prefer credit cards.
  • The biggest discrepancy in consumer preference for debit over credit is online services (music/games/apps). 
  • 13% more consumers (37%) prefer to use debit cards for online services than credit cards (24%).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ payment habits while shopping for goods and services in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ preferred payment methods, most trusted payment type for information security, knowledge of cryptocurrency, and many more payment-related subjects.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with payment options in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“With so many fraud events associated with payment transactions, information security is at the forefront of many consumers’ minds when shopping in stores or online. As the data shows, consumers prefer a consistent payment method that they trust to ensure information security. Yet at the same time, it’s important to them that retailers provide flexible payment options to address the need for shopping convenience,” said Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President of Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Consumers Prefer Debit Over Credit for These Types of Purchases: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-prefer-debit-over-credit-for-these-types-of-purchases/feed/ 0
Ranking the Top Used Payment Services for Online Shopping: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/ranking-the-top-used-payment-services-for-online-shopping/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/ranking-the-top-used-payment-services-for-online-shopping/#respond Wed, 21 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=319021 Ranking the Top Used Payment Services for Online Shopping:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility Ranking the Top Used Payment Services for Online Shopping: Having […]

The post Ranking the Top Used Payment Services for Online Shopping: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility

Ranking the Top Used Payment Services for Online Shopping:

  1. Having been used by 24% of consumers, PayPal is the top used payment service for online shopping. 
  2. In second place is Visa Checkout, which 13% of consumers have used. 
  3. Third is Amazon Pay, which 11% of consumers have used. 
  4. Fourth is Apple Pay, which 10% of consumers have used.
  5. Two services tie for the fifth spot: Google Pay and Venmo. 
  6. Both Google Pay and Venmo have been used by 8% of consumers. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ payment habits while shopping for goods and services in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ preferred payment methods, most trusted payment type for information security, knowledge of cryptocurrency, and many more payment-related subjects.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with payment options in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“With so many fraud events associated with payment transactions, information security is at the forefront of many consumers’ minds when shopping in stores or online. As the data shows, consumers prefer a consistent payment method that they trust to ensure information security. Yet at the same time, it’s important to them that retailers provide flexible payment options to address the need for shopping convenience,” said Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President of Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Ranking the Top Used Payment Services for Online Shopping: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/ranking-the-top-used-payment-services-for-online-shopping/feed/ 0
Consumers Prefer Credit Over Debit for These Types of Purchases: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-prefer-credit-over-debit-for-these-types-of-purchases/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-prefer-credit-over-debit-for-these-types-of-purchases/#respond Tue, 20 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=317620 Consumers Prefer Credit Over Debit for These Types of Purchases:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility Consumers Prefer Credit Over Debit for These Types of Purchases:  […]

The post Consumers Prefer Credit Over Debit for These Types of Purchases: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility

Consumers Prefer Credit Over Debit for These Types of Purchases: 

  • 44% of consumers prefer to use credit cards for hotel/resort payments; 28% prefer debit cards. 
  • 41% of consumers prefer to use credit cards to pay for electronics/major appliances; 30% prefer debit cards.
  • 31% of consumers prefer to use credit cards for entertainment, casinos, theme parks, and movie theaters; 29% prefer debit cards.
  • An equal percentage of consumers (34%) prefer to use credit cards as debit cards at home improvement stores.
  • The biggest discrepancy in consumer preference for credit versus debit is airline/travel payments. 
  • 22% more customers prefer to use credit cards (47%) than debit cards (25%) for airline/travel payments. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ payment habits while shopping for goods and services in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ preferred payment methods, most trusted payment type for information security, knowledge of cryptocurrency, and many more payment-related subjects.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with payment options in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“With so many fraud events associated with payment transactions, information security is at the forefront of many consumers’ minds when shopping in stores or online. As the data shows, consumers prefer a consistent payment method that they trust to ensure information security. Yet at the same time, it’s important to them that retailers provide flexible payment options to address the need for shopping convenience,” said Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President of Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Consumers Prefer Credit Over Debit for These Types of Purchases: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-prefer-credit-over-debit-for-these-types-of-purchases/feed/ 0
Consumer Adoption of Voice-Activated Payments is Tepid: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-adoption-of-voice-activated-payments-is-tepid/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-adoption-of-voice-activated-payments-is-tepid/#respond Mon, 19 Jul 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=317407 Consumer Adoption of Voice-Activated Payments is Tepid:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility Consumer Adoption of Voice-Activated Payments is Tepid: Voice-activated, conversational platforms […]

The post Consumer Adoption of Voice-Activated Payments is Tepid: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility

Consumer Adoption of Voice-Activated Payments is Tepid:

  • Voice-activated, conversational platforms are used mostly by consumers via smartphones.
  • Otherwise, most consumers rarely or never use voice activated payments.
  • 38% of consumers make voice-activated payments via smartphone regularly or occasionally. 
  • 25% of respondents make voice-activated payments using a Bluetooth mobile phone connection or any other voice technology connected to their car regularly or occasionally. 
  • 22% of consumers make voice-activated payments with a smart speaker or hub regularly or occasionally. 
  • 19% of consumers make voice-activated payments via a tablet regularly or occasionally. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Buyer PaymentsInsights: Payment Methods-Consistency and Flexibility, from its annual Buyer PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ payment habits while shopping for goods and services in-store and online.

The report, which is based on an online consumer survey administered to 3,003 U.S adults between May 21 and June 22, 2021, covers the buyer experience and includes questions that explore consumers’ preferred payment methods, most trusted payment type for information security, knowledge of cryptocurrency, and many more payment-related subjects.

Various aspects of how American consumers interact with the payments’ ecosystem are brought together to highlight key trends in consumer behavior, preferences, and motivations, influenced by consumer perceptions and experiences with payment-related issues associated with payment options in a rapidly changing payment environment.

Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable insights for industry players to consider.

“With so many fraud events associated with payment transactions, information security is at the forefront of many consumers’ minds when shopping in stores or online. As the data shows, consumers prefer a consistent payment method that they trust to ensure information security. Yet at the same time, it’s important to them that retailers provide flexible payment options to address the need for shopping convenience,” said Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President of Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Consumer Adoption of Voice-Activated Payments is Tepid: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-adoption-of-voice-activated-payments-is-tepid/feed/ 0
The Impact of COVID-19 on the Asia Pacific Commercial Credit Card Market: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-impact-of-covid-19-on-the-asia-pacific-commercial-credit-card-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-impact-of-covid-19-on-the-asia-pacific-commercial-credit-card-market/#respond Fri, 16 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=313405 The Impact of COVID-19 on the Asia Pacific Commercial Credit Card Market:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commercial Credit Cards: International Markets Review and Forecast, 2020-2025; COVID Bounce Back Not Expected Until 2023 […]

The post The Impact of COVID-19 on the Asia Pacific Commercial Credit Card Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commercial Credit Cards: International Markets Review and Forecast, 2020-2025; COVID Bounce Back Not Expected Until 2023

Predictions for the International Commercial Credit Card Market: 

  • Prior to the pandemic, Asia Pacific had the fastest growing commercial card spend trajectory, with value second only to North America.
  • Mercator estimates that commercial credit card spend across the Asia-Pacific region was $110.9 billion in 2020, a 40% decline from the prior year.
  • Using overall credit cards as a guidepost there was a roughly 11% decline in credit card spending across the region in 2020.
  • As with all global regions, the steep decline in business travel spend and related business activities has had the greatest impact on card spend in 2020.
  • Mercator expects about a 20% uptick in 2021, and by 2023 regional business travel spend will return to 2019 levels.
  • Mercator estimates some virtual card growth in 2020 and a continuing CAGR of 36.1% through 2025.

About Report

In global markets outside of North America, spending growth remains underpinned by corporate cards, used mostly for travel and entertainment (T&E), as well as virtual cards used to settle with travel management companies. The consequent spending volume in corporate cards is closely tied to travel budgets and general corporate adoption. The pandemic had a deleterious effect on global business travel spend. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Commercial Credit Cards: International Markets Review and Forecast, 2020-2025; COVID Bounce Back Not Expected Until 2023, reviews the current situation and outlook as the industry recovers from the effects of COVID-19 and business lockdowns.

Given the remedies selected by most government entities to combat viral spread, varying levels of GDP declines were felt across regions in 2020, with economic recovery expected to have a similar level of variability during 2021-22. As such there was an expected massive drop off in spending on corporate cards. Commercial credit card spend for mid-large market companies outside of North America was 42% lower than in 2019. Going forward, recovery levels and expected behavioral changes in business travel are the most pressing issue. A continued shift to digital payments and virtual cards will help improve spending levels through 2022 and partially offset the travel slowdowns. In this report we will discuss the overall pandemic impact on economic growth, then address how that plays out both short and longer term on spending in each indicated region.

“The pandemic underscored the relative dependency of the commercial card industry in most regions on business travel versus the broader B2B use cases that have been pursued in North America, and to some extent, Western Europe,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of the Commercial and Enterprise Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report. “Once economies emerge again, which is already underway, travel will return at some level, but most issuers will be redoubling efforts to expand commercial card spend into B2B uses.”

The post The Impact of COVID-19 on the Asia Pacific Commercial Credit Card Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-impact-of-covid-19-on-the-asia-pacific-commercial-credit-card-market/feed/ 0
Predictions for the International Commercial Credit Card Market: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/predictions-for-the-international-commercial-credit-card-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/predictions-for-the-international-commercial-credit-card-market/#respond Thu, 15 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=312168 Predictions for the International Commercial Credit Card Market:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commercial Credit Cards: International Markets Review and Forecast, 2020-2025; COVID Bounce Back Not Expected Until 2023 […]

The post Predictions for the International Commercial Credit Card Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commercial Credit Cards: International Markets Review and Forecast, 2020-2025; COVID Bounce Back Not Expected Until 2023

Predictions for the International Commercial Credit Card Market: 

  • The pandemic wreaked havoc on corporate card spend across the globe during 2020, as business travel was minimal after the first quarter.
  • This trend continues into 2021, as international travel restrictions remain in place, although certain corridors are expected to be opening up during the second half of the year. 
  • The economic recovery will have some variances across regions, with Western Europe and Latin America Caribbean lagging in growth.
  • However, the utility and usefulness of commercial credit cards, particularly virtual cards, will continue to help grow spend for B2B scenarios as business travel picks up.
  • We see a return to generally healthy growth during 2022 and a continued emphasis on non-travel use cases. 
  • This is not dissimilar to expectations in North America, particularly in the United States, where economic growth of roughly 6% and 3%, respectively, will cause commercial card spend to be weighted toward B2B uses.

About Report

In global markets outside of North America, spending growth remains underpinned by corporate cards, used mostly for travel and entertainment (T&E), as well as virtual cards used to settle with travel management companies. The consequent spending volume in corporate cards is closely tied to travel budgets and general corporate adoption. The pandemic had a deleterious effect on global business travel spend. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Commercial Credit Cards: International Markets Review and Forecast, 2020-2025; COVID Bounce Back Not Expected Until 2023, reviews the current situation and outlook as the industry recovers from the effects of COVID-19 and business lockdowns.

Given the remedies selected by most government entities to combat viral spread, varying levels of GDP declines were felt across regions in 2020, with economic recovery expected to have a similar level of variability during 2021-22. As such there was an expected massive drop off in spending on corporate cards. Commercial credit card spend for mid-large market companies outside of North America was 42% lower than in 2019. Going forward, recovery levels and expected behavioral changes in business travel are the most pressing issue. A continued shift to digital payments and virtual cards will help improve spending levels through 2022 and partially offset the travel slowdowns. In this report we will discuss the overall pandemic impact on economic growth, then address how that plays out both short and longer term on spending in each indicated region.

“The pandemic underscored the relative dependency of the commercial card industry in most regions on business travel versus the broader B2B use cases that have been pursued in North America, and to some extent, Western Europe,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of the Commercial and Enterprise Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report. “Once economies emerge again, which is already underway, travel will return at some level, but most issuers will be redoubling efforts to expand commercial card spend into B2B uses.”

The post Predictions for the International Commercial Credit Card Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/predictions-for-the-international-commercial-credit-card-market/feed/ 0
Multi-Feature Mobile Apps Create a Unique Customer Engagement Ecosystem: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/multi-feature-mobile-apps-create-a-unique-customer-engagement-ecosystem/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/multi-feature-mobile-apps-create-a-unique-customer-engagement-ecosystem/#respond Wed, 14 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=310723 Multi-Feature Mobile Apps Create a Unique Customer Engagement Ecosystem:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants  Multi-Feature Mobile Apps Create a Unique Customer Engagement […]

The post Multi-Feature Mobile Apps Create a Unique Customer Engagement Ecosystem: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants 

Multi-Feature Mobile Apps Create a Unique Customer Engagement Ecosystem:

  • Successful merchant mobile apps are used for more than just payments.
  • These apps contain integrated features including loyalty programs, personalized marketing offers, and contests.
  • The gamification of mobile apps works to replicate online game experiences in an effort to keep customers engaged through texts, push notifications, and emails.
  • In some apps, customers are sent challenges or enrolled in contests to buy certain items or visit at specified times for extra discounts or more loyalty points.
  • This drives higher spend and more frequent visits, and can be used as a revenue optimizer to generate more customer traffic. 
  • Mobile app gamification works especially well for restaurants, convenience stores, gas stations, and on-demand services such as ride-hailing. 

About Report

Lifestyle commerce is a prime mover of the customer experience journey that includes using mobile apps and payments as a key channel for retail shopping. It’s not only that e-commerce has grown, but more significantly, that mobile technology plays a larger role in the checkout process both for remote and proximity payments. Mobile use for pre-buy research and payments is a greater part of retail sales than much of the conventional wisdom now believes. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants, focuses on how retailers can leverage consumer mobile usage.

“Mobile is increasingly the go-to choice for shopping, ordering, and paying for many consumers. Mobile devices enhance the customer experience and provide merchants more opportunities to connect with consumers whether in-store or online,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post Multi-Feature Mobile Apps Create a Unique Customer Engagement Ecosystem: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/multi-feature-mobile-apps-create-a-unique-customer-engagement-ecosystem/feed/ 0
Mobile Purchases While Shopping In-store is Growing Among All Age Cohorts: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-purchases-while-shopping-in-store-is-growing-among-all-age-cohorts/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-purchases-while-shopping-in-store-is-growing-among-all-age-cohorts/#respond Tue, 13 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=310290 Mobile Purchases While Shopping In-store is Growing Among All Age Cohorts:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report:    Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants  Mobile Purchases While Shopping In-store is Growing […]

The post Mobile Purchases While Shopping In-store is Growing Among All Age Cohorts: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report:    Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants 

Mobile Purchases While Shopping In-store is Growing Among All Age Cohorts: 

  • According to Mercator Advisory Group, younger adults are more likely to have used a mobile app to make a purchase while shopping in a store.
  • 61% of smartphone users ages 18-24 used a mobile app to make a purchase while shopping in-store in 2020, up from 53% in 2019.
  • 67% of smartphone users ages 25-34 used a mobile app to make a purchase while shopping in-store in 2020, up from 60% in 2019.
  • 65% of smartphone users ages 25-44 used a mobile app to make a purchase while shopping in-store in 2020, up from 59% in 2019.
  • 41% of smartphone users ages 45-64 used a mobile app to make a purchase while shopping in-store in 2020, up from 35% in 2019.
  • 28% of smartphone users ages 65+ used a mobile app to make a purchase while shopping in-store in 2020, up from 15% in 2019.
  • Overall, 52% of smartphone users ages used a mobile app to make a purchase while shopping in-store in 2020, up from 47% in 2019.

About Report

Lifestyle commerce is a prime mover of the customer experience journey that includes using mobile apps and payments as a key channel for retail shopping. It’s not only that e-commerce has grown, but more significantly, that mobile technology plays a larger role in the checkout process both for remote and proximity payments. Mobile use for pre-buy research and payments is a greater part of retail sales than much of the conventional wisdom now believes. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants, focuses on how retailers can leverage consumer mobile usage.

“Mobile is increasingly the go-to choice for shopping, ordering, and paying for many consumers. Mobile devices enhance the customer experience and provide merchants more opportunities to connect with consumers whether in-store or online,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post Mobile Purchases While Shopping In-store is Growing Among All Age Cohorts: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-purchases-while-shopping-in-store-is-growing-among-all-age-cohorts/feed/ 0
Predictions for the Latin American and Caribbean Commercial Card Market: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/predictions-for-the-latin-american-and-caribbean-commercial-card-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/predictions-for-the-latin-american-and-caribbean-commercial-card-market/#respond Mon, 12 Jul 2021 18:05:33 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=308938 Predictions for the Latin American and Caribbean Commercial Card Market:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report:   Commercial Credit Cards: International Markets Review and Forecast, 2020-2025  Predictions for the Latin American and Caribbean […]

The post Predictions for the Latin American and Caribbean Commercial Card Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report:   Commercial Credit Cards: International Markets Review and Forecast, 2020-2025 

Predictions for the Latin American and Caribbean Commercial Card Market:

  • The major markets for commercial cards in LAC are Brazil and Mexico, followed by Argentina and Columbia.
  • The LAC region experienced tepid economic growth leading into 2020 and activity only declined with the pandemic, as regional GDP was negative 7%. 
  • Estimated overall commercial card spend in the LAC region in 2020 was $20.4 billion, a 35.4% reduction driven by the large spending gap in business travel.
  • There was an estimated 27% reduction in credit card spend during 2020, and recovery spend is projected to be flatter than other regions.
  • Corporate card spend declined by nearly 44% in 2020. Pre-COVID growth was in the 18% range, driven by central travel accounts.
  • Mercator predicts improvement across the region in 2021 toward Q4, then a three-year recovery period before regaining 2019 travel levels.

About Report

In global markets outside of North America, spending growth remains underpinned by corporate cards, used mostly for travel and entertainment (T&E), as well as virtual cards used to settle with travel management companies. The consequent spending volume in corporate cards is closely tied to travel budgets and general corporate adoption. The pandemic had a deleterious effect on global business travel spend. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Commercial Credit Cards: International Markets Review and Forecast, 2020-2025; COVID Bounce Back Not Expected Until 2023, reviews the current situation and outlook as the industry recovers from the effects of COVID-19 and business lockdowns.

Given the remedies selected by most government entities to combat viral spread, varying levels of GDP declines were felt across regions in 2020, with economic recovery expected to have a similar level of variability during 2021-22. As such there was an expected massive drop off in spending on corporate cards. Commercial credit card spend for mid-large market companies outside of North America was 42% lower than in 2019. Going forward, recovery levels and expected behavioral changes in business travel are the most pressing issue. A continued shift to digital payments and virtual cards will help improve spending levels through 2022 and partially offset the travel slowdowns. In this report we will discuss the overall pandemic impact on economic growth, then address how that plays out both short and longer term on spending in each indicated region.

“The pandemic underscored the relative dependency of the commercial card industry in most regions on business travel versus the broader B2B use cases that have been pursued in North America, and to some extent, Western Europe,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of the Commercial and Enterprise Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report. “Once economies emerge again, which is already underway, travel will return at some level, but most issuers will be redoubling efforts to expand commercial card spend into B2B uses.”

The post Predictions for the Latin American and Caribbean Commercial Card Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/predictions-for-the-latin-american-and-caribbean-commercial-card-market/feed/ 0
How Would Proposed Regulation II Clarifications Impact Debit Transaction Volume? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-would-proposed-regulation-ii-clarifications-impact-debit-transaction-volume/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-would-proposed-regulation-ii-clarifications-impact-debit-transaction-volume/#respond Fri, 09 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=305550 How Would Proposed Regulation II Clarifications Impact Debit Transaction Volume?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report:  Will The Fed Clarify Regulation II to Enforce Utilization of Two Unaffiliated Networks? Mercator Sees it […]

The post How Would Proposed Regulation II Clarifications Impact Debit Transaction Volume? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report:  Will The Fed Clarify Regulation II to Enforce Utilization of Two Unaffiliated Networks? Mercator Sees it as Likely 

How Would Proposed Regulation II Clarifications Impact Debit Transaction Volume?

  • Through the Fed’s data collection process, it estimates that 79.2 B transactions and $3.1 trillion dollars are spent annually on debit cards and prepaid debit cards.
  • This includes both dual message and single message activity through the global and the EFT debit networks.
  • The transactions that will be impacted by the proposed change to the regulation are those conducted in a CNP environment.
  • CNP makes up 22.8% of total debit transactions, or 18.1 billion transactions.
  • The average CNP transaction is $61.36, equating to an estimated dollar volume of $1.1 trillion in CNP debit transactions annually.
  • With the addition of PINless to all cards, the critical question is, How many of these transactions will be processed through an EFT debit transaction rather than Mastercard and Visa?

About Report

On May 7, 2021 the Federal Reserve Board of Governors issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to amend Regulation II which, if enacted, will require all financial institutions to ensure that card-not-present transactions can be successfully routed over at least two unaffiliated payment networks. The implication of this clarification, if enacted, will affect financial institutions, merchants, processors and networks. Community banks and smaller credit unions that currently do not support two networks for e-commerce transactions will see a significant drop in interchange revenue for those e-commerce transactions that are routed through EFT debit networks and not a global network. This announcement also sets the groundwork for future changes to the regulation with far reaching fee implications for the debit card market as a whole.

The proposed change is all about money. What is missing from this announcement is any consideration for cardholders and how they may be impacted by clarifications of the law.

The post How Would Proposed Regulation II Clarifications Impact Debit Transaction Volume? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-would-proposed-regulation-ii-clarifications-impact-debit-transaction-volume/feed/ 0
The Rise of Mobile Order & Pay at QSRs: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-mobile-order-pay-at-qsrs/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-mobile-order-pay-at-qsrs/#respond Thu, 08 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=303164 The Rise of Mobile Order & Pay at QSRs:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel for Merchants The Rise of Mobile Order & Pay […]

The post The Rise of Mobile Order & Pay at QSRs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel for Merchants

The Rise of Mobile Order & Pay at QSRs: 

  • In 2020, Starbucks reported that 22% of its Q3 revenue came through its mobile app.
  • 49% of Chipotle’s Q3 2020 sales were digital.
  • Burger King, Chick-Fil-A-, Chipotle, Dominos, and other QSRs reported digital sales represented 20% to 50% of total sales in Q3 2020.
  • Mercator estimates the U.S. 2020 mobile order & pay market represented $57.6 billion.
  • A $57.6 billion U.S. mobile order & pay market translates to 24% of total QSR sales.
  • This is nearly double the $33.3 billion mobile order & pay market, and corresponding 13% of total QSR sales, seen in 2018.

About the Report

Lifestyle commerce is a prime mover of the customer experience journey that includes using mobile apps and payments as a key channel for retail shopping. It’s not only that e-commerce has grown, but more significantly, that mobile technology plays a larger role in the checkout process both for remote and proximity payments. Mobile use for pre-buy research and payments is a greater part of retail sales than much of the conventional wisdom now believes. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants, focuses on how retailers can leverage consumer mobile usage.

“Mobile is increasingly the go-to choice for shopping, ordering, and paying for many consumers. Mobile devices enhance the customer experience and provide merchants more opportunities to connect with consumers whether in-store or online,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post The Rise of Mobile Order & Pay at QSRs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-mobile-order-pay-at-qsrs/feed/ 0
Mobile-Centric Food Delivery Spawns New Crop of Specialized Merchants: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-centric-food-delivery-spawns-new-crop-of-specialized-merchants/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-centric-food-delivery-spawns-new-crop-of-specialized-merchants/#respond Wed, 07 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=302557 Mobile-Centric Food Delivery Spawns New Crop of Specialized Merchants:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel for Merchants Mobile-Centric Food Delivery Spawns New Crop of […]

The post Mobile-Centric Food Delivery Spawns New Crop of Specialized Merchants: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel for Merchants

Mobile-Centric Food Delivery Spawns New Crop of Specialized Merchants:

  • Stay-at-homers turbocharged the food and beverage delivery business during COVID, which the restaurant and grocery verticals capitalized on.
  • In 2021, this order and pay platform will continue unabated.
  • Merchants typically partner with third-party delivery firms, many of which operate in the gig economy and provide the fulfillment network for retail partners.
  • Order-and-pay mobile apps dominate the food delivery business and are supported by third-party delivery firms such as Instacart, Shipt, FreshDirect, and Mercatus.
  • Meanwhile Walmart, Whole Foods (Amazon Prime), and Ahold Delhaize (Peapod) use internal resources to fulfill food delivery to end consumers.
  • For restaurants, there is yet another crop of third-party delivery companies including DoorDash, Uber Eats, Caviar, Postmates and Grubhub. 

About Report

Lifestyle commerce is a prime mover of the customer experience journey that includes using mobile apps and payments as a key channel for retail shopping. It’s not only that e-commerce has grown, but more significantly, that mobile technology plays a larger role in the checkout process both for remote and proximity payments. Mobile use for pre-buy research and payments is a greater part of retail sales than much of the conventional wisdom now believes. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Lifestyle Commerce Drives Expanding Mobile Sales Channel For Merchants, focuses on how retailers can leverage consumer mobile usage.

“Mobile is increasingly the go-to choice for shopping, ordering, and paying for many consumers. Mobile devices enhance the customer experience and provide merchants more opportunities to connect with consumers whether in-store or online,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post Mobile-Centric Food Delivery Spawns New Crop of Specialized Merchants: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-centric-food-delivery-spawns-new-crop-of-specialized-merchants/feed/ 0
How Proposed Regulation II Clarifications Would Impact the Payments Industry: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-proposed-regulation-ii-clarifications-would-impact-the-payments-industry/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-proposed-regulation-ii-clarifications-would-impact-the-payments-industry/#respond Tue, 06 Jul 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=301499 How Proposed Regulation II Clarifications Would Impact the Payments Industry:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Will The Fed Clarify Regulation II to Enforce Utilization of Two Unaffiliated Networks? Mercator Sees it […]

The post How Proposed Regulation II Clarifications Would Impact the Payments Industry: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Will The Fed Clarify Regulation II to Enforce Utilization of Two Unaffiliated Networks? Mercator Sees it as Likely

How Proposed Regulation II Clarifications Would Impact the Payments Industry:

  • On May 7, 2021 the Federal Reserve Board of Governors issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to amend Regulation II.
  • If enacted, this will require all financial institutions to ensure that card-not-present transactions can be successfully routed over at least two unaffiliated payment networks. 
  • Four categories of entities will see the greatest impact of this potential amendment.
  • Merchants will have routing choice with more cards online and with mobile transactions. 
  • Issuers without PINless capabilities will need to make their cards available for e-commerce transactions. 
  • Mastercard and Visa will see fewer transactions. 
  • EFT Debit Networks will see increased volumes. 

About Viewpoint

On May 7, 2021 the Federal Reserve Board of Governors issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to amend Regulation II which, if enacted, will require all financial institutions to ensure that card-not-present transactions can be successfully routed over at least two unaffiliated payment networks. The implication of this clarification, if enacted, will affect financial institutions, merchants, processors and networks. Community banks and smaller credit unions that currently do not support two networks for e-commerce transactions will see a significant drop in interchange revenue for those e-commerce transactions that are routed through EFT debit networks and not a global network. This announcement also sets the groundwork for future changes to the regulation with far reaching fee implications for the debit card market as a whole.

The proposed change is all about money. What is missing from this announcement is any consideration for cardholders and how they may be impacted by clarifications of the law.

The post How Proposed Regulation II Clarifications Would Impact the Payments Industry: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-proposed-regulation-ii-clarifications-would-impact-the-payments-industry/feed/ 0
Younger Adults Are More Likely to Have Made Late BNPL Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/younger-adults-are-more-likely-to-have-made-late-bnpl-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/younger-adults-are-more-likely-to-have-made-late-bnpl-payments/#respond Fri, 02 Jul 2021 16:29:13 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=296308 Younger Adults Are More Likely to Have Made Late BNPL Payments:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later Younger Adults Are More Likely to Have […]

The post Younger Adults Are More Likely to Have Made Late BNPL Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later

Younger Adults Are More Likely to Have Made Late BNPL Payments:

  • Younger people are the most likely to report having missed or been late on a BNPL loan payment. 
  • 70% of the 18-24 age cohort missed or have been late on their loan repayment in the past 12 months.
  • In comparison, just 19% of borrowers ages 65+ have missed or been late on their loan repayment.
  • Borrowers ages 25-44 are significantly more likely to be late on a payment, with 48% reporting being late on a payment.
  • Borrowers ages  24-44 may be more likely to make a payment late due to having more payment and life obligations to keep track of, such as child rearing and mortgage payments. 
  • In comparison, just 21% of borrowers 18-24 and 13% ages 65+ have been late on a loan payment.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later, summarizing the findings from the BNPL and short-term financing sections of the semi-annual North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight and analyze consumer behaviors, preferences, and motivations as they relate to the rapidly expanding range of point-of-sale financing products. Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable recommendations for industry players.

“The rise of buy now, pay later financing and short-term loans has implications for the consumer credit space as a whole, particularly credit card networks and issuers that have long dominated the industry. With interest rates at record lows, accelerated adoption of online shopping over the past 12 months, and high consumer satisfaction – the conditions have never been better for the reimagining of consumer credit,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Younger Adults Are More Likely to Have Made Late BNPL Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/younger-adults-are-more-likely-to-have-made-late-bnpl-payments/feed/ 0
Demographics of BNPL Borrowers Who Take Out Multiple Loans Simultaneously: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/demographics-of-bnpl-borrowers-who-take-out-multiple-loans-simultaneously/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/demographics-of-bnpl-borrowers-who-take-out-multiple-loans-simultaneously/#respond Thu, 01 Jul 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=294840 Demographics of BNPL Borrowers Who Take Out Multiple Loans Simultaneously:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later Demographics of BNPL Borrowers Who Take Out […]

The post Demographics of BNPL Borrowers Who Take Out Multiple Loans Simultaneously: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later

Demographics of BNPL Borrowers Who Take Out Multiple Loans Simultaneously: 

  • More than half of BNPL and short-term financing borrowers take out more than one loan simultaneously.
  • 67% of BNPL loan borrowers have taken out more than one loan simultaneously, compared to 65% of those who have used short-term financing.
  • Over 13% of BNPL borrowers have taken out more than 10 loans simultaneously.
  • 31% of respondents ages 18-24 have taken out 5+ loans, making them the most likely age cohort to do so. 
  • 30% of BNPL borrowers earning $150K+ have borrowed more than 5 loans at once, compared to just 13% of borrowers earning under $50k.
  • Mercator Advisory Group survey results demonstrate that respondents who took out a greater number of loans are more likely to have missed or been late making payments. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later, summarizing the findings from the BNPL and short-term financing sections of the semi-annual North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight and analyze consumer behaviors, preferences, and motivations as they relate to the rapidly expanding range of point-of-sale financing products. Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable recommendations for industry players.

“The rise of buy now, pay later financing and short-term loans has implications for the consumer credit space as a whole, particularly credit card networks and issuers that have long dominated the industry. With interest rates at record lows, accelerated adoption of online shopping over the past 12 months, and high consumer satisfaction – the conditions have never been better for the reimagining of consumer credit,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Demographics of BNPL Borrowers Who Take Out Multiple Loans Simultaneously: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/demographics-of-bnpl-borrowers-who-take-out-multiple-loans-simultaneously/feed/ 0
The Stark Difference Between Current & Preferred Bill Payment Methods: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-stark-difference-between-current-preferred-bill-payment-methods/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-stark-difference-between-current-preferred-bill-payment-methods/#respond Wed, 30 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=293338 The Stark Difference Between Current & Preferred Bill Payment Methods:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: U.S. Bill Pay Market: Can Financial Institutions Win Back Payers? The Stark Difference Between Current & […]

The post The Stark Difference Between Current & Preferred Bill Payment Methods: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: U.S. Bill Pay Market: Can Financial Institutions Win Back Payers?

The Stark Difference Between Current & Preferred Bill Payment Methods: 

  • 43% of consumers prefer to pay bills digitally (net), making it the top preferred bill payment method.
  • 60% of consumers currently pay digitally (net), which is 17% higher than the 43% of consumers who prefer this method.
  • In second place for preferred payment method is automatic (net), with 37% of consumers preferring that bill payment method.
  • 60% of consumers currently pay bills automatically (net), which is 23% higher than the 37% of consumers who prefer this method.
  • In third place for the preferred bill payment method is automatic deductions from checking accounts, which 20% of consumers prefer.
  • 44% of consumers currently pay bills via automatic checking account deduction, which is 24% higher than the 20% who prefer it.

About Report

Consumers’ demands and expectations for bill pay created the shift towards digital interfaces and also an expectation around a choice of payments and greater transparency regarding payment status. Their expectations are often better met through biller solutions, not banking platforms. With improved technology for financial institutions, there is an opportunity to bring consumer bill payers back and provide enhanced convenience through a single, consolidated tool, as covered in a new report from Mercator Advisory Group titled U.S. Bill Pay Market: Can Financial Institutions Win Back Payers?

”More modern options for bank bill pay that include better notifications and payment choice will help to bring consumers back to financial institutions’ bill pay platforms. Bill pay is a critical component to securing consumers’ preferred financial institution status. But I don’t expect that consumers will return to their financial institution to pay bills at the same level experienced 10 to 15 years ago. Consumers have created the habit of paying directly with billers and the way that consumers establish services today, including the rise of the subscription model, supports more direct-to-biller activity,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post The Stark Difference Between Current & Preferred Bill Payment Methods: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-stark-difference-between-current-preferred-bill-payment-methods/feed/ 0
Younger Adults Are More Likely to Get Multiple BNPL Loan Offers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/younger-adults-are-more-likely-to-get-multiple-bnpl-loan-offers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/younger-adults-are-more-likely-to-get-multiple-bnpl-loan-offers/#respond Tue, 29 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=292685 Younger Adults Are More Likely to Get Multiple BNPL Loan Offers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later Younger Adults Are More Likely to Get […]

The post Younger Adults Are More Likely to Get Multiple BNPL Loan Offers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later

Younger Adults Are More Likely to Get Multiple BNPL Loan Offers: 

  • Younger people are more likely to receive a higher number of loan offers than older adults. 
  • More loan offers translates to younger people having the opportunity to be more selective in their borrowing.
  • 33% of borrowers ages 18-24 have received just one loan offering.
  • In comparison, 57% of borrowers ages 65+ have received just one loan offering.
  • 18% of borrowers ages 18-24 received more than 3 loan offerings. 
  • In comparison, just 5% of borrowers ages 65+ received more than 3 loan offerings. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later, summarizing the findings from the BNPL and short-term financing sections of the semi-annual North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight and analyze consumer behaviors, preferences, and motivations as they relate to the rapidly expanding range of point-of-sale financing products. Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable recommendations for industry players.

“The rise of buy now, pay later financing and short-term loans has implications for the consumer credit space as a whole, particularly credit card networks and issuers that have long dominated the industry. With interest rates at record lows, accelerated adoption of online shopping over the past 12 months, and high consumer satisfaction – the conditions have never been better for the reimagining of consumer credit,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Younger Adults Are More Likely to Get Multiple BNPL Loan Offers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/younger-adults-are-more-likely-to-get-multiple-bnpl-loan-offers/feed/ 0
The COVID-19 Pandemic Has Profoundly Influenced Transit Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-covid-19-pandemic-has-profoundly-influenced-transit-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-covid-19-pandemic-has-profoundly-influenced-transit-payments/#respond Mon, 28 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=291073 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Commuters Win with the Evolution of Transit Payments The COVID-19 Pandemic Has Profoundly Influenced Transit Payments: […]

The post The COVID-19 Pandemic Has Profoundly Influenced Transit Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Commuters Win with the Evolution of Transit Payments

The COVID-19 Pandemic Has Profoundly Influenced Transit Payments:

  • Nationally, transit ridership declined by 73% and fare revenues were down 86% in April 2020 compared to April 2019. 
  • In April 2021, ridership was still down 50% from April 2019.
  • To draw ridership back, transit systems will need to impress upon the general public that mass transit is safe. 
  • Frictionless payments, including the move toward contactless, will be a part of achieving these goals. 
  • The shift to contactless payments for transit has accelerated due to the pandemic. 
  • The use of Google Pay for transit has increased by 30% in 2021, even as overall ridership is just now beginning to recover. 
  • Over 80 transit systems in the United States alone accept Google Pay as a payment method. 

About Viewpoint

Transit payments are becoming faster, digital, and contact-free.

Paying for transportation runs the gamut from cash and checks to modern, contactless mobile apps that let riders pre-plan and pre-pay for trips. Financial institutions have an opportunity to support the millions of riders in the U.S. that use mass transit and other forms of transportation that constitute billions of payment transactions annually. The new mobile-based transit payment apps are not only digitizing cash and check payments at the fare box, but extending to mobile payments for other purchases along the journey.

The post The COVID-19 Pandemic Has Profoundly Influenced Transit Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-covid-19-pandemic-has-profoundly-influenced-transit-payments/feed/ 0
Key Steps on the Road to Digital Modernization in Corporate Banking: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/key-steps-on-the-road-to-digital-modernization-in-corporate-banking/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/key-steps-on-the-road-to-digital-modernization-in-corporate-banking/#respond Fri, 25 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=285622 Key Steps on the Road to Digital Modernization in Corporate Banking:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Corporate Banking: Modernize or Risk Disenfranchisement Key Steps on the Road to Digital Modernization in Corporate […]

The post Key Steps on the Road to Digital Modernization in Corporate Banking: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Corporate Banking: Modernize or Risk Disenfranchisement

Key Steps on the Road to Digital Modernization in Corporate Banking:

  • Corporate banking businesses seeking to retain and expand their leading positions with corporates will need to speed up modernization efforts in key areas.
  • Modernization efforts must include the development of digital corporate payments services and new payment types.
  • Modernization efforts should be service-oriented to reflect the fact that consumers increasingly view banking as a service rather than a product. 
  • Compliance with open banking regulations and API enablement will be crucial as market demand drives open banking initiatives. 
  • Migration from existing messaging formats to ISO 20022 the growing global standard will be crucial.
  • Cloud-based solutions involving both public and private clouds will be crucial to successful modernization efforts in corporate banking. 

About Report

To satisfy shifting customer expectations and drive revenue in a rapidly changing industry, corporate banks need to modernize by offering new services and embracing the latest technologies. Their success or failure depends on it.

Low interest rates, shifting customer preferences, increased competition from fintechs, and rapid technological progress are fundamentally reshaping commercial banking. Financial institutions must adapt to the changing landscape or risk being left behind. Fortunately, from APIs to cloud-based solutions, there are many opportunities for corporate banks to innovate and improve.

The post Key Steps on the Road to Digital Modernization in Corporate Banking: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/key-steps-on-the-road-to-digital-modernization-in-corporate-banking/feed/ 0
3 Ways Adopting Cloud-based Solutions Can Increase Non-Interest Revenue: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-ways-adopting-cloud-based-solutions-can-increase-non-interest-revenue/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-ways-adopting-cloud-based-solutions-can-increase-non-interest-revenue/#respond Thu, 24 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=285541 3 Ways Adopting Cloud-based Solutions Can Increase Non-Interest Revenue:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Corporate Banking: Modernize or Risk Disenfranchisement 3 Ways Adopting Cloud-based Solutions Can Increase Non-Interest Revenue: There […]

The post 3 Ways Adopting Cloud-based Solutions Can Increase Non-Interest Revenue: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Corporate Banking: Modernize or Risk Disenfranchisement

3 Ways Adopting Cloud-based Solutions Can Increase Non-Interest Revenue:

  • There are numerous benefits for banks that adopt cloud computing and as-a-service models of technology consumption.
  • One of the most important benefits of adopting cloud-based solutions is increased non-interest revenue.
  • There are three major ways cloud adoption can contribute to an increase in non-interest revenue:
  • 1. New product offerings. FIs can use the cloud to support new products, including virtual accounts, real-time payments, and cross-border payments.
  • 2. Quicker speed to market. With the cloud, banks can make rapid adjustments to their resources for new product releases. 
  • 3. Better analytics. Cloud computing technology improves banks’ data processing power and allows for greater use of AI capabilities.

About Report

To satisfy shifting customer expectations and drive revenue in a rapidly changing industry, corporate banks need to modernize by offering new services and embracing the latest technologies. Their success or failure depends on it.

Low interest rates, shifting customer preferences, increased competition from fintechs, and rapid technological progress are fundamentally reshaping commercial banking. Financial institutions must adapt to the changing landscape or risk being left behind. Fortunately, from APIs to cloud-based solutions, there are many opportunities for corporate banks to innovate and improve.

The post 3 Ways Adopting Cloud-based Solutions Can Increase Non-Interest Revenue: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-ways-adopting-cloud-based-solutions-can-increase-non-interest-revenue/feed/ 0
Consumers’ Openness to New Methods of ATM Authentication: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/openness-to-new-methods-of-atm-authentication/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/openness-to-new-methods-of-atm-authentication/#respond Wed, 23 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=284951 Openness to New Methods of ATM AuthenticationDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences  Consumers’ Openness to New Methods […]

The post Consumers’ Openness to New Methods of ATM Authentication: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences 

Consumers’ Openness to New Methods of ATM Authentication

  • 20% of surveyed consumers are willing to try a QR code from a smartphone as a way of authenticating at the ATM, versus 28% of consumers who would not try it.
  • 24% of consumers are willing to try biometric authentication via an ATM as a way of authenticating at the ATM, versus 25% of consumers who would not try it.
  • 24% of consumers are willing to try biometric authentication via smartphone to authenticate at the ATM, versus 26% of consumers who would not try it.
  • 24% of consumers are willing to try a one-time code at the ATM to authenticate at the ATM, versus 23% who would not try it. 
  • 7% of consumers have already tried biometric authentication via smartphone and one-time code at the ATM to authenticate at the ATM.
  • In comparison, just 5% of consumers have tried QR code from smartphone and biometric authentication via ATM to authenticate at the ATM.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences documents consumers’ current usage metrics of ATMs in the U.S. national market. The survey of 3,000 U.S. adults (December 2020) represents a continuation of a series of consumer and business surveys conducted annually by Mercator Advisory Group since 2009.

This Data Summary Report presents the survey results for U.S. consumers’ use of ATMs, through commonly-used graphs with core demographic breakdowns, for easy incorporation in planning/analysis documents. This is just one of multiple Data Summary and Analysis Reports on the United States for program subscribers from this survey, on topics including Buy Now, Pay Later lending, bill payment, subscription buying, fraud experiences, and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

“These survey results provide up-to-date baseline data for financial institutions and other stakeholders serving the U.S. market,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group. “The U.S. continues as a dynamic market for the ATM industry.”

The post Consumers’ Openness to New Methods of ATM Authentication: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/openness-to-new-methods-of-atm-authentication/feed/ 0
Preferred Method for Getting Cash By Gender: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/preferred-method-for-getting-cash-by-gender/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/preferred-method-for-getting-cash-by-gender/#respond Tue, 22 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=283360 Preferred Method for Getting Cash By Gender:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences  Preferred Method for Getting Cash […]

The post Preferred Method for Getting Cash By Gender: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences 

Preferred Method for Getting Cash By Gender: 

  • Overall, 40% of U.S. consumers prefer using an ATM to get cash back when making a purchase in a store.
  • Another 40% of consumers prefer getting cash via cash back through a debit purchase.
  • Men are more likely to prefer using an ATM (50%) than getting cash back with a debit purchase (36%) to get cash. 
  • Women are more likely to prefer getting cash back with a debit purchase (44%) than using an ATM (30%) to get cash. 
  • Overall, 21% of consumers prefer whichever method is more convenient to get cash. 
  • More women (27%) than men (14%) prefer whichever method is more convenient to get cash back.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences documents consumers’ current usage metrics of ATMs in the U.S. national market. The survey of 3,000 U.S. adults (December 2020) represents a continuation of a series of consumer and business surveys conducted annually by Mercator Advisory Group since 2009.

This Data Summary Report presents the survey results for U.S. consumers’ use of ATMs, through commonly-used graphs with core demographic breakdowns, for easy incorporation in planning/analysis documents. This is just one of multiple Data Summary and Analysis Reports on the United States for program subscribers from this survey, on topics including Buy Now, Pay Later lending, bill payment, subscription buying, fraud experiences, and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

“These survey results provide up-to-date baseline data for financial institutions and other stakeholders serving the U.S. market,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group. “The U.S. continues as a dynamic market for the ATM industry.”

The post Preferred Method for Getting Cash By Gender: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/preferred-method-for-getting-cash-by-gender/feed/ 0
How Will Wearable Devices Impact Digital Payments? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-wearable-devices-impact-digital-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-wearable-devices-impact-digital-payments/#respond Tue, 22 Jun 2021 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=273128 Digital PaymentsIn recent years, digital mobile payments have been adopted by a wide range of businesses in myriad industries. Changes in consumer spending behavior have arisen with access to new technologies to match modern standards of living. Payments through mobile devices make purchases safer and easier, and these technologies have been given a major push by […]

The post How Will Wearable Devices Impact Digital Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In recent years, digital mobile payments have been adopted by a wide range of businesses in myriad industries. Changes in consumer spending behavior have arisen with access to new technologies to match modern standards of living.

Payments through mobile devices make purchases safer and easier, and these technologies have been given a major push by the fintech and e-commerce sectors. Wearable payment devices in particular have created a rapidly growing niche in the payments industry.

Advancements in wearable technologies

Wearables are not very commonly used in payment applications, with most such devices finding roles in the health and fitness sector. However, manufacturers are increasingly investing in offerings such as smartwatches to allow people to conduct payments through simple gestures. New wearables can provide similar functionality as smartphones.

Also, wearables are considered to be better in terms of security, with a lower margin for errors. Users can connect their debit and credit cards to wearables, and use these devices exclusively for payments. With the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic, digital payments have made major strides into the market with cash transactions seeing a notable drop.

Wearables offer consumers with better access to convenient payment options. Also, the incorporation of facial and fingerprint recognition biometrics on Android and iOS platforms is gaining the interest of players in the financial sector.

Europe and East Asia has witnessed pilot test programs for iris scanner and facial recognition payment technologies, which can eliminate the need for traditional security measures such as PIN numbers or passwords. Wearable platforms in particular will prove ideal for the implementation of these advances.

In early 2021, DIGISEQ unveiled a breakthrough technology for wearables called Rapid Contactless Personalization for Android and iOS devices including secure tokenization and payment data, leveraging the advances in IOT and the increased adoption of contactless technologies during the pandemic.

Risk of fraud is a key challenge

Wearables have access to a vast amount of personal and financial data, with information being passed between devices, the cloud, and while investments into data security continue to rise, personal and enterprise data remains at risk.

As new wearables are optimized for ease of use and improved productivity, security standards may now be able to keep up with real-world requirements. Extensive efforts towards device security is required to minimize the risk of damage to finances and reputation of the manufacturers.

While a few wearable devices access information from the cloud, most continue to operate with compatible mobile devices such as smartphones. The rising incidence of mobile device fraud, means that manufacturers will have to pay attention to the unique risks that are associated with these products.

Also, consumers often unknowingly turn over personal information, lured in by the promise of convenience or cost savings. With the exponential rise of banking apps, online shopping, and location-based apps, new opportunities have arisen for fraudsters to exploit the vulnerabilities of wearables for high value personal information.

Transition to wearables is slowing down prospects

As tech companies incorporate notable changes to their offerings, end user retailers and banking organizations, struggle to keep up. The costs and efforts required for such transition slows down the adoption of wearables in the finance sector. Outdated POS systems will remain a matter of concern in the near future.

Alternatively cross platform applications remain key to sustain consumer interest. Also, wearable technologies do not provide consumers with significant advantages over alternatives such as credit cards and debit cards, which already provide users with contactless transaction facilities.

Some of the prominent players who have taken steps to promote wearables for payments include Disney, Lyle & Scott, Visa, Apple, Samsung, Sony, Alibaba, and Mastercard. Aside from promotional efforts to build user awareness, strategic collaborations with tech and hardware providers to leverage previously unexplored applications is likely to hold the interest of manufacturers and service providers for the foreseeable future.

These trends are likely to have a significant impact on payments through wearables in the years ahead. Growing awareness about digital currencies, cross-border payments, and digital wallets will generate lucrative opportunities in the near future. Players operating in the international transaction space will invest in competitive payment solutions to leverage new potential revenue streams for banking organizations and other payment service providers.

These insights are based on a report on Wearable Payment Devices Market by Fact.MR.

The post How Will Wearable Devices Impact Digital Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-wearable-devices-impact-digital-payments/feed/ 0
The Top 3 Services Corporates Want From Their Banks: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-3-services-corporates-want-from-their-banks/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-3-services-corporates-want-from-their-banks/#respond Mon, 21 Jun 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=282054 The Top 3 Services Corporates Want From Their Banks:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Corporate Banking: Modernize or Risk Disenfranchisement  The Top 3 Services Corporates Want From Their Banks: According […]

The post The Top 3 Services Corporates Want From Their Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Corporate Banking: Modernize or Risk Disenfranchisement 

The Top 3 Services Corporates Want From Their Banks:

  • According to a 2020 banking survey, enhanced working capital management is the top service corporates want from their banks.
  • 51% of surveyed corporates reported wanting enhanced working capital management from their banks.
  • The second service corporates want most from their banks is innovative banking products (e.g., working capital loans). 
  • 43% of surveyed corporates reported wanting their banks to offer innovative banking products. 
  • Rounding out the top three services corporates want from their banks is support in leveraging new technologies (e.g., blockchain).
  • 41% of surveyed corporates reported wanting support from their banks in leveraging new technologies.

About Report

To satisfy shifting customer expectations and drive revenue in a rapidly changing industry, corporate banks need to modernize by offering new services and embracing the latest technologies. Their success or failure depends on it.

Low interest rates, shifting customer preferences, increased competition from fintechs, and rapid technological progress are fundamentally reshaping commercial banking. Financial institutions must adapt to the changing landscape or risk being left behind. Fortunately, from APIs to cloud-based solutions, there are many opportunities for corporate banks to innovate and improve.

The post The Top 3 Services Corporates Want From Their Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-3-services-corporates-want-from-their-banks/feed/ 0
The Rise of the U.S. Grocery and Restaurant Delivery Market: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-the-u-s-grocery-and-restaurant-delivery-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-the-u-s-grocery-and-restaurant-delivery-market/#respond Fri, 18 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=277943 The Rise of the U.S. Grocery and Restaurant Delivery Market:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Third-Party Delivery Firms Form Necessary but Uneasy Alliances with Merchants The Rise of the U.S. Grocery […]

The post The Rise of the U.S. Grocery and Restaurant Delivery Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Third-Party Delivery Firms Form Necessary but Uneasy Alliances with Merchants

The Rise of the U.S. Grocery and Restaurant Delivery Market:

  • Before the pandemic, delivery firms were building their ordering platforms, partnering with grocers and restaurants, and developing a driver network.
  • When COVID-19 hit, grocery stores were inundated and many restaurants were restricted to takeout orders only.
  • Instacart had 100,000 drivers in 2019, but hired 500,000 more in 2020 upon the onset of the pandemic.
  • Grocery and restaurant delivery is anticipated to encompass 11% of U.S. retail e-commerce sales by 2022.
  • The U.S. grocery and restaurant delivery dollar volume is anticipated to rise to $99 billion by 2022, up from $55 billion in 2019.  
  • Grocery delivery fees run about 10% of the order price, while meal delivery fees can take up to 30% of the food check. 

About Report

Home delivery of groceries and restaurant food is now a way of life for most U.S. households. During 2020, COVID-19 drove online ordering and doorstep delivery. Grocers in particular had more online volume than they could handle. For restaurants deprived of indoor dining, takeout and delivery became a lifeline. Third-party delivery companies provided the scale and capacity needed to manage the spike in delivery orders. Entering 2021, online ordering and fulfillment will remain a key sector of the retail e-commerce channel.

The post The Rise of the U.S. Grocery and Restaurant Delivery Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-the-u-s-grocery-and-restaurant-delivery-market/feed/ 0
U.S. Consumers’ Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges by Household Income Level: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-attitudes-toward-atm-surcharges-by-household-income-level/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-attitudes-toward-atm-surcharges-by-household-income-level/#respond Thu, 17 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=277501 U.S. Consumers' Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges by Household Income Level:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences U.S. Consumers’ Attitudes Toward ATM […]

The post U.S. Consumers’ Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges by Household Income Level: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences

U.S. Consumers’ Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges by Household Income Level:

  • Consumers from high income households ($100K+) are the most likely of any income group to actively seek out ATMs that are in surcharge-free networks.
  • 64% of individuals from households earning $100K+ actively seek out ATMs in surcharge-free networks, versus 56% of individuals from households earning under $100K. 
  • Individuals from households earning $100K+ are about equally as likely (74%) to do anything they can to avoid paying surcharges as those from households earning under $100k (75%).  
  • Consumers from high income households are more likely to not pay ATM surcharges because their bank reimburses them ATM fees. 
  • 41% of individuals from households earning $100K+ get their ATM fees reimbursed by their bank.
  • In comparison, just 26% of individuals from households earning less than $100K get their ATM fees reimbursed by their bank.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences documents consumers’ current usage metrics of ATMs in the U.S. national market. The survey of 3,000 U.S. adults (December 2020) represents a continuation of a series of consumer and business surveys conducted annually by Mercator Advisory Group since 2009.

This Data Summary Report presents the survey results for U.S. consumers’ use of ATMs, through commonly-used graphs with core demographic breakdowns, for easy incorporation in planning/analysis documents. This is just one of multiple Data Summary and Analysis Reports on the United States for program subscribers from this survey, on topics including Buy Now, Pay Later lending, bill payment, subscription buying, fraud experiences, and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

“These survey results provide up-to-date baseline data for financial institutions and other stakeholders serving the U.S. market,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group. “The U.S. continues as a dynamic market for the ATM industry.”

The post U.S. Consumers’ Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges by Household Income Level: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-attitudes-toward-atm-surcharges-by-household-income-level/feed/ 0
ATM Visits for Cash Vary by Age and Gender in the U.S.: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atm-visits-for-cash-vary-by-age-and-gender-in-the-u-s/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atm-visits-for-cash-vary-by-age-and-gender-in-the-u-s/#respond Wed, 16 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=275800 ATM Visits for Cash Vary by Age and Gender in the U.S.:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences ATM Visits for Cash Vary […]

The post ATM Visits for Cash Vary by Age and Gender in the U.S.: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences

ATM Visits for Cash Vary by Age and Gender in the U.S.: 

  • A Mercator Advisory Group survey of 3,000 U.S. consumers found that respondents’ top reason for visiting an ATM is to get cash.
  • Overall, consumers reported an average of 4.4 ATM visits per month to get cash.
  • Men visited ATMs to get cash an average of 5.7 times per month, versus an average of 3.3 visits for women.
  • Young adults (18-34) visited ATMs to get cash an average of 7.1 times per month, versus an average of 1.5 visits for adults 55+.
  • Overall, consumers reported an average of 2.8 ATM visits per month to deposit cash. 
  • Overall, consumers visited ATMs to deposit cash an average of 2.8 times per month.
  • Young adults (18-24) deposited cash at an ATM an average of 4.7 times per month, compared to 0.5 times per month for consumers 55+.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, North American PaymentsInsights, U.S.: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences documents consumers’ current usage metrics of ATMs in the U.S. national market. The survey of 3,000 U.S. adults (December 2020) represents a continuation of a series of consumer and business surveys conducted annually by Mercator Advisory Group since 2009.

This Data Summary Report presents the survey results for U.S. consumers’ use of ATMs, through commonly-used graphs with core demographic breakdowns, for easy incorporation in planning/analysis documents. This is just one of multiple Data Summary and Analysis Reports on the United States for program subscribers from this survey, on topics including Buy Now, Pay Later lending, bill payment, subscription buying, fraud experiences, and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

“These survey results provide up-to-date baseline data for financial institutions and other stakeholders serving the U.S. market,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group. “The U.S. continues as a dynamic market for the ATM industry.”

The post ATM Visits for Cash Vary by Age and Gender in the U.S.: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atm-visits-for-cash-vary-by-age-and-gender-in-the-u-s/feed/ 0
Demographics of Prepaid Transit Fare Purchasers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/demographics-of-prepaid-transit-fare-purchasers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/demographics-of-prepaid-transit-fare-purchasers/#respond Tue, 15 Jun 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=274344 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commuters Win with the Evolution in Transit Payments Demographics of Prepaid Transit Fare Purchasers:  25% of […]

The post Demographics of Prepaid Transit Fare Purchasers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commuters Win with the Evolution in Transit Payments

Demographics of Prepaid Transit Fare Purchasers: 

  • 25% of consumers surveyed by Mercator Advisory Group in 2020 have purchased prepaid transit fares.
  • Younger individuals and high-income earners are more likely to have purchased prepaid fares for use on public transit. 
  • 44% of survey respondents ages 18-24 and 41% of respondents ages 25-44 reported having purchased prepaid fares to use on public transit.
  • In comparison, just 14% of respondents ages 45-64 and 4% of respondents ages 65+ have purchased prepaid fares to use on public transit.
  • 21% of respondents earning less than $50K and 24% of respondents earning $50K-$75K have purchased prepaid fares to use on public transit. 
  • In comparison, 30% of respondents earning $75K-$100K and 31% of respondents earning over $100K have purchased prepaid fares to use on public transit.

About Report

Paying for transportation runs the gamut from cash and checks to modern, contactless mobile apps that let riders pre-plan and pre-pay for trips. Financial institutions have an opportunity to support the millions of riders in the U.S. that use mass transit and other forms of transportation that constitute billions of payment transactions annually. The new mobile-based transit payment apps are not only digitizing cash and check payments at the fare box, but extending to mobile payments for other purchases along the journey.

The post Demographics of Prepaid Transit Fare Purchasers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/demographics-of-prepaid-transit-fare-purchasers/feed/ 0
Breaking Down the Evolution of Transit Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/breaking-down-the-evolution-of-transit-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/breaking-down-the-evolution-of-transit-payments/#respond Mon, 14 Jun 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=272941 TiD 565Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commuters Win with the Evolution in Transit Payments Breaking Down the Evolution of Transit Payments: Cash, […]

The post Breaking Down the Evolution of Transit Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Commuters Win with the Evolution in Transit Payments

Breaking Down the Evolution of Transit Payments:

  • Cash, pre-purchased tokens, and cards with magstripes are starting to fade from use for transit payments.
  • Tappable, reusable transit cards with near-field communication (NFC) capabilities are becoming more common.
  • Mobile apps that work within a specific transit system or a closed community of acceptance point have been the next evolution of transit payment form factors.
  • The fare is paid by opening the transit app or holding the phone near the collection point, allowing the fare collection system to capture payment credentials or scan a QR code.
  • A 2020 Mercator Advisory Group survey found that 25% of respondents have purchased prepaid transit fares. 
  • Around 20% of the nation’s transit systems are now capable of accepting open-loop payments.
  • $16 billion in fare payments were collected in the U.S. in 2018, compared to $11.9 billion in 2008.

About Report

Paying for transportation runs the gamut from cash and checks to modern, contactless mobile apps that let riders pre-plan and pre-pay for trips. Financial institutions have an opportunity to support the millions of riders in the U.S. that use mass transit and other forms of transportation that constitute billions of payment transactions annually. The new mobile-based transit payment apps are not only digitizing cash and check payments at the fare box, but extending to mobile payments for other purchases along the journey.

The post Breaking Down the Evolution of Transit Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/breaking-down-the-evolution-of-transit-payments/feed/ 0
Online Grocery Satisfies Consumers’ Need for Efficiency: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/online-grocery-satisfies-consumers-need-for-efficiency/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/online-grocery-satisfies-consumers-need-for-efficiency/#respond Fri, 11 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=270825 Online Grocery Satisfies Consumers' Need for Efficiency:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a […]

The post Online Grocery Satisfies Consumers’ Need for Efficiency: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a Reasonable Cost?

Online Grocery Satisfies Consumers’ Need for Efficiency:

  • Many consumers initially shifted their grocery shopping online as a safety measure during COVID.
  • By mid-2020, the top reasons consumers named for online grocery shopping were efficiency-based.
  • According to a Power Reviews survey, 59% of consumers named saving time as their primary reason for shopping online.
  • 49% of consumers named personal safety as their primary reason for shopping online.
  • The top deterrent for online grocery purchasing is the cost.
  • Many merchants cannot afford to compromise on the last mile, and consumers may soon sacrifice cost for convenience. 

About Report

Although online grocery struggled against other online verticals prior to 2020, recent growth shows the online grocery vertical is here to stay. As consumers shopped online due to COVID-19, online grocery growth outpaced the rest of the e-commerce segment. Given recent consumer sentiment, Mercator predicts growth will remain strong in the coming years. Grocers were able to match consumer demand by utilizing cost-saving investments and implementing innovative technology to facilitate fulfillment. While consumers expressed the desire to continue shopping online, they also noted pain points with online grocery shopping. Given the new growth in this budding industry, Mercator believes that merchants and payment processors have the ability to gain market share by implementing cost effective fulfillment strategies and facilitating technology-driven payment methods. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a Reasonable Cost? explores the trajectory of the online grocery market and the ways in which merchants and payment processors can take advantage of consumer sentiment to cut costs and drive sales.

”The pandemic-driven, stay-at-home lifestyle in 2020 propelled U.S. online grocery sales to record volume as consumers sought ease of ordering, seamless payment, and convenient delivery. As the Great Reopening occurs in 2021, online grocery shopping will remain popular among consumers. Grocery merchants and their payments vendors can benefit from this digital channel opportunity, but must meet the challenges of online order fulfillment,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of this report.

The post Online Grocery Satisfies Consumers’ Need for Efficiency: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/online-grocery-satisfies-consumers-need-for-efficiency/feed/ 0
Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges Vary By Age: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-attitudes-toward-atm-surcharges-vary-by-age/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-attitudes-toward-atm-surcharges-vary-by-age/#respond Thu, 10 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=270518 Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges Vary By Age:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges […]

The post Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges Vary By Age: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences

Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges Vary By Age: 

  • 85% of adults 55+ will do anything they can to avoid paying ATM surcharges–the highest of any age group.
  • In comparison, 75% of consumers ages 35-54 and 63% of consumers ages 18-34 will do anything to avoid paying surcharges.
  • At 44%, young adults (18-34) are the most willing to pay ATM surcharges to use a convenient machine.
  • In comparison, just 15% of adults 55+ and 22% of adults ages 35-54 are willing to pay surcharges to use a convenient ATM machine.
  • 32% of adults ages 18-34 don’t pay ATM surcharges because their bank or credit union reimburses their ATM fees.
  • In comparison, 21% of adults ages 35-54 and 18% of adults ages 55+ have their ATM fees reimbursed by their bank or credit union. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences documents consumers’ current usage metrics of ATMs in the Canadian national market. The survey of 1,000 Canadian adults (December 2020) represents a continuation of a series of consumer and business surveys conducted annually by Mercator Advisory Group since 2009.

This Data Summary Report presents the survey results for Canadian consumers’ use of ATMs, through commonly-used graphs with core demographic breakdowns, for easy incorporation in planning/analysis documents. This is just one of multiple Data Summary and Analysis Reports on Canada which will be made available to program subscribers from this survey, on topics including “Buy Now, Pay Later” lending, bill payment, subscription buying, fraud experiences, and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

“These survey results provide up-to-date baseline data for financial institutions and other stakeholders serving the Canadian market,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group. “Documenting Canada’s unique consumer profile is key for providers serving or entering this diverse market.”

The post Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges Vary By Age: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-attitudes-toward-atm-surcharges-vary-by-age/feed/ 0
The Preferred Payment Mechanism for Digital & Subscription Services: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-preferred-payment-mechanism-for-digital-subscription-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-preferred-payment-mechanism-for-digital-subscription-services/#respond Wed, 09 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=270477 The Preferred Payment Mechanism for Digital & Subscription Services:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: U.S. Bill Pay Market: Can Financial Institutions Win Back Payers? The Preferred Payment Mechanism for Digital […]

The post The Preferred Payment Mechanism for Digital & Subscription Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: U.S. Bill Pay Market: Can Financial Institutions Win Back Payers?

The Preferred Payment Mechanism for Digital & Subscription Services:

  • Card payments directly with the biller are by far the preferred payment mechanism for digital and subscription services.
  • 50% of music streaming subscribers pay for the service with a debit card; 42% use a credit card.
  • 42% of video streaming subscribers pay for the service with a credit card; 41% use a debit card.
  • 60% of premium app subscribers pay using a debit card; 51% use a credit card.
  • 56% of software subscription users pay using a credit card; 41% use a debit card.
  • 47% of news or magazine subscribers use a credit card; 41% use a debit card.

About Report

Consumers’ demands and expectations for bill pay created the shift towards digital interfaces and also an expectation around a choice of payments and greater transparency regarding payment status. Their expectations are often better met through biller solutions, not banking platforms. With improved technology for financial institutions, there is an opportunity to bring consumer bill payers back and provide enhanced convenience through a single, consolidated tool, as covered in a new report from Mercator Advisory Group titled U.S. Bill Pay Market: Can Financial Institutions Win Back Payers?

”More modern options for bank bill pay that include better notifications and payment choice will help to bring consumers back to financial institutions’ bill pay platforms. Bill pay is a critical component to securing consumers’ preferred financial institution status. But I don’t expect that consumers will return to their financial institution to pay bills at same level experienced 10 to 15 years ago. Consumers have created the habit of paying directly with billers and the way that consumers establish services today, including the rise of the subscription model, supports more direct-to-biller activity,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post The Preferred Payment Mechanism for Digital & Subscription Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-preferred-payment-mechanism-for-digital-subscription-services/feed/ 0
Winners & Losers of the 2020 Online Grocery Frenzy: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/winners-losers-of-the-2020-online-grocery-frenzy/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/winners-losers-of-the-2020-online-grocery-frenzy/#respond Tue, 08 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=270330 Winners & Losers of the 2020 Online Grocery Frenzy:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a […]

The post Winners & Losers of the 2020 Online Grocery Frenzy: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a Reasonable Cost?

Winners & Losers of the 2020 Online Grocery Frenzy:

  • Walmart was the top performer in the online grocery market in 2020, bumping Amazon from the number one spot.
  • Even so, Walmart’s market share in online grocery shrank from 30.4% to 30% in 2020.
  • Amazon’s share of online grocery shrank from 32.6% to 27.1%.
  • Meanwhile, Ahold Delhaize’s online grocery sales grew over 100% to $2.37 billion in 2020.
  • Albertsons rode the tailwinds of the online grocery frenzy, seeing a 243% increase in growth in Q2 2020.
  • One of the largest movers in the vertical las year was Instacart, which saw sales growth of over 500% YoY in the first half of 2020.

About Report

Although online grocery struggled against other online verticals prior to 2020, recent growth shows the online grocery vertical is here to stay. As consumers shopped online due to COVID-19, online grocery growth outpaced the rest of the e-commerce segment. Given recent consumer sentiment, Mercator predicts growth will remain strong in the coming years. Grocers were able to match consumer demand by utilizing cost-saving investments and implementing innovative technology to facilitate fulfillment. While consumers expressed the desire to continue shopping online, they also noted pain points with online grocery shopping. Given the new growth in this budding industry, Mercator believes that merchants and payment processors have the ability to gain market share by implementing cost effective fulfillment strategies and facilitating technology-driven payment methods. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a Reasonable Cost? explores the trajectory of the online grocery market and the ways in which merchants and payment processors can take advantage of consumer sentiment to cut costs and drive sales.

”The pandemic-driven, stay-at-home lifestyle in 2020 propelled U.S. online grocery sales to record volume as consumers sought ease of ordering, seamless payment, and convenient delivery. As the Great Reopening occurs in 2021, online grocery shopping will remain popular among consumers. Grocery merchants and their payments vendors can benefit from this digital channel opportunity, but must meet the challenges of online order fulfillment,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of this report.

The post Winners & Losers of the 2020 Online Grocery Frenzy: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/winners-losers-of-the-2020-online-grocery-frenzy/feed/ 0
Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges by Household Income: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-attitudes-toward-atm-surcharges-by-household-income/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-attitudes-toward-atm-surcharges-by-household-income/#respond Mon, 07 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=270286 Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges by Household Income:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences  Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges […]

The post Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges by Household Income: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences

 Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges by Household Income:

  • 76% of Canadians earning $100K+ do anything they can to avoid paying ATM surcharges, compared to 75% of those earning under $100K.
  • 64% of Canadians earning $100K+ actively seek out ATMs that are in surcharge-free networks, compared to 60% of those earning under $100K.
  • 54% of $100K+ earners occassionally pay ATM surchases, but try to use their bank’s machines, compared to 48% of those earning under $100K.
  • High income earners are more likely to never have paid an ATM surcharge.
  • 45% of $100K+ earners have never paid an ATM surcharge, versus 36% of those earning under $100K.
  • 29% of $100K+ earners do not pay ATM surcharges because their bank reimbuses their ATM fees, versus 20% of those earning under $100K.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, North American PaymentsInsights, Canada: Data Summary Report; ATM Usage and Preferences documents consumers’ current usage metrics of ATMs in the Canadian national market. The survey of 1,000 Canadian adults (December 2020) represents a continuation of a series of consumer and business surveys conducted annually by Mercator Advisory Group since 2009.

This Data Summary Report presents the survey results for Canadian consumers’ use of ATMs, through commonly-used graphs with core demographic breakdowns, for easy incorporation in planning/analysis documents. This is just one of multiple Data Summary and Analysis Reports on Canada which will be made available to program subscribers from this survey, on topics including “Buy Now, Pay Later” lending, bill payment, subscription buying, fraud experiences, and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

“These survey results provide up-to-date baseline data for financial institutions and other stakeholders serving the Canadian market,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group. “Documenting Canada’s unique consumer profile is key for providers serving or entering this diverse market.”

The post Canadian Attitudes Toward ATM Surcharges by Household Income: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadian-attitudes-toward-atm-surcharges-by-household-income/feed/ 0
Five Key Segments of Digital Banking: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-key-segments-of-digital-banking/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-key-segments-of-digital-banking/#respond Fri, 04 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=270269 Five Key Segments of Digital Banking:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: A Maturing U.S. Neo-Bank Market: Growing Pains and Opportunities Five Key Segments of Digital Banking: Neo-banks […]

The post Five Key Segments of Digital Banking: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: A Maturing U.S. Neo-Bank Market: Growing Pains and Opportunities

Five Key Segments of Digital Banking:

Neo-banks operate within a diverse ecosystem of digital banking solutions, which can be broken into five key categories:

  1. Full service online banks. These are financial institutions that specialize in online financial services and offer a full range of deposit and loan products.
  2. Premium deposit harvesters. Lenders gathering premium deposits online focus primarily on collecting deposits and making loans, while placing little emphasis on transaction accounts. 
  3. Brokerage and insurance-owned online banks. The vast majority of deposits with these institutions are in non-transaction accounts. 
  4. Online divisions of diversified banks. Online divisions of diversified banks employ a differentiated brand to focus on digital innovation and user experience.  
  5. Fintech and bank partners. Within the realm of digital banking institutions, fintechs or neo-banks can be understood as technology firms that provide innovative banking solutions. 

About Report

Since their inception, neo-banks have attracted large customer bases and significant venture capital backing. Their approach to the business of banking is markedly different than traditional financial institutions, and some are rightfully wary of the threat they represent. Still, neo-banks themselves face numerous challenges—regulatory, financial, and otherwise. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, A Maturing U.S. Neo-Bank Market: Growing Pains and Opportunities, discusses the neo-bank market in the U.S. and predicts what the future may hold for these companies. “The future is uncertain for neo-banks. Powerful new entrants are seeking a share of the neo-bank market. Venmo—owned by PayPal—is increasingly pursuing banking functions, and Walmart has expressed its intent to expand into the market as well. More important, neo-banks will need to find their own pathways to profitability. With their emphasis on limited fees and focus on bank accounts and debit products, neo-banks, for the most part, are not generating large profits,” comments Laura Handly, market research analyst at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Five Key Segments of Digital Banking: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-key-segments-of-digital-banking/feed/ 0
Over One in Four Smartphone Owners Used a Universal Wallet in 2020: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/over-one-in-four-smartphone-owners-used-a-universal-wallet-in-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/over-one-in-four-smartphone-owners-used-a-universal-wallet-in-2020/#respond Thu, 03 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=270119 Over One in Four Smartphone Owners Used a Universal Wallet in 2020:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: A Functional Taxonomy of Digital Wallets: Today’s Version, Tomorrow’s Direction Over One in Four Smartphone Owners […]

The post Over One in Four Smartphone Owners Used a Universal Wallet in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: A Functional Taxonomy of Digital Wallets: Today’s Version, Tomorrow’s Direction

Over One in Four Smartphone Owners Used a Universal Wallet in 2020:

  • 28% of over 2,800 surveyed consumers used a universal wallet for an in-store purchase in 2020, up from 20% in 2018.
  • Apple Pay was the leading choice, with 14% of surveyed consumers using it in 2020.
  • In second was Google Pay, with 7% of consumers using it in 2020.
  • Third was Samsung Pay, with 6% of consumers using it in 2020.
  • 28% of smartphone owners used a universal wallet for an online purchase in 2020, up from 18% in 2018.
  • For online purchases, Samsung Pay was the leading universal wallet, with 10% of consumers using it in 2020.
  • Apple Pay came in second (8%) and Google Pay in third (5%) for purchases made online.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has been measuring consumer adoption of digital wallets for a decade. The questionnaires become more complex every year as new features and functions are added and new suppliers appear. Today there are wallets to support global card networks, national card networks, multiple merchants and single merchants. Some have added loyalty programs, others support ticketing and still others are adding support for car keys. There are also e-commerce buttons that act as wallets and merchant wallets that are adding financial services. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, A Functional Taxonomy of Digital Wallets: Today’s Version, Tomorrow’s Direction, delivers a review of all the major digital wallets using a single consistent taxonomy to enable a more effective competitive evaluation of the feature/functions each wallet supports. This in turn suggests the key development and market direction being pursued by each wallet supplier.

“It is interesting to witness the expansion of wallets into new markets, from authentication to access control. Yet when one takes a step back, one doesn’t perceive these solutions staying focused on the payments market. They need to offer more benefits to win over banks, merchants and consumers,” comments Tim Sloane, Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and the author of the report.

The post Over One in Four Smartphone Owners Used a Universal Wallet in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/over-one-in-four-smartphone-owners-used-a-universal-wallet-in-2020/feed/ 0
The Rise of Online Shopping Subscriptions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-online-shopping-subscriptions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-online-shopping-subscriptions/#respond Wed, 02 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=270092 The Rise of Online Shopping Subscriptions:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a […]

The post The Rise of Online Shopping Subscriptions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a Reasonable Cost?

The Rise of Online Shopping Subscriptions:

  • One way online grocery merchants are hoping to pick up market share and retain shoppers is through subscription options that provide rewards or savings.
  • Nearly every major competitor in online grocery has added a subscription option.
  • Kroger’s offers a $79 annual subscription labeled the “delivery savings pass”, which waives delivery fees customers would otherwise pay.
  • Albertsons’ subscription service is $99 a year and waives delivery fees on all orders $30+.
  • Walmart+ costs consumers $98 per year for free delivery on all grocery orders over $35.
  • These subscription services will likely benefit consumers by offsetting delivery fees.

About Report

Although online grocery struggled against other online verticals prior to 2020, recent growth shows the online grocery vertical is here to stay. As consumers shopped online due to COVID-19, online grocery growth outpaced the rest of the e-commerce segment. Given recent consumer sentiment, Mercator predicts growth will remain strong in the coming years. Grocers were able to match consumer demand by utilizing cost-saving investments and implementing innovative technology to facilitate fulfillment. While consumers expressed the desire to continue shopping online, they also noted pain points with online grocery shopping. Given the new growth in this budding industry, Mercator believes that merchants and payment processors have the ability to gain market share by implementing cost effective fulfillment strategies and facilitating technology-driven payment methods. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a Reasonable Cost? explores the trajectory of the online grocery market and the ways in which merchants and payment processors can take advantage of consumer sentiment to cut costs and drive sales.

”The pandemic-driven, stay-at-home lifestyle in 2020 propelled U.S. online grocery sales to record volume as consumers sought ease of ordering, seamless payment, and convenient delivery. As the Great Reopening occurs in 2021, online grocery shopping will remain popular among consumers. Grocery merchants and their payments vendors can benefit from this digital channel opportunity, but must meet the challenges of online order fulfillment,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of this report.

The post The Rise of Online Shopping Subscriptions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-online-shopping-subscriptions/feed/ 0
The Market for Online Grocery is Taking Off: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-market-for-online-grocery-is-taking-off/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-market-for-online-grocery-is-taking-off/#respond Tue, 01 Jun 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=270081 The Market for Online Grocery is Taking Off:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a […]

The post The Market for Online Grocery is Taking Off: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a Reasonable Cost?

The Market for Online Grocery is Taking Off:

  • Online grocery sales in 2020 were $106 billion, marking a staggering 307% increase from 2019.
  • Online grocery made up 10% of the overall grocery market in 2020, up from 5% in 2019.
  • The strong growth in online grocery in 2020 was no doubt due to rising consumer safety concerns about COVID-19.
  • Mercator expects the growth in online grocery to continue beyond the pandemic that caused its initial surge in usage. 
  • Online grocery will make up an estimated 21.5% of total U.S. grocery sales by 2025, doubling its current market share and coming in at over $250 billion.
  • 90% of online grocery consumers are expected to continue to operate in similar ways as they did at the height of the pandemic.
  • Only 7% of consumers say they will return to shopping in brick-and-mortar stores when COVID-19 restrictions are lifted.

About Report

Although online grocery struggled against other online verticals prior to 2020, recent growth shows the online grocery vertical is here to stay. As consumers shopped online due to COVID-19, online grocery growth outpaced the rest of the e-commerce segment. Given recent consumer sentiment, Mercator predicts growth will remain strong in the coming years. Grocers were able to match consumer demand by utilizing cost-saving investments and implementing innovative technology to facilitate fulfillment. While consumers expressed the desire to continue shopping online, they also noted pain points with online grocery shopping. Given the new growth in this budding industry, Mercator believes that merchants and payment processors have the ability to gain market share by implementing cost effective fulfillment strategies and facilitating technology-driven payment methods. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Online Grocery: Grocers Meet the Challenge of Digital Demand, but Can They Do It at a Reasonable Cost? explores the trajectory of the online grocery market and the ways in which merchants and payment processors can take advantage of consumer sentiment to cut costs and drive sales.

”The pandemic-driven, stay-at-home lifestyle in 2020 propelled U.S. online grocery sales to record volume as consumers sought ease of ordering, seamless payment, and convenient delivery. As the Great Reopening occurs in 2021, online grocery shopping will remain popular among consumers. Grocery merchants and their payments vendors can benefit from this digital channel opportunity, but must meet the challenges of online order fulfillment,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of this report.

The post The Market for Online Grocery is Taking Off: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-market-for-online-grocery-is-taking-off/feed/ 0
Small Businesses are More Worried About Financial Process Inefficiencies and Cash Flow: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-are-more-worried-about-financial-process-inefficiencies-and-cash-flow/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-are-more-worried-about-financial-process-inefficiencies-and-cash-flow/#respond Fri, 28 May 2021 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=269987 TiD 555Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Businesses Need Receivables Automation to Keep Cash Flow Positive During the Pandemic Recovery Small Businesses are […]

The post Small Businesses are More Worried About Financial Process Inefficiencies and Cash Flow: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Businesses Need Receivables Automation to Keep Cash Flow Positive During the Pandemic Recovery

Small Businesses are More Worried About Financial Process Inefficiencies and Cash Flow:

  • More small businesses were worried about financial process inefficiencies in 2020 than in 2019.
  • In 2020, 45% of small businesses agreed they rely too much on non-automated processes for payables, receivables, inventory, and payments, compared to 43% in 2019.
  • In 2020, 49% of small businesses agreed that keeping track of payables, receivables, inventory, and payments is a worry that limited their growth, compared to 42% in 2019.
  • In 2020, 48% of small businesses were worried about cash flow, compared to 40% in 2019.
  • Despite the increased worry, many companies have plans to grow their business. 
  • In 2020, 60% of small businesses reported having plans to actively grow their business in the future.

About Report

Automating the systems and processes that encompass corporate accounts receivable has been climbing the priority list in the pandemic era as financial executives increasingly see how end-to-end digitalization can have a positive effect on the cash cycle. In a new research report, Businesses Need Receivables Automation to Keep Cash Flow Positive During the Pandemic Recovery, Mercator Advisory Group reviews the impact of the pandemic on corporate cash flow and the key pieces of integrated receivables that have been gaining intense focus for modernization projects. The growth in digital payments over the past several years has been steady, but since the early months of the pandemic, there has been a pivot towards longer term payments digitization across the spectrum of effort that encompasses the cash cycle and can provide better working capital effectiveness.

“The early-on impact of lockdowns and travel restrictions placed a heavy emphasis on getting payments out electronically, which then set off light bulbs on the receivables side as financial operations had to adjust and consider the longer term implications of manual process elimination,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, and author of the report. “Reviewing payments as an end-to-end continuum provides benefits to buyers and suppliers, by leading to a convergence of the systems and processes that make up financial operations. Forward-thinking banks and their clients are now taking a closer look at supporting receivables modernization as part of overall digitization projects,” added Murphy.

The post Small Businesses are More Worried About Financial Process Inefficiencies and Cash Flow: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-are-more-worried-about-financial-process-inefficiencies-and-cash-flow/feed/ 0
Consumers Anticipate Struggling to Make These Critical Bill Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-anticipate-struggling-to-make-these-critical-bill-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-anticipate-struggling-to-make-these-critical-bill-payments/#respond Thu, 27 May 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=269910 Consumers Anticipate Struggling to Make These Critical Bill Payments:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: U.S. Bill Pay Market: Can Financial Institutions Win Back Payers? Consumers Anticipate Struggling to Make These […]

The post Consumers Anticipate Struggling to Make These Critical Bill Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: U.S. Bill Pay Market: Can Financial Institutions Win Back Payers?

Consumers Anticipate Struggling to Make These Critical Bill Payments:

  • A 2015 CFPB study revealed that 43% of Americans find paying their bills in a typical month somewhat or very difficult.
  • The lingering impact of COVID-19 will mean some consumers will struggle even more to pay their accumulating bills.
  • 38% of 3,100 adults surveyed by TransUnion in November 2020 anticipated struggling to pay their credit card bill.
  • 37% of consumers anticipated struggling to pay their utilities bill.
  • 34% of consumers anticipated struggling to pay their mobile phone bill. 
  • Rent (31%) and Internet (30%) bills rounded out the top 5 bills consumers anticipated they will struggle to pay. 

About Report

Consumers’ demands and expectations for bill pay created the shift towards digital interfaces and also an expectation around a choice of payments and greater transparency regarding payment status. Their expectations are often better met through biller solutions, not banking platforms. With improved technology for financial institutions, there is an opportunity to bring consumer bill payers back and provide enhanced convenience through a single, consolidated tool, as covered in a new report from Mercator Advisory Group titled U.S. Bill Pay Market: Can Financial Institutions Win Back Payers?

”More modern options for bank bill pay that include better notifications and payment choice will help to bring consumers back to financial institutions’ bill pay platforms. Bill pay is a critical component to securing consumers’ preferred financial institution status. But I don’t expect that consumers will return to their financial institution to pay bills at same level experienced 10 to 15 years ago. Consumers have created the habit of paying directly with billers and the way that consumers establish services today, including the rise of the subscription model, supports more direct-to-biller activity,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Consumers Anticipate Struggling to Make These Critical Bill Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-anticipate-struggling-to-make-these-critical-bill-payments/feed/ 0
Single-retailer Wallets Collectively Lead in Market Penetration: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/single-retailer-wallets-collectively-lead-in-market-penetration/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/single-retailer-wallets-collectively-lead-in-market-penetration/#respond Wed, 26 May 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=269465 Single-retailer Wallets Collectively Lead in Market Penetration:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: A Functional Taxonomy of Digital Wallets: Today’s Version, Tomorrow’s Direction Single-retailer Wallets Collectively Lead in Market […]

The post Single-retailer Wallets Collectively Lead in Market Penetration: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: A Functional Taxonomy of Digital Wallets: Today’s Version, Tomorrow’s Direction

Single-retailer Wallets Collectively Lead in Market Penetration:

  • Single-retailer apps, which utilize a consumer’s card on file, frequently offer attractive rewards and incentives.
  • Nearly four in 10 smartphone owners use single-retailer apps with embedded wallets.
  • The most popular retailer-specific wallet used in-store is the Starbucks app, used by 19% of smartphone owners in 2020.
  • The second most popular retailer-specific wallet is McDonald’s, used by 13% of smartphone owners in 2020. 
  • Dunkin Donuts and Target Pay were each used by 11% of smartphone owners in 2020.
  • In addition to retailer programs, an array of mobile-based service providers incorporate wallet technology into their apps (e.g., Uber, Lyft, and Airbnb.)
  • Service app-based wallets are used by a collective 38% of smartphone owners.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has been measuring consumer adoption of digital wallets for a decade. The questionnaires become more complex every year as new features and functions are added and new suppliers appear. Today there are wallets to support global card networks, national card networks, multiple merchants and single merchants. Some have added loyalty programs, others support ticketing and still others are adding support for car keys. There are also e-commerce buttons that act as wallets and merchant wallets that are adding financial services. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, A Functional Taxonomy of Digital Wallets: Today’s Version, Tomorrow’s Direction, delivers a review of all the major digital wallets using a single consistent taxonomy to enable a more effective competitive evaluation of the feature/functions each wallet supports. This in turn suggests the key development and market direction being pursued by each wallet supplier.

“It is interesting to witness the expansion of wallets into new markets, from authentication to access control. Yet when one takes a step back, one doesn’t perceive these solutions staying focused on the payments market. They need to offer more benefits to win over banks, merchants and consumers,” comments Tim Sloane, Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and the author of the report.

The post Single-retailer Wallets Collectively Lead in Market Penetration: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/single-retailer-wallets-collectively-lead-in-market-penetration/feed/ 0
Canadians’ Preferred Check Deposit Method Varies By Age: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadians-preferred-check-deposit-method-varies-by-age/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadians-preferred-check-deposit-method-varies-by-age/#respond Tue, 25 May 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=269068 Canadians’ Preferred Check Deposit Method Varies By Age:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada – Data Summary Report: ATM Usage and Preferences Canadians’ Preferred Check […]

The post Canadians’ Preferred Check Deposit Method Varies By Age: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights, Canada – Data Summary Report: ATM Usage and Preferences

Canadians’ Preferred Check Deposit Method Varies By Age:

  • For young adults (ages 18-34), the top preferred method for depositing a $1,000 check is scanning it with a PC, smartphone, or tablet.
  • 28% of young adults prefer scanning a check with a PC, smartphone, or tablet as their top check deposit method.
  • 26% of young adults prefer using an ATM and 25% prefer going to a teller in a branch for check deposits.
  • In comparison, the top preferred check deposit method for older adults (ages 55+) is going to a teller in a branch.
  • 41% of adults 55+ prefer going to a teller in a branch to deposit a $1,000 check.
  • Using an ATM (31%) and scanning a check with a PC, smartphone, or tablet (22%) came in second and third as older adults’ preferred check deposit method.
  • Going to a teller in a branch, using an ATM, and scanning checks with a PC, smartphone, or tablet were the top three preferred check deposit methods across every age group.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, North American PaymentsInsights, Canada – Data Summary Report: ATM Usage and Preferences documents consumers’ current usage metrics of ATMs in the Canadian national market. The survey of 1,000 Canadian adults (December 2020) represents a continuation of a series of consumer and business surveys conducted annually by Mercator Advisory Group since 2009.

This Data Summary Report presents the survey results for Canadian consumers’ use of ATMs, through commonly-used graphs with core demographic breakdowns, for easy incorporation in planning/analysis documents. This is just one of multiple Data Summary and Analysis Reports on Canada which will be made available to program subscribers from this survey, on topics including “Buy Now, Pay Later” lending, bill payment, subscription buying, fraud experiences, and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

“These survey results provide up-to-date baseline data for financial institutions and other stakeholders serving the Canadian market,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations at Mercator Advisory Group. “Documenting Canada’s unique consumer profile is key for providers serving or entering this diverse market.”

The post Canadians’ Preferred Check Deposit Method Varies By Age: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/canadians-preferred-check-deposit-method-varies-by-age/feed/ 0
Not All Who are Unbanked Want an Account: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/not-all-who-are-unbanked-want-an-account/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/not-all-who-are-unbanked-want-an-account/#respond Mon, 24 May 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=268762 Not All Who are Unbanked Want an Account:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The U.S. Population of Unbanked Individuals is Shrinking Not All Who are Unbanked Want an Account: […]

The post Not All Who are Unbanked Want an Account: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The U.S. Population of Unbanked Individuals is Shrinking

Not All Who are Unbanked Want an Account:

  • Out of 7.1 million total unbanked U.S. households, just 1.8 million are interested in becoming banked.
  • 75% of unbanked households are “Not Very Interested” or “Not at All Interested” in having a bank account.
  • Unbanked individuals rely heavily on cash, money orders, and bill pay services to make payments.
  • They also rely heavily on payday loans, credit cards, and other expensive means to make ends meet.
  • For some of the unbanked population, their lack of interest in becoming banked stems from a distrust of banks and credit unions.
  • Most of the unbanked will need convincing that becoming banked is an improvement over their current habits.

About Report

The efforts of fintechs and, to a lesser degree, traditional financial institutions to provide robust banking solutions to the unbanked population through prepaid cards are helping individuals to safely store funds, receive deposits quickly, purchase goods, pay bills and get cash at reasonable costs while reducing the overall population of unbanked individuals, as explored in new research from Mercator Advisory group; The U.S. Unbanked Issue is Improving; Are You Part of the Solution?

“The wave of neobanks and challenger banks that has emerged in the last several years is playing an outsized role in helping to bank the currently unbanked. They join other fintech players to offer services with easy access, smart user apps and nearly free banking solutions, attracting millions of customers. Their sustainability is certainly in question, however. Currently these businesses operate at a loss or with thin margins and recent efforts to reduce debit card interchange, neobanks’ primary source of revenue, creates a new threat,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Not All Who are Unbanked Want an Account: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/not-all-who-are-unbanked-want-an-account/feed/ 0
Consumers are Using More Smartphone Pay Technology Since the COVID-19 Outbreak: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-using-more-smartphone-pay-technology-since-the-covid-19-outbreak/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-using-more-smartphone-pay-technology-since-the-covid-19-outbreak/#respond Fri, 21 May 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=268085 Consumers are Using More Smartphone Pay Technology Since the COVID-19 Outbreak:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Pay-at-the-Table Finds Its Way onto More Menus  Consumers are Using More Smartphone Pay Technology Since the […]

The post Consumers are Using More Smartphone Pay Technology Since the COVID-19 Outbreak: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Pay-at-the-Table Finds Its Way onto More Menus 

Consumers are Using More Smartphone Pay Technology Since the COVID-19 Outbreak:

  • According to Mercator Advisory Group, one-third of consumers are using more smartphone pay technology since the pandemic began.
  • 35% of consumers reported using smartphone universal wallets more or much more than they did before COVID-19.
  • 33% of consumers reported using smartphone retailer wallets more or much more.
  • 35% of consumers reported using smartwatch universal and retailer wallets more.  
  • 34% of consumers reported using smartphone QR codes more. 
  • 19% of consumers reported using chip cards more. 

About Report

The restaurant industry was rocked by the COVID-19 pandemic and now looks for solutions to aid its recovery. An existing payment application, Pay-at-the-Table, no newcomer, is getting renewed attention from tech developers as a way to increase sales and enhance staff productivity for restauranteurs. Pay-at-the-Table will find a highly favorable merchant community to increase installations across a large segment of U.S. restaurants. Just as important, diners will find the streamlined order and pay process quite appetizing as well.

The post Consumers are Using More Smartphone Pay Technology Since the COVID-19 Outbreak: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-using-more-smartphone-pay-technology-since-the-covid-19-outbreak/feed/ 0
Pay-at-the-Table is Positioned Well for the Future: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/pay-at-the-table-is-positioned-well-for-the-future/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/pay-at-the-table-is-positioned-well-for-the-future/#respond Thu, 20 May 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=268000 Pay-at-the-table is positioned well for the futureDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Pay-at-the-Table Finds Its Way onto More Menus  Pay-at-the-Table is Positioned Well for the Future:  Coming out […]

The post Pay-at-the-Table is Positioned Well for the Future: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Pay-at-the-Table Finds Its Way onto More Menus 

Pay-at-the-Table is Positioned Well for the Future: 

  • Coming out of the pandemic, a number of factors will drive a wider adoption of Pay-at-the-Table.
  • Post-pandemic consumer habits will continue to favor contactless payment methods and fewer cash. 
  • Tableside dining will recover from the pandemic as more consumers resume dining out in their ‘return to normal.’
  • The digitization of table service will lead to an accrual of financial and operational benefits for restaurants. 
  • An increased number of tech developers and payment vendors will offer Pay-at-the-Table solutions.
  • Consumer adoption will be enhanced by integrating Pay-at-the-Table with features such as loyalty programs and marketing offers.

About Report

The restaurant industry was rocked by the COVID-19 pandemic and now looks for solutions to aid its recovery. An existing payment application, Pay-at-the-Table, no newcomer, is getting renewed attention from tech developers as a way to increase sales and enhance staff productivity for restauranteurs. Pay-at-the-Table will find a highly favorable merchant community to increase installations across a large segment of U.S. restaurants. Just as important, diners will find the streamlined order and pay process quite appetizing as well.

The post Pay-at-the-Table is Positioned Well for the Future: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/pay-at-the-table-is-positioned-well-for-the-future/feed/ 0
The U.S. Unbanked Population is Decreasing: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-u-s-unbanked-population-is-decreasing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-u-s-unbanked-population-is-decreasing/#respond Wed, 19 May 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=267734 The US Unbanked population is decreasingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The U.S. Unbanked Issue is Improving; Are You Part of the Solution? The U.S. Unbanked Population […]

The post The U.S. Unbanked Population is Decreasing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: The U.S. Unbanked Issue is Improving; Are You Part of the Solution?

The U.S. Unbanked Population is Decreasing:

  • According to the FDIC, 7.1 million U.S. households, or 5.4% of all households, were unbanked in 2019.
  • 7.1 million households translated to 13.8 million unbanked individuals in the U.S. in 2019.
  • 13.8 million is the lowest number of unbanked individuals since the FDIC initiated its unbanked study in 2009.
  • In comparison,10 million (8.2%) of U.S. households were unbanked in 2011.  
  • 10 million households translated to 19.4 million unbanked individuals in 2009—5.6 million more than 2019’s 13.8 million.
  • The U.S. is the 18th most banked country in the world, ranking just behind the UK, South Korea, and Ireland.

About Report

The efforts of fintechs and, to a lesser degree, traditional financial institutions to provide robust banking solutions to the unbanked population through prepaid cards are helping individuals to safely store funds, receive deposits quickly, purchase goods, pay bills and get cash at reasonable costs while reducing the overall population of unbanked individuals, as explored in new research from Mercator Advisory group; The U.S. Unbanked Issue is Improving; Are You Part of the Solution?

“The wave of neobanks and challenger banks that has emerged in the last several years is playing an outsized role in helping to bank the currently unbanked. They join other fintech players to offer services with easy access, smart user apps and nearly free banking solutions, attracting millions of customers. Their sustainability is certainly in question, however. Currently these businesses operate at a loss or with thin margins and recent efforts to reduce debit card interchange, neobanks’ primary source of revenue, creates a new threat,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post The U.S. Unbanked Population is Decreasing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-u-s-unbanked-population-is-decreasing/feed/ 0
Why Consumers Choose Buy Now Pay Later Options: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/why-consumers-choose-buy-now-pay-later-options/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/why-consumers-choose-buy-now-pay-later-options/#respond Mon, 10 May 2021 19:01:40 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=265504 Why Consumers Choose Buy Now Pay Later Options:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later Why Consumers Choose Buy Now Pay Later […]

The post Why Consumers Choose Buy Now Pay Later Options: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later

Why Consumers Choose Buy Now Pay Later Options:

  • Buy Now Pay Later (BNPL) loans are more popular in online settings than in-store settings. Consumers tend to use short term financing for in-store purchases.
  • Younger and middle aged people are about as likely to take out BNPL loans for online purchases.
  • Consumers who identify as “tech forward” are most likely to use BNPL loans for online and in-store purchases.  
  • More BNPL loans are issued by retailers, while short-term financing is more likely to be provided by a third party lender.
  • Older consumers are more likely to cite “No Interest Rate” and/or “More time to pay off the loan” as their driving reason for choosing BNPL.
  • Reasons for borrowing through short-term financing are more varied by age: younger shoppers have less credit and funds vs. older.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later, summarizing the findings from the BNPL and short-term financing sections of the semi-annual North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight and analyze consumer behaviors, preferences, and motivations as they relate to the rapidly expanding range of point-of-sale financing products. Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable recommendations for industry players.

“The rise of buy now, pay later financing and short-term loans has implications for the consumer credit space as a whole, particularly credit card networks and issuers that have long dominated the industry. With interest rates at record lows, accelerated adoption of online shopping over the past 12 months, and high consumer satisfaction – the conditions have never been better for the reimagining of consumer credit,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Why Consumers Choose Buy Now Pay Later Options: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/why-consumers-choose-buy-now-pay-later-options/feed/ 0
Buy Now Pay Later Is More Popular Among Higher Income and Online Shoppers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buy-now-pay-later-is-more-popular-among-higher-income-and-online-shoppers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buy-now-pay-later-is-more-popular-among-higher-income-and-online-shoppers/#respond Mon, 03 May 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=264133 Buy Now Pay Later Is More Popular Among Higher Income and Online Shoppers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later Buy Now Pay Later Is More Popular […]

The post Buy Now Pay Later Is More Popular Among Higher Income and Online Shoppers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later

Buy Now Pay Later Is More Popular Among Higher Income and Online Shoppers: 

  • A possible explanation is that affluent consumers are more likely to make aspirational purchases that tend to offer short-term payment options.
  • Lower-income consumers may have fewer opportunities for short-term financing due to compromised credit history or insufficient credit to qualify for a loan.
  • BNPL financing is most popular among consumers with an income of $100K – $149K, with 27% having used it.
  • Short term financing is more common for in-person purchases, while Buy Now Pay Later is more likely used online.
  • BNPL loans are more readily available for online purchases, but uncommon for in-store purchases.
  • Shopping online can be advantageous for consumers looking for an interest-free loan. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later, summarizing the findings from the BNPL and short-term financing sections of the semi-annual North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight and analyze consumer behaviors, preferences, and motivations as they relate to the rapidly expanding range of point-of-sale financing products. Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable recommendations for industry players.

“The rise of buy now, pay later financing and short-term loans has implications for the consumer credit space as a whole, particularly credit card networks and issuers that have long dominated the industry. With interest rates at record lows, accelerated adoption of online shopping over the past 12 months, and high consumer satisfaction – the conditions have never been better for the reimagining of consumer credit,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Buy Now Pay Later Is More Popular Among Higher Income and Online Shoppers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buy-now-pay-later-is-more-popular-among-higher-income-and-online-shoppers/feed/ 0
Young People Use Buy Now Pay Later & Short Term Financing: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-people-use-buy-now-pay-later-short-term-financing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-people-use-buy-now-pay-later-short-term-financing/#respond Wed, 28 Apr 2021 19:04:08 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=263459 Young People Use Buy Now Pay Later & Short Term Financing:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later Young People Use Buy Now Pay Later […]

The post Young People Use Buy Now Pay Later & Short Term Financing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later

Young People Use Buy Now Pay Later & Short Term Financing:

  • Young people have fewer resources to finance their purchases, which explains the higher popularity of buy now, pay later and short term financing among younger age cohorts.
  • Younger people may also be more willing to try out new payment methods and not shy away from offers made to them at the time of purchase. 
  • People in the youngest age cohort may have limited credit, making BNPL one of the only financing options available to them.
  • 52% of consumers ages 18-24 used BNPL or short-term loans in the past twelve months, compared to only 12% of those older than 65.
  • 22% of unemployed respondents have used BNPL and/or short-term financing, compared to 44% of those that are employed.
  • Respondents from the youngest age cohort (18-24) were most likely to report borrowing due to insufficient funds on their credit line, as well as not having a credit card.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later, summarizing the findings from the BNPL and short-term financing sections of the semi-annual North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight and analyze consumer behaviors, preferences, and motivations as they relate to the rapidly expanding range of point-of-sale financing products. Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable recommendations for industry players.

“The rise of buy now, pay later financing and short-term loans has implications for the consumer credit space as a whole, particularly credit card networks and issuers that have long dominated the industry. With interest rates at record lows, accelerated adoption of online shopping over the past 12 months, and high consumer satisfaction – the conditions have never been better for the reimagining of consumer credit,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Young People Use Buy Now Pay Later & Short Term Financing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-people-use-buy-now-pay-later-short-term-financing/feed/ 0
Characteristics of Buy Now Pay Later Consumers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/characteristics-of-buy-now-pay-later-consumers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/characteristics-of-buy-now-pay-later-consumers/#respond Tue, 27 Apr 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=263149 Characteristics of BNPL ConsumersDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later Characteristics of Buy Now Pay Later Consumers: […]

The post Characteristics of Buy Now Pay Later Consumers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later

Characteristics of Buy Now Pay Later Consumers:

  • BNPL is more popular than short-term loans. Usage skews toward younger, middle income consumers and those without sufficient credit.
  • Typical consumer profile for BNPL short-term loans: 18-24 and tech savvy.
  • Typical BNPL consumers will also have an annual income around $75-149K and will be equally distributed nationally.  
  • Buy Now Pay Later loans are procured online and in-person an equal amount. A BNPL loan is likely to be a last-minute decision at checkout.
  • Zero interest loans are more widely available for online purchases, while in-store purchases are 
  • more likely to involve interest.
  • More BNPL loans are issued by the retailer, while short-term financing was more likely to be provided by a third-party lender.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a new primary research report titled 2021 North American PaymentsInsights – Buy Now Pay Later, summarizing the findings from the BNPL and short-term financing sections of the semi-annual North American PaymentsInsights survey of 3,001 U.S-based adults. The report aims to highlight and analyze consumer behaviors, preferences, and motivations as they relate to the rapidly expanding range of point-of-sale financing products. Readers will be presented with a detailed analysis of the impact of demographic characteristics on consumer behaviors and inclinations, general consumer trends, as well as actionable recommendations for industry players.

“The rise of buy now, pay later financing and short-term loans has implications for the consumer credit space as a whole, particularly credit card networks and issuers that have long dominated the industry. With interest rates at record lows, accelerated adoption of online shopping over the past 12 months, and high consumer satisfaction – the conditions have never been better for the reimagining of consumer credit,” stated Amy Dunckelmann, Vice President, Research Operations, Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Characteristics of Buy Now Pay Later Consumers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/characteristics-of-buy-now-pay-later-consumers/feed/ 0
Positive & Negative 2020 Events Shaping Credit in 2021: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/positive-negative-2020-events-shaping-credit-in-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/positive-negative-2020-events-shaping-credit-in-2021/#respond Mon, 26 Apr 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=262845 Positive and Negative 2020 Events Shaping Credit in 2021Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 Outlook: U.S. Payments Positive & Negative 2020 Events Shaping Credit in 2021: Positive Events The […]

The post Positive & Negative 2020 Events Shaping Credit in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 Outlook: U.S. Payments

Positive & Negative 2020 Events Shaping Credit in 2021:

Positive Events

  • The Department of Commerce noted a spike in e-commerce growth, bringing e-commerce to 14% of total retail sales in 2020.
  • Consumer interest in payment acceptance tech took a big step forward, with over 30% growth in wallets and contactless.
  • Buy Now Pay Later (BNPL) lending was popularized in 2020 and is anticipated to deliver $39 billion in 2021 spending. 

Negative Events

  • Given the loan and delinquency forgiveness, credit quality barometers lack up-to-date accuracy on consumers’ credit health.
  • An increase in credit card interest could disrupt household budgeting.
  • Uneven credit performance by top credit card banks versus smaller issuers continues to impact net operating income.

About Report

The judgment to make about the pressure exerted by the COVID-19 virus on the U.S. payments business hinges not only on which changes are important, but which changes are permanent, or portend permanent developments beyond their implementation. The virus affected much, but from the standpoint of payments professionals it acted as an accelerant to processes and trends that were already in place.

Each year, Mercator Advisory Group discusses top trends anticipated for the coming year or two in an Outlook by each of the practices except for Primary Data. The present document summarizes those Outlooks in the context of the larger themes we are studying in 2021.

The post Positive & Negative 2020 Events Shaping Credit in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/positive-negative-2020-events-shaping-credit-in-2021/feed/ 0
Interesting Debit Trends in Japan & South Korea: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interesting-debit-trends-in-japan-south-korea/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interesting-debit-trends-in-japan-south-korea/#respond Fri, 23 Apr 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=262675 Interesting Debit Trends in Japan & South Korea:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Debit Card Trends in the Asia-Pacific Region Interesting Debit Trends in Japan & South Korea: Japan […]

The post Interesting Debit Trends in Japan & South Korea: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Debit Card Trends in the Asia-Pacific Region

Interesting Debit Trends in Japan & South Korea:

  • Japan has a high rate of financial inclusion, with 98% of people having bank accounts, and a history of rapid technology adoption – but not so much with payments.
  • Cash is still the single most frequently used form of payment, accounting for 65% of all transactions.  
  • The Japanese government has incentivized card transactions with 5% rewards and credit cards appear the likely beneficiary.
  • In contrast to Japan, only 20% of South Korea’s transactions are in cash and merchants are required by law to accept cards and electronic payments.
  • Credit cards dominate Korean transactions, with only 21% of all card transactions being debit.
  • The Korean government incentivized credit card use, though it’s now pushing more debit card use as citizens takeINT on worrying levels of debt.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a new report titled Debit Card Trends in the Asia-Pacific Region and finds that debit card use in the region is far from monolithic. Countries such as Australia and Japan have some similarities to the North American debit market, with a high degree of financial inclusion and a long history of card use. In contrast, countries such as China, India and Indonesia have relied primarily on cash until very recently.

”We find some interesting trends in debit card adoption in each country. Those nations that have been primarily cash based societies are moving towards mobile based solutions supported by QR codes at the point of sale at an incredible pace. This approach also supports another trend; the preference for local networks with technology and data that never leave the country,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Interesting Debit Trends in Japan & South Korea: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interesting-debit-trends-in-japan-south-korea/feed/ 0
RuPay Cards Lead the Debit Market in India: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/rupay-cards-lead-the-debit-market-in-india/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/rupay-cards-lead-the-debit-market-in-india/#respond Thu, 22 Apr 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=262520 RuPay Cards Lead the Debit Market in India:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Debit Card Trends in the Asia-Pacific Region In India, RuPay Cards Rule the Debit Market:  In […]

The post RuPay Cards Lead the Debit Market in India: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Debit Card Trends in the Asia-Pacific Region

In India, RuPay Cards Rule the Debit Market: 

  • In 2012, the NPCI introduced the RuPay debit card in India. Issued through most banks, RuPay can be used for in-person, digital and ATM activities. 
  • RuPay is intended to compete directly with Mastercard and Visa debit by offering free processing to merchants.
  • Of the approxomately 840 million debit cards in India, about 500 million (60%) are RuPay branded. 
  • India’s abrupt withdrawal of cash and transition to electronic payments in 2016 led to dramatic growth of debit transactions and mobile wallets.
  • The hallmarks of these debit wallets include QR code technology and low fees for merchants and consumers.
  • Mercator anticipates continued but sluggish growth in debit card volumes in India.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a new report titled Debit Card Trends in the Asia-Pacific Region and finds that debit card use in the region is far from monolithic. Countries such as Australia and Japan have some similarities to the North American debit market, with a high degree of financial inclusion and a long history of card use. In contrast, countries such as China, India and Indonesia have relied primarily on cash until very recently.

”We find some interesting trends in debit card adoption in each country. Those nations that have been primarily cash based societies are moving towards mobile based solutions supported by QR codes at the point of sale at an incredible pace. This approach also supports another trend; the preference for local networks with technology and data that never leave the country,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post RuPay Cards Lead the Debit Market in India: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/rupay-cards-lead-the-debit-market-in-india/feed/ 0
Debit Card Use Dominates in China: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-card-use-dominates-in-china/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-card-use-dominates-in-china/#respond Tue, 20 Apr 2021 19:09:05 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=262089 Debit Card Use Dominates in China:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Debit Card Trends in the Asia-Pacific Region Debit Card Use Dominates in China: Debit is the […]

The post Debit Card Use Dominates in China: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Debit Card Trends in the Asia-Pacific Region

Debit Card Use Dominates in China:

  • Debit is the predominant card type in China. With 7.4 billion cards in circulation, they make up 90% of the card market.
  • Debit transactions predominantly take place in a mobile app or via QR code, circumventing costly POS equipment. 
  • Mastercard services China’s card network, and though the multi-trillion dollar market sounds enticing, margins are thin. 
  • Competing against entrenched local options, it is difficult to imagine card networks becoming a force in China. 
  • AliPay and WeChat Pay, which do not rely on interchange for revenue, can rely on their e-commerce, gaming, and financial services beyond payments for revenue. 
  • China’s economy is predicted to suffer as a result of COVID-19, and debit transactions are predicted to take some years to reach pre-pandemic levels. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released a new report titled Debit Card Trends in the Asia-Pacific Region and finds that debit card use in the region is far from monolithic. Countries such as Australia and Japan have some similarities to the North American debit market, with a high degree of financial inclusion and a long history of card use. In contrast, countries such as China, India and Indonesia have relied primarily on cash until very recently.

”We find some interesting trends in debit card adoption in each country. Those nations that have been primarily cash based societies are moving towards mobile based solutions supported by QR codes at the point of sale at an incredible pace. This approach also supports another trend; the preference for local networks with technology and data that never leave the country,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Debit Card Use Dominates in China: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-card-use-dominates-in-china/feed/ 0
3-D Secure Aids New Data Consortium for Authentication & Fraud: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-d-secure-aids-new-data-consortium-for-authentication-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-d-secure-aids-new-data-consortium-for-authentication-fraud/#respond Mon, 19 Apr 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=261731 3-D Secure Aids New Data Consortium for Authentication & Fraud:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: e-Commerce Authorization Data: Patching the Patchwork 3-D Secure Aids New Data Consortium for Authentication & Fraud: […]

The post 3-D Secure Aids New Data Consortium for Authentication & Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: e-Commerce Authorization Data: Patching the Patchwork

3-D Secure Aids New Data Consortium for Authentication & Fraud:

  • 3-D Secure is being rolled out by the global card networks so that additional data can be passed from the merchant to the card issuer.
  • Information such as device ID, biometrics, email, frequency, location, screen colors, IP address, language and more are now transmitted from merchant to card issuer.
  • The most fertile area for consortium data among fraud platforms lie in multi-site device info, behavior, and purchasing history.
  • Contributing data to a consortium for the common good runs counter to competitive mindset, but the ability to combat fraud is persuasive to merchants.
  • As authentication companies build out their consortium data, Mercator expects interesting competition between vertically oriented consortiums and broad horizontal consortiums.
  • Specialization by country/market and the opportunities for micro-specialization among vendors are promising.

About Report

To spin fraud detection gold from transaction data straw, you need lots of straw.

The e-commerce checkout and payment process generates masses of data with fraud detection potential for the merchant. Big data and AI-enabled analytics make instantaneous decisioning possible, but consortium-level transaction data is only partially fulfilled today. Fraud platform providers are beginning to seriously exploit the power of previously inaccessible data through customer data consortiums. 

The post 3-D Secure Aids New Data Consortium for Authentication & Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-d-secure-aids-new-data-consortium-for-authentication-fraud/feed/ 0
Rediscovering the Consortium with Authentication Data: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/rediscovering-the-consortium-with-authentication-data/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/rediscovering-the-consortium-with-authentication-data/#respond Thu, 15 Apr 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=261140 Rediscovering the Consortium with Authentication Data:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: e-Commerce Authorization Data: Patching the Patchwork Rediscovering the Consortium with Authentication Data: Acquirers, gateways, and fraud […]

The post Rediscovering the Consortium with Authentication Data: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: e-Commerce Authorization Data: Patching the Patchwork

Rediscovering the Consortium with Authentication Data:

  • Acquirers, gateways, and fraud platform providers are differentiating their fraud services by using a consortium of data.
  • They advertise the dataset to merchants to provide confidence that they can optimize authorization rates and increase merchant revenue.
  • Data collected by a merchants fraud platform might include: device fingerprint, behavioral biometrics, shopping history, and shipping & payment data.
  • The race to collect data across merchant locations is the most obvious method to improve the accuracy of the fraud detection platform.
  • Within the payments ecosystem, merchants and card issuers have access to comparatively more data than acquiring banks and card networks.
  • Merchants carry the shopping/device/behavior for their site, while card issuers fill in the data on other sites. The fraud platform combines them.

About Report

To spin fraud detection gold from transaction data straw, you need lots of straw.

The e-commerce checkout and payment process generates masses of data with fraud detection potential for the merchant. Big data and AI-enabled analytics make instantaneous decisioning possible, but consortium-level transaction data is only partially fulfilled today. Fraud platform providers are beginning to seriously exploit the power of previously inaccessible data through customer data consortiums. 

The post Rediscovering the Consortium with Authentication Data: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/rediscovering-the-consortium-with-authentication-data/feed/ 0
Commerce Authentication Data Becomes a Focus in 2021: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/commerce-authentication-data-becomes-a-focus-in-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/commerce-authentication-data-becomes-a-focus-in-2021/#respond Tue, 13 Apr 2021 07:14:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=260606 Commerce Authentication Data Becomes a Focus in 2021:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: e-Commerce Authorization Data: Patching the Patchwork Commerce Authentication Data Becomes a Focus in 2021: Merchants fight […]

The post Commerce Authentication Data Becomes a Focus in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: e-Commerce Authorization Data: Patching the Patchwork

Commerce Authentication Data Becomes a Focus in 2021:

  • Merchants fight a constant battle to offer frictionless consumer buying, requiring a seamless authorization process, while preventing fraud.
  • Beyond the simple fraud risk, merchants incur significant penalties with the payment networks if they allow too many fraudulent charges. 
  • Often, what differentiates one authentication implementation from another is the set of transaction data being examined for authentication.
  • Consortium data may be the frontier of improving analytics as companies combine multiple merchants, acquirers, networks and card issuer data for the next level of accuracy.
  • In addition to authorization, managing disputes post-purchase is receiving increased attention in 2021. Merchants use multiple platforms to cover multiple authentication & fraud challenges.
  • Both acquirers and payment gateways have stepped up their in-house authorization solutions using AI & Machine Learning connected to rules engines.

About Report

To spin fraud detection gold from transaction data straw, you need lots of straw.

The e-commerce checkout and payment process generates masses of data with fraud detection potential for the merchant. Big data and AI-enabled analytics make instantaneous decisioning possible, but consortium-level transaction data is only partially fulfilled today. Fraud platform providers are beginning to seriously exploit the power of previously inaccessible data through customer data consortiums. 

The post Commerce Authentication Data Becomes a Focus in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/commerce-authentication-data-becomes-a-focus-in-2021/feed/ 0
Six Trends to Watch in Merchant Services: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-trends-to-watch-in-merchant-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-trends-to-watch-in-merchant-services/#respond Mon, 12 Apr 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=260321 Six Trends to Watch in Merchant Services:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 Outlook: Merchant Services Six Trends to Watch in Merchant Services:   Buy Now Pay Later will […]

The post Six Trends to Watch in Merchant Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 Outlook: Merchant Services

Six Trends to Watch in Merchant Services:  

  1. Buy Now Pay Later will continue its rapid growth this year as COVID influences online spend and consumers tap traditional credit lines.
  2. Merger & Acquisitions in merchant services will continue, likely focused on ISVs, fraud management, and gateway companies.
  3. E-Commerce marketplaces will ride the wave of online shopping – and not just Amazon! Shopify, BigCommerce and other platforms will play an increased role. 
  4. More e-commerce brings increased Card Not Present (CNP) fraud. Next to payment providers, fraud management vendors are merchants’ best business partner right now.
  5. Another EMV fuel pump compliance date fast approaches, but don’t be surprised if the target date is deferred due to the pandemic. 
  6. Mobile sports betting will reach escape velocity, with many sports returning without fans in seats, 

About Report

Five years compressed into one. That’s how Mercator Advisory Group estimates the accelerated pace of online sales growth brought on by COVID-19’s impact on merchants in 2020. The stay-at-home lifestyle has transformed the scene at most Main Streets and malls into empty storefronts and silent restaurants. 

As essential retailers, groceries and big box stores have thrived, but they also owe their success to having pivoted smartly to e-commerce at a rate and scale that ensured their survival. Post-pandemic era merchants will leverage digital ordering, payment, and fulfillment as preferred ways to engage and maintain their customers. 

As the calendar turns to 2021, this Merchant Services Outlook peers into the future, looking for what proactive merchants and their payments partners should do to increase their chances of success.

The post Six Trends to Watch in Merchant Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-trends-to-watch-in-merchant-services/feed/ 0
Five Predictions for Merchant Services in 2021: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-predictions-for-merchant-services-in-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-predictions-for-merchant-services-in-2021/#respond Fri, 09 Apr 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=260102 Five Predictions for Merchant Services in 2021:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 Outlook: Merchant Services Five Predictions for Merchant Services in 2021:  COVID-19 will continue to cast […]

The post Five Predictions for Merchant Services in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 Outlook: Merchant Services

Five Predictions for Merchant Services in 2021: 

COVID-19 will continue to cast a shadow across the merchant landscape in the following ways:

  1. Still too many brick-and-mortar stores. Legacy department stores will suffer most and spillover will affect shopping malls.
  2. Bigger is better. Large chains, big box merchants, warehouse, and electronics stores will dominate retail with end-to-end resources from order to fulfillment.
  3. The economy climbs a wall of worry. Though personal consumption looks to grow, data also indicates a decline in household income.
  4. Shopping habits continue towards digital. In-store traffic will continue to decrease compared to online sales.
  5. E-commerce thrives. Online commerce growth is estimated to be 9% higher in 2021 than 2020’s massive 28% increase from 2019.

About Report

Five years compressed into one. That’s how Mercator Advisory Group estimates the accelerated pace of online sales growth brought on by COVID-19’s impact on merchants in 2020. The stay-at-home lifestyle has transformed the scene at most Main Streets and malls into empty storefronts and silent restaurants. 

As essential retailers, groceries and big box stores have thrived, but they also owe their success to having pivoted smartly to e-commerce at a rate and scale that ensured their survival. Post-pandemic era merchants will leverage digital ordering, payment, and fulfillment as preferred ways to engage and maintain their customers. 

As the calendar turns to 2021, this Merchant Services Outlook peers into the future, looking for what proactive merchants and their payments partners should do to increase their chances of success.

The post Five Predictions for Merchant Services in 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-predictions-for-merchant-services-in-2021/feed/ 0
Checkout Trends Retailers Should Be Watching: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checkout-trends-retailers-should-be-watching/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checkout-trends-retailers-should-be-watching/#respond Thu, 08 Apr 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=259970 Checkout Trends Retailers Should Be Watching:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 Outlook: Merchant Services Checkout Trends Retailers Should Be Watching:  2020 was a massive year for […]

The post Checkout Trends Retailers Should Be Watching: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: 2021 Outlook: Merchant Services

Checkout Trends Retailers Should Be Watching: 

  • 2020 was a massive year for contactless checkout. Merchant acceptance jumped from 40% in 2019 to 60% in 2020.
  • QR codes gained acceptance as well; InComm and PayPal teamed up to enable services similar to Walmart Pay for CVS’ 30,000 locations.
  • In addition, expect restaurants to utilize QR codes for pay-at-table, an experience already very familiar for European travelers.
  • Groceries and big box stores will expand self-scan POS checkout and restaurants will expand self-order kiosks post-pandemic.
  • Mobile will play a much bigger role for shoppers roaming aisles to scan and pay with their phone.
  • Autonomous checkout is the highest of high tech for self-service in-store shopping. For years, Amazon Go was the only provider.

About Report

Five years compressed into one. That’s how Mercator Advisory Group estimates the accelerated pace of online sales growth brought on by COVID-19’s impact on merchants in 2020. The stay-at-home lifestyle has transformed the scene at most Main Streets and malls into empty storefronts and silent restaurants. 

As essential retailers, groceries and big box stores have thrived, but they also owe their success to having pivoted smartly to e-commerce at a rate and scale that ensured their survival. Post-pandemic era merchants will leverage digital ordering, payment, and fulfillment as preferred ways to engage and maintain their customers. 

As the calendar turns to 2021, this Merchant Services Outlook peers into the future, looking for what proactive merchants and their payments partners should do to increase their chances of success.

The post Checkout Trends Retailers Should Be Watching: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checkout-trends-retailers-should-be-watching/feed/ 0
Australia Takes the Lead in Buy Now Pay Later Regulation: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/australia-takes-the-lead-in-buy-now-pay-later-regulation/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/australia-takes-the-lead-in-buy-now-pay-later-regulation/#respond Wed, 07 Apr 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=259728 Australia Takes the Lead in Buy Now Pay Later Regulation:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Buy Now Pay Later Lending: The Time to Regulate is Now Australia Takes the Lead in […]

The post Australia Takes the Lead in Buy Now Pay Later Regulation: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Buy Now Pay Later Lending: The Time to Regulate is Now

Australia Takes the Lead in Buy Now Pay Later Regulation:

  • Fintechs often operate in a regulatory gray zone: by definition not a bank with looser requirements and answerable to investors vs. regulators.
  • Regulators in Australia are considering buy now pay later regulation as the industry outpaces credit card growth.
  • A November 2020 report indicated that interest-free status of BNPL lending might not be clear to customers: there are fees and delinquency charges.
  • 63% of the firm ZipMoney’s revenue comes from “other consumer fees,” while 96% of Brighte’s revenue comes from merchant fees.
  • The AISC finds that with fully 20% of consumers in delinquent status, it suggests lending standards are too loose.
  • The AISC appropriately rejects the concept of industry self-regulation as an effective method to codify lending strategies.

About Report

The new payment option enjoys significant growth in many markets, but consumers need better protection for fair lending, pricing, and remedies.

Consumers sometimes find interest-free loans come with unanticipated fees and charges. As in every other form of consumer lending, clarity, fairness, and transparency are not optional. 

The post Australia Takes the Lead in Buy Now Pay Later Regulation: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/australia-takes-the-lead-in-buy-now-pay-later-regulation/feed/ 0
Buy Now Pay Later Lending: The (Not Really) New Thing https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buy-now-pay-later-lending-the-not-really-new-thing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buy-now-pay-later-lending-the-not-really-new-thing/#respond Tue, 06 Apr 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=259510 Buy Now Pay Later Lending: The (Not Really) New ThingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Buy Now Pay Later Lending: The Time to Regulate is Now Buy Now Pay Later Lending: […]

The post Buy Now Pay Later Lending: The (Not Really) New Thing appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Buy Now Pay Later Lending: The Time to Regulate is Now

Buy Now Pay Later Lending: The (Not Really) New Thing

  • The buy now pay later (BNPL) space is white hot, with fintechs like Affirm going public and Alliance Data’s $450M Bread acquisition.
  • Installment lending, however, is not new. Before 1977, it was the most popular form of credit and paved the way for credit cards.
  • Today, consumers owe almost $1 trillion to their card lenders, while unsecured non-revolving lending totals $156 billion.
  • Fintechs are flourishing in the BNPL space, accounting for 38% of the market in 2013 compared to just 5%in 2013.  
  • The fintech breakthrough in installment lending evolved by repackaging installment lending as “buy now pay later” and adding three features.
  • The three features added by BNPL: “pay in four” months model, omnichannel access at retailer websites, and a friendly non-banker approach.
  • The top four drivers for BNPL are user experience, attractive terms, lower interest, and easier credit underwriting. 

About Report

The new payment option enjoys significant growth in many markets, but consumers need better protection for fair lending, pricing, and remedies.

Consumers sometimes find interest-free loans come with unanticipated fees and charges. As in every other form of consumer lending, clarity, fairness, and transparency are not optional. 

The post Buy Now Pay Later Lending: The (Not Really) New Thing appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/buy-now-pay-later-lending-the-not-really-new-thing/feed/ 0
Other crypto developments: PayPal, cards & CBDCs https://www.paymentsjournal.com/other-crypto-developments-paypal-cards-cbdcs/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/other-crypto-developments-paypal-cards-cbdcs/#respond Mon, 05 Apr 2021 19:43:43 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=259196 Other crypto developments: PayPal, cards & CBDCsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cryptocurrency Landscape Overview Other crypto developments: PayPal, cards & CBDCs: PayPal currently allows users to buy, sell, […]

The post Other crypto developments: PayPal, cards & CBDCs appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cryptocurrency Landscape Overview

Other crypto developments: PayPal, cards & CBDCs:

  • PayPal currently allows users to buy, sell, and hold cryptocurrencies directly through PayPal using PayPal Cash or Cash Plus accounts
  • The conversion from crypto to fiat currency will be handled by PayPal on selection, with merchant settlement managed in fiat
  • In cases of unauthorized activity using crypto assets, PayPal will protect the buyer but fluctuations in asset value are carried by the account holder
  • Global payments provider i2C is leading in cryptocurrency cards connecting merchant acceptance with card holders through intermediary payments companies.
  • Similar to how fiat-to-fiat currency conversions are handled through the card network, crypto card conversions are handled by intermediaries who access the card network merchants and settle in fiat.
  • According to the Bank for International Settlements, 80% of central banks are exploring some sort of central bank digital currency initiative
  • China is leading the world with central bank digital yuan, but others including Canada, Sweden, and Uruguay are in the race.

About the Report

After the initial hype, and the inevitable slump, cryptocurrencies are once again gaining mainstream attention.

The ecosystem of cryptocurrencies and their various methods of implementation, with new products and services as well as intensified interest on the part of central banks, again moves the blockchain currency to the center of attention. 

The post Other crypto developments: PayPal, cards & CBDCs appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/other-crypto-developments-paypal-cards-cbdcs/feed/ 0
Breaking Down 3 Types of Cryptocurrencies: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/breaking-down-3-types-of-cryptocurrencies/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/breaking-down-3-types-of-cryptocurrencies/#respond Fri, 02 Apr 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=259045 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cryptocurrency Landscape Overview Breaking Down 3 Types of Cryptocurrencies: Decentralized cryptos have been associated more closely […]

The post Breaking Down 3 Types of Cryptocurrencies: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cryptocurrency Landscape Overview

Breaking Down 3 Types of Cryptocurrencies:

  • Decentralized cryptos have been associated more closely with commoditized value and speculative trading than normal payment transactions.
  • As an example, Bitcoin is used in about 300,000 transactions per day and Ethereum in 1.2 million.
  • In comparison to daily active card transactions of 108 million in the US alone, cryptocurrency usage is miniscule.
  • In February 2019, JPMorgan Chase announced the development of its own coin using flat currency accounts.
  • JPM Coin is built onto the ConsenSys Quorum, the open-sourced protocol layer for blockchain apps.
  • Facebook’s Libra coin, now called Diem, was relaunched to address quality concerns and offer high assurance of local currency convertibility.
  • Other adjustments to Libra/Diem’s original launch include a robust compliance framework, assistance to support operating standards, and added strong protections to the currency reserve.

About Report

After the initial hype, and the inevitable slump, cryptocurrencies are once again gaining mainstream attention.

The ecosystem of cryptocurrencies and their various methods of implementation, with new products and services as well as intensified interest on the part of central banks, again moves the blockchain currency to the center of attention. 

The post Breaking Down 3 Types of Cryptocurrencies: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/breaking-down-3-types-of-cryptocurrencies/feed/ 0
The Current Cryptocurrency Payments Landscape: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-current-cryptocurrency-payments-landscape/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-current-cryptocurrency-payments-landscape/#respond Thu, 01 Apr 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=258793 The Current Cryptocurrency Payments Landscape:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cryptocurrency Landscape Overview The Current Cryptocurrency Payments Landscape: The subject of cryptocurrency remains somewhat confounding for […]

The post The Current Cryptocurrency Payments Landscape: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Cryptocurrency Landscape Overview

The Current Cryptocurrency Payments Landscape:

  • The subject of cryptocurrency remains somewhat confounding for those in the payments industry.
  • Lagging confidence and innovation within the space can be largely attributed to a lack of regulatory guidance.
  • Other reasons include an imperfect knowledge of the underlying technology, the multiplicity of crypto assets, and a dizzying array of possibilities.
  • The crypto space includes permissionless, open-loop currencies such as Bitcoin & Ethereum, with no centralized controlling entity.
  • There are also decentralized cryptos that require permission to participate in a closed-loop network for specific use cases, like XRP from Ripple.
  • A third category of cryptocurrencies are hybrids that peg their value to a specific fiat currency. These are often referred to as stablecoins.

About Report

After the initial hype, and the inevitable slump, cryptocurrencies are once again gaining mainstream attention.

The ecosystem of cryptocurrencies and their various methods of implementation, with new products and services as well as intensified interest on the part of central banks, again moves the blockchain currency to the center of attention. 

The post The Current Cryptocurrency Payments Landscape: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-current-cryptocurrency-payments-landscape/feed/ 0
Advice for Card Issuers: Wait, Watch, Be Real https://www.paymentsjournal.com/advice-for-card-issuers-wait-watch-be-real/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/advice-for-card-issuers-wait-watch-be-real/#respond Wed, 31 Mar 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=258663 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Credit Card Account Forbearance: Not Forgiveness and Not Forever Advice for Card Issuers: Wait, Watch, Be […]

The post Advice for Card Issuers: Wait, Watch, Be Real appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Credit Card Account Forbearance: Not Forgiveness and Not Forever

Advice for Card Issuers: Wait, Watch, Be Real

  • The pandemic’s impact will continue for years, and issuers must prepare for the eventuality of heightened write-offs.

 Mercator recommends the following for card issuers:

  • Expect scoring models to be less reflective of risk and use other metrics to validate scoring models.
  • Metrics such as line utilization, geographic location, account vintage, and cash advance usage can help filter collection account models.
  • Conduct research to understand the likely long-term hardship accounts’ performance using account monitoring and cardholder contact data.
  • Update loss reserve assumptions, payment plan policies for hardship accounts and new account target marketing accordingly.
  • Adapt forecasting models to segment account behavior based on COVID’s impact and weak credit performance.

About Report

Payment holidays helped consumers get through unexpected credit risk during the pandemic, but before long it will be time to pay the piper. Suppressed delinquency volume makes risk appear under control, but the day of reckoning will soon be at hand.

COVID’s sudden grip on cardholders disrupted household budgets worldwide. Countermeasures supported by consumer protection agencies allowed for payment holidays, but sooner or later the industry will need to contend with a disrupted credit cycle. Issuers must be prepared for the upcoming storm.

The post Advice for Card Issuers: Wait, Watch, Be Real appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/advice-for-card-issuers-wait-watch-be-real/feed/ 0
The Outlook for 2021 Is Cloudy for Both Credit Card Issuers and Cardholders: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-outlook-for-2021-is-cloudy-for-both-credit-card-issuers-and-cardholders/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-outlook-for-2021-is-cloudy-for-both-credit-card-issuers-and-cardholders/#respond Tue, 30 Mar 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=258576 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Credit Card Account Forbearance: Not Forgiveness and Not Forever The Outlook for 2021 Is Cloudy for […]

The post The Outlook for 2021 Is Cloudy for Both Credit Card Issuers and Cardholders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Credit Card Account Forbearance: Not Forgiveness and Not Forever

The Outlook for 2021 Is Cloudy for Both Credit Card Issuers and Cardholders:

  • Looking at the hardship data, it’s clear that subprime accounts were most affected at the peak of the COVID crisis.
  • In May and June, subprime accounts outpaced prime accounts by nearly 200 basis points rates of hardship.
  • By October 2020, the spread between prime and subprime narrowed to 100 basis points of hardship rates, where it plateaued.
  • Reasonable expectations for card issuers might expect incremental charge offs of 2-3% four months after the “official” end of the crisis.
  • It will almost certainly be the second half of 2021 or into 2022 when charge offs are realized.
  • Hardship status of charge off rates improve on a lag of about 3 months from unemployment drops.

About Report

Payment holidays helped consumers get through unexpected credit risk during the pandemic, but before long it will be time to pay the piper. Suppressed delinquency volume makes risk appear under control, but the day of reckoning will soon be at hand.

COVID’s sudden grip on cardholders disrupted household budgets worldwide. Countermeasures supported by consumer protection agencies allowed for payment holidays, but sooner or later the industry will need to contend with a disrupted credit cycle. Issuers must be prepared for the upcoming storm.

The post The Outlook for 2021 Is Cloudy for Both Credit Card Issuers and Cardholders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-outlook-for-2021-is-cloudy-for-both-credit-card-issuers-and-cardholders/feed/ 0
Credit Card Forbearance Results So Far: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-forbearance-results-so-far/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-forbearance-results-so-far/#respond Mon, 29 Mar 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=258237 Credit Card Forbearance Results So Far:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Credit Card Account Forbearance: Not Forgiveness and Not Forever Credit Card Forbearance Results So Far: The […]

The post Credit Card Forbearance Results So Far: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Credit Card Account Forbearance: Not Forgiveness and Not Forever

Credit Card Forbearance Results So Far:

  • The percentage of credit card accounts in financial hardship typically runs less than one basis point of total accounts.
  • That means that less than 1 out of 10,000 accounts sufficiently qualify for special aging treatment to work out their delinquency.
  • Payment forbearance was a common strategy to mitigate COVID’s impact on household budgets.
  • This action made account conditions appear better than they typically would be, moving delinquent accounts towards write off.
  • Credit card forbearance peaked in May 2020 just short of 4% of total accounts and now hovers around 2%.
  • The effect of the CARES Act has been substantial, with credit card charge-offs declining throughout the recession.
  • In practical terms, forbearance has allowed issuers to delay an inevitable rise in charge-offs for cardholders who are permanently impaired.

About Report

Payment holidays helped consumers get through unexpected credit risk during the pandemic, but before long it will be time to pay the piper. Suppressed delinquency volume makes risk appear under control, but the day of reckoning will soon be at hand.

COVID’s sudden grip on cardholders disrupted household budgets worldwide. Countermeasures supported by consumer protection agencies allowed for payment holidays, but sooner or later the industry will need to contend with a disrupted credit cycle. Issuers must be prepared for the upcoming storm.

The post Credit Card Forbearance Results So Far: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-forbearance-results-so-far/feed/ 0
Impending Credit Risk for Credit Card Issuers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/impending-credit-risk-for-credit-card-issuers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/impending-credit-risk-for-credit-card-issuers/#respond Fri, 26 Mar 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=258002 Impending Credit Risk for Credit Card Issuers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Credit Card Account Forbearance: Not Forgiveness and Not Forever Impending Credit Risk for Credit Card Issuers: […]

The post Impending Credit Risk for Credit Card Issuers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Credit Card Account Forbearance: Not Forgiveness and Not Forever

Impending Credit Risk for Credit Card Issuers:

  • Credit forbearance under the CARES Act froze delinquency aging, but many programs are expiring.
  • Forestalling delinquency was an exceptional move, but it masked the credit risk, which has created new downstream risks for credit card issuers.
  • Credit quality barometers, like credit bureau reporting, do not have a clear line of sight on customers.
  • Rather than natural delinquency aging, risky accounts linger in delinquency buckets. 
  • If recovery is rapid, the issue may be dismissed. If recovery stalls, write-offs may double or triple.
  • For consumers, much of their credit situation depends on whether they were delinquent before or during the CARES Act

About Report

Payment holidays helped consumers get through unexpected credit risk during the pandemic, but before long it will be time to pay the piper. Suppressed delinquency volume makes risk appear under control, but the day of reckoning will soon be at hand.

COVID’s sudden grip on cardholders disrupted household budgets worldwide. Countermeasures supported by consumer protection agencies allowed for payment holidays, but sooner or later the industry will need to contend with a disrupted credit cycle. Issuers must be prepared for the upcoming storm.

The post Impending Credit Risk for Credit Card Issuers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/impending-credit-risk-for-credit-card-issuers/feed/ 0
Prepaid Cards: A Business Solution to a Social Issue https://www.paymentsjournal.com/prepaid-cards-a-business-solution-to-a-social-issue/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/prepaid-cards-a-business-solution-to-a-social-issue/#respond Thu, 25 Mar 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=257852 Prepaid Cards: A Business Solution to a Social IssueDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Government Issued Prepaid Cards: Efficient Cash Access and Distribution.  Prepaid Cards: A Business Solution to a […]

The post Prepaid Cards: A Business Solution to a Social Issue appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Government Issued Prepaid Cards: Efficient Cash Access and Distribution. 

Prepaid Cards: A Business Solution to a Social Issue

  • On Oct. 1, 2020, the OCC adopted a new set of standards such that credit card lending no longer benefits lenders in their Community Reinvestment Act responsibilities.
  • Prior to then, banks were incentivised to offer $100 credit extensions on cards carrying a 30% interest rate as long as the borrower lived in the area and was low-income.
  • Low-cost bank accounts, such as those offered by BofA, Chase, Wells Fargo, Key Bank and US Bank are options embraced by more than 600,000 new accounts in 2017.
  • For instant needs, the comparative cost and effectiveness of prepaid cards far outweigh the benefits of returning to checks.
  • Associated costs of paper, risk of theft, and consumer inconvenience are too great to return to paper check.
  • Emergency relief programs, such as those directed by the CARES Act, are further examples of the utility of prepaid.

About Report

Prepaid cards played a significant role in distributing CARES Act funds to 3.6 million Americans, but the payment form extends deep into many government benefit programs.

Ten benefit programs carried $136.2 billion in prepaid loads during 2019, but only incurred $152.7 million in costs among all government distribution channels. For those in need, prepaid cards provide quick access to funds and a reliable, safe way to receive cash value.

The post Prepaid Cards: A Business Solution to a Social Issue appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/prepaid-cards-a-business-solution-to-a-social-issue/feed/ 0
ATM Fees and Management Costs Drive Government Prepaid Card Costs: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atm-fees-and-management-costs-drive-government-prepaid-card-costs/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atm-fees-and-management-costs-drive-government-prepaid-card-costs/#respond Wed, 24 Mar 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=257581 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Government Issued Prepaid Cards: Efficient Cash Access and Distribution.  ATM Fees and Management Costs Drive Government […]

The post ATM Fees and Management Costs Drive Government Prepaid Card Costs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Government Issued Prepaid Cards: Efficient Cash Access and Distribution. 

ATM Fees and Management Costs Drive Government Prepaid Card Costs:

  • In 2019, ATM Fees accounted for $97.37 million of an overall $152.69 million in program costs.
  • The second largest government issued prepaid cost was ‘account servicing,’ totaling $33.3 million in costs.
  • Customer service inquiries accounted for $12.36 million of a total $152.69 million in program costs. 
  • The last substantial driver of costs for government issued prepaid cards (2019) was ‘purchase transactions’, which cost $5.9 million.
  • Payment card costs are very low at 1.12% (2019), and few cost categories can benefit from further optimization. 
  • ATM fees are kept to a minimum if the customer stays within a limit or network

About Report

Prepaid cards played a significant role in distributing CARES Act funds to 3.6 million Americans, but the payment form extends deep into many government benefit programs.

Ten benefit programs carried $136.2 billion in prepaid loads during 2019, but only incurred $152.7 million in costs among all government distribution channels. For those in need, prepaid cards provide quick access to funds and a reliable, safe way to receive cash value.

The post ATM Fees and Management Costs Drive Government Prepaid Card Costs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atm-fees-and-management-costs-drive-government-prepaid-card-costs/feed/ 0
Statistics Around Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Prepaid Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/statistics-around-supplemental-nutrition-assistance-program-snap-prepaid-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/statistics-around-supplemental-nutrition-assistance-program-snap-prepaid-cards/#respond Tue, 23 Mar 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=257085 Statistics Around Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Prepaid Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Government Issued Prepaid Cards: Efficient Cash Access and Distribution.  Statistics Around Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) […]

The post Statistics Around Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Prepaid Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Government Issued Prepaid Cards: Efficient Cash Access and Distribution. 

Statistics Around Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Prepaid Cards:

  • SNAP is the largest government issued prepaid card. But the card carries usage limitations. 
  • The second largest distributor of government prepaid cards is social security, but those cards carry few restrictions.
  • SNAP prepaid cards limit purchases to enumerated food items and prohibit use for alcohol, tobacco, paper products, and prepared foods.
  • Pre-pandemic, 12% of the United States population, or 1 in 9 people, received SNAP benefits.  
  • More than 43% of SNAP recipients are working families, 67% are families with children, and 32% are families with an older adult or person with a disability.
  • Moody’s Analytics reports that $1 in SNAP benefits generates $1.70 in economic activity.

About Report

Prepaid cards played a significant role in distributing CARES Act funds to 3.6 million Americans, but the payment form extends deep into many government benefit programs.

Ten benefit programs carried $136.2 billion in prepaid loads during 2019, but only incurred $152.7 million in costs among all government distribution channels. For those in need, prepaid cards provide quick access to funds and a reliable, safe way to receive cash value.

The post Statistics Around Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Prepaid Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/statistics-around-supplemental-nutrition-assistance-program-snap-prepaid-cards/feed/ 0
The Data Around Government Issued Prepaid Card Distribution: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-government-issued-prepaid-card-distribution/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-government-issued-prepaid-card-distribution/#respond Mon, 22 Mar 2021 18:30:41 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=256884 The Data Around Government Issued Prepaid Card Distribution:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Government Issued Prepaid Cards: Efficient Cash Access and Distribution.  The Data Around Government Issued Prepaid Card […]

The post The Data Around Government Issued Prepaid Card Distribution: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Government Issued Prepaid Cards: Efficient Cash Access and Distribution. 

The Data Around Government Issued Prepaid Card Distribution:  

  • Government agencies that distribute funds on prepaid cards use the product for fast distribution to benefit unbanked or underbanked households.
  • All indications are that these programs run efficiently, as evidenced by a very low cost percentage measured in basis points.
  • $136.2 billion distributed on government issued prepaid cards generates only $152.69 in service fees and costs.
  • SNAP is the dominant distribution channel for government prepaid cards, with $54.9 billion loaded onto prepaid cards in 2019.
  • The program benefits 35.7 million Americans and 18 million households, with an average monthly benefit of $129.83 per person.
  • Social security is the second largest government issued prepaid card, with $36 billion distributed in 2019.
  • The third largest government prepaid issuance is unemployment, with $19 billion distributed on prepaid cards.

About Report

Prepaid cards played a significant role in distributing CARES Act funds to 3.6 million Americans, but the payment form extends deep into many government benefit programs.

Ten benefit programs carried $136.2 billion in prepaid loads during 2019, but only incurred $152.7 million in costs among all government distribution channels. For those in need, prepaid cards provide quick access to funds and a reliable, safe way to receive cash value.

The post The Data Around Government Issued Prepaid Card Distribution: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-government-issued-prepaid-card-distribution/feed/ 0
The Benefits of Delegated Authentication to Merchants, Issuers, and Cardholders: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-benefits-of-delegated-authentication-to-merchants-issuers-and-cardholders/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-benefits-of-delegated-authentication-to-merchants-issuers-and-cardholders/#respond Thu, 18 Mar 2021 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=256263 The Benefits of Delegated Authentication to Merchants, Issuers, and Cardholders:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Card Networks Deploy Delegated Authentication: Everybody Wins! The Benefits of Delegated Authentication to Merchants, Issuers, and […]

The post The Benefits of Delegated Authentication to Merchants, Issuers, and Cardholders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Card Networks Deploy Delegated Authentication: Everybody Wins!

The Benefits of Delegated Authentication to Merchants, Issuers, and Cardholders:

  • Merchants benefit from delegated authentication in the ability to control all aspects of the customer’s payment journey and prevent cart abandonment.
  • Equally important, merchants can shift the liability to the issuer (Mastercard program) if the authentication is FIDO compliant.
  • Issuers are relieved of the need to manage certification of consumer wallets & devices, as this is done by the networks.
  • Issuers also receive visibility of security and functional measures taken by the authenticator ensuring SCA & PSD2.
  • Cardholders will begin to experience a more consistent authentication process, not only for payments but also access to bank accounts.
  • As merchants adopt FIDO, cardholders will no longer experience two authentications: one at the account level and one at the payment level.
  • As biometrics proliferate, the technology will eliminate passwords across all validators.

About Report

With Delegated Authentication, card networks enable merchants to control the entire cardholder experience. Issuers reduce costs while consumers can use biometrics for online shopping and passwords slowly fade away.

With Delegated Authentication, qualified merchants can use their own authentication process to approve purchases or pass the cardholder’s FIDO-based credential to the network for approval.

The post The Benefits of Delegated Authentication to Merchants, Issuers, and Cardholders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-benefits-of-delegated-authentication-to-merchants-issuers-and-cardholders/feed/ 0
Is “Fast Identity Online” (FIDO) Key to User Authentication and PSD2? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/is-fast-identity-online-fido-key-to-user-authentication-and-psd2/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/is-fast-identity-online-fido-key-to-user-authentication-and-psd2/#respond Wed, 17 Mar 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=255906 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Card Networks Deploy Delegated Authentication: Everybody Wins! Is “Fast Identity Online” (FIDO) Key to User Authentication […]

The post Is “Fast Identity Online” (FIDO) Key to User Authentication and PSD2? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint: Card Networks Deploy Delegated Authentication: Everybody Wins!

Is “Fast Identity Online” (FIDO) Key to User Authentication and PSD2?

  • As PSD2 makes strong customer authentication mandatory, all players’ largest concerns revolve around customer confusion.
  • FIDO “Fast identity online” provides a common mechanism for authentication based on the device the user carries.
  • The user always interacts with the same device/interface, and FIDO delivers a common method for ID.
  • FIDO establishes a public/private key pair that will validate the user’s biometric.
  • The clever use of public/private key pair ensures that the users biometric data never leaves the device.
  • FIDO challenges can also include data to the consumer like dollar amount, payee ID, and other data.

About Report

With Delegated Authentication, card networks enable merchants to control the entire cardholder experience. Issuers reduce costs while consumers can use biometrics for online shopping and passwords slowly fade away.

With Delegated Authentication, qualified merchants can use their own authentication process to approve purchases or pass the cardholder’s FIDO-based credential to the network for approval.

The post Is “Fast Identity Online” (FIDO) Key to User Authentication and PSD2? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/is-fast-identity-online-fido-key-to-user-authentication-and-psd2/feed/ 0
A Look at PSD2 and Strong Customer Authentication https://www.paymentsjournal.com/a-look-at-psd2-and-strong-customer-authentication/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/a-look-at-psd2-and-strong-customer-authentication/#respond Tue, 16 Mar 2021 18:23:04 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=255642 A Look at PSD2 and Strong Customer AuthenticationDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint – Card Networks Deploy Delegated Authentication: Everybody Wins! A Look at PSD2 and Strong Customer Authentication […]

The post A Look at PSD2 and Strong Customer Authentication appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint – Card Networks Deploy Delegated Authentication: Everybody Wins!

A Look at PSD2 and Strong Customer Authentication

  • PSD2 mandates Strong Customer Authentication (SCA), which is necessary in both payments as well as larger Open Banking initiatives
  • The deadline for adherence to Strong Customer Authentication was 12/31/2020; but merchants still worry about shopping cart abandonment.
  • The global card networks have updated EMV 3D Secure to address the strong customer authentication requirement, but their track record with shopping cart conversion is checkered.
  • Further worrying Merchants: if each card issuing bank implements its own authentication method – cardholder confusion is likely.
  • Principally, the concern is that the customer might be potentially challenged to authenticate themselves twice in one transaction.
  • The EU had identified a number of exemptions for SCA including: merchants with low fraud rate criteria, cards on file after the first SCA, and white listed merchants
  • The global card networks themselves built a system to manage, track, and communicate these exemptions across the entire network of participants

About The Viewpoint

With Delegated Authentication, card networks enable merchants to control the entire cardholder experience. Issuers reduce costs while consumers can use biometrics for online shopping and passwords slowly fade away.

With Delegated Authentication, qualified merchants can use their own authentication process to approve purchases or pass the cardholder’s FIDO-based credential to the network for approval.

The post A Look at PSD2 and Strong Customer Authentication appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/a-look-at-psd2-and-strong-customer-authentication/feed/ 0
Peer to Peer Fraud Takes Aim at Consumers Earning $75K to $100K https://www.paymentsjournal.com/peer-to-peer-fraud-takes-aim-at-consumers-earning-75k-to-100k/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/peer-to-peer-fraud-takes-aim-at-consumers-earning-75k-to-100k/#respond Mon, 15 Mar 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=255355 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change Peer to Peer Fraud Takes Aim at Consumers […]

The post Peer to Peer Fraud Takes Aim at Consumers Earning $75K to $100K appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

Peer to Peer Fraud Takes Aim at Consumers Earning $75K to $100K

  • The incidence of P2P fraud appears to be shifting from the highest earners to those in the $75k to $100k income bracket. 
  • The incidence of paying for something that wasn’t delivered stayed steady for highest earners, but rose from 21% in 2019 to 27% in 2020 for that $75k to $100k bracket. 
  • “Lost money” stayed nearly the same for high earners (31% to 20%) whereas $75k to $100k shot up from 23% to 33%. 
  • The same trend of stable fraud levels for highest earners and increased fraud for that middle-income bracket is true for fraudulent charges and compromised bank accounts.
  • As the number of P2P services used increases, so does the likelihood of experiencing fraud.  
  • Those using 9+ P2P services are almost twice as likely to experience fraud versus those who use 3 or fewer.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post Peer to Peer Fraud Takes Aim at Consumers Earning $75K to $100K appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/peer-to-peer-fraud-takes-aim-at-consumers-earning-75k-to-100k/feed/ 0
Delegated Authentication Is Being Rolled Out in the EU: Will the Card Networks Benefit? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/delegated-authentication-is-being-rolled-out-in-the-eu-will-the-card-networks-benefit/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/delegated-authentication-is-being-rolled-out-in-the-eu-will-the-card-networks-benefit/#respond Thu, 11 Mar 2021 20:15:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=253562 Delegated Authentication Is Being Rolled Out in the EU: Will the Card Networks Benefit?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Card Networks Deploy Delegated Authentication: Everybody Wins! Delegated Authentication Is Being Rolled Out in the EU: […]

The post Delegated Authentication Is Being Rolled Out in the EU: Will the Card Networks Benefit? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint:  Card Networks Deploy Delegated Authentication: Everybody Wins!

Delegated Authentication Is Being Rolled Out in the EU: Will the Card Networks Benefit?

  • Delegated Authentication is being rolled out in Europe, driven by the EU’s Revised Payments Service Directive (PSD2).
  • While focused in Europe today, US merchants are very likely to ask for similar support in the near future.
  • Customers have become so frustrated with limited password security that biometric support is likely to become a customer-driven mandate.
  • Mercator research indicates that 90% of phones in the market will include some biometric capability by 2023.
  • PSD2 mandates Strong Customer Authentication (SCA), which is necessary in both payments and larger open banking initiatives.
  • The combination of payments, open banking, and SCA represents an opportunity for card networks to expand their role as intermediaries.
  • Mercator believes that in large part, Visa’s Plaid acquisition is a plan to extend its network into digital infrastructure.

About Report

With Delegated Authentication, card networks enable merchants to control the entire cardholder experience. Issuers reduce costs while consumers can use biometrics for online shopping and passwords slowly fade away.

With Delegated Authentication, qualified merchants can use their own authentication process to approve purchases or pass the cardholder’s FIDO-based credential to the network for approval.

The post Delegated Authentication Is Being Rolled Out in the EU: Will the Card Networks Benefit? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/delegated-authentication-is-being-rolled-out-in-the-eu-will-the-card-networks-benefit/feed/ 0
Resistance to Peer to Peer Payments is Waning: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/resistance-to-peer-to-peer-payments-is-waning/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/resistance-to-peer-to-peer-payments-is-waning/#respond Wed, 10 Mar 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=252702 Resistance to peer to peer payments is waningDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change Resistance to Peer to Peer Payments is […]

The post Resistance to Peer to Peer Payments is Waning: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

Resistance to Peer to Peer Payments is Waning:

  • Resistance to P2P services is waning, as many of the reasons for not using these services appear to be losing popularity.
  • The largest overall reason in 2018, “I don’t have a reason to use P2P”, has declined from 47% to 36% in 2020.
  • In 2019, 42% of consumers “prefer to use cash” than P2P services. Not surprisingly in a pandemic environment, that sentiment dipped to 30% in 2020.
  • From 2018 to 2020, 8% of consumers reported they “don’t know how to use these services.”
  • P2P services are increasingly being used to share costs with others, pay bills and pay for things in-stores. 
  • In 2020, 23% of consumers used P2P to split a bill, up from 17% in 2018 and 2019.
  • For the last 3 years, one in five P2P consumers used the service to buy a gift. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post Resistance to Peer to Peer Payments is Waning: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/resistance-to-peer-to-peer-payments-is-waning/feed/ 0
P2P Payment Fraud is Declining Overall, But Some Types Are On the Rise: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/p2p-payment-fraud-is-declining-overall-but-some-types-are-on-the-rise/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/p2p-payment-fraud-is-declining-overall-but-some-types-are-on-the-rise/#respond Tue, 09 Mar 2021 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=252196 P2P Payment Fraud is Declining Overall, But Some Types Are On the Rise:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change P2P Payment Fraud is Declining, Minus these […]

The post P2P Payment Fraud is Declining Overall, But Some Types Are On the Rise: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

P2P Payment Fraud is Declining, Minus these Exceptions 

  • Fewer people are experiencing P2P fraud, but select types of fraud are on the rise.
  • The decrease in fraud overall may point to a concentration of fraud among a certain population segment.
  • The largest increase in P2P fraud came from “lost money”, which was reported by 12% of P2P users in 2018 and 23% in 2020.
  • The percentage of P2P users who “received a fraudulent charge” also rose dramatically from 2018 (11%) to 2020 (19%).
  • P2P users who “paid for something that wasn’t delivered” rose from 14% to 21% of users between 2018 and 2020.
  • Overall net fraud decreased from 31% of P2P users experiencing fraud in 2018 to 25% in 2020.  

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post P2P Payment Fraud is Declining Overall, But Some Types Are On the Rise: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/p2p-payment-fraud-is-declining-overall-but-some-types-are-on-the-rise/feed/ 0
What Are the Top 5 Banking Communication Methods for Consumers? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-top-5-banking-communication-methods-for-consumers-2/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-top-5-banking-communication-methods-for-consumers-2/#respond Mon, 08 Mar 2021 20:13:11 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=251773 What Are the Top 5 Banking Communication Methods for Consumers?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report – Digital Banking: Improvements Needed to Compete with Fintech What are the top 5 banking communication […]

The post What Are the Top 5 Banking Communication Methods for Consumers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report – Digital Banking: Improvements Needed to Compete with Fintech

What are the top 5 banking communication methods for consumers?

  • Went into a branch and spoke with a teller at 71%
  • Thought an ATM at 61%
  • Accessed a mobile banking app using a smartphone at 46%
  • Accessing a FI’s website using a mobile device at 41%
  • When into branch and spoke with customer service rep at 41%

About The Report

The report, Digital Banking: Improvements Needed to Compete with Fintech, reveals that security issues are U.S. consumers’ primary reason for not making mobile banking transactions. Nevertheless, more consumers perform more banking activities online and by mobile, especially by smartphone, engaging more often with their financial institution, expanding and deepening the banking relationship and thereby becoming more loyal customers.

The report highlights trends in use of online banking via computer and mobile platforms, communication methods with financial institutions, use of personal financial management (PFM) tools, alerts, online bill-payment methods and electronic billing, person-to-person (P2P) money transfers, and the demographics of recent account openers. The study evaluates the account opening process online, use of mobile banking app compared to online banking by computer and mobile devices, U.S. consumers’ preferences of platform for making bank transactions, and their use and interest in voice-activated conversational interfaces.

The post What Are the Top 5 Banking Communication Methods for Consumers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-top-5-banking-communication-methods-for-consumers-2/feed/ 0
Peer to Peer Payment Apps are Diversifying: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/peer-to-peer-payment-apps-are-diversifying/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/peer-to-peer-payment-apps-are-diversifying/#respond Fri, 05 Mar 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=251548 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change Peer to Peer Payment Apps are Diversifying: […]

The post Peer to Peer Payment Apps are Diversifying: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

Peer to Peer Payment Apps are Diversifying:

  • The proportion of consumers using more than one P2P payments app NOT provided by a financial institution is rising quickly.
  • In 2018, half of consumers had not used a non-financial institution payments app; by 2020, this was down to 36%.  
  • The percentage of consumers who use only one non-bank P2P app has remained steady at 22%.
  • However, the number of consumers who use up to three non-bank P2P payments apps grew from 7% in 2018 to 11% in 2020.
  • The number of bank-owned P2P payments apps used by consumers is steadily rising as well: up to 2.8 apps per consumer in 2020 from 2.6 in 2018.
  • 7% of consumers used five or more peer to peer payments apps in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post Peer to Peer Payment Apps are Diversifying: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/peer-to-peer-payment-apps-are-diversifying/feed/ 0
How Consumers are Using P2P Payment Apps: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-consumers-are-using-p2p-payment-apps/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-consumers-are-using-p2p-payment-apps/#respond Thu, 04 Mar 2021 20:05:44 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=251077 How Consumers are Using P2P Payment Apps:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change How Consumers are Using P2P Payment Apps: […]

The post How Consumers are Using P2P Payment Apps: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

How Consumers are Using P2P Payment Apps:

  • Less than one half of P2P users prefer to receive funds via P2P.
  • Slightly more (32%) of P2P users prefer to receive cash vs. pay in cash (28%).
  • 19% of P2P users have no preference for how they receive money.
  • Nearly one in five P2P users regularly use four or more P2P apps from their bank or credit union.
  • 25% of P2P users use only one payment app.
  • In 2018, 45% of consumers used no payment apps vs. 34% in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post How Consumers are Using P2P Payment Apps: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-consumers-are-using-p2p-payment-apps/feed/ 0
P2P Payment Apps are Seeing Gains in Consumer Adoption: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/p2p-payment-apps-are-seeing-gains-in-consumer-adoption/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/p2p-payment-apps-are-seeing-gains-in-consumer-adoption/#respond Fri, 26 Feb 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=246628 P2P Payment Apps are Seeing Gains in Consumer Adoption:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change P2P Payment Apps are Seeing Gains in […]

The post P2P Payment Apps are Seeing Gains in Consumer Adoption: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

P2P Payment Apps are Seeing Gains in Consumer Adoption: 

  • While PayPal is clearly the market leading P2P service, many others are gaining momentum.
  • 54% of consumers have used PayPal within the last year, up from 47% in 2017.
  • Venmo is something of a distant second with 14% of consumers having used the payment service in 2020.
  •  Zelle, third most popular, has gained adoption with great speed, rising from 1% consumer usage in 2017 to 13% in 2020.
  • Google Pay saw similarly increased adoption as Zelle, but to a lesser extent, with 11% of consumers using it in 2020.
  • Facebook Messenger was one of the only P2P services to see declining adoption, from 2019’s 9% in 2019 to 7% in 2020. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post P2P Payment Apps are Seeing Gains in Consumer Adoption: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/p2p-payment-apps-are-seeing-gains-in-consumer-adoption/feed/ 0
The Trends to Know Around Touchless Transactions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-trends-to-know-around-touchless-transactions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-trends-to-know-around-touchless-transactions/#respond Thu, 25 Feb 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=242228 The Trends to Know Around Touchless Transactions:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change The Trends to Know Around Touchless Transactions:  […]

The post The Trends to Know Around Touchless Transactions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

The Trends to Know Around Touchless Transactions: 

  • Roughly six in ten people who make contactless payments report they are often touchless.
  • The pandemic put the spotlight on truly touchless transactions, despite indications that the likelihood of contracting COVID-19 from a terminal is very low.
  • 57% of consumers report that when making a touchless transaction, they never have to touch the terminal at all.
  •  25% of consumers report that when making a touchless transaction, they still have to touch the terminal to some degree. 
  • Predictably, the rise in touchless transactions has come at the expense of cash.
  • On average, the amount of cash spent each week has fallen slightly after two years of growth.
  • The median consumer spent $56 a week in cash in 2020, down from $62 a week in 2019.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post The Trends to Know Around Touchless Transactions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-trends-to-know-around-touchless-transactions/feed/ 0
Surprisingly, Smartwatches Are Used to Pay Most Frequently: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/surprisingly-smartwatches-are-used-to-pay-most-frequently/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/surprisingly-smartwatches-are-used-to-pay-most-frequently/#respond Wed, 24 Feb 2021 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=236832 Surprisingly, Smartwatches Are Used to Pay Most Frequently:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change Surprisingly, Smartwatches Are Used to Pay Most […]

The post Surprisingly, Smartwatches Are Used to Pay Most Frequently: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

Surprisingly, Smartwatches Are Used to Pay Most Frequently:

  • The device most frequently used to pay are smartwatches, beating out smartphones, tapped cards, or chip cards.
  • Predictably, college graduates are more frequent users of smartwatches for payments than non-college graduates.
  • College graduates who use a smartwatch to pay do so an estimated 206 times a year, the most of any category.
  • Consumers who use a smartphone with a universal wallet to pay do so an estimated 117 times a year, the least of any category.
  • Consumers who use a chip card to pay, the largest category by headcount, do so 137 times a year.
  • By headcount, chip cards are the most popular new technology, followed by smartphones, waved or tapped cards, and finally smartwatches. 
  • Though smartwatches are the smallest category of new technology by headcount, its users use the tech most frequently. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post Surprisingly, Smartwatches Are Used to Pay Most Frequently: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/surprisingly-smartwatches-are-used-to-pay-most-frequently/feed/ 0
Uses for a Debit Card Declined Slightly Among Consumers in 2020: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/uses-for-a-debit-card-declined-slightly-among-consumers-in-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/uses-for-a-debit-card-declined-slightly-among-consumers-in-2020/#respond Mon, 22 Feb 2021 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=224093 Uses for a Debit Card Declined Slightly Among Consumers in 2020:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change Uses for a Debit Card Declined Slightly […]

The post Uses for a Debit Card Declined Slightly Among Consumers in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

Uses for a Debit Card Declined Slightly Among Consumers in 2020:

  • For nearly all the different debit card use cases, there was a slight decline in usage in 2020.
  • Getting cash from an ATM remained the top use case, declining slightly from 72% of consumers in 2018 to 70% in 2020.
  • Almost all forms of in-person and online debit payment declined by about 4% last year.
  • Contactless payment by tapping or waving debit cards at the terminal declined 8%, to only 10% of consumers.
  • Some good news for debit: the perception that credit is a safer option than debit has faded from consumer’s minds.
  • In 2020, 36% of consumers thought credit was safer than debit, down from 43% in 2019.
  • Interestingly, PayPal was perceived as slightly safer than debit when paying online: 25% in 2019 vs. 28% in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post Uses for a Debit Card Declined Slightly Among Consumers in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/uses-for-a-debit-card-declined-slightly-among-consumers-in-2020/feed/ 0
The Data Around Trends in Debit Card Rewards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-trends-in-debit-card-rewards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-trends-in-debit-card-rewards/#respond Fri, 19 Feb 2021 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=207471 The Data Around Trends in Debit Card Rewards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change The Data Around Trends in Debit Card […]

The post The Data Around Trends in Debit Card Rewards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

The Data Around Trends in Debit Card Rewards:

  • About half of debit card owners receive rewards, and a majority of them see rewards as motivation for usage.
  • In 2018, only 40% of debit card users received rewards. In 2020, 46% of debit card users received rewards. 
  • 33% of debit card users claim that they are motivated to use the card for the rewards.
  • Cash back rewards were most popular in 2019, with 60% of debit card rewards participants using them. 
  • In 2020, 53% of debit card rewards users collected cash back.
  • Merchandise/travel/other points are the second most popular reward. 
  • 37% of debit rewards users collected points in 2020, compared to 41% in 2019.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post The Data Around Trends in Debit Card Rewards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-trends-in-debit-card-rewards/feed/ 0
What’s Trending with Debit Card Controls? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-trending-with-debit-card-controls/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-trending-with-debit-card-controls/#respond Thu, 18 Feb 2021 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=199233 What’s Trending with Debit Card Controls?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change What’s Trending with Debit Card Controls?  Among […]

The post What’s Trending with Debit Card Controls? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

What’s Trending with Debit Card Controls? 

  • Among users of debit card controls, blocking all transactions and limiting transaction size are most popular.
  • In 2020, 25% of consumers who used card controls did so to temporarily block all transactions.
  • In 2020, 27% of consumers who used card controls did so to limit payments over a certain dollar value. 
  • Other popular controls include blocking and limiting transactions based on location, company type, country of origin and 17% “other.”
  • Interest in an app with debit card controls has fallen since last year across all age groups.
  • In 2018, 56% of 18-24 year olds were interested in an app with card controls,down to 47% in 2020.
  • Over all age groups, only 41% of consumers are interested in an app that includes card controls.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post What’s Trending with Debit Card Controls? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-trending-with-debit-card-controls/feed/ 0
The Data Around Debit Card Fraud Trends: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-debit-card-fraud-trends/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-debit-card-fraud-trends/#respond Wed, 17 Feb 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=191730 The Data Around Debit Card Fraud Trends:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change The Data Around Debit Card Fraud Trends: […]

The post The Data Around Debit Card Fraud Trends: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

The Data Around Debit Card Fraud Trends:

  • In 2020, 25% of consumers reported incidences of debit card fraud.
  • Debit card fraud was at its lowest in 2018, when 17% of consumers reported debit card fraud.
  • All types of debit card fraud are on the rise.
  • 12% of consumers reported their card was lost or stolen in 2020.
  • 13% of consumers reported fraudulent charges on their debit cards in 2020.
  • 11% of consumers were notified by the card issuer of actual or potential debit card fraud in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post The Data Around Debit Card Fraud Trends: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-data-around-debit-card-fraud-trends/feed/ 0
What Were the Consumer Banking Trends of 2020? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-were-the-consumer-banking-trends-of-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-were-the-consumer-banking-trends-of-2020/#respond Tue, 16 Feb 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=184960 What Were the Consumer Banking Trends of 2020?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change What Were the Consumer Banking Trends of […]

The post What Were the Consumer Banking Trends of 2020? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

What Were the Consumer Banking Trends of 2020? 

  • The past two years have seen a decline in bank-owned products across the board.
  • In 2011, 95% of consumers had a checking account. In 2020, 86% of consumers had a checking account.
  • In 2011, 79% of consumers had a savings account. In 2020, 69% of consumers did.
  • In 2011, 45% of consumers had a mortgage. In 2020, 25% of consumers had a mortgage.
  • The use of credit cards has decreased in the last year from 62% in 2019 to 57% in 2020.
  • Debit cards have also seen a slight decline, with 52% of consumers using them in 2019 versus 49% in 2020.
  • Consumers who do not use credit, debit, charge cards or ATM only cards jumped from 6% in 2019 to 10% in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post What Were the Consumer Banking Trends of 2020? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-were-the-consumer-banking-trends-of-2020/feed/ 0
Debit Usage Trends: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-usage-trends/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-usage-trends/#respond Fri, 12 Feb 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=182341 Debit Usage Trends:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change Debit Usage Trends: The trend toward lower […]

The post Debit Usage Trends: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change

Debit Usage Trends:

  • The trend toward lower debit usage, which began in 2012 (66%), continued in 2020 with 49% of consumers using debit.
  • The decline in debit usage is most severe among consumers who earn less than $50,000 a year: down to 51% in 2020 from 57% in 2019.
  • 18-34 year olds are the least likely to use a debit card: only 40%.
  • 65+ year olds are most likely to use a debit card: 54%.
  • When shopping in-store, most consumers (46%) prefer to use a credit card over a debit card (30%).
  • Cash saw a slight decline for in-store purchases in 2020: 14%, down from 17% in 2019.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, 2020 North American PaymentsInsights: Debit – Continued Change, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current attitudes and behaviors with regard to debit cards and P2P payments.

While the data from this survey indicate a decrease in the number of debit users, actual debit card volume is increasing in the pandemic era.

Nearly one-half of the consumers surveyed report they currently receive rewards on their debit cards. Many consumers who receive debit card rewards say it motivates them to spend more on these cards. However, while the primary rewards are cash back and/or points, the proportion of customers receiving these two rewards appears to be decreasing when compared with last year.

Debit card fraud is on the rise with one-quarter of debit card owners reporting fraud on their debit card. While this is on par with last year, it is much higher than the 17% reported in 2018.

The use of P2P payment apps continues to gain in popularity. In 2017, 57% of American adults reported using a P2P service. That has increased to 70% in 2020. The market is currently dominated by PayPal, but other P2P services, Venmo, Zelle, Google Pay and Square Cash, have all roughly doubled in reported usage since 2017.

This year, the average frequency of use of P2P services has decreased from 9.0 in 2019 to 8.0 transactions annually. This decline has likely been a result of the pandemic, as fewer people are socializing and thus have fewer opportunities to use P2P payments.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do, but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

“This report reveals how consumers use of debit cards and P2P payments have changed over the past year. It goes without saying that they pandemic has materially changed consumer payment behavior, but this report explores changes that are pandemic related, as well as those shifts in behavior that started before the pandemic,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post Debit Usage Trends: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-usage-trends/feed/ 0
Primary Drivers for Small Businesses Using Online Lenders: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/primary-drivers-for-small-businesses-using-online-lenders/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/primary-drivers-for-small-businesses-using-online-lenders/#respond Thu, 11 Feb 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=181190 Primary Drivers for Small Businesses Using Online Lenders:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course Primary […]

The post Primary Drivers for Small Businesses Using Online Lenders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

Primary Drivers for Small Businesses Using Online Lenders:

  • In 2020, respondents were twice as likely to say their interest rate was the primary reason for using an online lender.
  • Ease of application was still the top overall reason for using an online lender, at 38%.
  • Speed of decision and funding was also a popular reason to use an online lender for small businesses, at 29%.
  • Lastly, online lenders require fewer documents, which was the top reason for 16% of small businesses to use an online lender.
  • Current loan holders are more than twice as likely to report it was easier to deal with online lenders than a bank.
  • Recent years have seen a decrease in available SMB credit from many large banks.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Primary Drivers for Small Businesses Using Online Lenders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/primary-drivers-for-small-businesses-using-online-lenders/feed/ 0
Small Businesses and Online Lending: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-and-online-lending/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-and-online-lending/#respond Fri, 05 Feb 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=174874 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course Small […]

The post Small Businesses and Online Lending: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

Small Businesses and Online Lending:

  • Firms in business 10 years or more are the least familiar with online alternative lenders.
  • 17% of small businesses which have been in business less than 6 years have applied for a loan but not taken/given one.
  • The largest small businesses are the most likely to have obtained a load from an online lender.
  • 37% of small businesses $5-10 million in size currently have a loan from an online lender. 
  • 10% of small businesses $5-10 million in size are not familiar with online lenders.
  • Small businesses positively impacted by the pandemic are the most likely to have a current loan from an online lender (36%).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Small Businesses and Online Lending: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-and-online-lending/feed/ 0
Small Businesses’ Familiarity with Online Lenders Continues to Increase: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-familiarity-with-online-lenders-continues-to-increase/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-familiarity-with-online-lenders-continues-to-increase/#respond Thu, 04 Feb 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=174110 Small Businesses' Familiarity with Online Lenders Continues to Increase:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course Small […]

The post Small Businesses’ Familiarity with Online Lenders Continues to Increase: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

Small Businesses’ Familiarity with Online Lenders Continues to Increase:

  • 26% of small businesses currently use an alternative lender, similar to 2019 & 2020.
  • Fewer small businesses (18%) claim to be “unfamiliar” with online lenders compared to 2017 (25%).
  • One in five small businesses looked into online lenders in 2020.
  • 18% of small businesses had an online loan, but no longer use an online lender.
  • 4% of small businesses are unsure if they’ve worked with an online lender.
  • Firms in business 10 years or older are least familiar with online alternative lenders

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.
“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Small Businesses’ Familiarity with Online Lenders Continues to Increase: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-familiarity-with-online-lenders-continues-to-increase/feed/ 0
Pandemic Spurs the Use of Online Banking Services for Small Businesses: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/pandemic-spurs-the-use-of-online-banking-services-for-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/pandemic-spurs-the-use-of-online-banking-services-for-small-businesses/#respond Wed, 03 Feb 2021 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=173288 Pandemic Spurs the Use of Online Banking Services for Small Businesses:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course Pandemic […]

The post Pandemic Spurs the Use of Online Banking Services for Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

Pandemic Spurs the Use of Online Banking Services for Small Businesses:

  • The use of many online services has increased year over year, likely due to the pandemic.
  • Online payroll and direct deposit jumped from 55% used in 2019 to 65% in 2020.
  • Online payment processing services jumped from 55% used in 2019 to 64% in 2020.
  • Mobile check deposit jumped from 59% used by small businesses in 2019 to 69% in 2020.
  • Mobile ATM withdrawal increased 13% between 2019 to 2020, with 63% of small businesses currently using it.
  • “Mobile ability to lock accounts” increased from 47% of small businesses using in 2019 to 59% in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Pandemic Spurs the Use of Online Banking Services for Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/pandemic-spurs-the-use-of-online-banking-services-for-small-businesses/feed/ 0
Small Businesses and Online Banking Services: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-and-online-banking-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-and-online-banking-services/#respond Mon, 01 Feb 2021 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=170961 Small Businesses and Online Banking Services:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course Small […]

The post Small Businesses and Online Banking Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

Small Businesses and Online Banking Services:

  • There is considerable interest among small businesses for online banking services they do not yet have.
  • 46% of small businesses do not have “single sign on” and want it.
  • 30% of small businesses do not have international payments but want them.
  • About one in three small businesses have online services, but are not particularly interested in them.
  • 70% of small businesses have online bill payment and remain interested in online bill payment.
  • 69% of small businesses have fraud management services that interest them.
  • 68% of small businesses have mobile ATM withdrawal.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Small Businesses and Online Banking Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-and-online-banking-services/feed/ 0
Small Businesses Use a Wide Variety of Financial Services: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-use-a-wide-variety-of-financial-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-use-a-wide-variety-of-financial-services/#respond Fri, 29 Jan 2021 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=169259 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course Small […]

The post Small Businesses Use a Wide Variety of Financial Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

Small Businesses Use a Wide Variety of Financial Institutions:

  • Business checking accounts (94%), savings accounts (89%), and online banking (88%) round out the most popular, along with credit and debit cards.
  • The least popular small banking needs include vehicle loan (68%), real estate loan (69%) and business CD (71%).
  • Beyond checking accounts, many small businesses get banking services from banks outside their primary bank.
  • Business debit card use rose dramatically in 2020 from 35% (2019) to 50%.
  • Large lines of credit >$500,000 have been decreasing over time, from 15% in 2018 to 6% in 2020.
  • Interest in a large line of credit (>$500,000) shot up this year, from 6% in 2019 to 14% in 2020.
  • In 2019, 16% of small businesses wanted less credit; in 2020, 3% of small businesses wanted less credit.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Small Businesses Use a Wide Variety of Financial Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-use-a-wide-variety-of-financial-services/feed/ 0
Small Businesses’ Satisfaction with Their Banks: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-satisfaction-with-their-banks/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-satisfaction-with-their-banks/#respond Thu, 28 Jan 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=167939 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course Small […]

The post Small Businesses’ Satisfaction with Their Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

Small Businesses’ Satisfaction with Their Banks:

  • Small business satisfaction with their primary financial institution continues to be very high.
  • New small businesses tend to be slightly less satisfied with their banks than older firms.
  • Unsurprisingly, small business satisfaction with their bank increases with company revenue.
  • Even small businesses negatively impacted by the pandemic are highly satisfied with their banks.
  • This year, small businesses are reporting greater use of all banking services.
  • Notably, mobile business banking jumped 16%, from 70% of small businesses to 86%.
  • Payroll processing services also saw a dramatic increase, from 72% of small businesses using them to 86%.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Small Businesses’ Satisfaction with Their Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-satisfaction-with-their-banks/feed/ 0
Where Do Small Businesses Get Their Advice? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-small-businesses-get-their-advice/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-small-businesses-get-their-advice/#respond Wed, 27 Jan 2021 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=166788 Where Do Small Businesses Get Their Advice?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course Where […]

The post Where Do Small Businesses Get Their Advice? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

Where Do Small Businesses Get Their Advice?

  • The pandemic had more SMBs seeking advice from more outlets this year, except maybe accountants.
  • SMBs that were negatively impacted by COVID were much more likely than others to seek advice from their bank.
  • Smaller companies are more likely to rely on friends and family and less likely to rely on their bank than others.
  • Banks and financial advisors are the more relied sources of advice for small businesses.
  • Firms that were positively impacted by the pandemic were more likely to turn to their bank for advice.
  • Banks and financial advisors are the most trusted, though companies under $1M are least likely to have financial advisors.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Where Do Small Businesses Get Their Advice? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-small-businesses-get-their-advice/feed/ 0
Small Business and Technology: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-and-technology/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-and-technology/#respond Tue, 26 Jan 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=165528 Small Business and Technology:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course Small […]

The post Small Business and Technology: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

Small Business and Technology:

  • This year, more SMBs are reporting they employ the latest technology and that keeping up with the latest is critical.
  • Firms with revenue below $1 million are less technologically sophisticated than those with higher revenue.
  • As the number of employees increases, so does the companies’ reported technological sophistication.
  • Perhaps due to COVID-19, more SMBs are having trouble keeping track of business metrics and worrying about cash flow.
  • Companies that have been in business longer have fewer concerns about payments, receivables, etc., than newer companies.
  • Even SMBs that have been positively impacted by the pandemic have concerns about their business.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Small Business and Technology: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-and-technology/feed/ 0
Small Business Attitudes Towards Their Business: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-attitudes-towards-their-business/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-attitudes-towards-their-business/#respond Fri, 22 Jan 2021 19:35:17 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=157880 Small Business Attitudes Towards Their Business:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course  Small […]

The post Small Business Attitudes Towards Their Business: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

 Small Business Attitudes Towards Their Business:

  • This year, a greater number of small businesses are more inclined to keep up with new technology.
  • Larger small businesses are more likely to see the value in technology than smaller ones.
  • Small businesses were more concerned about cash flow in 2020 than 2019 (2020 48%, 2019: 40%).
  • Small businesses were also more concerned in 2020 (49%) about keeping track of business KPIs like payments and receivables than they were in 2019 (42%).
  • Firms that have been positively affected by the pandemic are the most likely to worry about many aspects of their business including cash flow. 
  • 3 in 10 small businesses report their most trusted source of advice is their banker.
  • 17% of small businesses report their accountant was their most relied on source of advice.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Small Business Attitudes Towards Their Business: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-attitudes-towards-their-business/feed/ 0
Demographics of U.S. Small Businesses: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/demographics-of-u-s-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/demographics-of-u-s-small-businesses/#respond Thu, 21 Jan 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=157811 Demographics of U.S. Small Businesses:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course Demographics […]

The post Demographics of U.S. Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking – Charting a New Course

Demographics of U.S. Small Businesses:

  • Smaller businesses tend to be service-oriented, while larger small businesses trend toward retail. 
  • There is a strong relationship between the number of years in business and number of employees.
  • Small businesses that have been operating for longer are more likely to serve both consumers and other businesses.
  • Business debit cards and charge cards are gaining popularity among small businesses.
  • The ownership of American Express has doubled since 2018.
  • Larger small businesses tend to use a broader range of payment options than smaller companies.
  • The restaurant and hospitality sector appears to be the most impacted by COVID-19, while non-profit is the least. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights: SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in Spring 2020, reveals that small businesses continue to trust their banks, but are more and more looking for advice, wisdom—and credit—from outside sources. Satisfaction with their primary bank’s commitment to small businesses remains very high at 84%. Furthermore, they are looking to a broader range of individuals for advice in running their business beyond their primary financial institution. Also, four in 10 (39%) are looking for a larger credit line than they currently have which is up from the 32% reported last year.

Usage of small business charge cards and small business debit is increasing year over year. Business debit card use has increased from 34% in 2019 to 42% in 2020, and charge card use grew from 23% to 31%. Small businesses may be moving some of their credit card transactions to other payment types in order to avoid revolving credit.

While 2020 has been a hard year for all, small business as a category was particularly hard hit. That said, not all small businesses were negatively affected by the pandemic; some even thrived. When this survey was conducted in April of this year (the relative early days of the pandemic in retrospect), one-quarter (24%) of SMBs surveyed reported that the pandemic had positively affected their business, and another 17% reported they were unaffected. The remaining 59% were negatively impacted.

SMB Attitudes and Banking- Charting a New Course is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“The pandemic has brought a new perspective to many businesses, they are looking for more advice from a wider variety of individuals as they navigate the tough times. I think it is important to note that despite the upheavals that 2020 brought, a majority of the small businesses we surveyed still have plans to grow their business in the future,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Demographics of U.S. Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/demographics-of-u-s-small-businesses/feed/ 0
Six Necessary Services for Subscription Management: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-necessary-services-for-subscription-management/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-necessary-services-for-subscription-management/#respond Wed, 20 Jan 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=157708 Six Necessary Services for Subscription Management:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand Six Necessary Services for Subscription Management: […]

The post Six Necessary Services for Subscription Management: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand

Six Necessary Services for Subscription Management:

  1. Recurring Billing Functionality: Merchants must gather and secure account details and card credentials, which increases PCI-DSS. 
  2. Cardholder Account Updating: Includes updating card network payment credentials and updating the services/prices being provided.
  3. Automatic Transaction Retry: Resubmitting a transaction after it fails requires different responses according to the reject reason code.
  4. Customer Invoicing: Provides transparent transaction details and compliance requirements by jurisdiction.
  5. Accounting & Tax Calculation: Particularly around recurring revenue and rejected or dropped services – this is a focus for ISVs.  
  6. Reporting and Data Analytics: Tracking data along the entire subscription lifecycle – from free trials, onboarding, pricing changes and account changes.

About Report

The subscriptions economy has become a growth segment of the U.S. services economy. While subscriptions go back many years, it’s been the digitization of commerce and consumer purchase behavior that now drives the subscriptions market. Through 2022, online subscriptions will find higher growth due to continued consumer popularity of streaming services and software. Payments firms, including ISVs, merchant acquirers, and payment gateways, must understand the subscription management requirements of sellers and key trends that are driving market growth. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand, sizes up the U.S. online subscriptions market and its future direction.

“Video and music streaming has led the rapid growth of online subscription services for stay-at-home households during 2020. Online subscriptions have become a growth area within e-commerce and will continue in the foreseeable future. Bundled subscriptions prove to be a winning marketing strategy for the leading industry players such as Amazon and Apple and consumers have responded enthusiastically,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post Six Necessary Services for Subscription Management: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-necessary-services-for-subscription-management/feed/ 0
Retail Membership Clubs Offer a Contrast to Box-of-the-Month: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/retail-membership-clubs-offer-a-contrast-to-box-of-the-month/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/retail-membership-clubs-offer-a-contrast-to-box-of-the-month/#respond Tue, 19 Jan 2021 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=157642 Retail Membership Clubs Offer a Contrast to Box-of-the-Month:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand Retail Membership Clubs Offer a Contrast […]

The post Retail Membership Clubs Offer a Contrast to Box-of-the-Month: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand

Retail Membership Clubs Offer a Contrast to Box-of-the-Month:

  • The business model for Costco, Sam’s Club, and BJ’s is to sell goods and services at almost break-even prices and generate profits from annual membership.
  • Costco is the largest warehouse club and has 105 million members representing 55 million households.
  • In 2019, Costco made $768 million in membership fees that range from $60 to $120.
  • Costco has a highly loyal member base as evidenced by a 91% and 88% renewal rate for the combined U.S.-Canada market.
  • Other retailers also use a membership fee as part of their model: Restoration Hardware charges $100 fee for product and shipping discounts.
  • Beyond warehouse clubs, membership fees are a difficult strategy for brick-and-mortar, many of which are in dire straights.
  • One suggested route to engage a customer base is through integrated mobile apps that include in-store and online shopping, payment, and loyalty benefits.

About Report

The subscriptions economy has become a growth segment of the U.S. services economy. While subscriptions go back many years, it’s been the digitization of commerce and consumer purchase behavior that now drives the subscriptions market. Through 2022, online subscriptions will find higher growth due to continued consumer popularity of streaming services and software. Payments firms, including ISVs, merchant acquirers, and payment gateways, must understand the subscription management requirements of sellers and key trends that are driving market growth. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand, sizes up the U.S. online subscriptions market and its future direction.

“Video and music streaming has led the rapid growth of online subscription services for stay-at-home households during 2020. Online subscriptions have become a growth area within e-commerce and will continue in the foreseeable future. Bundled subscriptions prove to be a winning marketing strategy for the leading industry players such as Amazon and Apple and consumers have responded enthusiastically,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post Retail Membership Clubs Offer a Contrast to Box-of-the-Month: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/retail-membership-clubs-offer-a-contrast-to-box-of-the-month/feed/ 0
Consumer Satisfaction Varies Across Streaming Services and Box-of-the-Month: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-satisfaction-varies-across-streaming-services-and-box-of-the-month/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-satisfaction-varies-across-streaming-services-and-box-of-the-month/#respond Fri, 15 Jan 2021 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=157473 Consumer Satisfaction Varies Across Streaming Services and Box-of-the-Month:Streaming services have completely changed the way people consume media, revolutionising customer satisfaction when it comes to watching movies and TV shows. In the comfort of their own homes, customers can access vast libraries of content with just a few clicks. The variety available gives users options they never had before, including different options to […]

The post Consumer Satisfaction Varies Across Streaming Services and Box-of-the-Month: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Streaming services have completely changed the way people consume media, revolutionising customer satisfaction when it comes to watching movies and TV shows. In the comfort of their own homes, customers can access vast libraries of content with just a few clicks. The variety available gives users options they never had before, including different options to search for films through categories like directors or actors. Customers have fun customising their watch lists and finding new shows to watch based on their interests. Customer service is also quickly improving due to customer feedback with streaming services updating programs, user interfaces, and policies in response to customer needs.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand

Consumer Satisfaction Varies Across Streaming Services and Box-of-the-Month:

  • In general, consumers are more satisfied (75%) with streaming services than box-of-the-month (60%).
  • Video streaming is the most highly reviewed online service, with 81% of consumers “highly satisfied” and only 1% “dissatisfied”.
  • In contrast, premium apps (65% satisfied) and news/magazines (67% satisfied) have work to do.
  • Only 3% of consumers are “dissatisfied” with online subscription services, but 1 in 3 consumers rate themselves only “somewhat satisfied” with premium apps, news, and software subscriptions. 
  • Consumers are most satisfied with food, health/beauty, toiletries and home goods themed box-of-the-month clubs.
  • At 8%, clothing box-of-the-month clubs have the highest rate of “dissatisfied” consumers.
  • Almost 40% of consumers find books/education & accessories themed box-of-the-month clubs only “somewhat satisfying”.

About Report

The subscriptions economy has become a growth segment of the U.S. services economy. While subscriptions go back many years, it’s been the digitization of commerce and consumer purchase behavior that now drives the subscriptions market. Through 2022, online subscriptions will find higher growth due to continued consumer popularity of streaming services and software. Payments firms, including ISVs, merchant acquirers, and payment gateways, must understand the subscription management requirements of sellers and key trends that are driving market growth. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand, sizes up the U.S. online subscriptions market and its future direction.

“Video and music streaming has led the rapid growth of online subscription services for stay-at-home households during 2020. Online subscriptions have become a growth area within e-commerce and will continue in the foreseeable future. Bundled subscriptions prove to be a winning marketing strategy for the leading industry players such as Amazon and Apple and consumers have responded enthusiastically,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post Consumer Satisfaction Varies Across Streaming Services and Box-of-the-Month: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-satisfaction-varies-across-streaming-services-and-box-of-the-month/feed/ 0
Box-of-the-Month Subscriptions Land in Many Households: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/box-of-the-month-subscriptions-land-in-many-households/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/box-of-the-month-subscriptions-land-in-many-households/#respond Thu, 14 Jan 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=157386 Box-of-the-Month Subscriptions Land in Many Households:For many people, the most exciting part of the month is opening up their mailbox and finding a surprise waiting for them. That’s why box-of-the-month subscriptions have become so popular in recent years. With a box-of-the-month subscription, you can get a curated selection of items delivered to your door each month, ranging from food and […]

The post Box-of-the-Month Subscriptions Land in Many Households: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

For many people, the most exciting part of the month is opening up their mailbox and finding a surprise waiting for them. That’s why box-of-the-month subscriptions have become so popular in recent years. With a box-of-the-month subscription, you can get a curated selection of items delivered to your door each month, ranging from food and beauty products to books and clothes. And with so many different types of subscriptions available, there’s sure to be a box that’s perfect for everyone.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand

Box-of-the-Month Subscriptions Land in Many Households:

  • There are over 7,000 global box-of-the-month subscription sellers currently.
  • The most popular versions are health and beauty, clothing, and food. 
  • Mercator data suggests about 25% of US consumers signed up for some kind of box-of-the-month club in 2020.
  • Monthly fees range from $10 to $50 and churn rates are a major seller pain point.
  • 7% of US consumers subscribe to a food box-of-the-month service.
  • Home goods and coffee/wine round out the leaders with 6% of US consumers subscribing. 

About Report

The subscriptions economy has become a growth segment of the U.S. services economy. While subscriptions go back many years, it’s been the digitization of commerce and consumer purchase behavior that now drives the subscriptions market. Through 2022, online subscriptions will find higher growth due to continued consumer popularity of streaming services and software. Payments firms, including ISVs, merchant acquirers, and payment gateways, must understand the subscription management requirements of sellers and key trends that are driving market growth. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand, sizes up the U.S. online subscriptions market and its future direction.

“Video and music streaming has led the rapid growth of online subscription services for stay-at-home households during 2020. Online subscriptions have become a growth area within e-commerce and will continue in the foreseeable future. Bundled subscriptions prove to be a winning marketing strategy for the leading industry players such as Amazon and Apple and consumers have responded enthusiastically,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post Box-of-the-Month Subscriptions Land in Many Households: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/box-of-the-month-subscriptions-land-in-many-households/feed/ 0
Masters of the Subscription Universe: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/masters-of-the-subscription-universe/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/masters-of-the-subscription-universe/#respond Wed, 13 Jan 2021 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=156846 Masters of the Subscription Universe:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand Masters of the Subscription Universe: With […]

The post Masters of the Subscription Universe: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand

Masters of the Subscription Universe:

With 60% of consumers subscribed to an online service, six players have come to exemplify the subscription service bundle tactic.

  1. Amazon & Amazon Prime: Prime bundles retail goods discounts, faster delivery, video & music streaming, gaming, eBooks, and Whole Foods discounts. 200 million users that pay $119.
  2. Apple One: High margin services have been increasing along with physical devices bundling: music, TV, Arcade, iCloud, News+ and Fitness plus. 600 million worldwide subscribers.
  3. Disney+: With parks and movies limited in 2020, Disney went digital. Disney smashed its customer acquisition goals and is now aiming for 260 million users by 2024. 
  4. Netflix: 200 million subscribers with room to expand globally. Expanded international content creation is next Netflix’ horizon.
  5. Spotify: The world’s largest streaming music provider is available in 92 countries with almost 300 million users, half of whom pay $10 a month to listen. 
  6. Walmart+ is playing catch-up in the subscription world, but now has bundled delivery, fuel discounts, and Walmart Pay app features for a $98 annual fee

About Report

The subscriptions economy has become a growth segment of the U.S. services economy. While subscriptions go back many years, it’s been the digitization of commerce and consumer purchase behavior that now drives the subscriptions market. Through 2022, online subscriptions will find higher growth due to continued consumer popularity of streaming services and software. Payments firms, including ISVs, merchant acquirers, and payment gateways, must understand the subscription management requirements of sellers and key trends that are driving market growth. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand, sizes up the U.S. online subscriptions market and its future direction.

“Video and music streaming has led the rapid growth of online subscription services for stay-at-home households during 2020. Online subscriptions have become a growth area within e-commerce and will continue in the foreseeable future. Bundled subscriptions prove to be a winning marketing strategy for the leading industry players such as Amazon and Apple and consumers have responded enthusiastically,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post Masters of the Subscription Universe: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/masters-of-the-subscription-universe/feed/ 0
Subscription Bundling Becomes Winning Seller Strategy: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/subscription-bundling-becomes-winning-seller-strategy/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/subscription-bundling-becomes-winning-seller-strategy/#respond Tue, 12 Jan 2021 19:29:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=156341 Subscription Bundling Becomes Winning Seller Strategy:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand Subscription Bundling Becomes Winning Seller Strategy: […]

The post Subscription Bundling Becomes Winning Seller Strategy: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand

Subscription Bundling Becomes Winning Seller Strategy:

  • In 2019, 60% of consumers subscribed to some kind of online service like streaming music or video.
  • Since Covid-19, over 25% of US consumers have added at least one streaming service.
  • 46% of consumers subscribe to a video streaming service.
  • 23% of consumers subscribe to a music streaming service. 
  • The greatest challenge confronting sellers of subscriptions services is customer turnover, and the most effective tactic for turnover is bundling.
  • Combining multiple services together, consumers perceive value when they pay less for several items packaged together than if purchased separately.

About Report

The subscriptions economy has become a growth segment of the U.S. services economy. While subscriptions go back many years, it’s been the digitization of commerce and consumer purchase behavior that now drives the subscriptions market. Through 2022, online subscriptions will find higher growth due to continued consumer popularity of streaming services and software. Payments firms, including ISVs, merchant acquirers, and payment gateways, must understand the subscription management requirements of sellers and key trends that are driving market growth. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand, sizes up the U.S. online subscriptions market and its future direction.

“Video and music streaming has led the rapid growth of online subscription services for stay-at-home households during 2020. Online subscriptions have become a growth area within e-commerce and will continue in the foreseeable future. Bundled subscriptions prove to be a winning marketing strategy for the leading industry players such as Amazon and Apple and consumers have responded enthusiastically,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post Subscription Bundling Becomes Winning Seller Strategy: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/subscription-bundling-becomes-winning-seller-strategy/feed/ 0
The Subscription Economy Accelerates https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-subscription-economy-accelerates/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-subscription-economy-accelerates/#respond Mon, 11 Jan 2021 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=155662 The Subscription Economy AcceleratesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand The Subscription Economy Accelerates: While the […]

The post The Subscription Economy Accelerates appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand

The Subscription Economy Accelerates:

  • While the ‘Services’ sector eclipsed 50% of non-farm payrolls in the US a half century ago, services now make up 70% of the 2020 economy
  • The subscription economy makes up one of the fastest growing and largest sectors of the Services economy.
  • Mercator estimates the 2020 U.S. subscriptions market to be $28.4 billion, a 66.1% increase over pre-pandemic 2019.
  • Online subscriptions like streaming, software, media, and Amazon Prime are the largest projected gainers with YOY change estimated at +11.7% in 2021.
  • This change in online subscriptions is estimated to INCREASE in 2022 to +15.2% YOY change.
  • Box-of-month subscription services saw the largest Covid increase of 80% YOY change in 2020.
  • However, box-of-month subscription services are estimated to return to around 2.5% YOY growth in 2021 and 2022.

About Report

The subscriptions economy has become a growth segment of the U.S. services economy. While subscriptions go back many years, it’s been the digitization of commerce and consumer purchase behavior that now drives the subscriptions market. Through 2022, online subscriptions will find higher growth due to continued consumer popularity of streaming services and software. Payments firms, including ISVs, merchant acquirers, and payment gateways, must understand the subscription management requirements of sellers and key trends that are driving market growth. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Subscription Economy Accelerates as Stay-At-Home Lifestyle Spurs Demand, sizes up the U.S. online subscriptions market and its future direction.

“Video and music streaming has led the rapid growth of online subscription services for stay-at-home households during 2020. Online subscriptions have become a growth area within e-commerce and will continue in the foreseeable future. Bundled subscriptions prove to be a winning marketing strategy for the leading industry players such as Amazon and Apple and consumers have responded enthusiastically,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post The Subscription Economy Accelerates appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-subscription-economy-accelerates/feed/ 0
Growth Opportunities for Contactless Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/growth-opportunities-for-contactless-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/growth-opportunities-for-contactless-payments/#respond Fri, 08 Jan 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=155117 Contactless Payments:, contactless cards, e-money smart card payments Japan, contactless card securityDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Contactless POS Payments Finally Ready For Prime Time Growth Opportunities for Contactless Payments: Payment […]

The post Growth Opportunities for Contactless Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Contactless POS Payments Finally Ready For Prime Time

Growth Opportunities for Contactless Payments:

  • Payment providers, including card networks, issuers, and independent software vendors, can take advantage of several contactless growth opportunities in various vertical markets.
  • Restaurant (1 of 2): Pay-at-the-table will become a more frequent contactless payment option as in-house dining returns to restaurants post COVID-19.
  • Restaurant (2 of 2):Restaurant operators find increased staff productivity and fewer ordering errors, while diners enjoy faster ordering and payment without handing their payment card to the server.
  • Grocery: Mobile scan-and-pay apps are popular with shoppers who do not want to wait in checkout lines.
  • Transit: Contactless payment cards are replacing closed-loop prepaid cards for fares. Transit agencies will convert to contactless credit or debit cards, and riders will not have to reload prepaid cards.
  • Fuel: Mobile pay apps are increasingly used at fuel retailers by drivers to pay for gas. Conversational commerce will also arrive at the pump.

About Report

Several years in the making, contactless payment cards are finally arriving in large numbers at mailboxes throughout the U.S., as domestic cardholders catch up with the rest of the world. But contactless goes beyond plastic cards, with mobile apps providing another payment option for consumers to choose. While COVID-19 has accelerated contactless in 2020, payment providers and merchants now see that no-contact POS transactions can be a differentiating strategy to engage and expand their customer base beyond the pandemic. 

The post Growth Opportunities for Contactless Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/growth-opportunities-for-contactless-payments/feed/ 0
Contactless Payment Acceptance Multiplies for Merchants https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payment-acceptance-multiplies-for-merchants/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payment-acceptance-multiplies-for-merchants/#respond Thu, 07 Jan 2021 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=155074 Contactless Payment Acceptance Multiplies for Merchants: cashless payment, Disputed Transactions and Fraud, Merchant Bill of RightsContactless payment acceptance systems are revolutionizing the field of transactions. These channels are faster, easier, and more secure than traditional methods of payment, allowing customers to easily purchase products and services with the wave of their debit or credit card. What’s more, contactless payments also create tangible time-savings for businesses. By reducing the amount of […]

The post Contactless Payment Acceptance Multiplies for Merchants appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Contactless payment acceptance systems are revolutionizing the field of transactions. These channels are faster, easier, and more secure than traditional methods of payment, allowing customers to easily purchase products and services with the wave of their debit or credit card. What’s more, contactless payments also create tangible time-savings for businesses. By reducing the amount of time spent manually processing transactions flowing into their system, companies can dedicate more resources to meeting customer needs and needs other tasks.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Contactless POS Payments Finally Ready For Prime Time

Contactless Payment Acceptance Multiplies for Merchants:

  • In addition to chip cards, scanning QR or barcodes with a mobile phone provides another contactless payment acceptance option for merchants.
  • Most scanning features are integrated within merchant mobile apps that also provide menu ordering, loyalty programs, and personalized marketing offers.
  • In addition to Walmart Pay’s continued use of QR codes at checkout, InComm & PayPal enabled >10,000 CVS stores with QR code payments.
  • Starbucks’ mobile app embeds a barcode for POS scanning, and also integrates its loyalty program used by about 65% of its customers.
  • Starbucks mobile app users are twice as likely to visit more than once a week and 10 times more likely to come in multiple times a day.
  • However, the ultimate contactless payment is autonomous checkout. 
  • Look to Amazon and other tech developers to introduce grab-and-go shopping in grocery stores and C-stores.

About Blog

Several years in the making, contactless payment cards are finally arriving in large numbers at mailboxes throughout the U.S., as domestic cardholders catch up with the rest of the world. But contactless goes beyond plastic cards, with mobile apps providing another payment option for consumers to choose. While COVID-19 has accelerated contactless in 2020, payment providers and merchants now see that no-contact POS transactions can be a differentiating strategy to engage and expand their customer base beyond the pandemic. 

The post Contactless Payment Acceptance Multiplies for Merchants appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payment-acceptance-multiplies-for-merchants/feed/ 0
Card networks have stepped up their contactless distribution https://www.paymentsjournal.com/card-networks-have-stepped-up-their-contactless-distribution/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/card-networks-have-stepped-up-their-contactless-distribution/#respond Wed, 06 Jan 2021 19:11:48 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=155040 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint Titled: Contactless POS Payments Finally Ready For Prime Time Card networks have stepped up their contactless […]

The post Card networks have stepped up their contactless distribution appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint Titled: Contactless POS Payments Finally Ready For Prime Time

Card networks have stepped up their contactless distribution

  • The wifi symbol has become a familiar sight: Visa plans to have 300 million contactless cards in the US by 2021
  • All new cardholders of AMEX and Discover receive contactless cards as the replacement.
  • The loser in this scenario is physical cash use in quick-stop destinations and low priced items
  • In April 2020, Mastercard reported 51% of U.S. consumers are using contactless payments
  • Visa has stated that 60% of their U.S. face-to-face transactions are contactless
  • Further support for contactless derives from POS terminal makers who are saturating enterprise merchant in-store networks

Abstract of the Viewpoint

Several years in the making, contactless payment cards are finally arriving in large numbers at mailboxes throughout the U.S., as domestic cardholders catch up with the rest of the world. But contactless goes beyond plastic cards, with mobile apps providing another payment option for consumers to choose. While COVID-19 has accelerated contactless in 2020, payment providers and merchants now see that no-contact POS transactions can be a differentiating strategy to engage and expand their customer base beyond the pandemic. 

The post Card networks have stepped up their contactless distribution appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/card-networks-have-stepped-up-their-contactless-distribution/feed/ 0
Contactless Payments Have Crossed the Tipping Point: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-have-crossed-the-tipping-point/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-have-crossed-the-tipping-point/#respond Tue, 05 Jan 2021 19:43:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=155007 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint Titled: Contactless POS Payments Finally Ready For Prime Time Contactless payments have crossed the tipping […]

The post Contactless Payments Have Crossed the Tipping Point: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Viewpoint Titled: Contactless POS Payments Finally Ready For Prime Time

Contactless payments have crossed the tipping point:

  • A customer walking into a big box store, a chain QSR, or an independent shop or restaurant has a better chance than not of being able to transact contactless
  • By summer 2020, NRF reports that nearly 60% of merchants accepted contactless payments
  • Entering 2021, its likely that at least 75% of US Merchants accept contactless payments
  • According to Mercator Advisory Group, 79% of small businesses have seen an increase in contactless payments
  • Originally, lack of POS terminal compatibility was contactless payments main obstacle
  • The life cycle of POS terminal is 5-7 years, and though most terminals introduced 2015 and beyond had contactless – not all merchants turned it on.

Abstract of the Viewpoint

Several years in the making, contactless payment cards are finally arriving in large numbers at mailboxes throughout the U.S., as domestic cardholders catch up with the rest of the world. But contactless goes beyond plastic cards, with mobile apps providing another payment option for consumers to choose. While COVID-19 has accelerated contactless in 2020, payment providers and merchants now see that no-contact POS transactions can be a differentiating strategy to engage and expand their customer base beyond the pandemic. 

The post Contactless Payments Have Crossed the Tipping Point: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-have-crossed-the-tipping-point/feed/ 0
Consumer Payment Method Segmented by Tech Savviness https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-payment-method-segmented-by-tech-savviness/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-payment-method-segmented-by-tech-savviness/#respond Thu, 10 Dec 2020 20:45:05 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=150533 payments technologyIn today’s technology-driven world, the ability to make and accept payments quickly and securely is key to the success of any business. Taking advantage of the right payment technology can help entrepreneurs stay ahead of their competition and remain competitive in their industry. Savvy entrepreneurs understand the importance of having multiple payment options available to […]

The post Consumer Payment Method Segmented by Tech Savviness appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s technology-driven world, the ability to make and accept payments quickly and securely is key to the success of any business. Taking advantage of the right payment technology can help entrepreneurs stay ahead of their competition and remain competitive in their industry. Savvy entrepreneurs understand the importance of having multiple payment options available to their customers, as well as incorporating technology into their payment process in order to reduce costs associated with transactions. By introducing technology into their existing payments system, companies can be sure they are offering an efficient experience that will keep both customers and vendors satisfied.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – Buyer PaymentsInsights – Payments Behavior: Looking at Buyers through the Lens of Segmentation

Consumer Payments Method Segmented by Technology Savviness:

  • Tech savviness is driven by employment status, age, and to a lesser extent, income.
  • Tech Forward individuals are more apt to use charge cards and reloadable prepaid cards, which is due to the predominance of younger adults in the segment.
  • 64% of tech ‘laggards’ use credit cards and 53% of tech ‘laggards’ use debit cards – both leaders in the category.
  • Tech forward consumers lead payment method activity in the Store Card, Charge Card, Open-loop Prepaid, and Closed-loop Prepaid segments.
  • Unsurprisingly, the use of universal wallets and payment services like PayPal is highest among the Tech Forward consumers.
  • 24% of tech ‘laggards’ trust cash the most for in-store payments, compared to 7% of tech forward consumers.
  • 18% of tech forward consumers trust universal wallets like Apple Pay for in-store payments,  compared to 1% of tech laggards.

About Blog

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, Looking at Buyers through the Lens of Segmentation is based on the company’s 2020 Buyer PaymentsInsights Survey. The online survey of 3,002 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in February 2020, explores consumers’ experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants.

This third report of three on the survey’s findings explores how using segmentation techniques can help companies refine their strategies by placing a focus on likely buyers or users. These segmentation approaches are designed to demonstrate different methods for dividing the population into targeted, preferred groups of buyers. The report looks at the increasing popularity of in-store ATMs.

Peter Reville, Director, Primary Research Services, Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report comments, “Segmentation is not a new tool in a strategist’s toolkit, but we wanted to show examples of how it can be a powerful tool in understanding the American consumer. One segmentation lens we use is attitudinal – looking at how survey participants feel about technology in their lives. The second is more behavioral, and groups shoppers by how they use cash in their day-to-day shopping. ”

The post Consumer Payment Method Segmented by Tech Savviness appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-payment-method-segmented-by-tech-savviness/feed/ 0
Prepaid card forecast: 2021 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/prepaid-card-forecast-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/prepaid-card-forecast-2021/#respond Mon, 07 Dec 2020 19:20:09 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=148722 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 17th Annual U.S. Open Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecast 2020-2024, Part One Mercator Advisory […]

The post Prepaid card forecast: 2021 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 17th Annual U.S. Open Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecast 2020-2024, Part One

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent report, 17th Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecast 2020-2024, Part One reveals some categories will grow under the pressure of COVID-19, while others are under assault.

Predicting the future is always a challenge, and the COVID-19 storm clouds from 2020 onward make the task even more of a crystal-ball exercise.

Nonetheless, for the 17th year, Mercator Advisory Group has attempted to balance all the forces affecting the prepaid market to produce a picture of the prepaid industry’s future.

This report provides a five-year forecast (to 2024) as well as Mercator’s market estimate of the dollars loaded on open loop prepaid debit card programs in the U.S. market in 2019.

“The Cash Access category covered in this Report includes not only Open-Loop Gift, which will experience growth under the pressure of the virus, but travel, which has nearly imploded,” said Theodore Iacobuzio, VP and General Manager of Research at Mercator Advisory Group and the author of the report.

The second part of this report deals with the other categories of open-loop cards as delineated in the taxonomy.

This report is 16 pages long and contains 21 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: American Express, Blackhawk, Fiserv, FIS, Global Payments, Green Dot, InComm, Mastercard, Netspend, Visa

Highlights of this report include:

  • Growth in the open loop prepaid card category as a whole was positive in 2019, reaching a very healthy 13.6% year-over-year (YOY).
  • While the strong economy of 2019 propelled continued growth in many segments, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on consumer and business spending are expected to be significant beginning with 2020.
  • Mercator Advisory Group forecasts that growth in the open loop prepaid loads in the United States will be 4.1% through 2024, reaching a total of $466.2 billion.
  • Money and Financial Services are a bright spot in the Cash Access core open loop category. This sector is expected to continue on its growth trajectory, in spite of the challenging market environment, thanks to its use in certain consumer groups and applications.

The post Prepaid card forecast: 2021 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/prepaid-card-forecast-2021/feed/ 0
The CFPB Offers Opinion on Early Wage Access https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-cfpb-offers-opinion-on-early-wage-access/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-cfpb-offers-opinion-on-early-wage-access/#respond Fri, 04 Dec 2020 19:30:27 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=148593 The CFPB Offers Opinion on Early Wage AccessDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – CFPB Provides an Opinion on Earned Wage Access, Raising More Questions The CFPB Offers […]

The post The CFPB Offers Opinion on Early Wage Access appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Blog – CFPB Provides an Opinion on Earned Wage Access, Raising More Questions

The CFPB Offers Opinion on Early Wage Access

  • CFPB advisory opinions are designed to provide clarity around a particular regulatory topic that has been identified by a requestor. In this instance, Early Wage Access.
  • There are two predominant models of Early Wage Access: employer-based solutions, procured by employers for workers and “pay advance” where employees enroll directly with a provider.
  • 45 million Americans either struggle to pay bills currently or a single unexpected expense could send them into financial distress.

The CFPB concludes that Early Wage Access is NOT a credit product as long as:

  1. The EWA is offered as an employee benefit.
  2. The amount provided through EWA does not exceed the amount of earned wages verified by the employer.
  3. The provider recovers the advance through a payroll deduction only.
  4. The employee must be offered a choice of accounts where the funds can be deposited.
  5. The employee makes no payment, voluntary or otherwise, to access EWA and agents do not solicit or accept tips or any other payment.

About Blog

On Nov. 30, 2020 the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) issued an Advisory Opinion on whether or not an Earned Wage Access (EWA) program is an extension of credit to the participating workers, and as a result must comply with the protections and requirements of Regulation Z.

These programs don’t have to comply with Regulation Z as long as they meet the criteria that the opinion outlines.

While this opinion helps to provide clarity for employers, EWA providers and state legislators who are considering their own set of rules, a host of new questions arise with the issuance of this document.

The post The CFPB Offers Opinion on Early Wage Access appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-cfpb-offers-opinion-on-early-wage-access/feed/ 0
Looking Forward in Debit to 2021: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/looking-forward-in-debit-to-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/looking-forward-in-debit-to-2021/#respond Tue, 24 Nov 2020 18:00:11 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=147975 Looking Forward in Debit to 2021:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2021 Outlook: U.S. Debit Cards and Alternative Products Looking Forward in Debit to 2021: […]

The post Looking Forward in Debit to 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2021 Outlook: U.S. Debit Cards and Alternative Products

Looking Forward in Debit to 2021:

  • The Mastercard & Visa debit card market will continue strong growth in 2021, coming off a year of 9% growth in 2020.
  • Visa & Mastercard debit purchase volumes are forecasted out to $843 billion by Q4 2021.
  • Depending on additional federal stimulus benefits in 2021, debit could achieve low double-digit growth.
  • COVID-19 has resulted in consumers shopping at fewer stores and maintaining higher transaction value (~$40).
  • Promising vaccine news forecasts a potential return to typical spending patterns: high $30 debit transactions and more use of credit cards.
  • Increased use in debit for card-not-present transactions like delivery, curbside pickup, in-store or in-restaurant will likely be habits that continue post-COVID.
  • Debit rewards programs and adjusting fraud solutions to aim more at remote purchases are two potential areas of focus for card issuers.

About Report

The events following the onset of the global pandemic helped to crystalize consumer attitudes regarding payment habits.

The progression of digital payments, contactless options and the momentum achieved by faster and real-time payments shone a light on the path these payment types would take as they leapfrogged in development and use by two to three years in the span of just a few months. The pandemic gave users a reason, beyond technology for the sake of technology, to adopt these payments. 

The post Looking Forward in Debit to 2021: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/looking-forward-in-debit-to-2021/feed/ 0
ATMs and Cash Use Took Some Interesting Twists in 2020: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atms-and-cash-use-took-some-interesting-twists-in-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atms-and-cash-use-took-some-interesting-twists-in-2020/#respond Fri, 20 Nov 2020 20:00:44 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=147391 ATMs and Cash UseATMs provide a convenient way to access cash when needed, and cash is still the preferred payment method for many transactions. However, there are some disadvantages to ATMs and cash use. First, ATMs can be expensive to use, particularly if you withdraw a large amount of cash. Second, cash can be easily lost or stolen, […]

The post ATMs and Cash Use Took Some Interesting Twists in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

ATMs provide a convenient way to access cash when needed, and cash is still the preferred payment method for many transactions. However, there are some disadvantages to ATMs and cash use. First, ATMs can be expensive to use, particularly if you withdraw a large amount of cash. Second, cash can be easily lost or stolen, and it can be difficult to replace. Finally, ATMs and cash are not always available when you need them.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2021 Outlook: U.S. Debit Cards and Alternative Products

ATMs and Cash Use Took Some Interesting Twists in 2020:

  • Cash withdrawals had been trending down and continued to do so in 2020, but not as precipitously as some predicted. 
  • Some consumers were concerned about cash & COVID-19 and avoided it. Others gravitated toward cash as a safe haven in a crisis. 
  • The ATM came to the rescue as branches closed or operated by appointment only.
  • Purely transactional activities moved to ATMs, giving FIs reason to expedite digital transformation plans for their ATM fleets.
  • P2P app use skyrocketed as more consumers looked for cash-free and remote options.
  • Existing users found new reasons to use P2P apps, including reimbursing others for shared shopping trips and sending funds to friends and family in need.

About Report

The events following the onset of the global pandemic helped to crystalize consumer attitudes regarding payment habits.

The progression of digital payments, contactless options and the momentum achieved by faster and real-time payments shone a light on the path these payment types would take as they leapfrogged in development and use by two to three years in the span of just a few months. The pandemic gave users a reason, beyond technology for the sake of technology, to adopt these payments. 

The post ATMs and Cash Use Took Some Interesting Twists in 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atms-and-cash-use-took-some-interesting-twists-in-2020/feed/ 0
2020’s Debit Card Performance at a Glance: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020s-debit-performance-at-a-glance/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020s-debit-performance-at-a-glance/#respond Thu, 19 Nov 2020 19:00:49 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=147029 Mastercard Mag Stripe, Prepaid MasterCard, Debit Card Chip FraudThe use of debit cards has grown rapidly in recent years, as consumers have become increasingly aware of the benefits they offer. Debit cards allow users to access their bank account funds immediately, without having to wait for a check to clear or for a loan to be approved. In addition, debit cards are extremely […]

The post 2020’s Debit Card Performance at a Glance: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The use of debit cards has grown rapidly in recent years, as consumers have become increasingly aware of the benefits they offer. Debit cards allow users to access their bank account funds immediately, without having to wait for a check to clear or for a loan to be approved. In addition, debit cards are extremely convenient, as they can be used anywhere that credit cards are accepted. Finally, debit cards offer a degree of security that is not always available with other forms of payment, such as cash or checks.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2021 Outlook: U.S. Debit Cards and Alternative Products

2020’s Debit Card Performance at a Glance:

  • Year-over-year growth of debit card dollar volume spend was anticipated to be in the range of 6-8% from 2019 to 2020.  That prediction appears to be holding for most issuers, and some are reporting even higher growth. 
  • How the market achieved that growth was unexpected. Rather than steady, organic growth, debit volumes plummeted in March and early April, followed by rapid growth from three sources:
  1. The $270 billion in federal economic stimulus payments sent in mid-April.
  2. Disbursement of state and federal unemployment benefits
  3. A significant shift from credit cards to debit cards. 
  • Q1 through Q3 volumes spent on debit cards grew at a rate of 7% in 2020 when compared with 2019, while transaction growth was only 3% for the same period. 
  • Consumers consolidated their shopping trips, bought more goods at fewer locations, and bumped up the average debit card transaction to over $40 from an industry average of approximately $36.
  • Contactless card use increased more significantly than anticipated as tap-and-go transactions became more than just a novel way to check out. 
  • P2P app use, predicted to moderate given its maturity, skyrocketed as more consumers looked for cash-free and remote options to make payments to other individuals and small businesses.

About Report

The events following the onset of the global pandemic helped to crystalize consumer attitudes regarding payment habits.

The progression of digital payments, contactless options and the momentum achieved by faster and real-time payments shone a light on the path these payment types would take as they leapfrogged in development and use by two to three years in the span of just a few months. The pandemic gave users a reason, beyond technology for the sake of technology, to adopt these payments.

The post 2020’s Debit Card Performance at a Glance: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020s-debit-performance-at-a-glance/feed/ 0
Four Different Roles for Platform Business Models: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-different-roles-for-platform-business-models/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-different-roles-for-platform-business-models/#respond Mon, 16 Nov 2020 20:00:08 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=146560 Four Different Roles for Platform Business Models:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels Four Different Roles for Platform Business […]

The post Four Different Roles for Platform Business Models: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels

Four Different Roles for Platform Business Models:

  • The growth in platform approaches in banking has been generally slow to develop, but has been given a boost by the PSD2 directive and success among challenger and neo-banks.
  • Integrators allow for the melding together of products and services through open APIs and includes companies such as Boomi and Jitterbit.
  • Providers allow for others to create businesses by provisioning end-to-end services. In the Banking-as-aService space this would include BBVA, Fidor and Green Dot.
  • Specialists focus on functional or technological activities in the business process. Examples of vendors in this area include PayStand and Volante.
  • Orchestrators operate across an ecosystem, enabling mass interaction among participants. Ant Financial is one of the early successful examples of this model.
  • Two reasons banks are embracing cloud: cloud providers address their concerns and cloud providers have been educating regulators about their security stacks. 

About Report

In a year unlike any other, the financial services industry has done a very good job of keeping their organizations focused on clients, many of whom are under existential threat from ongoing pandemic-related policy decisions and the aftershocks of business shutdowns. But what can we expect as we move into 2021? What has changed and will these things be permanent or fade away as COVID also fades? 

In this research report, Outlook 2021: Commercial and Enterprise Payments, Mercator Advisory Group answers these and other questions. In commercial banking and payments, broad and rapid change from any given year to the next is not typically to be expected. There may be certain aspects of the business where developments occur at a different pace than others, such as adjustments for some regulatory requirement, but in terms of overall themes the pace of change tends to occur over several years. However, acceleration is certainly occurring and technology gains are causing further change. This Mercator Advisory Group research report is our annual look at what we expect during the next year.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report provides a direct view into the latest trends in corporate banking and payments as a pandemic is underway and a brave new world looms ahead. The report breaks out the key success factors into four themes with several sub-categories in order to more easily digest the scope of change underway and expected going forward.

“Looking across the industry during this interesting year, we of course see the acceleration of digital systems and process adoption, something that has been underway for several years but is at a whole new level now given the need to adapt to working realities,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report, “and this is likely to be an ongoing trend given the availability of new technology and corporate needs to better manage cash.”

The post Four Different Roles for Platform Business Models: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-different-roles-for-platform-business-models/feed/ 0
2020-2021 Trends in Commercial Payments https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020-2021-trends-in-commercial-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020-2021-trends-in-commercial-payments/#respond Fri, 13 Nov 2020 19:45:56 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=146473 2020-2021 Trends in Commercial Payments:Commercial payments refer to the various types of payments made by businesses to other businesses or individuals. This can include everything from invoices and salaries to rent and utility bills. While most commercial payments are made using traditional methods such as checks or bank transfers, there is an increasing trend towards digital payments. This is […]

The post 2020-2021 Trends in Commercial Payments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Commercial payments refer to the various types of payments made by businesses to other businesses or individuals. This can include everything from invoices and salaries to rent and utility bills. While most commercial payments are made using traditional methods such as checks or bank transfers, there is an increasing trend towards digital payments. This is due to the many advantages that digital payments offer, such as faster processing times, lower fees, and increased security. As a result, more and more businesses are making the switch to digital commercial payments.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Outlook 2021: Commercial and Enterprise Payments,

2020-2021 Trends in Commercial Payments:

  • Modernizing financial operations has moved to the forefront of many businesses’ priority list.
  • Banking industry resourcefulness has been tested and will continue to be a highly valued characteristic.
  • Platform models and cloud migration will be much more noticeable in 2021.
  • Digitalization of financial operations has accelerated in 2020 and will continue as corporate inertia around such investments has been greatly challenged.
  • Platform banking and services seem poised to gain traction given the need to gain efficiencies, the coming migration to ISO 20022, and the growing adoption of AI.
  • Collaboration between fintechs and FIs will continue, with perhaps some consolidation as fintechs mature and banks deal with market risk.

About Report

In a year unlike any other, the financial services industry has done a very good job of keeping their organizations focused on clients, many of whom are under existential threat from ongoing pandemic-related policy decisions and the aftershocks of business shutdowns. But what can we expect as we move into 2021? What has changed and will these things be permanent or fade away as COVID also fades? 

In this research report, Outlook 2021: Commercial and Enterprise Payments, Mercator Advisory Group answers these and other questions. In commercial banking and payments, broad and rapid change from any given year to the next is not typically to be expected. There may be certain aspects of the business where developments occur at a different pace than others, such as adjustments for some regulatory requirement, but in terms of overall themes the pace of change tends to occur over several years. However, acceleration is certainly occurring and technology gains are causing further change. This Mercator Advisory Group research report is our annual look at what we expect during the next year.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report provides a direct view into the latest trends in corporate banking and payments as a pandemic is underway and a brave new world looms ahead. The report breaks out the key success factors into four themes with several sub-categories in order to more easily digest the scope of change underway and expected going forward.

“Looking across the industry during this interesting year, we of course see the acceleration of digital systems and process adoption, something that has been underway for several years but is at a whole new level now given the need to adapt to working realities,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report, “and this is likely to be an ongoing trend given the availability of new technology and corporate needs to better manage cash.”

The post 2020-2021 Trends in Commercial Payments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020-2021-trends-in-commercial-payments/feed/ 0
General Purpose Reloadable Gift Cards Have an Awareness Challenge: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/general-purpose-reloadable-gift-cards-have-an-awareness-challenge/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/general-purpose-reloadable-gift-cards-have-an-awareness-challenge/#respond Thu, 12 Nov 2020 19:30:46 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=146425 General Purpose Reloadable Gift Cards Have an Awareness Challenge:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels General Purpose Reloadable Gift Cards Have […]

The post General Purpose Reloadable Gift Cards Have an Awareness Challenge: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels

General Purpose Reloadable Gift Cards Have an Awareness Challenge:

  • 19% of consumers currently use General Purpose Reloadable Gift Cards.
  • However, 28% of consumers are not even aware that General Purpose Reloadable Gift Cards can be reused by reloading them.
  • Even though young adults are the most likely users of reloadable cards, 25% don’t know they exist.
  • The inconvenience of reloading the card is the most cited reason for no longer using one, cited by 
  • 28% of consumers.
  • High fees (cited by 24% of consumers) are also a leading cause for abandonment.
  • In fact, awareness of how to reload a general purpose reloadable prepaid card is declining across all categories of reload from 2019.
  • The top 10 attributes of General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Card features have fallen in consumer ranking across the board as well.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series reveals continued growth of reloadable cards in the United States. Furthermore, the purchase channels for many types of prepaid cards (closed-loop gift, open-loop gift, open-loop reloadable, gaming, phone and transit) are also shifting, particularly in the area of online purchasing.

Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series, conducted in June 2020.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and, in particular, store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, sources of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“The prepaid market is changing with neo and challenger banks, use of reloadable prepaid cards, and more governments and corporations issuing prepaid cards instead of checks for disbursements of all types. That said, the use of gift cards continues to be strong, particularly online,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series.

The post General Purpose Reloadable Gift Cards Have an Awareness Challenge: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/general-purpose-reloadable-gift-cards-have-an-awareness-challenge/feed/ 0
Consumer Habits for Purchasing Gift Cards Are Changing: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-habits-for-purchasing-gift-cards-are-changing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-habits-for-purchasing-gift-cards-are-changing/#respond Wed, 11 Nov 2020 19:34:45 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=146366 Gift CardsGift cards have become increasingly popular over the past few years, offering people a convenient, efficient, and thoughtful way to give gifts. Not only do they make it easy to show your appreciation, they also allow the recipient to get something they’ll truly enjoy. They are easily customizable, often available in all sorts of denominations […]

The post Consumer Habits for Purchasing Gift Cards Are Changing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Gift cards have become increasingly popular over the past few years, offering people a convenient, efficient, and thoughtful way to give gifts. Not only do they make it easy to show your appreciation, they also allow the recipient to get something they’ll truly enjoy. They are easily customizable, often available in all sorts of denominations to suit a variety of occasions. Furthermore, many retailers go beyond just providing conventional gift cards with features such as allowing users to reload their balance so that it is never used up or being able to customize messages and images for an extra personal touch.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels

Consumer Habits for Purchasing Gift Cards Are Changing:

  • Websites to buy or sell gift cards are seeing their highest level this year: 16% of consumers have bought a gift card and 11% have sold a gift card from an exchange website.
  • There is still a significant awareness challenge for prepaid gift card exchange websites: 46% of consumers don’t know they exist.
  • 30% of consumers know that gift card exchange websites exist, but haven’t used one in 2020; in 2017, 38% knew but hadn’t used.
  • Digital and virtual card purchases are up: 36% increase in self, 31% in gift, and 47% in self or gift. 
  • 30% of virtual cards purchased for self are delivered by email, the largest by category.
  • Gift cards delivered by app or mobile phone, wallet, SMS text, and/or social media range between 10-15% of consumers purchases in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series reveals continued growth of reloadable cards in the United States. Furthermore, the purchase channels for many types of prepaid cards (closed-loop gift, open-loop gift, open-loop reloadable, gaming, phone and transit) are also shifting, particularly in the area of online purchasing.

Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series, conducted in June 2020.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and, in particular, store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, sources of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“The prepaid market is changing with neo and challenger banks, use of reloadable prepaid cards, and more governments and corporations issuing prepaid cards instead of checks for disbursements of all types. That said, the use of gift cards continues to be strong, particularly online,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series.

The post Consumer Habits for Purchasing Gift Cards Are Changing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-habits-for-purchasing-gift-cards-are-changing/feed/ 0
7 Interesting 2020 Trends in Prepaid Gift Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-interesting-2020-trends-in-prepaid-gift-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-interesting-2020-trends-in-prepaid-gift-cards/#respond Tue, 10 Nov 2020 16:30:25 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=144666 7 Interesting 2020 Trends in Prepaid Gift Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels 7 Interesting 2020 Trends in Prepaid […]

The post 7 Interesting 2020 Trends in Prepaid Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels

7 Interesting 2020 Trends in Prepaid Gift Cards:

  • Prepaid gift cards purchased as gifts for others are much more likely to be bought at a gift card display than from any other location.
  • Websites that sell a wide range of prepaid cards are experiencing high growth: 37% of consumers bought in 2020 compared to 23% in 2018.
  • Banks have emerged as an increasingly popular place to buy prepaid gift cards: 36% of consumers bought in 2020, compared to 19% in 2018.
  • Social media websites have exploded in popularity to buy prepaid gift cards: 46% of consumers bought in 2020 compared to 17% in 2018.
  • Cash remains the most popular gift to receive: 37% of consumers preferred cash in 2020 compared to 47% in 2020. 
  • Across the board, fewer consumers see the advantage of prepaid cards over cash.
  • There is a slight drop in consumers buying prepaid gift cards for themselves across all categories.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series reveals continued growth of reloadable cards in the United States. Furthermore, the purchase channels for many types of prepaid cards (closed-loop gift, open-loop gift, open-loop reloadable, gaming, phone and transit) are also shifting, particularly in the area of online purchasing.

Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series, conducted in June 2020.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and, in particular, store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, sources of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“The prepaid market is changing with neo and challenger banks, use of reloadable prepaid cards, and more governments and corporations issuing prepaid cards instead of checks for disbursements of all types. That said, the use of gift cards continues to be strong, particularly online,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series.

The post 7 Interesting 2020 Trends in Prepaid Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-interesting-2020-trends-in-prepaid-gift-cards/feed/ 0
Gift‌ ‌Card‌ ‌Purchase‌ ‌Behavior‌ ‌Is‌ ‌Surprisingly‌ ‌Resilient‌ ‌in‌ ‌2020:‌ ‌ ‌ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gift%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8ccard%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cpurchase%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cbehavior%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cis%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8csurprisingly%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cresilient%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cin%e2%80%8c/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gift%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8ccard%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cpurchase%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cbehavior%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cis%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8csurprisingly%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cresilient%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cin%e2%80%8c/#respond Mon, 09 Nov 2020 19:31:37 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=140492 Gift‌ ‌Card‌ ‌Purchase‌ ‌Behavior‌ ‌Is‌ ‌Surprisingly‌ ‌Resilient‌ ‌in‌ ‌2020:‌ ‌ ‌Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels Gift Card Purchase Behavior Is Surprisingly […]

The post Gift‌ ‌Card‌ ‌Purchase‌ ‌Behavior‌ ‌Is‌ ‌Surprisingly‌ ‌Resilient‌ ‌in‌ ‌2020:‌ ‌ ‌ appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels

Gift Card Purchase Behavior Is Surprisingly Resilient in 2020: 

  • 65% of consumers purchased gift cards directly from a retailer in-store in 2020, up from 61% in 2019.
  • 40% of consumers purchased gift cards directly from a retailer’s own website in 2020, up from 36% in 2019.
  • Purchasing gift cards from a card display at another retailer declined from 49% of consumers in 2019 to 42% of consumers in 2020.
  • The popularity of acquiring gift cards through social media websites, coin counting machines, fundraising efforts, gift card exchange, and tax preparation companies all increased in 2020. 
  • In-store card displays remain the most popular channel (57% of consumers) in 2020, down from 62% in 2019. 
  • There’s been a slight decline in consumers buying reloadable gift cards from a display at another retailer.
  • Supermarket, grocery stores, and mass merchandisers remain the top distribution channels for prepaid cards of all varieties.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series reveals continued growth of reloadable cards in the United States. Furthermore, the purchase channels for many types of prepaid cards (closed-loop gift, open-loop gift, open-loop reloadable, gaming, phone and transit) are also shifting, particularly in the area of online purchasing.

Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series, conducted in June 2020.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and, in particular, store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, sources of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“The prepaid market is changing with neo and challenger banks, use of reloadable prepaid cards, and more governments and corporations issuing prepaid cards instead of checks for disbursements of all types. That said, the use of gift cards continues to be strong, particularly online,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series.

The post Gift‌ ‌Card‌ ‌Purchase‌ ‌Behavior‌ ‌Is‌ ‌Surprisingly‌ ‌Resilient‌ ‌in‌ ‌2020:‌ ‌ ‌ appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gift%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8ccard%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cpurchase%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cbehavior%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cis%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8csurprisingly%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cresilient%e2%80%8c-%e2%80%8cin%e2%80%8c/feed/ 0
City Dwellers Are Twice as Likely to Redeem Prepaid Cards on Mobile Device: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/city-dwellers-are-twice-as-likely-to-redeem-prepaid-on-mobile-device/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/city-dwellers-are-twice-as-likely-to-redeem-prepaid-on-mobile-device/#respond Fri, 06 Nov 2020 20:00:11 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=130251 City Dwellers Are Twice as Likely to Redeem Prepaid on Mobile Device:Prepaid cards are becoming increasingly popular as a reloadable, convenient way to pay for items online and in stores. These cards have become an attractive option because they can frequently be reloaded with more funds while remaining anonymous and secure. Additionally, they allow people to keep better track of their spending by not exceeding their […]

The post City Dwellers Are Twice as Likely to Redeem Prepaid Cards on Mobile Device: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Prepaid cards are becoming increasingly popular as a reloadable, convenient way to pay for items online and in stores. These cards have become an attractive option because they can frequently be reloaded with more funds while remaining anonymous and secure. Additionally, they allow people to keep better track of their spending by not exceeding their predetermined budget. With the development of mobile devices, prepaid cards are now even easier to reload or redeem on the go.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels

City Dwellers Are Twice as Likely to Redeem Prepaid Cards on Mobile Device:

  • 32% of city dwellers redeemed gift cards on a mobile device, compared to 18% of suburban or rural consumers.
  • In-store and online card redemption are almost tied in usage: in a physical store: 64% of consumers in 2020; online: 61% of consumers in 2020.
  • 9% of consumers redeemed a card using a mobile app in a physical store in 2020.
  • 10% of consumers redeemed a card using a mobile app for an online or in-app purchase in 2020.
  • Number of prepaid phone cards purchased in the last year: mean average: 8.7 per consumer; median average: 1 per consumer.
  • Number of retailer gift cards purchased in the last year: mean average: 7.5 per consumer; median average: 2 per consumer.
  • Number of retailer gaming or music cards purchased in the last year: mean average: 6.3 per consumer; median average: 1 per consumer.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series reveals continued growth of reloadable cards in the United States. Furthermore, the purchase channels for many types of prepaid cards (closed-loop gift, open-loop gift, open-loop reloadable, gaming, phone and transit) are also shifting, particularly in the area of online purchasing.

Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series, conducted in June 2020.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and, in particular, store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, sources of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“The prepaid market is changing with neo and challenger banks, use of reloadable prepaid cards, and more governments and corporations issuing prepaid cards instead of checks for disbursements of all types. That said, the use of gift cards continues to be strong, particularly online,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series.

The post City Dwellers Are Twice as Likely to Redeem Prepaid Cards on Mobile Device: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/city-dwellers-are-twice-as-likely-to-redeem-prepaid-on-mobile-device/feed/ 0
Prepaid Card Trends by Age and Income: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/prepaid-card-trends-by-age-and-income/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/prepaid-card-trends-by-age-and-income/#respond Wed, 04 Nov 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=126708 Prepaid Card Trends by Age and Income:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels Prepaid Card Trends by Age and […]

The post Prepaid Card Trends by Age and Income: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels

Prepaid Card Trends by Age and Income:

  • Overall, 18-24 year olds are the most likely (76%) to purchase prepaid cards, followed closely by 24-44 year olds (73%).
  • In contrast, only 45% of 65+ year olds purchased a prepaid card in the last year.
  • Similarly, there’s a large drop-off between the 46% of 25-44 year olds who had prepaid cards delivered ‘virtually’ or ‘digitally,’ compared to the 23% of 45-64 years olds who did so.
  • Only 3% of 65+ year olds had prepaid cards delivered to a digital wallet, compared to 35% of 18-24 year olds.
  • Understandably, households earning >$100K+ are most likely to have purchased Retailer Gift Cards, at 56%.
  • Households earning $75<$100K lead those >$100K in general purpose gift card purchases, gaming and music prepaid, and prepaid phone card purchases.
  • Like most surveys, it’s difficult to accurately represent the underbanked portion of the population, who are likely users of certain types of prepaid cards. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series reveals continued growth of reloadable cards in the United States. Furthermore, the purchase channels for many types of prepaid cards (closed-loop gift, open-loop gift, open-loop reloadable, gaming, phone and transit) are also shifting, particularly in the area of online purchasing.

Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series, conducted in June 2020.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and, in particular, store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, sources of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“The prepaid market is changing with neo and challenger banks, use of reloadable prepaid cards, and more governments and corporations issuing prepaid cards instead of checks for disbursements of all types. That said, the use of gift cards continues to be strong, particularly online,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series.

The post Prepaid Card Trends by Age and Income: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/prepaid-card-trends-by-age-and-income/feed/ 0
Are Consumers Buying Physical or Digital Gift Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-consumers-buying-physical-or-digital-gift-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-consumers-buying-physical-or-digital-gift-cards/#respond Tue, 03 Nov 2020 19:00:15 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=126570 Are Consumers Buying Physical or Digital Gift Cards?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels Are Consumers Buying Physical or Digital […]

The post Are Consumers Buying Physical or Digital Gift Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels

Are Consumers Buying Physical or Digital Gift Cards?

  • Consumers are buying general purpose gift cards physically (33%) more than 2:1 to digital (13%).
  • However general purpose reloadable gift cards are bought more equally physical (18%) to digital (13%).
  • Retailer gift cards: the most popular prepaid card (48% of consumers) are more popularly delivered physically (30%) than digitally or virtually (17%) or delivered to wallet (8%).
  • 15% of Gaming or Music gift cards are delivered physically, 12% digital or virtual, and 7% direct to the wallet.
  • Prepaid Phone cards and Transit cards are tied for least popular, with only 25% of consumers purchasing this year. 
  • Prepaid phone and transit cards have equal distribution physically (12/11%), digitally or virtually (10%), and delivered to virtual wallets (6%).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series reveals continued growth of reloadable cards in the United States. Furthermore, the purchase channels for many types of prepaid cards (closed-loop gift, open-loop gift, open-loop reloadable, gaming, phone and transit) are also shifting, particularly in the area of online purchasing.

Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series, conducted in June 2020.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and, in particular, store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, sources of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“The prepaid market is changing with neo and challenger banks, use of reloadable prepaid cards, and more governments and corporations issuing prepaid cards instead of checks for disbursements of all types. That said, the use of gift cards continues to be strong, particularly online,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series.

The post Are Consumers Buying Physical or Digital Gift Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-consumers-buying-physical-or-digital-gift-cards/feed/ 0
Four Types of Prepaid Cards Showing Strong 2020 Growth: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-types-of-prepaid-cards-showing-strong-2020-growth/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-types-of-prepaid-cards-showing-strong-2020-growth/#respond Mon, 02 Nov 2020 20:00:53 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=126224 Prepaid Cards, transport ticketing, Google Pay prepaid transit cardsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels Four Types of Prepaid Cards Showing […]

The post Four Types of Prepaid Cards Showing Strong 2020 Growth: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels

Four Types of Prepaid Cards Showing Strong 2020 Growth:

  • In general, across all types, prepaid has a compound annual growth rate of 2.8% between 2009 and 2019.
  • As credit, debit, and charge cards are experiencing stagnant or declining growth, prepaid use is rising among consumers.
  • Four areas are showing the largest consumer growth: 
  • 1) In 2019, 24% of consumers bought a gift card for online services versus 33% in 2020: 13% compound annual growth rate (CAGR).
  • 2) 25% of consumers bought a prepaid mobile phone card in 2020: 12% CAGR.
  • 3) In 2019, 28% of consumers bought a general purpose reloadable prepaid card versus 33% in 2020: 13% CAGR.
  • 4) 25% of consumers bought a transit prepaid card in 2020: 14% CAGR. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series reveals continued growth of reloadable cards in the United States. Furthermore, the purchase channels for many types of prepaid cards (closed-loop gift, open-loop gift, open-loop reloadable, gaming, phone and transit) are also shifting, particularly in the area of online purchasing.

Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series, conducted in June 2020.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and, in particular, store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, sources of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“The prepaid market is changing with neo and challenger banks, use of reloadable prepaid cards, and more governments and corporations issuing prepaid cards instead of checks for disbursements of all types. That said, the use of gift cards continues to be strong, particularly online,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series.

The post Four Types of Prepaid Cards Showing Strong 2020 Growth: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-types-of-prepaid-cards-showing-strong-2020-growth/feed/ 0
Consumers Are Shifting Their Account Ownership & Card Usage: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-shifting-their-account-ownership-card-usage/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-shifting-their-account-ownership-card-usage/#respond Fri, 30 Oct 2020 19:00:42 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=118637 Credit Card anomaliesPurchasing channels have evolved over time to offer greater convenience and flexibility on how customers can pay for their purchases. In the past, retailers only had checking as an acceptable form of payment. Now there are a plethora of options at shoppers’ disposal that include prepaid cards and credit cards to name a few. All […]

The post Consumers Are Shifting Their Account Ownership & Card Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Purchasing channels have evolved over time to offer greater convenience and flexibility on how customers can pay for their purchases. In the past, retailers only had checking as an acceptable form of payment. Now there are a plethora of options at shoppers’ disposal that include prepaid cards and credit cards to name a few. All purchasing channels accepted by the retailer hold different advantages along with it, some providing more advantages than others. Nowadays customers can enjoy their shopping knowing they have their preferred payment method available when checking out. How are consumers shifting their account ownership and card usage?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights: Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels

Consumers Are Shifting Their Account Ownership & Card Usage:

  • Ownership of most major accounts continues a decline, indicating a broad account consolidation among consumers.
  • Checking accounts have declined from their 2011 high of 95% ownership to a current 86% ownership.
  • Savings accounts have declined from their 2011 high of 79% ownership to a current 69% ownership.
  • Credit cards have declined from their 2011 high of 77% to a current 64% ownership.
  • Mortgage accounts have declined from their 2011 high of 45% to a current 25% ownership.
  • Online or full-service brokerage accounts have remained somewhat steady, dipping to 15% ownership (2017) from 17% (2015) and now up to 18% (2020).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series reveals continued growth of reloadable cards in the United States. Furthermore, the purchase channels for many types of prepaid cards (closed-loop gift, open-loop gift, open-loop reloadable, gaming, phone and transit) are also shifting, particularly in the area of online purchasing.

Prepaid Cards: Shifting Purchase Channels, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series, conducted in June 2020.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and, in particular, store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, sources of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“The prepaid market is changing with neo and challenger banks, use of reloadable prepaid cards, and more governments and corporations issuing prepaid cards instead of checks for disbursements of all types. That said, the use of gift cards continues to be strong, particularly online,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights Survey Series.

The post Consumers Are Shifting Their Account Ownership & Card Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-shifting-their-account-ownership-card-usage/feed/ 0
Durban’s Regulation 2 Might Require All Banks to Adopt PINless Debit: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/durbans-regulation-2-might-require-all-banks-to-adopt-pinless-debit/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/durbans-regulation-2-might-require-all-banks-to-adopt-pinless-debit/#respond Wed, 28 Oct 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=116932 The Industry is Staying Mum Regarding Potential Changes in Debit Routing RulesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Senator Durbin is Not Done with Debit Yet Durban’s Regulation 2 Might Require All […]

The post Durban’s Regulation 2 Might Require All Banks to Adopt PINless Debit: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Senator Durbin is Not Done with Debit Yet

Durban’s Regulation 2 Might Require All Banks to Adopt PINless Debit:

  • Banks that add PINless will see a modest decline in debit interchange depending on the size of their cardholder base, how active the users are, and whether merchants have negotiated interchange.
  • If Regulation 2 is adjusted, banks will have to address the addition of PINless to their issuing activities.
  • Operational procedures will need to be updated to support settlement for the EFT debit networks to support dual message.
  • Fraud monitoring systems will need to recognize PINless activity and treat it as if it were Mastercard or Visa transactions.
  • Operational procedures will need to be updated to support new chargeback routines to accommodate the requirements of the EFT debit networks.
  • Banks may receive smaller incentives from the global networks that are tied to debit volumes.

About Report

Senator Richard Durbin (D-IL) of Durbin Amendment fame has asked the Federal Reserve Board of Governors to determine if financial institutions that have not adopted PINless debit are inhibiting merchants’ choice of debit networks, particularly for e-commerce transactions, and thus violating Regulation II.

A change or clarification to Regulation II that requires financial institutions issue cards with PINless capabilities through the EFT debit networks could help some merchants to lower their e-commerce processing costs, but they will need to change their routing routines and be aware that these PINless transactions come with chargebacks. The real winners in this scenario are the EFT debit networks themselves.

The post Durban’s Regulation 2 Might Require All Banks to Adopt PINless Debit: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/durbans-regulation-2-might-require-all-banks-to-adopt-pinless-debit/feed/ 0
5 Considerations for Selecting a Payment Gateway https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-considerations-for-selecting-a-payment-gateway/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-considerations-for-selecting-a-payment-gateway/#respond Tue, 27 Oct 2020 19:29:58 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=116265 Payment GatewayA payment gateway is a merchant service provided by an e-commerce application service provider that authorizes credit card or direct payments processing for e-businesses, online retailers, bricks and clicks, or traditional brick and mortar businesses. It is the equivalent of a physical point of sale terminal located in most retail outlets. It encrypts sensitive information, […]

The post 5 Considerations for Selecting a Payment Gateway appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

A payment gateway is a merchant service provided by an e-commerce application service provider that authorizes credit card or direct payments processing for e-businesses, online retailers, bricks and clicks, or traditional brick and mortar businesses. It is the equivalent of a physical point of sale terminal located in most retail outlets. It encrypts sensitive information, such as credit card numbers, to ensure that information pasessafely between the customer and the merchant. In addition, a payment gateway may provide additional security features such as fraud prevention and data encryption to further protect both the merchant and the customer.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Crowded Payment Gateway Landscape Offers Much To Online Merchants, Part 2: U.S. Market Company Profiles

5 Considerations for Selecting a Payment Gateway:

  1. Transaction fee pricing should not be the main determinant. Fraud attempts, buyer disputes, and chargebacks play a substantial role in profitability.
  2. Scalability is necessary for merchant growth: payment types, ease of accepting cross-border transactions, processing volume, and transaction latency are key scalability areas.
  3. Ease of use with APIs and related tools provides smoother systems integration with merchant partners: enabling faster updates and connectivity.
  4. Integration with online marketplace platforms represents an important expansion of sales channels.
  5. Revenue optimization boosts sales and lowers costs: B2B invoicing for improved cash flow, sales data analytics that reveal buying patterns and identify the best customers, etc.   

About Report

The good news for online merchants, large and small, is that they have a wide choice among payment gateway vendors in the U.S. market. This bodes well for businesses who gain negotiating power as they deal with many gateways competing to offer the best array of online payment services. A downside for merchants is that the gateways have a propensity to check the same boxes of online payment acceptance features in marketing their services. So, distinguishing among a list of gateway vendors can become a tedious exercise for many merchants. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Crowded Payment Gateway Landscape Offers Much To Online Merchants, Part 2: U.S. Market Company Profiles, features U.S. market payment gateways and provides a process and decision making criteria for merchants to use in a payment gateway selection.

“The e-commerce sales channel has grown exponentially, and the number of payment gateways in the U.S. market has followed the demand. Many are fintechs that began in the last 10 years, while others are found within legacy merchant acquirers, processors, card networks, and issuers. Further, new entrants are coming into the market via the start-up route or from overseas competitors. Online merchants are winners in that they have never had such a large choice of vendors to choose from. But many merchants find the selection process among payment gateways to be daunting,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post 5 Considerations for Selecting a Payment Gateway appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-considerations-for-selecting-a-payment-gateway/feed/ 0
The Framework to Analyze Payment Gateways: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-framework-to-analyze-payment-gateways/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-framework-to-analyze-payment-gateways/#respond Fri, 23 Oct 2020 19:30:36 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=114806 The Framework to Analyze Payment Gateways:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Crowded Payment Gateway Landscape Offers Much To Online Merchants, Part 2: U.S. Market Company […]

The post The Framework to Analyze Payment Gateways: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Crowded Payment Gateway Landscape Offers Much To Online Merchants, Part 2: U.S. Market Company Profiles

The Framework to Analyze Payment Gateways:

  • Mercator estimates US retail e-commerce to have a 13% compound annual growth rate.
  • E-commerce retail sales, without online travel, will see growth, which Mercator Advisory Group estimates to be $862 billion by 2022.
  • COVID-19 has accelerated the ecommerce shift and merchants of all categories rush to integrate.
  • Vectors to consider when deciding a payments gateway: Merchant size & vertical focus, integration & onboarding, and cross-border functionality.
  • Vectors (continued): POS terminal integrations, funding, data, security.
  • As a framework for decision-making considerations, merchants can manage gateway selection as a three step process:
  • 1) Transaction Processing, 2) Revenue Optimization, 3) Merchant Business Solutions

About Report

The good news for online merchants, large and small, is that they have a wide choice among payment gateway vendors in the U.S. market. This bodes well for businesses who gain negotiating power as they deal with many gateways competing to offer the best array of online payment services. A downside for merchants is that the gateways have a propensity to check the same boxes of online payment acceptance features in marketing their services. So, distinguishing among a list of gateway vendors can become a tedious exercise for many merchants. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Crowded Payment Gateway Landscape Offers Much To Online Merchants, Part 2: U.S. Market Company Profiles, features U.S. market payment gateways and provides a process and decision making criteria for merchants to use in a payment gateway selection.

“The e-commerce sales channel has grown exponentially, and the number of payment gateways in the U.S. market has followed the demand. Many are fintechs that began in the last 10 years, while others are found within legacy merchant acquirers, processors, card networks, and issuers. Further, new entrants are coming into the market via the start-up route or from overseas competitors. Online merchants are winners in that they have never had such a large choice of vendors to choose from. But many merchants find the selection process among payment gateways to be daunting,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post The Framework to Analyze Payment Gateways: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-framework-to-analyze-payment-gateways/feed/ 0
5 Capabilities of the New SWIFT Transaction Management Solution https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-capabilities-of-the-new-swift-transaction-management-solution/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-capabilities-of-the-new-swift-transaction-management-solution/#respond Tue, 20 Oct 2020 19:28:44 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=113949 5 Capabilities of the New SWIFT Transaction Management Solution:If you’ve ever sent or received a international bank transfer, there’s a good chance it was done using SWIFT. SWIFT is an acronym for the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication, a cooperative that provides safe and secure financial messaging services to over 11,000 member institutions in 200 countries. SWIFT messages contain instructions for transmitting […]

The post 5 Capabilities of the New SWIFT Transaction Management Solution appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

If you’ve ever sent or received a international bank transfer, there’s a good chance it was done using SWIFT. SWIFT is an acronym for the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication, a cooperative that provides safe and secure financial messaging services to over 11,000 member institutions in 200 countries. SWIFT messages contain instructions for transmitting money between banks, and they are used for a wide variety of transactions including international trade financing, cross-border payments, and capital market transactions. ISO 20022 is the most recent addition to the SWIFT suite of standards, and it is specifically designed for transaction management. ISO 20022 messages are based on XML (Extensible Markup Language), making them more flexible and easier to process than previous generations of SWIFT messages.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Sibos 2020: The View from a Desk

5 Capabilities of the New SWIFT Transaction Management Solution:

While SWIFT doesn’t expect all 11,000 members to migrate to ISO 20022, the cooperative seeks to better compete against new entrants. SWIFT will be rolling out transaction management solutions to provide the following high-level capabilities:

  1. End-to-end transaction management
  2. Instant and frictionless cross-border payments
  3. Payment pre-validation
  4. Data and financial crime services
  5. Solutions for SME and consumer sectors

About Report

In the midst of a pandemic, the singular international banking event was delivered in an online and condensed format, but still provided valuable information for institutions to prepare for the changing market demands.

The future is now as corporate banking and payments are adjusting to the technology demands of global markets.drive advertising revenue at the expense of the individual and society. To drive revenue, social networks build psychographic models for each user to predict exactly which content will best engage that user.”

The post 5 Capabilities of the New SWIFT Transaction Management Solution appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-capabilities-of-the-new-swift-transaction-management-solution/feed/ 0
7 Takeaways from Sibos 2020 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-takeaways-from-sibos-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-takeaways-from-sibos-2020/#respond Mon, 19 Oct 2020 17:30:49 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=108235 7 Takeaways from Sibos 2020:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Sibos 2020: The View from a Desk 7 Takeaways from Sibos 2020: Formal and […]

The post 7 Takeaways from Sibos 2020 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Sibos 2020: The View from a Desk

7 Takeaways from Sibos 2020:

  1. Formal and informal knowledge opportunity & networking is superior in-person vs. online formats.
  2. Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDC) testing and pilots are underway: all G20 countries are either investigating or testing and use cases are being built out. 
  3. CBDCs are not just a concept anymore; usage is imminent.
  4. Cross Border & Banks: traditional remittance and corresponding banking are under siege from new approaches, but banks will likely retain their central role. 
  5. Top 5 focus areas for cross border: commitments from public & private sectors, global coordination on regulations, central bank infrastructure modernization, data harmonization (ISO 20022, APIs), CBDC viability.
  6. The real hurdle in trade digitalization is the connectivity gap between systems and the supply chain, which needs standardization.
  7. While “pandemic acceleration” was universally acknowledged, it was pointed out that technologies like AI and distributed ledger are still in their infancy. 

About Report

In the midst of a pandemic, the singular international banking event was delivered in an online and condensed format, but still provided valuable information for institutions to prepare for the changing market demands.

The future is now as corporate banking and payments are adjusting to the technology demands of global markets.drive advertising revenue at the expense of the individual and society. To drive revenue, social networks build psychographic models for each user to predict exactly which content will best engage that user.”

The post 7 Takeaways from Sibos 2020 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-takeaways-from-sibos-2020/feed/ 0
The 5 Ws of Artificial Intelligence Training Data: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-5-ws-of-artificial-intelligence-training-data/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-5-ws-of-artificial-intelligence-training-data/#respond Wed, 14 Oct 2020 19:30:30 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=101512 The 5 Ws of Artificial Intelligence Training Data:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tracking Mistakes in AI: Using Vigilance to Avoid Errors The 5 Ws of Artificial […]

The post The 5 Ws of Artificial Intelligence Training Data: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tracking Mistakes in AI: Using Vigilance to Avoid Errors

The 5 Ws of Artificial Intelligence Training Data:

  • WHO: Who supplied the data? Who is the data demographically?
  • WHAT: What are the access rights? What is the data structure?
  • WHEN: When was the data collected? When does the data expire?
  • WHERE: Where was the data collected geographically? Where is the general study area?
  • WHY: Why was the data collected? Why are any values missing?
  • HOW: How was the data collected and created? How is the data related to other data?

About Report

AI models reflect existing biases if these biases are not explicitly eliminated by the data scientists developing the systems. Constant monitoring of the entire operation is required to detect these shifts. The remedy for such lack of focus is training.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research Report, Tracking Mistakes in AI: Use Vigilance to Avoid Errors, discusses modes in which data models can deliver biased results, and the ways and means by which financial institutions (FIs) can correct for these biases.

“AI solutions can unwittingly go astray,” comments Tim Sloane, the Report’s author and director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Emerging Technology Advisory Service and its VP Payments Innovation. “Applying AI to issues that can have large negative social consequences should be avoided. One example of this is using AI to implement the business plan of social networks Facebook, You Tube, and others, as presented in the documentary “The Social Dilemma.” The documentary contends that social networks have optimized AI to drive advertising revenue at the expense of the individual and society. To drive revenue, social networks build psychographic models for each user to predict exactly which content will best engage that user.”

The post The 5 Ws of Artificial Intelligence Training Data: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-5-ws-of-artificial-intelligence-training-data/feed/ 0
Examples of AI Gone Astray: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/examples-of-ai-gone-astray/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/examples-of-ai-gone-astray/#respond Tue, 13 Oct 2020 18:30:34 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=101223 AI Advances Come Quickly, Applying the Advances to Existing Solutions Will Take LongerDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tracking Mistakes in AI: Using Vigilance to Avoid Errors Examples of AI Gone Astray:  […]

The post Examples of AI Gone Astray: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tracking Mistakes in AI: Using Vigilance to Avoid Errors

Examples of AI Gone Astray: 

  • Apple Card’s credit acceptance algorithm failed to recognize the creditworthiness of many females. 
  • It’s possible that Apple Card’s training data used was weighted too heavily towards men as a representative sample.
  • A court in Broward County, Florida used AI to predict parole violations, resulting in risk scores barely better than a coin flip.
  • The AI powering Facebook & YouTube are optimized by psychographic models designed to trigger the end user, driving extremism.
  • Mercator speculates that AI mistakes will increase for 3 reasons:
  • 1) It’s harder to find AI talent, especially for regulated markets.
  • 2) Data collected to train AI and the use case for its implementation do not necessarily correlate.
  • 3) Automated platforms are taking the place of data scientists to collect training data, select appropriate features, and automate the training process.

About Report

AI models reflect existing biases if these biases are not explicitly eliminated by the data scientists developing the systems. Constant monitoring of the entire operation is required to detect these shifts. The remedy for such lack of focus is training.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research Report, Tracking Mistakes in AI: Use Vigilance to Avoid Errors, discusses modes in which data models can deliver biased results, and the ways and means by which financial institutions (FIs) can correct for these biases.

“AI solutions can unwittingly go astray,” comments Tim Sloane, the Report’s author and director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Emerging Technology Advisory Service and its VP Payments Innovation. “Applying AI to issues that can have large negative social consequences should be avoided. One example of this is using AI to implement the business plan of social networks Facebook, You Tube, and others, as presented in the documentary “The Social Dilemma.” The documentary contends that social networks have optimized AI to drive advertising revenue at the expense of the individual and society. To drive revenue, social networks build psychographic models for each user to predict exactly which content will best engage that user.”

The post Examples of AI Gone Astray: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/examples-of-ai-gone-astray/feed/ 0
Defining 5 Key Artificial Intelligence Terms: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/defining-5-key-artificial-intelligence-terms/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/defining-5-key-artificial-intelligence-terms/#respond Fri, 09 Oct 2020 17:00:28 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=101041 Defining 5 Key Artificial Intelligence Terms:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tracking Mistakes in AI: Using Vigilance to Avoid Errors Defining 5 Key Artificial Intelligence […]

The post Defining 5 Key Artificial Intelligence Terms: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tracking Mistakes in AI: Using Vigilance to Avoid Errors

Defining 5 Key Artificial Intelligence Terms:

  • Artificial Intelligence (also called Machine Learning): A technique that ingests data and creates an algorithm that generates the desired output.
  • Big Data: A collection of large data structured to support analysis that reveals patterns, trends, and associations.
  • Metadata: Information about the collected data that may be descriptive, structural, or statistical information or support data administration.
  • Training Data: Trains the AI algorithm thus must accurately reflect data seen in production and be tagged with the expected algorithmic output. 
  • Fair Use: FIs must adhere to a range of government and contractual data rights, which include consumer consent and GDPR limitations

About Report

AI models reflect existing biases if these biases are not explicitly eliminated by the data scientists developing the systems. Constant monitoring of the entire operation is required to detect these shifts. The remedy for such lack of focus is training.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research Report, Tracking Mistakes in AI: Use Vigilance to Avoid Errors, discusses modes in which data models can deliver biased results, and the ways and means by which financial institutions (FIs) can correct for these biases.

“AI solutions can unwittingly go astray,” comments Tim Sloane, the Report’s author and director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Emerging Technology Advisory Service and its VP Payments Innovation. “Applying AI to issues that can have large negative social consequences should be avoided. One example of this is using AI to implement the business plan of social networks Facebook, You Tube, and others, as presented in the documentary “The Social Dilemma.” The documentary contends that social networks have optimized AI to drive advertising revenue at the expense of the individual and society. To drive revenue, social networks build psychographic models for each user to predict exactly which content will best engage that user.”

The post Defining 5 Key Artificial Intelligence Terms: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/defining-5-key-artificial-intelligence-terms/feed/ 0
Regulatory Updates: Strong Customer Authentication & Interchange Fee Reform https://www.paymentsjournal.com/regulatory-updates-strong-customer-authentication-interchange-fee-reform/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/regulatory-updates-strong-customer-authentication-interchange-fee-reform/#respond Tue, 06 Oct 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=100764 Regulatory Updates: Strong Customer Authentication & Interchange Fee ReformDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – No Holiday for the Regulator During the Pandemic Regulatory Updates: Strong Customer Authentication & […]

The post Regulatory Updates: Strong Customer Authentication & Interchange Fee Reform appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – No Holiday for the Regulator During the Pandemic

Regulatory Updates: Strong Customer Authentication & Interchange Fee Reform

  • PSD2’s most important impact on e-commerce merchants is the requirement for Strong Customer Authentication.
  • This requires two-factor authentication (3D Secure being the most widely applied) on many payments over €30 that start and end in the European Economic Area (EEA).
  • While some commercial cards are eligible for exemption (virtual and lodged cards), standard corporate and purchasing cards are not. 
  • Therefore, Mercator expects many more companies to move towards centrally billed card payments, including lodged cards and virtual cards.
  • Interchange Fee Reform: The major concern going into 2020 was the eventual ruling on Article 17 of the IFR, which required a reevaluation of the commercial cards’ exclusion by June 2019.
  • The required follow up study found that there is no statistical evidence that commercial cards have been substituted for consumer cards due to the higher interchange levels.
  • This finding suggests that the exemptions for centrally-billed commercial card interchange will remain in place.

About Report

In the midst of COVID-19, corporate banks must still deal with regulations as a fact of life. Market realities co-exist with compliance requirements as they are often indistinguishable, such as in the case of open banking.

In this Viewpoint, No Holiday for the Regulator During the Pandemic, Mercator Advisory Group provides an update on some of the more high profile regulatory conditions across the globe that relate to corporate banking and payments. Financial services institutions are in the most highly scrutinized of industries, given their role as global liquidity providers and their responsibility to keep the financial system safe and sound. 

The post Regulatory Updates: Strong Customer Authentication & Interchange Fee Reform appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/regulatory-updates-strong-customer-authentication-interchange-fee-reform/feed/ 0
Regulatory Updates: ISO20022 & California Consumer Privacy Act https://www.paymentsjournal.com/regulatory-updates-iso20022-california-consumer-privacy-act/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/regulatory-updates-iso20022-california-consumer-privacy-act/#respond Mon, 05 Oct 2020 18:00:01 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=100749 Mastercard’s CEO Warns Regulators to Understand the Consequences of Their ActionsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – No Holiday for the Regulator During the Pandemic Regulatory Updates: ISO20022 & California Consumer […]

The post Regulatory Updates: ISO20022 & California Consumer Privacy Act appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – No Holiday for the Regulator During the Pandemic

Regulatory Updates: ISO20022 & California Consumer Privacy Act

  • ISO20022 will affect any institutions doing wire transfers the vast majority of the value transfer in the US by gross dollar volume.
  • Wires are used for the following: bank reserves, Fed funds, repurchase agreements, trading account obligations, corporate client deposits, liquidity & payroll.
  • According to one report, there were fully 27 impact areas affected in banking, payments and architecture and 10 operational departments involved in an ISO20022 migration.
  • The California Consumer Privacy Act has three criteria: 
  • 1) The business earns $25 million in annual revenue. 
  • 2) The business obtains personal information of 50,000 or more California residents, households, or devices annually. 
  • The business derives 50% or more of its annual revenue from selling California residents’ personal information. 
  • The intention of the Act is to inform residents of whether data is being collected, sold, or accessed and allow them to decline the sale, delete personal info, and prevent discrimination. 

About Report

In the midst of COVID-19, corporate banks must still deal with regulations as a fact of life. Market realities co-exist with compliance requirements as they are often indistinguishable, such as in the case of open banking.

In this Viewpoint, No Holiday for the Regulator During the Pandemic, Mercator Advisory Group provides an update on some of the more high profile regulatory conditions across the globe that relate to corporate banking and payments. Financial services institutions are in the most highly scrutinized of industries, given their role as global liquidity providers and their responsibility to keep the financial system safe and sound. 

The post Regulatory Updates: ISO20022 & California Consumer Privacy Act appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/regulatory-updates-iso20022-california-consumer-privacy-act/feed/ 0
How Will Issuers Keep Debit Top of Wallet? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-issuers-keep-debit-top-of-wallet/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-issuers-keep-debit-top-of-wallet/#respond Fri, 02 Oct 2020 18:30:05 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=100642 Behalf Expands In-Purchase Financing For B2B MerchantsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet How Will Issuers Keep Debit Top […]

The post How Will Issuers Keep Debit Top of Wallet? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet

How Will Issuers Keep Debit Top of Wallet?

  • Debit cards have taken a slight lead over credit cards as consumers’ preferred top-of-wallet card.
  • Credit card profitability is down: declining outstandings, changing spending patterns, loss provisioning, erosion in the power of rewards, and a deep recessionary environment.
  • For Card Issuers: Debit cards have low, regulated interchange on the global networks and a market-imposed ban on other card related fees.
  • One Card For All Channels: Promote debit inclusion in mobile wallets, P2P, retail wallets, and apps.
  • Simple Savings and Budgeting Apps: Promote savings and budgeting apps and functionality. 
  • Excellence in Managing Unauthorized Transactions: Promote debit use for card-not-present channels, where credit retains a foothold.
  • Consideration of Debit Rewards: While debit profitability does not support credit level rewards, a well-executed rewards program may help to retain former credit card users.

About Report

In the continuing cycle of firsts and “unprecedented” events experienced during the global pandemic and the associated economic recession of 2020, the U.S. card market is currently experiencing a first of its own. Mastercard and Visa debit card transactions and dollar volumes are greater than those conducted on credit cards as explored in a new report, Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet. As consumers stare down potentially months of necessary household spending restrictions, they are relying on their debit cards much more, putting issuers in a new operating environment.

“We anticipate that changes in consumers’ payment habits, largely driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, are likely to continue long term, if not become permanent routines. While the credit card market is being challenged, debit cards are now at an advantage and debit issuers will want to take steps to insure they retain this position,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post How Will Issuers Keep Debit Top of Wallet? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-issuers-keep-debit-top-of-wallet/feed/ 0
Consumers Are Favoring a Single Card: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-favoring-a-single-card/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-favoring-a-single-card/#respond Thu, 01 Oct 2020 17:00:29 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=100565 Consumers Are Favoring a Single Card, Credit Card Transactions Without SignaturesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet Consumers Are Favoring a Single Card: […]

The post Consumers Are Favoring a Single Card: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet

Consumers Are Favoring a Single Card:

  • As consumer interest in credit cards has been in decline, debit cards are the likely destination.
  • Interestingly, consumer flight from credit began in 2018-2019 resulting in increased debit, cash, and prepaid usage.
  • Not only are consumers switching payment methods: consumers are consolidating to a single preferred payment method.
  • The battle is on for top-of-wallet: now credit cards have to compete with fellow credit rewards programs and debit cards in general.
  • The debit vs. credit battle will be held over the intrinsic value of the card schemes, as debit cards rarely have a rewards program…
  • …Or do they? A top Mercator recommendation for debit issuers is offering cash back rewards to debit users, likely to make their card the single preferred. 

About Report

In the continuing cycle of firsts and “unprecedented” events experienced during the global pandemic and the associated economic recession of 2020, the U.S. card market is currently experiencing a first of its own. Mastercard and Visa debit card transactions and dollar volumes are greater than those conducted on credit cards as explored in a new report, Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet. As consumers stare down potentially months of necessary household spending restrictions, they are relying on their debit cards much more, putting issuers in a new operating environment.

“We anticipate that changes in consumers’ payment habits, largely driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, are likely to continue long term, if not become permanent routines. While the credit card market is being challenged, debit cards are now at an advantage and debit issuers will want to take steps to insure they retain this position,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Consumers Are Favoring a Single Card: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-favoring-a-single-card/feed/ 0
Shifts in U.S. Card Volumes Favor Debit: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/shifts-in-u-s-card-volumes-favor-debit/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/shifts-in-u-s-card-volumes-favor-debit/#respond Wed, 30 Sep 2020 17:00:45 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=100468 Shifts in U.S. Card Volumes Favor Debit:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet Shifts in U.S. Card Volumes Favor […]

The post Shifts in U.S. Card Volumes Favor Debit: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet

Shifts in U.S. Card Volumes Favor Debit:

  • For Mastercard and Visa, combined Q2 2020 credit and debit purchase transactions are down year over year.
  • In addition, tHE Q1 2020 decline was greater than the typical post-Christmas seasonal decline. 
  • For debit, these declines have been far less pronounced (5.8% 2019 to 2020) compared to credit’s 22.5% decline since 2019.
  • The most revealing declines occurred in dollar volume: credit purchase volume declined 21.2%, compared to debit’s INCREASE of 8.6%.
  • In just the space of two quarters (Q4 2019 to Q2 2020), credit cards went from a 53.6% share of purchase volume to a 44.7% share as debit volumes grew. 
  • Average transaction size increased for both credit and debit, although debit’s growth has been more dramatic, up 16.7% year over year in Q2 2020 versus 1.7% for credit.
  • Note that this analysis excludes volumes associated with American Express and Discover-branded cards, which are primarily credit and charge accounts. 

About Report

In the continuing cycle of firsts and “unprecedented” events experienced during the global pandemic and the associated economic recession of 2020, the U.S. card market is currently experiencing a first of its own. Mastercard and Visa debit card transactions and dollar volumes are greater than those conducted on credit cards as explored in a new report, Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet. As consumers stare down potentially months of necessary household spending restrictions, they are relying on their debit cards much more, putting issuers in a new operating environment.

“We anticipate that changes in consumers’ payment habits, largely driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, are likely to continue long term, if not become permanent routines. While the credit card market is being challenged, debit cards are now at an advantage and debit issuers will want to take steps to insure they retain this position,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Shifts in U.S. Card Volumes Favor Debit: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/shifts-in-u-s-card-volumes-favor-debit/feed/ 0
4 Factors Correlate to Debit’s Abrupt Rise to Top-of-Wallet https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-factors-correlate-to-debits-abrupt-rise-to-top-of-wallet/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-factors-correlate-to-debits-abrupt-rise-to-top-of-wallet/#respond Mon, 28 Sep 2020 19:00:34 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=100316 Payment Card Magnetic Stripe, debit cardDebit cards have long been a top-of-wallet choice for consumers, but the pandemic has caused a shift in spending habits. With travel expenditures declining sharply during the pandemic, its use has shifted to more domestic purchases. This shift is likely to continue even as travel expenditures begin to rebound, as many consumers have become accustomed […]

The post 4 Factors Correlate to Debit’s Abrupt Rise to Top-of-Wallet appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Debit cards have long been a top-of-wallet choice for consumers, but the pandemic has caused a shift in spending habits. With travel expenditures declining sharply during the pandemic, its use has shifted to more domestic purchases. This shift is likely to continue even as travel expenditures begin to rebound, as many consumers have become accustomed to the convenience and security for everyday purchases. Debit cards are also likely to benefit from the continued growth of contactless payments, which offer a convenient and hygienic way to pay for goods and services.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet

4 Factors Correlate to the Debit Card’s Abrupt Rise to Top-of-Wallet:

  • Even with only two quarters of data, trends point to a shift in consumer preference for debit vs. credit card.
  • Four generally accepted principles have emerged following the COVID pandemic and debit transactions:
  • 1) Consumer behavior has been drastically affected, both reduced and redirected to different spend categories.
  • 2) Some changes, like travel spend, are likely to continue for two or three years. Others will be permanent.
  • 3) Declining sectors will be partially offset by gaining sectors (i.e., grocery, digital services), while others are TBD (i.e., auto, gas, clothing).
  • 4) The trend in total spend will be dependent on broader economic & employment factors, plus state and federal benefits programs.
  • These factors correlate to a swift and noticeable shift toward spending consolidation with one card, a shift in payment channels, and growing comfort using debit rather than credit online. 

About Report

In the continuing cycle of firsts and “unprecedented” events experienced during the global pandemic and the associated economic recession of 2020, the U.S. card market is currently experiencing a first of its own. Mastercard and Visa debit card transactions and dollar volumes are greater than those conducted on credit cards as explored in a new report, Debit Card Abruptly Finds Itself Top of Wallet. As consumers stare down potentially months of necessary household spending restrictions, they are relying on their debit cards much more, putting issuers in a new operating environment.

“We anticipate that changes in consumers’ payment habits, largely driven by the COVID-19 pandemic, are likely to continue long term, if not become permanent routines. While the credit card market is being challenged, debit cards are now at an advantage and debit issuers will want to take steps to insure they retain this position,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post 4 Factors Correlate to Debit’s Abrupt Rise to Top-of-Wallet appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-factors-correlate-to-debits-abrupt-rise-to-top-of-wallet/feed/ 0
‘Transactional Excellence’ and ‘Next-Gen Rewards’ Are Key for Issuers in 2021 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/transactional-excellence-and-next-gen-rewards-are-key-for-issuers-in-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/transactional-excellence-and-next-gen-rewards-are-key-for-issuers-in-2021/#respond Fri, 25 Sep 2020 19:00:46 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=100211 'Transactional Excellence' and 'Next-Gen Rewards' Are Key for Issuers in 2021, Credit Card Rewards vs. 401(k) Participation, Wells Fargo Go Far RewardsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment ‘Transactional Excellence’ and ‘Next-Gen Rewards’ Are […]

The post ‘Transactional Excellence’ and ‘Next-Gen Rewards’ Are Key for Issuers in 2021 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment

‘Transactional Excellence’ and ‘Next-Gen Rewards’ Are Key for Issuers in 2021

  • Transactional excellence refers to a constellation of features that motivates cardholders to use the credit card in any environment.
  • Immediate card replacement no longer means plastic delivery; now it includes card numbers for online and mobile wallets.
  • It is also crucial to remind cardholders about the advantages of using credit over other card types (i.e., Reg Z education).
  • Next-Gen Rewards are a tricky challenge since consumers themselves are in the process of rapid change.
  • Back-to-school & graduation shopping as well as travel are two examples of massive shifts in spend vs. card rewards.
  • The first phase of rewards retooling will be changes to existing features, such as adding new bonus rewards categories or adding flexibility to points.
  • Other next-gen rewards categories include digital subscription services, online order/pay/delivery services, and retail e-Commerce.

About Report

The pandemic changed life as we know it for credit card lenders and cardholders. Being a lender is not so simple anymore. Profitability is under siege, driven by loss provisioning, declining outstandings, changing spending patterns, debit competition, erosion in the power of rewards, and a deep recessionary environment. Primarily driven by the externality of the COVID pandemic, many behavioral changes among cardholders are likely to be long term, if not permanent.

Mercator Advisory Group research, Credit Card Products for a New User Environment, indicates a shift in credit and debit patterns. Contactless payments mean more to merchants, consumers, and issuers than ever. Durable spending is down; consumptive spending is up. And, credit card deferrals do not seem to carry the stigma they once did. Rewards consume a large portion of interchange, and in a shifting market, all costs must receive consideration.

“You cannot simply throw rewards at consumers and expect profitable market share,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note “Credit Card Products for a New User Environment.” Riley adds that “Credit cards are certainly not going away, but expect lower returns, higher risks, and shifting purchase patterns at least through 2025. And, do not forget the investor. It might be balance sheet lending or asset-backed securitizations enabling the credit card lender, but without the investment, card lending will cease. Lending is a risk-based business; it requires a return for tolerating the risk.

The post ‘Transactional Excellence’ and ‘Next-Gen Rewards’ Are Key for Issuers in 2021 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/transactional-excellence-and-next-gen-rewards-are-key-for-issuers-in-2021/feed/ 0
7 Top-of-Wallet Strategies for Issuers https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-top-of-wallet-strategies-for-issuers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-top-of-wallet-strategies-for-issuers/#respond Thu, 24 Sep 2020 19:00:59 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=100130 7 Top-of-Wallet Strategies for Issuers:When it comes to paying for goods and services, consumers have a lot of options. In addition to cash and checks, there are now various ways to pay with credit and debit cards. How can issuers ensure they reach top-of-wallet? Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the […]

The post 7 Top-of-Wallet Strategies for Issuers appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

When it comes to paying for goods and services, consumers have a lot of options. In addition to cash and checks, there are now various ways to pay with credit and debit cards. How can issuers ensure they reach top-of-wallet?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode, on reaching top-of-wallet, is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment

7 Top-of-Wallet Strategies for Issuers: 

  1. Position credit as the account to use online and at POS; expedite card replacement services.
  2. Emphasize contactless cards and wallet programs.
  3. Highlight Reg Z protections and advantages: account separation from personal assets & dispute rules.
  4. Position credit as the card that can do it all; aggregate select transactions (e.g., grocery) for ACH auto payments in monthly statements.
  5. Select large purchases for installment financing; instantly pre-approve large transactions and promo rates via account app.
  6. Evaluate, update, and replace legacy rewards programs; add points flexibility and non-traditional redemption categories.
  7. Follow shifting consumer interests for new rewards and account features: online merchants, purchase delivery, online transaction guarantees.

About Report

The pandemic changed life as we know it for credit card lenders and cardholders. Being a lender is not so simple anymore. Profitability is under siege, driven by loss provisioning, declining outstandings, changing spending patterns, debit competition, erosion in the power of rewards, and a deep recessionary environment. Primarily driven by the externality of the COVID pandemic, many behavioral changes among cardholders are likely to be long term, if not permanent.

Mercator Advisory Group research, Credit Card Products for a New User Environment, indicates a shift in credit and debit patterns. Contactless payments mean more to merchants, consumers, and issuers than ever. Durable spending is down; consumptive spending is up. And, credit card deferrals do not seem to carry the stigma they once did. Rewards consume a large portion of interchange, and in a shifting market, all costs must receive consideration.

“You cannot simply throw rewards at consumers and expect profitable market share,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note “Credit Card Products for a New User Environment.” Riley adds that “Credit cards are certainly not going away, but expect lower returns, higher risks, and shifting purchase patterns at least through 2025. And, do not forget the investor. It might be balance sheet lending or asset-backed securitizations enabling the credit card lender, but without the investment, card lending will cease. Lending is a risk-based business; it requires a return for tolerating the risk.

The post 7 Top-of-Wallet Strategies for Issuers appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-top-of-wallet-strategies-for-issuers/feed/ 0
Consumers Adjusted Payments Quickly When the Pandemic Struck: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-adjusted-payments-quickly-when-the-pandemic-struck/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-adjusted-payments-quickly-when-the-pandemic-struck/#respond Mon, 21 Sep 2020 16:00:58 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=99820 The Future of Consumer Payment Methods in a Post-Covid-19 WorldDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment Consumers Adjusted Payments Quickly When the […]

The post Consumers Adjusted Payments Quickly When the Pandemic Struck: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment

Consumers Adjusted Payments Quickly When the Pandemic Struck: 

  • As the health crisis unfolded quickly, cardholders reacted promptly in requesting assistance and accelerated their use of contactless payment technology.
  • One in three users of smartphones and smartwatches reported their use of the contactless payments tech has increased. 
  • Similar increases have been noted in contactless payment cards since the pandemic began.
  • Credit lines have also been adjusted quickly: 18% of credit card users noted a reduction in their credit line.
  • Of the consumers who noted an adjustment in their credit line, over half had missed a credit card payment (11% overall).
  • 19% of credit card users requested more time to pay their bills due to the pandemic.
  • Three-fourths of those applicants received deferrals on at least one account.

About Report

The pandemic changed life as we know it for credit card lenders and cardholders. Being a lender is not so simple anymore. Profitability is under siege, driven by loss provisioning, declining outstandings, changing spending patterns, debit competition, erosion in the power of rewards, and a deep recessionary environment. Primarily driven by the externality of the COVID pandemic, many behavioral changes among cardholders are likely to be long term, if not permanent.

Mercator Advisory Group research, Credit Card Products for a New User Environment, indicates a shift in credit and debit patterns. Contactless payments mean more to merchants, consumers, and issuers than ever. Durable spending is down; consumptive spending is up. And, credit card deferrals do not seem to carry the stigma they once did. Rewards consume a large portion of interchange, and in a shifting market, all costs must receive consideration.

“You cannot simply throw rewards at consumers and expect profitable market share,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note “Credit Card Products for a New User Environment.” Riley adds that “Credit cards are certainly not going away, but expect lower returns, higher risks, and shifting purchase patterns at least through 2025. And, do not forget the investor. It might be balance sheet lending or asset-backed securitizations enabling the credit card lender, but without the investment, card lending will cease. Lending is a risk-based business; it requires a return for tolerating the risk.

The post Consumers Adjusted Payments Quickly When the Pandemic Struck: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-adjusted-payments-quickly-when-the-pandemic-struck/feed/ 0
There’s a Battle Brewing for Top of Wallet: Debit vs. Credit https://www.paymentsjournal.com/theres-a-battle-brewing-for-top-of-wallet-debit-vs-credit/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/theres-a-battle-brewing-for-top-of-wallet-debit-vs-credit/#respond Fri, 18 Sep 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=99751 The Interconnection of Stimulus Payments and Debit - PaymentsJournalDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment There’s a Battle Brewing for Top […]

The post There’s a Battle Brewing for Top of Wallet: Debit vs. Credit appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment

There’s a Battle Brewing for Top of Wallet: Debit vs. Credit

  • In 2018, consumers hit an inflection point and began preferring debit to credit; credit had an all-time high of 37% top of wallet share among single payment users.
  • Card issuers’ main concern had been competing for top-of-wallet status against other credit cards, a battle often pitting rewards programs against each other.
  • Now the top of wallet competition is Credit vs. Debit, a battle fought mostly on the intrinsic attributes of the cards.
  • Two trends, the shift from credit to debit and the shift to a single consolidated payment, were underway pre-pandemic.
  • As of June 2020, Mercator survey data indicates that pandemic-driven credit vs. debit usage remains relatively unchanged.
  • Other payment methods are accelerating, specifically charge cards (41% of consumers trying to use more) and general purpose reloadable cards (40% trying to use more).
  • Cash, however, is on the decline: 27% of consumers are trying to use less cash.

About Report

The pandemic changed life as we know it for credit card lenders and cardholders. Being a lender is not so simple anymore. Profitability is under siege, driven by loss provisioning, declining outstandings, changing spending patterns, debit competition, erosion in the power of rewards, and a deep recessionary environment. Primarily driven by the externality of the COVID pandemic, many behavioral changes among cardholders are likely to be long term, if not permanent.

Mercator Advisory Group research, Credit Card Products for a New User Environment, indicates a shift in credit and debit patterns. Contactless payments mean more to merchants, consumers, and issuers than ever. Durable spending is down; consumptive spending is up. And, credit card deferrals do not seem to carry the stigma they once did. Rewards consume a large portion of interchange, and in a shifting market, all costs must receive consideration.

“You cannot simply throw rewards at consumers and expect profitable market share,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note “Credit Card Products for a New User Environment.” Riley adds that “Credit cards are certainly not going away, but expect lower returns, higher risks, and shifting purchase patterns at least through 2025. And, do not forget the investor. It might be balance sheet lending or asset-backed securitizations enabling the credit card lender, but without the investment, card lending will cease. Lending is a risk-based business; it requires a return for tolerating the risk.

The post There’s a Battle Brewing for Top of Wallet: Debit vs. Credit appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/theres-a-battle-brewing-for-top-of-wallet-debit-vs-credit/feed/ 0
After a Decade of Growth, Revolving Credit Sees a Decline https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-a-decade-of-growth-revolving-credit-sees-a-decline/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-a-decade-of-growth-revolving-credit-sees-a-decline/#respond Thu, 17 Sep 2020 19:30:15 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=99690 Revolving CreditRevolving credit is a type of credit that allows consumers to borrow money up to a certain credit limit and then repay the debt over time. The credit limit is typically based on the borrower’s creditworthiness, and the interest rate is typically higher than for other types of credit, such as auto loans or home […]

The post After a Decade of Growth, Revolving Credit Sees a Decline appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Revolving credit is a type of credit that allows consumers to borrow money up to a certain credit limit and then repay the debt over time. The credit limit is typically based on the borrower’s creditworthiness, and the interest rate is typically higher than for other types of credit, such as auto loans or home mortgages. Credit cards are the most common type of revolving credit, but there are also other types, such as home equity lines of credit. Revolving credit can be a useful tool for managing financial expenses and can provide flexibility in how and when you borrow money.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment

After a Decade of Growth, Revolving Credit Sees a Decline:

  • After an extended period of growth following the Great Recession, revolving credit outstandings had finally exceeded $1 trillion in 2020…
  • …Only to see a marked decline starting in Q1 2020, with bank and credit union outstandings dropping $138.5 billion in just two quarters. 
  • The speed of decline in revolving outstandings is higher at banks (-13.4%) than at credit unions (-9.8%).
  • One factor in play may be the implementation of Current Expected Credit Losses (CECL) accounting standards, which force issuers to look at risk from an account rather than a portfolio level.
  • Consumers were already trending toward debit use vs. credit card use: 2018 was the inflection point.
  • The period 2019-2020 continued the move toward less credit card use with an all-time high of 49%, indicating lower card use.
  • Another trend affecting credit use is a growing consolidation into a single preferred payment method.

About Report

The pandemic changed life as we know it for credit card lenders and cardholders. Being a lender is not so simple anymore. Profitability is under siege, driven by loss provisioning, declining outstandings, changing spending patterns, debit competition, erosion in the power of rewards, and a deep recessionary environment. Primarily driven by the externality of the COVID pandemic, many behavioral changes among cardholders are likely to be long term, if not permanent.

Mercator Advisory Group research, Credit Card Products for a New User Environment, indicates a shift in credit and debit patterns. Contactless payments mean more to merchants, consumers, and issuers than ever. Durable spending is down; consumptive spending is up. And, credit card deferrals do not seem to carry the stigma they once did. Rewards consume a large portion of interchange, and in a shifting market, all costs must receive consideration.

“You cannot simply throw rewards at consumers and expect profitable market share,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note “Credit Card Products for a New User Environment.” Riley adds that “Credit cards are certainly not going away, but expect lower returns, higher risks, and shifting purchase patterns at least through 2025. And, do not forget the investor. It might be balance sheet lending or asset-backed securitizations enabling the credit card lender, but without the investment, card lending will cease. Lending is a risk-based business; it requires a return for tolerating the risk.

The post After a Decade of Growth, Revolving Credit Sees a Decline appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-a-decade-of-growth-revolving-credit-sees-a-decline/feed/ 0
2020’s Massive Downshift in Credit Card Spend https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020s-massive-downshift-in-credit-card-spend/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020s-massive-downshift-in-credit-card-spend/#respond Wed, 16 Sep 2020 19:00:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=99593 2020's Massive Downshift in Credit Card Spend:, Federal Reserve rate hike impactThe pandemic has caused a decrease in credit card spend. This is due to the decrease in purchasing power and the decrease in purchase volume. The decrease in use is also due to the decrease in available credit lines and the increase in delinquencies. The decrease in credit card spend has led to a decrease […]

The post 2020’s Massive Downshift in Credit Card Spend appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The pandemic has caused a decrease in credit card spend. This is due to the decrease in purchasing power and the decrease in purchase volume. The decrease in use is also due to the decrease in available credit lines and the increase in delinquencies. The decrease in credit card spend has led to a decrease in credit card debt. This is good for consumers, but it is bad for the economy. The decrease in credit card spend has led to a decrease in consumer confidence and a decrease in spending.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment

2020’s Massive Downshift in Credit Card Spend:

  • From Q4 2019 to Q2 2020, credit cards went from a 53.6% share of purchase volume to a 44.7% share (Visa & Mastercard data only).
  • In Q4 2019, total Mastercard & Visa credit purchase dollar volume was $798 billion; by Q2 2020, total credit purchase volume was $596 billion.
  • Meanwhile in the same time frame, debit purchase volume rose from $691 billion to $738 billion.
  • Average transaction size increased for both credit and debit, although debit’s growth has been more dramatic: up 16.7% YOY in Q2 2020 versus 1.7% for credit.
  • The $6.64 growth (fully 6.3%) in debit’s average transaction size in just four quarters illustrates that long-held metrics can quickly topple in this environment.
  • Average ticket for credit card purchase is up to a new high of $85.94.
  • Average ticket for debit card purchase is also at a new high of $46.42—and growing faster than credit.

About Report

The pandemic changed life as we know it for credit card lenders and cardholders. Being a lender is not so simple anymore. Profitability is under siege, driven by loss provisioning, declining outstandings, changing spending patterns, debit competition, erosion in the power of rewards, and a deep recessionary environment. Primarily driven by the externality of the COVID pandemic, many behavioral changes among cardholders are likely to be long term, if not permanent.

Mercator Advisory Group research, Credit Card Products for a New User Environment, indicates a shift in credit and debit patterns. Contactless payments mean more to merchants, consumers, and issuers than ever. Durable spending is down; consumptive spending is up. And, credit card deferrals do not seem to carry the stigma they once did. Rewards consume a large portion of interchange, and in a shifting market, all costs must receive consideration.

“You cannot simply throw rewards at consumers and expect profitable market share,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note “Credit Card Products for a New User Environment.” Riley adds that “Credit cards are certainly not going away, but expect lower returns, higher risks, and shifting purchase patterns at least through 2025. And, do not forget the investor. It might be balance sheet lending or asset-backed securitizations enabling the credit card lender, but without the investment, card lending will cease. Lending is a risk-based business; it requires a return for tolerating the risk.

The post 2020’s Massive Downshift in Credit Card Spend appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020s-massive-downshift-in-credit-card-spend/feed/ 0
For Credit Card Issuers, the Pie Is Shrinking and Their Share Contracting: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-credit-card-issuers-the-pie-is-shrinking-and-their-share-contracting/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-credit-card-issuers-the-pie-is-shrinking-and-their-share-contracting/#respond Mon, 14 Sep 2020 19:00:14 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=97174 For Credit Card Issuers, the Pie Is Shrinking and Their Share Contracting:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment For Credit Card Issuers, the Pie […]

The post For Credit Card Issuers, the Pie Is Shrinking and Their Share Contracting: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment

For Credit Card Issuers, the Pie Is Shrinking and Their Share Contracting:

  • Q2 2020 combined credit & debit transactions for Visa & Mastercard declined to under 23 billion.
  • In contrast, Q2 2019 combined debit & credit for Visa & Mastercard was 26 billion transactions.
  • But the decline isn’t equal for debit & credit: debit declined 5.8% YOY; credit declined 22.5% YOY.
  • The decline in credit & debit isn’t limited to transactions. Purchase spending volume was down 7% YOY as of Q2 2020.
  • As of Q2 2020, credit has seen a 21.1% decline in purchase volume; meanwhile, debit purchase volume increased 8.6%.
  • Consumers scaled back T&E and large-ticket purchases typically made on credit cards. Routine purchases have skewed towards debit.
  • In just the space of two quarters (Q4 2019 to Q2 2020), credit cards went from a 53.6% share of purchase volume to a 44.7% share as debit volumes grew.

About Report

The pandemic changed life as we know it for credit card lenders and cardholders. Being a lender is not so simple anymore. Profitability is under siege, driven by loss provisioning, declining outstandings, changing spending patterns, debit competition, erosion in the power of rewards, and a deep recessionary environment. Primarily driven by the externality of the COVID pandemic, many behavioral changes among cardholders are likely to be long term, if not permanent.

Mercator Advisory Group research, Credit Card Products for a New User Environment, indicates a shift in credit and debit patterns. Contactless payments mean more to merchants, consumers, and issuers than ever. Durable spending is down; consumptive spending is up. And, credit card deferrals do not seem to carry the stigma they once did. Rewards consume a large portion of interchange, and in a shifting market, all costs must receive consideration.

“You cannot simply throw rewards at consumers and expect profitable market share,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note “Credit Card Products for a New User Environment.” Riley adds that “Credit cards are certainly not going away, but expect lower returns, higher risks, and shifting purchase patterns at least through 2025. And, do not forget the investor. It might be balance sheet lending or asset-backed securitizations enabling the credit card lender, but without the investment, card lending will cease. Lending is a risk-based business; it requires a return for tolerating the risk.

The post For Credit Card Issuers, the Pie Is Shrinking and Their Share Contracting: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-credit-card-issuers-the-pie-is-shrinking-and-their-share-contracting/feed/ 0
After Two Quarters of Data, COVID’s Impact on Consumer Credit Cards Is as Follows: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-two-quarters-of-data-covids-impact-on-consumer-credit-cards-is-as-follows/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-two-quarters-of-data-covids-impact-on-consumer-credit-cards-is-as-follows/#respond Fri, 11 Sep 2020 18:30:21 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=95095 Cautious Optimism for the U.S. Economy?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment After Two Quarters of Data, COVID’s […]

The post After Two Quarters of Data, COVID’s Impact on Consumer Credit Cards Is as Follows: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Products for a New User Environment

After Two Quarters of Data, COVID’s Impact on Consumer Credit Cards Is as Follows:

  • Consumer spending behavior has been drastically affected, both reduced and redirected to different spend categories.
  • These spend changes (e.g., travel spending) are likely to be affected for two to three years at least, with some changes becoming permanent.
  • Declining spend sectors (e.g., travel, dining) will be at least partially offset by gaining sectors (e.g., grocery, online retail, digital services).
  • The trend in total spend will be dependent on the course of the broader economic and employment dislocation, affecting consumers’ willingness to spend, borrow, and repay.
  • Some trends are independent of COVID-19, like consumers’ consolidated spend on a single card.
  • Another independent trend is consumers’ shift to debit rather than credit.
  • Immediate pressure on credit card rewards programs has already begun.

About Report

The pandemic changed life as we know it for credit card lenders and cardholders. Being a lender is not so simple anymore. Profitability is under siege, driven by loss provisioning, declining outstandings, changing spending patterns, debit competition, erosion in the power of rewards, and a deep recessionary environment. Primarily driven by the externality of the COVID pandemic, many behavioral changes among cardholders are likely to be long term, if not permanent.

Mercator Advisory Group research, Credit Card Products for a New User Environment, indicates a shift in credit and debit patterns. Contactless payments mean more to merchants, consumers, and issuers than ever. Durable spending is down; consumptive spending is up. And, credit card deferrals do not seem to carry the stigma they once did. Rewards consume a large portion of interchange, and in a shifting market, all costs must receive consideration.

“You cannot simply throw rewards at consumers and expect profitable market share,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory, at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research note “Credit Card Products for a New User Environment.” Riley adds that “Credit cards are certainly not going away, but expect lower returns, higher risks, and shifting purchase patterns at least through 2025. And, do not forget the investor. It might be balance sheet lending or asset-backed securitizations enabling the credit card lender, but without the investment, card lending will cease. Lending is a risk-based business; it requires a return for tolerating the risk.

The post After Two Quarters of Data, COVID’s Impact on Consumer Credit Cards Is as Follows: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-two-quarters-of-data-covids-impact-on-consumer-credit-cards-is-as-follows/feed/ 0
Mobile Adoption Is Slow in the U.S., but Increasing: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-adoption-is-slow-in-the-u-s-but-increasing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-adoption-is-slow-in-the-u-s-but-increasing/#respond Thu, 10 Sep 2020 19:30:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=94201 Mobile Adoption Is Slow in the U.S., but Increasing:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asian Mobile Pays Continue High Growth, But U.S. Market Expansion Stalls Mobile Adoption Is […]

The post Mobile Adoption Is Slow in the U.S., but Increasing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asian Mobile Pays Continue High Growth, But U.S. Market Expansion Stalls

Mobile Adoption Is Slow in the U.S., but Increasing:

  • A 2019 Mercator Advisory Group report found that 32% of consumers have used a universal mobile app. 
  • While mobile has seen a bump recently due to COVID-19 safety concerns and POS terminals, mobile transactions are far from the norm.
  • Mercator has found that 11% of universal mobile app users in the U.S. have begun to use the app only since the onset of COVID-19.
  • Plastic card use continues to expand, not diminish, as consumers appreciate the familiarity, convenience, and rewards associated with card transactions.
  • Mastercard and Visa note in their financial statements that the number of debit and credit cards grew by over 5% in the U.S. from 2018 to 2019.
  • According to Mercator, 39% of consumers reported they made a purchase via a mobile phone (either online or in-store) in 2020, compared with 34% in 2019.

About Report

Mega payment apps Alipay and WeChat pay have been gaining traction in the U.S. market through availability at thousands of merchants. COVID-19 plus trade tensions and politics have put an abrupt end to the stream of travelers from China to the U.S. who would use these acceptance locations with their homegrown mobile apps while on vacations, business trips and traveling to the states for academic reasons.

“The Asia Mobile Pays had gained a foothold in the U.S. in-store payments market, until their key target market—Chinese visitors to the U.S.—collapsed. Now that U.S. merchants have seen the cost benefits and purchase transaction simplicity of Alipay and WeChat Pay, they will be looking for the payments industry to bring similar ways to pay to their stores”, comments Ray Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

These mobile payment services are available only to Chinese nationals and are not a direct challenge to U.S. card networks and issuers, but the similar use of QR code based mobile payments, integrated within a retail app, is beginning to emerge through pilot programs, giving a glimpse of what may come.

“With very low processing costs, quick receipt of deposits and no chargebacks, this payment solution has a lot of appeal to merchants, particularly smaller merchants. Card is still king in many economies and toppling rewards and consumer protections will be a tall order, but apps influenced by the successful Chinese brands will pull some transactions away from traditional payment types,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

The post Mobile Adoption Is Slow in the U.S., but Increasing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-adoption-is-slow-in-the-u-s-but-increasing/feed/ 0
How WeChat & Alipay Networks Make Transactions Free https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-wechat-alipay-networks-make-transactions-free/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-wechat-alipay-networks-make-transactions-free/#respond Tue, 08 Sep 2020 19:30:39 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=93546 How WeChat & Alipay Networks Make Transactions FreeDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asian Mobile Pays Continue High Growth, But U.S. Market Expansion Stalls How WeChat & […]

The post How WeChat & Alipay Networks Make Transactions Free appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asian Mobile Pays Continue High Growth, But U.S. Market Expansion Stalls

How WeChat & Alipay Networks Make Transactions Free:

  • Using the WeChat and Alipay networks is free for both transaction senders and recipients.
  • QR Codes circumnavigate gateway providers and hardware suppliers – mobile phones take that part.
  • The simplicity of a closed ecosystem of buyers and sellers remove banks from the business model entirely.
  • While WeChat & Alipay incur expenses to maintain payments, its made up by revenue from mini-apps, digital games, e-commerce, and cloud services.
  • Further, adoption by buyers or sellers requires no capital outlay: buyers download, sellers display their QR code. 
  • Merchants don’t even need the internet to transact. A paper QR code print out snapped by the shopper will settle within minutes.

About Report

Mega payment apps Alipay and WeChat pay have been gaining traction in the U.S. market through availability at thousands of merchants. COVID-19 plus trade tensions and politics have put an abrupt end to the stream of travelers from China to the U.S. who would use these acceptance locations with their homegrown mobile apps while on vacations, business trips and traveling to the states for academic reasons.

“The Asia Mobile Pays had gained a foothold in the U.S. in-store payments market, until their key target market—Chinese visitors to the U.S.—collapsed. Now that U.S. merchants have seen the cost benefits and purchase transaction simplicity of Alipay and WeChat Pay, they will be looking for the payments industry to bring similar ways to pay to their stores”, comments Ray Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

These mobile payment services are available only to Chinese nationals and are not a direct challenge to U.S. card networks and issuers, but the similar use of QR code based mobile payments, integrated within a retail app, is beginning to emerge through pilot programs, giving a glimpse of what may come.

“With very low processing costs, quick receipt of deposits and no chargebacks, this payment solution has a lot of appeal to merchants, particularly smaller merchants. Card is still king in many economies and toppling rewards and consumer protections will be a tall order, but apps influenced by the successful Chinese brands will pull some transactions away from traditional payment types,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

The post How WeChat & Alipay Networks Make Transactions Free appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-wechat-alipay-networks-make-transactions-free/feed/ 0
Alipay & WeChat Embedded Apps Drive Transaction Volume https://www.paymentsjournal.com/alipay-wechat-embedded-apps-drive-transaction-volume/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/alipay-wechat-embedded-apps-drive-transaction-volume/#respond Fri, 04 Sep 2020 19:00:40 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=93386 Alipay & WeChat Embedded Apps Drive Transaction VolumeAs anyone who has ever tried to pay for something with a mobile app can attest, mobile payments can be frustratingly slow and unreliable. However, a new generation of embedded apps are beginning to change that, by offering a more streamlined and reliable mobile payment experience. These apps are designed to work seamlessly with mobile […]

The post Alipay & WeChat Embedded Apps Drive Transaction Volume appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As anyone who has ever tried to pay for something with a mobile app can attest, mobile payments can be frustratingly slow and unreliable. However, a new generation of embedded apps are beginning to change that, by offering a more streamlined and reliable mobile payment experience. These apps are designed to work seamlessly with mobile devices, allowing users to make payments quickly and easily.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asian Mobile Pays Continue High Growth, But U.S. Market Expansion Stalls

Alipay & WeChat Embedded Apps Drive Transaction Volume:

  • Mini-apps embedded within Alipay and WeChat are helping to drive usage growth and retention.
  • A mini-app could be an ecommerce retailer’s site, a ride-sharing service, a restaurant’s order-ahead site, a banking and investing app, or even a municipal utility.
  • An AliPay or WeChat consumer or business user may use tens, if not hundreds, of these apps throughout their day.
  • There are well over a million mini apps available on WeChat & AliPay.
  • In 2019, mobile payments consumption in China surpassed $6.5 trillion.
  • In 2019, AliPay & WeChat counted over 1.7 billion active users.
  • Many users have both the Alipay and WeChat Pay apps and switch between them based on transaction context.

About Report

Mega payment apps Alipay and WeChat pay have been gaining traction in the U.S. market through availability at thousands of merchants. COVID-19 plus trade tensions and politics have put an abrupt end to the stream of travelers from China to the U.S. who would use these acceptance locations with their homegrown mobile apps while on vacations, business trips and traveling to the states for academic reasons.

“The Asia Mobile Pays had gained a foothold in the U.S. in-store payments market, until their key target market—Chinese visitors to the U.S.—collapsed. Now that U.S. merchants have seen the cost benefits and purchase transaction simplicity of Alipay and WeChat Pay, they will be looking for the payments industry to bring similar ways to pay to their stores”, comments Ray Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

These mobile payment services are available only to Chinese nationals and are not a direct challenge to U.S. card networks and issuers, but the similar use of QR code based mobile payments, integrated within a retail app, is beginning to emerge through pilot programs, giving a glimpse of what may come.

“With very low processing costs, quick receipt of deposits and no chargebacks, this payment solution has a lot of appeal to merchants, particularly smaller merchants. Card is still king in many economies and toppling rewards and consumer protections will be a tall order, but apps influenced by the successful Chinese brands will pull some transactions away from traditional payment types,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

The post Alipay & WeChat Embedded Apps Drive Transaction Volume appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/alipay-wechat-embedded-apps-drive-transaction-volume/feed/ 0
Quantifying Alipay & WeChat Pay’s Phenomenal Growth: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/quantifying-alipay-wechat-pays-phenomenal-growth/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/quantifying-alipay-wechat-pays-phenomenal-growth/#respond Thu, 03 Sep 2020 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=93309 Quantifying Alipay & WeChat Pay's Phenomenal Growth:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asian Mobile Pays Continue High Growth, But U.S. Market Expansion Stalls Quantifying Alipay & […]

The post Quantifying Alipay & WeChat Pay’s Phenomenal Growth: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asian Mobile Pays Continue High Growth, But U.S. Market Expansion Stalls

Quantifying Alipay & WeChat Pay’s Phenomenal Growth:

  • Fully 90% of mobile payment activity in China is conducted through these two apps.
  • The remaining transactions not monopolized by Alipay & WeChat pay belong to China Union Pay’s Mobile QuickPass solution.
  • Alipay and WeChat Pay are so ingrained in everyday payments that any restrictive government action against the duopoly would upend users’ lives.
  • Mobile payments have seen a meteoric rise in China, achieving more than 50% year- over-year growth recently.
  • Mobile payments are expected to grow at an 11% CAGR in the next two years in China post COVID-19.

About Report

Mega payment apps Alipay and WeChat pay have been gaining traction in the U.S. market through availability at thousands of merchants. COVID-19 plus trade tensions and politics have put an abrupt end to the stream of travelers from China to the U.S. who would use these acceptance locations with their homegrown mobile apps while on vacations, business trips and traveling to the states for academic reasons.

“The Asia Mobile Pays had gained a foothold in the U.S. in-store payments market, until their key target market—Chinese visitors to the U.S.—collapsed. Now that U.S. merchants have seen the cost benefits and purchase transaction simplicity of Alipay and WeChat Pay, they will be looking for the payments industry to bring similar ways to pay to their stores”, comments Ray Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

These mobile payment services are available only to Chinese nationals and are not a direct challenge to U.S. card networks and issuers, but the similar use of QR code based mobile payments, integrated within a retail app, is beginning to emerge through pilot programs, giving a glimpse of what may come.

“With very low processing costs, quick receipt of deposits and no chargebacks, this payment solution has a lot of appeal to merchants, particularly smaller merchants. Card is still king in many economies and toppling rewards and consumer protections will be a tall order, but apps influenced by the successful Chinese brands will pull some transactions away from traditional payment types,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

The post Quantifying Alipay & WeChat Pay’s Phenomenal Growth: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/quantifying-alipay-wechat-pays-phenomenal-growth/feed/ 0
B2B Digital Cash Cycle Becomes Crucial in Post-pandemic World: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/b2b-digital-cash-cycle-becomes-crucial-in-post-pandemic-world/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/b2b-digital-cash-cycle-becomes-crucial-in-post-pandemic-world/#respond Tue, 01 Sep 2020 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=93136 Ondot Systems Reseller Agreement with Worldwide Interactive Services Digital Credit and Debit Card,Management Capabilities, Santander Mastercard Debit Card, battery-powered interactive cardsConsistently improving the product and delivery systems pays dividends. This includes the B2B digital cash cycle. Incremental and ongoing improvement is the hallmark of the commercial credit card industry. In these tough times, making things easier for clients will help revive spend. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell […]

The post B2B Digital Cash Cycle Becomes Crucial in Post-pandemic World: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Consistently improving the product and delivery systems pays dividends. This includes the B2B digital cash cycle. Incremental and ongoing improvement is the hallmark of the commercial credit card industry. In these tough times, making things easier for clients will help revive spend.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen. You will receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Steady Progress Through Easing the Experience: Commercial Cards Success Prescription

B2B Digital Cash Cycle Becomes Crucial in Post-pandemic World: 

  • Integration of card-based accounts into the financial cycle is key to gaining more share of the opportunity in B2B digital payments as check usage declines.
  • One positive effect of the pandemic is corporations’ realization of the deficiencies of analog processes vs. digital processes.
  • Typical procure-to-pay processes involve multiple procurement and accounting modules, countless levels of workflow and approval, bank payment, and reconciliation.
  • Given the large number of transactions firms execute daily, visibility and control of spend management is hampered, and the cost of payments and risk management is tricky.
  • One solution is virtual card accounts, which generate a unique 16 digit card number and process like any card-not-present transaction. 
  • The benefits of virtual card accounts include efficiency in automation, improved working capital, greater visibility and control, and reduced fraud. 

About Report

This Viewpoint, Steady Progress Through Easing the Experience: Commercial Cards Success Prescription, summarizes Mercator’s take on key technology trends and the focus of the commercial card industry as economies and card revenues recover from the recessionary environment created by federal, state and local government policy dictates in response to the pandemic

The post B2B Digital Cash Cycle Becomes Crucial in Post-pandemic World: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/b2b-digital-cash-cycle-becomes-crucial-in-post-pandemic-world/feed/ 0
5 Trends Affecting Commercial Credit Cards https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-trends-affecting-commercial-credit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-trends-affecting-commercial-credit-cards/#respond Mon, 31 Aug 2020 19:00:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=92435 Credit Card Risk: Cloudy With Rosy HighlightsIn today’s business world, credit cards are an essential tool for making purchases, managing expenses, and building credit. However, the traditional credit card model is undergoing a major transformation, as new technologies are changing the way commercial credit cards are used and managed. One of the most important changes is the digitization of credit card […]

The post 5 Trends Affecting Commercial Credit Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s business world, credit cards are an essential tool for making purchases, managing expenses, and building credit. However, the traditional credit card model is undergoing a major transformation, as new technologies are changing the way commercial credit cards are used and managed. One of the most important changes is the digitization of credit card transactions. Thanks to advances in AI and the development of APIs, businesses can now securely process credit card payments without ever handling the physical card. This not only makes transactions more efficient, but it also reduces the risk of fraud. In addition, the emergence of cloud-based accounting systems has made it easier than ever for businesses to track their expenses and manage their cash flow. Finally, the use of distributed ledger technology is beginning to revolutionize the way commercial credit card transactions are settled. By allowing multiple parties to view and verify transactions in real time, DLT has the potential to dramatically reduce transaction costs and settlement times. Commercial credit cards are evolving rapidly

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Steady Progress Through Easing the Experience: Commercial Cards Success Prescription

5 Trends Affecting Commercial Credit Cards:

  1. Artificial Intelligence: an umbrella term used for technology such as machine learning is finding uses in risk management and financial operations.
  2. APIs: these are facilitating an open banking environment and the rapid delivery of new products and services.
  3. Digitalization: the modernization of legacy systems across the cash cycle enables process automation.
  4. Cloud: comes in private, public and hybrid forms, allowing the potential for reduced infrastructure costs and faster market reaction time.
  5. Distributed Ledger: blockchain technology is finding use cases in cross-border payments and trade services.

About Report

Consistently improving the product and delivery systems pays dividends. Incremental and ongoing improvement is the hallmark of the commercial credit card industry, and in these tough times, making things easier for clients will help revive spend.

This Viewpoint, Steady Progress Through Easing the Experience: Commercial Cards Success Prescription, summarizes Mercator’s take on key technology trends and the focus of the commercial card industry as economies and card revenues recover from the recessionary environment created by federal, state and local government policy dictates in response to the pandemic

The post 5 Trends Affecting Commercial Credit Cards appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-trends-affecting-commercial-credit-cards/feed/ 0
Small Businesses Are Making More International Payments, and Using More Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-are-making-more-international-payments-and-using-more-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-are-making-more-international-payments-and-using-more-cards/#respond Fri, 28 Aug 2020 17:00:39 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=92327 Mastercard, TSYS and Extend Launch Mobile Virtual Card Solution for Commercial ClientsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 Small Businesses Are Making […]

The post Small Businesses Are Making More International Payments, and Using More Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Small Businesses Are Making More International Payments, and Using More Cards:

  • In 2019, 37% of small businesses made an international payment. In 2020, 43% of small businesses did so.
  • While business credit card (50%) and business debit card (43%) are still the most dominant payment methods, others are seeing huge gains.
  • The largest increase in payment method came from PayPal, increasing from 13% in 2019 to 25% in 2020.
  • Business charge cards and personal credit/charge cards also increased substantially, with each increasing by 9% from 2019 to 2020.
  • In 2019, 12% of small businesses used bank account transfers to make international payments; this rose to 20% in 2020. 
  • In 2020 small businesses began using cross-border payments specialists (6%), up from a base of 0% in 2019.
  • International wire transfers for small businesses increased 7%, from 10% in 2019 to 17% in 2020. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Small Businesses Are Making More International Payments, and Using More Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-are-making-more-international-payments-and-using-more-cards/feed/ 0
Small Business Payment Methods Are Changing: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-payment-methods-are-changing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-payment-methods-are-changing/#respond Thu, 27 Aug 2020 17:30:51 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=92232 Small Business Payment Methods Are Changing:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 Small Business Payment Methods […]

The post Small Business Payment Methods Are Changing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Small Business Payment Methods Are Changing:

  • Business credit cards are still the dominant transaction type (56%), but a host of transaction types are gaining popularity.
  • Small businesses’ use of PayPal jumped from 18% in 2019 to 26% in 2020.
  • Direct transfers increased from 16% in 2019 to 20% in 2020.
  • Business debit card use (42%) increased 8% from 2019, as did business charge card use (31%).
  • Use of personal debit cards increased 8% in 2020, up to 26% from 18% in 2019.
  • Business checks declined in use from 41% to 39%.
  • Petty cash for small purchases also decreased from 12% in 2019 to 9% in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Small Business Payment Methods Are Changing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-payment-methods-are-changing/feed/ 0
Small Business Attitudes Towards Technology Are Changing: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-attitudes-towards-technology-are-changing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-attitudes-towards-technology-are-changing/#respond Wed, 26 Aug 2020 17:00:43 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=92118 GoDaddy Launches Own Payments Solution For Small BusinessesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 Small Business Attitudes Towards […]

The post Small Business Attitudes Towards Technology Are Changing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Small Business Attitudes Towards Technology Are Changing:

  • 6% more small businesses claim “keeping up with technology is critical”: 61% in 2020 vs. 55% in 2019. 
  • 6% more small businesses claim to be “trying to employ the latest technology”: 59% in 2020 vs. 53% in 2019.
  • 49% of small businesses claim they “try to keep up with bigger companies re: Tech” in 2020.
  • Small businesses also registered marginal increases in the use of social media, cloud computing, and security issues.
  • 35% of small businesses claim they don’t have the time to learn about new technology in 2020.
  • 40% of small businesses describe technology as a “distracting headache.”
  • 41% of small businesses claim that technology is too expensive.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Small Business Attitudes Towards Technology Are Changing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-attitudes-towards-technology-are-changing/feed/ 0
2020 and COVID Have Expanded Small Businesses’ Use of Banking Services: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020-and-covid-have-expanded-small-businesses-use-of-banking-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020-and-covid-have-expanded-small-businesses-use-of-banking-services/#respond Tue, 25 Aug 2020 17:00:49 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=92020 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 2020 and COVID Have […]

The post 2020 and COVID Have Expanded Small Businesses’ Use of Banking Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

2020 and COVID Have Expanded Small Businesses’ Use of Banking Services:

  • Services like ‘mobile business banking’ have seen an increase of small business usage, jumping from 70% in 2019 to 86% in 2020.
  • Similarly, ‘Payroll processing services’ were used by 72% of small businesses in 2019 and 86% in 2020.
  • 66% of small businesses used mobile deposit and check scanning in 2019; 80% do in 2020.
  • In 2019, 63% of small businesses used their bank for advice on managing company finance;  77% of small businesses did so in 2020.
  • 58% of small businesses used their bank for leasing in 2019; 71% did in 2020.
  • 58% of small businesses used their bank for an equipment loan in 2019; 69% did so in 2020.
  • 56% of small businesses used their bank for a vehicle loan in 2019; 68% did so in 2020.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post 2020 and COVID Have Expanded Small Businesses’ Use of Banking Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2020-and-covid-have-expanded-small-businesses-use-of-banking-services/feed/ 0
Small Business Concerns, Ranked: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-concerns-ranked/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-concerns-ranked/#respond Mon, 24 Aug 2020 18:00:56 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=91945 Small Business Concerns, Ranked:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 Small Business Concerns, Ranked: […]

The post Small Business Concerns, Ranked: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Small Business Concerns, Ranked:

  1. The top concern for small businesses, cited by 49% of respondents, is customer retention. 
  2. Second to customer retention, 48% of small businesses are concerned about cash flow.
  3. 47% of small businesses are concerned about employee retention; another 47% are concerned about fraud and security.
  4. Other notable concerns (41%-45%) include customer/employee acquisition, access to financing, and government regulation.
  5. ‘Strategic planning’ has also been put on the back burner for small businesses; only 40% report it as a concern.
  6. ‘Back office simplification’ was the least of small business owners’ reported concerns, at 38%.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Small Business Concerns, Ranked: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-concerns-ranked/feed/ 0
6 in 10 Small Businesses Report Using Their Business Card Line of Credit Due to COVID https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-in-10-small-businesses-report-using-their-business-card-line-of-credit-due-to-covid/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-in-10-small-businesses-report-using-their-business-card-line-of-credit-due-to-covid/#respond Fri, 21 Aug 2020 17:00:13 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=91824 Small Businesses Report Using Their Business Card Line of Credit Due to COVID:In the current covid climate, small businesses are struggling more than ever. One way to help them survive is to offer a business card line of credit. This can give them the funds they need to keep their doors open and their employees paid. It can also help them take advantage of opportunities that may […]

The post 6 in 10 Small Businesses Report Using Their Business Card Line of Credit Due to COVID appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In the current covid climate, small businesses are struggling more than ever. One way to help them survive is to offer a business card line of credit. This can give them the funds they need to keep their doors open and their employees paid. It can also help them take advantage of opportunities that may arise, such as discounted supplies or new contracts.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

6 in 10 Small Businesses Report Using Their Business Card Line of Credit Due to COVID:

  • 59% of small businesses report using their business card line of credit because of COVID-19.
  • 43% of small businesses report they expect to use their business line of credit more as a result of COVID-19.
  • 41% of small businesses expect to use their main business card more in the next 6 months.
  • 14% of small businesses expect to use their business line of credit less.
  • Perhaps related: 9% of small businesses report being “very positively impacted” by COVID-19.
  • 2% of small businesses have exhausted the credit line on their main business card.
  • Mercator projects that opportunities exist for non-card related lenders to offer loans that have lower overall costs to small businesses.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post 6 in 10 Small Businesses Report Using Their Business Card Line of Credit Due to COVID appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-in-10-small-businesses-report-using-their-business-card-line-of-credit-due-to-covid/feed/ 0
Non-store Purchase Channels Increase in Importance for Small Businesses Amid COVID: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/non-store-purchase-channels-increase-in-importance-for-small-businesses-amid-covid/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/non-store-purchase-channels-increase-in-importance-for-small-businesses-amid-covid/#respond Thu, 20 Aug 2020 17:00:50 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=91759 Non-store Purchase Channels Increase in Importance for Small Businesses Amid COVID:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 Non-store Purchase Channels Increase […]

The post Non-store Purchase Channels Increase in Importance for Small Businesses Amid COVID: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Non-store Purchase Channels Increase in Importance for Small Businesses Amid COVID:

  • 86% of small businesses report that order and delivery through a third party has gained importance.
  • 86% of small businesses report that order and pay by mobile app then delivery to the customer has gained importance.
  • 80% of small businesses report that order by phone then delivery to the customer has gained importance.
  • 80% of small businesses report that order and pay online then delivery to the customer has gained importance.
  • 78% of small businesses report that order and pay by mobile app then pick up in-store has gained importance.
  • 76% of small businesses report that order by phone then pick up in-store has gained importance.
  • 66% of small businesses report that order and pay online then pick up in-store has gained importance.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Non-store Purchase Channels Increase in Importance for Small Businesses Amid COVID: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/non-store-purchase-channels-increase-in-importance-for-small-businesses-amid-covid/feed/ 0
Small Businesses Have Changed How Consumers Can Purchase at Their Stores During COVID: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-have-changed-how-consumers-can-purchase-at-their-stores-during-covid/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-have-changed-how-consumers-can-purchase-at-their-stores-during-covid/#respond Wed, 19 Aug 2020 17:00:17 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=91631 Small Businesses Have Changed How Consumers Can Purchase at Their Stores During COVID:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 Small Businesses Have Changed […]

The post Small Businesses Have Changed How Consumers Can Purchase at Their Stores During COVID: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Small Businesses Have Changed How Consumers Can Purchase at Their Stores During COVID:

  • 52% of small businesses offer ordering by phone then pick up in-store.
  • 49% of small businesses offer ordering and paying online then pick up in-store.
  • 27% of small businesses offer ordering and paying by mobile app then pick up in-store
  • 47% of small businesses offer ordering by phone then delivery to the customer.
  • 51% of small businesses offer ordering and paying online then delivery to the customer.
  • 47% of small businesses offer ordering by phone then delivery to the customer.
  • 22% of small businesses offer ordering and paying by mobile app then delivery to the customer.
  • 35% of small businesses offer ordering and delivery through a third party.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Small Businesses Have Changed How Consumers Can Purchase at Their Stores During COVID: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-have-changed-how-consumers-can-purchase-at-their-stores-during-covid/feed/ 0
Which Payment Types Are Winning Contactless Acceptance for Small Businesses? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-payment-types-are-winning-contactless-acceptance-for-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-payment-types-are-winning-contactless-acceptance-for-small-businesses/#respond Tue, 18 Aug 2020 17:00:21 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=91504 Which Payment Types Are Winning Contactless Acceptance for Small Businesses?Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 Which Payment Types Are Winning Contactless Acceptance for Small Businesses? About Report Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business Payments Insights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result […]

The post Which Payment Types Are Winning Contactless Acceptance for Small Businesses? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Which Payment Types Are Winning Contactless Acceptance for Small Businesses?

  • In 2018, 37% of small businesses accepted zero contactless payments; in 2020, 26% of small businesses accepted none. 
  • 50% of today’s small businesses accept Apple Pay, compared to 42% in 2018.
  • 41% of today’s small businesses accept Android or Google Pay, compared to 34% in 2018 & 2019.
  • Samsung Pay has seen modest gains in acceptance of 4% among small businesses between 2018 & 2020.
  • Chase Pay barely improved on its 22% (2018 & 2019) small business acceptance rate, coming in at 24% in 2020.
  • Contactless cards jumped to 16% small business acceptance in 2020, up from 8% in 2018.
  • LevelUp, AliPay, WeChatPay, and proprietary payment app solutions saw little progress and are accepted by less than 10% of small businesses.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business Payments Insights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business Payments Insights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Which Payment Types Are Winning Contactless Acceptance for Small Businesses? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-payment-types-are-winning-contactless-acceptance-for-small-businesses/feed/ 0
Who Are Small Businesses Turning to for Advice during COVID-19? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/who-are-small-businesses-turning-to-for-advice-during-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/who-are-small-businesses-turning-to-for-advice-during-covid-19/#respond Mon, 17 Aug 2020 18:30:17 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=91425 Who Are Small Businesses Turning to for Advice during COVID-19?Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 Who Are Small Businesses Turning to for Advice during COVID-19? About Report Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of […]

The post Who Are Small Businesses Turning to for Advice during COVID-19? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Who Are Small Businesses Turning to for Advice during COVID-19?

  • The short answer: Everybody. 
  • In 2020, small businesses ranked higher interest in advice from 11 of 12 channels surveyed compared to 2019. 
  • Small businesses turn to banks first by a wide margin. 66% of small businesses turned to their bank for advice in 2020 vs. 59% in 2019.
  • 47% of small businesses report turning to employees for advice, vs. 39% in 2019.
  • The largest % increase in business advice came from financial advisors, used by 41% of small businesses in 2020, vs. 31% in 2019.
  • Technology advisors also saw an outsized increase as a small business resource: 29% of small businesses used one in 2020, vs. 22% in 2019. 
  • “Friends and family” as well as “accountant” saw only a nominal 1% increase as a small business resource.
  • The only category which saw a decline as a small business resource was “Industry Publications”, used by 15% of small businesses in 2020, vs. 16% in 2019.  

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Who Are Small Businesses Turning to for Advice during COVID-19? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/who-are-small-businesses-turning-to-for-advice-during-covid-19/feed/ 0
Cash Flow and Borrowing Are on the Minds of Small Business Owners: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-flow-and-borrowing-are-on-the-minds-of-small-business-owners/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-flow-and-borrowing-are-on-the-minds-of-small-business-owners/#respond Fri, 14 Aug 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=91267 American Express: Getting Back to BusinessSmall businesses are essential building blocks of our economy, and it is important to support them as much as possible. However, cash flow can often be a big hurdle for small businesses – many rely on cash reserves and borrowing in order to finance their operations. Being able to access cash quickly is key for […]

The post Cash Flow and Borrowing Are on the Minds of Small Business Owners: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Small businesses are essential building blocks of our economy, and it is important to support them as much as possible. However, cash flow can often be a big hurdle for small businesses – many rely on cash reserves and borrowing in order to finance their operations. Being able to access cash quickly is key for any small business owner looking to grow or just stay afloat.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Cash Flow and Borrowing Are on the Minds of Small Business Owners:

  • In 2019, 37% of total respondents claimed that it was “definitely” a good time to borrow, compared to 15% in 2020.
  • Similarly, the proportion of small business owners who claimed it was “probably” a good time to borrow was cut in half.
  • 24% of small businesses claim it’s “definitely not” a good time to borrow in 2020.
  • Interestingly, 5% of small businesses earning $5-10m claim their firm “never borrows” in 2020, while only 1% claimed that in 2019. 
  • In 2020, 22% of small businesses expressed “extreme concern” about cash flow, versus 17% in 2019.
  • 60% of small businesses earning $5-10m expressed significant increase in concern about cash flow due to COVID-19; 56% of small businesses overall expressed the same.
  • 5% of small businesses overall expressed a significant decrease in concern over cash flow due to COVID-19. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Cash Flow and Borrowing Are on the Minds of Small Business Owners: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-flow-and-borrowing-are-on-the-minds-of-small-business-owners/feed/ 0
Nonprofits, Healthcare, and Financial Services Are Less Likely to Be Adversely Affected by COVID-19: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/nonprofits-healthcare-and-financial-services-are-less-likely-to-be-adversely-affected-by-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/nonprofits-healthcare-and-financial-services-are-less-likely-to-be-adversely-affected-by-covid-19/#respond Thu, 13 Aug 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=91184 Nonprofits, Healthcare, and Financial Services Are Less Likely to Be Adversely Affected by COVID-19:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 Nonprofits, Healthcare, and Financial […]

The post Nonprofits, Healthcare, and Financial Services Are Less Likely to Be Adversely Affected by COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Nonprofits, Healthcare, and Financial Services Are Less Likely to Be Adversely Affected by COVID-19:

  • COVID’s least impacted sectors: 44% of nonprofits and healthcare, as well as 50% of financial services small businesses, report being negatively impacted by COVID.
  • Predictably, restaurant and travel report the highest impact: 75% report negative impact.
  • In total, 24% of all small businesses report improved conditions; 17% report no change; 59% report negative impact. 
  • Business Administration: 27% positively impacted, 24% no change, 61% negatively impacted. 
  • Retailers: 17% positively impacted, 24% no change, 60% negatively impacted. 
  • Consumer Services: 22% positively impacted, 15% no change, 64% negatively impacted. 
  • Manufacturing: 23% positively impacted, 11% no change, 66% negatively impacted. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Nonprofits, Healthcare, and Financial Services Are Less Likely to Be Adversely Affected by COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/nonprofits-healthcare-and-financial-services-are-less-likely-to-be-adversely-affected-by-covid-19/feed/ 0
7 Features Merchants Need for Revenue Optimization: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-features-merchants-need-for-revenue-optimization/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-features-merchants-need-for-revenue-optimization/#respond Wed, 12 Aug 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=91101 7 Features Merchants Need for Revenue Optimization:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Gateways Become Rising Force In U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview 7 […]

The post 7 Features Merchants Need for Revenue Optimization: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Gateways Become Rising Force In U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview

7 Features Merchants Need for Revenue Optimization:

  1. Fraud Management: This helps filter out bad transactions and reduce false positives.  
  2. Dispute Resolution: Both costly and labor intensive for merchants, chargebacks are increasing alongside e-commerce sales.
  3. Smart Routing: Merchants benefit from a transaction path that chooses network, processor, and bank connections based on lowest fees, transaction speed, and local online buying practices.
  4. Recurring Payments: Subscription services have grown as a segment of online transactions, and merchants should look for automated payment systems as part of their customers’ transaction process.
  5. Card Account Updater: Cards get lost, stolen, or expire; payment gateways can refresh card information during an online transaction to limit rejected purchases. 
  6. Data Analytics: Data reporting, sales reconciliation and forward looking analysis can be found in payment gateway solutions.
  7. Invoicing: Payment gateways can provide easy ways for B2B merchants to get paid and collect payments.

About Report

Payment gateways are the fastest growing part of the payments industry’s value chain and have become disruptive forces that in some instances supplant legacy payments players such as merchant acquirers and processors. Payment gateways are a high growth and an intensely competitive category within the U.S. payments industry, offering both core and added-value services aimed at both consumer and B2B online merchants. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Gateways Become Rising Force in U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview, provides analysis and insight on the current state of the U.S. payments gateway market, supported by a Mercator Advisory Group e-commerce sales data forecast.

“E-commerce has been the driving force in the rise of payment gateways. These firms are lean and nimble, with the DNA of fintechs. Gateways serve online merchants, enabling them to accept card payments across borders and in multiple currencies for both consumers and B2B. With a crowded field of competing gateways, merchants face a daunting task of choosing from this large vendor category that serves the U.S. market with an ever-expanding array of payment solutions,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post 7 Features Merchants Need for Revenue Optimization: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-features-merchants-need-for-revenue-optimization/feed/ 0
COVID-19 Sparks a Precipitous Deterioration in Small Business Attitude: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/covid-19-sparks-a-precipitous-deterioration-in-small-business-attitude/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/covid-19-sparks-a-precipitous-deterioration-in-small-business-attitude/#respond Tue, 11 Aug 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=91040 Small Business, Pandemic EnvironmentSmall businesses are the backbone of economic growth in communities around the world. With their unique offerings and personalized service, they provide value and a sense of connection to their customers. Whether it’s a local boutique or a family-owned restaurant, they tap into the heart of what makes a community special. From creating jobs to […]

The post COVID-19 Sparks a Precipitous Deterioration in Small Business Attitude: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Small businesses are the backbone of economic growth in communities around the world. With their unique offerings and personalized service, they provide value and a sense of connection to their customers. Whether it’s a local boutique or a family-owned restaurant, they tap into the heart of what makes a community special. From creating jobs to stimulating local economies, they are vital in shaping the communities we live in. As consumers, supporting these establishments allows us to give back to the neighborhoods we call home. They are more than just a place to shop or dine, they embody the spirit of community and are often the heartbeat of their neighborhoods.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

COVID-19 Sparks a Precipitous Deterioration in Small Business Attitude:

  • Revenue growth, steadily projected by ~85% of owners 2016-2018, fell to 42% in 2020.
  • Likewise, profitability growth fell from 74% in 2019 to 44% in 2020.
  • Employment growth, steady around 68% from 2016-2019, fell to 39%.
  • Worse yet – the proportion of companies predicting a decline in profitability and revenue increased SEVEN TIMES!
  • In 2019, 6% of predicted profitability declines, compared to 35% in 2020.
  • In 2019, 8% of owners predicted employment declines, compared to 29% in 2020

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post COVID-19 Sparks a Precipitous Deterioration in Small Business Attitude: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/covid-19-sparks-a-precipitous-deterioration-in-small-business-attitude/feed/ 0
Smaller Small Businesses Project More Pessimism Than Larger: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smaller-small-businesses-project-more-pessimism-than-larger/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smaller-small-businesses-project-more-pessimism-than-larger/#respond Mon, 10 Aug 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=90988 Smaller Small Businesses Project More Pessimism Than Larger:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19 Smaller Small Businesses Project […]

The post Smaller Small Businesses Project More Pessimism Than Larger: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Small Businesses are Reeling as a Result of COVID-19

Smaller Small Businesses Project More Pessimism Than Larger:

  • In 2019, the most optimistic cohort of small business owners were those with 50-99 employees: 87% of them projected revenue growth in 2019 compared to 47% in 2020.
  • In the 2020 COVID environment, the largest small businesses (>100 employees) are most optimistic: 63% project revenue growth in 2020 vs. 47% of firms with 50-100 employees.
  • The same is true for profitability (59%) and employee growth (54%) vs. somewhat smaller firms with 50-100 employees: 49% profitability growth and 43% employee growth.
  • Small business owners with less than 10 employees are typically the most pessimistic: 66% projected revenue growth in 2019 compared to 33% in 2020.
  • Same goes for employee growth: just 27% of firms with fewer than 10 employees projected employee growth.
  • 44% of the highest earning small businesses ($5-10 million) report they’ve been “negatively impacted” and another 21% report “very negatively impacted” by COVID-19.
  • Interestingly, 9% of small business owners claim to have been “very positively impacted.”

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, 2020 Small Business PaymentsInsights, COVID-19 and B2B Payments & Cards – The Result of the Pandemic, reveals that U.S. small businesses have a much less positive view of the future than in previous years. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,000 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2020.

The report details the ways COVID-19 has changed small businesses and their outlook on the near-term future of their businesses. The report also provides insight into how small businesses bank and pay for goods and services, their banking relationships, how they view technology and their top business concerns.

“Small businesses have been hit hard by the pandemic. In many ways, more than their larger counterparts. Organizations that service small business have an opportunity to help these firms as they try to come out of the COVID crisis,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Small Business PaymentsInsights Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Smaller Small Businesses Project More Pessimism Than Larger: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smaller-small-businesses-project-more-pessimism-than-larger/feed/ 0
6 Features Merchants Need from Payment Gateways for Transaction Processing https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-features-merchants-need-from-payment-gateways-for-transaction-processing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-features-merchants-need-from-payment-gateways-for-transaction-processing/#respond Fri, 07 Aug 2020 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89806 Paystand Sage B2B Payments Cashless Instant PaymentsPayment gateways are an essential part of commerce, enabling merchants to accept and process transactions. There are a variety of different payment gateways available, and each has its own strengths and weaknesses. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications […]

The post 6 Features Merchants Need from Payment Gateways for Transaction Processing appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Payment gateways are an essential part of commerce, enabling merchants to accept and process transactions. There are a variety of different payment gateways available, and each has its own strengths and weaknesses.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Gateways Become Rising Force in U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview

6 Features Merchants Need from Payment Gateways for Transaction Processing:

  1. Online payment acceptance. Gateways must transmit card info and obtain authorization through processor, card issuer, network and merchant bank.
  2. Payment variety. Gateways must accept global payment methods such as ACH, cards, mobile wallets, and mobile payments.
  3. Global markets & currencies. Gateways must provide a range of global markets, regulations, tax & duties, and currencies.
  4. APIs and developer tools. Integration with APIs and developer tools that are easier to update and connect with partners/platforms. 
  5. Tokenization. A tokenization service substitutes a primary account number (PAN) with a random number so merchants do not have to store sensitive data on internal systems.
  6. Marketplace platform integration. System connections with marketplace platforms (like Shopify or BigCommerce) that provide host merchant websites to enable e-Commerce.

About Report

Payment gateways are the fastest growing part of the payments industry’s value chain and have become disruptive forces that in some instances supplant legacy payments players such as merchant acquirers and processors. Payment gateways are a high growth and an intensely competitive category within the U.S. payments industry, offering both core and added-value services aimed at both consumer and B2B online merchants. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Gateways Become Rising Force in U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview, provides analysis and insight on the current state of the U.S. payments gateway market, supported by a Mercator Advisory Group e-commerce sales data forecast.

“E-commerce has been the driving force in the rise of payment gateways. These firms are lean and nimble, with the DNA of fintechs. Gateways serve online merchants, enabling them to accept card payments across borders and in multiple currencies for both consumers and B2B. With a crowded field of competing gateways, merchants face a daunting task of choosing from this large vendor category that serves the U.S. market with an ever-expanding array of payment solutions,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post 6 Features Merchants Need from Payment Gateways for Transaction Processing appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-features-merchants-need-from-payment-gateways-for-transaction-processing/feed/ 0
How Hard Will COVID-19 Impact U.S. e-Commerce Sales? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-hard-will-covid-19-impact-u-s-e-commerce-sales/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-hard-will-covid-19-impact-u-s-e-commerce-sales/#respond Thu, 06 Aug 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89769 How Hard Will COVID-19 Impact U.S. e-Commerce Sales?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Gateways Become Rising Force in U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview How Hard […]

The post How Hard Will COVID-19 Impact U.S. e-Commerce Sales? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Gateways Become Rising Force in U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview

How Hard Will COVID-19 Impact U.S. e-Commerce Sales?

  • Mercator forecasts total U.S. e-commerce sales to decline 13% in 2020 vs. 2019; approximately $772 billion.
  • Following 2020’s decline, Mercator anticipates 18% growth in both 2021 and 2022; $914 and $1,079 billion respectively.
  • The key factor in identifying the e-commerce rebound is how quickly travel and entertainment sales recover.
  • With the increase in e-commerce shopping due to COVID-19, 2020 will likely be the year when mobile use surpasses 50% of e-commerce sales.
  • Consumers have largely become hybrid shoppers across all merchant sales channels, using mobile for research, shopping, and buying.
  • 59% of tech forward consumers used their mobile phone to make a purchase in 2019; 63% did for research.

About Report

Payment gateways are the fastest growing part of the payments industry’s value chain and have become disruptive forces that in some instances supplant legacy payments players such as merchant acquirers and processors. Payment gateways are a high growth and an intensely competitive category within the U.S. payments industry, offering both core and added-value services aimed at both consumer and B2B online merchants. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Gateways Become Rising Force in U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview, provides analysis and insight on the current state of the U.S. payments gateway market, supported by a Mercator Advisory Group e-commerce sales data forecast.

“E-commerce has been the driving force in the rise of payment gateways. These firms are lean and nimble, with the DNA of fintechs. Gateways serve online merchants, enabling them to accept card payments across borders and in multiple currencies for both consumers and B2B. With a crowded field of competing gateways, merchants face a daunting task of choosing from this large vendor category that serves the U.S. market with an ever-expanding array of payment solutions,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post How Hard Will COVID-19 Impact U.S. e-Commerce Sales? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-hard-will-covid-19-impact-u-s-e-commerce-sales/feed/ 0
Payment Gateways Growth Correlates with e-Commerce Sales and COVID-19 Fallout: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-gateways-growth-correlates-with-e-commerce-sales-and-covid-19-fallout/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-gateways-growth-correlates-with-e-commerce-sales-and-covid-19-fallout/#respond Wed, 05 Aug 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89737 pscuDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Gateways Become Rising Force in U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview Payment Gateways […]

The post Payment Gateways Growth Correlates with e-Commerce Sales and COVID-19 Fallout: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Gateways Become Rising Force in U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview

Payment Gateways Growth Correlates with e-Commerce Sales and COVID-19 Fallout:

  • Over the past decade, U.S. e-commerce sales reached almost $900 billion in gross dollar volume (GDV), or 15% of total retail and travel sales.
  • Between 2015 and 2019, the compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for e-commerce was 18.7%.
  • Mercator anticipates a 17% increase in e-commerce retail from 2019 to 2020, despite a 75% decline in online travel sales (air, hotel, booking).
  • Mercator believes it will take 3-4 years for online travel sales to return to 2019 levels.
  • ACI Worldwide reported a year-over-year increase of 35% in online sales in the U.S. (comparing June 2019 and June 2020).
  • Mastercard saw U.S. e-commerce sales for April and May increase to 22% of retail sales, up from 11% in 2019. This represents an incremental $53 billion in online retail spending.

About Report

Payment gateways are the fastest growing part of the payments industry’s value chain and have become disruptive forces that in some instances supplant legacy payments players such as merchant acquirers and processors. Payment gateways are a high growth and an intensely competitive category within the U.S. payments industry, offering both core and added-value services aimed at both consumer and B2B online merchants. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Gateways Become Rising Force in U.S. Payments Industry, Part 1: A Market Overview, provides analysis and insight on the current state of the U.S. payments gateway market, supported by a Mercator Advisory Group e-commerce sales data forecast.

“E-commerce has been the driving force in the rise of payment gateways. These firms are lean and nimble, with the DNA of fintechs. Gateways serve online merchants, enabling them to accept card payments across borders and in multiple currencies for both consumers and B2B. With a crowded field of competing gateways, merchants face a daunting task of choosing from this large vendor category that serves the U.S. market with an ever-expanding array of payment solutions,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services Practice at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

The post Payment Gateways Growth Correlates with e-Commerce Sales and COVID-19 Fallout: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payment-gateways-growth-correlates-with-e-commerce-sales-and-covid-19-fallout/feed/ 0
Contactless Payments Will Likely Raise Rates for Merchants https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-will-likely-raise-rates-for-merchants/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-will-likely-raise-rates-for-merchants/#respond Tue, 04 Aug 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89691 COVID-19 drives further growth in contactless paymentsThe rise of contactless payments has transformed the way merchants and customers can transact with one another. This new payment system is both convenient for merchants and customers, as users can pay securely using their devices without having to physically interact with merchants. Customers can also enjoy attractive rates, with merchants likely to benefit from […]

The post Contactless Payments Will Likely Raise Rates for Merchants appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The rise of contactless payments has transformed the way merchants and customers can transact with one another. This new payment system is both convenient for merchants and customers, as users can pay securely using their devices without having to physically interact with merchants. Customers can also enjoy attractive rates, with merchants likely to benefit from increased payment options as well. In addition, merchants no longer need to worry about managing cash or having sufficient change on hand, as contactless payments are cloud-based and digitalized.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless

Contactless Payments Will Likely Raise Rates for Merchants:

  • Merchants will pay more for processing to meet customers’ needs for contact-free shopping.
  • Routing to the EFT debit networks, which is often less expensive for merchants, is not always available for contactless transactions.
  • Merchants will pay higher interchange rates for debit cards and assets in an e-commerce and CNP environment issued by smaller banks (<$10billion in assets) that do not have interchange regulated. 
  • If the U.S. follows the example set by Australia, Canada, and the U.K., then the use of cash will decline precipitously as contactless payments increase.
  • Issuers will benefit from additional interchange income that merchants will pay in routing the transactions directly to the global networks.
  • The Fed estimates that if 10% of grocery store purchases made in cash were converted to cards, $189 million in interchange income would be generated annually from this vertical alone.
  • The onset of the coronavirus created the perfect storm that is driving awareness more quickly than all the promotional activities have to date.

About Report

COVID-19 has created consumer interest and use of contact-free payment experiences as fear of infection from surfaces, including a point-of-sale (POS) device, drives new behaviors. While reports and surveys proclaim cardholders’ interest in contactless technology, the actual number of contactless debit transactions authorized on a contactless card or mobile app remains elusive. This report, COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless, considers the available market data and Mercator Advisory Group research to better understand the level of contactless payment activity and the degree to which COVID-19 is affecting its growth.

“The onset of the coronavirus created the perfect storm of events that is driving awareness more quickly than all the promotional activities have to date. Cardholders’ wellbeing is the incentive to adopt a new payment method. More consumers are now aware of the contactless capabilities they have on their debit card, which is driving new users in addition to increased use by current users,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Contactless Payments Will Likely Raise Rates for Merchants appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-will-likely-raise-rates-for-merchants/feed/ 0
Transaction Data for Contactless Is Unavailable, but Survey Data Isn’t: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/transaction-data-for-contactless-is-unavailable-but-survey-data-isnt/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/transaction-data-for-contactless-is-unavailable-but-survey-data-isnt/#respond Mon, 03 Aug 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89594 Tipalti Selects Acuant for Transaction Monitoring Automation Resulting in Immediate ROIDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless Transaction Data for Contactless Is Unavailable, but Survey Data Isn’t: […]

The post Transaction Data for Contactless Is Unavailable, but Survey Data Isn’t: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless

Transaction Data for Contactless Is Unavailable, but Survey Data Isn’t:

  • Transaction data pinpointing the number and dollar volume of contactless debit cards is unavailable, but Mercator consumer surveys definitively show that consumers are using contactless payments more frequently.
  • Mercator finds that 35% of consumers who are familiar with contactless report making contactless payments more often.
  • 46% of consumers report no change in their use of contactless payments.
  • 19% of consumers report using contactless payments less or much less.
  • An explanation for those who report using contactless less is that they are likely spending less in total and in person.
  • 12% of consumers are now using contactless for the first time as a direct response to the COVID-19 pandemic.
  • 44% of consumers have never used contactless cards.

About Report

COVID-19 has created consumer interest and use of contact-free payment experiences as fear of infection from surfaces, including a point-of-sale (POS) device, drives new behaviors. While reports and surveys proclaim cardholders’ interest in contactless technology, the actual number of contactless debit transactions authorized on a contactless card or mobile app remains elusive. This report, COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless, considers the available market data and Mercator Advisory Group research to better understand the level of contactless payment activity and the degree to which COVID-19 is affecting its growth.

“The onset of the coronavirus created the perfect storm of events that is driving awareness more quickly than all the promotional activities have to date. Cardholders’ wellbeing is the incentive to adopt a new payment method. More consumers are now aware of the contactless capabilities they have on their debit card, which is driving new users in addition to increased use by current users,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Transaction Data for Contactless Is Unavailable, but Survey Data Isn’t: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/transaction-data-for-contactless-is-unavailable-but-survey-data-isnt/feed/ 0
Contactless and Contact-Free Transactions Post COVID: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-and-contact-free-transactions-post-covid/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-and-contact-free-transactions-post-covid/#respond Fri, 31 Jul 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89578 As post-COVID life takes shape, the increasing popularity of contactless transactions is making payments safer and more efficient. Contactless transactions allow shoppers to complete their purchase in seconds, often with just a tap of their credit or debit card. Consumers no longer need to exchange cash or enter a PIN number at the point of […]

The post Contactless and Contact-Free Transactions Post COVID: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As post-COVID life takes shape, the increasing popularity of contactless transactions is making payments safer and more efficient. Contactless transactions allow shoppers to complete their purchase in seconds, often with just a tap of their credit or debit card. Consumers no longer need to exchange cash or enter a PIN number at the point of sale. Aside from providing greater convenience, contactless transactions also offer more security since they are typically processed over encrypted networks that are more difficult to break into than older technologies. As more businesses around the world adopt contactless payments in post-COVID environments, it is clear that this technology is here to stay.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless

Contactless and Contact-Free Transactions Post COVID:

  • Some merchants offering EMV contactless, or a contactless retail app, still require the consumer to touch the POS terminal.
  • Contactless payments may still require consumers to select a payment type, sign, enter a PIN, or select a receipt type.
  • Note that merchants could offer contact-free through EMV chip as long as a PIN, signature or other acknowledgment is not required.
  • Transaction data is not readily available to gauge the potential expansion of contactless payments.
  • One plausible explanation is that, while the numbers may be expanding, they are not yet impressive enough for publication.
  • Another explanation for unavailable data is that the overall decline in transaction volume due to COVID makes the results less compelling.
  • Further, there are complications reporting contactless transactions due to signal capture in the databases warehousing transactions.

About Report

COVID-19 has created consumer interest and use of contact-free payment experiences as fear of infection from surfaces, including a point-of-sale (POS) device, drives new behaviors. While reports and surveys proclaim cardholders’ interest in contactless technology, the actual number of contactless debit transactions authorized on a contactless card or mobile app remains elusive. This report, COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless, considers the available market data and Mercator Advisory Group research to better understand the level of contactless payment activity and the degree to which COVID-19 is affecting its growth.

“The onset of the coronavirus created the perfect storm of events that is driving awareness more quickly than all the promotional activities have to date. Cardholders’ wellbeing is the incentive to adopt a new payment method. More consumers are now aware of the contactless capabilities they have on their debit card, which is driving new users in addition to increased use by current users,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Contactless and Contact-Free Transactions Post COVID: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-and-contact-free-transactions-post-covid/feed/ 0
How Many Contactless Debit Cards Are in Circulation? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-contactless-debit-cards-are-in-circulation/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-contactless-debit-cards-are-in-circulation/#respond Thu, 30 Jul 2020 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89494 Merchants Call on Fed to Swiftly Finalize Proposal to Protect Debit Card Routing RightsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless How Many Contactless Debit Cards Are in Circulation? Mercator estimates […]

The post How Many Contactless Debit Cards Are in Circulation? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless

How Many Contactless Debit Cards Are in Circulation?

  • Mercator estimates that Visa, the brand on 72% of U.S. debit cards, has 93 million contactless debit cards in the U.S.
  • Contactless debit will increase as the big banks put more contactless cards in the market and as smaller financial institutions prioritize the investment.
  • Another indication that contactless debit will increase is merchant acceptance.
  • When EMV liability shift kicked off in 2015, the EMV upgrade included contactless enablement; however, many merchants didn’t turn the feature on at the time.
  • Visa reports 80 of the largest 100 merchants accept contactless cards, resulting in over 60% of in-person card transactions taking place at a contactless-enabled merchant.
  • That is not to say that the transaction is in fact contactless, simply that the merchant’s technology is in place.
  • In addition to merchants, cities like NYC, Chicago, and Miami have launched open-loop contactless payment systems for public transit.

About Report

COVID-19 has created consumer interest and use of contact-free payment experiences as fear of infection from surfaces, including a point-of-sale (POS) device, drives new behaviors. While reports and surveys proclaim cardholders’ interest in contactless technology, the actual number of contactless debit transactions authorized on a contactless card or mobile app remains elusive. This report, COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless, considers the available market data and Mercator Advisory Group research to better understand the level of contactless payment activity and the degree to which COVID-19 is affecting its growth.

“The onset of the coronavirus created the perfect storm of events that is driving awareness more quickly than all the promotional activities have to date. Cardholders’ wellbeing is the incentive to adopt a new payment method. More consumers are now aware of the contactless capabilities they have on their debit card, which is driving new users in addition to increased use by current users,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post How Many Contactless Debit Cards Are in Circulation? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-contactless-debit-cards-are-in-circulation/feed/ 0
Contactless Payments Pre & Post COVID-19 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-pre-post-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-pre-post-covid-19/#respond Wed, 29 Jul 2020 17:00:55 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89455 With the onset of covid, contactless payments have revolutionized the way we buy things without sacrificing our safety. Through a simple tap or wave of our debit card near a card reader, we can now make purchases and payments without worrying about physical contact with strangers. This has not only made buying things easier, but […]

The post Contactless Payments Pre & Post COVID-19 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

With the onset of covid, contactless payments have revolutionized the way we buy things without sacrificing our safety. Through a simple tap or wave of our debit card near a card reader, we can now make purchases and payments without worrying about physical contact with strangers. This has not only made buying things easier, but also faster and more secure as well. Contact-free payments are becoming increasingly popular due to their convenience and assurance of germ-free transactions. It’s no surprise that these modern payment methods have become even more useful during covid—as our world relearns how to do things at a safe distance.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless

Contactless Payments Pre & Post COVID-19:

  • While there was a 5% increase in contactless between 2018 & 2019, PIN and signature transactions were far more common.
  • 18% of consumers used contactless in 2019, compared to 13% the year prior.
  • Much of the jump in transaction activity over contactless is linked to the issuance activities of the largest financial institutions.
  • In 2019, 40% of consumers paid for items in a store without a PIN or signature.
  • In 2019, 57% of consumers paid for items in a store by signature.
  • In 2019, 67% of consumers paid for items in a store by PIN.
  • Before COVID, issuers were hoping to capture a greater share of cash transactions with contactless – that job might’ve just become much easier.

About Report

COVID-19 has created consumer interest and use of contact-free payment experiences as fear of infection from surfaces, including a point-of-sale (POS) device, drives new behaviors. While reports and surveys proclaim cardholders’ interest in contactless technology, the actual number of contactless debit transactions authorized on a contactless card or mobile app remains elusive. This report, COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless, considers the available market data and Mercator Advisory Group research to better understand the level of contactless payment activity and the degree to which COVID-19 is affecting its growth.

“The onset of the coronavirus created the perfect storm of events that is driving awareness more quickly than all the promotional activities have to date. Cardholders’ wellbeing is the incentive to adopt a new payment method. More consumers are now aware of the contactless capabilities they have on their debit card, which is driving new users in addition to increased use by current users,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Contactless Payments Pre & Post COVID-19 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/contactless-payments-pre-post-covid-19/feed/ 0
Long before COVID-19, Debit Issuers Were Championing Contactless Transactions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/long-before-covid-19-debit-issuers-were-championing-contactless-transactions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/long-before-covid-19-debit-issuers-were-championing-contactless-transactions/#respond Tue, 28 Jul 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89411 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless Long before COVID-19, Debit Issuers Were Championing Contactless Transactions: Contactless […]

The post Long before COVID-19, Debit Issuers Were Championing Contactless Transactions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless

Long before COVID-19, Debit Issuers Were Championing Contactless Transactions:

  • Contactless transactions require purchasers to initiate a payment by waving their form factor–card, phone, or wearable–within three inches of a merchant’s terminal. 
  • The motivation for issuers is the opportunity to convert more cash purchases to interchange earning card transactions.
  • Convenience and checkout speed drive adoption from merchants and purchasers alike–markets outside the U.S. have embraced these benefits. 
  • The Reserve Bank of Australia reported that in 2019, 83% of in-person point-of-sale transactions were contactless, with a substantial preference for cards over mobile or other devices.
  • UK Finance reported that in March 2020, 45% of all debit card transactions were contactless in the U.K.
  • Payments Canada noted in its 2019 Canadian Payments Methods and Trends report that nearly 60% of debit card transactions were contactless.
  • In contrast, pre-COVID adoption of contactless card and mobile payments in the U.S. was tepid at best.

About Report

COVID-19 has created consumer interest and use of contact-free payment experiences as fear of infection from surfaces, including a point-of-sale (POS) device, drives new behaviors. While reports and surveys proclaim cardholders’ interest in contactless technology, the actual number of contactless debit transactions authorized on a contactless card or mobile app remains elusive. This report, COVID-19: The Power Behind Contactless, considers the available market data and Mercator Advisory Group research to better understand the level of contactless payment activity and the degree to which COVID-19 is affecting its growth.

“The onset of the coronavirus created the perfect storm of events that is driving awareness more quickly than all the promotional activities have to date. Cardholders’ wellbeing is the incentive to adopt a new payment method. More consumers are now aware of the contactless capabilities they have on their debit card, which is driving new users in addition to increased use by current users,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Long before COVID-19, Debit Issuers Were Championing Contactless Transactions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/long-before-covid-19-debit-issuers-were-championing-contactless-transactions/feed/ 0
Cash Back and Flex Rewards Programs Look to Be the Winners in COVID Credit Crunch: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-back-and-flex-rewards-programs-look-to-be-the-winners-in-covid-credit-crunch/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-back-and-flex-rewards-programs-look-to-be-the-winners-in-covid-credit-crunch/#respond Mon, 27 Jul 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89398 Flex reward programs, a consumer benefit of using a credit card, will undergo change as consumers and financial institutions adapt to the new world of COVID-19. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. […]

The post Cash Back and Flex Rewards Programs Look to Be the Winners in COVID Credit Crunch: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Flex reward programs, a consumer benefit of using a credit card, will undergo change as consumers and financial institutions adapt to the new world of COVID-19.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

Cash Back and Flex Rewards Programs Look to Be the Winners in COVID Credit Crunch:

  • Although they do share the vulnerabilities of reduced purchase volume and rising credit risk of all credit cards…
  • …cash back and flex rewards programs don’t carry the vulnerabilities of annual fees or co-brand sponsor (i.e. airline and travel).
  • Most cash back rewards programs are range bound between 1-2%, with most closer to 1%.
  • Cash back rewards schemes benefit from two differentiators:
  • Bonus categories for rewards add engagement, pushing special offers or alternative categories.
  • Consolidated expenditures can be incentivized with a tiered rewards program to spend more with the more rewarding card. 

About Report

Credit card issuers that rely on rewards to attract and retain customers must consider the changing economic realities and construct programs that do more than link to weakened co-brand partners, advises Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

While many consumers gravitate to cash-back rewards, co-brand programs that feature alliances with airlines, cruises, and hotels leave consumers with points that may not be useful for several years. Rewards with cash options, such as those issued by American Express, Bank of America, Capital One, Chase, Citi, and Discover will find consumers more likely to gravitate toward cash options than rewards that provide options for hospitality and travel.

“Those aspirational trips to Hawaii lost their panache in 2020. So have hotels on South Beach and the south of France,” commented Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the research report. Riley adds that “credit card issuers need to re-gear credit card reward programs. If they do not, they will miss the way the market is moving.”

This report analyzes Mercator Advisory Group’s consumer survey data on credit card rewards and applies a practical view of both the U.S. consumer and shortcomings in current reward programs. With more than 225 million credit cards targeted at hospitality, retail, and travel, card issuers need strategies that appeal to the new normal. “Business is not business as usual today,” commented Riley.

The post Cash Back and Flex Rewards Programs Look to Be the Winners in COVID Credit Crunch: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-back-and-flex-rewards-programs-look-to-be-the-winners-in-covid-credit-crunch/feed/ 0
This Industry Is the Silver Lining for Credit Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/this-industry-is-the-silver-lining-for-credit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/this-industry-is-the-silver-lining-for-credit-cards/#respond Fri, 24 Jul 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89368 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?. This Industry Is the Silver Lining for Credit […]

The post This Industry Is the Silver Lining for Credit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

This Industry Is the Silver Lining for Credit Cards:

  • Grocery. Mercator estimates the grocery vertical will grow to $41 billion in 2020.
  • Instacart alone is forecasted to break $4 billion in revenues.
  • Grocery sales have added 25-30% to an already impressive growth trend to online sales.
  • 71% of online grocery sales in the US already have a co-branded rewards card.
  • Incumbent co-brand cards in the grocery vertical should add rewards incentives for online loyalty.
  • Integration with delivery services is the second major area of innovation for grocery rewards cards. 

About Report

Credit card reward programs, a consumer benefit of using a credit card, will undergo change as consumers and financial institutions adapt to the new world of COVID-19. Credit card issuers that rely on rewards to attract and retain customers must consider the changing economic realities and construct programs that do more than link to weakened co-brand partners, advises Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

While many consumers gravitate to cash-back rewards, co-brand programs that feature alliances with airlines, cruises, and hotels leave consumers with points that may not be useful for several years. Rewards with cash options, such as those issued by American Express, Bank of America, Capital One, Chase, Citi, and Discover will find consumers more likely to gravitate toward cash options than rewards that provide options for hospitality and travel.

“Those aspirational trips to Hawaii lost their panache in 2020. So have hotels on South Beach and the south of France,” commented Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the research report. Riley adds that “credit card issuers need to re-gear credit card reward programs. If they do not, they will miss the way the market is moving.”

This report analyzes Mercator Advisory Group’s consumer survey data on credit card rewards and applies a practical view of both the U.S. consumer and shortcomings in current reward programs. With more than 225 million credit cards targeted at hospitality, retail, and travel, card issuers need strategies that appeal to the new normal. “Business is not business as usual today,” commented Riley.

The post This Industry Is the Silver Lining for Credit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/this-industry-is-the-silver-lining-for-credit-cards/feed/ 0
Temporary, Trending, and Permanent Shifts in the Credit Card Landscape Due to COVID: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/temporary-trending-and-permanent-shifts-in-the-credit-card-landscape-due-to-covid/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/temporary-trending-and-permanent-shifts-in-the-credit-card-landscape-due-to-covid/#respond Thu, 23 Jul 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89350 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?. Temporary, Trending, and Permanent Shifts in the Credit […]

The post Temporary, Trending, and Permanent Shifts in the Credit Card Landscape Due to COVID: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

Temporary, Trending, and Permanent Shifts in the Credit Card Landscape Due to COVID:

  • Cardholder behaviors are changing in 3 significant ways: 1. Impaired ability to pay; 2. Lower payment volumes; 3. Focus on account financial terms
  • Temporary shifts include: 1. T&E shutdown; 2. In-store retail decline; 3. Grocery uptick; 4. Dining decline
  • Program patches for temporary shifts: 1. Fee rebates; 2. Bonus period extension; 3. Point conversion offers; 4. Point purchases from sponsors
  • Trending shifts include: 1. T&E slow return; 2. Shift to e-Commerce; 3. Grocery/Dining continued trend; 4. Share shift to larger merchants
  • Permanent changes for trending shifts: 1. Co-brand sponsor pool shrinks; 2. T&E opportunity decline; 3. Survivor brands influence; 4. Fewer annual fee opportunities
  • Permanent shifts Include: 1. T&E resets to pre-2020 levels; 2. Smaller retail merchant base; 3. Smaller restaurant merchant base; 4. Online purchase + delivery favored
  • Program Innovation for Permanent Shifts: 1. New cash back models and sponsors; 2. Emphasis on flexible redemption points; 3. e-Commerce / delivery focus; 4. New remote order sponsors

About Report

Credit card reward programs, a consumer benefit of using a credit card, will undergo change as consumers and financial institutions adapt to the new world of COVID-19. Credit card issuers that rely on rewards to attract and retain customers must consider the changing economic realities and construct programs that do more than link to weakened co-brand partners, advises Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

While many consumers gravitate to cash-back rewards, co-brand programs that feature alliances with airlines, cruises, and hotels leave consumers with points that may not be useful for several years. Rewards with cash options, such as those issued by American Express, Bank of America, Capital One, Chase, Citi, and Discover will find consumers more likely to gravitate toward cash options than rewards that provide options for hospitality and travel.

“Those aspirational trips to Hawaii lost their panache in 2020. So have hotels on South Beach and the south of France,” commented Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the research report. Riley adds that “credit card issuers need to re-gear credit card reward programs. If they do not, they will miss the way the market is moving.”

This report analyzes Mercator Advisory Group’s consumer survey data on credit card rewards and applies a practical view of both the U.S. consumer and shortcomings in current reward programs. With more than 225 million credit cards targeted at hospitality, retail, and travel, card issuers need strategies that appeal to the new normal. “Business is not business as usual today,” commented Riley.

The post Temporary, Trending, and Permanent Shifts in the Credit Card Landscape Due to COVID: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/temporary-trending-and-permanent-shifts-in-the-credit-card-landscape-due-to-covid/feed/ 0
Of the 355 Million Rewards Card Accounts, How Many Are at Risk Due to COVID? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/of-the-355-million-rewards-card-accounts-how-many-are-at-risk-due-to-covid/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/of-the-355-million-rewards-card-accounts-how-many-are-at-risk-due-to-covid/#respond Wed, 22 Jul 2020 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89314 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?. Of the 355 Million Rewards Card Accounts, How […]

The post Of the 355 Million Rewards Card Accounts, How Many Are at Risk Due to COVID? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

Of the 355 Million Rewards Card Accounts, How Many Are at Risk Due to COVID?

  • The safest accounts look to be the 225 million cash back rewards accounts.
  • Of the 175 million non-co-brand rewards cards, 35 million have annual fees and therefore hold additional risk of attrition.
  • Of the 225 million commercial co-branded cards, 100 million have annual fees and therefore hold additional risk of attrition.
  • Of the 100 million commercial co-branded cards with annual fees, 55 million of them are within the airline and travel sectors, which pose additional risk.
  • Mercator predicts that combined attrition could affect half of consumer credit card accounts in the US in the next year. 
  • Three cardholder behaviors negatively impact near term credit card spend: 
  1. Impaired ability to pay
  2. Lower payment volumes
  3. Focus on account financial term

About Report

Credit card reward programs, a consumer benefit of using a credit card, will undergo change as consumers and financial institutions adapt to the new world of COVID-19. Credit card issuers that rely on rewards to attract and retain customers must consider the changing economic realities and construct programs that do more than link to weakened co-brand partners, advises Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

While many consumers gravitate to cash-back rewards, co-brand programs that feature alliances with airlines, cruises, and hotels leave consumers with points that may not be useful for several years. Rewards with cash options, such as those issued by American Express, Bank of America, Capital One, Chase, Citi, and Discover will find consumers more likely to gravitate toward cash options than rewards that provide options for hospitality and travel.

“Those aspirational trips to Hawaii lost their panache in 2020. So have hotels on South Beach and the south of France,” commented Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the research report. Riley adds that “credit card issuers need to re-gear credit card reward programs. If they do not, they will miss the way the market is moving.”

This report analyzes Mercator Advisory Group’s consumer survey data on credit card rewards and applies a practical view of both the U.S. consumer and shortcomings in current reward programs. With more than 225 million credit cards targeted at hospitality, retail, and travel, card issuers need strategies that appeal to the new normal. “Business is not business as usual today,” commented Riley.

The post Of the 355 Million Rewards Card Accounts, How Many Are at Risk Due to COVID? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/of-the-355-million-rewards-card-accounts-how-many-are-at-risk-due-to-covid/feed/ 0
Four Major Consumer Objections Will Transform the Credit Card Landscape: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-major-consumer-objections-will-transform-the-credit-card-landscape/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-major-consumer-objections-will-transform-the-credit-card-landscape/#respond Tue, 21 Jul 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89300 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?. Four Major Consumer Objections Will Transform the Credit […]

The post Four Major Consumer Objections Will Transform the Credit Card Landscape: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

Four Major Consumer Objections Will Transform the Credit Card Landscape:

  • Credit cards with annual fees and brand-specific rewards (motivated by spending) are tough propositions when cardholders cut spending.
  • Objection #1: “I can’t or won’t use the rewards any more for the sponsor company.”
  • Objection #2: “I no longer spend enough to justify using the rewards program and the annual fee.”
  • Objection #3:”The store/airline/hotel I use is going out of business/in Chapter 11/merging with another firm.”
  • Objection #4: “I don’t have confidence that the points will be there or will have sufficient value in the future when I need them.”
  • Of the four objections, the first two are particularly challenging to address, while the latter may be offset by proactive communications and education.

About Report

Credit card reward programs, a consumer benefit of using a credit card, will undergo change as consumers and financial institutions adapt to the new world of COVID-19. Credit card issuers that rely on rewards to attract and retain customers must consider the changing economic realities and construct programs that do more than link to weakened co-brand partners, advises Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

While many consumers gravitate to cash-back rewards, co-brand programs that feature alliances with airlines, cruises, and hotels leave consumers with points that may not be useful for several years. Rewards with cash options, such as those issued by American Express, Bank of America, Capital One, Chase, Citi, and Discover will find consumers more likely to gravitate toward cash options than rewards that provide options for hospitality and travel.

“Those aspirational trips to Hawaii lost their panache in 2020. So have hotels on South Beach and the south of France,” commented Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the research report. Riley adds that “credit card issuers need to re-gear credit card reward programs. If they do not, they will miss the way the market is moving.”

This report analyzes Mercator Advisory Group’s consumer survey data on credit card rewards and applies a practical view of both the U.S. consumer and shortcomings in current reward programs. With more than 225 million credit cards targeted at hospitality, retail, and travel, card issuers need strategies that appeal to the new normal. “Business is not business as usual today,” commented Riley.

The post Four Major Consumer Objections Will Transform the Credit Card Landscape: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-major-consumer-objections-will-transform-the-credit-card-landscape/feed/ 0
Credit Card Rewards Might Be COVID-19’s Next Victim: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-rewards-might-be-covid-19s-next-victim/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-rewards-might-be-covid-19s-next-victim/#respond Mon, 20 Jul 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89262 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?. Credit Card Rewards Might Be COVID-19’s Next Victim:  […]

The post Credit Card Rewards Might Be COVID-19’s Next Victim: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

Credit Card Rewards Might Be COVID-19’s Next Victim: 

  • About two thirds (63%) of general purpose credit card rewards program participants hold a commercially sponsored co-branded credit card.
  • Co-branded cards range from airline and hotel cards to cards from retailers to auto manufacturers and other leading brands
  • For 7 of 10 consumers with these cards, the rewards program is the main attraction among an array of benefits.
  • In contrast, only 4 in 10 consumers highly value “better financing” or “more credit”.
  •  If consumers cut costs amid COVID-19, cards with annual fees might be an easy target.
  • 1 in 3 consumers with general purpose credit cards have at least one account with an annual fee.
  • Half of cardholders with co-branded cards pay fees.

About Report

Credit card reward programs, a consumer benefit of using a credit card, will undergo change as consumers and financial institutions adapt to the new world of COVID-19. Credit card issuers that rely on rewards to attract and retain customers must consider the changing economic realities and construct programs that do more than link to weakened co-brand partners, advises Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

While many consumers gravitate to cash-back rewards, co-brand programs that feature alliances with airlines, cruises, and hotels leave consumers with points that may not be useful for several years. Rewards with cash options, such as those issued by American Express, Bank of America, Capital One, Chase, Citi, and Discover will find consumers more likely to gravitate toward cash options than rewards that provide options for hospitality and travel.

“Those aspirational trips to Hawaii lost their panache in 2020. So have hotels on South Beach and the south of France,” commented Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the research report. Riley adds that “credit card issuers need to re-gear credit card reward programs. If they do not, they will miss the way the market is moving.”

This report analyzes Mercator Advisory Group’s consumer survey data on credit card rewards and applies a practical view of both the U.S. consumer and shortcomings in current reward programs. With more than 225 million credit cards targeted at hospitality, retail, and travel, card issuers need strategies that appeal to the new normal. “Business is not business as usual today,” commented Riley.

The post Credit Card Rewards Might Be COVID-19’s Next Victim: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-rewards-might-be-covid-19s-next-victim/feed/ 0
Welcome to the New Era of Credit Card Rewards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/welcome-to-the-new-era-of-credit-card-rewards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/welcome-to-the-new-era-of-credit-card-rewards/#respond Fri, 17 Jul 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89219 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?. Welcome to the New Era of Credit Card […]

The post Welcome to the New Era of Credit Card Rewards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

Welcome to the New Era of Credit Card Rewards:

  • Visa released its Q1 report showing U.S. credit card payment volumes down 7% for March year over year.
  • April 2020 alone ended -25% for credit cards.
  • Specific merchant verticals are significantly affected: travel was down over 80% in April. 
  • Card-not-present volumes were up 30% if travel volume is excluded: it increased thanks to surging e-commerce.
  • Cash-back programs remain the dominant form of rewards programs in terms of participation.
  • 2019 showed more diversification of programs used: except for cash back, all categories gained last year.
  • In 2019, cash back preference retreated, while points for non-travel rewards increased.

About Report

Credit card reward programs, a consumer benefit of using a credit card, will undergo change as consumers and financial institutions adapt to the new world of COVID-19. Credit card issuers that rely on rewards to attract and retain customers must consider the changing economic realities and construct programs that do more than link to weakened co-brand partners, advises Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Rewards 2020: Another COVID-19 Victim?.

While many consumers gravitate to cash-back rewards, co-brand programs that feature alliances with airlines, cruises, and hotels leave consumers with points that may not be useful for several years. Rewards with cash options, such as those issued by American Express, Bank of America, Capital One, Chase, Citi, and Discover will find consumers more likely to gravitate toward cash options than rewards that provide options for hospitality and travel.

“Those aspirational trips to Hawaii lost their panache in 2020. So have hotels on South Beach and the south of France,” commented Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the research report. Riley adds that “credit card issuers need to re-gear credit card reward programs. If they do not, they will miss the way the market is moving.”

This report analyzes Mercator Advisory Group’s consumer survey data on credit card rewards and applies a practical view of both the U.S. consumer and shortcomings in current reward programs. With more than 225 million credit cards targeted at hospitality, retail, and travel, card issuers need strategies that appeal to the new normal. “Business is not business as usual today,” commented Riley.

The post Welcome to the New Era of Credit Card Rewards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/welcome-to-the-new-era-of-credit-card-rewards/feed/ 0
FLASHBACK: The 6 Emerging Pre-COVID Retail Trends from February 2020 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/flashback-the-6-emerging-pre-covid-retail-trends-from-february-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/flashback-the-6-emerging-pre-covid-retail-trends-from-february-2020/#respond Thu, 16 Jul 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89190 AiFi Rolls Out Autonomous Store Checkout To Denver Market - PaymentsJournalDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19 Transmits Chills to 2020 U.S Merchant Landscape FLASHBACK: The 6 Emerging Pre-COVID Retail Trends […]

The post FLASHBACK: The 6 Emerging Pre-COVID Retail Trends from February 2020 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –COVID-19 Transmits Chills to 2020 U.S Merchant Landscape

FLASHBACK: The 6 Emerging Pre-COVID Retail Trends from February 2020

  1. Self Service Shopping & Payment: In-store scan-and-go shopping was gaining popularity with merchants and shoppers.
  2. Autonomous Checkout: Pure walk-in, walk-out shopping experience using frictionless shop-and-pay systems.
  3. Online Ordering & Delivery or Curbside Pickup: Already on the rise in February, order ahead and pickup tactics are proliferating.
  4. Robotics Technology: Increases productivity in fulfillment of online orders; more common in warehouse than retail scenarios.
  5. Conversational Commerce: Prolific sales of in-home voice activated devices are now making their way into the connected car.
  6. Artificial Intelligence: Machine learning, predictive analytics, and customized offerings lead to a new breed of ‘Know Your Customer’ (KYC) experiences. 

About Report

Pandemic forces near-complete shutdown of retail ecosystem and takes consumer-centric economy with it.

Like a disaster movie mutating into real life, the entire world has been gripped by the novel coronavirus. With no proven treatment and cure for COVID-19 as yet, life and commerce as we knew it have all but ceased. Virus case numbers and financial losses occupy the headlines, and no one knows how this story will end. The business of payments will go on, but merchants face a daunting year.  

This Viewpoint, COVID-19 Transmits Chills to 2020 U.S Merchant Landscape,  looks at how the year began and refreshes Mercator Advisory Group’s 2020 Merchant Services Outlook. 

The post FLASHBACK: The 6 Emerging Pre-COVID Retail Trends from February 2020 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/flashback-the-6-emerging-pre-covid-retail-trends-from-february-2020/feed/ 0
Nothing Has Affected Corporate Banking More Than Fintech, except Maybe COVID-19: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/nothing-has-affected-corporate-banking-more-than-fintech-except-maybe-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/nothing-has-affected-corporate-banking-more-than-fintech-except-maybe-covid-19/#respond Wed, 15 Jul 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89167 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Use of Financial Technology to Accelerate in Corporate Banking Nothing Has Affected Corporate Banking More […]

The post Nothing Has Affected Corporate Banking More Than Fintech, except Maybe COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Use of Financial Technology to Accelerate in Corporate Banking

Nothing Has Affected Corporate Banking More Than Fintech, except Maybe COVID-19:

  • Over the last 10 years, investors have poured over $191 billion into banking related technologies.
  • Fintech revenues are forecasted to have a compound annual growth rate of 10.6% over the next 10 years.
  • A 10.6% CAGR is about 3 times faster than the rate for the broader financial sector and is forecasted to reach $500 billion in 2030.
  • Mercator Advisory Group interviews have unanimously agreed that adoption of digital systems will accelerate due to COVID-19.
  • Corporate inertia was the chief obstacle to digitalization, but is now being overcome by necessity.
  • Mercator’s Hierarchy of Tech Trends in Corporate Banking: AI,  API’s, Digital Systems, Cloud, Distributed Ledger.

About Report

The fintech revolution is just getting started. The complicated landscape of corporate banking systems and operations will transition more rapidly to digital as competitive realities demand change.

The post Nothing Has Affected Corporate Banking More Than Fintech, except Maybe COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/nothing-has-affected-corporate-banking-more-than-fintech-except-maybe-covid-19/feed/ 0
How Many Billions in IoT Payments Will There by 2024? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-billions-in-iot-payments-will-there-by-2024/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-billions-in-iot-payments-will-there-by-2024/#respond Tue, 14 Jul 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89126 artificial intelligenceDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –IoT Payments: Taxonomy Driven Market Size and Company Rankings How Many Billions in IoT Payments […]

The post How Many Billions in IoT Payments Will There by 2024? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –IoT Payments: Taxonomy Driven Market Size and Company Rankings

How Many Billions in IoT Payments Will There by 2024?

  • Currently, internet of things payments constitute just $5.76 billion in payments in 2019.
  • But with a compound annual growth rate of 5.8%, the segment is growing fast.
  • By 2024, IoT payments are forecasted to grow into a $7.56 billion market segment.
  • Automotive electrical equipment, specifically telematics devices purchasing casualty insurance, compose the majority of the $5.76 billion (~7% YoY) 2019 U.S. IoT payments market.
  • Of companies that are engaged in IoT payments, IoT payments are estimated to make up 4.5% of company revenue.
  • The relatively simplistic closed loop model of IoT payments is the primary implementation method today.
  • The more complex models of IoT payments are typically predicated on blockchain and smart contracts, which have a delayed market entrance. 

About Report

IoT payments continue to drive increased revenue. Mercator research indicates IoT payments are growing up to 15% YoY and are part of strategic plans for Fortune 500 companies, some of whom indicate in annual reports that they expect IoT to disrupt existing markets.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, IoT Payments: Taxonomy Driven Market Size and Company Rankings, delivers taxonomy driven market research that provides IoT payment market size by year, company, origination product, NAICS code, and as a percent of company revenue. The taxonomy utilized will enable Mercator to conduct industry specific competitive research projects and will dovetail that research with all other research performed using the NAICS database.

“Fortune 500 company innovation and growth strategy plans involve IoT payments. Companies see initiatives involving IoT payments as a way to differentiate and grow new business. Of the companies and IoT payments examined, IoT payments grew at an estimated 7% (2018-2019),” comments David Nelyubin, Research Analyst at Mercator Advisory Group and one of the authors of the report.

The post How Many Billions in IoT Payments Will There by 2024? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-billions-in-iot-payments-will-there-by-2024/feed/ 0
IoT Payments Generate Surprising Revenue for Companies That Use Them: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/iot-payments-generate-surprising-revenue-for-companies-that-use-them/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/iot-payments-generate-surprising-revenue-for-companies-that-use-them/#respond Mon, 13 Jul 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89089 Discover IoT paymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –IoT Payments: Taxonomy Driven Market Size and Company Rankings IoT Payments Generate Surprising Revenue for […]

The post IoT Payments Generate Surprising Revenue for Companies That Use Them: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –IoT Payments: Taxonomy Driven Market Size and Company Rankings

IoT Payments Generate Surprising Revenue for Companies That Use Them: 

  • Among a broad cross section examined in a recent Mercator research study, companies with IoT payments made 4% of their revenue with IoT.
  • Thats a huge amount for such a new product category.
  • IoT payments grew 7% between 2018 and 2019 for companies using them.
  • The category leader, Progressive Insurance, is estimated to derive 11% of its total revenue through IoT payments.
  • Another early IoT adopter, Epson, derives 7% of its revenue from IoT payments.
  • IoT payments are typically “closed loop”: the same company that owns the origination device owns the product ordered.
  • IoT payments can also be “open loop,” allowing users to pick from a range of products manufactured by other companies to be ordered automatically.

About Report

IoT payments continue to drive increased revenue. Mercator research indicates IoT payments are growing up to 15% YoY and are part of strategic plans for Fortune 500 companies, some of whom indicate in annual reports that they expect IoT to disrupt existing markets.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, IoT Payments: Taxonomy Driven Market Size and Company Rankings, delivers taxonomy driven market research that provides IoT payment market size by year, company, origination product, NAICS code, and as a percent of company revenue. The taxonomy utilized will enable Mercator to conduct industry specific competitive research projects and will dovetail that research with all other research performed using the NAICS database.

“Fortune 500 company innovation and growth strategy plans involve IoT payments. Companies see initiatives involving IoT payments as a way to differentiate and grow new business. Of the companies and IoT payments examined, IoT payments grew at an estimated 7% (2018-2019),” comments David Nelyubin, Research Analyst at Mercator Advisory Group and one of the authors of the report.

The post IoT Payments Generate Surprising Revenue for Companies That Use Them: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/iot-payments-generate-surprising-revenue-for-companies-that-use-them/feed/ 0
A Three Step Definition of an IoT Payments, and Leading Industries https://www.paymentsjournal.com/a-three-step-definition-of-an-iot-payment-and-leading-industries/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/a-three-step-definition-of-an-iot-payment-and-leading-industries/#respond Fri, 10 Jul 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=89019 IoT paymentsThe future of payments is here, and it’s called the Internet of Things. Customers can use their smartphones to make purchases anywhere in the world. And because the technology is still in its early stages, there are very few restrictions on how businesses can use it. For example, a restaurant could allow customers to order […]

The post A Three Step Definition of an IoT Payments, and Leading Industries appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The future of payments is here, and it’s called the Internet of Things. Customers can use their smartphones to make purchases anywhere in the world. And because the technology is still in its early stages, there are very few restrictions on how businesses can use it. For example, a restaurant could allow customers to order and pay for their food using a mobile app. Or a retail store could let customers pay for goods with a simple wave of their phone. The possibilities are endless. And as the technology continues to evolve, we can expect even more innovations.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – IoT Payments: Taxonomy Driven Market Size and Company Rankings

A Three Step Definition, and Leading Industries 

IoT Payments Definition:

  1. “A machine triggered payment with real-time analytics and data collection.”
  2. An IoT payment is a real-time data-driven payment that does not involve the buyer making a purchase decision.
  3. Instead, the buyer has previously authorized a plan for payments made automatically based on feedback from a sensor or automated data source.

IoT Payments Leading Industries:  

  1. The leading industry in 2019 was automotive, electrical engine, and diagnostic equipment manufacturing, with an estimated $3.9 billion in transactions. 
  2. The second largest industry in 2019 was printers, computers, and manufacturing, with $1.24 billion in transactions.
  3. Toothbrushes, electric, and manufacturing captured the third largest industry, with $585 million in 2019 transactions.

About Report

IoT payments continue to drive increased revenue. Mercator research indicates IoT payments are growing up to 15% YoY and are part of strategic plans for Fortune 500 companies, some of whom indicate in annual reports that they expect IoT to disrupt existing markets.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, IoT Payments: Taxonomy Driven Market Size and Company Rankings, delivers taxonomy driven market research that provides market size by year, company, origination product, NAICS code, and as a percent of company revenue. The taxonomy utilized will enable Mercator to conduct industry specific competitive research projects and will dovetail that research with all other research performed using the NAICS database.

“Fortune 500 company innovation and growth strategy plans involve IoT payments. Companies see initiatives involving IoT payments as a way to differentiate and grow new business. Of the companies and IoT payments examined, IoT payments grew at an estimated 7% (2018-2019),” comments David Nelyubin, Research Analyst at Mercator Advisory Group and one of the authors of the report.

The post A Three Step Definition of an IoT Payments, and Leading Industries appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/a-three-step-definition-of-an-iot-payment-and-leading-industries/feed/ 0
Do Fraud Victims Think Payment Notifications Are Very Important? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-fraud-victims-think-payment-notifications-are-very-important/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-fraud-victims-think-payment-notifications-are-very-important/#respond Thu, 09 Jul 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88995 First Data Alipay North AmericaDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate Do Fraud […]

The post Do Fraud Victims Think Payment Notifications Are Very Important? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

Do Fraud Victims Think Payment Notifications Are Very Important?

  • Yes and no – 70% of fraud victims feel it’s “very important” to know their payment has reached the biller.
  • But 81% of consumers who have not experienced fraud feel it’s “very important” to receive notification their payment reached the biller.
  • 14% of fraud victims feel it’s “not important” to receive a notification, compared to 4% of non-fraud victims.
  • People who have not been affected by fraud may be more conscious of fraud risk.
  • Males (73%) are less likely to feel a notification of payment from biller is “very important” vs. females (82%).
  • Males are also more likely (9%) to claim notification from billers are “not important” than females (5%).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post Do Fraud Victims Think Payment Notifications Are Very Important? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-fraud-victims-think-payment-notifications-are-very-important/feed/ 0
U.S. Consumers Don’t Expect Immediate Clearance for Bill Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-dont-expect-immediate-clearance-for-bill-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-dont-expect-immediate-clearance-for-bill-payments/#respond Tue, 07 Jul 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88964 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate U.S. Consumers […]

The post U.S. Consumers Don’t Expect Immediate Clearance for Bill Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

U.S. Consumers Don’t Expect Immediate Clearance for Bill Payments:

  • Most consumers (35%) feel that same-day bill payment should arrive the same day.
  • 33% of consumers, however, feel that bill payment should arrive instantly.
  • 25% of consumers believe that bill payment should arrive within an hour of the transaction.
  • However, 61% of consumers would NOT pay an additional fee for immediate payment.
  • 16% of consumers would pay more for immediate payment, and 23% say ‘it depends’.
  • For international P2P transfers, consumers expect payment to take longer than same-day.
  • Inter-bank transfers, check deposits, and P2P transfers within the same bank are expected to be instant.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post U.S. Consumers Don’t Expect Immediate Clearance for Bill Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/u-s-consumers-dont-expect-immediate-clearance-for-bill-payments/feed/ 0
Consumers’ Preferred Bill Payment Type Is Driven by Convenience: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-preferred-bill-payment-type-is-driven-by-convenience/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-preferred-bill-payment-type-is-driven-by-convenience/#respond Mon, 06 Jul 2020 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88931 bill paymentPaying bills can be both time consuming and tedious. Fortunately, there are many options available for consumers to pay bills quickly and securely. Many automatic billing services now exist, allowing the money to be directly withdrawn from a bank account or debit card when a bill is due. Additionally, those who prefer more manual control […]

The post Consumers’ Preferred Bill Payment Type Is Driven by Convenience: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Paying bills can be both time consuming and tedious. Fortunately, there are many options available for consumers to pay bills quickly and securely. Many automatic billing services now exist, allowing the money to be directly withdrawn from a bank account or debit card when a bill is due. Additionally, those who prefer more manual control have the option of using a bill pay service connected to their bank where they can schedule their payments in advance.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

Consumers’ Preferred Bill Payment Type Is Driven by Convenience:

  • Direct debit withdrawal ranks highest as the most convenient bill payment type by US consumers: 82%.
  • Along with convenience, direct debit ranks as the ‘quickest’ bill payment method by 49% of consumers.
  • Direct debit also leads all payment types for receiving a notification that a bill has been paid: 32%. 
  • US consumers rank cash (51%) and checks (44%) as the most secure bill payment methods.
  • Using credit cards for bill pay is overwhelmingly favored by consumers who prefer a reward: 57%.
  • Comparatively, the next largest group of reward seekers are those who prefer to pay with cash: 15%. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post Consumers’ Preferred Bill Payment Type Is Driven by Convenience: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-preferred-bill-payment-type-is-driven-by-convenience/feed/ 0
Checks and Cash Aren’t Preferred for Consumer Bill Payment, but They’re in Use! https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checks-and-cash-arent-preferred-for-consumer-bill-payment-but-theyre-in-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checks-and-cash-arent-preferred-for-consumer-bill-payment-but-theyre-in-use/#respond Thu, 02 Jul 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88916 b2b checksIn today’s world, checks and cash are still popular methods of bill payment. Writing checks is convenient as it keeps a paper trail that you may need to refer to later on. And while checks do take time to process, they can bring peace of mind knowing that a solid documentation of your payment exists. […]

The post Checks and Cash Aren’t Preferred for Consumer Bill Payment, but They’re in Use! appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s world, checks and cash are still popular methods of bill payment. Writing checks is convenient as it keeps a paper trail that you may need to refer to later on. And while checks do take time to process, they can bring peace of mind knowing that a solid documentation of your payment exists. But if you would like a quicker option then cash may be your best bet. With the right precautions taken, cash is the quickest way to make all types of payments and get the job done fast.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

Checks and Cash Aren’t Preferred for Consumer Bill Payment, but They’re in Use!

  • 4 in 10 US consumers still pay bills via check, though less than 1 in 5 consumers rates it as a preferred bill pay type.
  • Similarly, 20% of consumers pay bills in cash – though only 10% prefer to. 
  • Debit cards are the most popular bill payment method in the US, used by 47% of households
  • Younger consumers aged 18-34 are more likely than other cohorts to use debit cards (60%) and cash (34%).
  • 90% of older consumers (55+) use a desktop computer to pay bills.
  • 63% of younger consumers (18-34) use a smartphone.
  • 9% of younger consumers (18-34) use a smart speaker to pay bills, compared to 1% of older consumers (55+).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post Checks and Cash Aren’t Preferred for Consumer Bill Payment, but They’re in Use! appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checks-and-cash-arent-preferred-for-consumer-bill-payment-but-theyre-in-use/feed/ 0
Consumers Show Little Preference for Any Particular Bill Payment Type: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-show-little-preference-for-any-particular-bill-payment-type/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-show-little-preference-for-any-particular-bill-payment-type/#respond Wed, 01 Jul 2020 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88877 Paymate Enables Its Ecosystem with Invoice DiscountingBill payment has become much more convenient in the digital age. Services like online banking and digital wallets have allowed people to make payments with the click of a button. For those who don’t have time for this, automatic payments can be easily set up, ensuring bills are paid on time each month. Whether you […]

The post Consumers Show Little Preference for Any Particular Bill Payment Type: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Bill payment has become much more convenient in the digital age. Services like online banking and digital wallets have allowed people to make payments with the click of a button. For those who don’t have time for this, automatic payments can be easily set up, ensuring bills are paid on time each month. Whether you use digital payments or sign up for automated billing, there is no excuse for forgetting to pay a bill ever again! Technology allows us to take care of finances quickly and effectively, with complete peace of mind.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

Consumers Show Little Preference for Any Particular Bill Payment Type:

  • Digital payment is the most preferred category (NET) of consumer bill pay, with 43% consumer preference.
  • Automatic payments, including deductions & credit/debit, are a close second, with 37% consumer preference. 
  • Tech forward consumers, tech laggards, and average consumers rate almost all payment types as equally preferable.
  • Tech laggards are more likely (17%) to prefer paying bills by mail, compared to average (11%) and tech forward consumers (8%).
  • Similarly, household income is not determinant of payment preference. Households earning >$100K & <$100K rate payments types as equally preferable.
  • Households earning <$100K have a higher degree of preference (23%) for paying bills at a company’s website or mobile vs. households >$100K (16%).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post Consumers Show Little Preference for Any Particular Bill Payment Type: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-show-little-preference-for-any-particular-bill-payment-type/feed/ 0
The Income Gap in Consumer Bill Pay: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-income-gap-in-consumer-bill-pay/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-income-gap-in-consumer-bill-pay/#respond Tue, 30 Jun 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88826 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate The Income […]

The post The Income Gap in Consumer Bill Pay: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

The Income Gap in Consumer Bill Pay: 

  • Ultimately, higher income households have more bills to pay and therefore use more payment methods overall.
  • Households earning >$100K used more of every type of consumer bill pay considered in Mercator’s study.
  • Households earning >$100K are 8% more likely to use automatic checking deduction & 9% more likely to use automatic credit/debit charge.
  • Overall, households earning >$100K are 9% more likely to use digital payments vs. households earning <$100K.
  • The contrast is sharpest when considering bills paid through consumer’s bank website or mobile: >$100K: 37%; <$100K: 25%.
  • 33% of households earning >$100K pay bills by mail vs. 26% of households earning <$100K.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post The Income Gap in Consumer Bill Pay: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-income-gap-in-consumer-bill-pay/feed/ 0
Are Tech Forward Consumers the Most Likely to Pay Bills in Person? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-tech-forward-consumers-the-most-likely-to-pay-bills-in-person/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-tech-forward-consumers-the-most-likely-to-pay-bills-in-person/#respond Mon, 29 Jun 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88811 pay billsWhen it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service. Don’t miss another episode […]

The post Are Tech Forward Consumers the Most Likely to Pay Bills in Person? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

Are Tech Forward Consumers the Most Likely to Pay Bills in Person? 

  • It’s true – overwhelmingly true – 22% of ‘tech forward’ consumers pay in person.
  • Comparatively, 12% of average consumers pay in person & 7% of tech laggards pay in person.
  • Similarly, tech forward consumers are more likely to use a bill pay service – 17% of tech forward consumers use a service.
  • Comparatively, 9% of average consumers & 3% of tech laggards use a service.
  • Tech laggards are most likely to use an automatic withdrawal from checking to pay: 49%.
  • Comparatively, only 39% of tech forward consumers and 42% of average consumers use automatic checking deduction to pay.
  •  Predictably, tech laggards are more likely than other cohorts to pay via mail: 34%. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post Are Tech Forward Consumers the Most Likely to Pay Bills in Person? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-tech-forward-consumers-the-most-likely-to-pay-bills-in-person/feed/ 0
7 Ways Consumers Are Paying Bills https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-ways-consumers-are-paying-bills/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-ways-consumers-are-paying-bills/#respond Fri, 26 Jun 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88778 There are a variety of methods consumers can use to pay their bills. The most common method is to write a check and mail it to the company. This method is simple and straightforward, but it can take a few days for the check to be processed. Some companies also allow consumers to pay online. […]

The post 7 Ways Consumers Are Paying Bills appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

There are a variety of methods consumers can use to pay their bills. The most common method is to write a check and mail it to the company. This method is simple and straightforward, but it can take a few days for the check to be processed. Some companies also allow consumers to pay online. This can be a convenient option, but it requires consumers to have a credit or debit card and an internet connection. Some companies also offer automatic bill payment, which allows consumers to set up recurring payments. What are the methods consumers are using for paying bills?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

7 Ways Consumers Are Paying Bills:

  • 60% of consumers use an automatic payment method.
  • 44% have an automatic deduction from their checking; 38% have an automatic charge for a credit/debit card.
  • 60% of consumers use a digital payment method.
  • 39% of consumers use a biller’s website or mobile service; 28% use their bank’s website/mobile.
  • 9% of consumers use a bill pay service.
  • 27% of consumers pay by mail.
  • 13% of consumers pay in person.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods used.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post 7 Ways Consumers Are Paying Bills appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-ways-consumers-are-paying-bills/feed/ 0
How Satisfied Are Consumers with Their Online Subscription Services? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-satisfied-are-consumers-with-their-online-subscription-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-satisfied-are-consumers-with-their-online-subscription-services/#respond Thu, 25 Jun 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88751 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate How Satisfied […]

The post How Satisfied Are Consumers with Their Online Subscription Services? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

How Satisfied Are Consumers with Their Online Subscription Services?

  • Generally speaking, consumers are very satisfied with their online subscriptions services: for instance, 81% are highly satisfied with video streaming. 
  • At most, 3% of consumers are dissatisfied with their online subscription services (News/Magazines & Premium Apps).
  • Generally speaking, household income does not determine satisfaction with online subscription services.
  • Satisfaction within the Software vertical is loosely tied to household income: >$100K = 76% satisfied, <$100K = 67% satisfied. 
  • The disparity between tech forward and tech laggard consumers is sharpest in the premium apps category: tech forward = 76% satisfied, tech laggard = 40% satisfied.
  • Credit and debit cards are by far the most common means of paying for online subscription services.
  • Credit cards tend to be used most frequently in low-incidence payment categories like News & Software Subscriptions.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post How Satisfied Are Consumers with Their Online Subscription Services? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-satisfied-are-consumers-with-their-online-subscription-services/feed/ 0
What Percentage of Consumers Pay for Online Subscription Services? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-consumers-pay-for-online-subscription-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-consumers-pay-for-online-subscription-services/#respond Wed, 24 Jun 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88705 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate What Percentage […]

The post What Percentage of Consumers Pay for Online Subscription Services? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

What Percentage of Consumers Pay for Online Subscription Services?

  • 59% of consumers have an online subscription service; 40% used to have an online subscription service.
  • By far the most popular are video streaming services, where 46% of consumers are subscribed.
  • Second most popular are music streaming services, where 23% of consumers are subscribed.
  • Software, news, and premium apps each have between 10-13% of consumers subscribed.
  • Online subscription services are universally more popular in urban geographies, perhaps because of the concentration of young people there.
  • Younger adults universally subscribe to more online subscription services than any other age cohort.
  • The contrast is sharpest between young adults who subscribe to music services (38%) vs. older adults (9%).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post What Percentage of Consumers Pay for Online Subscription Services? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-consumers-pay-for-online-subscription-services/feed/ 0
How Satisfied Are Consumers with Their Box of the Month Subscriptions? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-satisfied-are-consumers-with-their-box-of-the-month-subscriptions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-satisfied-are-consumers-with-their-box-of-the-month-subscriptions/#respond Tue, 23 Jun 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88686 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate How Satisfied […]

The post How Satisfied Are Consumers with Their Box of the Month Subscriptions? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

How Satisfied Are Consumers with Their Box of the Month Subscriptions?

  • Generally speaking, consumers are satisfied with their subscription box services: ~60%+ rate themselves “highly satisfied’.
  • More importantly, very few consumers rate themselves as ‘dissatisfied’: ~3%.
  • One outlier for dissatisfaction is the Clothing vertical, where 8% of consumers rate themselves ‘dissatisfied’.
  • Most categories report 32% of consumers ‘somewhat satisfied’; 39% of consumers were somewhat satisfied with Books & Education.
  • Perceived value from subscriptions is universally higher among high-income consumers vs. low-income consumers.
  • Older adults (55+) are generally more satisfied with their subscription box services than younger adults. 
  • The contrast between old/young satisfaction is sharpest in the Coffee/Wine category, where 92% of older and only 57% of younger consumers are satisfied.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.

“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series. 

The post How Satisfied Are Consumers with Their Box of the Month Subscriptions? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-satisfied-are-consumers-with-their-box-of-the-month-subscriptions/feed/ 0
What’s Winning and What’s Losing with Box of the Month Subscriptions? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-winning-and-whats-losing-with-box-of-the-month-subscriptions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-winning-and-whats-losing-with-box-of-the-month-subscriptions/#respond Mon, 22 Jun 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88666 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate What’s […]

The post What’s Winning and What’s Losing with Box of the Month Subscriptions? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentsInsights, U.S – Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate

What’s Winning and What’s Losing with Box of the Month Subscriptions?

  • 75% of past subscribers to ‘box-of-the-month’ clubs have a current (alternate) subscription box.
  • So, despite the churn, users are largely staying with the category.
  • 46% of ‘tech forward’ consumers belong to a ‘box-of-the-month’ club or service.
  • In contrast, only 7% of ‘tech laggards’ belong to a ‘box-of-the-month’ club or service.
  • For tech forward consumers, the two most popular categories of subscription box are Food (17%) and Clothing (17%).
  • 7% of ‘average’ rated tech savvy consumers subscribe to a Food or Clothing subscription service.
  • Tech savvy consumers (14%) and average consumers (9%) compare closely in their subscription to Health and Beauty subscription services. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Subscription Services and Bill Pay: Card Payments Dominate, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of subscription services and methods for paying their bills.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use and pay for “box of the month” clubs and online subscription services. It also explores the ways consumers pay their bills and the increasing importance of digital bill payment.

Regarding subscription services in the U.S., consumers are about twice as likely to subscribe to an online subscription service as to subscribe to a “box of the month” service (59% vs 23%). Interestingly, a relatively large portion of American adults (38%) do not subscribe to either type of service.

When it comes to paying bills, the majority of consumers (6 in 10) are currently paying at least some of their bills electronically through either automatic billing or bank account withdrawal. Consumers are paying bills in equal proportion through electronic bill pay via their bank, their biller, or bill pay service.“This report explores two very important aspects in the payments ecosystem—subscription services and bill payment. Electronic payments play a very large role in both of these areas, and it is important to understand the payments dynamics of both,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

The post What’s Winning and What’s Losing with Box of the Month Subscriptions? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-winning-and-whats-losing-with-box-of-the-month-subscriptions/feed/ 0
Fastest Expanding Technologies in Corporate Payments and the Impact of COVID-19: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fastest-expanding-technologies-in-corporate-payments-and-the-impact-of-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fastest-expanding-technologies-in-corporate-payments-and-the-impact-of-covid-19/#respond Fri, 19 Jun 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88617 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Use of Financial Technology to Accelerate in Corporate Banking Fastest Expanding Technologies in Corporate Payments […]

The post Fastest Expanding Technologies in Corporate Payments and the Impact of COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Use of Financial Technology to Accelerate in Corporate Banking

Fastest Expanding Technologies in Corporate Payments and the Impact of COVID-19:

  •  Since 2014, banking related fintech venture capital investment has breached $191 billion.
  • COVID-19’s short-term impact has been severe: potentially the lowest fintech investment quarter in 3 years.
  • However, the longer-term impact will be a faster movement away from inefficient and risky manual processes toward the use of advanced digital capabilities.
  • Fintech revenues are forecasted to have a compound annual growth rate of 10.6% through 2030.
  • The fastest expanding technologies include AI for collecting receivables and procure-to-pay technologies.
  • APIs are arguably the most important and widely adopted bank technologies. Most banks have built an API sandbox.
  • Also quickly expanding are digitalization for organizational control, cash cycle convergence, and the replacement of analog and manual processes.

About Report

The fintech revolution is just getting started. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Use of Financial Technology to Accelerate in Corporate Banking, presents data on how the complicated landscape of corporate banking systems will transition more rapidly to digital as competitive realities demand change. 

The post Fastest Expanding Technologies in Corporate Payments and the Impact of COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fastest-expanding-technologies-in-corporate-payments-and-the-impact-of-covid-19/feed/ 0
Top Debit Considerations in a Pandemic World: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-debit-considerations-in-a-pandemic-world/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-debit-considerations-in-a-pandemic-world/#respond Thu, 18 Jun 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88561 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review Top Debit Considerations in a Pandemic World: […]

The post Top Debit Considerations in a Pandemic World: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review

Top Debit Considerations in a Pandemic World:

  • In the past, debit cardholders have been more reluctant to use debit cards in digital transactions. 
  • However, 43% of Americans report that they are spending more online due to the pandemic.
  • 41% of consumers believe credit cards are safer to use online and 29% feel that resolving a credit card dispute is simply easier.
  • Over the long term,  Mercator believes that there will be a 20–30% increase in the instances of debit used for e-commerce.
  • Interest in debit card controls has reached an all time high of 47% of consumers.
  • Nearly 50% of consumers are rewarded through their debit card and in 2019 36% said that it influences their purchasing habits.
  • As financial institutions close branch lobbies, services such as card replacements for lost and stolen cards need to be reinvented.

About Report

Debit card activity in the United States was very brisk in 2019, posting strong growth, but the future growth of debit cards and how they will be used will change materially as the economy is altered by the impacts of the global novel coronavirus pandemic. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, 2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review, presents data on how the market was progressing and what the future may hold for debit card issuers and cardholders.

“Use of debit cards now and in the near term will be slowed the most by historically high unemployment, which affects typical debit card users, who make less than $75,000 annually on average, and by the closure of all but essential retailers. Offsetting this is the trend seen in the past of consumers favoring debit during recessionary periods,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, author of the report.

The post Top Debit Considerations in a Pandemic World: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-debit-considerations-in-a-pandemic-world/feed/ 0
3 Types of Cardless ATM Authentication Might Emerge Given the Pandemic https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-types-of-cardless-atm-authentication-might-emerge-given-the-pandemic/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-types-of-cardless-atm-authentication-might-emerge-given-the-pandemic/#respond Wed, 17 Jun 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88547 cardless atm authenticationIn recent years, there has been an increase in the use of cardless ATM authentication, also known as remote cardless cash access (RCA). This technology allows users to withdraw cash from an ATM without using a physical debit or credit card. Instead, they simply enter their mobile phone number into the ATM and then receive […]

The post 3 Types of Cardless ATM Authentication Might Emerge Given the Pandemic appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In recent years, there has been an increase in the use of cardless ATM authentication, also known as remote cardless cash access (RCA). This technology allows users to withdraw cash from an ATM without using a physical debit or credit card. Instead, they simply enter their mobile phone number into the ATM and then receive a one-time code that can be used to access their account. Although RCA offers a number of advantages over traditional ATM cards, there are also some potential security risks to consider.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review

3 Types of Cardless ATM Authentication Might Emerge Given the Pandemic:

  •  NFC ATMs: near field communication using a mobile phone plus ATM.
  • One-Time Password: a cardholder opens their banking app and asks to receive a one-time password.
  • One-Time Password: The user enters the one time password and ATM PIN and proceeds with a typical ATM transaction.
  • QR Code: cardholder opens their banking app and asks for contactless; some systems allow for requests like $ amount.
  • QR Code: an ATM will produce a QR code, which a consumer will snap with their phone to finalize the transaction. 
  • According to Mercator, only 4% of consumers had tried a cardless form of ATM access in 2019. 

About Report

Debit card activity in the United States was very brisk in 2019, posting strong growth, but the future growth of debit cards and how they will be used will change materially as the economy is altered by the impacts of the global novel coronavirus pandemic. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, 2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review, presents data on how the market was progressing and what the future may hold for debit card issuers and cardholders.

“Use of debit cards now and in the near term will be slowed the most by historically high unemployment, which affects typical debit card users, who make less than $75,000 annually on average, and by the closure of all but essential retailers. Offsetting this is the trend seen in the past of consumers favoring debit during recessionary periods,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, author of the report.

The post 3 Types of Cardless ATM Authentication Might Emerge Given the Pandemic appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-types-of-cardless-atm-authentication-might-emerge-given-the-pandemic/feed/ 0
ATM Usage Pre and Post-COVID: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atm-usage-pre-and-post-covid/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atm-usage-pre-and-post-covid/#respond Tue, 16 Jun 2020 16:30:24 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88522 atm usageThe COVID-19 pandemic has had a major impact on the way we use ATMs. In the past, ATMs were primarily used for cash withdrawals and deposits. However, with the widespread use of contactless payments, many people are now using their ATMs for tasks such as checking their balance and transferring money between accounts. This shift […]

The post ATM Usage Pre and Post-COVID: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a major impact on the way we use ATMs. In the past, ATMs were primarily used for cash withdrawals and deposits. However, with the widespread use of contactless payments, many people are now using their ATMs for tasks such as checking their balance and transferring money between accounts. This shift in usage has been driven by a need for greater convenience and hygiene, as people look to avoid contact with high-touch surfaces.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review

ATM Usage Pre and Post-COVID

Pre-COVID: 

  • On average, consumers were withdrawing from an ATM 4 times a month.
  • On average, consumers were depositing cash in an ATM 2.5 times a month. 
  • On average, consumers were depositing checks 2.2 times per month.

 Post-COVID: 

  • COVID-19’s immediate impact was to create a rush to withdraw cash.
  • Following cash hoarding, ATM usage declined rapidly as store closures and social distancing took effect.
  • Rumors that ATMs were “as dirty as a NYC subway” did not help.
  • Mercator postulates that cash will likely not return to pre-COVID levels as P2P digital alternatives gain lasting traction.

About Report

Debit card activity in the United States was very brisk in 2019, posting strong growth, but the future growth of debit cards and how they will be used will change materially as the economy is altered by the impacts of the global novel coronavirus pandemic. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, 2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review, presents data on how the market was progressing and what the future may hold for debit card issuers and cardholders.

“Use of debit cards now and in the near term will be slowed the most by historically high unemployment, which affects typical debit card users, who make less than $75,000 annually on average, and by the closure of all but essential retailers. Offsetting this is the trend seen in the past of consumers favoring debit during recessionary periods,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, author of the report.

The post ATM Usage Pre and Post-COVID: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atm-usage-pre-and-post-covid/feed/ 0
5 Complications to Growing Contactless Payments, Even Amidst COVID-19 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-complications-to-growing-contactless-payments-even-amidst-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-complications-to-growing-contactless-payments-even-amidst-covid-19/#respond Mon, 15 Jun 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88486 contactless paymentsThanks to the near-ubiquitous adoption of mobile devices equipped with NFC technology, contactless payments have become the new normal. There are now over a billion devices around the world that can be used to make contactless payments, and the list of supported retailers is growing all the time. From small businesses to big-name brands, more […]

The post 5 Complications to Growing Contactless Payments, Even Amidst COVID-19 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Thanks to the near-ubiquitous adoption of mobile devices equipped with NFC technology, contactless payments have become the new normal. There are now over a billion devices around the world that can be used to make contactless payments, and the list of supported retailers is growing all the time. From small businesses to big-name brands, more and more merchants are accepting contactless payments every day.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review

5 Complications to Growing Contactless Payments, Even Amidst COVID-19:

  • The growth of new contactless-enabled merchants will be slow as costly POS enhancements are deprioritized.
  • Essential stores like large chain pharmacies, grocers, and home improvement stores were early adopters of contactless pre-Covid. 
  • Issuing new contactless cards takes months of planning and execution: there will be a lag in availability of contactless.
  • Public transportation, a substantial segment of contactless cards, has seen a massive decline in ridership.
  • Contactless transactions are not entirely “hands free”, so some consumers may still be wary. 
  • Currently, these are roadblock issues: issuers will pick up demand and ridership will return.
  • Longer term, the pandemic will be a watershed moment that creates a compelling reason that convinces consumers to adopt contactless.

About Report

Debit card activity in the United States was very brisk in 2019, posting strong growth, but the future growth of debit cards and how they will be used will change materially as the economy is altered by the impacts of the global novel coronavirus pandemic. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, 2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review, presents data on how the market was progressing and what the future may hold for debit card issuers and cardholders.

“Use of debit cards now and in the near term will be slowed the most by historically high unemployment, which affects typical debit card users, who make less than $75,000 annually on average, and by the closure of all but essential retailers. Offsetting this is the trend seen in the past of consumers favoring debit during recessionary periods,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, author of the report.

The post 5 Complications to Growing Contactless Payments, Even Amidst COVID-19 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-complications-to-growing-contactless-payments-even-amidst-covid-19/feed/ 0
Two Scenarios for Debit Card Growth Post COVID-19: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/two-scenarios-for-debit-card-growth-post-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/two-scenarios-for-debit-card-growth-post-covid-19/#respond Fri, 12 Jun 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88442 Credit Card Lending: Fair is Foul and Foul is FairDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review Two Scenarios for Debit Card Growth Post […]

The post Two Scenarios for Debit Card Growth Post COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review

Two Scenarios for Debit Card Growth Post COVID-19:

  • Pre-COVID, debit card transactions stood at $2,585 billion annually. 
  • An optimistic outcome with a prompt recovery forecasts debit card transactions at $2,962 billion by 2022.
  •  A pessimistic outcome with a severe downturn forecasts debit transactions at $2,557 billion by 2022.
  • There were 515 million Mastercard & Visa debit cards in the market in 2019.
  • Visa dominates the debit card market: 72% vs. Mastercard’s 28%.
  • Debit card users skew older (56% age 35-64) and lower income (57% <$50K). 
  • Although belt-tightening favors debit, the loss of income from job loss or pay cut will have greater influence on debit transactions.

About Report

Debit card activity in the United States was very brisk in 2019, posting strong growth, but the future growth of debit cards and how they will be used will change materially as the economy is altered by the impacts of the global novel coronavirus pandemic. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, 2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review, presents data on how the market was progressing and what the future may hold for debit card issuers and cardholders.

“Use of debit cards now and in the near term will be slowed the most by historically high unemployment, which affects typical debit card users, who make less than $75,000 annually on average, and by the closure of all but essential retailers. Offsetting this is the trend seen in the past of consumers favoring debit during recessionary periods,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, author of the report.

The post Two Scenarios for Debit Card Growth Post COVID-19: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/two-scenarios-for-debit-card-growth-post-covid-19/feed/ 0
Quantifying the Massive Growth in Contactless Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/quantifying-the-massive-growth-in-contactless-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/quantifying-the-massive-growth-in-contactless-payments/#respond Thu, 11 Jun 2020 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88362 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review Quantifying the Massive Growth in Contactless Payments: […]

The post Quantifying the Massive Growth in Contactless Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review

Quantifying the Massive Growth in Contactless Payments:

  • According to Mastercard, 51% of consumers are using contactless (credit, debit, wallet).
  • Mastercard: 33% of US consumers have switched their top-of-wallet card to contactless. 
  • Mastercard: 45% of US consumers prefer to shop at stores that have contactless POS.
  • Mastercard: 56% of US consumers will continue using contactless post-Covid.
  • According to Visa, 31 million Americans tapped a Visa contactless card in March, up from 25 million in November. 
  • Visa: Contactless usage has grown 150% since March 2019.
  • Visa: At 175 million cards, the US has the most contactless cards of any market globally.

About Report

Debit card activity in the United States was very brisk in 2019, posting strong growth, but the future growth of debit cards and how they will be used will change materially as the economy is altered by the impacts of the global novel coronavirus pandemic. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, 2020 Annual U.S. Debit Card Market Data Review, presents data on how the market was progressing and what the future may hold for debit card issuers and cardholders.

“Use of debit cards now and in the near term will be slowed the most by historically high unemployment, which affects typical debit card users, who make less than $75,000 annually on average, and by the closure of all but essential retailers. Offsetting this is the trend seen in the past of consumers favoring debit during recessionary periods,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, author of the report.

The post Quantifying the Massive Growth in Contactless Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/quantifying-the-massive-growth-in-contactless-payments/feed/ 0
Can Challenger Banks Enter into Corporate Payments? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/can-challenger-banks-enter-into-corporate-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/can-challenger-banks-enter-into-corporate-payments/#respond Wed, 10 Jun 2020 19:39:05 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88340 Challenger banks are gaining momentum in the financial services industry, offering banking alternatives that offer new experiences to consumers. These banks don’t have traditional branches, but instead provide convenience and accessibility through digital-only channels. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to […]

The post Can Challenger Banks Enter into Corporate Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Challenger banks are gaining momentum in the financial services industry, offering banking alternatives that offer new experiences to consumers. These banks don’t have traditional branches, but instead provide convenience and accessibility through digital-only channels.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –Digital-Only Corporate Banks: Not Just Yet

Can Challenger Banks Enter into Corporate Payments? 

  • 2019 challenger bank valuation was roughly $3.8 billion, and is expected to grow to $30 billion by 2025. 
  • 2019 combined net income of the top 5 U.S. banks was $55 billion. 
  • Another estimate has traditional banks closed 7x more consumer loans than challenger banks.  
  •  The first wave of challenger banks was designed to advance the retail banking experience for consumers. 
  • Launching a true digital-only corporate bank is almost impossible without the large capital required to play in corporate finance.
  • As an example, CitiBank requires almost $32 billion in capital for its loan portfolio.  
  • One potential route is the “big techs” (Alphabet, Amazon, etc.), but the issue for them is applying for bank charter and the regulation entailed.  

About Report

The largest corporate banking institutions are creating robust digital solutions, but pure startup banks are looking at smaller business targets.

It will be a while before truly corporate banking institutions can create an end-to-end digital banking experience. The challenger and neobanks are looking at the spaces where needs are more succinct and easily matched with capabilities.

The post Can Challenger Banks Enter into Corporate Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/can-challenger-banks-enter-into-corporate-payments/feed/ 0
Which Biometric Authentication Are Consumers Most Comfortable Using for Payment? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-biometric-authentication-are-consumers-most-comfortable-using-for-payment/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-biometric-authentication-are-consumers-most-comfortable-using-for-payment/#respond Mon, 08 Jun 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88262 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Biometrics: Driven by Standardized Authentication, Adopted by Consumers. Which Biometric Authentication Are Consumers Most […]

The post Which Biometric Authentication Are Consumers Most Comfortable Using for Payment? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Biometrics: Driven by Standardized Authentication, Adopted by Consumers.

Which Biometric Authentication Are Consumers Most Comfortable Using for Payment?

  • It’s very narrow, but consumers are still most comfortable with passwords over fingerprint.
  • Specifically, consumers (34% in 2019) are most comfortable with passwords of more than 4 digits.
  • Very close behind, 32% of consumers are most comfortable with fingerprint ID.
  • Oddly, in 2016 and 2017 consumers narrowly preferred fingerprint ID (38%) to passwords of 4+ digits (34%).
  • About a quarter of consumers are most comfortable with password 4 digits or less.
  • Facial recognition as ‘most comfortable’ jumped from 12% in 2018 to 17% in 2019.
  • 18% of consumers are most comfortable with no authentication… wow. 

About Report

In recent years, user authentication based on biometrics (biometric authentication) has become a new method for consumers to open their smartphones and select mobile apps. Mercator market research indicates biometric use is increasing even as consumers adopt a greater variety of methods choosing among fingerprint, facial recognition, and voice recognition. Biometrics are important because they utilize new mobile security hardware and software to revamp authentication, lower the risk of fraud, address the mandates of the European Union’s revised Payment Services Directive (PSD2), and induce changes in consumer behavior.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Biometrics: Driven by Standardized Authentication, Adopted by Consumers, provides consumer sentiment, adoption rates, and forecasts on biometric authentication methods, both to unlock smartphones and for payment authentication. Additionally the report examines the FIDO Alliance, discussing how it has standardized authentication and the implications for biometrics and payments.“Authentication using biometrics is rapidly being adopted by consumers, in part as a result of hardware manufacturers enabling its use, and in part because the standard for authentication created by the FIDO Alliance has increased the ease with which authenticators can utilize the mobile biometrics over the web and decrease authentication friction for consumers,” comments David Nelyubin, Research Analyst at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

The post Which Biometric Authentication Are Consumers Most Comfortable Using for Payment? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-biometric-authentication-are-consumers-most-comfortable-using-for-payment/feed/ 0
By 2024, How Many Smartphone Owners Will Use Biometrics? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/by-2024-how-many-smartphone-owners-will-use-biometrics/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/by-2024-how-many-smartphone-owners-will-use-biometrics/#respond Thu, 04 Jun 2020 16:28:56 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88127 Biometrics have revolutionized the way smartphones are secured. By using biometrics such as finger prints and facial recognition, smartphones offer enhanced levels of security that weren’t previously possible. In addition to securing smartphones, biometrics can also be used to secure computers, tablets and other devices. As more and more users become aware of the benefits […]

The post By 2024, How Many Smartphone Owners Will Use Biometrics? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Biometrics have revolutionized the way smartphones are secured. By using biometrics such as finger prints and facial recognition, smartphones offer enhanced levels of security that weren’t previously possible. In addition to securing smartphones, biometrics can also be used to secure computers, tablets and other devices. As more and more users become aware of the benefits biometrics can provide in terms of security, their use is becoming increasingly popular and widespread.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Biometrics: Driven by Standardized Authentication, Adopted by Consumers.

By 2024, How Many Smartphone Owners Will Use Biometrics?

  • By 2024, Mercator forecasts that 66% of smartphone owners will use biometrics for authentication.
  • Currently, Mercator estimates that 41% of smartphone owners are using biometrics.
  • Just one year ago, in 2019 only 27% of consumers used biometrics to authenticate.
  • Although fingerprint readers remain the top option for authentication, an increasing percentage of users are reporting facial and voice recognition.
  • Voice recognition increased to 20% of biometric authentication in the last year – up from 11% in 2019.
  • Facial recognition jumped to nearly 30% of biometric authentication, up from 11% in 2019.
  • Phone brands play a big role in dictating authentication methods, with Android and iPhone owners clearly emerging as more likely to use voice and facial recognition.

About Report

In recent years, user authentication based on biometrics (biometric authentication) has become a new method for consumers to open their smartphones and select mobile apps. Mercator market research indicates biometric use is increasing even as consumers adopt a greater variety of methods choosing among fingerprint, facial recognition, and voice recognition. Biometrics are important because they utilize new mobile security hardware and software to revamp authentication, lower the risk of fraud, address the mandates of the European Union’s revised Payment Services Directive (PSD2), and induce changes in consumer behavior.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Biometrics: Driven by Standardized Authentication, Adopted by Consumers, provides consumer sentiment, adoption rates, and forecasts on biometric authentication methods, both to unlock smartphones and for payment authentication. Additionally the report examines the FIDO Alliance, discussing how it has standardized authentication and the implications for biometrics and payments.

“Authentication using biometrics is rapidly being adopted by consumers, in part as a result of hardware manufacturers enabling its use, and in part because the standard for authentication created by the FIDO Alliance has increased the ease with which authenticators can utilize the mobile biometrics over the web and decrease authentication friction for consumers,” comments David Nelyubin, Research Analyst at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

The post By 2024, How Many Smartphone Owners Will Use Biometrics? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/by-2024-how-many-smartphone-owners-will-use-biometrics/feed/ 0
Five Dimensions for Assessing E-commerce Fraud Management https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-dimensions-for-assessing-e-commerce-fraud-management/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-dimensions-for-assessing-e-commerce-fraud-management/#respond Tue, 02 Jun 2020 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88063 Credit Card Data, E-Commerce FraudThe transition from in-store to remote buying is expected to continue rapid growth around the globe over the coming 5 to10 years. E-commerce fraud adds a risk dimension to transactions that demands strong preparation by payments industry participants. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner […]

The post Five Dimensions for Assessing E-commerce Fraud Management appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The transition from in-store to remote buying is expected to continue rapid growth around the globe over the coming 5 to10 years. E-commerce fraud adds a risk dimension to transactions that demands strong preparation by payments industry participants.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – E-Commerce Fraud Detection Platforms, Part 2: Vendor Assessment.

Five Dimensions for Assessing E-commerce Fraud Management:

From 2018 to 2019, mid/large e-commerce merchants saw a 17% increase in fraud losses.

There are 5 dimensions to assess fraud management:

  1. Engagement: Understanding the “buyer” outside & prior to the transaction phase.
  2. Identification: Authenticating the buyer during an active e-commerce session.
  3. Detection/Action: Detecting high-risk activity, protecting end-users from loss, and integrating workflow.
  4. Delivery: Solution delivery methods, availability, pricing, and support.
  5. Differentiators: Additional solution advantages that go beyond core features & functions.

About Report

The transition from in-store to remote buying is expected to continue rapid growth around the globe over the coming 5 to10 years. E-commerce adds a risk dimension to transactions that demands strong preparation by payments industry participants. The rapid growth, combined with an increasingly sophisticated fraudster universe that dynamically adapts to societal and business changes, poses a critical threat requiring strategy and ongoing investment. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research investigates solutions for managing e-commerce fraud, taking a closer look at key vendors of solutions that can help merchants and financial institutions protect their assets.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, E-Commerce Fraud Detection Platforms, Part 2: Vendor Assessment, reviews some of the key vendors providing fraud management solutions for merchants to combat the ever present and growing online threat of payments fraud. The report provides a detailed assessment of five key vendors that participated in a survey and phone interviews of executives and adds a secondary, high-level review of more than two dozen other vendors providing solutions in this market space. The new report complements and expands upon a recent Mercator Advisory Group report titled E-Commerce Fraud Detection Solutions: Market Overview (released in February 2020), which detailed the current payments fraud landscape, defined critical evaluation criteria, and drilled down into the specifics of combating e-commerce fraud.

“There are multiple vendors supporting payments fraud using a variety of tools, many of which are point solutions designed for specific points in the e-commerce transaction journey,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, co-author of the report, along with Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service, “so our goal was to drill down into the vendors who are embracing the vision of an end-to-end e-commerce fraud management platform that covers not only in-session risk but full account behavior recognition.”

The post Five Dimensions for Assessing E-commerce Fraud Management appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-dimensions-for-assessing-e-commerce-fraud-management/feed/ 0
Six “Risk Decision Points” Required to Fight Fraud: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-risk-decision-points-required-to-fight-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-risk-decision-points-required-to-fight-fraud/#respond Mon, 01 Jun 2020 16:58:03 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=88027 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – E-Commerce Fraud Detection Platforms, Part 2: Vendor Assessment Pre-covid, e-commerce accounted for 16% of […]

The post Six “Risk Decision Points” Required to Fight Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – E-Commerce Fraud Detection Platforms, Part 2: Vendor Assessment

Pre-covid, e-commerce accounted for 16% of total retail sales and 13% of B2B sales. More e-commerce = more fraud

  • Risk decision point #1: Identity & Authentication at the web visitor point, may involve new account
  • Risk decision point #2: Account Protection which involves initial or return log-ins & account changes
  • Risk decision point #3 Checkout Solution when loading card, potentially consulting 3rd party resources
  • Risk decision point #4 Gateway when checking out a new or known customer
  • Risk decision point #5 Card/user payment validation accounts for a new payment type or address
  • Risk decision point #6 Dispute Resolution which goes back to the authorization and shipping info

About the Report

The transition from in-store to remote buying is expected to continue rapid growth around the globe over the coming 5 to10 years. E-commerce adds a risk dimension to transactions that demands strong preparation by payments industry participants. The rapid growth, combined with an increasingly sophisticated fraudster universe that dynamically adapts to societal and business changes, poses a critical threat requiring strategy and ongoing investment. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research investigates solutions for managing e-commerce fraud, taking a closer look at key vendors of solutions that can help merchants and financial institutions protect their assets.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, E-Commerce Fraud Detection Platforms, Part 2: Vendor Assessment, reviews some of the key vendors providing fraud management solutions for merchants to combat the ever present and growing online threat of payments fraud. The report provides a detailed assessment of five key vendors that participated in a survey and phone interviews of executives and adds a secondary, high-level review of more than two dozen other vendors providing solutions in this market space. The new report complements and expands upon a recent Mercator Advisory Group report titled E-Commerce Fraud Detection Solutions: Market Overview (released in February 2020), which detailed the current payments fraud landscape, defined critical evaluation criteria, and drilled down into the specifics of combating e-commerce fraud.

“There are multiple vendors supporting payments fraud using a variety of tools, many of which are point solutions designed for specific points in the e-commerce transaction journey,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, co-author of the report, along with Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service, “so our goal was to drill down into the vendors who are embracing the vision of an end-to-end e-commerce fraud management platform that covers not only in-session risk but full account behavior recognition.”

This research report is 24 pages long and has 13 exhibits. 

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include ACI Worldwide, Authenteq, BAE Systems, Behaviosec, BioCatch, Bolt, Bottomline Technologies, Chargebacks, Chargebacks 911, ClearSale, CyberSource (Visa), Cyxtera (Easy Solutions), Ethoca (Mastercard), Experian, Featurespace, Feedzai, FICO, FraudLabs, Guardian Analytics, ID Analytics, Idology, Illumio, InAuth (Amex), Jumio, Kount, LexisNexis, Mitek, Neustar, Nice Actimize, Nuance, NuData (Mastercard), OnFido, PayFone, PayPal Order Filters, Pelican, Radial, Ravelin, Riskified, RSA, SAS, Shape Security (F5), Sift (Sift Science), Signifyd, Simility (PayPal), Socure, Stripe Radar, ThreatMetrix (LexisNexis Risk Solutions‎), Trulioo, Veridium, and Verifi (Visa).

The post Six “Risk Decision Points” Required to Fight Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-risk-decision-points-required-to-fight-fraud/feed/ 0
Fleet Management Software Nets Substantial Cost Savings: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fleet-management-software-nets-substantial-cost-savings/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fleet-management-software-nets-substantial-cost-savings/#respond Thu, 28 May 2020 17:30:15 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87967 Amazon Needs More Warehouses To Fulfill Last Mile DeliveryDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Fleet Card Market Review and Forecast, 2018–2023. Fleet Management Software Nets Substantial Cost […]

The post Fleet Management Software Nets Substantial Cost Savings: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Fleet Card Market Review and Forecast, 2018–2023.

Fleet Management Software Nets Substantial Cost Savings:

  • For the trucking vertical, fleet management software yields 6% savings in fuel, accidents, and labor.
  • The largest single savings from fleet management software affects commercial work trucks, with a 17% reduction in accidents.
  • Fleet management software had the lowest impact on commercial work trucks in fuel, but still had an 8% reduction.
  • Ground transportation saves 14% on labor when using fleet management software, and another 16% on accidents.
  • Government, as a category, saves ~10% across fuel, accidents, and labor when using fleet management software.
  • Fuel might represent up to 22% of total cost of ownership for fleets in North America.
  • Mercator Advisory Group predicts that by 2026, hybrid & electric vehicles could reduce network interchange revenues by up to 12%.

About Report

In a new research report, U.S. Fleet Card Market Review and Forecast, 2018–2023, Mercator Advisory Group reviews the estimated current market size and network share, projecting spending through 2023. The report delves into the issues and trends affecting this niche portion of the payments industry.

“The closed loop network portion of the spending continues to predominate since industry legacy approaches reside with larger fleets and the specialized controls associated with the more abundant data capabilities in these systems,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “As the service providers attempt to broaden their reach into small businesses and midsized fleets, collaboration with open loop network products will increase. This is one way to offset fuel price volatility and efficiency impacts in the shorter term, while a looming change is also there from the effects of alternative vehicles. Industry participants recognize the challenges and a need to adapt to the latest-generation technology, and there is general optimism that challenges will be met successfully.”

The post Fleet Management Software Nets Substantial Cost Savings: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fleet-management-software-nets-substantial-cost-savings/feed/ 0
Snapshot: Size and Segments of US Commercial Card Spend https://www.paymentsjournal.com/snapshot-size-and-segments-of-us-commercial-card-spend/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/snapshot-size-and-segments-of-us-commercial-card-spend/#respond Wed, 27 May 2020 19:00:48 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87917 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity. Snapshot: Size and Segments of US Commercial […]

The post Snapshot: Size and Segments of US Commercial Card Spend appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity.

Snapshot: Size and Segments of US Commercial Card Spend

  • US commercial cards represent just 5% of total B2B payments.
  • However, US B2B payments comprise an enormous market of $25 trillion.
  • Small business payments comprise the largest single category of US commercial card spend: 36.5%. 
  • Prepaid makes up the 2nd largest category of US commercial card spend: 19.9%.
  • Purchasing cards (p-cards) makes up 17.1% of US commercial card spend.
  • Virtual cards (v-card) and Travel & Entertainment make up 10% each.
  • Combining both open/closed loop, fleet cards make up 5.9% of US commercial card spend.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity, provides a direct view into the latest trends in technology and tools in the trade finance space. Traditional trade finance remains a primary method for managing risk and creating liquidity, especially for international commercial merchandise exports and imports. There are now more methods than ever before to access liquidity and promote both domestic and international flows of goods and services.

“One of the interesting things we discovered during discussions with industry participants has been a marked uptick in the recognition of working capital management effectiveness, particularly as the coronavirus sledgehammer policies hit businesses,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report, “so expectations for the adoption of these and other digital solutions have greatly increased.”

The post Snapshot: Size and Segments of US Commercial Card Spend appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/snapshot-size-and-segments-of-us-commercial-card-spend/feed/ 0
Everything to Know about the Emergence of Prepaid Cryptocurrency Debit Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/everything-to-know-about-the-emergence-of-prepaid-cryptocurrency-debit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/everything-to-know-about-the-emergence-of-prepaid-cryptocurrency-debit-cards/#respond Tue, 26 May 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87872 Upgrade Card Becomes First Generally Available U.S. Credit Card to Offer Bitcoin RewardsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Cryptocurrency: A New Growth Segment for Prepaid Debit Cards? Everything to Know about the […]

The post Everything to Know about the Emergence of Prepaid Cryptocurrency Debit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Cryptocurrency: A New Growth Segment for Prepaid Debit Cards?

Everything to Know about the Emergence of Prepaid Cryptocurrency Debit Cards:

  • There are three prepaid cryptocurrency debit cards available for purchase in the US: BitPay, Ternio, & MCO.
  • Jurisdiction: Because of how cryptocurrency is regulated, users need to check that their region is supported.
  • Ease of Use: Funding options, fees, connectivity to an online exchange, and spending limits can complicate the initial experience.  
  • Security: Look for protocols such as site encryption, two-factor authentication, and email/SMS notifications.
  • Reliability: Bitcoin is only 10 years old. Choose established and respected service providers.
  • Fees: Users are still price sensitive and purchase and/or load fees may be prohibitive to adoption.
  • Features: All prepaid cryptocurrency debit cards provide the same core functions for spending and ATM withdrawals.

About Report

Cryptocurrency prepaid debit cards are the method of choice for spending cryptocurrency off the blockchain.

A major cryptocurrency prepaid debit card serving the U.S. market closed in 2018. Only a year later, in addition to BitPay, there are two new entrants. Should you be a part of the new Wild West of cryptocurrency prepaid debit cards?

The post Everything to Know about the Emergence of Prepaid Cryptocurrency Debit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/everything-to-know-about-the-emergence-of-prepaid-cryptocurrency-debit-cards/feed/ 0
Nonbank Online Lenders Are a Growing Source of Credit for Small Businesses: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/nonbank-online-lenders-are-a-growing-source-of-credit-for-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/nonbank-online-lenders-are-a-growing-source-of-credit-for-small-businesses/#respond Fri, 22 May 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87819 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity. Nonbank Online Lenders Are a Growing Source […]

The post Nonbank Online Lenders Are a Growing Source of Credit for Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity.

Nonbank Online Lenders Are a Growing Source of Credit for Small Businesses: 

  • In 2018, 32% of small businesses that applied for credit did so with an online lender.
  • Online lending to small businesses is a growing trend: 2016 – 19%, 2017 – 24%, 2018 – 32%. 
  • Small businesses have a high rate of approval with online lenders: 82% approved.
  • That’s a higher credit approval rate than small businesses get with small banks (71%) or large banks (58%). 
  • However, small businesses are least satisfied with online lenders: Net satisfaction – 33%.
  • That’s a lower satisfaction level than with small banks (73%) or large banks (55%).
  • Prior to COVID-19, Mercator estimates that U.S. SME funding was likely in the range of $100 billion.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity, provides a direct view into the latest trends in technology and tools in the trade finance space. Traditional trade finance remains a primary method for managing risk and creating liquidity, especially for international commercial merchandise exports and imports. There are now more methods than ever before to access liquidity and promote both domestic and international flows of goods and services.

“One of the interesting things we discovered during discussions with industry participants has been a marked uptick in the recognition of working capital management effectiveness, particularly as the coronavirus sledgehammer policies hit businesses,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report, “so expectations for the adoption of these and other digital solutions have greatly increased.”

The post Nonbank Online Lenders Are a Growing Source of Credit for Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/nonbank-online-lenders-are-a-growing-source-of-credit-for-small-businesses/feed/ 0
Traditional Trade Messaging Is in Decline: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/traditional-trade-messaging-is-in-decline/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/traditional-trade-messaging-is-in-decline/#respond Thu, 21 May 2020 19:33:43 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87809 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity. Traditional Trade Messaging Is in Decline: Trade […]

The post Traditional Trade Messaging Is in Decline: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity.

Traditional Trade Messaging Is in Decline:

  • Trade FIN messages have a compound average growth rate of -4% over the last 6 years.
  • In 2019 alone, traditional trade messages declined 10.9%.
  • In contrast, SWIFT transactions have a compound annual growth rate of 8.2%.
  • In 2019, Payment FIN Messages (SWIFT) grew by 5.4%.
  • The most important criteria for supply chain finance is improved: working capital management. 
  • The most widely used supply chain finance tool is reverse factoring, where a buyer makes an arrangement to finance a seller’s receivable.
  • Reverse factoring is in use in approximately half of supply chain finance tools.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity, provides a direct view into the latest trends in technology and tools in the trade finance space. Traditional trade finance remains a primary method for managing risk and creating liquidity, especially for international commercial merchandise exports and imports. There are now more methods than ever before to access liquidity and promote both domestic and international flows of goods and services.

“One of the interesting things we discovered during discussions with industry participants has been a marked uptick in the recognition of working capital management effectiveness, particularly as the coronavirus sledgehammer policies hit businesses,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report, “so expectations for the adoption of these and other digital solutions have greatly increased.”

The post Traditional Trade Messaging Is in Decline: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/traditional-trade-messaging-is-in-decline/feed/ 0
The “Big Question” for Blockchain in Trade Finance and Services: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-big-question-for-blockchain-in-trade-finance-and-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-big-question-for-blockchain-in-trade-finance-and-services/#respond Wed, 20 May 2020 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87702 Orbital Insight Launches Supply Chain Intelligence Solution to Create End-to-End Supply Chain Visibility and Illuminate Risk Using AIDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity. The “Big Question” for Blockchain in Trade […]

The post The “Big Question” for Blockchain in Trade Finance and Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity.

The “Big Question” for Blockchain in Trade Finance and Services:

  • Blockchain promises to eliminate paper-the nemesis of logistics experts-and enhance security and efficiency for trade finance and services.
  • Trade services include document management, risk mitigation, and logistics support.
  • Delivering increased safety and efficiency in trade services will improve liquidity in trade finance and expand trade capability.
  • The “Big Question” is: Will blockchain trade services networks scale up?
  • A number of blockchain-based trade consortia have developed over the past few years, moving beyond trials and into trade capabilities. 
  • A key challenge is that these networks are individual ecosystems-without standardization, it is unlikely these individual ecosystems will scale up.
  • Mercator Advisory Group expects digital capabilities with blockchain to continue expanding, but there is not yet a blockchain revolution in trade finance.  

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity, provides a direct view into the latest trends in technology and tools in the trade finance space. Traditional trade finance remains a primary method for managing risk and creating liquidity, especially for international commercial merchandise exports and imports. There are now more methods than ever before to access liquidity and promote both domestic and international flows of goods and services.

“One of the interesting things we discovered during discussions with industry participants has been a marked uptick in the recognition of working capital management effectiveness, particularly as the coronavirus sledgehammer policies hit businesses,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report, “so expectations for the adoption of these and other digital solutions have greatly increased.”

The post The “Big Question” for Blockchain in Trade Finance and Services: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-big-question-for-blockchain-in-trade-finance-and-services/feed/ 0
How Will World Trade Export Be Affected by COVID-19? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-world-trade-export-be-affected-by-covid-19/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-world-trade-export-be-affected-by-covid-19/#respond Tue, 19 May 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87677 Trade Finance Is Central to the Current Global Economic EnvironmentDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity. How Will World Trade Export Be Affected […]

The post How Will World Trade Export Be Affected by COVID-19? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity.

How Will World Trade Export Be Affected by COVID-19?

  • Despite COVID-19, total world trade export is expected to remain above $20 trillion.
  • 80% of the expected $20 trillion in world trade export will require some form of financing.
  • $20 trillion in world export trade is roughly equal to 2010 & 2011 levels of world export.
  • The major driver for international trade finance is the export/import of merchandise and services between foreign trading partners.
  • The growth (or retraction) of world export trade roughly tracks the rise/fall of global GDP.
  • One could argue that getting industries back into strong growth mode will require even broader access to liquidity through trade finance.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity, provides a direct view into the latest trends in technology and tools in the trade finance space. Traditional trade finance remains a primary method for managing risk and creating liquidity, especially for international commercial merchandise exports and imports. There are now more methods than ever before to access liquidity and promote both domestic and international flows of goods and services.

“One of the interesting things we discovered during discussions with industry participants has been a marked uptick in the recognition of working capital management effectiveness, particularly as the coronavirus sledgehammer policies hit businesses,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report, “so expectations for the adoption of these and other digital solutions have greatly increased.”

The post How Will World Trade Export Be Affected by COVID-19? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-world-trade-export-be-affected-by-covid-19/feed/ 0
3 Takeaways of COVID-19’s Impact on Commercial Finance, from the Industry https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-takeaways-of-covid-19s-impact-on-commercial-finance-from-the-industry/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-takeaways-of-covid-19s-impact-on-commercial-finance-from-the-industry/#respond Mon, 18 May 2020 18:30:35 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87637 commercial financeWhen it comes to financing international trade, there are a number of important factors to consider. Firstly, you need to have working capital available to cover the cost of goods and services. Secondly, you need to have a good understanding of the supply chain in order to ensure that goods are delivered on time. Finally, […]

The post 3 Takeaways of COVID-19’s Impact on Commercial Finance, from the Industry appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

When it comes to financing international trade, there are a number of important factors to consider. Firstly, you need to have working capital available to cover the cost of goods and services. Secondly, you need to have a good understanding of the supply chain in order to ensure that goods are delivered on time. Finally, you need to be aware of the potential for automating certain aspects of the commercial finance process.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity.

3 Takeaways of COVID-19’s Impact on Commercial Finance, from the Industry:

Takeaway 1: A Rush to Cash. 

  • Companies are looking to draw down on revolving loans.
  • Companies are paying close attention to working capital. 

Takeaway 2: Supply Chain. 

  • There is a good citizenship effort underway to support smaller suppliers. 
  • Maintaining the supply chain helps to ensure it will be there when demand returns. 

Takeaway 3: Shortcomings of Paper. 

  • There’s a strong sense of the shortcomings of paper processes in risk management. 
  • The exposure to paper processes will serve as a catalyst for accelerated digitization.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Financing Commercial Trade: The Search for Liquidity, provides a direct view into the latest trends in technology and tools in the trade finance space. Traditional trade finance remains a primary method for managing risk and creating liquidity, especially for international commercial merchandise exports and imports. There are now more methods than ever before to access liquidity and promote both domestic and international flows of goods and services.

“One of the interesting things we discovered during discussions with industry participants has been a marked uptick in the recognition of working capital management effectiveness, particularly as the coronavirus sledgehammer policies hit businesses,” commented Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report, “so expectations for the adoption of these and other digital solutions have greatly increased.”

The post 3 Takeaways of COVID-19’s Impact on Commercial Finance, from the Industry appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-takeaways-of-covid-19s-impact-on-commercial-finance-from-the-industry/feed/ 0
COVID-19’s Impact on Global Trade: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/covid-19s-impact-on-global-trade-2/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/covid-19s-impact-on-global-trade-2/#respond Fri, 15 May 2020 17:38:32 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87606 global tradeGlobal trade refers to the exchange of goods and services across international borders. It has been a significant contributor to the growth of the global economy over the years. Trade agreements such as the World Trade Organization (WTO) and the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) have helped to promote international trade by reducing tariffs […]

The post COVID-19’s Impact on Global Trade: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Global trade refers to the exchange of goods and services across international borders. It has been a significant contributor to the growth of the global economy over the years. Trade agreements such as the World Trade Organization (WTO) and the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) have helped to promote international trade by reducing tariffs and other trade barriers. Despite the benefits of global trade, it has been a subject of debate, particularly when it comes to outsourcing jobs to other countries. However, when managed properly, global trade can provide many opportunities and benefits, such as access to new markets, increased innovation, and economic growth for both developed and developing countries.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me.

COVID-19’s Impact on Global Trade:

  • Global GDP was projected to be $90 trillion in 2020, pre-COVID-19 outbreak.
  • The International Monetary Fund has revised projections downward for a global GDP average of -3% in 2020.
  • Pre-COVID-19, world merchandise and services exports were forecasted at $25.5 trillion, now revised to $20 trillion.
  • The World Trade Organization provides two possible projections for merchandise trade:
  • Projection 1: Optimistic V shape – short-term 13% downturn in global merchandise trade
  • Projection 2: Pessimistic U shape – short-term 32% downturn in global merchandise trade
  • The optimistic scenario forecasts a return to trend by 2022, while the pessimistic scenario leaves a 22% differential against prior trend.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, ATMs: No Fee for Me, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of and perspective on ATMs.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use ATMs for cash withdrawals, deposits, and other transaction types. It also presents data on their opinions about paying ATM fees and methods of authenticating users at the ATM.

The post COVID-19’s Impact on Global Trade: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/covid-19s-impact-on-global-trade-2/feed/ 0
Interest in New Types of ATM Transactions is Dictated by Income: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interest-in-new-types-of-atm-transactions-is-dictated-by-income/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interest-in-new-types-of-atm-transactions-is-dictated-by-income/#respond Thu, 14 May 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87569 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me. Interest in New Types […]

The post Interest in New Types of ATM Transactions is Dictated by Income: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me.

Interest in New Types of ATM Transactions is Dictated by Income: 

  • Households earning <$50K are most interested in bill pay functionality from ATMs.
  • Households earning $50-100K are interested in adding money to prepaid card products from ATMs.
  • Households earning $50-100K are interested in executing person to person transfers from the ATM.
  • Households earning $50-100K would like to receive coupons, discounts, and rewards from the ATM.
  • Households earning >$100K are interested in purchasing tickets and fare cards from ATMs.
  • Households earning >$100K are interested in purchasing prepaid cards from the ATM.
  • The most popular ATM functionality among all incomes is to withdraw in specific denominations.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, ATMs: No Fee for Me, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of and perspective on ATMs.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use ATMs for cash withdrawals, deposits, and other transaction types. It also presents data on their opinions about paying ATM fees and methods of authenticating users at the ATM.

The post Interest in New Types of ATM Transactions is Dictated by Income: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interest-in-new-types-of-atm-transactions-is-dictated-by-income/feed/ 0
Gender & Age Matter with ATM Usage: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gender-age-matter-with-atm-usage/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gender-age-matter-with-atm-usage/#respond Wed, 13 May 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87540 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me. Gender & Age Matter […]

The post Gender & Age Matter with ATM Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me.

Gender & Age Matter with ATM Usage:

  • Over half of women in the US have not made an ATM deposit in the past 12 months.
  • Of all US consumers not making ATM deposits, their primary reason is they prefer a teller.
  • 10% of US consumers are “not sure how to make a deposit at an ATM.”
  • Consumers would rather deposit a $1000 check with a teller than a $50 check.
  • Age is a huge determinant for ATM use: 63% of adults 55+ years old prefer to use a bank teller.
  • In contrast, 31% of adults 18-34 years old use a bank teller.
  • Similarly, 16% of 55+ year olds use mobile deposit vs. 27% of adults 18-34 years old.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, ATMs: No Fee for Me, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of and perspective on ATMs.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use ATMs for cash withdrawals, deposits, and other transaction types. It also presents data on their opinions about paying ATM fees and methods of authenticating users at the ATM.

The post Gender & Age Matter with ATM Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gender-age-matter-with-atm-usage/feed/ 0
Half of US Adults Won’t Deposit into an ATM If… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/half-of-us-adults-wont-deposit-into-an-atm-if/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/half-of-us-adults-wont-deposit-into-an-atm-if/#respond Tue, 12 May 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87444 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me. Half of US Adults […]

The post Half of US Adults Won’t Deposit into an ATM If… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me.

Half of US Adults Won’t Deposit into an ATM If…

  • 48% of US adults wont make a deposit at an in-store ATM, even if it’s surcharge-free.
  • 22% of US adults would “maybe” make an in-store deposit at an ATM.
  • 23% of adults “don’t feel comfortable” banking in a store location.
  • 12% of US consumers claim, “the ATM is not a private location.”
  • Half of consumers with household income over $100K only pay ATM surcharges when they travel.
  • 31% of households with income >$100K have their ATM surcharges reimbursed.
  • Higher income consumers are more apt to get reimbursed for ATM fees.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, ATMs: No Fee for Me, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of and perspective on ATMs.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use ATMs for cash withdrawals, deposits, and other transaction types. It also presents data on their opinions about paying ATM fees and methods of authenticating users at the ATM.

The post Half of US Adults Won’t Deposit into an ATM If… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/half-of-us-adults-wont-deposit-into-an-atm-if/feed/ 0
3 out of 4 Americans Will Do Anything to Avoid an ATM Surcharge https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-out-of-4-americans-will-do-anything-to-avoid-an-atm-surcharge/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-out-of-4-americans-will-do-anything-to-avoid-an-atm-surcharge/#respond Mon, 11 May 2020 18:29:57 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87428 Reverse ATMs surchargeFor many people, using an ATM is a simple and convenient way to access their money. However, some banks now charge a fee for using an ATM that is not affiliated with their institution. This fee, known as an ATM surcharge, can range from a few cents to several dollars. While the exact amount may […]

The post 3 out of 4 Americans Will Do Anything to Avoid an ATM Surcharge appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

For many people, using an ATM is a simple and convenient way to access their money. However, some banks now charge a fee for using an ATM that is not affiliated with their institution. This fee, known as an ATM surcharge, can range from a few cents to several dollars. While the exact amount may vary depending on the bank, the surcharge is typically assessed per transaction.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me.

3 out of 4 Americans Will Do Anything to Avoid an ATM Surcharge:

  •  75% of respondents claim they would do “anything” to avoid an ATM surcharge.
  • 61% of US consumers “actively seek out ATMs that are surcharge-free.
  • 39% of US consumers claim they “have never paid an ATM surcharge”.
  • 32% of US consumers are “willing to pay ATM surcharges in order to use a convenient machine.”
  • 1 in 4 US consumers doesn’t pay ATM charges because their bank reimburses them.
  • 19% of 18-34 year olds are willing to use a ‘not bank-branded’ ATM in-store.
  • 55+ year old consumers are the least likely to use ATMs other than their own banks’. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, ATMs: No Fee for Me, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of and perspective on ATMs.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use ATMs for cash withdrawals, deposits, and other transaction types. It also presents data on their opinions about paying ATM fees and methods of authenticating users at the ATM.

The post 3 out of 4 Americans Will Do Anything to Avoid an ATM Surcharge appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-out-of-4-americans-will-do-anything-to-avoid-an-atm-surcharge/feed/ 0
What Percentage of US Consumers Don’t Use ATMs… at All? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-us-consumers-dont-use-atms-at-all/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-us-consumers-dont-use-atms-at-all/#respond Fri, 08 May 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87385 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me. What Percentage of US […]

The post What Percentage of US Consumers Don’t Use ATMs… at All? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me.

What Percentage of US Consumers Don’t Use ATMs… at All?

  • 14% of US consumers don’t use to get cash at all.
  • In contrast, 4% of US consumers use to get cash daily.
  • The largest portion (22%) of US consumers use to get cash a few times a month.
  • 13% of US consumers use to get cash weekly. 
  • 27% of US consumers never use to deposit cash.
  • 30% of US consumers never use to deposit checks.
  • About 13% of US consumers use a few times a year to get cash, deposit cash, and deposit checks.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, ATMs: No Fee for Me, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of and perspective on ATMs.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use ATMs for cash withdrawals, deposits, and other transaction types. It also presents data on their opinions about paying ATM fees and methods of authenticating users at the ATM.

The post What Percentage of US Consumers Don’t Use ATMs… at All? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-us-consumers-dont-use-atms-at-all/feed/ 0
The Demographics of ATM Use https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-demographics-of-atm-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-demographics-of-atm-use/#respond Thu, 07 May 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87361 The Demographics of ATM Use:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me. […]

The post The Demographics of ATM Use appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The Demographics of ATM Use:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me.

The Demographics of ATM Use:

  • Average US consumers use ATMs 3.8 times per month to get cash, 2.5 times to deposit cash, and 2.2 times to deposit checks.
  • Men use ATMs more frequently than women across all activities.
  • The largest discrepancy between male and female ATM use is for getting cash: Male – 4.7 times per month, Female – 3.8 times per month.
  • ATM use decreases dramatically with age.
  • Young consumers ages 18-34 use ATMs to get cash the most (5.8 times per month) of any age bracket.
  • In contrast, older consumers ages 55+ use ATMs to get cash 2.1 times per month.
  • 28% of US consumers use ATMs to view statements and 27% use them to pay bills.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, ATMs: No Fee for Me, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of and perspective on ATMs.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use ATMs for cash withdrawals, deposits, and other transaction types. It also presents data on their opinions about paying ATM fees and methods of authenticating users at the ATM.

The post The Demographics of ATM Use appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-demographics-of-atm-use/feed/ 0
Pre-COVID-19, What Percentage of Consumers Were Satisfied with Their Ability to Pay Bills? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/pre-covid-19-what-percentage-of-consumers-were-satisfied-with-their-ability-to-pay-bills/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/pre-covid-19-what-percentage-of-consumers-were-satisfied-with-their-ability-to-pay-bills/#respond Wed, 06 May 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87308 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me. Pre-COVID-19, What Percentage of […]

The post Pre-COVID-19, What Percentage of Consumers Were Satisfied with Their Ability to Pay Bills? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me.

Pre-COVID-19, What Percentage of Consumers Were Satisfied with Their Ability to Pay Bills?

  • 55% of US consumers were satisfied with their ability to meet financial obligations pre-COVID-19.
  • 43% of US consumers were satisfied about their ability to communicate financial matters.
  • 40% of US consumers were satisfied with the level of debt they carry. 
  • US consumers were LEAST satisfied with their plans for financing children’s education (only 22% satisfied).
  • Only 27% of US consumers were satisfied with the earning potential of their current job or career. 
  • 34% of US consumers were satisfied with the amount of money they had saved. 
  • As could be expected, satisfaction with financial attributes correlates strongly with income level: the higher the income, the greater the satisfaction across all attributes.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, ATMs: No Fee for Me, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of and perspective on ATMs.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use ATMs for cash withdrawals, deposits, and other transaction types. It also presents data on their opinions about paying ATM fees and methods of authenticating users at the ATM.

The post Pre-COVID-19, What Percentage of Consumers Were Satisfied with Their Ability to Pay Bills? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/pre-covid-19-what-percentage-of-consumers-were-satisfied-with-their-ability-to-pay-bills/feed/ 0
Women Use These Two Payment Methods More Than Men: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/women-use-these-two-payment-methods-more-than-men/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/women-use-these-two-payment-methods-more-than-men/#respond Tue, 05 May 2020 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87224 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me. Women Use These Two […]

The post Women Use These Two Payment Methods More Than Men: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me.

Women Use These Two Payment Methods More Than Men:

  • Debit cards and store cards.
  • 70% of women use debit cards compared to 65% of men; 34% of women use store cards compared to 26% of men. 
  • Men (17%) tend to use ATM-only cards more than women (13%).
  • Overall, Paypal (61%) is more popular among US households than credit cards (51%).
  • However, PayPal has low frequency compared to credit and debit cards: it’s used less often.
  • Store cards are the only payment method that are both low incidence and low frequency: they’re not very popular or frequently used.
  • Charge cards, reloadable prepaid, and ATM-only cards are low incidence and high frequency, implying they have smaller but dedicated audiences. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, ATMs: No Fee for Me, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of and perspective on ATMs.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use ATMs for cash withdrawals, deposits, and other transaction types. It also presents data on their opinions about paying ATM fees and methods of authenticating users at the ATM.

The post Women Use These Two Payment Methods More Than Men: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/women-use-these-two-payment-methods-more-than-men/feed/ 0
Older Adults Are More Likely to Hold All Types of Accounts Except This One: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/older-adults-are-more-likely-to-hold-all-types-of-accounts-except-this-one/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/older-adults-are-more-likely-to-hold-all-types-of-accounts-except-this-one/#respond Mon, 04 May 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87202 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me. Older Adults Are More […]

The post Older Adults Are More Likely to Hold All Types of Accounts Except This One: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – North American PaymentInsights, U.S. – ATMs: No Fee for Me.

Older Adults Are More Likely to Hold All Types of Accounts Except This One:

  • Mortgages.37% of 34-54 year olds have a mortgage, the largest amount of any age group.
  • Overall, 28% of US consumers pay a mortgage, including 26% of 55+ year olds and 21% of 18-34 year olds.
  • Checking accounts are the most popular of accounts, with 89% of U.S. consumers overall.
  • 96% of 55+ year olds have a checking account, compared to 89% of 34-54 year olds and 79% of 18-34 year olds.  
  • Only 65% of 18-34 year olds have a credit card, compared to 78% of 55+ year olds.
  • 20% of 55+ year olds have an online or full service brokerage; 14% of 18-34 year olds have one. 
  • 10% of 55+ year olds have an “other” type of account, compared to 4% of 18-34 year olds. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, ATMs: No Fee for Me, from the 2019 Technology Survey of the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, examines U.S. consumers’ current use of and perspective on ATMs.

The report, which is based on an online panel survey administered to 3,006 U.S. adults in November-December 2019, presents results from questions exploring how adults in the United States use ATMs for cash withdrawals, deposits, and other transaction types. It also presents data on their opinions about paying ATM fees and methods of authenticating users at the ATM.

The post Older Adults Are More Likely to Hold All Types of Accounts Except This One: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/older-adults-are-more-likely-to-hold-all-types-of-accounts-except-this-one/feed/ 0
7 Statements about Protecting Consumers Security https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-statements-about-protecting-security-consumers-strongly-agree-with/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-statements-about-protecting-security-consumers-strongly-agree-with/#respond Fri, 01 May 2020 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87127 With the advent of the internet, businesses have increasingly been collecting data on consumers. This data includes everything from names and addresses to credit card numbers and social security digits. While this information is often used to improve the customer experience, it also creates a risk of identity theft and fraud. To help protect consumers […]

The post 7 Statements about Protecting Consumers Security appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

With the advent of the internet, businesses have increasingly been collecting data on consumers. This data includes everything from names and addresses to credit card numbers and social security digits. While this information is often used to improve the customer experience, it also creates a risk of identity theft and fraud. To help protect consumers security, businesses should take steps to secure their data.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

7 Statements about Protecting Security that Consumers Strongly Agree With:

  • 70% of consumers claim they are, “cautious about giving out my card details over the phone”.
  • 68% of consumers claim that companies they give their payment details to are “responsible for protecting that information”.
  • 64% of consumers claim “banks are responsible for protecting payment and personal info”.
  • 64% of consumers claim they use strong passwords to protect personal info.
  • 56% of consumers claim they take actions to ensure their info is not hacked or stolen.
  • 53% of consumers worry about storing credit card info in online shopping wallets.
  • 38% of consumers claim they don’t trust companies to protect their personal information.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post 7 Statements about Protecting Consumers Security appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-statements-about-protecting-security-consumers-strongly-agree-with/feed/ 0
How Many Consumers Use a Password Manager? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-consumers-use-a-password-manager/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-consumers-use-a-password-manager/#respond Thu, 30 Apr 2020 18:30:11 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87115 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. How Many Consumers […]

The post How Many Consumers Use a Password Manager? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

How Many Consumers Use a Password Manager?

  • Overall, 32% of customers use a password manager.
  • 6% of consumers “don’t know” whether they use a password manager.
  • 39% of consumers from households earning >$100K use a password manager.
  • 30% of consumers from households earning <$100K use a password manager.
  • This trend is keeping with technology adoption in general: higher income, greater adoption.
  • Across the board regardless of income, 6% of customers are unsure if they use a password manager.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post How Many Consumers Use a Password Manager? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-consumers-use-a-password-manager/feed/ 0
The Most Popular Fraud Prevention Actions Shoppers Take Are: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-popular-fraud-prevention-actions-shoppers-take-are/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-popular-fraud-prevention-actions-shoppers-take-are/#respond Wed, 29 Apr 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=87092 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. The Most Popular […]

The post The Most Popular Fraud Prevention Actions Shoppers Take Are: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

The Most Popular Fraud Prevention Actions Shoppers Take Are:

  • Looking for the secure site symbol in the browser address bar is the most popular fraud prevention action.
  • 52% of consumers look for the secure site symbol in the browser address bar.
  • The second most popular is “shopping at e-commerce retailers I trust”, at 41% of consumers.
  • Only one action consumers take to prevent fraud is payments related:
  • 19% of shoppers switch to a payment method they feel is safer.
  • 24% of shoppers check ratings and reviews on other trusted sites to determine if a website is trusted.
  • 12% of US shoppers take no action to prevent fraud when online shopping.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post The Most Popular Fraud Prevention Actions Shoppers Take Are: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-popular-fraud-prevention-actions-shoppers-take-are/feed/ 0
What Percent of US Consumers Are Concerned about Fraud When Shopping Online? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-us-consumers-are-concerned-about-fraud-when-shopping-online/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-us-consumers-are-concerned-about-fraud-when-shopping-online/#respond Mon, 27 Apr 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86973 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. What Percent of […]

The post What Percent of US Consumers Are Concerned about Fraud When Shopping Online? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

What Percent of US Consumers Are Concerned about Fraud When Shopping Online?

  • In all, about 50% of US consumers claim to be concerned about fraud when shopping online.
  • This is true across age brackets: half of all age groups share concern when shopping online.
  • In fact, the distribution of those ‘slightly’, ‘somewhat’, and ‘very’ concerned is roughly equal among age groups.
  • About 1 in 5 consumers is ‘slightly’ or ‘not at all’ concerned with fraud when shopping online.
  • About 1 in 4 consumers is ‘somewhat’ concerned with fraud when shopping online.
  • Younger consumers (53%) are more likely than older consumers (25%) to experience credit card fraud.
  • Higher income households (>$100K) are more likely (43%) to experience debit fraud than lower income households (35%). 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post What Percent of US Consumers Are Concerned about Fraud When Shopping Online? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-us-consumers-are-concerned-about-fraud-when-shopping-online/feed/ 0
Debit Card Fraud Increases with Household Income https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-card-fraud-increases-with-household-income/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-card-fraud-increases-with-household-income/#respond Fri, 24 Apr 2020 19:30:49 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86912 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. Debit Card Fraud […]

The post Debit Card Fraud Increases with Household Income appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

Debit Card Fraud Increases with Household Income

  • 43% of households >$100K experienced debit fraud in 2019.
  • Of the >$100K households that experienced debit fraud, 31% experienced 3 or more security events.
  • 33% of households with income <$100K experienced fraud in 2019.
  • Typically, older consumers have higher household income than younger consumers, so you’d think they’d experience greater debit fraud.
  • This is an interesting contrast to credit card fraud, where older consumers experience less credit card fraud than younger consumers.
  • 24% of consumers who experience debit fraud close their bank account, including 30% of males.
  • 28% of males switch to an alternate card they already have after experiencing debit card fraud.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post Debit Card Fraud Increases with Household Income appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-card-fraud-increases-with-household-income/feed/ 0
What Do Consumers Do Once Their Credit Card Is Compromised? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-do-consumers-do-once-their-credit-card-is-compromised/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-do-consumers-do-once-their-credit-card-is-compromised/#respond Thu, 23 Apr 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86876 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. What Do Consumers […]

The post What Do Consumers Do Once Their Credit Card Is Compromised? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

What Do Consumers Do Once Their Credit Card Is Compromised?

  • Overall, 80% of consumers receive a replacement card following a security incident.
  • Younger consumers are BY FAR the most likely demographic to change their behavior following a security incident. 
  • 30% of younger consumers (18-34 years old) close their credit card accounts following security incidents, compared to 13% of 55+ year olds. 
  • 28% of young consumers begin using another card they had, compared to 13% of 55+ year olds
  • 13% of younger consumers purchase an identity protection service, compared to 3% of 55+ year olds. 
  • 7% of younger consumers apply for a new card, compared to 0% of 55+ year olds.
  • Interestingly, 9% of 55+ year olds made “other” actions vs. 3% of young consumers. 

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post What Do Consumers Do Once Their Credit Card Is Compromised? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-do-consumers-do-once-their-credit-card-is-compromised/feed/ 0
Are Older Consumers More or Less Likely to Experience Repeated Fraud? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-older-consumers-more-or-less-likely-to-experience-repeated-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-older-consumers-more-or-less-likely-to-experience-repeated-fraud/#respond Wed, 22 Apr 2020 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86830 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. Are Older Consumers […]

The post Are Older Consumers More or Less Likely to Experience Repeated Fraud? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

Are Older Consumers More or Less Likely to Experience Repeated Fraud?

  • Older consumers are LESS likely to experience repeated fraud than younger consumers.
  • Among consumers who experienced fraud in 2019, 76% of older consumers experienced it just once.
  • Of consumers who experienced fraud in 2019, 3% of older consumers experienced 3+ events.
  • In contrast, 30% of 18-34 year olds who experienced fraud in 2019 experienced 3+ events.
  • Only 47% of 18-34 year olds who experienced fraud experienced a single fraud event.
  • Across the board, ~22% of all age groups who experienced fraud in 2019 had 2 fraud events.
  • Net, 39% of all consumers experienced 2+ fraud events if they experienced any fraud at all.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post Are Older Consumers More or Less Likely to Experience Repeated Fraud? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-older-consumers-more-or-less-likely-to-experience-repeated-fraud/feed/ 0
Three Demographic Correlations between Consumers & Fraud https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-demographic-correlations-between-consumers-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-demographic-correlations-between-consumers-fraud/#respond Tue, 21 Apr 2020 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86818 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.  Three Demographic Correlations […]

The post Three Demographic Correlations between Consumers & Fraud appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

 Three Demographic Correlations between Consumers & Fraud

  • Males tend to be targeted for fraud (34%) more frequently than females (26%).
  • College graduates tend to be targeted for fraud (33%) more frequently than non-college graduates (25%). 
  • Specifically, college grads are targeted for card fraud (21%) much more frequently than non grads (14%)
  • Household income correlates to fraud as well: 40% of consumers with income >$100K  experienced fraud in 2019.
  • In contrast, 23% of consumers with household income <$50K experienced fraud in 2019.
  • 30% of consumers with income between $50-75K experienced fraud in 2019.
  • 34% of consumers with household income between $75-100K experienced fraud in 2019

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post Three Demographic Correlations between Consumers & Fraud appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-demographic-correlations-between-consumers-fraud/feed/ 0
What Percentage of US Consumers Reported Lost, Stolen, or Fraudulent Card Charges in 2019? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-us-consumers-reported-lost-stolen-or-fraudulent-card-charges-in-2019/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-us-consumers-reported-lost-stolen-or-fraudulent-card-charges-in-2019/#respond Mon, 20 Apr 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86771 Fintechs Need to Learn From Banks and Credit Unions about Protecting Consumers from P2P Fraud, FintruX blockchain P2P lendingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. What Percentage of […]

The post What Percentage of US Consumers Reported Lost, Stolen, or Fraudulent Card Charges in 2019? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

What Percentage of US Consumers Reported Lost, Stolen, or Fraudulent Card Charges in 2019?

  • Overall, 29% of US consumers reported a card lost, stolen, or fraudulent charges in 2019.
  • 9% reported their physical card was stolen.
  • 12% reported fraudulent charges on the card.
  • 8% of consumers were notified their card number may have been compromised in 2019.
  • 7% of consumers were notified by their bank that fraud had occurred.
  • 71% of consumers reported no fraudulent activity and no lost/stolen cards.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post What Percentage of US Consumers Reported Lost, Stolen, or Fraudulent Card Charges in 2019? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-us-consumers-reported-lost-stolen-or-fraudulent-card-charges-in-2019/feed/ 0
What Are the Most Common Types of Payments Fraud? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-most-common-types-of-payments-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-most-common-types-of-payments-fraud/#respond Fri, 17 Apr 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86717 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. What Are the Most […]

The post What Are the Most Common Types of Payments Fraud? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

What Are the Most Common Types of Payments Fraud?

  • Card fraud is the most common type of payments fraud by a wide margin.
  • 18% of consumers experience card fraud.
  • As well as being the most common, card fraud also had the least variance between males (19%) and females (17%).
  • Identity theft, telemarketing fraud, and fake organizations are all tied for 2nd most common type of fraud, affecting 7% of consumers in 2020.
  • Check fraud disproportionately affects males (7%) over females (3%).
  • Platform fraud was the least reported type of fraud (3%) over the last 12 months.
  •  Overall, males are victims of fraud at a higher rate (34%) than females (26%).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post What Are the Most Common Types of Payments Fraud? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-most-common-types-of-payments-fraud/feed/ 0
Consumers Show Interest in Self Sovereign Identity https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-show-interest-in-self-sovereign-identity/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-show-interest-in-self-sovereign-identity/#respond Thu, 16 Apr 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86691 self sovereign identitySelf-sovereign identity is a technology that takes control of personal data away from third-parties and puts it in the hands of individuals. By using blockchain technology and cryptographic signatures, users can effectively manage their own personal data without having to worry about large companies having access to it. Users have full control over who gets […]

The post Consumers Show Interest in Self Sovereign Identity appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Self-sovereign identity is a technology that takes control of personal data away from third-parties and puts it in the hands of individuals. By using blockchain technology and cryptographic signatures, users can effectively manage their own personal data without having to worry about large companies having access to it. Users have full control over who gets information and how it’s used, making them less vulnerable when using online services.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

Consumers Show Interest in Self Sovereign Identity

  • Self Sovereign Identity is a secure solution developed by companies to store and manage identity-related information. 
  • Information like passwords, PII, and relationships across online entities like banks will be tracked and managed. 
  • Overall, 65% of consumers are at least somewhat interested. 
  • 19% of consumers are very interested, and 36% are somewhat interested. 
  • Interest in Self Sovereign Identity is slightly correlated to income: 17% with income <$75k are very interested, 27% with income >$100k are very interested
  • Across income levels, 35-40% of consumers are somewhat interested
  • Consumers with income <$75k are the least interested (48% not at all)

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post Consumers Show Interest in Self Sovereign Identity appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-show-interest-in-self-sovereign-identity/feed/ 0
What Demographic Factors Drive Cryptocurrency? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-demographic-factors-drive-cryptocurrency/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-demographic-factors-drive-cryptocurrency/#respond Tue, 14 Apr 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86550 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. What Demographic Factors Drive […]

The post What Demographic Factors Drive Cryptocurrency? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

What Demographic Factors Drive Cryptocurrency?

  • The primary drivers of cryptocurrency adoption are age, income, and education level.
  • 29% of 18-34 year olds claim to be “very familiar” with cryptocurrencies.
  • In contrast, 71% of 55+ year olds claim they are “not familiar at all” with cryptocurrencies.
  • Overall, only 17% of consumers claim to be “very familiar” and 31% “somewhat familiar” with cryptocurrencies.
  • 27% of consumers with income >$100K claim to be very familiar with cryptocurrencies, compared to 13% with income <$75K.
  • 11% of consumers currently own cryptocurrencies and 9% have in the past.
  • 13% of college educated consumers own cryptocurrencies, compared to 8% of non-college educated consumers.

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post What Demographic Factors Drive Cryptocurrency? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-demographic-factors-drive-cryptocurrency/feed/ 0
What Demographic Factors Drive New Payment Tech Adoption? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-demographic-factors-drive-new-payment-tech-adoption/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-demographic-factors-drive-new-payment-tech-adoption/#respond Mon, 13 Apr 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86512 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. What Demographic Factors Drive […]

The post What Demographic Factors Drive New Payment Tech Adoption? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

What Demographic Factors Drive New Payment Tech Adoption?

  • Age, education, and sex are the most highly correlated demographic factors driving tech adoption
  • Age disparity is the most dramatic around mobile apps like Apple/Google Pay: 18-34 – 53%+; 55+ – ~10%
  • 41% of college educated consumers have tapped their card to pay, compared to 31% of non-college graduates.
  • Similar disparities exist for pay with QR Codes, pay with smart speaker, and pay with wearables
  • Roughly 10% more male consumers have tried new payment technologies (apps, speakers, wearables) than females
  • One tech unaffected by age, sex, and education is pay with chip, where demographics are equal

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post What Demographic Factors Drive New Payment Tech Adoption? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-demographic-factors-drive-new-payment-tech-adoption/feed/ 0
Men and Women Use One New Payment Tech at the Same Rate: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/men-and-women-use-one-new-payment-tech-at-the-same-rate/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/men-and-women-use-one-new-payment-tech-at-the-same-rate/#respond Fri, 10 Apr 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86466 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. Pay with chip by […]

The post Men and Women Use One New Payment Tech at the Same Rate: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

  • Pay with chip by inserting a card into a terminal is the only new payment tech that both men & women use at the same rate: 86%
  • For every other new payment tech, men tend to adopt earlier than women
  • The contrast is sharpest with tapping the card at POS: Males – 44%, Females – 29%
  • Men are more likely (37%) to pay using a mobile app like Amazon Pay or Google Pay than women (24%)
  • Men are more likely (30%) to use a QR code for mobile payment than women (16%)
  • Men are more likely (26%) to use a smart speaker like Alexa or Google Home for payment than women (13%)
  • Men are more likely (26%) to pay with a wearable device than women (12%)

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post Men and Women Use One New Payment Tech at the Same Rate: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/men-and-women-use-one-new-payment-tech-at-the-same-rate/feed/ 0
Only One of the Newer Payment Technologies Has Seen Majority Adoption https://www.paymentsjournal.com/only-one-of-the-newer-payment-technologies-has-seen-majority-adoption/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/only-one-of-the-newer-payment-technologies-has-seen-majority-adoption/#respond Thu, 09 Apr 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86409 Payments technology and fraud often impact consumers and the way they shop and pay for things. Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s […]

The post Only One of the Newer Payment Technologies Has Seen Majority Adoption appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Payments technology and fraud often impact consumers and the way they shop and pay for things.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

Only One of the Newer Payment Technologies Has Seen Majority Adoption:

  • Pay with chip by inserting a card into a terminal is the only new payment tech with majority adoption: 86%
  • Pay by waving or tapping is the next most-used: 36%
  • Only 1 in 3 US consumers used a mobile app like Apple Pay or Google Pay in 2019
  • Mobile apps like Apple Pay or Google Pay have similar (~30% usage across app, browser, and in-store)
  • QR code payments, popular in Asia, have been used by 23% of US consumers
  • The least popular new payment technologies include voice through smart speaker: 19%
  • Tied for least popular are wearables, used by 19% of US consumers

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post Only One of the Newer Payment Technologies Has Seen Majority Adoption appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/only-one-of-the-newer-payment-technologies-has-seen-majority-adoption/feed/ 0
Mobile Apps & E-Wallets Use Is Largely Dictated by Income: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-apps-e-wallets-use-is-largely-dictated-by-income/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-apps-e-wallets-use-is-largely-dictated-by-income/#respond Tue, 07 Apr 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86237 Mobile Apps & E-Wallets Use Is Largely Dictated by Income:, Travelers Mobile WalletDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. Mobile apps & e-wallets […]

The post Mobile Apps & E-Wallets Use Is Largely Dictated by Income: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

Mobile apps & e-wallets use is largely dictated by income:

  • There is a strong correlation between household income and installed banking apps & e-wallets
  • 48% of households >$100K have a banking mobile app installed, vs. 33% <$100K
  • PayPal & Venmo are the most ubiquitous: 41% of >$100K households vs. 35% of <$100K households
  • Apple Pay has the greatest disparity among e-wallets: 27% of >$100K households vs. 15% of <$100K households
  • 21% of households >$100K use an online only or digital bank’s app (12% <$100K).
  • 40% of households <$100K use no mobile app for financial services
  • 29% of households earning >$100K use no mobile app for financial services

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post Mobile Apps & E-Wallets Use Is Largely Dictated by Income: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-apps-e-wallets-use-is-largely-dictated-by-income/feed/ 0
Calculating the Difference Between Younger vs. Older Consumers & Tech: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/calculating-the-difference-between-younger-vs-older-consumers-tech/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/calculating-the-difference-between-younger-vs-older-consumers-tech/#respond Mon, 06 Apr 2020 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86171 Calculating the Difference Between Younger vs. Older Consumers & Tech:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. Calculating the difference between […]

The post Calculating the Difference Between Younger vs. Older Consumers & Tech: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

Calculating the difference between younger vs. older consumers & tech:

  • There is a massive difference in attitude towards tech for younger (18-34) vs. older (55+) consumers
  • 48% of younger consumers, “consider themselves on the ‘cutting edge’ with tech” vs. 11% older
  • 45% of younger consumers, “watch consumer tech experts to keep up” vs. 13% older
  • 37% of younger consumers claim, “tech distracts me from more important household issues” vs. 15% older
  • 51% of younger consumers “employ the latest tech at home” vs. 14% older
  • Security concerns are more equal among younger & older consumers: 49% vs. 44%
  • Cost/benefit analysis is more equal among younger & older consumers: 71% vs. 63%

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post Calculating the Difference Between Younger vs. Older Consumers & Tech: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/calculating-the-difference-between-younger-vs-older-consumers-tech/feed/ 0
3 Notable Differences between Male/Female Attitudes and Household Technology: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-notable-differences-between-male-female-attitudes-and-household-technology/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-notable-differences-between-male-female-attitudes-and-household-technology/#respond Fri, 03 Apr 2020 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86088 3 Notable Differences between Male/Female Attitudes and Household Technology:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. 3 notable differences between […]

The post 3 Notable Differences between Male/Female Attitudes and Household Technology: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

3 notable differences between male/female attitudes and household technology:

  • 40% of males report they, “try to employ the latest technology at home” compared to 26% of females
  • 37% of males report they, “consider myself on the ‘cutting edge’ of technology” compared to 20% of females
  • 36% of males claim to, “watch consumer technology experts to keep up” compared to 21% of females
  • Both males and females are equally concerned with security issues & household tech: 47%
  • Almost an identical percentage (46/48%) of males/females claim, “keeping up with changes in tech is difficult”
  • Almost an identical percentage (69/64%) of males/females claim, “they evaluate cost and benefits before every new tech purchase”
  • 24% of respondents mention that technology distracts them from more important issues

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post 3 Notable Differences between Male/Female Attitudes and Household Technology: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-notable-differences-between-male-female-attitudes-and-household-technology/feed/ 0
What Age Groups Own What Type of Smartphone? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-age-groups-own-what-type-of-smartphone/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-age-groups-own-what-type-of-smartphone/#respond Thu, 02 Apr 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86043 What Age Groups Own What Type of Smartphone?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. What age groups own […]

The post What Age Groups Own What Type of Smartphone? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

What age groups own what type of smartphone?

  • Predictably, Apple iPhones have a commanding lead among 18-34 yr olds: 58% use iPhone vs. 42% Android
  • Generation X flips this dynamic: 38% of 35-54 year olds use iPhone vs. 56% use Android
  • Android also takes the lead in 55+ yr olds: 28% use iPhone vs. 47% Android
  • Ownership of smartphones is virtually universal, with the exception of those over 55 yrs old
  • Only 75% of U.S. consumers 55+ years old own a smartphone
  • Total smartphone ownership is over 87% of U.S. consumers
  • 95% of U.S. consumers aged 18-34 own a smartphone

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post What Age Groups Own What Type of Smartphone? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-age-groups-own-what-type-of-smartphone/feed/ 0
Even before Coronavirus, There Were Doubts in the U.S. about Paying Bills: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/even-before-coronavirus-there-were-doubts-in-the-u-s-about-paying-bills/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/even-before-coronavirus-there-were-doubts-in-the-u-s-about-paying-bills/#respond Wed, 01 Apr 2020 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=86000 Even before Coronavirus, There Were Doubts in the U.S. about Paying Bills:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. Even before Coronavirus, there […]

The post Even before Coronavirus, There Were Doubts in the U.S. about Paying Bills: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

Even before Coronavirus, there were doubts in the U.S. about paying bills:

  • Only 55% of U.S. adults rated themselves ‘satisfied’ (8, 9, or 10 out of 10) to meet financial obligations
  • Only 43% of U.S. adults are satisfied with their ability to ‘communicate their financial matters’
  • Only 22% of U.S. adults are satisfied with their plans to finance their children’s education
  • Only 27% of U.S. adults are satisfied with the earning potential of their current job
  • 34% of U.S. adults are satisfied they’re on track to have enough money in retirement
  • 41% of U.S. adults were satisfied with their emotional response to personal finance
  • 40% of U.S. adults were satisfied with the level of debt they carry

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post Even before Coronavirus, There Were Doubts in the U.S. about Paying Bills: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/even-before-coronavirus-there-were-doubts-in-the-u-s-about-paying-bills/feed/ 0
What’s More Popular in U.S. Households: PayPal or Credit Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-more-popular-in-u-s-households-paypal-or-credit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-more-popular-in-u-s-households-paypal-or-credit-cards/#respond Tue, 31 Mar 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85966 What's More Popular in U.S. Households: PayPal or Credit Cards?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. What’s more popular in […]

The post What’s More Popular in U.S. Households: PayPal or Credit Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

What’s more popular in US households: PayPal or Credit Cards?

  • 10% more households use Paypal in the U.S. than credit cards
  • 61% of U.S. households use Paypall; 51% of U.S. households use a credit card
  • Debit cards are the most popular payment method in U.S. households: 67%
  • ATM-only (13%) and reloadable prepaid cards (11%) are among the least popular
  • Females (34%) are more likely to use a store card than males (26%)
  • Females (70%) are also slightly more likely than males (65%) to use a debit card
  • The exact same percentage of males/females (52%) use credit cards

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post What’s More Popular in U.S. Households: PayPal or Credit Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-more-popular-in-u-s-households-paypal-or-credit-cards/feed/ 0
What 3 Financial Products Are Most Americans Likely to Have? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-3-financial-products-are-most-americans-likely-to-have/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-3-financial-products-are-most-americans-likely-to-have/#respond Mon, 30 Mar 2020 19:15:59 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85943 What 3 financial products are most Americans likely to have?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real. What 3 financial […]

The post What 3 Financial Products Are Most Americans Likely to Have? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real.

What 3 financial products are most Americans likely to have?

  1. Checking Accounts: The older the consumer, the more likely to have a checking account
    1. 79% of 18-34 year old have a checking account, compared to 96% of 55+ year olds
  2. Savings Accounts: Here, age matters less. 72% of consumers overall have a savings account
  3. Credit Card: Like checking accounts, older consumers are more likely to have a credit card than younger
  • 65% of consumers aged 18-34 have a credit card, compared to 78% of 55+ year olds
  • Mortgages stand out in ownership: while 28% of consumers have a mortgage overall…
  • The age breakdown is skewed towards those midde aged: 37% of 35-54 year olds have a mortgage, compared to 21% aged 18-34 & 26% aged 55+

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Technology and Fraud: Consumer Concern Is Real, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, takes an in-depth look at U.S. consumers’ current perspectives on technology and fraud.

This report explores how technology and fraud impact consumers lives and, in particular, the way they shop and pay for things. This includes detail on not only what they do but also how they feel about these two important consumer issues.

The post What 3 Financial Products Are Most Americans Likely to Have? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-3-financial-products-are-most-americans-likely-to-have/feed/ 0
Three Factors Affecting the Future of QR Codes: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-factors-affecting-the-future-of-qr-codes/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-factors-affecting-the-future-of-qr-codes/#respond Fri, 27 Mar 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85833 Three Factors Affecting the Future of QR Codes:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – QR Code Developments May Disrupt the Disrupters. Three factors affecting the future of QR codes: […]

The post Three Factors Affecting the Future of QR Codes: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – QR Code Developments May Disrupt the Disrupters.

Three factors affecting the future of QR codes:

  • Mobile payments shifted power away from banks and towards large retailers like Amazon, Paytm, Alipay & Mercado Libre
  • Central banks endorse QR codes as a means to financial inclusion, giving non-banks further traction
  1. How can QR codes expand into the banking system without creating risk (for bankers)
  2. (For bankers) how to protect against the encroachment of non-bank players?
  3. (For bankers) which way card networks go to counter disintermediation by QR codes?
  • Japan’s Seven Bank has combined QR codes with facial recognition, opening the door for QR in mainstream banking
  • QR codes are poised to move out of inexpensive mobile devices as well as low-value payments

About Report

Better authentication controls, centralized clearance, and network moves may change this fast-growing payment acceptance technology.

Fintech retailers, who built their business on inexpensive payment technologies, will see changes as QR acceptance matures.

The post Three Factors Affecting the Future of QR Codes: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-factors-affecting-the-future-of-qr-codes/feed/ 0
QR Code Payments Are Great for Developing Countries – How about Manhattan? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/qr-code-payments-are-great-for-developing-countries-how-about-manhattan/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/qr-code-payments-are-great-for-developing-countries-how-about-manhattan/#respond Thu, 26 Mar 2020 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85827 Qr CodeDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – QR Code Developments May Disrupt the Disrupters. QR code payments are great for developing […]

The post QR Code Payments Are Great for Developing Countries – How about Manhattan? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – QR Code Developments May Disrupt the Disrupters.

QR code payments are great for developing countries – how about Manhattan?

  • QR codes offer a low-cost merchant acceptance platform that helps identify untaxed sellers
  • Central banks encourage QR codes to fund bank accounts. Worldwide, 1.7 billion adults are unbanked
  • It’s unlikely that QR code usage will gain traction in mature markets like the U.S., U.K. & Canada
  • In mature markets like the U.K., NFC payments made up 19% of transactions in 2018. 25% by 2020.
  • In the U.S., adoption of NFC is slower, but the market is 10x larger than the U.K. and the inflection point will be in 2022
  • However, retailers like CVS, 7-Eleven, Whole Foods, Starbucks & Target have begun accepting QR codes
  • If, for no other reason, to accommodate the 6 million tourists from China & Japan alone

About Report

Better authentication controls, centralized clearance, and network moves may change this fast-growing payment acceptance technology.

Fintech retailers, who built their business on inexpensive payment technologies, will see changes as QR acceptance matures.

The post QR Code Payments Are Great for Developing Countries – How about Manhattan? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/qr-code-payments-are-great-for-developing-countries-how-about-manhattan/feed/ 0
4 Challenges & 3 Benefits of Order-Ahead for Retailers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-challenges-3-benefits-of-order-ahead-for-retailers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-challenges-3-benefits-of-order-ahead-for-retailers/#respond Wed, 25 Mar 2020 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85731 4 Challenges & 3 Benefits of Order-Ahead for Retailers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Behaviors of Mobile-Enabled Consumers Complicate the Meaning of “Going to the Store.” 4 challenges & […]

The post 4 Challenges & 3 Benefits of Order-Ahead for Retailers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Behaviors of Mobile-Enabled Consumers Complicate the Meaning of “Going to the Store.

4 challenges & 3 benefits of Order-Ahead for retailers:

  • Challenge: Pricing must be consistent between online and in-store offerings
  • Challenge: Dynamic pricing (changing price online based on consumer) doesn’t work in-store
  • Benefit: Error reduction – online orders are less prone to error than face to face or phone
  • Challenge: Online ordering for in-store pickup requires exact inventory data
  • Benefit: However brief, the pickup counter for order-ahead is still an opportunity to upsell & cross sell
  • Challenge: Retailer apps to facilitate order ahead tend to leave behind unregistered “guest” checkout
  • Benefit: Highly engineered customer experiences – look & feel, policies, inventory, etc.

About Report

When card-not-present makes the customer-not-present, what is the function of a store?

Consumers armed with smartphones first disrupted brick-and-mortar retail by comparison shopping while in-store. Now nearly 1 in 3 U.S. adults who comparison shop in-store end up purchasing elsewhere. Buy-online-pickup-in-store services shorten shoppers’ store visits to fleeting appearances. From electronic price tags to “dark stores,” retailers seek the right store capabilities to retain and serve their mobilized customers.

The post 4 Challenges & 3 Benefits of Order-Ahead for Retailers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-challenges-3-benefits-of-order-ahead-for-retailers/feed/ 0
Order-Ahead Consumers Separate Themselves into Two Tiers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/order-ahead-consumers-separate-themselves-into-two-tiers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/order-ahead-consumers-separate-themselves-into-two-tiers/#respond Tue, 24 Mar 2020 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85683 Order-Ahead Consumers Separate Themselves into Two Tiers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Behaviors of Mobile-Enabled Consumers Complicate the Meaning of “Going to the Store.” Order-ahead consumers separate […]

The post Order-Ahead Consumers Separate Themselves into Two Tiers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Behaviors of Mobile-Enabled Consumers Complicate the Meaning of “Going to the Store.

Order-ahead consumers separate themselves into two tiers:

  • Tier 1: Anti-Delivery
    • 45% avoid shipping costs
    • 44% faster than delivery
  • Tier 1: Anti-Delivery (cont.)
    • 27% have immediate need
    • 22% more secure than home delivery
    • 13% no risk of damage
  • Tier 2: Anti-Store
    • 43% take advantage of a discount
    • 35% more convenient than waiting in line
  • Tier 2: Anti-Store (cont.)
    • 23% of customers buy online pick up in store so they can pay with rewards
  • There is a slight different between male and female reasons for order ahead:
    • Men tend to value speed and security of order ahead
    • Women are especially focused on avoiding shipping costs

About Report

When card-not-present makes the customer-not-present, what is the function of a store?

Consumers armed with smartphones first disrupted brick-and-mortar retail by comparison shopping while in-store. Now nearly 1 in 3 U.S. adults who comparison shop in-store end up purchasing elsewhere. Buy-online-pickup-in-store services shorten shoppers’ store visits to fleeting appearances. From electronic price tags to “dark stores,” retailers seek the right store capabilities to retain and serve their mobilized customers.

The post Order-Ahead Consumers Separate Themselves into Two Tiers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/order-ahead-consumers-separate-themselves-into-two-tiers/feed/ 0
Significant Increase in Consumer Order-Ahead Services in 2019: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/significant-increase-in-consumer-order-ahead-services-in-2019/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/significant-increase-in-consumer-order-ahead-services-in-2019/#respond Mon, 23 Mar 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85665 Significant Increase in Consumer Order-Ahead Services in 2019:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Behaviors of Mobile-Enabled Consumers Complicate the Meaning of “Going to the Store.” Significant increase in […]

The post Significant Increase in Consumer Order-Ahead Services in 2019: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Behaviors of Mobile-Enabled Consumers Complicate the Meaning of “Going to the Store.

Significant increase in consumer order-ahead services in 2019:

  • In 2018, 8% of consumers used order-ahead services daily. In 2019, 15% of consumers used order-ahead daily
  • In 2018, 12% of consumers had used order-ahead services “once.” By 2019, only 8% of consumers used order-ahead once.
  • Likewise, the cohort using order-ahead “a few times a year” fell from 23% (2018) to 15% (2019)
  • Mass merchandisers are the most popular category to order ahead, 36% of consumers in 2019
  • Fast food order-ahead (34%) is almost just as popular as mass merchandiser
  • Notable: a range of specialty retailers (apparel, department, electronics stores) constitute 53% of order ahead
  • Least popular order-ahead includes:
    • Pharmacies: 15%
    • Restaurants (table): 15%
    • Travel/airlines: 15%

About Report

When card-not-present makes the customer-not-present, what is the function of a store?

Consumers armed with smartphones first disrupted brick-and-mortar retail by comparison shopping while in-store. Now nearly 1 in 3 U.S. adults who comparison shop in-store end up purchasing elsewhere. Buy-online-pickup-in-store services shorten shoppers’ store visits to fleeting appearances. From electronic price tags to “dark stores,” retailers seek the right store capabilities to retain and serve their mobilized customers.

The post Significant Increase in Consumer Order-Ahead Services in 2019: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/significant-increase-in-consumer-order-ahead-services-in-2019/feed/ 0
When Shoppers Use Their Smartphones in Store, 1 in 4 Buy Elsewhere: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-shoppers-use-their-smartphones-in-store-1-in-4-buy-elsewhere/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-shoppers-use-their-smartphones-in-store-1-in-4-buy-elsewhere/#respond Fri, 20 Mar 2020 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85620 Defining Growth in Mobile Payments, Verifone and Mastercard Partner to Boost Mobile Payments, Verifone Mastercard mobile paymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Behaviors of Mobile-Enabled Consumers Complicate the Meaning of “Going to the Store.” When shoppers use […]

The post When Shoppers Use Their Smartphones in Store, 1 in 4 Buy Elsewhere: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Behaviors of Mobile-Enabled Consumers Complicate the Meaning of “Going to the Store.

When shoppers use their smartphones in store, 1 in 4 buy elsewhere:

In 2017, 66% of shoppers who used their phone in-store bought in-store; in 2019 58% did

26% of shoppers choose to purchase at an online retailer instead

In effect, the consumer is saying, “I’m shopping for an item, but there’s a 1 in 4 chance I buy it from another seller while in your store”

Retailers are adding online shopping with In-Store Pick Up to combat online competition:

In 2018, 47% of consumer tried “buy-online-pick-up-in-store”; in 2019, 53% tried it

The use of mobile increased dramatically for buy-online-pick-up-in-store:

30% of shoppers used their phones to buy online before in-store pickup in 2019; compared to 22% in 2018

About Report

When card-not-present makes the customer-not-present, what is the function of a store?

Consumers armed with smartphones first disrupted brick-and-mortar retail by comparison shopping while in-store. Now nearly 1 in 3 U.S. adults who comparison shop in-store end up purchasing elsewhere. Buy-online-pickup-in-store services shorten shoppers’ store visits to fleeting appearances. From electronic price tags to “dark stores,” retailers seek the right store capabilities to retain and serve their mobilized customers.

The post When Shoppers Use Their Smartphones in Store, 1 in 4 Buy Elsewhere: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-shoppers-use-their-smartphones-in-store-1-in-4-buy-elsewhere/feed/ 0
7 Stats on In-Store Shopping, Modified by Mobile Use: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-stats-on-in-store-shopping-modified-by-mobile-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-stats-on-in-store-shopping-modified-by-mobile-use/#respond Thu, 19 Mar 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85590 7 Stats on In-Store Shopping, Modified by Mobile Use:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Behaviors of Mobile-Enabled Consumers Complicate the Meaning of “Going to the Store.” 7 stats […]

The post 7 Stats on In-Store Shopping, Modified by Mobile Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Behaviors of Mobile-Enabled Consumers Complicate the Meaning of “Going to the Store.

7 stats on In-Store Shopping, modified by mobile use:

  • As of 2019, 85% of U.S. adults own a smartphone – 94% of adults aged 18-34
  • 65% of smartphone owners check competitor pricing while in store
  • 47% of consumers made a mobile purchase while in store in 2019
  • 62% of smartphone owners do product research in-store in 2019
  • 54% of smartphone owners read product reviews while in store in 2019
  • 56% of shoppers seek in-store discounts by searching on their phone
  • 49% of shoppers have checked the retailers shopping app for discounts while in store

About Report

When card-not-present makes the customer-not-present, what is the function of a store?

Consumers armed with smartphones first disrupted brick-and-mortar retail by comparison shopping while in-store. Now nearly 1 in 3 U.S. adults who comparison shop in-store end up purchasing elsewhere. Buy-online-pickup-in-store services shorten shoppers’ store visits to fleeting appearances. From electronic price tags to “dark stores,” retailers seek the right store capabilities to retain and serve their mobilized customers.

The post 7 Stats on In-Store Shopping, Modified by Mobile Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-stats-on-in-store-shopping-modified-by-mobile-use/feed/ 0
Five Reasons Banks Should Serve the Secured Card Market: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-reasons-banks-should-serve-the-secured-card-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-reasons-banks-should-serve-the-secured-card-market/#respond Wed, 18 Mar 2020 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85518 Five Reasons Banks Should Serve the Secured Card Market:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Secured Cards: Five Reasons Credit Card Issuers Should Serve This Market. Five reasons banks should […]

The post Five Reasons Banks Should Serve the Secured Card Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Secured Cards: Five Reasons Credit Card Issuers Should Serve This Market.

Five reasons banks should serve the Secured Card market:

  • Relatively low risk because of the collateralized credit line, good for all financial institution sizes
  1. Deposits: Increasing deposits is critical for smaller banks that can’t use asset backed securitization fro lending
  2. Address New Markets: Issuers can pursue customers beyond high FICO-scored accounts
  3. Millennials & Gen Z: Both face budgetary challenges which can be alleviated with secured cards
  4. Balance Portfolio: Balancing receivables with a range of product avoids, “one size fits all”
  5. Increase Revenue: The ability to increase “net non-interest revenue” as well as “net interest revenue”
    creates a base for cross selling

About Report

Mainstream programs add deposits and create a feeder group for general-purpose credit cards.

While most credit card issuers chase mass-affluent consumers and those with 700+ FICO Scores, a downstream secured card issuance program with a progression plan for advancing cardholders from secured to unsecured account status can be a strategic advantage.

The post Five Reasons Banks Should Serve the Secured Card Market: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-reasons-banks-should-serve-the-secured-card-market/feed/ 0
Secured Cards Have Huge Growth Potential in Five Sectors: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/secured-cards-have-huge-growth-potential-in-five-sectors/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/secured-cards-have-huge-growth-potential-in-five-sectors/#respond Tue, 17 Mar 2020 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85493 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Secured Cards: Five Reasons Credit Card Issuers Should Serve This Market. Secured Cards have huge […]

The post Secured Cards Have Huge Growth Potential in Five Sectors: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Secured Cards: Five Reasons Credit Card Issuers Should Serve This Market.

Secured Cards have huge growth potential in five sectors:

  • Any underserved category—thin files, tarnished files—Mercator suggests 20 to 30 million prospective cardholders:
  1. First Time Borrowers: 4 million consumers turn 21 each year in U.S.
  2. College Students: 20 million college students, 17% graduate annually
  3. Immigrants: There are 700,000 new citizens in the U.S. each year, 34 million lawful immigrants total
  4. Credit Impaired and Invisible: 700K bankrupt consumers annually, 26 million credit “invisible”
  5. Prepaid Card Users: 12 million monthly prepaid users are potential secured cards users

About Report

Mainstream programs add deposits and create a feeder group for general-purpose credit cards.

While most credit card issuers chase mass-affluent consumers and those with 700+ FICO Scores, a downstream secured card issuance program with a progression plan for advancing cardholders from secured to unsecured account status can be a strategic advantage.

The post Secured Cards Have Huge Growth Potential in Five Sectors: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/secured-cards-have-huge-growth-potential-in-five-sectors/feed/ 0
Three Methods to Approach the $2 Billion Secured Card Market https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-methods-to-approach-the-2-billion-secured-card-market/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-methods-to-approach-the-2-billion-secured-card-market/#respond Mon, 16 Mar 2020 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85453 Three Methods to Approach the $2 Billion Secured Card MarketDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Secured Cards: Five Reasons Credit Card Issuers Should Serve This Market. Three methods to […]

The post Three Methods to Approach the $2 Billion Secured Card Market appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Secured Cards: Five Reasons Credit Card Issuers Should Serve This Market.

Three methods to approach the $2 billion Secured Card market

  1. Counteroffer on declines
  2. Convert prepaid programs
  3. 3) Target specific segments
  • Counteroffer Declines: After a bank turns a client down for credit, follow up with secured card messaging
  • Prepaid conversion: Lean heavily on the messaging that credit cards offer greater Federal protections than prepaid
  • Target Segments: The key benefit is consumers can build/repair their credit score with secured cards
  • In 2011, there were 1.5 million secured credit card accounts; by 2023, >6 million
  • In 2011, secured credit cards carried $500 mm in revolving debt; by 2023 >$6 billion

About Report

Mainstream programs add deposits and create a feeder group for general-purpose credit cards.

While most credit card issuers chase mass-affluent consumers and those with 700+ FICO Scores, a downstream secured card issuance program with a progression plan for advancing cardholders from secured to unsecured account status can be a strategic advantage.

The post Three Methods to Approach the $2 Billion Secured Card Market appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-methods-to-approach-the-2-billion-secured-card-market/feed/ 0
Proof That Fintechs Are Disrupting Banks: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/proof-that-fintechs-are-disrupting-banks/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/proof-that-fintechs-are-disrupting-banks/#respond Fri, 13 Mar 2020 18:30:43 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85433 Proof That Fintechs Are Disrupting Banks:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fintech and Debit Cards: Battling for Consumers’ Attention. Proof that fintechs are disrupting banks: Investment […]

The post Proof That Fintechs Are Disrupting Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fintech and Debit Cards: Battling for Consumers’ Attention.

Proof that fintechs are disrupting banks:

  • Investment firms have lowered fees to $0
  • Apps are siphoning business from banking accounts for purchases, savings, and investing
  • “If the trend continues unabated, banks may find themselves losing billions” — Mercator Advisory Group
  • The Top 4 financial management tools consumers are looking for:
  • #1 Credit Monitoring – 64%
  • #2 most desired PFM tools consumers want: Automatic savings of deposits into accounts to meet financial goals – 61%
  • #3 desired financial management tool consumers want: Support for household budgeting – 59%
  • #4 desired PFM tool consumers want: Budget monitoring to track progress towards goals – 56%

About Report

Consumers looking for help to manage debt, track their spending, create savings, or make inexpensive stock trades are in luck. The number of apps available to help them manage every aspect of their finances is growing seemingly exponentially. Many of them from financial technology companies, fintechs, that seek to disrupt the traditional banking industry. And many of these apps rely on access to users’ banking data that users prefer to have updated automatically rather than type it in manually. Without mandated security standards like the open banking standards in the European Union, data ownership and the protection of that data are in question.

Fintech and Debit Cards: Battling for Consumers’ Attention, a new research report from Mercator Advisory Group analyzes this new market, reviews a variety of apps budgeting, coupons and rewards, saving, and investing, and offers advice to banks and credit unions on ways to avoid disruption by the fintechs.

“The market for personal financial planning apps has matured in the last couple of years. The quality of the advice and interactions with users has really improved. These apps depend on getting the individual consumers’ banking data, however, and that is raising questions about data ownership and security here in the United States, where open banking hasn’t been codified,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of the report.

This research report has 16 pages and 2 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include: Acorns, Albert, Amazon, Apple, Betterment, BMW Bank of North America, Citigroup, Digit, Dosh Every Dollar, Facebook, GasBuddy, Mint, Nelnet, Qapital, Robinhood, Sallie Mae Bank, Simple, SoFi, Square, Stanford Federal Credit Union, Stash, Trim, WEX Bank, and You Need a Budget.

The post Proof That Fintechs Are Disrupting Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/proof-that-fintechs-are-disrupting-banks/feed/ 0
3 Objections to the OCC’s Introduction of Special Purpose (Fintech) Bank Charter: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-objections-to-the-occs-introduction-of-special-purpose-fintech-bank-charter/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-objections-to-the-occs-introduction-of-special-purpose-fintech-bank-charter/#respond Thu, 12 Mar 2020 19:29:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85411 A Fintech Snarktank extravaganza! Observations on CaaS, CCaaS, BaaS, FaaS and Fintech-as-a-ServiceDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fintech and Debit Cards: Battling for Consumers’ Attention. 3 objections to the OCC’s introduction […]

The post 3 Objections to the OCC’s Introduction of Special Purpose (Fintech) Bank Charter: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fintech and Debit Cards: Battling for Consumers’ Attention.

3 objections to the OCC’s introduction of special purpose (fintech) bank charter:

  • Fintech Charters are primarily designed to support lending products and services
  • Banks argue that fintechs are being given a unique charter with fewer requirements to compete directly with financial institutions
  • State banking regulators believe their authority is being usurped by the federal charter
  • Today, fintechs pursue money transmitter licenses in each state
  • Because a fintech charter requires significant reserves & strong financials, only the largest fintechs can participate
  • Fintech Charters were proposed by the OCC in 2016 vs. Industrial Loan Charters in 1900s

About Report

Consumers looking for help to manage debt, track their spending, create savings, or make inexpensive stock trades are in luck. The number of apps available to help them manage every aspect of their finances is growing seemingly exponentially. Many of them from financial technology companies, fintechs, that seek to disrupt the traditional banking industry. And many of these apps rely on access to users’ banking data that users prefer to have updated automatically rather than type it in manually. Without mandated security standards like the open banking standards in the European Union, data ownership and the protection of that data are in question.

Fintech and Debit Cards: Battling for Consumers’ Attention, a new research report from Mercator Advisory Group analyzes this new market, reviews a variety of apps budgeting, coupons and rewards, saving, and investing, and offers advice to banks and credit unions on ways to avoid disruption by the fintechs.

“The market for personal financial planning apps has matured in the last couple of years. The quality of the advice and interactions with users has really improved. These apps depend on getting the individual consumers’ banking data, however, and that is raising questions about data ownership and security here in the United States, where open banking hasn’t been codified,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of the report.

This research report has 16 pages and 2 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include: Acorns, Albert, Amazon, Apple, Betterment, BMW Bank of North America, Citigroup, Digit, Dosh Every Dollar, Facebook, GasBuddy, Mint, Nelnet, Qapital, Robinhood, Sallie Mae Bank, Simple, SoFi, Square, Stanford Federal Credit Union, Stash, Trim, WEX Bank, and You Need a Budget.

The post 3 Objections to the OCC’s Introduction of Special Purpose (Fintech) Bank Charter: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-objections-to-the-occs-introduction-of-special-purpose-fintech-bank-charter/feed/ 0
Advice for Card Issuers Battling Back against Marketplace Lenders: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/advice-for-card-issuers-battling-back-against-marketplace-lenders/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/advice-for-card-issuers-battling-back-against-marketplace-lenders/#respond Wed, 11 Mar 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85357 Advice for Card Issuers Battling Back against Marketplace Lenders:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Lenders: Hone Strategies and Do Not Let Fintechs Scare You. Advice for Card […]

The post Advice for Card Issuers Battling Back against Marketplace Lenders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Lenders: Hone Strategies and Do Not Let Fintechs Scare You.

Advice for Card Issuers battling back against Marketplace Lenders:

  1. Persistent customer education on the benefits of revolving lending vs. installment loans
  2. Don’t conform to the marketplace lending model
  3. Banks should be viewed as receptive lenders offering fair rates
  4. Adjust representation to consumers based on bank size:
    -Large = National/Global partner
    -Smaller = Regional/Local partner
  5. Harvest credit bureau data looking for attrition or opportunity
  6. Implement value-add attrition programs, as well as balance transfers and cash advances

About Report

Marketplace lenders and non-bank point-of-sale finance lenders are not likely to disrupt the course of credit card lending.

Marketplace lenders now dominate the installment loan industry, a segment previously dominated by banks. Loan options are appearing everywhere, but fintechs are simply repackaging old lending products for loans and point-of-sale finance. Credit card issuers should focus on their products’ benefits rather allowing these aspiring disrupters to change the playing field.

The post Advice for Card Issuers Battling Back against Marketplace Lenders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/advice-for-card-issuers-battling-back-against-marketplace-lenders/feed/ 0
Revolving Credit Is More Flexible Than Installment Credit: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/revolving-credit-is-more-flexible-than-installment-credit/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/revolving-credit-is-more-flexible-than-installment-credit/#respond Tue, 10 Mar 2020 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85289 BNPL: The Times They Are a-Changin' for Credit CardsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Lenders: Hone Strategies and Do Not Let Fintechs Scare You. Revolving credit is […]

The post Revolving Credit Is More Flexible Than Installment Credit: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Lenders: Hone Strategies and Do Not Let Fintechs Scare You.

Revolving credit is more flexible than installment credit:

  • Optimistic forecasts for credit installment loans abound, but they overlook 2 factors:
  1. Household budget details are typically omitted
  2. Revolving credit is a lot more flexible
  • Installment credit creates a scheduled payment and term: a set level of payments at a fixed interest rate
  • Each additional installment credit loan requires its own terms – a consumer could stack 8 concurrent loans to furnish a household
  • With revolving credit card debt, a consumer could transact endlessly up to an established limit.
  • With revolving debt, consumers make larger payments to decrease the interest paid – or pay the minimum (typically 1/36th)
  • Installment loans carry specific balance calculations for each event, whereas revolving lending places all the debt into one bucket

About Report

Marketplace lenders and non-bank point-of-sale finance lenders are not likely to disrupt the course of credit card lending.

Marketplace lenders now dominate the installment loan industry, a segment previously dominated by banks. Loan options are appearing everywhere, but fintechs are simply repackaging old lending products for loans and point-of-sale finance. Credit card issuers should focus on their products’ benefits rather allowing these aspiring disrupters to change the playing field.

The post Revolving Credit Is More Flexible Than Installment Credit: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/revolving-credit-is-more-flexible-than-installment-credit/feed/ 0
Revolving Debt Will Grow to $1.3 Trillion in 2023: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/revolving-debt-will-grow-to-1-3-trillion-in-2023/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/revolving-debt-will-grow-to-1-3-trillion-in-2023/#respond Mon, 09 Mar 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85267 Revolving Debt Will Grow to $1.3 Trillion in 2023:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Lenders: Hone Strategies and Do Not Let Fintechs Scare You. Revolving debt will […]

The post Revolving Debt Will Grow to $1.3 Trillion in 2023: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Lenders: Hone Strategies and Do Not Let Fintechs Scare You.

Revolving debt will grow to $1.3 trillion in 2023:

  • In 2013, there was $888 billion in revolving U.S. debt
  • In 2023, there will be a projected $1.3 trillion in revolving U.S. debt
  • Aggregate growth for the 11 years (2013-2023) will advance 30%
  • Compound annual growth rate (GAGR) of U.S. revolving debt for the 11 years is 3.52%
  • Debt issued by credit card banks will grow from $703 in 2013 to $1.17 trillion in 2023
  • Credit card debt issued by credit unions will grow from $49.4 billion in 2013 to $83.8 billion in 2023
  • ‘Finance Companies’ are the big losers: $64 billion in 2013 will fall to $14 billion in 2023

About Report

Marketplace lenders and non-bank point-of-sale finance lenders are not likely to disrupt the course of credit card lending.

Marketplace lenders now dominate the installment loan industry, a segment previously dominated by banks. Loan options are appearing everywhere, but fintechs are simply repackaging old lending products for loans and point-of-sale finance. Credit card issuers should focus on their products’ benefits rather allowing these aspiring disrupters to change the playing field.

The post Revolving Debt Will Grow to $1.3 Trillion in 2023: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/revolving-debt-will-grow-to-1-3-trillion-in-2023/feed/ 0
The Rise of Marketplace Lending: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-marketplace-lending/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-marketplace-lending/#respond Fri, 06 Mar 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85197 BNPL: Soon to Be a Market Shakeout?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Lenders: Hone Strategies and Do Not Let Fintechs Scare You. The rise […]

The post The Rise of Marketplace Lending: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Lenders: Hone Strategies and Do Not Let Fintechs Scare You.

The rise of Marketplace Lending:

  • Marketplace lending connects those seeking to borrow money with investors through online platforms
  • A marketplace loan requires equal installment payments over a prescribed term
  • Goldman Sachs projects marketplace loans to capture $386 billion in lending by 2025
  • Marketplace loans were formed while the Fed held interest rates at 3.5% and have not seen a full economic cycle
  • In 2017, marketplace lenders overtook banks in the percentage of total stallment lending in the U.S.

About Report

Marketplace lenders and non-bank point-of-sale finance lenders are not likely to disrupt the course of credit card lending.

Marketplace lenders now dominate the installment loan industry, a segment previously dominated by banks. Loan options are appearing everywhere, but fintechs are simply repackaging old lending products for loans and point-of-sale finance. Credit card issuers should focus on their products’ benefits rather allowing these aspiring disrupters to change the playing field.

The post The Rise of Marketplace Lending: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-rise-of-marketplace-lending/feed/ 0
Four Key Areas of Focus for Faster Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-key-areas-of-focus-for-faster-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-key-areas-of-focus-for-faster-payments/#respond Thu, 05 Mar 2020 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85167 BFC Bank Faster PaymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud. Four key areas of focus for Faster Payments: Strengthen Authentication: […]

The post Four Key Areas of Focus for Faster Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud.

Four key areas of focus for Faster Payments:

  • Strengthen Authentication: Deny access to bad actors from the beginning
  • Invest in Analytics: Each payment type is accompanied by a great deal of data
  • Leverage Artificial Intelligence: Data driven insights are needed to drive business rules without human intervention
  • Take a balanced approach: Stopping fraud is the goal, but so is enabling legitimate transactions
  • For Large Banks: The risk of NOT having a competitive faster payments offering is greater than the fraud risk
  • For Small Banks: The risk of fraud outweighs the risk of not having a faster payments offering

About Report

Financial institutions are implementing or planning new faster payment solutions from same day to real-time transactions and creating roadmaps for new products with faster payment solutions embedded. Simultaneously, attention is being given to protecting faster transactions and preserving the trust customers have in their banks and credit unions to protect their financial transactions. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud reviews these trends, challenges, and solution.

“At the same time that financial institutions are wrestling with new fraud types and the rise of tactics like business email compromise, they are rolling out new faster payments solutions that innately allow less time to detect criminal activity. The good news is that the security providers are responding with solutions. The implementation and adaptation of these solutions to individual operating environments needs to be the focus,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 15 pages and 3 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include:
 ACH Alert, Brighterion, Early Warning, Experian, Faster Payments Service (U.K.), Feedzai, Federal Reserve, FICO, GIACT, LexisNexis, Mastercard, NICE Actimize, NuData Security, Rambus, RiskRecon, The Clearing House, Verafin, and Visa.

The post Four Key Areas of Focus for Faster Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-key-areas-of-focus-for-faster-payments/feed/ 0
Legal Ramifications for Faster Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/legal-ramifications-for-faster-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/legal-ramifications-for-faster-payments/#respond Wed, 04 Mar 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85119 Legal Ramifications for Faster Payments:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud. Legal ramifications for Faster Payments: Faster payments is an example […]

The post Legal Ramifications for Faster Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud.

Legal ramifications for Faster Payments:

  • Faster payments is an example of technology outpacing law and legal frameworks:
  • Different financial institutions offer different protections against accidental authorization
  • Some banks refund an errant transaction, while others hold the account owner responsible
  • Liability is also questionable between end user, originating bank, network operator and receiving bank
  • The American Bar Association says it depends on “the nature and features of a payment” including:
  • “Whether a transaction is consumer or commercial, debit pull, credit push, reversible or final”

About Report

Financial institutions are implementing or planning new faster payment solutions from same day to real-time transactions and creating roadmaps for new products with faster payment solutions embedded. Simultaneously, attention is being given to protecting faster transactions and preserving the trust customers have in their banks and credit unions to protect their financial transactions. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud reviews these trends, challenges, and solution.

“At the same time that financial institutions are wrestling with new fraud types and the rise of tactics like business email compromise, they are rolling out new faster payments solutions that innately allow less time to detect criminal activity. The good news is that the security providers are responding with solutions. The implementation and adaptation of these solutions to individual operating environments needs to be the focus,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 15 pages and 3 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include:
 ACH Alert, Brighterion, Early Warning, Experian, Faster Payments Service (U.K.), Feedzai, Federal Reserve, FICO, GIACT, LexisNexis, Mastercard, NICE Actimize, NuData Security, Rambus, RiskRecon, The Clearing House, Verafin, and Visa.

The post Legal Ramifications for Faster Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/legal-ramifications-for-faster-payments/feed/ 0
6 Approaches for Thwarting Real-Time Payments Fraud: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-approaches-for-thwarting-real-time-payments-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-approaches-for-thwarting-real-time-payments-fraud/#respond Tue, 03 Mar 2020 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85059 6 Approaches for Thwarting Real-Time Payments Fraud:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud. 6 approaches for thwarting real-time payments fraud: Multifactor Authentication: initiation […]

The post 6 Approaches for Thwarting Real-Time Payments Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud.

6 approaches for thwarting real-time payments fraud:

  • Multifactor Authentication: initiation occurs on one device and authentication takes place on a separate channel
  • Tokenization: sensitive account information masked behind a one-time-use token
  • Real-Time Account Validation: verifing state of the account, payment history, ownership, and consistency of personal information
  • Standardized APIs: currently each API is developed by each bank – standardizing would allow seamless flow
  • Strong Authentication: move beyond knowledge tests with facial recognition, thumbprint, iris scanning…
  • Mercator anticipates greater emphasis on validating account and identity vs. assessing the actual transaction

About Report

Financial institutions are implementing or planning new faster payment solutions from same day to real-time transactions and creating roadmaps for new products with faster payment solutions embedded. Simultaneously, attention is being given to protecting faster transactions and preserving the trust customers have in their banks and credit unions to protect their financial transactions. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud reviews these trends, challenges, and solution.

“At the same time that financial institutions are wrestling with new fraud types and the rise of tactics like business email compromise, they are rolling out new faster payments solutions that innately allow less time to detect criminal activity. The good news is that the security providers are responding with solutions. The implementation and adaptation of these solutions to individual operating environments needs to be the focus,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 15 pages and 3 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include:
 ACH Alert, Brighterion, Early Warning, Experian, Faster Payments Service (U.K.), Feedzai, Federal Reserve, FICO, GIACT, LexisNexis, Mastercard, NICE Actimize, NuData Security, Rambus, RiskRecon, The Clearing House, Verafin, and Visa.

The post 6 Approaches for Thwarting Real-Time Payments Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-approaches-for-thwarting-real-time-payments-fraud/feed/ 0
Faster Payments Make Four Common Fraud Schemes More Successful: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/faster-payments-make-four-common-fraud-schemes-more-successful/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/faster-payments-make-four-common-fraud-schemes-more-successful/#respond Mon, 02 Mar 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85043 Washington State Failed Fraud Detection System Lost $576 MillionDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud. Faster payments make four common fraud schemes more successful: […]

The post Faster Payments Make Four Common Fraud Schemes More Successful: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud.

Faster payments make four common fraud schemes more successful:

  • Authorized Push Payment Fraud—using social engineering like fake emails and invoices
  • Account Takeover Fraud—stolen identity is used to take over legitimate accounts
  • Money Mule Fraud—account takeover fraud used to launder money vs. steal money
  • Account Opening Fraud—stolen identity used to open new accounts and build fake profiles
  • Faster payments transfers are irrevocable, immediate, and highly liquid
  • U.K. fraud losses in 2007, before Faster Payments Service: $22.6 million. In 2008 after launch: $52.5 million.

About Report

Financial institutions are implementing or planning new faster payment solutions from same day to real-time transactions and creating roadmaps for new products with faster payment solutions embedded. Simultaneously, attention is being given to protecting faster transactions and preserving the trust customers have in their banks and credit unions to protect their financial transactions. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud reviews these trends, challenges, and solution.

“At the same time that financial institutions are wrestling with new fraud types and the rise of tactics like business email compromise, they are rolling out new faster payments solutions that innately allow less time to detect criminal activity. The good news is that the security providers are responding with solutions. The implementation and adaptation of these solutions to individual operating environments needs to be the focus,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 15 pages and 3 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include:
 ACH Alert, Brighterion, Early Warning, Experian, Faster Payments Service (U.K.), Feedzai, Federal Reserve, FICO, GIACT, LexisNexis, Mastercard, NICE Actimize, NuData Security, Rambus, RiskRecon, The Clearing House, Verafin, and Visa.

The post Faster Payments Make Four Common Fraud Schemes More Successful: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/faster-payments-make-four-common-fraud-schemes-more-successful/feed/ 0
How Many Billions Will Be Transacted in the U.S. via Faster Payments in 2020? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-billions-will-be-transacted-in-the-u-s-via-faster-payments-in-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-billions-will-be-transacted-in-the-u-s-via-faster-payments-in-2020/#respond Fri, 28 Feb 2020 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=85009 BFC Bank Faster PaymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud. How many billions will be transacted in the U.S. […]

The post How Many Billions Will Be Transacted in the U.S. via Faster Payments in 2020? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud.

How many billions will be transacted in the U.S. via faster payments in 2020?

  • Mercator Advisory Group estimates that the U.S. will transact $905 billion in faster payments in 2020
  • The largest segment will be business-to-business faster payments: 44%
  • Second largest faster payments segment will be person-to person: 34%
  • Business to consumer faster payments is a growing space—up to 21% of annual volume
  • Consumer-to-business transactions are an emerging space occupying only 1% of transaction volume in 2019
  • Although some industry observers have expressed concern about the Fed’s plan to enter faster payments…
  • …the announcement seems to have removed uncertainty from the market and prompted increased interest in faster payments

About Report

Financial institutions are implementing or planning new faster payment solutions from same day to real-time transactions and creating roadmaps for new products with faster payment solutions embedded. Simultaneously, attention is being given to protecting faster transactions and preserving the trust customers have in their banks and credit unions to protect their financial transactions. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled Faster and Real-Time Payments Fraud reviews these trends, challenges, and solution.

“At the same time that financial institutions are wrestling with new fraud types and the rise of tactics like business email compromise, they are rolling out new faster payments solutions that innately allow less time to detect criminal activity. The good news is that the security providers are responding with solutions. The implementation and adaptation of these solutions to individual operating environments needs to be the focus,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 15 pages and 3 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include:
 ACH Alert, Brighterion, Early Warning, Experian, Faster Payments Service (U.K.), Feedzai, Federal Reserve, FICO, GIACT, LexisNexis, Mastercard, NICE Actimize, NuData Security, Rambus, RiskRecon, The Clearing House, Verafin, and Visa.

The post How Many Billions Will Be Transacted in the U.S. via Faster Payments in 2020? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-billions-will-be-transacted-in-the-u-s-via-faster-payments-in-2020/feed/ 0
Top Reasons Small Businesses Choose Online Lenders: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-small-businesses-choose-online-lenders/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-small-businesses-choose-online-lenders/#respond Thu, 27 Feb 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84969 Top Reasons Small Businesses Choose Online Lenders:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Top reasons small businesses choose online lenders: […]

The post Top Reasons Small Businesses Choose Online Lenders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Top reasons small businesses choose online lenders:

  • For the last three years, the top reason for using an online lender for small businesses was ease of application
  • 43% of small businesses use online lenders because its easier to apply than with a bank or credit union
  • 32% of small businesses who use online lenders claim funding is faster than with other lenders
  • Among small businesses 10+ years old, 38% said faster funding was their main reason for using an online lender
  • 18% of small businesses who use online lenders claim fewer documents were needed or providing them was easier
  • Small businesses <$1mm were most likely (22%) to report that simple document transfer was their main reason for using online lenders

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Top Reasons Small Businesses Choose Online Lenders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-reasons-small-businesses-choose-online-lenders/feed/ 0
Interesting Data on Which Small Businesses Look for Online Lenders: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interesting-data-on-which-small-businesses-look-for-online-lenders/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interesting-data-on-which-small-businesses-look-for-online-lenders/#respond Wed, 26 Feb 2020 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84919 Interesting Data on Which Small Businesses Look for Online Lenders:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Interesting data on which small businesses look […]

The post Interesting Data on Which Small Businesses Look for Online Lenders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Interesting data on which small businesses look for online lenders:

  • Small businesses use of online lenders by rev. size:
    • <1$mm: 25%
    • $1-5mm: 28%
    • $5-10mm: 29%
  • Small businesses who used to have an online lender, but don’t in 2019:
    • <1$mm: 17%
    • $1-5mm: 20%
    • $5-10mm: 12%
  • Small businesses who were not approved or chose not to use an online lender:
    • <1$mm: 10%
    • $1-5mm: 10%
    • $5-10mm: 7%
  • Small businesses who investigated online lenders, but never applied:
    • <1$mm: 20%
    • $1-5mm: 24%
    • $5-10mm: 32%
  • The smallest micro-businesses have investigated online lenders:
    • $100-499K: 27%
    • $500-1mm: 16%
  • Small businesses who are unaware of online lenders:
    • <1$mm: 21%
    • $1-5mm: 12%
    • $5-10mm: 16%

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Interesting Data on Which Small Businesses Look for Online Lenders: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interesting-data-on-which-small-businesses-look-for-online-lenders/feed/ 0
Older Small Businesses Are the Least Likely to Choose an Online Lender: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/older-small-businesses-are-the-least-likely-to-choose-an-online-lender/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/older-small-businesses-are-the-least-likely-to-choose-an-online-lender/#respond Tue, 25 Feb 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84893 Older Small Businesses Are the Least Likely to Choose an Online Lender:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Older small businesses are the least likely […]

The post Older Small Businesses Are the Least Likely to Choose an Online Lender: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Older small businesses are the least likely to choose an online lender:

  • 32% of small businesses 5-10 years old currently use an online lender
  • Only 20% of small businesses 10+ years old use an online lender
  • 27% of small businesses 10+ years old have investigated online lenders, but never applied
  • Only 15% of small businesses <5 years old have investigated online lenders, but never applied
  • 28% of small businesses 10+ years old are unfamiliar with online lenders
  • Only 10% of businesses <5 years old are unfamiliar with online lenders

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Older Small Businesses Are the Least Likely to Choose an Online Lender: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/older-small-businesses-are-the-least-likely-to-choose-an-online-lender/feed/ 0
While the Use of Online Lenders for Small Businesses Remains the Same, Familiarity Is Growing: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/while-the-use-of-online-lenders-for-small-businesses-remains-the-same-familiarity-is-growing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/while-the-use-of-online-lenders-for-small-businesses-remains-the-same-familiarity-is-growing/#respond Mon, 24 Feb 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84862 Advice for Card Issuers Battling Back against Marketplace Lenders:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. While the use of online lenders for […]

The post While the Use of Online Lenders for Small Businesses Remains the Same, Familiarity Is Growing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

While the use of online lenders for small businesses remains the same, familiarity is growing:

  • 26% of small businesses currently have a loan with an online lender
  • Over the last 3 years, about a quarter of small businesses have had a loan with an online lender
  • In 2018, 18% of small businesses had a loan with an online lender – but no longer do this year
  • 10% of small businesses were not approved or chose not use a loan from an online lender in 2019
  • 21% of small businesses have investigated online lenders for loans, but never applied
  • In 2017, 25% of small businesses were unfamiliar with online lenders
  • In 2019, 19% of small businesses were unfamiliar with online lenders

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post While the Use of Online Lenders for Small Businesses Remains the Same, Familiarity Is Growing: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/while-the-use-of-online-lenders-for-small-businesses-remains-the-same-familiarity-is-growing/feed/ 0
Beyond Checking Accounts, Primary Banks Don’t Dominate Small Business Products: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/beyond-checking-accounts-primary-banks-dont-dominate-small-business-products/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/beyond-checking-accounts-primary-banks-dont-dominate-small-business-products/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84827 Seamless or See Ya: The Struggle to Simplify Account OpeningDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Beyond checking accounts, primary banks don’t dominate […]

The post Beyond Checking Accounts, Primary Banks Don’t Dominate Small Business Products: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Beyond checking accounts, primary banks don’t dominate small business products:

  • 91% of small businesses use a checking account
    • 73% use their primary bank for checking
  • 88% of small businesses use business debit
    • 31% use their primary bank for debit
  • 80% of small businesses use business savings accounts
    • 44% use their primary bank for savings
  • 78% of small businesses use lines of credit
    • 39% use their primary bank for a line of credit
  • 72% of small businesses use payroll processing services
    • 30% use their primary bank for payroll
  • 67% of small businesses use mobile deposit check scanning
    • 33% use their primary bank for mobile deposit
  • 63% of small businesses need financial advice
    • 27% use their primary bank for financial advice

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Beyond Checking Accounts, Primary Banks Don’t Dominate Small Business Products: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/beyond-checking-accounts-primary-banks-dont-dominate-small-business-products/feed/ 0
Small Businesses Are Satisfied with Their Banks, but There Are Areas of Concern: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-are-satisfied-with-their-banks-but-there-are-areas-of-concern/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-are-satisfied-with-their-banks-but-there-are-areas-of-concern/#respond Thu, 20 Feb 2020 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84798 Small Businesses Are Satisfied with Their Banks, but There Are Areas of Concern:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Small businesses are satisfied with their banks, […]

The post Small Businesses Are Satisfied with Their Banks, but There Are Areas of Concern: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Small businesses are satisfied with their banks, but there are areas of concern:

  • Overall, 85% of small businesses are “completely satisfied” with their banks
  • The older the small business, the more satisfied:
    • 10+ years: 86% satisfied
    • <5 years: 78% satisfied
  • The more revenue, the more satisfied:
    • $5-10mm: 93% satisfied
    • <$1mm: 83% satisfied
  • BUT small businesses with <$1mm in revenues use branch banks less across all activities
  • Overall, small business branch banking visits are slowly declining:
  • 53% of small businesses visited a bank branch daily/weekly in 2018
    • In 2019, 46% did

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Small Businesses Are Satisfied with Their Banks, but There Are Areas of Concern: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-are-satisfied-with-their-banks-but-there-are-areas-of-concern/feed/ 0
Significant Decline in Small Businesses Using Bank Tellers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/significant-decline-in-small-businesses-using-bank-tellers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/significant-decline-in-small-businesses-using-bank-tellers/#respond Wed, 19 Feb 2020 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84753 Significant Decline in Small Businesses Using Bank Tellers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Significant decline in small businesses using bank […]

The post Significant Decline in Small Businesses Using Bank Tellers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Significant decline in small businesses using bank tellers:

  • In 2017, 60% of small businesses deposited cash with bank tellers. In 2019, 50% did.
  • In 2017, 56% of small businesses deposited checks with bank tellers. In 2019, 44% did.
  • 58% of small businesses 10+ years old deposit cash with bank tellers. 38% of small businesses <5 years old do.
  • 53% of small businesses 10+ years old deposit checks with bank tellers. 35% of small businesses <5 years old do.
  • The converse is true of ATMs and age for CASH, but not for CHECKS:
  • 41% small businesses <5 years old deposit cash at ATMs, 24% of SMBs >10+ years do.
  • Young and old small businesses deposit checks at ATMs in almost the same rate (~24%).

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Significant Decline in Small Businesses Using Bank Tellers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/significant-decline-in-small-businesses-using-bank-tellers/feed/ 0
Large Credit Lines Are Drying up for Small Businesses: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/large-credit-lines-are-drying-up-for-small-businesses/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/large-credit-lines-are-drying-up-for-small-businesses/#respond Tue, 18 Feb 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84670 Large Credit Lines Are Drying up for Small Businesses:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Large credit lines are drying up for […]

The post Large Credit Lines Are Drying up for Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Large credit lines are drying up for small businesses:

  • While the availability of intermediate credit lines $100-300K have stayed steady, larger lines have declined
  • Only 5% of small businesses have a line of credit >$500K in 2019, compared to 15% in 2018
  • Only 11% of small businesses have a line of credit $300-500K in 2019, compared to 20% in 2018
  • 9% of small businesses want a line of credit $500K+, only 5% currently have
  • Half of all small businesses have enough credit for what they want
  • 32% of small businesses want more credit
  • 16% of small businesses want less credit

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Large Credit Lines Are Drying up for Small Businesses: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/large-credit-lines-are-drying-up-for-small-businesses/feed/ 0
Small Businesses Change Where They Get Advice Over Time: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-change-where-they-get-advice-over-time/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-change-where-they-get-advice-over-time/#respond Fri, 14 Feb 2020 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84621 Understanding Your Finances Before Starting Your New BusinessDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Small businesses change where they get advice […]

The post Small Businesses Change Where They Get Advice Over Time: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Small businesses change where they get advice over time:

  • 65% small businesses of 10+ years age seek advice from banks; 56% small businesses of 0-10 years
  • 52% small businesses of 10+ years age seek advice from accountants; 38% small businesses of 0-10 years
  • 44% small businesses of 10+ years age seek advice from employees; 35% small businesses of 0-10 years
  • SMBs 10+ years old prefer their accountant’s advice (22%) more than younger SMBs
    • <5 years: 18%
    • 5-10 years: 12%
  • SMBs 10+ years old prefer their banks advice less (22%) than younger SMBs
    • <5 years: 28%
    • 5-10 years: 30%
  • Small businesses with the highest revenue seek advice from more sources than those with lower revenue:
  • 36% of SMBs earning $5-10mm use a technology adviser
    • 20% < $1mm
    • 27% $1-4.99mm

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Small Businesses Change Where They Get Advice Over Time: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-change-where-they-get-advice-over-time/feed/ 0
Where Do Small Businesses Turn for Advice? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-small-businesses-turn-for-advice/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-small-businesses-turn-for-advice/#respond Thu, 13 Feb 2020 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84605 Where Do Small Businesses Turn for Advice?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Where do small businesses turn for advice? […]

The post Where Do Small Businesses Turn for Advice? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Where do small businesses turn for advice?

  • The top source of advice for small businesses – by a wide margin – is banks: 59%
  • Accountants make a distant second place for small business advice, used by 43%
  • 39% of small business owners turn to their employees for advice
  • 9% of small business owners have and use a mentor for advice
  • 20% of small business owners ask their friends and family for advice
  • 13% of small business owners ask other small businesses for advice
  • 32% of small business owners use a financial adviser for advice

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Where Do Small Businesses Turn for Advice? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-small-businesses-turn-for-advice/feed/ 0
Young and Old Small Businesses Often Share Attitudes, but Middle-Aged Ones Don’t: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-and-old-small-businesses-often-share-attitudes-but-middle-aged-ones-dont/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-and-old-small-businesses-often-share-attitudes-but-middle-aged-ones-dont/#respond Wed, 12 Feb 2020 20:09:37 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84568 Young and Old Small Businesses Often Share Attitudes, but Middle-Aged Ones Don't:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Young and old small businesses often share […]

The post Young and Old Small Businesses Often Share Attitudes, but Middle-Aged Ones Don’t: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Young and old small businesses often share attitudes, but middle-aged ones don’t:

  • Companies in business over 10 years and those in business less than 5 years tend to share attitudes:
    • “Tend to use latest tech
      • 10+ years: 50%
      • <5 years: 48%
      • 5-9 years: 62%
    • “Keeping up with tech is critical”
      • 10+ years: 53%
      • <5 years: 49%
      • 5-9 years: 60%
    • “I evaluate cost-benefit rationale for new tech”
      • 10+ years: 65%
      • <5 years: 60%
      • 5-9 years: 69%
  • Companies in business over 10+ years have fewer concerns over payments:
    • “We rely too much on manual processes”
      • <5 years: 49%
      • 5-9 years: 46%
      • 10+ years: 37%
    • “I worry about matching payments with receipts”
      • <5 years: 43%
      • 5-9 years: 40%
      • 10+ years: 28%

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Young and Old Small Businesses Often Share Attitudes, but Middle-Aged Ones Don’t: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-and-old-small-businesses-often-share-attitudes-but-middle-aged-ones-dont/feed/ 0
Small Business Owners Attitudes Towards Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-owners-attitudes-towards-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-owners-attitudes-towards-payments/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2020 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84524 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter. Small Business Owners Attitudes Towards Payments: 36% […]

The post Small Business Owners Attitudes Towards Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

Small Business Owners Attitudes Towards Payments:

  • 36% of small business owners worry how to match receipts & payments due
  • 38% of small business owners feel they are not focusing enough attention on payments
  • 40% of small business owners worry about cash flow
  • 42% of small business owners consider payables, receivables, and inventory a “major worry”
  • 43% of small business owners believe they rely too much on manual processes for payables, receivables, and inventory
  • 56% of small businesses have plans to grow the business in the future

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post Small Business Owners Attitudes Towards Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-owners-attitudes-towards-payments/feed/ 0 Small Business Owners Attitudes Towards Payments: - PaymentsJournal Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Cash flow,Small Business,technology,Truth In Data,small business owners
7 Key Stats on Small Business Owners View of Technology https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-key-stats-on-how-small-business-owners-view-tech/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-key-stats-on-how-small-business-owners-view-tech/#respond Mon, 10 Feb 2020 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84497 Santander Amazon Digital Payments Experience Paysafe Leadership Team, online bill paySmall businesses are the backbone of the American economy, and technology plays a vital role in their success. By automating tedious tasks, small businesses can focus on what they do best: serving their customers. Technology can also help small businesses save money and compete with larger businesses. What is the small business owners view of […]

The post 7 Key Stats on Small Business Owners View of Technology appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Small businesses are the backbone of the American economy, and technology plays a vital role in their success. By automating tedious tasks, small businesses can focus on what they do best: serving their customers. Technology can also help small businesses save money and compete with larger businesses. What is the small business owners view of technology?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter.

7 Key Stats on Small Business Owners View Technology:

  • 65% of small business owners do a cost-benefit analysis before purchasing new tech.
  • 62% of small business owners view social media as a business tool.
  • 55% of small business owners claim, “keeping up with new tech is critical for success.”
  • 53% of small business owners consider themselves on the “cutting edge” of tech.
  • 51% of small business owners worry about the security of their tech investments.
  • 34% of small business owners “don’t have the time” for new tech.
  • 41% of small business owners claim tech, “is a headache that distracts me from my core business.”

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Primary Data report, Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter, based on the company’s annual Small Business PaymentsInsights survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that 61% of small business are happy with the size of their business, yet 56% have active plans for growth. A majority (65%) also see the value in using social media as a business tool and see the value in cloud computing (62%). Further, 55% report that keeping up with new technology is “critical” to the success of their company.

When asked where they turn for advice in running their business, small businesses are most likely to report that they get advice from their bankers (59%) and their accountants (43%). Employees are a close third at 39%. Companies that have been in business the longest (10 or more years) are more likely to use multiple sources of advice than are newer companies. Along the same lines, larger companies are also more likely to get their advice from a number of different sources.

When asked about their primary financial institution, the vast majority of U.S. small businesses (85%) indicate they are satisfied with their primary institution’s dedication to small businesses. That said, a decrease in the use of the branch is apparent in this year’s survey. Last year 53% reported using their branch multiple times a year. In 2019 that number has fallen to 46%. This finding is supported by the decline in the use of tellers for depositing checks and cash (by 8 percentage points each).

Small Business Mindsets and Banking Habits: Attitudes Matter is the third of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business PaymentsInsights survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

“This year we added some new questions to address the attitudes small businesses have about technology, how they see their business, and who the get advice from. We felt that there was a need to get more insights into who the people who run small businesses are and how they think about their business. With regard to banking, satisfaction remains high, but the reported use of branches seems to be falling,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in this research report are: Kabbage, Lending Club, OnDeck Capital, and Prosper.

The post 7 Key Stats on Small Business Owners View of Technology appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-key-stats-on-how-small-business-owners-view-tech/feed/ 0
The Informal Payment Hierarchy among Households: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-informal-payment-hierarchy-among-households/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-informal-payment-hierarchy-among-households/#respond Fri, 07 Feb 2020 15:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84400 The Informal Payment Hierarchy among Households:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Collections: The Foundation for Safe and Sound Card Portfolio Management. The informal payment […]

The post The Informal Payment Hierarchy among Households: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Collections: The Foundation for Safe and Sound Card Portfolio Management.

The informal payment hierarchy among households:

  • Water, gas, and electric bills are at the top of the order, and housing payments are a must
  • Car loans are secondary to housing payments, but these are often collaterallized with lenders
  • Unsecured loans, whether credit card or personal loans, are often the first lending types become subject to stress
  • Credit card aging follows a regimen of defined 30-day periods tied to billing statements
  • At 180 days delinquent, U.S. credit card issuers are required by law to charge off the account
  • The greatest volume of delinquent accounts sit in the 30- day aging bucket
  • “Managing the roll rate” from each 30 day bucket often reduces delinquency by 40-70%

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released its latest research report, Credit Card Collections: The Foundation for Safe and Sound Card Portfolio Management. The report, the second in a series of three on collections, explains the importance of preparing collections operations for the next economic cycle, a downturn that is long overdue. It also gives an overview of the U.S. revolving debt market and defines strategies for each stage of credit card delinquency.

This report complements an earlier report on back-end collections, Credit Card Charge-Off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn. The pair give credit card managers a comprehensive view of credit card collections from cradle to grave. A forthcoming report in early 2020 will discuss underlying technologies that support this market space and will compare the vendors listed in this report.

“The U.S. market is long overdue for a recession. Unemployment levels are low, gasoline is cheap, inflation is at bay, but the indicators have been good for too long,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “Experience shows that the best time to hone collections is when times are good. It is much better to test strategies when you don’t need to than have to react as the economy shifts.”

This document contains 17 pages and 10 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: ACI Worldwide, A.R.M Solutions, CGI, Equifax, Experian, edgeverve, FICO, Infosys, Lending Solutions, SkyCom, TransUnion

The post The Informal Payment Hierarchy among Households: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-informal-payment-hierarchy-among-households/feed/ 0
Credit Card Delinquency Hit a 7 Year High in Q1 2019 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-delinquency-hit-a-7-year-high-in-q1-2019/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-delinquency-hit-a-7-year-high-in-q1-2019/#respond Thu, 06 Feb 2020 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84387 Credit Card Delinquency Hit a 7 Year High in Q1 2019Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Collections: The Foundation for Safe and Sound Card Portfolio Management. With a delinquency […]

The post Credit Card Delinquency Hit a 7 Year High in Q1 2019 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Collections: The Foundation for Safe and Sound Card Portfolio Management.

With a delinquency rate of 2.58%, credit card delinquency hit a 7 year high in Q1 2019

  • Delinquency primarily arose from cardholders aged 18-29 — generations Y & Z, also known as millennials
  • The dual challenges of learning household budgeting combined with student debt seems to be the culprit
  • Almost 1.6 million Americans resorted to bankruptcy during the economic crisis
  • Since then, bankruptcies have fallen by half but are forecasted for modest growth to 2022
  • At the peak of the recession, $10 of every $100 in card portfolios was charged off
  • Charge off rates hit a 10 year low in 2015 at 2.92%, but have risen to 3.74% recently

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released its latest research report, Credit Card Collections: The Foundation for Safe and Sound Card Portfolio Management. The report, the second in a series of three on collections, explains the importance of preparing collections operations for the next economic cycle, a downturn that is long overdue. It also gives an overview of the U.S. revolving debt market and defines strategies for each stage of credit card delinquency.

This report complements an earlier report on back-end collections, Credit Card Charge-Off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn. The pair give credit card managers a comprehensive view of credit card collections from cradle to grave. A forthcoming report in early 2020 will discuss underlying technologies that support this market space and will compare the vendors listed in this report.

“The U.S. market is long overdue for a recession. Unemployment levels are low, gasoline is cheap, inflation is at bay, but the indicators have been good for too long,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “Experience shows that the best time to hone collections is when times are good. It is much better to test strategies when you don’t need to than have to react as the economy shifts.”

This document contains 17 pages and 10 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: ACI Worldwide, A.R.M Solutions, CGI, Equifax, Experian, edgeverve, FICO, Infosys, Lending Solutions, SkyCom, TransUnion

The post Credit Card Delinquency Hit a 7 Year High in Q1 2019 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-delinquency-hit-a-7-year-high-in-q1-2019/feed/ 0
6 Critical Credit Stats for 2020: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-critical-credit-stats-for-2020/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-critical-credit-stats-for-2020/#respond Wed, 05 Feb 2020 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84362 6 Critical Credit Stats for 2020:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Collections: The Foundation for Safe and Sound Card Portfolio Management. 6 critical […]

The post 6 Critical Credit Stats for 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Collections: The Foundation for Safe and Sound Card Portfolio Management.

6 critical credit stats for 2020:

  • According to the Federal Reserve, consumer debt reached $4.15 trillion in 2019
  • In Q3 of 2019, consumer debt was increasing at a 5% rate
  • U.S. consumers devote 10% of their disposable income to non-mortgage debt: credit, auto, loans
  • Revolving credit card debt is currently at $1.08 trillion
  • By 2023, revolving credit card debt will expand by another $100 billion
  • In 2019, revolving consumer debt increased 2.25% annually; non-revolving debt increased 6%
  • Average credit card balances increased 8% from 2016 to 2019: from $5,247 to $5,645

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group released its latest research report, Credit Card Collections: The Foundation for Safe and Sound Card Portfolio Management. The report, the second in a series of three on collections, explains the importance of preparing collections operations for the next economic cycle, a downturn that is long overdue. It also gives an overview of the U.S. revolving debt market and defines strategies for each stage of credit card delinquency.

This report complements an earlier report on back-end collections, Credit Card Charge-Off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn. The pair give credit card managers a comprehensive view of credit card collections from cradle to grave. A forthcoming report in early 2020 will discuss underlying technologies that support this market space and will compare the vendors listed in this report.

“The U.S. market is long overdue for a recession. Unemployment levels are low, gasoline is cheap, inflation is at bay, but the indicators have been good for too long,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “Experience shows that the best time to hone collections is when times are good. It is much better to test strategies when you don’t need to than have to react as the economy shifts.”

This document contains 17 pages and 10 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: ACI Worldwide, A.R.M Solutions, CGI, Equifax, Experian, edgeverve, FICO, Infosys, Lending Solutions, SkyCom, TransUnion

The post 6 Critical Credit Stats for 2020: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-critical-credit-stats-for-2020/feed/ 0
Four Payment Modes Are Possible from One IoT Device: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-payment-modes-are-possible-from-one-iot-device/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-payment-modes-are-possible-from-one-iot-device/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2020 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84335 Payments Industry Focuses on IoTDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – IoT Payments: How the Internet of Things Is Influencing Payments. Four payment modes are […]

The post Four Payment Modes Are Possible from One IoT Device: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – IoT Payments: How the Internet of Things Is Influencing Payments.

Four payment modes are possible from one IoT device:

1) Using an IoT device for an in-person payment:

  • Example: Using a smartwatch to pay for groceries in person at the store.

2) Using an IoT device to make an IoT Payment:

  • Example: Having your smartwatch automatically scehedule a doctor’s appointment and then make a co-payment when you walk into the office.

3) Using an IoT device to make a recurring payment:

  • Example: Using a smartwatch to pay for your newspaper subscription each month.

4) Using an IoT device for e-commerce:

  • Example: Ordering and paying for pizza on your smartwatch.

About Report

The “internet of things,” shaped from advancements in technology, has resulted in an exponential rate of devices (things) connecting to the internet. This expansion of connections and data collection enables more processing powered by artificial intelligence to augment our daily decisions and abilities. Both consumers and merchants are capitalizing on this technology, with the strategic applications changing the way consumers and merchants transact.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, IoT Payments: How the Internet of Things Is Influencing Payments, provides a foundational framework for categorizing payments by bridging payments and technology to define and analyze four basic payment modes: in-person, online, recurring, and IoT payments.

“Consumers and merchants are rapidly adopting technology and utilizing the IoT, further digitizing their relationship. Prior to Mercator Advisory Group’s research on the topic, there was no concrete definition of the concept “IoT payment,” and thus it was impossible to analyze this complex market segment. In constructing a payments categorization framework that bridges technology and payments, it became clear to Mercator Advisory Group that payments are becoming increasingly online and recurring and moving in the automated data-driven direction of the internet of things, comments David Nelyubin, Research Analyst, Emerging Technologies at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This report has 21 pages and 8 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include: Amazon, Apple, Canon, Domino’s Pizza, Epson, HP, Intel, Microsoft, MIT, Netflix, Papa John’s, Procter & Gamble, Progressive, U.S. Department of Commerce, U.S. Department of Energy, U.S. Energy Information Administration, Wall Street Journal, Walmart, and Whole Foods.

The post Four Payment Modes Are Possible from One IoT Device: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-payment-modes-are-possible-from-one-iot-device/feed/ 0
Twelve Actions to Improve Net Interest Income for Issuers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/twelve-actions-to-improve-net-interest-income-for-issuers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/twelve-actions-to-improve-net-interest-income-for-issuers/#respond Fri, 31 Jan 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84258 Twelve Actions to Improve Net Interest Income for Issuers:Twelve actions to improve net interest income for issuers: To increase net interest revenue, underwrite to risk with a range of rates & test markets with higher rates To decrease interest expense, large issuers should use capital markets & small issuers should increase deposits To decrease interest expense, also focus on high-risk accounts and aggressively […]

The post Twelve Actions to Improve Net Interest Income for Issuers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Twelve actions to improve net interest income for issuers:

  • To increase net interest revenue, underwrite to risk with a range of rates & test markets with higher rates
  • To decrease interest expense, large issuers should use capital markets & small issuers should increase deposits
  • To decrease interest expense, also focus on high-risk accounts and aggressively close credit lines when risk warrants
  • To increase non-interest revenue, maximize delinquency fee structure & improve collection charge-off recovery process
  • To increase non-interest revenue, also drive product offerings to interchange friendly card products
  • To decrease non-interest expenses, protect against abuse of credit card rewards & tighten underwriting in reaction to growth of installment loans
  • To decrease non interest expense, also strengthen collection functions and policies in advance of next economic downturn

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Profitability: Interest Spreads and Credit Quality Set the Course for 2020.

About issuers Report

Credit cards remain one of the most profitable offerings by retail banks in the United States. Still, margins began to slip between 2014 and 2017 as credit card issuers rebuilt their portfolios after the recession and normalized strategies in response to the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the CARD Act). Return on Assets (ROA) for credit card banks fell from 4.94% to 3.37% during that period.

The tides turned in 2018, when the ROA metric improved 42 basis points to 3.79%. Credit card issuers increased their lending margins and benefited by improved credit quality.

The analysis presented in Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Profitability: Interest Spreads and Credit Quality Set the Course for 2020, explains the Return on Assets metric, illustrates which components affect the results, and describes why momentum should keep top credit card issuers profitable in the coming decade.

“Credit card issuers began to increase credit card interest margins in 2017 when the prime rate was 3.75%, and they continued to improve their margins in 2018. Indications are that the interest spread, or margin, will rise slightly into 2020,” Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “The momentum will likely continue through 2020 as almost 200 million cards were issued since 2017.” Riley also notes that the increased margin protects the credit card Return on Assets metric and helps shield against credit losses if the U.S. market should experience a downturn.

This research report contains 20 pages and 9 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: American Express, Barclaycard, BMO, Capital One, Chase, Citi, Discover, Equifax, Experian, Scotiabank, TD, TransUnion, U.S. Bank, and Wells Fargo 

The post Twelve Actions to Improve Net Interest Income for Issuers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/twelve-actions-to-improve-net-interest-income-for-issuers/feed/ 0
Credit Card Interest Rates and Revolving Debt Hit Historic Highs in 2019: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-interest-rates-and-revolving-debt-hit-historic-highs-in-2019/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-interest-rates-and-revolving-debt-hit-historic-highs-in-2019/#respond Thu, 30 Jan 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84222 Credit Card Interest Rates and Revolving Debt Hit Historic Highs in 2019, Fed leaves rates unchangedCredit card interest rates and revolving debt hit historic highs in 2019: Credit card interest rates hit a 25 year high in 2019 as lenders increased their rates Mercator expects momentum to continue through 2023 with interest rates at 17.10% At 17.10% and a prime rate at 6.5% – the interest spread will likely be […]

The post Credit Card Interest Rates and Revolving Debt Hit Historic Highs in 2019: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit card interest rates and revolving debt hit historic highs in 2019:

  • Credit card interest rates hit a 25 year high in 2019 as lenders increased their rates
  • Mercator expects momentum to continue through 2023 with interest rates at 17.10%
  • At 17.10% and a prime rate at 6.5% – the interest spread will likely be 10.6% in 2023
  • Revolving debt hit historic highs at $1.03 trillion in 2019
  • Revolving Debt by year:
    2004: $781 billion
    2008: $988 billion
    2011: $815 billion
    2019: $1.03 trillion
  • Mercator expects revolving debt to climb to $1.117 trillion by 2023

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Profitability: Interest Spreads and Credit Quality Set the Course for 2020.

About Report

Credit cards remain one of the most profitable offerings by retail banks in the United States. Still, margins began to slip between 2014 and 2017 as credit card issuers rebuilt their portfolios after the recession and normalized strategies in response to the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the CARD Act). Return on Assets (ROA) for credit card banks fell from 4.94% to 3.37% during that period.

The tides turned in 2018, when the ROA metric improved 42 basis points to 3.79%. Credit card issuers increased their lending margins and benefited by improved credit quality.

The analysis presented in Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Profitability: Interest Spreads and Credit Quality Set the Course for 2020, explains the Return on Assets metric, illustrates which components affect the results, and describes why momentum should keep top credit card issuers profitable in the coming decade.

“Credit card issuers began to increase credit card interest margins in 2017 when the prime rate was 3.75%, and they continued to improve their margins in 2018. Indications are that the interest spread., or margin, will rise slightly into 2020,” Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “The momentum will likely continue through 2020 as almost 200 million cards were issued since 2017.” Riley also notes that the increased margin protects the credit card Return on Assets metric and helps shield against credit losses if the U.S. market should experience a downturn.

This research report contains 20 pages and 9 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: American Express, Barclaycard, BMO, Capital One, Chase, Citi, Discover, Equifax, Experian, Scotiabank, TD, TransUnion, U.S. Bank, and Wells Fargo 

The post Credit Card Interest Rates and Revolving Debt Hit Historic Highs in 2019: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-interest-rates-and-revolving-debt-hit-historic-highs-in-2019/feed/ 0
Credit Card Banks’ ROA Is about 2.5 Times That of Commercial Banks: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-banks-roa-is-about-2-5-times-that-of-commercial-banks/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-banks-roa-is-about-2-5-times-that-of-commercial-banks/#respond Wed, 29 Jan 2020 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84212 COVID and Banking in the New Era: Can Banks Ride the Wave After Decades of Creating It?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Profitability: Interest Spreads and Credit Quality Set the Course for 2020. Credit […]

The post Credit Card Banks’ ROA Is about 2.5 Times That of Commercial Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Profitability: Interest Spreads and Credit Quality Set the Course for 2020.

Credit card banks’ ROA is about 2.5 times that of commercial banks:

  • Credit card profitability (ROA) trended down from 2014 to 2017
  • But credit card profitability rebounded in 2018 by 42 basis points
  • The ratio of profitability between credit card banks and commercial banks in 2017 was 2.55 to 1
  • Two factors contributed to 2018’s rebound in credit card profitability:
  1. Improved interest rate margins, raising net interest income
  2. Stronger collection results, which decreased net non-income expenses

About Report

Credit cards remain one of the most profitable offerings by retail banks in the United States. Still, margins began to slip between 2014 and 2017 as credit card issuers rebuilt their portfolios after the recession and normalized strategies in response to the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the CARD Act). Return on Assets (ROA) for credit card banks fell from 4.94% to 3.37% during that period.

The tides turned in 2018, when the ROA metric improved 42 basis points to 3.79%. Credit card issuers increased their lending margins and benefited by improved credit quality.

The analysis presented in Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Profitability: Interest Spreads and Credit Quality Set the Course for 2020, explains the Return on Assets metric, illustrates which components affect the results, and describes why momentum should keep top credit card issuers profitable in the coming decade.

“Credit card issuers began to increase credit card interest margins in 2017 when the prime rate was 3.75%, and they continued to improve their margins in 2018. Indications are that the interest spread., or margin, will rise slightly into 2020,” Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “The momentum will likely continue through 2020 as almost 200 million cards were issued since 2017.” Riley also notes that the increased margin protects the credit card Return on Assets metric and helps shield against credit losses if the U.S. market should experience a downturn.

This research report contains 20 pages and 9 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: American Express, Barclaycard, BMO, Capital One, Chase, Citi, Discover, Equifax, Experian, Scotiabank, TD, TransUnion, U.S. Bank, and Wells Fargo 

The post Credit Card Banks’ ROA Is about 2.5 Times That of Commercial Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-banks-roa-is-about-2-5-times-that-of-commercial-banks/feed/ 0
5 API Standards PSD2 Still Hasn’t Refined: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-api-standards-psd2-still-hasnt-refined/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-api-standards-psd2-still-hasnt-refined/#respond Tue, 28 Jan 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84163 5 API Standards PSD2 Still Hasn't Refined:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking and Payments Drive New Business Models. 5 API […]

The post 5 API Standards PSD2 Still Hasn’t Refined: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking and Payments Drive New Business Models.

5 API standards PSD2 still hasn’t refined:

  • Because PSD2’s requirements aren’t specific & interfaces not-standardized, open banking needs refining:
  1. Inconsistent security models across banks; some limit sessions to just their bank
  2. Inconsistent functionality; many are read-only
  3. Inconsistent interface and data models require bank-specific coding
  4. Ineffectual sandboxes for testing; currenct security model has no “guest” function
  5. Inconsistent documentation, few are multilingual and few work across banks

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a report describing the technical and regulatory challenges delaying the implementation of the European Union’s PSD2 Open Banking mandate and contrasts that with the rapid growth in new application programming interface (API) driven platforms that operate in the cloud. There has been a surge in platform-as-a-service (PaaS) solutions utilizing APIs.

The report, The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking Drives New Business Models, identifies the technical and regulatory issues that continue to be challenges to lift-off for the European Union’s open banking vision and contrasts that situation with the structures that have driven a surge in the availability of cloud platforms that utilize APIs to enable similar services, such as payments.

“In a past report we identified the game-changing value proposition associated with internet-based application programming interfaces. This report identifies why the implementation of APIs has failed to help the EU Open Banking initiative gain liftoff even as these APIs have created a surge in the number of cloud-based platforms recently announced,” commented the author of the report, Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group.

This research report has 20 pages and 10 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include: Bank of America, The Berlin Group, Citibank, Citizens Bank, European Banking Authority, Fidor, Financial Conduct Authority, Mastercard, Railsbank, solarisBank, Visa, Vyze, and Wells Fargo.

The post 5 API Standards PSD2 Still Hasn’t Refined: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-api-standards-psd2-still-hasnt-refined/feed/ 0
10 Characteristics of Comprehensive Payment as a Service Platform: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/10-characteristics-of-comprehensive-payment-as-a-service-platform/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/10-characteristics-of-comprehensive-payment-as-a-service-platform/#respond Mon, 27 Jan 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84127 10 Characteristics of Comprehensive Payment as a Service Platform:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking and Payments Drive New Business Models. 10 characteristics […]

The post 10 Characteristics of Comprehensive Payment as a Service Platform: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking and Payments Drive New Business Models.

10 characteristics of comprehensive Payment as a Service (PaaS) platform:

  • Characteristics of PasS:
  1. Open APIs
  2. Data Security
  3. Core Integration
  4. Consent Management
  5. Anomaly Detection
  6. 3rd Party Onboarding
  7. Regulatory Reporting
  8. 3rd Party Lifecycle Mgmt
  9. Strong Customer Authentication
  10. Developer Portal
  • In addition, card networks (for example) bundle numerous support services along with core services:
  • Card networks integrate suppliers to APIs and billing systems then layer on their own value added services
  • Lastly, card networks meter, bill, and support ID Intelligence at partner banks
  • Other bundled services might include: centralized enquiry and dispute resolution & open banking
  • Even point of payment credit origination is part of card network’s bundled services

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a report describing the technical and regulatory challenges delaying the implementation of the European Union’s PSD2 Open Banking mandate and contrasts that with the rapid growth in new application programming interface (API) driven platforms that operate in the cloud. There has been a surge in platform-as-a-service (PaaS) solutions utilizing APIs.

The report, The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking Drives New Business Models, identifies the technical and regulatory issues that continue to be challenges to lift-off for the European Union’s open banking vision and contrasts that situation with the structures that have driven a surge in the availability of cloud platforms that utilize APIs to enable similar services, such as payments.

“In a past report we identified the game-changing value proposition associated with internet-based application programming interfaces. This report identifies why the implementation of APIs has failed to help the EU Open Banking initiative gain liftoff even as these APIs have created a surge in the number of cloud-based platforms recently announced,” commented the author of the report, Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group.

This research report has 20 pages and 10 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include: Bank of America, The Berlin Group, Citibank, Citizens Bank, European Banking Authority, Fidor, Financial Conduct Authority, Mastercard, Railsbank, solarisBank, Visa, Vyze, and Wells Fargo.

The post 10 Characteristics of Comprehensive Payment as a Service Platform: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/10-characteristics-of-comprehensive-payment-as-a-service-platform/feed/ 0
There Are Four Broad Categories of the Payment as a Platform (Paas) Business Models: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-are-four-broad-categories-of-the-payment-as-a-platform-paas-business-models/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-are-four-broad-categories-of-the-payment-as-a-platform-paas-business-models/#respond Fri, 24 Jan 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84097 There Are Four Broad Categories of the Payment as a Platform (Paas) Business Models:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking and Payments Drive New Business Models. There are […]

The post There Are Four Broad Categories of the Payment as a Platform (Paas) Business Models: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking and Payments Drive New Business Models.

There are four broad categories of the payment as a platform (PaaS) business models:

  1. Open banking compliance provides mandated connectivity between banks & partners
  2. Open banking as a platform provides banking account operations via APIs and also allows licensed banks to white label products
  3. PaaS has numerous use cases like: merchant focuses, payout use cases, mobile wallet, international remittance, crypto, blockchain & internet payments
  4. Emerging payments opportunities include: Debit Push, P2P, Faster Payments

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a report describing the technical and regulatory challenges delaying the implementation of the European Union’s PSD2 Open Banking mandate and contrasts that with the rapid growth in new application programming interface (API) driven platforms that operate in the cloud. There has been a surge in platform-as-a-service (PaaS) solutions utilizing APIs.

The report, The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking Drives New Business Models, identifies the technical and regulatory issues that continue to be challenges to lift-off for the European Union’s open banking vision and contrasts that situation with the structures that have driven a surge in the availability of cloud platforms that utilize APIs to enable similar services, such as payments.

“In a past report we identified the game-changing value proposition associated with internet-based application programming interfaces. This report identifies why the implementation of APIs has failed to help the EU Open Banking initiative gain liftoff even as these APIs have created a surge in the number of cloud-based platforms recently announced,” commented the author of the report, Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group.

This research report has 20 pages and 10 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include: Bank of America, The Berlin Group, Citibank, Citizens Bank, European Banking Authority, Fidor, Financial Conduct Authority, Mastercard, Railsbank, solarisBank, Visa, Vyze, and Wells Fargo.

The post There Are Four Broad Categories of the Payment as a Platform (Paas) Business Models: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-are-four-broad-categories-of-the-payment-as-a-platform-paas-business-models/feed/ 0
Open Banking Has Two Negative Characteristics: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/open-banking-has-two-negative-characteristics/ Thu, 23 Jan 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84074 APIs and Open Banking—Unlocking Opportunities for the New EconomyDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking and Payments Drive New Business Models. Open […]

The post Open Banking Has Two Negative Characteristics: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking and Payments Drive New Business Models.

Open Banking has two negative characteristics:

  • A contrarian view of Open Banking would mention its regulatory and technical complexity
  • A contrarian would also mention Open Banking’s dearth of proven revenue opportunities
  • PSD2 & CMA are designed to accomplish the following:
  1. Encourage new competitors including banks & fintechs
  2. Apply pressure to existing pricing and bank account revenue
  3. Increase expenses for existing banks vs. venture backed start ups
  4. Improve account holder data access, aggregation, PFM, and account switching

About Report

Mercator Advisory Group has released a report describing the technical and regulatory challenges delaying the implementation of the European Union’s PSD2 Open Banking mandate and contrasts that with the rapid growth in new application programming interface (API) driven platforms that operate in the cloud. There has been a surge in platform-as-a-service (PaaS) solutions utilizing APIs.

The report, The Emergence of API Platforms: Open Banking Drives New Business Models, identifies the technical and regulatory issues that continue to be challenges to lift-off for the European Union’s open banking vision and contrasts that situation with the structures that have driven a surge in the availability of cloud platforms that utilize APIs to enable similar services, such as payments.

“In a past report we identified the game-changing value proposition associated with internet-based application programming interfaces. This report identifies why the implementation of APIs has failed to help the EU Open Banking initiative gain liftoff even as these APIs have created a surge in the number of cloud-based platforms recently announced,” commented the author of the report, Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group.

This research report has 20 pages and 10 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include: Bank of America, The Berlin Group, Citibank, Citizens Bank, European Banking Authority, Fidor, Financial Conduct Authority, Mastercard, Railsbank, solarisBank, Visa, Vyze, and Wells Fargo.

The post Open Banking Has Two Negative Characteristics: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Usage Doubled for Online Lenders in 2019: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/usage-doubled-for-online-lenders-in-2019/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/usage-doubled-for-online-lenders-in-2019/#respond Wed, 22 Jan 2020 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84057 Advice for Card Issuers Battling Back against Marketplace Lenders:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice. Usage doubled for online […]

The post Usage Doubled for Online Lenders in 2019: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice.

Usage doubled for online lenders in 2019:

  • In 2018, 10% of consumers used an online lending organization; In 2019, 18% of consumers did
  • No single lender accounted for the increase and no single lender was used by more than 6% of consumers
  • Consumers between the ages of 18-34 accounted for 67% of usage
  • Men are more likely to use a non-bank lender, 23% of male consumers received a loan in 2019 & 13% of women
  • 29% of consumers who received a non-bank loan earned over $100K a year
  • 43% of men cite “lower interest rates” as a reason to use an online lender, only 27% of women do so
  • Men found online lenders more appealing than women across every option in the study

About this report

Despite continued pressure from digital payment products, particularly person-to-person (P2P) applications like Zelle and Venmo that are used to pay back other individuals or to send a gift electronically, ATMs remain a fixture in the banking market. On the horizon is the growing threat of contactless cards, predicted to grow rapidly in the next two years, replacing small dollar purchases at the point-of-sale. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report explores consumers’ trends in ATM use and other market developments.

“It may surprise some readers how strong the use of ATMs for cash withdrawals and other transactions activities continues to be in the face of digital payments. Consumer data supports the finding that individuals who have adopted newer payment technologies still rely on cash and ATMs for their day-to-day transactions. Despite the importance of ATMs, many financial institutions are handing over the operation of their ATM fleets to third parties to achieve reduced and more predictable maintenance expenses. As management and sometimes ownership of ATMs changes hands, the independent operators will be setting the tone and industry direction for ATMs,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 16 pages and 8 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include:
 Avidia Bank, Bank of America, BMO Harris Bank, Cardtronics, Chase Bank, Fifth Third Bank, GasBuddy, McDonald’s, Payment Alliance International, PNC Bank, Salem Five Bank, and Wells Fargo Bank.

The post Usage Doubled for Online Lenders in 2019: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/usage-doubled-for-online-lenders-in-2019/feed/ 0
What’s the Most Popular Way to Shop for a Credit Card? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-the-most-popular-way-to-shop-for-a-credit-card/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-the-most-popular-way-to-shop-for-a-credit-card/#respond Tue, 21 Jan 2020 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=84024 What's the Most Popular Way to Shop for a Credit Card?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice. What’s the most […]

The post What’s the Most Popular Way to Shop for a Credit Card? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice.

What’s the most popular way to shop for a credit card?

  • 21% of consumers considered applying for a credit card in 2019, 16% actually did
  • Consumers’ preferred way to shop for a credit card is to visit their primary FI branch location: 50% did so in 2019
  • Visiting a credit card comparison website was the second most popular way to shop: 34% did so in 2019
  • Slightly more consumers visited their bank’s website to research a credit card (38%), but only 14% ranked that ‘most valuable’
  • A quarter of consumers (27%) asked for recommendations on social media, but it was the least valuable channel (5%)
  • One fifth (19%) of consumers can’t recall how they last applied for a credit card

About this report

Despite continued pressure from digital payment products, particularly person-to-person (P2P) applications like Zelle and Venmo that are used to pay back other individuals or to send a gift electronically, ATMs remain a fixture in the banking market. On the horizon is the growing threat of contactless cards, predicted to grow rapidly in the next two years, replacing small dollar purchases at the point-of-sale. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report explores consumers’ trends in ATM use and other market developments.

“It may surprise some readers how strong the use of ATMs for cash withdrawals and other transactions activities continues to be in the face of digital payments. Consumer data supports the finding that individuals who have adopted newer payment technologies still rely on cash and ATMs for their day-to-day transactions. Despite the importance of ATMs, many financial institutions are handing over the operation of their ATM fleets to third parties to achieve reduced and more predictable maintenance expenses. As management and sometimes ownership of ATMs changes hands, the independent operators will be setting the tone and industry direction for ATMs,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 16 pages and 8 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include:
 Avidia Bank, Bank of America, BMO Harris Bank, Cardtronics, Chase Bank, Fifth Third Bank, GasBuddy, McDonald’s, Payment Alliance International, PNC Bank, Salem Five Bank, and Wells Fargo Bank.

The post What’s the Most Popular Way to Shop for a Credit Card? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-the-most-popular-way-to-shop-for-a-credit-card/feed/ 0
5 ATM Trends That Look Set to Continue: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-atm-trends-that-look-set-to-continue/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-atm-trends-that-look-set-to-continue/#respond Fri, 17 Jan 2020 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83954 Cardtronics Allpoint+ ATMs Now Enabling Customers to Add Cash to Their Amazon Balance with Amazon CashDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report. 5 ATM trends that look set to continue: There are […]

The post 5 ATM Trends That Look Set to Continue: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report.

5 ATM trends that look set to continue:

  • There are approxomately 470,000 ATMs in the U.S.
  • The U.S. has approximately 144 ATMs per 100K people – compared to 42 per 100K people worldwide
  • The cost of an ATM withdrawl averages $4.72 in the U.S., and will continue to rise
  • 77% of consumers report that they will “do anything” to avoid paying an ATM surcharge fee
  • 36% of consumers report they’ve never paid an ATM surcharge fee
  • Cardless ATMs are on the rise using NFC, passcodes, and QR technologies
  • ATM supplier NCR notes that 90% of ATM orders have been for replacement machines – not new locations

About this report

Despite continued pressure from digital payment products, particularly person-to-person (P2P) applications like Zelle and Venmo that are used to pay back other individuals or to send a gift electronically, ATMs remain a fixture in the banking market. On the horizon is the growing threat of contactless cards, predicted to grow rapidly in the next two years, replacing small dollar purchases at the point-of-sale. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report explores consumers’ trends in ATM use and other market developments.

“It may surprise some readers how strong the use of ATMs for cash withdrawals and other transactions activities continues to be in the face of digital payments. Consumer data supports the finding that individuals who have adopted newer payment technologies still rely on cash and ATMs for their day-to-day transactions. Despite the importance of ATMs, many financial institutions are handing over the operation of their ATM fleets to third parties to achieve reduced and more predictable maintenance expenses. As management and sometimes ownership of ATMs changes hands, the independent operators will be setting the tone and industry direction for ATMs,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 16 pages and 8 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include:
 Avidia Bank, Bank of America, BMO Harris Bank, Cardtronics, Chase Bank, Fifth Third Bank, GasBuddy, McDonald’s, Payment Alliance International, PNC Bank, Salem Five Bank, and Wells Fargo Bank.

The post 5 ATM Trends That Look Set to Continue: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-atm-trends-that-look-set-to-continue/feed/ 0
Six Demographics of a Frequent ATM User https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-demographics-of-a-frequent-atm-user/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-demographics-of-a-frequent-atm-user/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2020 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83866 ATM User, cashless societyDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report. Six demographics of a frequent ATM user: Young adults aged […]

The post Six Demographics of a Frequent ATM User appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report.

Six demographics of a frequent ATM user:

  • Young adults aged 18-34 rely more on ATMs than older people
  • Heavy ATM users tend to be employed full time
  • Heavy ATM users are more likely to use their bank’s ATMs regardless of location
  • Frequent ATM users are more likely to be interested in advanced ATM features
  • Heavy ATM users are more likely to be from the south (42%)
  • Heavy ATM users are more likely to live in a city (44%)

About this report

Despite continued pressure from digital payment products, particularly person-to-person (P2P) applications like Zelle and Venmo that are used to pay back other individuals or to send a gift electronically, ATMs remain a fixture in the banking market. On the horizon is the growing threat of contactless cards, predicted to grow rapidly in the next two years, replacing small dollar purchases at the point-of-sale. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report explores consumers’ trends in ATM use and other market developments.

“It may surprise some readers how strong the use of ATMs for cash withdrawals and other transactions activities continues to be in the face of digital payments. Consumer data supports the finding that individuals who have adopted newer payment technologies still rely on cash and ATMs for their day-to-day transactions. Despite the importance of ATMs, many financial institutions are handing over the operation of their ATM fleets to third parties to achieve reduced and more predictable maintenance expenses. As management and sometimes ownership of ATMs changes hands, the independent operators will be setting the tone and industry direction for ATMs,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 16 pages and 8 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include:
 Avidia Bank, Bank of America, BMO Harris Bank, Cardtronics, Chase Bank, Fifth Third Bank, GasBuddy, McDonald’s, Payment Alliance International, PNC Bank, Salem Five Bank, and Wells Fargo Bank.

The post Six Demographics of a Frequent ATM User appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-demographics-of-a-frequent-atm-user/feed/ 0
Banks Are Counting on Contactless Cards to Supplant Cash in Small Dollar Purchases: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/banks-are-counting-on-contactless-cards-to-supplant-cash-in-small-dollar-purchases/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/banks-are-counting-on-contactless-cards-to-supplant-cash-in-small-dollar-purchases/#respond Wed, 15 Jan 2020 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83820 Banks Are Counting on Contactless Cards to Supplant Cash in Small Dollar Purchases:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report. Banks are counting on contactless cards to supplant cash in […]

The post Banks Are Counting on Contactless Cards to Supplant Cash in Small Dollar Purchases: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report.

Banks are counting on contactless cards to supplant cash in small dollar purchases:

  • Despite the increased costs of issuing contactless cards, banks were on board in 2019
  • Banks bet that consumers will find waving their card more convenient than cash
  • Following the introduction of contactless cards in the U.K., cash transactions declined 16% from 2016-2017
  • The impact will not be as dramatic in the U.S., where the rate of change and acceptence will be slower
  • Currently, 59% of U.S. consumers visit the ATM monthly for cash
  • 26% of U.S. consumers visit ATMs exclusively for cash withdrawal

About this report

Despite continued pressure from digital payment products, particularly person-to-person (P2P) applications like Zelle and Venmo that are used to pay back other individuals or to send a gift electronically, ATMs remain a fixture in the banking market. On the horizon is the growing threat of contactless cards, predicted to grow rapidly in the next two years, replacing small dollar purchases at the point-of-sale. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report explores consumers’ trends in ATM use and other market developments.

“It may surprise some readers how strong the use of ATMs for cash withdrawals and other transactions activities continues to be in the face of digital payments. Consumer data supports the finding that individuals who have adopted newer payment technologies still rely on cash and ATMs for their day-to-day transactions. Despite the importance of ATMs, many financial institutions are handing over the operation of their ATM fleets to third parties to achieve reduced and more predictable maintenance expenses. As management and sometimes ownership of ATMs changes hands, the independent operators will be setting the tone and industry direction for ATMs,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 16 pages and 8 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include:
 Avidia Bank, Bank of America, BMO Harris Bank, Cardtronics, Chase Bank, Fifth Third Bank, GasBuddy, McDonald’s, Payment Alliance International, PNC Bank, Salem Five Bank, and Wells Fargo Bank.

The post Banks Are Counting on Contactless Cards to Supplant Cash in Small Dollar Purchases: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/banks-are-counting-on-contactless-cards-to-supplant-cash-in-small-dollar-purchases/feed/ 0
Person-To-Person Payment Apps Are Eroding Cash Use: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/person-to-person-payment-apps-are-eroding-cash-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/person-to-person-payment-apps-are-eroding-cash-use/#respond Tue, 14 Jan 2020 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83801 Person-To-Person Payment Apps Are Eroding Cash Use, Alexa Person-To-Person Payments, Cash App direct depositDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report. Person-to-Person payment apps are eroding cash use: 73% of U.S. […]

The post Person-To-Person Payment Apps Are Eroding Cash Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report.

Person-to-Person payment apps are eroding cash use:

  • 73% of U.S. consumers used cash as a gift in 2019
  • Zelle & Venmo combined to transfer over $181 billion in 2018
  • Combined, Mercator predicts P2P apps to transfer over $205 billion in 2019
  • By dollar volume, Zelle is almost twice the size of Venmo with $119 billion in transactions
  • P2P transactions might encroach on cash in auto payments (34% use cash for)
  • P2P transactions might also impact cash’s use in food & personal care (34%)
  • 24% of consumers use cash to pay for medical, education and personal services as well

About this report

Despite continued pressure from digital payment products, particularly person-to-person (P2P) applications like Zelle and Venmo that are used to pay back other individuals or to send a gift electronically, ATMs remain a fixture in the banking market. On the horizon is the growing threat of contactless cards, predicted to grow rapidly in the next two years, replacing small dollar purchases at the point-of-sale. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report explores consumers’ trends in ATM use and other market developments.

“It may surprise some readers how strong the use of ATMs for cash withdrawals and other transactions activities continues to be in the face of digital payments. Consumer data supports the finding that individuals who have adopted newer payment technologies still rely on cash and ATMs for their day-to-day transactions. Despite the importance of ATMs, many financial institutions are handing over the operation of their ATM fleets to third parties to achieve reduced and more predictable maintenance expenses. As management and sometimes ownership of ATMs changes hands, the independent operators will be setting the tone and industry direction for ATMs,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 16 pages and 8 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include:
 Avidia Bank, Bank of America, BMO Harris Bank, Cardtronics, Chase Bank, Fifth Third Bank, GasBuddy, McDonald’s, Payment Alliance International, PNC Bank, Salem Five Bank, and Wells Fargo Bank.

The post Person-To-Person Payment Apps Are Eroding Cash Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/person-to-person-payment-apps-are-eroding-cash-use/feed/ 0
Mobile Apps Are One of Three New Challenges Impacting Cash Use: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-apps-are-one-of-three-new-challenges-impacting-cash-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-apps-are-one-of-three-new-challenges-impacting-cash-use/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2020 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83746 App Happy? - Is Your Digital Presence Ready for Today"s Mobile User? - PaymentsJournalDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report. Mobile apps are one of three new challenges impacting cash […]

The post Mobile Apps Are One of Three New Challenges Impacting Cash Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report.

Mobile apps are one of three new challenges impacting cash use:

  • 60% of U.S. consumers used their mobile device to pay for goods in 2019
  • In 2018, only 48% of U.S. consumers had used a mobile device to pay for goods
  • 39% of U.S. consumers have used a retail-specific mobile app for payments in 2019
  • In the U.S., Starbucks is the most popular retailer mobile app: 22% of consumers used it in 2019
  • McDonalds (14%) and Walmart Pay (13%) are the 2nd and 3rd most popular retailer mobile apps
  • 11% of consumers used Dunkin Donuts, Burger King, or Subways’s mobile app in 2019
  • 5% of U.S. consumers used Gulf Pay or ExxonMobil’s app in 2019

About this report

Despite continued pressure from digital payment products, particularly person-to-person (P2P) applications like Zelle and Venmo that are used to pay back other individuals or to send a gift electronically, ATMs remain a fixture in the banking market. On the horizon is the growing threat of contactless cards, predicted to grow rapidly in the next two years, replacing small dollar purchases at the point-of-sale. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report explores consumers’ trends in ATM use and other market developments.

“It may surprise some readers how strong the use of ATMs for cash withdrawals and other transactions activities continues to be in the face of digital payments. Consumer data supports the finding that individuals who have adopted newer payment technologies still rely on cash and ATMs for their day-to-day transactions. Despite the importance of ATMs, many financial institutions are handing over the operation of their ATM fleets to third parties to achieve reduced and more predictable maintenance expenses. As management and sometimes ownership of ATMs changes hands, the independent operators will be setting the tone and industry direction for ATMs,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 16 pages and 8 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include:
 Avidia Bank, Bank of America, BMO Harris Bank, Cardtronics, Chase Bank, Fifth Third Bank, GasBuddy, McDonald’s, Payment Alliance International, PNC Bank, Salem Five Bank, and Wells Fargo Bank.

The post Mobile Apps Are One of Three New Challenges Impacting Cash Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-apps-are-one-of-three-new-challenges-impacting-cash-use/feed/ 0
Cash Use Has Not Changed in the U.S. https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-use-has-not-changed-in-the-u-s/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-use-has-not-changed-in-the-u-s/#respond Fri, 10 Jan 2020 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83728 Cash Use Has Not Changed in the U.S.Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report. Cash use has not changed in the U.S. Over […]

The post Cash Use Has Not Changed in the U.S. appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report.

Cash use has not changed in the U.S.

  • Over the past 12 months, 70% of consumers rate their use of cash as ‘stayed the same’
  • Over the past 12 months, 15% of consumers claim to use more cash & 15% of consumers claim to use less
  • Cash is used for 49% of payments under $10
  • Cash is used for 35% of transactions conducted in person
  • The IMF reports that US cash use is average compared to other large developed economies
  • The U.S. has seen a slow decline in total cash transactions over the last two years, but not dramatic
  • The resilience of cash is notable given the recent rise in alternatives

About this report

Despite continued pressure from digital payment products, particularly person-to-person (P2P) applications like Zelle and Venmo that are used to pay back other individuals or to send a gift electronically, ATMs remain a fixture in the banking market. On the horizon is the growing threat of contactless cards, predicted to grow rapidly in the next two years, replacing small dollar purchases at the point-of-sale. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2019 ATM Benchmark Market Report explores consumers’ trends in ATM use and other market developments.

“It may surprise some readers how strong the use of ATMs for cash withdrawals and other transactions activities continues to be in the face of digital payments. Consumer data supports the finding that individuals who have adopted newer payment technologies still rely on cash and ATMs for their day-to-day transactions. Despite the importance of ATMs, many financial institutions are handing over the operation of their ATM fleets to third parties to achieve reduced and more predictable maintenance expenses. As management and sometimes ownership of ATMs changes hands, the independent operators will be setting the tone and industry direction for ATMs,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

This research report has 16 pages and 8 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include:
 Avidia Bank, Bank of America, BMO Harris Bank, Cardtronics, Chase Bank, Fifth Third Bank, GasBuddy, McDonald’s, Payment Alliance International, PNC Bank, Salem Five Bank, and Wells Fargo Bank.

The post Cash Use Has Not Changed in the U.S. appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-use-has-not-changed-in-the-u-s/feed/ 0
6 Trends in Chargebacks and Friendly Fraud: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-trends-in-chargebacks-and-friendly-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-trends-in-chargebacks-and-friendly-fraud/#respond Thu, 09 Jan 2020 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83708 Six Trends in Chargebacks and Friendly Fraud:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud.” Six trends in chargebacks and […]

The post 6 Trends in Chargebacks and Friendly Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud.”

Six trends in chargebacks and friendly fraud:

  1. The chargeback resolution process has become highly automated
  2. Demand for chargeback services continues to grow in lock step with eCommerce growth
  3. Friendly fraud detection is particularly hard to spot, but detection companies are closing in
  4. Chargeback services overlap to cover process management, merchant representment, and intermediation
  5. M&A activity will increase for chargeback solutions with customer bases and proprietary tech
  6. Merchants will increasingly assess their chargeback rates to determine if they need to outsource chargebacks
  • Mercator Advisory Group estimates friendly fraud will reach $50 billion in 2020

About this report

Merchants find themselves wrestling with the chargeback process, which is triggered when consumers dispute a purchase transaction, mostly on e-commerce sales. Increasingly, friendly fraud has also become a direct cause of merchant chargebacks. This report delves into chargeback reasons and implications as well as vendors of chargeback services that have emerged to provide solutions for merchants.

A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud assesses the challenges and preventive solutions for this increasing problem that affects merchants of all sizes across vertical markets.

“Merchants are incurring a major pain point dealing with consumer-disputed sales transactions that can lead to chargebacks. This can mean merchants lose not only the sales revenue but also the merchandise and related overhead costs as well,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

This report is 14 pages long and has 2 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report:
 ACI Worldwide, American Express, Authorize.Net, BlueSnap, Braintree, CardinalCommerce, Chargeback, Chargebacks911, Chargeback Gurus, Chargehound, CyberSource, Discover, Ethoca, Federal Reserve Board, Lexis-Nexis, Mastercard, Midigator, PayPal, Stripe, Verifi, and Visa.

The post 6 Trends in Chargebacks and Friendly Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-trends-in-chargebacks-and-friendly-fraud/feed/ 0
6 Factors Influence the Recent Surge in Friendly Fraud: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-factors-influence-the-recent-surge-in-friendly-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-factors-influence-the-recent-surge-in-friendly-fraud/#respond Wed, 08 Jan 2020 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83660 fraudDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud.” 6 factors influence the recent […]

The post 6 Factors Influence the Recent Surge in Friendly Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud.”

6 factors influence the recent surge in friendly fraud:

  1. Credit card consumer protection regulations
  2. Anonymity: online shopping and delivery are anonymous
  3. Ease of registering a transaction dispute
  4. Merchants that give consumers the benefit of doubt to display superior customer service
  5. Growth in overall U.S. transactions: +47% over last 4 years
  6. Mobile banking apps connect consumers directly with issuer for easier disputes

About this report

Merchants find themselves wrestling with the chargeback process, which is triggered when consumers dispute a purchase transaction, mostly on e-commerce sales. Increasingly, friendly fraud has also become a direct cause of merchant chargebacks. This report delves into chargeback reasons and implications as well as vendors of chargeback services that have emerged to provide solutions for merchants.

A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud assesses the challenges and preventive solutions for this increasing problem that affects merchants of all sizes across vertical markets.

“Merchants are incurring a major pain point dealing with consumer-disputed sales transactions that can lead to chargebacks. This can mean merchants lose not only the sales revenue but also the merchandise and related overhead costs as well,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

This report is 14 pages long and has 2 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report:
 ACI Worldwide, American Express, Authorize.Net, BlueSnap, Braintree, CardinalCommerce, Chargeback, Chargebacks911, Chargeback Gurus, Chargehound, CyberSource, Discover, Ethoca, Federal Reserve Board, Lexis-Nexis, Mastercard, Midigator, PayPal, Stripe, Verifi, and Visa.

The post 6 Factors Influence the Recent Surge in Friendly Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-factors-influence-the-recent-surge-in-friendly-fraud/feed/ 0
Merchants Carry the ‘Burden of Proof’ in Chargeback Disputes: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/merchants-carry-the-burden-of-proof-in-chargeback-disputes/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/merchants-carry-the-burden-of-proof-in-chargeback-disputes/#respond Tue, 07 Jan 2020 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83566 Merchants Chargeback DisputesMerchants carry the ‘burden of proof’ in chargeback disputes: In a chargeback scenario, merchants must identify the item, date, amount, and buyer Merchants are required by law to respond within 30-45 days or the chargeback is automatic Smaller merchants lack both the time and staff to track down transaction level details If a merchant can’t […]

The post Merchants Carry the ‘Burden of Proof’ in Chargeback Disputes: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Merchants carry the ‘burden of proof’ in chargeback disputes:

  • In a chargeback scenario, merchants must identify the item, date, amount, and buyer
  • Merchants are required by law to respond within 30-45 days or the chargeback is automatic
  • Smaller merchants lack both the time and staff to track down transaction level details
  • If a merchant can’t carry the burden of proof, they lose the revenue, merchandise, and time spent
  • An appeals process exists, akin to an appellate court, and if the merchant wins they keep the sale revenue
  • U.S. card transactions have surged 47% in the last four years
  • In 2020, the U.S. will clear 66 billion transactions for $4.7 trillion dollars

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud.”

About this chargeback report

Merchants find themselves wrestling with the process, which is triggered when consumers dispute a purchase transaction, mostly on e-commerce sales. Increasingly, friendly fraud has also become a direct cause of merchant chargebacks. This report delves into reasons and implications as well as vendors of chargeback services that have emerged to provide solutions for merchants.

A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud assesses the challenges and preventive solutions for this increasing problem that affects merchants of all sizes across vertical markets.

“Merchants are incurring a major pain point dealing with consumer-disputed sales transactions that can lead to chargebacks. This can mean merchants lose not only the sales revenue but also the merchandise and related overhead costs as well,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

This report is 14 pages long and has 2 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report:
 ACI Worldwide, American Express, Authorize.Net, BlueSnap, Braintree, CardinalCommerce, Chargeback, Chargebacks911, Chargeback Gurus, Chargehound, CyberSource, Discover, Ethoca, Federal Reserve Board, Lexis-Nexis, Mastercard, Midigator, PayPal, Stripe, Verifi, and Visa.

The post Merchants Carry the ‘Burden of Proof’ in Chargeback Disputes: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/merchants-carry-the-burden-of-proof-in-chargeback-disputes/feed/ 0
Managing a Single Chargeback Is an 8 Step Process between 4 Parties: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/managing-a-single-chargeback-is-an-8-step-process-between-4-parties/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/managing-a-single-chargeback-is-an-8-step-process-between-4-parties/#respond Mon, 06 Jan 2020 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83534 Payment Options ChargebackManaging a single chargeback is an 8 step process between 4 parties: The process begins when a cardholder files a dispute with their card’s issuing bank (1) Then the issuing bank passes the dispute to acquirer (2), and acquirer passes to merchant (3) If the merchant contests the dispute, they send proof back to the […]

The post Managing a Single Chargeback Is an 8 Step Process between 4 Parties: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Managing a single chargeback is an 8 step process between 4 parties:

  • The process begins when a cardholder files a dispute with their card’s issuing bank (1)
  • Then the issuing bank passes the dispute to acquirer (2), and acquirer passes to merchant (3)
  • If the merchant contests the dispute, they send proof back to the acquirer (4)
  • The acquiring bank passes the merchant’s proof back to the issuer (5) who decides for or against the merchant (6)
  • If the issuing bank decides against the merchant, the merchant can appeal (7)
  • If the issuing bank decides with the merchant, cardholder can provide further proof and the process restarts (8)
  • The best defense against chargebacks is clear and concise records of customer purchase transactions

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud.”

About this chargeback report

Merchants find themselves wrestling with the chargeback process, which is triggered when consumers dispute a purchase transaction, mostly on e-commerce sales. Increasingly, friendly fraud has also become a direct cause of merchant chargebacks. This report delves into chargeback reasons and implications as well as vendors of chargeback services that have emerged to provide solutions for merchants.

A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud assesses the challenges and preventive solutions for this increasing problem that affects merchants of all sizes across vertical markets.

“Merchants are incurring a major pain point dealing with consumer-disputed sales transactions that can lead to chargebacks. This can mean merchants lose not only the sales revenue but also the merchandise and related overhead costs as well,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

This report is 14 pages long and has 2 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report:
 ACI Worldwide, American Express, Authorize.Net, BlueSnap, Braintree, CardinalCommerce, Chargeback, Chargebacks911, Chargeback Gurus, Chargehound, CyberSource, Discover, Ethoca, Federal Reserve Board, Lexis-Nexis, Mastercard, Midigator, PayPal, Stripe, Verifi, and Visa.

The post Managing a Single Chargeback Is an 8 Step Process between 4 Parties: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/managing-a-single-chargeback-is-an-8-step-process-between-4-parties/feed/ 0
When Consumers Dispute a Credit Card Transaction, Merchants Lose 4 Times or More: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-consumers-dispute-a-credit-card-transaction-merchants-lose-4-times-or-more/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-consumers-dispute-a-credit-card-transaction-merchants-lose-4-times-or-more/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83515 Forter Launches “Forter Smart Routing” to Help Prevent the 10% Revenue Loss Merchants Experience Due to False Payment DeclinesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud.” When consumers dispute a […]

The post When Consumers Dispute a Credit Card Transaction, Merchants Lose 4 Times or More: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud.”

When consumers dispute a credit card transaction, Merchants lose 4 times or more:

  • Obviously, the merchant loses the sale (#1), but they also lose the merchandise (#2)
  • Merchants have to eat the shipping costs (#3), as well as the labor to ship
  • Lastly, merchants lose the overhead of manually reviewing the transaction (#4)
  • If things go really bad, merchants might pay chargeback fees to the acquiring bank
  • Merchants can be dropped entirely or labeled ‘high risk’ if they have too many chargebacks
  • According to Lexis-Nexis, merchants lose $3.13 for every $1 in product value lost to chargebacks

About this report

Merchants find themselves wrestling with the chargeback process, which is triggered when consumers dispute a purchase transaction, mostly on e-commerce sales. Increasingly, friendly fraud has also become a direct cause of merchant chargebacks. This report delves into chargeback reasons and implications as well as vendors of chargeback services that have emerged to provide solutions for merchants.

A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Merchant Chargebacks Are on the Rise Due to Friendly Fraud assesses the challenges and preventive solutions for this increasing problem that affects merchants of all sizes across vertical markets.

“Merchants are incurring a major pain point dealing with consumer-disputed sales transactions that can lead to chargebacks. This can mean merchants lose not only the sales revenue but also the merchandise and related overhead costs as well,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

This report is 14 pages long and has 2 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report:
 ACI Worldwide, American Express, Authorize.Net, BlueSnap, Braintree, CardinalCommerce, Chargeback, Chargebacks911, Chargeback Gurus, Chargehound, CyberSource, Discover, Ethoca, Federal Reserve Board, Lexis-Nexis, Mastercard, Midigator, PayPal, Stripe, Verifi, and Visa.

The post When Consumers Dispute a Credit Card Transaction, Merchants Lose 4 Times or More: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-consumers-dispute-a-credit-card-transaction-merchants-lose-4-times-or-more/feed/ 0
Cash Back Is Still the Dominant Reward Program, but Others Are Gaining Popularity https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-back-is-still-the-dominent-reward-program-but-others-are-gaining-popularity/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-back-is-still-the-dominent-reward-program-but-others-are-gaining-popularity/#respond Thu, 02 Jan 2020 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83482 Cash Back Is Still the Dominant Reward Program, but Others Are Gaining PopularityDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice. Cash back is still […]

The post Cash Back Is Still the Dominant Reward Program, but Others Are Gaining Popularity appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice.

Cash back is still the dominant reward program, but others are gaining popularity:

  • 64% of consumers have a cash back card rewards program in 2019
  • Cash back rewards enrollment has been consistent over the last 3 years
  • But there were notable increases in enrollment for:
    travel discounts, free travel, hotel points, pay with rewards points
  • Points for ‘non-travel’ rewards increased from 13% to 17% in 2019
  • Cash back dropped in ‘most valued’ from 53% in 2018 to 46% in 2019
  • In 2019, rewards program members reported earning about $100 more than last year
  • 10% of consumers reported earning between $1K-2K in rewards in 2019, compared to 6% last year

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the credit card is U.S. consumers’ preferred method of payment both online and offline.

When shopping in stores, 43% of U.S. consumers prefer to use credit/charge cards, followed by 32% who prefer to use debit and 17% who opt for cash. Further, these findings are on par with last year’s results.

Compared to last year’s survey, more consumers report that merchants are trying to influence their method of paying. For example, this year 59% report that they have seen signs posed by merchants stating credit card minimums, up from 52% in 2018. Also, 46% report stores offering discounts for cash, a result that is up from 40% in 2018.

Consumers are reporting more fraud on their credit cards this year compared to last. In 2019 about 3 in 10 (31%) reported some kind of fraud on their credit cards compared to 24% who did so last year.

With regard to credit card rewards, cash back is still the most common reward earned by U.S. cardholders. Currently, about two-thirds of cardholders (64%) are getting cash back from at least one issuer of the credit cards they hold. Non-travel related points are the second most common reward, which 4 in 10 cardholders report receiving. These findings are consistent with the findings Mercator reported last year.

Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use of credit cards, relative to other payment types, the use of credit card controls, reward programs, new account opening, among other topics.

“The credit card space in the U.S. continues to be dynamic. We see no erosion in consumers’ preference to use their credit cards when shopping. It is still the top-of-wallet payment choice. This report explores some of the key aspects of the credit card business and brings the consumers’ view of the payments world to light,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Acima Credit Affirm, Avant, Bread, Klarna, Lending Club, Prosper, SoFi, and Upstart.

The post Cash Back Is Still the Dominant Reward Program, but Others Are Gaining Popularity appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cash-back-is-still-the-dominent-reward-program-but-others-are-gaining-popularity/feed/ 0
Different Age Groups Want Different Card Rewards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/different-age-groups-want-different-card-rewards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/different-age-groups-want-different-card-rewards/#respond Mon, 30 Dec 2019 19:41:13 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83435 Different Age Groups Want Different Card Rewards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice. Different age groups want […]

The post Different Age Groups Want Different Card Rewards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice.

Different age groups want different card rewards:

  • 18-24 year olds have a stronger preference for retailer gift cards & merchandise discounts
  • 18-24 year olds also prefer to have cash deposited into a savings, education, or retirement account
  • 25-34 year olds prefer points redeemed for travel and other store transactions
  • 35-64 year olds prefer points redeemed for non-travel
  • 35-64 year olds prefer flexibility to redeem rewards in multiple categories
  • 65+ year olds prefer cash back on total purchases

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the credit card is U.S. consumers’ preferred method of payment both online and offline.

When shopping in stores, 43% of U.S. consumers prefer to use credit/charge cards, followed by 32% who prefer to use debit and 17% who opt for cash. Further, these findings are on par with last year’s results.

Compared to last year’s survey, more consumers report that merchants are trying to influence their method of paying. For example, this year 59% report that they have seen signs posed by merchants stating credit card minimums, up from 52% in 2018. Also, 46% report stores offering discounts for cash, a result that is up from 40% in 2018.

Consumers are reporting more fraud on their credit cards this year compared to last. In 2019 about 3 in 10 (31%) reported some kind of fraud on their credit cards compared to 24% who did so last year.

With regard to credit card rewards, cash back is still the most common reward earned by U.S. cardholders. Currently, about two-thirds of cardholders (64%) are getting cash back from at least one issuer of the credit cards they hold. Non-travel related points are the second most common reward, which 4 in 10 cardholders report receiving. These findings are consistent with the findings Mercator reported last year.

Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use of credit cards, relative to other payment types, the use of credit card controls, reward programs, new account opening, among other topics.

“The credit card space in the U.S. continues to be dynamic. We see no erosion in consumers’ preference to use their credit cards when shopping. It is still the top-of-wallet payment choice. This report explores some of the key aspects of the credit card business and brings the consumers’ view of the payments world to light,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Acima Credit Affirm, Avant, Bread, Klarna, Lending Club, Prosper, SoFi, and Upstart.

The post Different Age Groups Want Different Card Rewards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/different-age-groups-want-different-card-rewards/feed/ 0
Credit Cards Continue to be the Card of Choice https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interest-in-card-controls-is-surging/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interest-in-card-controls-is-surging/#respond Fri, 27 Dec 2019 19:41:34 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83420 Interest in Card Controls Is Surging:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice. Interest in card controls […]

The post Credit Cards Continue to be the Card of Choice appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice.

Interest in card controls is surging:

  • In 2018, 39% of consumers were interested in card controls like setting dollar amounts or locations
  • In 2019, interest in card controls increased to 47%
  • There was the least amount of interest in 18-24 year olds: 45%
  • 25-34 year olds had the most interest in card controls: 58%
  • 30% of men use card controls compared to 21% of women
  • 36% of men and 46% of women are unaware that card controls exist

About this Credit Cards report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the credit card is U.S. consumers’ preferred method of payment both online and offline.

When shopping in stores, 43% of U.S. consumers prefer to use credit/charge cards, followed by 32% who prefer to use debit and 17% who opt for cash. Further, these findings are on par with last year’s results.

Compared to last year’s survey, more consumers report that merchants are trying to influence their method of paying. For example, this year 59% report that they have seen signs posed by merchants stating credit card minimums, up from 52% in 2018. Also, 46% report stores offering discounts for cash, a result that is up from 40% in 2018.

Consumers are reporting more fraud on their credit cards this year compared to last. In 2019 about 3 in 10 (31%) reported some kind of fraud on their credit cards compared to 24% who did so last year.

With regard to card rewards, cash back is still the most common reward earned by U.S. cardholders. Currently, about two-thirds of cardholders (64%) are getting cash back from at least one issuer of the credit cards they hold. Non-travel related points are the second most common reward, which 4 in 10 cardholders report receiving. These findings are consistent with the findings Mercator reported last year.

This latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use of credit cards, relative to other payment types, the use of credit card controls, reward programs, new account opening, among other topics.

“The credit card space in the U.S. continues to be dynamic. We see no erosion in consumers’ preference to use their credit cards when shopping. It is still the top-of-wallet payment choice. This report explores some of the key aspects of the credit card business and brings the consumers’ view of the payments world to light,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Acima Credit Affirm, Avant, Bread, Klarna, Lending Club, Prosper, SoFi, and Upstart.

The post Credit Cards Continue to be the Card of Choice appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/interest-in-card-controls-is-surging/feed/ 0
Consumers in 2019 Have Different Motivators for Credit Card Spend Than Last Year: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-in-2019-have-different-motivators-for-credit-card-spend-than-last-year/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-in-2019-have-different-motivators-for-credit-card-spend-than-last-year/#respond Mon, 23 Dec 2019 18:34:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83387 consumer spending Credit Card SpendCredit card spend motivators include everything from enticing sign-up bonuses to cashback and rewards programs. Many cardholders are attracted to the convenience of being able to pay for purchases directly with plastic rather than having to carry cash or a checkbook. Credit cards, along with other forms of electronic payments, such as online payment gateways, […]

The post Consumers in 2019 Have Different Motivators for Credit Card Spend Than Last Year: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit card spend motivators include everything from enticing sign-up bonuses to cashback and rewards programs. Many cardholders are attracted to the convenience of being able to pay for purchases directly with plastic rather than having to carry cash or a checkbook. Credit cards, along with other forms of electronic payments, such as online payment gateways, also help to provide an additional layer of security when making transactions. At the same time, those motivated to use their cards wisely can gain a wealth of benefits, including the building of good credit and even discounts and special offers if they are members of loyalty programs.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice.

Consumers in 2019 have different motivators for credit card spend than last year:

  • In 2018, 33% of consumers said “nothing” would change their credit spend
  • In 2019, only 25% of consumers said “nothing” would change their card spend
  • ‘Broader acceptance by merchants’ & ‘higher credit limits’ were both factors cited by 4-8% more consumers in 2019
  • More valuable rewards programs and lower fees were also potentials that would increase spend
  • 10% more men ‘wish they had more credit’ than women
  • Men are also 12% more likely to make automatic monthly payments to their credit cards
  • 46% of consumers would prefer their card issuer not increase their credit line without notice

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the credit card is U.S. consumers’ preferred method of payment both online and offline.

When shopping in stores, 43% of U.S. consumers prefer to use credit/charge cards, followed by 32% who prefer to use debit and 17% who opt for cash. Further, these findings are on par with last year’s results.

Compared to last year’s survey, more consumers report that merchants are trying to influence their method of paying. For example, this year 59% report that they have seen signs posed by merchants stating credit card minimums, up from 52% in 2018. Also, 46% report stores offering discounts for cash, a result that is up from 40% in 2018.

Consumers are reporting more fraud on their credit cards this year compared to last. In 2019 about 3 in 10 (31%) reported some kind of fraud on their credit cards compared to 24% who did so last year.

With regard to credit card rewards, cash back is still the most common reward earned by U.S. cardholders. Currently, about two-thirds of cardholders (64%) are getting cash back from at least one issuer of the credit cards they hold. Non-travel related points are the second most common reward, which 4 in 10 cardholders report receiving. These findings are consistent with the findings Mercator reported last year.

Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use of credit cards, relative to other payment types, the use of credit card controls, reward programs, new account opening, among other topics.

“The credit card space in the U.S. continues to be dynamic. We see no erosion in consumers’ preference to use their credit cards when shopping. It is still the top-of-wallet payment choice. This report explores some of the key aspects of the credit card business and brings the consumers’ view of the payments world to light,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Acima Credit Affirm, Avant, Bread, Klarna, Lending Club, Prosper, SoFi, and Upstart.

The post Consumers in 2019 Have Different Motivators for Credit Card Spend Than Last Year: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-in-2019-have-different-motivators-for-credit-card-spend-than-last-year/feed/ 0
After a One Year Lull, Merchants Are Trying to Influence Customer Card Choice Again: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-a-one-year-lull-merchants-are-trying-to-influence-customer-card-choice-again/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-a-one-year-lull-merchants-are-trying-to-influence-customer-card-choice-again/#respond Fri, 20 Dec 2019 20:01:52 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83362 After a One Year Lull, Merchants Are Trying to Influence Customer Card Choice Again:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice. After a one year […]

The post After a One Year Lull, Merchants Are Trying to Influence Customer Card Choice Again: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice.

After a one year lull, Merchants are trying to influence customer card choice again:

  • 2019 saw a 7% increase in “stores posting signs about minimum purchase to use credit”
  • Last year, 40% of consumers reported seeing discounts for using cash vs. credit. In 2019, 46% reported.
  • 8% more consumers witnessed stores charging a fee for credit card use this year vs. last year
  • 7% more consumers saw signs requesting not to use credit this year than last
  • 36% of consumers report ‘taking their business elsewhere’ after seeing a requent not to use credit
  • Similar percentages of customers defect after seeing signs for an extra fee or not accepting a card brand

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the credit card is U.S. consumers’ preferred method of payment both online and offline.

When shopping in stores, 43% of U.S. consumers prefer to use credit/charge cards, followed by 32% who prefer to use debit and 17% who opt for cash. Further, these findings are on par with last year’s results.

Compared to last year’s survey, more consumers report that merchants are trying to influence their method of paying. For example, this year 59% report that they have seen signs posed by merchants stating credit card minimums, up from 52% in 2018. Also, 46% report stores offering discounts for cash, a result that is up from 40% in 2018.

Consumers are reporting more fraud on their credit cards this year compared to last. In 2019 about 3 in 10 (31%) reported some kind of fraud on their credit cards compared to 24% who did so last year.

With regard to credit card rewards, cash back is still the most common reward earned by U.S. cardholders. Currently, about two-thirds of cardholders (64%) are getting cash back from at least one issuer of the credit cards they hold. Non-travel related points are the second most common reward, which 4 in 10 cardholders report receiving. These findings are consistent with the findings Mercator reported last year.

Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use of credit cards, relative to other payment types, the use of credit card controls, reward programs, new account opening, among other topics.

“The credit card space in the U.S. continues to be dynamic. We see no erosion in consumers’ preference to use their credit cards when shopping. It is still the top-of-wallet payment choice. This report explores some of the key aspects of the credit card business and brings the consumers’ view of the payments world to light,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Acima Credit Affirm, Avant, Bread, Klarna, Lending Club, Prosper, SoFi, and Upstart.

The post After a One Year Lull, Merchants Are Trying to Influence Customer Card Choice Again: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-a-one-year-lull-merchants-are-trying-to-influence-customer-card-choice-again/feed/ 0
7 Cardholder Tendencies by Income Level and Gender: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-cardholder-tendencies-by-income-level-and-gender/ Thu, 19 Dec 2019 19:21:08 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83347 Minimum Due Credit Card Payments Rise in Canada To Reduce DebtDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice 7 cardholder tendencies by […]

The post 7 Cardholder Tendencies by Income Level and Gender: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice

7 cardholder tendencies by income level and gender:

  • Cardholders with annual income >$100K are likely to favor retail sponsored cards with strong rewards
  • Cardholders with income $75<100K value incentives in the application process
  • Cardholders with income $50<75K value fraud protection and a respected bank name
  • Cardholders with income <$50K value customer service, no annual fee, competitive APR, good credit lines
  • Men tend to segrate cards for online only purchases only (39%) vs. women (32%)
  • Women tend to choose a card for the points (34%) more often than men (29%)
  • Men tend to designate a card for paying bills (27%) more frequently than women (21%)

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the credit card is U.S. consumers’ preferred method of payment both online and offline.

When shopping in stores, 43% of U.S. consumers prefer to use credit/charge cards, followed by 32% who prefer to use debit and 17% who opt for cash. Further, these findings are on par with last year’s results.

Compared to last year’s survey, more consumers report that merchants are trying to influence their method of paying. For example, this year 59% report that they have seen signs posed by merchants stating credit card minimums, up from 52% in 2018. Also, 46% report stores offering discounts for cash, a result that is up from 40% in 2018.

Consumers are reporting more fraud on their credit cards this year compared to last. In 2019 about 3 in 10 (31%) reported some kind of fraud on their credit cards compared to 24% who did so last year.

With regard to credit card rewards, cash back is still the most common reward earned by U.S. cardholders. Currently, about two-thirds of cardholders (64%) are getting cash back from at least one issuer of the credit cards they hold. Non-travel related points are the second most common reward, which 4 in 10 cardholders report receiving. These findings are consistent with the findings Mercator reported last year.

Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use of credit cards, relative to other payment types, the use of credit card controls, reward programs, new account opening, among other topics.

“The credit card space in the U.S. continues to be dynamic. We see no erosion in consumers’ preference to use their credit cards when shopping. It is still the top-of-wallet payment choice. This report explores some of the key aspects of the credit card business and brings the consumers’ view of the payments world to light,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Acima Credit Affirm, Avant, Bread, Klarna, Lending Club, Prosper, SoFi, and Upstart.

The post 7 Cardholder Tendencies by Income Level and Gender: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
2019 Saw a Significant Increase in Cardholders Accepting Credit Card Annual Fees https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2019-saw-a-significant-increase-in-cardholders-accepting-annual-fees/ Wed, 18 Dec 2019 19:57:47 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83323 eCommerce Sales: No Masks Will Help Bring Back the POS Retail Experience & Lift Credit SalesCredit cards can be a convenient way to pay for purchases, but they can also be costly if cardholders don’t use them wisely. Many credit cards come with annual fees that can add up over time, and cardholders who carry a balance will also be charged interest. In addition, many card issuers offer rewards programs […]

The post 2019 Saw a Significant Increase in Cardholders Accepting Credit Card Annual Fees appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit cards can be a convenient way to pay for purchases, but they can also be costly if cardholders don’t use them wisely. Many credit cards come with annual fees that can add up over time, and cardholders who carry a balance will also be charged interest. In addition, many card issuers offer rewards programs that give cardholders points or cash back for their spending. While these programs can be valuable, cardholders should be aware that they often come with restrictions and blackout dates.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice

2019 saw a significant increase in cardholders accepting credit card annual fees:

  • In 2018, only 29% of cardholders reported paying annual fees. In 2019, 35% of cardholders paid an annual fee.
  • Cardholders aged 35-65 showed the greatest increase in cards with annual fees: 36% in 2019, up from 27% in 2018.
  • Cardholders with fees increased 8% among ages 18-24, and 7% among ages 24-25.
  • Interestingly, among cardholders aged 65+, cards with annual fees declined to 21% in 2019 from 25% the year prior.
  • The average consumer holds 2.5 credit cards in 2019.
  • 62% of consumers pay their full bill every month.
  • 34% of cardholders pay their bill at the card issuers website, while 31% pay at their online bank.

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the credit card is U.S. consumers’ preferred method of payment both online and offline.

When shopping in stores, 43% of U.S. consumers prefer to use credit/charge cards, followed by 32% who prefer to use debit and 17% who opt for cash. Further, these findings are on par with last year’s results.

Compared to last year’s survey, more consumers report that merchants are trying to influence their method of paying. For example, this year 59% report that they have seen signs posed by merchants stating credit card minimums, up from 52% in 2018. Also, 46% report stores offering discounts for cash, a result that is up from 40% in 2018.

Consumers are reporting more fraud on their credit cards this year compared to last. In 2019 about 3 in 10 (31%) reported some kind of fraud on their credit cards compared to 24% who did so last year.

With regard to credit card rewards, cash back is still the most common reward earned by U.S. cardholders. Currently, about two-thirds of cardholders (64%) are getting cash back from at least one issuer of the credit cards they hold. Non-travel related points are the second most common reward, which 4 in 10 cardholders report receiving. These findings are consistent with the findings Mercator reported last year.

Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use of credit cards, relative to other payment types, the use of credit card controls, reward programs, new account opening, among other topics.

“The credit card space in the U.S. continues to be dynamic. We see no erosion in consumers’ preference to use their credit cards when shopping. It is still the top-of-wallet payment choice. This report explores some of the key aspects of the credit card business and brings the consumers’ view of the payments world to light,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Acima Credit Affirm, Avant, Bread, Klarna, Lending Club, Prosper, SoFi, and Upstart.

The post 2019 Saw a Significant Increase in Cardholders Accepting Credit Card Annual Fees appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
While Credit Card Use Remains Steady, Velocity Has Declined: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/while-credit-card-use-remains-steady-velocity-has-declined/ Tue, 17 Dec 2019 20:26:10 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83287 Credit Card Payment Holidays: The Day of Reckoning is Upon UsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice While credit card […]

The post While Credit Card Use Remains Steady, Velocity Has Declined: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 U.S. PaymentsInsights – Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice

While credit card use remains steady, velocity has declined:

  • 6 in 10 households use credit cards, particularly those over the age 65
  • However, 48% of households report using credit cards less in 2019
  • In contrast, 5 years ago, 43% of households reported using less credit
  • The decline in credit card use is most prevalent in those aged 18-24 (70%)
  • For those limiting their credit card use, 29% report trying to replace with debit
  • A notable uptick in prepaid, from 7% to 13%, is also present for those using less credit card

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the credit card is U.S. consumers’ preferred method of payment both online and offline.

When shopping in stores, 43% of U.S. consumers prefer to use credit/charge cards, followed by 32% who prefer to use debit and 17% who opt for cash. Further, these findings are on par with last year’s results.

Compared to last year’s survey, more consumers report that merchants are trying to influence their method of paying. For example, this year 59% report that they have seen signs posed by merchants stating credit card minimums, up from 52% in 2018. Also, 46% report stores offering discounts for cash, a result that is up from 40% in 2018.

Consumers are reporting more fraud on their credit cards this year compared to last. In 2019 about 3 in 10 (31%) reported some kind of fraud on their credit cards compared to 24% who did so last year.

With regard to credit card rewards, cash back is still the most common reward earned by U.S. cardholders. Currently, about two-thirds of cardholders (64%) are getting cash back from at least one issuer of the credit cards they hold. Non-travel related points are the second most common reward, which 4 in 10 cardholders report receiving. These findings are consistent with the findings Mercator reported last year.

Credit Cards: Still the Card of Choice, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use of credit cards, relative to other payment types, the use of credit card controls, reward programs, new account opening, among other topics.

“The credit card space in the U.S. continues to be dynamic. We see no erosion in consumers’ preference to use their credit cards when shopping. It is still the top-of-wallet payment choice. This report explores some of the key aspects of the credit card business and brings the consumers’ view of the payments world to light,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Acima Credit Affirm, Avant, Bread, Klarna, Lending Club, Prosper, SoFi, and Upstart.

The post While Credit Card Use Remains Steady, Velocity Has Declined: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Strategic Implications of Current Consumer Shopping Trends https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-strategic-implications-of-current-consumer-shopping-trends/ Mon, 16 Dec 2019 19:14:45 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83234 consumer shopping trendsAs the world of commerce continues to evolve, so too do the shopping habits of consumers. One of the most notable trends in recent years is the rise of loyalty programs. By offering rewards and perks to loyalty program members, businesses are able to encourage repeat business and build customer loyalty. Another trend that is […]

The post 5 Strategic Implications of Current Consumer Shopping Trends appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

As the world of commerce continues to evolve, so too do the shopping habits of consumers. One of the most notable trends in recent years is the rise of loyalty programs. By offering rewards and perks to loyalty program members, businesses are able to encourage repeat business and build customer loyalty. Another trend that is increasingly popular is the use of digital wallets. Using a digital wallet allows customers to store their payment information in a secure place, making it easy and convenient to make purchases both in-store and online. As more and more consumers become technically savvy, it’s likely that these consumer shopping trends and others will continue to grow in popularity.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream.

5 strategic implications of current consumer shopping trends:

  • Tech forward consumers are frequent and savvy shoppers. They visit more stores and belong to more loyalty programs
  • Tech forward consumers make up the majority of universal and retail-specific digital wallets
  • Tech forward consumers are the future of shopping: as average consumers get more comfortable they will become tech forward.
  • Overall merchant loyalty programs accomplish their goals: more visits and more spend
  • Consumers who are enrolled in 12 to 21 merchant loyalty programs are sophisticated shoppers who maximize their loyalty benefits

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream is the based on the company’s 2019 Buyer PaymentsInsight Survey (formerly Customer Merchant Experience Survey). The online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in March 2019, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants.

This third report of three on the survey’s findings looks more specifically at the emerging behavior patterns of customers as they shop in-store, online, via mobile. The report’s analysis of the findings offers insights into how consumers shop, how their attitudes toward technology impact their shopping behavior, and how loyalty program membership drives the way they shop.

The post 5 Strategic Implications of Current Consumer Shopping Trends appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Do Loyalty Power Users Pay? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-do-loyalty-power-users-pay/ Fri, 13 Dec 2019 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83184 Merchants Can Gain an Edge by Combining Payment with RewardsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream. How do loyalty power users pay? Credit & debit […]

The post How Do Loyalty Power Users Pay? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream.

How do loyalty power users pay?

  • Credit & debit spend for consumers enrolled in 12 to 21 merchant loyalty programs is relatively equal
  • But usage of store credit credit cards separate heavy (41%), medium (29%), and lightly (16%) enrolled consumers
  • Charge cards are also used predominently by consumers enrolled in 12 to 21 merchant loyalty programs (29%)
  • Only 13% of consumers who enrolled in 4 to 11 merchant loyalty programs use a carge card
  • 63% of consumers “heavily” enrolled in merchant loyalty programs report increased store visits
  • 65% of consumers “heavily” enrolled in merchant loyalty programs report increased spend

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream is the based on the company’s 2019 Buyer PaymentsInsight Survey (formerly Customer Merchant Experience Survey). The online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in March 2019, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants.

This third report of three on the survey’s findings looks more specifically at the emerging behavior patterns of customers as they shop in-store, online, via mobile. The report’s analysis of the findings offers insights into how consumers shop, how their attitudes toward technology impact their shopping behavior, and how loyalty program membership drives the way they shop.

The post How Do Loyalty Power Users Pay? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Does the Average Loyalty Program Consumer Look Like? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-does-the-average-loyalty-program-consumer-look-like/ Thu, 12 Dec 2019 21:04:40 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83172 mobile orderingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream. What does the average loyalty program consumer look like? […]

The post What Does the Average Loyalty Program Consumer Look Like? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream.

What does the average loyalty program consumer look like?

  • 48% of “medium” or average consumers are enrolled in 4 to 11 merchant loyalty programs
  • 31% of consumers have “light” enrollment: only 1 to 3 programs
  • 21% of consumers have “heavy” enrollment in merchant loyalty: 12 to 21 programs
  • Consumers “heavily” enrolled in mercahnt loyalty tend to be female (58%)
  • “Heavily” enrolled consumers skew younger: only 15% are over the age of 55
  • 59% of consumers “heavily” enrolled in merchant loyalty are employed full time
  • 58% of consumers “heavily” enrolled in merchant loyalty have a household income greater than $75K

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream is the based on the company’s 2019 Buyer PaymentsInsight Survey (formerly Customer Merchant Experience Survey). The online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in March 2019, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants.

This third report of three on the survey’s findings looks more specifically at the emerging behavior patterns of customers as they shop in-store, online, via mobile. The report’s analysis of the findings offers insights into how consumers shop, how their attitudes toward technology impact their shopping behavior, and how loyalty program membership drives the way they shop.

The post What Does the Average Loyalty Program Consumer Look Like? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Generally Speaking, Retail Loyalty Programs Work: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/generally-speaking-retail-loyalty-programs-work/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/generally-speaking-retail-loyalty-programs-work/#respond Wed, 11 Dec 2019 20:35:02 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83126 Loyalty ProgramsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream. Generally speaking, retail loyalty programs work: Overall, 53% of […]

The post Generally Speaking, Retail Loyalty Programs Work: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream.

Generally speaking, retail loyalty programs work:

  • Overall, 53% of consumers in loyalty programs report visiting those stores more often
  • 56% of loyalty program members report spending more at those retailers
  • Apparel leads industry categories with 62% of consumers reporting increased visits from loyalty membership
  • Grocery, restaurant, & entertainment trail other verticals with 54% of consumers reporting increased visits from loyalty
  • Loyalty programs also increase spend: 64% of consumers enrolled with online-only retailers report increases
  • Home improvement trails other verticals with 56% of enrolled consumers reporting increased spend

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream is the based on the company’s 2019 Buyer PaymentsInsight Survey (formerly Customer Merchant Experience Survey). The online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in March 2019, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants.

This third report of three on the survey’s findings looks more specifically at the emerging behavior patterns of customers as they shop in-store, online, via mobile. The report’s analysis of the findings offers insights into how consumers shop, how their attitudes toward technology impact their shopping behavior, and how loyalty program membership drives the way they shop.

The post Generally Speaking, Retail Loyalty Programs Work: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/generally-speaking-retail-loyalty-programs-work/feed/ 0
Tech Forward Consumers Are a Little Hypocritical: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/tech-forward-consumers-are-a-little-hypocritical/ Tue, 10 Dec 2019 20:15:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=83051 credit card use onlineDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream. Tech forward consumers are a little hypocritical: Tech forward […]

The post Tech Forward Consumers Are a Little Hypocritical: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream.

Tech forward consumers are a little hypocritical:

  • Tech forward consumers are more likely to research online before buying (58% vs. 48% average)
  • Tech forward consumers are more price sensitive to online buying (44% vs 34% laggards)
  • Tech forward consumer (32%) are less patient than average (24%) when it comes to shipping times
  • Meanwhile, 36% of tech forward consumers would rather go into a store to view a product vs. average (26%)
  • Only 39% of tech forward consumers rank free shipping as important vs. average (52%)
  • Only 33% of tech forward consumers rank online price as important vs. average 41%
  • Only 23% of tech forward consumers rank convenience as important to online shopping vs. 42% average

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream is the based on the company’s 2019 Buyer PaymentsInsight Survey (formerly Customer Merchant Experience Survey). The online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in March 2019, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants.

This third report of three on the survey’s findings looks more specifically at the emerging behavior patterns of customers as they shop in-store, online, via mobile. The report’s analysis of the findings offers insights into how consumers shop, how their attitudes toward technology impact their shopping behavior, and how loyalty program membership drives the way they shop.

The post Tech Forward Consumers Are a Little Hypocritical: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Tech Forward Consumers Belong to a Greater Number of Loyalty Programs: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/tech-forward-consumers-belong-to-a-greater-number-of-loyalty-programs/ Mon, 09 Dec 2019 19:48:56 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82992 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream. Tech forward consumers belong to a greater number of […]

The post Tech Forward Consumers Belong to a Greater Number of Loyalty Programs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream.

Tech forward consumers belong to a greater number of loyalty programs:

  • Most consumers report belonging to grocery loyalty programs, roughly equally
  • Tech forward shoppers belong to a broader range of loyalty programs vs. average
  • 45% of tech forward consumers belong to an entertainment (ie. movies) loyalty program vs. 28% average
  • 51% of tech forward consumers belong to a specialty food shop loyalty program vs. 29% average
  • 54% of tech forward consumers belong to a fast food loyalty program vs. 32% average
  • 60% of tech forward consumers belong to a warehouse/club store vs. 44% average
  • 58% of tech forward consumers belong to an online-only retailer vs. 42% average

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream is the based on the company’s 2019 Buyer PaymentsInsight Survey (formerly Customer Merchant Experience Survey). The online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in March 2019, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants.

This third report of three on the survey’s findings looks more specifically at the emerging behavior patterns of customers as they shop in-store, online, via mobile. The report’s analysis of the findings offers insights into how consumers shop, how their attitudes toward technology impact their shopping behavior, and how loyalty program membership drives the way they shop.

The post Tech Forward Consumers Belong to a Greater Number of Loyalty Programs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Tech Forward Consumers Shop at a Broader Array of Merchants: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/tech-forward-consumers-shop-at-a-broader-array-of-merchants/ Fri, 06 Dec 2019 20:20:28 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82958 Here’s How Blockchain Affects Mobile Payments, Mobile payments in IndiaDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream. Tech forward consumers shop at a broader array of […]

The post Tech Forward Consumers Shop at a Broader Array of Merchants: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream.

Tech forward consumers shop at a broader array of merchants:

  • Most consumers report grocery shopping and gas purchases at equal rates
  • Tech-forward shoppers dramatically outpace average across verticals like apparel (70% vs. 38%)
  • 69% of tech forward consumers buy online services monthly, compared to 42% average
  • 71% of tech forward consumers shop at specialty foods monthly, compared to 44% average
  • 77% of tech forward consumers shop at convenience stores monthly vs. average (53%)
  • 86% of tech forward consumers use online-only retailers, compared to 65% average
  • 85% of tech forward consumers visit restaurants monthly compared to 71% average

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream is the based on the company’s 2019 Buyer PaymentsInsight Survey (formerly Customer Merchant Experience Survey). The online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in March 2019, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants.

This third report of three on the survey’s findings looks more specifically at the emerging behavior patterns of customers as they shop in-store, online, via mobile. The report’s analysis of the findings offers insights into how consumers shop, how their attitudes toward technology impact their shopping behavior, and how loyalty program membership drives the way they shop.

The post Tech Forward Consumers Shop at a Broader Array of Merchants: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What a Tech Forward Consumer Looks like and How Do They Spend: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-a-tech-forward-consumer-looks-like-and-how-do-they-spend/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-a-tech-forward-consumer-looks-like-and-how-do-they-spend/#respond Thu, 05 Dec 2019 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82891 What a Tech Forward Consumer Looks like and How Do They Spend:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream. What a tech forward consumer looks like and how […]

The post What a Tech Forward Consumer Looks like and How Do They Spend: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream.

What a tech forward consumer looks like and how do they spend:

  • Tech forward consumers tend to be fully employed (59%) with a household income exceeding $100K (37%)
  • 44% of tech forward consumers are aged 18-34 and 57% are married
  • credit, cash, and debit spend are roughly equally preferred among tech forward, average and laggard consumers
  • But tech forward consumers are dramatically more likely to prefer the following three payment methods:
  • 41% of tech forward consumers prefer online payment services like Paypal, compared to 21% average
  • 37% of tech forward consumers prefer universal payment apps, compared to 12% average
  • 25% of tech forward consumers prefer a single-retailer mobile payment app, compared to 10% average

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream is the based on the company’s 2019 Buyer PaymentsInsight Survey (formerly Customer Merchant Experience Survey). The online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in March 2019, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants.

This third report of three on the survey’s findings looks more specifically at the emerging behavior patterns of customers as they shop in-store, online, via mobile. The report’s analysis of the findings offers insights into how consumers shop, how their attitudes toward technology impact their shopping behavior, and how loyalty program membership drives the way they shop.

The post What a Tech Forward Consumer Looks like and How Do They Spend: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-a-tech-forward-consumer-looks-like-and-how-do-they-spend/feed/ 0
4 Characteristics of ‘Tech Forward’ Consumers https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-characteristics-of-tech-forward-consumers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-characteristics-of-tech-forward-consumers/#respond Wed, 04 Dec 2019 21:03:07 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82839 Servicing Channels Walmart, tech forward consumersTechnology has changed the shopping experience for consumers in a number of ways. In the past, most shopping was done in-store, but now consumers have far more options. They can shop online, using their smartphones or laptops, or they can visit a physical store. Mixed-channel shopping is also becoming more popular, as consumers use a […]

The post 4 Characteristics of ‘Tech Forward’ Consumers appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Technology has changed the shopping experience for consumers in a number of ways. In the past, most shopping was done in-store, but now consumers have far more options. They can shop online, using their smartphones or laptops, or they can visit a physical store. Mixed-channel shopping is also becoming more popular, as consumers use a combination of online and offline channels to find the best deals. Technology has also made it easier for tech forward consumers to comparison shop and to find coupons and discounts. As a result, shoppers are now more informed and empowered than ever before.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream.

4 characteristics of ‘tech forward’ consumers:

  1. “I consider myself on the ‘cutting edge’ when it comes to tech”
  2. “I try and employ the latest technology in my home”
  3. “Keeping up with tech changes can be difficult” scale reversed
  4. “I watch consumer experts to see if I can keep up with their tech skills”
  • In total, 20% of consumers qualify as ‘tech forward’
  • 44% of consumers qualify as average with technology
  • 35% of consumers qualify as ‘laggard’ with technology

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, Tech Forward Shoppers: A Retailer’s Dream is the based on the company’s 2019 Buyer PaymentsInsight Survey (formerly Customer Merchant Experience Survey). The online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in March 2019, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants.

This third report of three on the survey’s findings looks more specifically at the emerging behavior patterns of customers as they shop in-store, online, via mobile. The report’s analysis of the findings offers insights into how consumers shop, how their attitudes toward technology impact their shopping behavior, and how loyalty program membership drives the way they shop.

The post 4 Characteristics of ‘Tech Forward’ Consumers appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-characteristics-of-tech-forward-consumers/feed/ 0
Voice-Activated Device Usage Is Increasing… but Is It for Banking: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/voice-activated-device-usage-is-increasing-but-is-it-for-banking/ Tue, 03 Dec 2019 20:53:06 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82812 voice-activated conversational interfacesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback. Voice actived device usage is increasting… but is it for […]

The post Voice-Activated Device Usage Is Increasing… but Is It for Banking: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback.

Voice actived device usage is increasting… but is it for banking:

  • 2 in 10 conusmers (22%) report using voice activated devices like siri, alexa, OK google on smartphone
  • 1 in 10 consumers (12%) use voice activated by smart speaker
  • Unsurprisingly, 18-34 year olds use voice activated the most across all platforms
  • The most common use cases for voice activated: look up info from the internet (54%) play music (43%) make a phone call (36%)
  • 17% of consumers use voice activated to order food for in-store pickup
  • 6% of consumers use voice activated to look up banking info, 11% to conduct bank transactions
  • 12% of consumers use voice activated to pay bills and 10% to send money to another person

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the use of mobile wallets by U.S. consumers has rebounded to 2016 levels or higher after a two-year decline.

The use of any mobile payment has increased from 48% in 2018 to 60% in 2019. In comparison, in 2016 53% reported using a mobile wallet. Similar findings are seen when usage of universal mobile payment and digital services wallets like Apple Pay and Google Pay is separated from usage of retailer-specific wallets like those of Starbucks and Walmart.

Online service providers with built-in payments like Uber and Airbnb have also seen impressive growth from 2018 (36% vs 28%).

Mobile is increasingly becoming a major part of consumer shopping in the U.S. Six in 10 report either browsing or shopping via mobile device in 2019. Mobile shopping is much more common among younger adults than others. For example, 57% of consumers 18 to 34 years or age have purchased a product or services through their smartphone compared to 19% of those 65 or older.

The use of conversational interfaces through a device like a smartphone or smart speaker is currently relatively low. Two in 10 (22%) use the conversational interface on their smartphone and about 1 in 10 (12%) are using a smart speaker. The use of these interfaces for payment transactions (bill pay, ordering food, and purchasing goods and services) still has room to grow.

Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in mobile devices, the use of mobile wallets, how people use mobile wallets to shop, and the use of conversational interfaces.

“There was a lot of hype around the release of mobile wallets a few years ago and, once people started using them, they may have encountered spotty acceptance of mobile payments and app difficulties and stopped using them. We are seeing a resurgence of usage in 2019 with increased acceptance at the point of sale, increased online use, and increased customer comfort,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

This report in slide form is 55 pages long.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Airbnb, Amazon, Apple, Booker, Chase, Fandango, Google, Lyft, OpenTable, Samsung, Uber, and Wells Fargo.

The post Voice-Activated Device Usage Is Increasing… but Is It for Banking: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
The Frequency of Mobile Order Ahead Has Increased, and Gender Plays a Role: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-frequency-of-mobile-order-ahead-has-increased-and-gender-plays-a-role/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-frequency-of-mobile-order-ahead-has-increased-and-gender-plays-a-role/#respond Mon, 02 Dec 2019 20:35:10 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82777 Order-Ahead Consumers Separate Themselves into Two Tiers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback. The frequency of mobile order ahead has increased, and gender […]

The post The Frequency of Mobile Order Ahead Has Increased, and Gender Plays a Role: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback.

The frequency of mobile order ahead has increased, and gender plays a role:

  • In 2018, 8% of consumers used mobile order ahead on a daily basis
  • In 2019, 15% of consumers use mobile order ahead and in-store pickup
  • Net daily/weekly consumers who mobile order ahead rose from 24% in 2018 to 33% in 2019
  • Consumers who use order ahead only a ‘few times’ a year has decreased to 15% from 23% in 2018
  • 51% of female consumers order ahead to avoid shipping charges, compared to 39% of males
  • 30% of male consumers order ahead to get the product immediately, compared to 24% of females
  • 25% of males prefer to pick up in store because its ‘more secure’ than home delivery, compared to 20% females

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the use of mobile wallets by U.S. consumers has rebounded to 2016 levels or higher after a two-year decline.

The use of any mobile payment has increased from 48% in 2018 to 60% in 2019. In comparison, in 2016 53% reported using a mobile wallet. Similar findings are seen when usage of universal mobile payment and digital services wallets like Apple Pay and Google Pay is separated from usage of retailer-specific wallets like those of Starbucks and Walmart.

Online service providers with built-in payments like Uber and Airbnb have also seen impressive growth from 2018 (36% vs 28%).

Mobile is increasingly becoming a major part of consumer shopping in the U.S. Six in 10 report either browsing or shopping via mobile device in 2019. Mobile shopping is much more common among younger adults than others. For example, 57% of consumers 18 to 34 years or age have purchased a product or services through their smartphone compared to 19% of those 65 or older.

The use of conversational interfaces through a device like a smartphone or smart speaker is currently relatively low. Two in 10 (22%) use the conversational interface on their smartphone and about 1 in 10 (12%) are using a smart speaker. The use of these interfaces for payment transactions (bill pay, ordering food, and purchasing goods and services) still has room to grow.

Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in mobile devices, the use of mobile wallets, how people use mobile wallets to shop, and the use of conversational interfaces.

“There was a lot of hype around the release of mobile wallets a few years ago and, once people started using them, they may have encountered spotty acceptance of mobile payments and app difficulties and stopped using them. We are seeing a resurgence of usage in 2019 with increased acceptance at the point of sale, increased online use, and increased customer comfort,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

This report in slide form is 55 pages long.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Airbnb, Amazon, Apple, Booker, Chase, Fandango, Google, Lyft, OpenTable, Samsung, Uber, and Wells Fargo.

The post The Frequency of Mobile Order Ahead Has Increased, and Gender Plays a Role: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-frequency-of-mobile-order-ahead-has-increased-and-gender-plays-a-role/feed/ 0
Mobile Order and Pay Increases Adoption in 2019: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-order-and-pay-increases-adoption-in-2019/ Wed, 27 Nov 2019 17:13:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82741 Etsy Shopify Small Business Covid-19 online payment systemsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback Mobile order and pay increases adoption in 2019: In 2018, […]

The post Mobile Order and Pay Increases Adoption in 2019: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback

Mobile order and pay increases adoption in 2019:

  • In 2018, 47% of consumers used a phone or laptop to order ahead pick up in store
  • In 2019, 53% of consumers used a phone or laptop to order ahead and pick up in store
  • 37% of consumers used a PC or laptop to order ahead and pick up in store
  • 41% of consumers used a mobile phone, app, or browser to order ahead and pick up in store
  • Mass merchandisers lead the category for order ahead pick up in store: 36% of consumers
  • Fast food was a close second for order ahead pick up in store: 34%
  • Other notables: movie theaters – 22% supermarkets – 19% coffee & specialty – 19%

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the use of mobile wallets by U.S. consumers has rebounded to 2016 levels or higher after a two-year decline.

The use of any mobile payment has increased from 48% in 2018 to 60% in 2019. In comparison, in 2016 53% reported using a mobile wallet. Similar findings are seen when usage of universal mobile payment and digital services wallets like Apple Pay and Google Pay is separated from usage of retailer-specific wallets like those of Starbucks and Walmart.

Online service providers with built-in payments like Uber and Airbnb have also seen impressive growth from 2018 (36% vs 28%).

Mobile is increasingly becoming a major part of consumer shopping in the U.S. Six in 10 report either browsing or shopping via mobile device in 2019. Mobile shopping is much more common among younger adults than others. For example, 57% of consumers 18 to 34 years or age have purchased a product or services through their smartphone compared to 19% of those 65 or older.

The use of conversational interfaces through a device like a smartphone or smart speaker is currently relatively low. Two in 10 (22%) use the conversational interface on their smartphone and about 1 in 10 (12%) are using a smart speaker. The use of these interfaces for payment transactions (bill pay, ordering food, and purchasing goods and services) still has room to grow.

Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in mobile devices, the use of mobile wallets, how people use mobile wallets to shop, and the use of conversational interfaces.

“There was a lot of hype around the release of mobile wallets a few years ago and, once people started using them, they may have encountered spotty acceptance of mobile payments and app difficulties and stopped using them. We are seeing a resurgence of usage in 2019 with increased acceptance at the point of sale, increased online use, and increased customer comfort,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

This report in slide form is 55 pages long.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Airbnb, Amazon, Apple, Booker, Chase, Fandango, Google, Lyft, OpenTable, Samsung, Uber, and Wells Fargo.

The post Mobile Order and Pay Increases Adoption in 2019: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Like Mobile Payments, Mobile Research Declined – but It’s Back! https://www.paymentsjournal.com/like-mobile-payments-mobile-research-declined-but-its-back/ Tue, 26 Nov 2019 20:06:30 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82717 36.4% of People in the UK Don’t Track Their Mobile SpendingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback Like mobile payments, mobile research declined – but it’s back! […]

The post Like Mobile Payments, Mobile Research Declined – but It’s Back! appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback

Like mobile payments, mobile research declined – but it’s back!

  • In 2018, 45% of consumers did mobile research before buying – down from 54% in 2016
  • Today, 52% of consumers research products and services on their phones ahead of buying
  • A new high, 39% of consumers report shopping via mobile phone in 2019
  • Younger adults are more likely to research (68%) and buy (57%) than adults >65 yrs old
  • Adults over the age of 65 are far more likely to abandon a purchase (32%) after mobile research
  • Only 9% of adults 18-34 years old abandon a purchase after mobile research
  • Use of a mobile device for in-store research has returned to 2016 levels

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the use of mobile wallets by U.S. consumers has rebounded to 2016 levels or higher after a two-year decline.

The use of any mobile payment has increased from 48% in 2018 to 60% in 2019. In comparison, in 2016 53% reported using a mobile wallet. Similar findings are seen when usage of universal mobile payment and digital services wallets like Apple Pay and Google Pay is separated from usage of retailer-specific wallets like those of Starbucks and Walmart.

Online service providers with built-in payments like Uber and Airbnb have also seen impressive growth from 2018 (36% vs 28%).

Mobile is increasingly becoming a major part of consumer shopping in the U.S. Six in 10 report either browsing or shopping via mobile device in 2019. Mobile shopping is much more common among younger adults than others. For example, 57% of consumers 18 to 34 years or age have purchased a product or services through their smartphone compared to 19% of those 65 or older.

The use of conversational interfaces through a device like a smartphone or smart speaker is currently relatively low. Two in 10 (22%) use the conversational interface on their smartphone and about 1 in 10 (12%) are using a smart speaker. The use of these interfaces for payment transactions (bill pay, ordering food, and purchasing goods and services) still has room to grow.

Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in mobile devices, the use of mobile wallets, how people use mobile wallets to shop, and the use of conversational interfaces.

“There was a lot of hype around the release of mobile wallets a few years ago and, once people started using them, they may have encountered spotty acceptance of mobile payments and app difficulties and stopped using them. We are seeing a resurgence of usage in 2019 with increased acceptance at the point of sale, increased online use, and increased customer comfort,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

This report in slide form is 55 pages long.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Airbnb, Amazon, Apple, Booker, Chase, Fandango, Google, Lyft, OpenTable, Samsung, Uber, and Wells Fargo.

The post Like Mobile Payments, Mobile Research Declined – but It’s Back! appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Are the Biggest Brands behind Retail Mobile Apps Resurgence? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-biggest-brands-behind-retail-mobile-apps-resurgence/ Mon, 25 Nov 2019 20:31:26 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82690 LG Pay Makes Late Arrival To U.S. Mobile MarketDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback What Are the Biggest Brands behind Retail Mobile Apps Resurgence? […]

The post What Are the Biggest Brands behind Retail Mobile Apps Resurgence? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback

What Are the Biggest Brands behind Retail Mobile Apps Resurgence?

  • After seeing use by 37% of smartphone owners in 2016, retailer apps declined in use in both 2017 & 2018
  • In 2019, retailer app usage jumped to new heights with 39% of smartphone owners using one
  • The single most popular retailer app? You guessed it: Starbucks
  • 22% of smartphone owners used the Starbucks wallet in 2019, a 7% increase over 2018
  • The second most popular retailer wallet is McDonalds, 14% of smartphone owners purchased in 2019
  • 13% of smartphone owners have used Walmart’s wallet in the past 12 months, 12% Target’s
  • Dunkin Donuts is the 5th most popular retailer wallet with half (11%) the usage of Starbucks (22%)

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the use of mobile wallets by U.S. consumers has rebounded to 2016 levels or higher after a two-year decline.

The use of any mobile payment has increased from 48% in 2018 to 60% in 2019. In comparison, in 2016 53% reported using a mobile wallet. Similar findings are seen when usage of universal mobile payment and digital services wallets like Apple Pay and Google Pay is separated from usage of retailer-specific wallets like those of Starbucks and Walmart.

Online service providers with built-in payments like Uber and Airbnb have also seen impressive growth from 2018 (36% vs 28%).

Mobile is increasingly becoming a major part of consumer shopping in the U.S. Six in 10 report either browsing or shopping via mobile device in 2019. Mobile shopping is much more common among younger adults than others. For example, 57% of consumers 18 to 34 years or age have purchased a product or services through their smartphone compared to 19% of those 65 or older.

The use of conversational interfaces through a device like a smartphone or smart speaker is currently relatively low. Two in 10 (22%) use the conversational interface on their smartphone and about 1 in 10 (12%) are using a smart speaker. The use of these interfaces for payment transactions (bill pay, ordering food, and purchasing goods and services) still has room to grow.

Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in mobile devices, the use of mobile wallets, how people use mobile wallets to shop, and the use of conversational interfaces.

“There was a lot of hype around the release of mobile wallets a few years ago and, once people started using them, they may have encountered spotty acceptance of mobile payments and app difficulties and stopped using them. We are seeing a resurgence of usage in 2019 with increased acceptance at the point of sale, increased online use, and increased customer comfort,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

This report in slide form is 55 pages long.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Airbnb, Amazon, Apple, Booker, Chase, Fandango, Google, Lyft, OpenTable, Samsung, Uber, and Wells Fargo.

The post What Are the Biggest Brands behind Retail Mobile Apps Resurgence? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Rewards for Choosing Payment Type Motivate Men More Than Women: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/rewards-for-choosing-payment-type-motivate-men-more-than-women/ Fri, 22 Nov 2019 18:56:50 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82659 FedNow is growingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback Rewards for choosing payment type motivate men more than women: […]

The post Rewards for Choosing Payment Type Motivate Men More Than Women: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback

Rewards for choosing payment type motivate men more than women:

  • When choosing preferred payment type for mobile wallet, 34% of men cite better rewards compared to 20% of females
  • Similarly, when choosing for a specific app 28% of men cite better rewards compared to 20%
  • Men also preferred notifications for each transaction (24%) compared to women (15%)
  • Men and women have relatively identical interest for in-app features
  • Men want to replace their debit/credit cards with an app for in-store use (35%) vs. women (26%)
  • Men prefer credit cards for mobile wallets (51%) vs. women (36%)

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the use of mobile wallets by U.S. consumers has rebounded to 2016 levels or higher after a two-year decline.

The use of any mobile payment has increased from 48% in 2018 to 60% in 2019. In comparison, in 2016 53% reported using a mobile wallet. Similar findings are seen when usage of universal mobile payment and digital services wallets like Apple Pay and Google Pay is separated from usage of retailer-specific wallets like those of Starbucks and Walmart.

Online service providers with built-in payments like Uber and Airbnb have also seen impressive growth from 2018 (36% vs 28%).

Mobile is increasingly becoming a major part of consumer shopping in the U.S. Six in 10 report either browsing or shopping via mobile device in 2019. Mobile shopping is much more common among younger adults than others. For example, 57% of consumers 18 to 34 years or age have purchased a product or services through their smartphone compared to 19% of those 65 or older.

The use of conversational interfaces through a device like a smartphone or smart speaker is currently relatively low. Two in 10 (22%) use the conversational interface on their smartphone and about 1 in 10 (12%) are using a smart speaker. The use of these interfaces for payment transactions (bill pay, ordering food, and purchasing goods and services) still has room to grow.

Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in mobile devices, the use of mobile wallets, how people use mobile wallets to shop, and the use of conversational interfaces.

“There was a lot of hype around the release of mobile wallets a few years ago and, once people started using them, they may have encountered spotty acceptance of mobile payments and app difficulties and stopped using them. We are seeing a resurgence of usage in 2019 with increased acceptance at the point of sale, increased online use, and increased customer comfort,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

This report in slide form is 55 pages long.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Airbnb, Amazon, Apple, Booker, Chase, Fandango, Google, Lyft, OpenTable, Samsung, Uber, and Wells Fargo.

The post Rewards for Choosing Payment Type Motivate Men More Than Women: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Are Consumers More Likely to Load a Debit or a Credit Card in a Payment App? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-consumers-more-likely-to-load-a-debit-or-a-credit-card-in-a-payment-app/ Thu, 21 Nov 2019 21:09:05 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82635 Etsy Shopify Small Business Covid-19 online payment systemsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback Are consumers more likely to load a debit or a […]

The post Are Consumers More Likely to Load a Debit or a Credit Card in a Payment App? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback

Are consumers more likely to load a debit or a credit card in a payment app?

  • Its pretty identical: 61% of consumers load a debit card 58% of consumers load a credit card
  • For credit & debit, consumer age is a significant preductor: older consumers lean credit, younger debit
  • But age doesn’t seem to factor into whether loyalty, prepaid, or gift cards are loaded into payment app
  • Co-branded credit cards loaded into mobile wallet is on the rise – up to 80% of credit cards added are co-branded
  • Those who use a universal payment app in-store value its convenience most: 74%
  • In contrast, 32% of universal mobile app users cite its ‘ease of use’ as WORSE than a plastic card

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the use of mobile wallets by U.S. consumers has rebounded to 2016 levels or higher after a two-year decline.

The use of any mobile payment has increased from 48% in 2018 to 60% in 2019. In comparison, in 2016 53% reported using a mobile wallet. Similar findings are seen when usage of universal mobile payment and digital services wallets like Apple Pay and Google Pay is separated from usage of retailer-specific wallets like those of Starbucks and Walmart.

Online service providers with built-in payments like Uber and Airbnb have also seen impressive growth from 2018 (36% vs 28%).

Mobile is increasingly becoming a major part of consumer shopping in the U.S. Six in 10 report either browsing or shopping via mobile device in 2019. Mobile shopping is much more common among younger adults than others. For example, 57% of consumers 18 to 34 years or age have purchased a product or services through their smartphone compared to 19% of those 65 or older.

The use of conversational interfaces through a device like a smartphone or smart speaker is currently relatively low. Two in 10 (22%) use the conversational interface on their smartphone and about 1 in 10 (12%) are using a smart speaker. The use of these interfaces for payment transactions (bill pay, ordering food, and purchasing goods and services) still has room to grow.

Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in mobile devices, the use of mobile wallets, how people use mobile wallets to shop, and the use of conversational interfaces.

“There was a lot of hype around the release of mobile wallets a few years ago and, once people started using them, they may have encountered spotty acceptance of mobile payments and app difficulties and stopped using them. We are seeing a resurgence of usage in 2019 with increased acceptance at the point of sale, increased online use, and increased customer comfort,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

This report in slide form is 55 pages long.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Airbnb, Amazon, Apple, Booker, Chase, Fandango, Google, Lyft, OpenTable, Samsung, Uber, and Wells Fargo.

The post Are Consumers More Likely to Load a Debit or a Credit Card in a Payment App? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Mobile Payments Does the Average Consumer Make a Month? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-mobile-payments-does-the-average-consumer-make-a-month/ Wed, 20 Nov 2019 20:28:20 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82612 7-Eleven Adds Pickup Option To Mobile Order and Pay AppDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback How many mobile payments does the average consumer make a […]

The post How Many Mobile Payments Does the Average Consumer Make a Month? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback

How many mobile payments does the average consumer make a month?

  • The average consumer is making 18 mobile payments in-store per month
  • The average consumer is making 13 mobile payments online a month
  • 18-34 year olds make the most mobile payments in-store (19+) and online (14+)
  • For those over the age of 65, mobile payments are less likely at 9 in-store & 5+ online
  • Loyalty programs play a key role in motivating mobile payment use
  • 66% of smatphone owners cite ‘loyalty program automatically applied’ as a benefit
  • 65% of smartphone owners cite ‘loyalty program auto applied over time’ as a key benefit

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the use of mobile wallets by U.S. consumers has rebounded to 2016 levels or higher after a two-year decline.

The use of any mobile payment has increased from 48% in 2018 to 60% in 2019. In comparison, in 2016 53% reported using a mobile wallet. Similar findings are seen when usage of universal mobile payment and digital services wallets like Apple Pay and Google Pay is separated from usage of retailer-specific wallets like those of Starbucks and Walmart.

Online service providers with built-in payments like Uber and Airbnb have also seen impressive growth from 2018 (36% vs 28%).

Mobile is increasingly becoming a major part of consumer shopping in the U.S. Six in 10 report either browsing or shopping via mobile device in 2019. Mobile shopping is much more common among younger adults than others. For example, 57% of consumers 18 to 34 years or age have purchased a product or services through their smartphone compared to 19% of those 65 or older.

The use of conversational interfaces through a device like a smartphone or smart speaker is currently relatively low. Two in 10 (22%) use the conversational interface on their smartphone and about 1 in 10 (12%) are using a smart speaker. The use of these interfaces for payment transactions (bill pay, ordering food, and purchasing goods and services) still has room to grow.

Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in mobile devices, the use of mobile wallets, how people use mobile wallets to shop, and the use of conversational interfaces.

“There was a lot of hype around the release of mobile wallets a few years ago and, once people started using them, they may have encountered spotty acceptance of mobile payments and app difficulties and stopped using them. We are seeing a resurgence of usage in 2019 with increased acceptance at the point of sale, increased online use, and increased customer comfort,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

This report in slide form is 55 pages long.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Airbnb, Amazon, Apple, Booker, Chase, Fandango, Google, Lyft, OpenTable, Samsung, Uber, and Wells Fargo.

The post How Many Mobile Payments Does the Average Consumer Make a Month? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Mobile Pay Was in Decline – Its Back in a Big Way! https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-pay-was-in-decline-its-back-in-a-big-way/ Tue, 19 Nov 2019 20:29:18 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82566 LG Pay Makes Late Arrival To U.S. Mobile MarketDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback Mobile pay was in decline – its back in a […]

The post Mobile Pay Was in Decline – Its Back in a Big Way! appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback

Mobile pay was in decline – its back in a big way!

  • Mobile payment for goods and services had been declining: 2016: 53% consumers used 2017: 50% consumers used 2018: 48%
  • In 2019, 60% of consumers used a mobile app or purchased on mobile browser – a 12% jump!
  • The increase is present across all types of mobile pay: universal wallet: 9% retailer app: 10% service app: 8% browser: 7%
  • The use of in-store mobile payment wallets reached its high point in 2016 – in 2019, it returned:
  • In-Store Universal Walllets: 2016: 26% 2017: 20% 2018: 20% 2019: 25%
  • Apple Pay is the most common wallet at 12% of smartphone owners
  • Chase Pay is 2nd at 9% of smartphone owners

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the use of mobile wallets by U.S. consumers has rebounded to 2016 levels or higher after a two-year decline.

The use of any mobile payment has increased from 48% in 2018 to 60% in 2019. In comparison, in 2016 53% reported using a mobile wallet. Similar findings are seen when usage of universal mobile payment and digital services wallets like Apple Pay and Google Pay is separated from usage of retailer-specific wallets like those of Starbucks and Walmart.

Online service providers with built-in payments like Uber and Airbnb have also seen impressive growth from 2018 (36% vs 28%).

Mobile is increasingly becoming a major part of consumer shopping in the U.S. Six in 10 report either browsing or shopping via mobile device in 2019. Mobile shopping is much more common among younger adults than others. For example, 57% of consumers 18 to 34 years or age have purchased a product or services through their smartphone compared to 19% of those 65 or older.

The use of conversational interfaces through a device like a smartphone or smart speaker is currently relatively low. Two in 10 (22%) use the conversational interface on their smartphone and about 1 in 10 (12%) are using a smart speaker. The use of these interfaces for payment transactions (bill pay, ordering food, and purchasing goods and services) still has room to grow.

Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in mobile devices, the use of mobile wallets, how people use mobile wallets to shop, and the use of conversational interfaces.

“There was a lot of hype around the release of mobile wallets a few years ago and, once people started using them, they may have encountered spotty acceptance of mobile payments and app difficulties and stopped using them. We are seeing a resurgence of usage in 2019 with increased acceptance at the point of sale, increased online use, and increased customer comfort,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

This report in slide form is 55 pages long.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Airbnb, Amazon, Apple, Booker, Chase, Fandango, Google, Lyft, OpenTable, Samsung, Uber, and Wells Fargo.

The post Mobile Pay Was in Decline – Its Back in a Big Way! appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
A Shocking Proportion of Consumers Don’t Lock Their Smartphones: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/a-shocking-proportion-of-consumers-dont-lock-their-smartphones/ Mon, 18 Nov 2019 20:05:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82516 Digiseq Mass Passive Wearables Rapid Contactless Personalisation iPhone, credit card paymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback A shocking proportion of consumers don’t lock their smartphones: […]

The post A Shocking Proportion of Consumers Don’t Lock Their Smartphones: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback

A shocking proportion of consumers don’t lock their smartphones:

  • In 2019, 16% of consumers claim not to use a code or biometric to authenticate themselves as owners
  • From 2016-2018, a steady 28% (!!!) of consumers did not secure their smartphones
  • in 2019, 45% of consumers use a code to secure their smartphones. Roughly half < 4 characters, and half > 4 characters
  • in 2019, 14% of consumers use a code + fingerprint
  • 10% of consumers in 2019 use a fingerprint-only to unlock their phone, up from 6% the three years prior
  • Face recognition saw a similar jump: 10% of consumers in 2019, up from 1-3% the three years prior
  • Younger adults are more likely to use the same authentication to unlock their phone as access other apps

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent consumer survey report, Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, from the bi-annual North American PaymentsInsights series, reveals that the use of mobile wallets by U.S. consumers has rebounded to 2016 levels or higher after a two-year decline.

The use of any mobile payment has increased from 48% in 2018 to 60% in 2019. In comparison, in 2016 53% reported using a mobile wallet. Similar findings are seen when usage of universal mobile payment and digital services wallets like Apple Pay and Google Pay is separated from usage of retailer-specific wallets like those of Starbucks and Walmart.

Online service providers with built-in payments like Uber and Airbnb have also seen impressive growth from 2018 (36% vs 28%).

Mobile is increasingly becoming a major part of consumer shopping in the U.S. Six in 10 report either browsing or shopping via mobile device in 2019. Mobile shopping is much more common among younger adults than others. For example, 57% of consumers 18 to 34 years or age have purchased a product or services through their smartphone compared to 19% of those 65 or older.

The use of conversational interfaces through a device like a smartphone or smart speaker is currently relatively low. Two in 10 (22%) use the conversational interface on their smartphone and about 1 in 10 (12%) are using a smart speaker. The use of these interfaces for payment transactions (bill pay, ordering food, and purchasing goods and services) still has room to grow.

Mobile Payments: Making a Comeback, the latest report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s North American PaymentsInsights series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in mobile devices, the use of mobile wallets, how people use mobile wallets to shop, and the use of conversational interfaces.

“There was a lot of hype around the release of mobile wallets a few years ago and, once people started using them, they may have encountered spotty acceptance of mobile payments and app difficulties and stopped using them. We are seeing a resurgence of usage in 2019 with increased acceptance at the point of sale, increased online use, and increased customer comfort,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the North American PaymentsInsights series.

This report in slide form is 55 pages long.

Companies mentioned in the survey results shown include: Airbnb, Amazon, Apple, Booker, Chase, Fandango, Google, Lyft, OpenTable, Samsung, Uber, and Wells Fargo.

The post A Shocking Proportion of Consumers Don’t Lock Their Smartphones: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Six Global Faster B2B Payments Markets: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-global-faster-b2b-payments-markets/ Fri, 15 Nov 2019 20:13:41 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82493 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023 Six Global Faster B2B Payments Markets: The […]

The post Six Global Faster B2B Payments Markets: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023

Six Global Faster B2B Payments Markets:

  • The United States, faster payments are forecasted to exceed $3,863 billion by 2023
  • Canada’s Real-Time Rail (RTR) will launch in late 2020; messaging will be ISO 20022 compliant and offer standardized API interface
  • China’s IBPS system is now ISO 20022 compliant, transaction limit approx: $7,000 USD, and 4.5 billion annual transactions
  • The EU’s SCT Inst. system is relatively new, connected to 2000+ PSPs, achieved 100K transactions per day ~$50 million Euro Q4 2018
  • India’s UPI mobile app is for p2p, disbursements, & point of sale. Estimated to have 70 million users
  • United Kingdom’s FPS platform is often used as the model for what a US system could look like: 2 billion transactions for $1.7 trillion GBP in 2018

About this report

The pace has increased in the march toward ubiquity. Financial institutions of all sizes should be actively delivering or planning to incorporate one or more of the existing faster payments solutions for clients as business interest rises

The post Six Global Faster B2B Payments Markets: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 3, Zelle https://www.paymentsjournal.com/b2b-faster-payments-platform-updates-part-3-zelle/ Thu, 14 Nov 2019 20:41:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82449 Zelle®, payment appThe B2B Faster Payments service is a new way for businesses to send and receive money. It’s faster than traditional methods like wire transfers, and it’s more secure. The service is available 24/7, so you can send and receive money anytime, anywhere. And there are no hidden fees – you only pay the standard transaction […]

The post B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 3, Zelle appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The B2B Faster Payments service is a new way for businesses to send and receive money. It’s faster than traditional methods like wire transfers, and it’s more secure. The service is available 24/7, so you can send and receive money anytime, anywhere. And there are no hidden fees – you only pay the standard transaction fee. With B2B Faster Payments, you can get your payment to your supplier in minutes, not days. So if you need to pay for an urgently needed shipment of goods, you can do it quickly and easily. And because the service is available 24/7, you can always be sure that your payment will reach your supplier on time.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023

B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 3, Zelle

  • Currently about 300 financial institutions are integrated with Zelle
  • In 2017, Zelle processed $75 billion in transactions
  • In 2019, Zelle is forecasted to process over $160 billion in transactions
  • To this point, Zelle is mostly person-to-person transactions – but new use cases emerge:
  • Insurance Distributions – insurance companies distributing payouts to consumers
  • Higher Education – schools need to comply with Title IV, requiring prompt tuition reimbursement and receipts for compliance
  • Payroll & Wages – earned pay for the growing gig and freelance workforce

About this report

The pace has increased in the march toward ubiquity. Financial institutions of all sizes should be actively delivering or planning to incorporate one or more of the existing faster payments solutions for clients as business interest rises

The post B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 3, Zelle appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 2, TCH https://www.paymentsjournal.com/b2b-faster-payments-platform-updates-part-2-tch/ Wed, 13 Nov 2019 19:58:54 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82415 In More Faster Payments News, Mastercard Buys NetsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023 B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 2, […]

The post B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 2, TCH appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023

B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 2, TCH

  • RTP by The Clearing House will reach 60% of US bank accounts by Q2 202067% of US corporates expect RTP to have a “high” or “very high” impact on their companies
  • But only 42% of US corporates report they’ll be ready for RTP within the next year
  • TCH will raise the transaction limit from $25K to $100K in 2020; enough to encompass 90% of US business payments
  • TCH is implementing a Request for Pay (RfP) solution for Business to Consumer payments
  • The benefit for billers will be a complete end to end processing with irrefutable payment
  • Consumers benefit from a mobile bill-pay real-time solution to avoid late payment

About this report

The pace has increased in the march toward ubiquity. Financial institutions of all sizes should be actively delivering or planning to incorporate one or more of the existing faster payments solutions for clients as business interest rises

The post B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 2, TCH appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 1, SDA and Debit Push https://www.paymentsjournal.com/b2b-faster-payments-platform-updates-part-1-sda-and-debit-push/ Tue, 12 Nov 2019 19:44:11 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82369 The B2B Faster Payments service is a new way for businesses to send and receive money. It’s faster than traditional methods like wire transfers, and it’s more secure. The service is available 24/7, so you can send and receive money anytime, anywhere. And there are no hidden fees – you only pay the standard transaction […]

The post B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 1, SDA and Debit Push appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The B2B Faster Payments service is a new way for businesses to send and receive money. It’s faster than traditional methods like wire transfers, and it’s more secure. The service is available 24/7, so you can send and receive money anytime, anywhere. And there are no hidden fees – you only pay the standard transaction fee. With B2B Faster Payments, you can get your payment to your supplier in minutes, not days. So if you need to pay for an urgently needed shipment of goods, you can do it quickly and easily. And because the service is available 24/7, you can always be sure that your payment will reach your supplier on time.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023

B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 1, SDA & Debit Push

  • Same-Day ACH processed over 177 million transactions totalling over $160 billion in value in 2018
  • On a percentage basis, that’s an increase of 137% in transaction number and 83% in dollar value 2017 v. 2018
  • In March 2020, the per-transaction limit for Same Day ACH will be raised from $25K to $100K
  • In March 2021, Same Day ACH will open a new processing window which will help west coast banks
  • Mastercard Send and Visa Direct are excelling in P2P and disbursement payments
  • Visa Direct now accounts for over 3% of total debit transactions, totaling $43 billion
  • Visa Direct had over 341 million transactions in 2018

About this report

The pace has increased in the march toward ubiquity. Financial institutions of all sizes should be actively delivering or planning to incorporate one or more of the existing B2B faster payments solutions for clients as business interest rises.

The post B2B Faster Payments Platform Updates: Part 1, SDA and Debit Push appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What We Know About FedNow: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-we-know-about-fednow/ Mon, 11 Nov 2019 19:57:52 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82337 Credit Card Lenders: When The Fed Worries, So Should YouDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023 What We Know About FedNow: The […]

The post What We Know About FedNow: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023

What We Know About FedNow:

  • The Fed’s declared intent is to create a new system, not additions to Fedwire or ACH
  • Like TCH’s RTP platform, FedNow will operate as a ‘credit only’ function
  • FedNow will operate as a Real-Time Gross Settlement system, on a payment-by-payment basis
  • Settlement will be conducted through debits & credits to bank balances at the Reserve Banks
  • Banks that are not Fed members may use a service provider or agent
  • Messaging will follow the ISO 20022 standard, & transactions irrevocable
  • Initial transactions will be limited to $25,000

About this report

The pace has increased in the march toward ubiquity. Financial institutions of all sizes should be actively delivering or planning to incorporate one or more of the existing faster payments solutions for clients as business interest rises.

The post What We Know About FedNow: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Timeline: The Fed’s Real-Time Payments Announcement https://www.paymentsjournal.com/timeline-the-feds-real-time-payments-announcement/ Thu, 07 Nov 2019 18:48:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82240 federal reserve faster payment decisionDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023 Timeline: The Fed’s Real-Time Payments Announcement […]

The post Timeline: The Fed’s Real-Time Payments Announcement appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023

Timeline: The Fed’s Real-Time Payments Announcement

  • In 2014, the Fed released studies analysing the impact of real-time payments in the US
  • In 2015, the Fed published its Effectiveness Criteria developed with the Faster Payments Task Force
  • The Fed gave The Clearing House approval to launch its RTP solution in 2015 without signal they might launch their own
  • In 2018, the Fed asked for public comment on its role in faster payments including building its own solution
  • Smaller banks and large retailers clamored for an alternative solution in order to promote competition
  • In August 2019, the Fed cites that 90% of its feedback championed Fed involvement in faster payments
  • Target implementation of FedNow is slated for 2022-2023

About this Viewpoint

The pace has increased in the march toward ubiquity. Financial institutions of all sizes should be actively delivering or planning to incorporate one or more of the existing faster payments solutions for clients as business interest rises.

The post Timeline: The Fed’s Real-Time Payments Announcement appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
2019 Will Be Remembered as a Pivotal Year in US Faster Payments https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2019-will-be-remembered-as-a-pivotal-year-in-us-faster-payments/ Wed, 06 Nov 2019 20:26:44 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82206 Debit and Faster Payments Propel VisaThe payments landscape is rapidly evolving. Consumers are increasingly using mobile devices to make purchases, and they expect to receive their items quickly. In response, businesses are looking for ways to streamline their payment processes. One solution is faster payments. By utilizing the latest technology, businesses can send and receive payments in real time. This […]

The post 2019 Will Be Remembered as a Pivotal Year in US Faster Payments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The payments landscape is rapidly evolving. Consumers are increasingly using mobile devices to make purchases, and they expect to receive their items quickly. In response, businesses are looking for ways to streamline their payment processes. One solution is faster payments. By utilizing the latest technology, businesses can send and receive payments in real time. This means that consumers can get their items faster, and businesses can avoid the hassle of delayed payments. In addition, faster payments can help businesses to save money on transaction fees.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023

2019 will be remembered as a pivotal year in US Faster Payments:

  • Same-Day ACH achieved Q1 & Q2 growth rates over 100% of the year prior
  • 25 more banks joined The Clearing House’ Real-Time Payments platform
  • Over 50% of US bank accounts are now connected to The Clearing House’ Real-Time Payments platform
  • P2P real-time payments will become ubiquitous, Zelle continues double-digit growth rates
  • Business to Consumer payments gained ground in insurance, refunds, rebates and expense reimbursements
  • Consumer to Business payments take shape around new products:
    • Mastercard’s Bill Pay Exchange Service and TCH’s Request for Pay service pioneer B2C payments

About this Viewpoint
The pace has increased in the march toward ubiquity. Financial institutions of all sizes should be actively delivering or planning to incorporate one or more of the existing solutions for clients as business interest rises.

The post 2019 Will Be Remembered as a Pivotal Year in US Faster Payments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Small Businesses Use More Customer Service Channels the Longer They’re in Business: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-businesses-use-more-customer-service-channels-the-longer-theyre-in-business/ Tue, 05 Nov 2019 20:07:27 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82170 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In. Small businesses use more customer service […]

The post Small Businesses Use More Customer Service Channels the Longer They’re in Business: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In.

Small businesses use more customer service channels the longer they’re in business:

  • 38% of small businesses over 2 years old use online chat
  • 21% of small businesses over 2 years old use mobile chat/text
  • 0% (small sample) of small businesses under two years old use online or mobile chat
  • 58% of small businesses >2 years old use email for customer service, only 30% of younger firms do
  • Flat pricing structure is most preferred (28%) by small businesses
  • Tiered pricing structure is also very popular, 23% rank it as preferred
  • 20% of small businesses prefer Swiped or Keyed pricing
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In, based on the company’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that more small businesses are selling online (59%) than are selling in a physical store (47%). However, the bulk of share of sales is coming from in-store sales rather than online sales. Further, about one-third of small businesses (35%) report that they are selling via a mobile app. Small businesses are more likely to report that their preferred method of payment is from the card networks rather than cash or any other method. The primary reason for preferring a certain kind of payment is the ease of handling (65%); only 4 in 10 mention lower cost.

Small businesses are mainly getting merchant services from their primary bank (70%). A similar proportion are getting merchant services from a single provider. Many third-party providers offer smaller merchants ancillary services they need aside from core processing services, and many businesses are migrating to third-party providers for online and mobile services, often designed for their business verticals.

Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In is the second of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

The survey contained questions on current business sentiment, payment acceptance services, business-to-business (B2B) payments, and banking depository and loan services. Forthcoming companion reports summarize the survey’s findings on business-to-business payments and business banking services.
“There is a lot going on in the small business space when it comes to accepting payments, and the options available to merchants can be daunting. There is a great opportunity for companies that can understand the needs of small businesses and help them navigate the uncertainties of the ever-changing payments space,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned are: Alibaba, American Express, Apple, Chase, China UnionPay, Clover, Diebold, Discover, First Data , Google, Ingenico, LevelUp, Mastercard, Micros, NCR, PayPal, PayPal, Revel, Samsung, Shopify, Shopkeep, Square, Stripe, Verifone, Visa, and WeChat

The post Small Businesses Use More Customer Service Channels the Longer They’re in Business: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Since 2016, Small Businesses Have Used the Same Number of Payment Acceptance Providers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/since-2016-small-businesses-have-used-the-same-number-of-payment-acceptance-providers/ Mon, 04 Nov 2019 19:35:01 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82132 What Percent of Small Businesses Accept Cash?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In. Since 2016, small businesses have used […]

The post Since 2016, Small Businesses Have Used the Same Number of Payment Acceptance Providers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In.

Since 2016, small businesses have used the same number of payment acceptance providers:

  • 70% of small businesses get their merchant services from their primary bank
  • 20-25% of small businesses will use two or more payment acceptance providers
  • 32% of small businesses use PayPal, but only 14% of them consider PayPal their primary provider
  • 18% of small businesses use Square, but only 7% consider Square their primary provider
  • Cost is king:  33% of small businesses consider cost the reason they chose their primary provider
  • 10% of small businesses each counted ease of setup, customer service, and better reporting as the most important reason for using their provider
  • 3 in 10 small businesses have changed their payment acceptance provider in the last two years
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In, based on the company’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that more small businesses are selling online (59%) than are selling in a physical store (47%). However, the bulk of share of sales is coming from in-store sales rather than online sales. Further, about one-third of small businesses (35%) report that they are selling via a mobile app. Small businesses are more likely to report that their preferred method of payment is from the card networks rather than cash or any other method. The primary reason for preferring a certain kind of payment is the ease of handling (65%); only 4 in 10 mention lower cost.

Small businesses are mainly getting merchant services from their primary bank (70%). A similar proportion are getting merchant services from a single provider. Many third-party providers offer smaller merchants ancillary services they need aside from core processing services, and many businesses are migrating to third-party providers for online and mobile services, often designed for their business verticals.

Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In is the second of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

The survey contained questions on current business sentiment, payment acceptance services, business-to-business (B2B) payments, and banking depository and loan services. Forthcoming companion reports summarize the survey’s findings on business-to-business payments and business banking services.
“There is a lot going on in the small business space when it comes to accepting payments, and the options available to merchants can be daunting. There is a great opportunity for companies that can understand the needs of small businesses and help them navigate the uncertainties of the ever-changing payments space,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned are: Alibaba, American Express, Apple, Chase, China UnionPay, Clover, Diebold, Discover, First Data , Google, Ingenico, LevelUp, Mastercard, Micros, NCR, PayPal, PayPal, Revel, Samsung, Shopify, Shopkeep, Square, Stripe, Verifone, Visa, and WeChat

The post Since 2016, Small Businesses Have Used the Same Number of Payment Acceptance Providers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
US Small Businesses Don’t Know Whether Cash Use Is up or Down https://www.paymentsjournal.com/us-small-businesses-dont-know-whether-cash-use-is-up-or-down/ Fri, 01 Nov 2019 19:35:08 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82100 Optimizing Cash with Recycling TechnologyDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In. US small businesses don’t know whether […]

The post US Small Businesses Don’t Know Whether Cash Use Is up or Down appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In.

  • US small businesses don’t know whether cash use is up or down
  • A third of small businesses claim cash use is up, a third down, a third say its the same
  • 77% of small businesses recognize that cash is more expensive to tender than card
  • 35% of small businesses claim that cash is an “increasingly important” part of sales, 65% disagree
  • US small businesses estimate that 33% of sales are cash sales
  • US small businesses estimate that card payments total over 50% of sales
  • Checks account for 30% of small business transactions, 9.5% “other”
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In, based on the company’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that more small businesses are selling online (59%) than are selling in a physical store (47%). However, the bulk of share of sales is coming from in-store sales rather than online sales. Further, about one-third of small businesses (35%) report that they are selling via a mobile app. Small businesses are more likely to report that their preferred method of payment is from the card networks rather than cash or any other method. The primary reason for preferring a certain kind of payment is the ease of handling (65%); only 4 in 10 mention lower cost.

Small businesses are mainly getting merchant services from their primary bank (70%). A similar proportion are getting merchant services from a single provider. Many third-party providers offer smaller merchants ancillary services they need aside from core processing services, and many businesses are migrating to third-party providers for online and mobile services, often designed for their business verticals.

Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In is the second of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

The survey contained questions on current business sentiment, payment acceptance services, business-to-business (B2B) payments, and banking depository and loan services. Forthcoming companion reports summarize the survey’s findings on business-to-business payments and business banking services.
“There is a lot going on in the small business space when it comes to accepting payments, and the options available to merchants can be daunting. There is a great opportunity for companies that can understand the needs of small businesses and help them navigate the uncertainties of the ever-changing payments space,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned are: Alibaba, American Express, Apple, Chase, China UnionPay, Clover, Diebold, Discover, First Data , Google, Ingenico, LevelUp, Mastercard, Micros, NCR, PayPal, PayPal, Revel, Samsung, Shopify, Shopkeep, Square, Stripe, Verifone, Visa, and WeChat

The post US Small Businesses Don’t Know Whether Cash Use Is up or Down appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Proportion of Small Businesses Have EMV Chips Installed and Working? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-proportion-of-small-businesses-have-emv-chips-installed-and-working/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-proportion-of-small-businesses-have-emv-chips-installed-and-working/#respond Wed, 30 Oct 2019 17:30:23 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82035 Small Businesses EMV Chips , EMV Credit Card Security, BDO EMV cardDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In. What proportion of small businesses have […]

The post What Proportion of Small Businesses Have EMV Chips Installed and Working? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In.

What proportion of small businesses have EMV chips installed and working?

  • 7 in 10 small businesses have EMV installed and working
  • 17% of small businesses have terminals that don’t accept chips
  • 10% of small businesses have EMV installed but not turned on
  • Of those without working EMV, 50% of small businesses plan on being compatible within one year
  • The construction industry is the least EMV compatible with 50% accepting
  • Financial institutions and insurance are the most compatible with 82%
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In, based on the company’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that more small businesses are selling online (59%) than are selling in a physical store (47%). However, the bulk of share of sales is coming from in-store sales rather than online sales. Further, about one-third of small businesses (35%) report that they are selling via a mobile app. Small businesses are more likely to report that their preferred method of payment is from the card networks rather than cash or any other method. The primary reason for preferring a certain kind of payment is the ease of handling (65%); only 4 in 10 mention lower cost.

Small businesses are mainly getting merchant services from their primary bank (70%). A similar proportion are getting merchant services from a single provider. Many third-party providers offer smaller merchants ancillary services they need aside from core processing services, and many businesses are migrating to third-party providers for online and mobile services, often designed for their business verticals.

Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In is the second of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

The survey contained questions on current business sentiment, payment acceptance services, business-to-business (B2B) payments, and banking depository and loan services. Forthcoming companion reports summarize the survey’s findings on business-to-business payments and business banking services.
“There is a lot going on in the small business space when it comes to accepting payments, and the options available to merchants can be daunting. There is a great opportunity for companies that can understand the needs of small businesses and help them navigate the uncertainties of the ever-changing payments space,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned are: Alibaba, American Express, Apple, Chase, China UnionPay, Clover, Diebold, Discover, First Data , Google, Ingenico, LevelUp, Mastercard, Micros, NCR, PayPal, PayPal, Revel, Samsung, Shopify, Shopkeep, Square, Stripe, Verifone, Visa, and WeChat

The post What Proportion of Small Businesses Have EMV Chips Installed and Working? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-proportion-of-small-businesses-have-emv-chips-installed-and-working/feed/ 0
What Percent of Small Businesses Accept Cash? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-small-businesses-accept-cash/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-small-businesses-accept-cash/#respond Tue, 29 Oct 2019 19:30:44 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=82010 What Percent of Small Businesses Accept Cash?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In. What percent of small businesses accept […]

The post What Percent of Small Businesses Accept Cash? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In.

What percent of small businesses accept cash?

  • 70% of small businesses accept cash
  • 93% of small businesses accept Visa
  • Only 63% of small businesses accept checks
  • Alipay & UnionPay are accepted by 40% of small businesses
  • 28% of small businesses accept cryptocurrency
  • For the most part there is little difference between male and female small business owners regarding payment methods accepted
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In, based on the company’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that more small businesses are selling online (59%) than are selling in a physical store (47%). However, the bulk of share of sales is coming from in-store sales rather than online sales. Further, about one-third of small businesses (35%) report that they are selling via a mobile app. Small businesses are more likely to report that their preferred method of payment is from the card networks rather than cash or any other method. The primary reason for preferring a certain kind of payment is the ease of handling (65%); only 4 in 10 mention lower cost.

Small businesses are mainly getting merchant services from their primary bank (70%). A similar proportion are getting merchant services from a single provider. Many third-party providers offer smaller merchants ancillary services they need aside from core processing services, and many businesses are migrating to third-party providers for online and mobile services, often designed for their business verticals.

Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In is the second of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

The survey contained questions on current business sentiment, payment acceptance services, business-to-business (B2B) payments, and banking depository and loan services. Forthcoming companion reports summarize the survey’s findings on business-to-business payments and business banking services.
“There is a lot going on in the small business space when it comes to accepting payments, and the options available to merchants can be daunting. There is a great opportunity for companies that can understand the needs of small businesses and help them navigate the uncertainties of the ever-changing payments space,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned are: Alibaba, American Express, Apple, Chase, China UnionPay, Clover, Diebold, Discover, First Data , Google, Ingenico, LevelUp, Mastercard, Micros, NCR, PayPal, PayPal, Revel, Samsung, Shopify, Shopkeep, Square, Stripe, Verifone, Visa, and WeChat

The post What Percent of Small Businesses Accept Cash? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-small-businesses-accept-cash/feed/ 0
In-Store Small Business Sales See a Sizable Decline in 2019: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-small-business-sales-see-a-sizable-decline-in-2019/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-small-business-sales-see-a-sizable-decline-in-2019/#respond Mon, 28 Oct 2019 19:00:43 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81961 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In. In-Store small business sales see a […]

The post In-Store Small Business Sales See a Sizable Decline in 2019: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In.

In-Store small business sales see a sizable decline in 2019:

  • In 2018, 58% of small business sales were reported in physical stores
  • In 2019, 47% of small business sales revenue was in-store, an 11% decline
  • Other declining sales channels include: mail order, field sales representatives, and fax
  • Purchases from mobile app for small businesses increased from 31% to 35% from 2018 to 2019
  • Online and web sales for small businesses remained the same: 59%
  • By percentage of sales, in store small business sales had a mean of 47% and a median of 40%
  • By percentage of sales, online sales had a mean of 34% and a median of 25%
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Small Business Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In, based on the company’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey conducted in spring 2019, reveals that more small businesses are selling online (59%) than are selling in a physical store (47%). However, the bulk of share of sales is coming from in-store sales rather than online sales. Further, about one-third of small businesses (35%) report that they are selling via a mobile app. Small businesses are more likely to report that their preferred method of payment is from the card networks rather than cash or any other method. The primary reason for preferring a certain kind of payment is the ease of handling (65%); only 4 in 10 mention lower cost.

Small businesses are mainly getting merchant services from their primary bank (70%). A similar proportion are getting merchant services from a single provider. Many third-party providers offer smaller merchants ancillary services they need aside from core processing services, and many businesses are migrating to third-party providers for online and mobile services, often designed for their business verticals.

Payments Acceptance: More Payment Options Creeping In is the second of three reports summarizing the results of the 2019 Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, the fourth annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses (between $100,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

The survey contained questions on current business sentiment, payment acceptance services, business-to-business (B2B) payments, and banking depository and loan services. Forthcoming companion reports summarize the survey’s findings on business-to-business payments and business banking services.
“There is a lot going on in the small business space when it comes to accepting payments, and the options available to merchants can be daunting. There is a great opportunity for companies that can understand the needs of small businesses and help them navigate the uncertainties of the ever-changing payments space,” notes the author of this report, Peter Reville, Director, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned are: Alibaba, American Express, Apple, Chase, China UnionPay, Clover, Diebold, Discover, First Data , Google, Ingenico, LevelUp, Mastercard, Micros, NCR, PayPal, PayPal, Revel, Samsung, Shopify, Shopkeep, Square, Stripe, Verifone, Visa, and WeChat

The post In-Store Small Business Sales See a Sizable Decline in 2019: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-store-small-business-sales-see-a-sizable-decline-in-2019/feed/ 0
Three Channels Consumers Are Not Interested in Purchasing Prepaid Gift Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-channels-consumers-are-not-interested-in-purchasing-prepaid-gift-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-channels-consumers-are-not-interested-in-purchasing-prepaid-gift-cards/#respond Fri, 25 Oct 2019 18:30:37 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81900 Three Channels Consumers Are Not Interested in Purchasing Prepaid Gift Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth. Three channels consumers are NOT interested in purchasing prepaid gift cards: […]

The post Three Channels Consumers Are Not Interested in Purchasing Prepaid Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth.

  • Three channels consumers are NOT interested in purchasing prepaid gift cards:
  • Above any other channel, half of consumers would not purchase a gift card through a social media website
  • 38% of consumers note they would not purchase a gift card from a bank
  • 38% of consumers would not purchase a gift card from a website that sells a range of prepaid cards
  • Conversely, 62% – by far the most – would purchase a gift card from a gift card display from another retailer
  • 4 in 10 consumers would prefer a gift of cash to a gift card
  • 13% of consumers would prefer a gift that isn’t a gift card at all
  • 18% of consumers have no preference
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that the growth of transit cards in the United States has been 130% since 2013. Similarly, prepaid phone cards have grown 118% and reloadable general purpose cards have grown 100%. Other types of prepaid cards have also seen impressive growth over this time.

The overall growth of the prepaid cards in the U.S. was 17%, which indicates that consumers who were already buying prepaid cards, are buying more types of prepaid cards.

Like many new products and services, prepaid is a product favored by younger consumers. Currently, about 7 in 10 of those under 45 years of age are buying prepaid cards compared to 5 in 10 of those older than 45.

Prepaid cards are being redeemed online nearly as much as in physical stores. The survey finds that 66% of consumers are redeeming prepaid cards online, which is slightly less than the 73% who are redeeming in-store. Compared to other age cohorts, those 18–34 years of age are more likely to redeem their prepaid cards online (74%) than in-store (64%).

Cash is still king however. When given the choice of gifts, 4 in 10 would prefer cash, while another 13% would like a gift chosen specifically for them and about the same would like a gift card.

Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and in particular store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, source of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“Americans are finding more and more uses for prepaid cards in their lives as evidenced by the growth of different prepaid card categories revealed by the survey. Prepaid companies need to focus on the different use cases both for buying and funding as well as redeeming to keep up with the evolving use of these cards. The greatest opportunity is likely to come from how these consumers are using prepaid cards for themselves rather than for gifts,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post Three Channels Consumers Are Not Interested in Purchasing Prepaid Gift Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/three-channels-consumers-are-not-interested-in-purchasing-prepaid-gift-cards/feed/ 0
A Surprising Percent of Reloadable Prepaid Gift Cards Happen at These Three Locations: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/a-surprising-percent-of-reloadable-prepaid-gift-cards-happen-at-these-three-locations/ Thu, 24 Oct 2019 18:51:08 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81883 Fruit Punch Music Selects Blackhawk Network to Deliver Enhanced Digital Gifting ExperienceDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth A surprising percent of reloadable prepaid gift cards happen at these […]

The post A Surprising Percent of Reloadable Prepaid Gift Cards Happen at These Three Locations: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth

A surprising percent of reloadable prepaid gift cards happen at these three locations:

  • 35% of consumers have purchased reloadable prepaid gift cards on display at another retailer
  • 25% of consumers have purchased reloadable prepaid gift cards from a bank
  • 17% of consumers have purchased reloadable prepaid gift cards from a gift card exchange website
  • When purchasing reloadable gift cards from a retail display, 35% of consumers do so at a wholesale club
  • Similarly, 25% of consumers have purchased reloadable gift cards at a dollar store when buying from a retail display
  • Reloadable gift cards lead retail-specific (5%) and non-reloadable (4%) in the “Other” category for purchase location with 11%

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that the growth of transit cards in the United States has been 130% since 2013. Similarly, prepaid phone cards have grown 118% and reloadable general purpose cards have grown 100%. Other types of prepaid cards have also seen impressive growth over this time.

The overall growth of the prepaid cards in the U.S. was 17%, which indicates that consumers who were already buying prepaid cards, are buying more types of prepaid cards.

Like many new products and services, prepaid is a product favored by younger consumers. Currently, about 7 in 10 of those under 45 years of age are buying prepaid cards compared to 5 in 10 of those older than 45.

Prepaid cards are being redeemed online nearly as much as in physical stores. The survey finds that 66% of consumers are redeeming prepaid cards online, which is slightly less than the 73% who are redeeming in-store. Compared to other age cohorts, those 18–34 years of age are more likely to redeem their prepaid cards online (74%) than in-store (64%).

Cash is still king however. When given the choice of gifts, 4 in 10 would prefer cash, while another 13% would like a gift chosen specifically for them and about the same would like a gift card.

Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and in particular store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, source of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“Americans are finding more and more uses for prepaid cards in their lives as evidenced by the growth of different prepaid card categories revealed by the survey. Prepaid companies need to focus on the different use cases both for buying and funding as well as redeeming to keep up with the evolving use of these cards. The greatest opportunity is likely to come from how these consumers are using prepaid cards for themselves rather than for gifts,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post A Surprising Percent of Reloadable Prepaid Gift Cards Happen at These Three Locations: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
For Consumers and Prepaid: Age Matters https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-consumers-and-prepaid-age-matters/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-consumers-and-prepaid-age-matters/#respond Wed, 23 Oct 2019 19:26:09 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81834 Prepaid Financial Services a United Kingdom Power Player in Prepaid Debit Cards GrowsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth For consumers and prepaid: age matters Over 70% of consumers under […]

The post For Consumers and Prepaid: Age Matters appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth

For consumers and prepaid: age matters

  • Over 70% of consumers under the age of 44 purchased gift/prepaid cards last year
  • 56% of consumers over the age of 65 didn’t purchase a gift or prepaid card last year
  • Only 9% of consumers age 45-64 purchased an electronic gift card delivered to a digital wallet
  • 31% of consumers age 18-24 purchased an electronic gift card delivered to a digital wallet
  • Gift, mobile phone, and transit cards have the most spend:>$150 mean, >$25 median
  • The majority of gift cards are redeemed in store (73%) or online (66%)
  • Only 13% of consumers redeemed gift cards in a mobile app online or in-app

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that the growth of transit cards in the United States has been 130% since 2013. Similarly, prepaid phone cards have grown 118% and reloadable general purpose cards have grown 100%. Other types of prepaid cards have also seen impressive growth over this time.

The overall growth of the prepaid cards in the U.S. was 17%, which indicates that consumers who were already buying prepaid cards, are buying more types of prepaid cards.

Like many new products and services, prepaid is a product favored by younger consumers. Currently, about 7 in 10 of those under 45 years of age are buying prepaid cards compared to 5 in 10 of those older than 45.

Prepaid cards are being redeemed online nearly as much as in physical stores. The survey finds that 66% of consumers are redeeming prepaid cards online, which is slightly less than the 73% who are redeeming in-store. Compared to other age cohorts, those 18–34 years of age are more likely to redeem their prepaid cards online (74%) than in-store (64%).

Cash is still king however. When given the choice of gifts, 4 in 10 would prefer cash, while another 13% would like a gift chosen specifically for them and about the same would like a gift card.

Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and in particular store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, source of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“Americans are finding more and more uses for prepaid cards in their lives as evidenced by the growth of different prepaid card categories revealed by the survey. Prepaid companies need to focus on the different use cases both for buying and funding as well as redeeming to keep up with the evolving use of these cards. The greatest opportunity is likely to come from how these consumers are using prepaid cards for themselves rather than for gifts,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post For Consumers and Prepaid: Age Matters appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-consumers-and-prepaid-age-matters/feed/ 0
What Percent of $1.5 Trillion in Card-Based Business Spending Is Prepaid https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-1-5-trillion-in-card-based-business-spending-is-prepaid/ Tue, 22 Oct 2019 18:24:57 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81810 Entry Level Checking Accounts Vs GPR Prepaid. What’s the Diff?, EU Prepaid Cards Cryptocurrency RegulationsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth What percent of $1.5 trillion in card-based business spending is prepaid? […]

The post What Percent of $1.5 Trillion in Card-Based Business Spending Is Prepaid appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth

What percent of $1.5 trillion in card-based business spending is prepaid?

  • 17.3% of the $1.5 trillion card-based business spend is Prepaid
  • In 2018, prepaid commercial cards reached $291.8 billion – but by 2023, will only reach $293.9 billion
  • 35% of current commercial prepaid cards are closed-loop, while 65% are open-loop
  • Open-loop commercial prepaid has a forecasted growth rate of 1.9%, closed-loop has a negative growth rate of 3.3%
  • Card-based business products include credit cards, small business cards, fleet and prepaid
  • Electronic commercial payments, in contrast, are growing rapidly: 5.4% growth rate
  • Electronic commercial payments dwarf commercial prepaid: $61 trillion vs. $1.5 trillion

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that the growth of transit cards in the United States has been 130% since 2013. Similarly, prepaid phone cards have grown 118% and reloadable general purpose cards have grown 100%. Other types of prepaid cards have also seen impressive growth over this time.

The overall growth of the prepaid cards in the U.S. was 17%, which indicates that consumers who were already buying prepaid cards, are buying more types of prepaid cards.

Like many new products and services, prepaid is a product favored by younger consumers. Currently, about 7 in 10 of those under 45 years of age are buying prepaid cards compared to 5 in 10 of those older than 45.

Prepaid cards are being redeemed online nearly as much as in physical stores. The survey finds that 66% of consumers are redeeming prepaid cards online, which is slightly less than the 73% who are redeeming in-store. Compared to other age cohorts, those 18–34 years of age are more likely to redeem their prepaid cards online (74%) than in-store (64%).

Cash is still king however. When given the choice of gifts, 4 in 10 would prefer cash, while another 13% would like a gift chosen specifically for them and about the same would like a gift card.

Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and in particular store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, source of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“Americans are finding more and more uses for prepaid cards in their lives as evidenced by the growth of different prepaid card categories revealed by the survey. Prepaid companies need to focus on the different use cases both for buying and funding as well as redeeming to keep up with the evolving use of these cards. The greatest opportunity is likely to come from how these consumers are using prepaid cards for themselves rather than for gifts,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post What Percent of $1.5 Trillion in Card-Based Business Spending Is Prepaid appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
In 2009, 45% of Consumers Bought Prepaid or Gift Cards – How Many Do Today? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-2009-45-of-consumers-bought-prepaid-or-gift-cards-how-many-do-today/ Mon, 21 Oct 2019 18:45:37 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81762 Prepaid, the Original Fintech SolutionDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth In 2009, 45% of consumers bought prepaid or gift cards […]

The post In 2009, 45% of Consumers Bought Prepaid or Gift Cards – How Many Do Today? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth

In 2009, 45% of consumers bought prepaid or gift cards – how many do today?

  • In 2019, 62% of consumers report purchasing a gift card or prepaid card
  • The slowest growing prepaid segment is gift cards for online services (like music), at 26% since 2013
  • The fastest-growing segment, prepaid transit, has grown 130% from 2013-2019
  • Other high-growth prepaid segments include:
    • Prepaid mobile phone cards: 118%
    • General Purpose Reloadable cards: 100%
  • Retailer gift cards remain the most popular:

    • 49% of consumers bought one this year
  • A close 2nd is General Purpose prepaid cards:

    • 42% of consumers bought one in 2019
  • 23% of consumers have bought a Transit prepaid card, the fastest-growing segment

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that the growth of transit cards in the United States has been 130% since 2013. Similarly, prepaid phone cards have grown 118% and reloadable general purpose cards have grown 100%. Other types of prepaid cards have also seen impressive growth over this time.

The overall growth of the prepaid cards in the U.S. was 17%, which indicates that consumers who were already buying prepaid cards, are buying more types of prepaid cards.

Like many new products and services, prepaid is a product favored by younger consumers. Currently, about 7 in 10 of those under 45 years of age are buying prepaid cards compared to 5 in 10 of those older than 45.

Prepaid cards are being redeemed online nearly as much as in physical stores. The survey finds that 66% of consumers are redeeming prepaid cards online, which is slightly less than the 73% who are redeeming in-store. Compared to other age cohorts, those 18–34 years of age are more likely to redeem their prepaid cards online (74%) than in-store (64%).

Cash is still king however. When given the choice of gifts, 4 in 10 would prefer cash, while another 13% would like a gift chosen specifically for them and about the same would like a gift card.

Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and in particular store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, source of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“Americans are finding more and more uses for prepaid cards in their lives as evidenced by the growth of different prepaid card categories revealed by the survey. Prepaid companies need to focus on the different use cases both for buying and funding as well as redeeming to keep up with the evolving use of these cards. The greatest opportunity is likely to come from how these consumers are using prepaid cards for themselves rather than for gifts,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post In 2009, 45% of Consumers Bought Prepaid or Gift Cards – How Many Do Today? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
The CFBP Is Modernizing Rules around Credit Collections, Here Are the Changes: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-cfbp-is-modernizing-rules-around-credit-collections-here-are-the-changes/ Fri, 18 Oct 2019 19:22:23 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81733 credit card debtDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn The CFPB is modernizing rules around credit […]

The post The CFBP Is Modernizing Rules around Credit Collections, Here Are the Changes: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn

The CFPB is modernizing rules around credit collections, here are the changes:

The new rules are designed to curtail harassment, false representation & unfair debt collection practices

1) Define the rules, frequency, and velocity of call attempts

2) Add clarity to collection disclosures and simplify disputes

3) Establish standards for the use of voicemails, emails, and text messages

4) Curtail the collection of time-barred accounts outside statute of limitations

5) Harness the use of credit bureau updates until cardholders have time to respond

6) Debt collectors must wait seven days after a successful contact before attempting again

About the Report

The Consumer Finance Protection Bureau is in the process of modernizing the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA), which is an appropriate move for the credit card industry. It is the perfect time for credit card issuers to consider their current collections strategies while the economy is performing well. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Charge-Off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn The report explains the importance of third-party collection agents and why proposed regulatory updates are appropriate for the U.S. credit card business.

Readers will learn how the credit card aging process works, why third-party agencies help manage financial institution account overflow, and how the FDCPA creates guard rails for the industry.

“The timing of the original Fair Debt Collection Practices Act was perfect. Revolving debt in the U.S. hit $50 billion,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “Today, the U.S. credit card market has more than $1 trillion of revolving debt. Loss rates are at normal levels, yet more than 1 million U.S. cardholders end up at collection agencies each year. FDCPA was born in a world before cellphones, email, and texts. FDCPA 2.0 addresses all these functions and curtails litigation in zombie debt. Both are appropriate next steps,” says Riley.

This research report contains 22 pages and 11 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: ACI Alorica, Banco Bradesco, Citi, Encore Capital Group, Equifax, Experian, Expert Global Solutions,FICO, NCO, Portfoliio Recovery Associates, PRA Group, TransUnion

The post The CFBP Is Modernizing Rules around Credit Collections, Here Are the Changes: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Large Is the 3rd Party Credit Card Collections Business? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-large-is-the-3rd-party-credit-card-collections-business/ Thu, 17 Oct 2019 18:39:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81699 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn How large is the 3rd party credit […]

The post How Large Is the 3rd Party Credit Card Collections Business? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn

How large is the 3rd party credit card collections business?

  • It’s pretty big! A recent E&Y study pegs total returned debt at $78.5 billion
  • Of the $78.5 billion collected, $10.9 billion was awarded as commissions and fees to the collectors
  • Pre-charge off placements represent 29% of total collections, while 71% of receivables are 90+ days old
  • Healthcare debt represents 47% of all debt collected
  • Student loan debt also represents 47% of all debt collected
  • US debt collection agencies employ 89,000 individuals
  • There are 8,153 collection agencies in the US

About the Report

The Consumer Finance Protection Bureau is in the process of modernizing the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA), which is an appropriate move for the credit card industry. It is the perfect time for credit card issuers to consider their current collections strategies while the economy is performing well. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Charge-Off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn The report explains the importance of third-party collection agents and why proposed regulatory updates are appropriate for the U.S. credit card business.

Readers will learn how the credit card aging process works, why third-party agencies help manage financial institution account overflow, and how the FDCPA creates guard rails for the industry.

“The timing of the original Fair Debt Collection Practices Act was perfect. Revolving debt in the U.S. hit $50 billion,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “Today, the U.S. credit card market has more than $1 trillion of revolving debt. Loss rates are at normal levels, yet more than 1 million U.S. cardholders end up at collection agencies each year. FDCPA was born in a world before cellphones, email, and texts. FDCPA 2.0 addresses all these functions and curtails litigation in zombie debt. Both are appropriate next steps,” says Riley.

This research report contains 22 pages and 11 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: ACI Alorica, Banco Bradesco, Citi, Encore Capital Group, Equifax, Experian, Expert Global Solutions,FICO, NCO, Portfoliio Recovery Associates, PRA Group, TransUnion

The post How Large Is the 3rd Party Credit Card Collections Business? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
More Consumers Challenge the Validity of Their Debt vs. the Temperament of Those Collecting: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/more-consumers-challenge-the-validity-of-their-debt-vs-the-temperament-of-those-collecting/ Wed, 16 Oct 2019 19:11:03 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81664 The Ugly Side of Lending: Online Installment LoansDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn More consumers challenge the validity of their […]

The post More Consumers Challenge the Validity of Their Debt vs. the Temperament of Those Collecting: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn

More consumers challenge the validity of their debt vs. the temperament of those collecting:

  • The Consumer Federal Protection Bureau records data on consumer complaints about collection agencies
  • The most common collection complaint (40%) is that the debt isn’t owed
  • 20% of consumers complain that they never received written notification
  • 13% complain about agency communication tactics
  • 13% of complaints cite “threatened legal action”
  • 10% of complaints claim “misrepresentation”
  • 3% of complaints are regarding the “threat of embarrassment”

About the Report

The Consumer Finance Protection Bureau is in the process of modernizing the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA), which is an appropriate move for the credit card industry. It is the perfect time for credit card issuers to consider their current collections strategies while the economy is performing well. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Charge-Off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn The report explains the importance of third-party collection agents and why proposed regulatory updates are appropriate for the U.S. credit card business.

Readers will learn how the credit card aging process works, why third-party agencies help manage financial institution account overflow, and how the FDCPA creates guard rails for the industry.

“The timing of the original Fair Debt Collection Practices Act was perfect. Revolving debt in the U.S. hit $50 billion,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “Today, the U.S. credit card market has more than $1 trillion of revolving debt. Loss rates are at normal levels, yet more than 1 million U.S. cardholders end up at collection agencies each year. FDCPA was born in a world before cellphones, email, and texts. FDCPA 2.0 addresses all these functions and curtails litigation in zombie debt. Both are appropriate next steps,” says Riley.

This research report contains 22 pages and 11 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: ACI Alorica, Banco Bradesco, Citi, Encore Capital Group, Equifax, Experian, Expert Global Solutions,FICO, NCO, Portfoliio Recovery Associates, PRA Group, TransUnion

The post More Consumers Challenge the Validity of Their Debt vs. the Temperament of Those Collecting: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Credit Card Collection Agencies Must Navigate 9 Federal Regulations: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-collection-agencies-must-navigate-9-federal-regulations/ Tue, 15 Oct 2019 17:58:33 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81632 Comments Pouring into the Fed Regarding Proposed Regulation II ClarificationDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn Credit card collection agencies must navigate 9 […]

The post Credit Card Collection Agencies Must Navigate 9 Federal Regulations: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn

Credit card collection agencies must navigate 9 federal regulations:

  • Fair Debt Collection Practices: timing, frequency, and temperament of interactions
  • Electronic Funds Transfer Act: right to cancel transactions & documentation
  • Gramm-Leach-Blily:  consumer privacy & vendor integrity
  • Fair Credit Reporting Act: accuracy of credit bureau data
  • US Bankruptcy Code: liquidation & wage earner programs
  • Service Members Relief Act: eased collection standards during deployment
  • Also:
    • Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform Act
    • Telephone Consumer Protection Act
    • Americans with Disabilities Act

About the Report

The Consumer Finance Protection Bureau is in the process of modernizing the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA), which is an appropriate move for the credit card industry. It is the perfect time for credit card issuers to consider their current collections strategies while the economy is performing well. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Charge-Off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn The report explains the importance of third-party collection agents and why proposed regulatory updates are appropriate for the U.S. credit card business.

Readers will learn how the credit card aging process works, why third-party agencies help manage financial institution account overflow, and how the FDCPA creates guard rails for the industry.

“The timing of the original Fair Debt Collection Practices Act was perfect. Revolving debt in the U.S. hit $50 billion,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “Today, the U.S. credit card market has more than $1 trillion of revolving debt. Loss rates are at normal levels, yet more than 1 million U.S. cardholders end up at collection agencies each year. FDCPA was born in a world before cellphones, email, and texts. FDCPA 2.0 addresses all these functions and curtails litigation in zombie debt. Both are appropriate next steps,” says Riley.

This research report contains 22 pages and 11 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: ACI Alorica, Banco Bradesco, Citi, Encore Capital Group, Equifax, Experian, Expert Global Solutions,FICO, NCO, Portfoliio Recovery Associates, PRA Group, TransUnion

The post Credit Card Collection Agencies Must Navigate 9 Federal Regulations: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Whats an Issuing Bank’s Typical Charge off Rate for Bad Credit Card Debt? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-an-issuing-banks-typical-charge-off-rate-for-bad-credit-card-debt/ Fri, 11 Oct 2019 17:52:16 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81582 Connecting the World: The Importance of Intermediary BanksDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn Whats an issuing bank’s typical charge off […]

The post Whats an Issuing Bank’s Typical Charge off Rate for Bad Credit Card Debt? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn

  • Whats an issuing bank’s typical charge off rate for bad credit card debt?
  • In a normal economy, almost $4 of every $100 is charged off as bad debt
  • In 2010, the charge off rate for bad credit card debt spiked to 10.5%
  • Today, with consumer debt running slightly above $1 trillion charge off generates $40 billion bad debt annually
  • About 10% of consumer credit bureau files currently indicate a collection agency referral
  • In 2014, 14.6% of consumer credit bureau files indicated a collection agency referral
  • Between 2017 & 2018, the percentage of consumers with a collection agency referral dropped from 12.6% to 9.5%
  • These collection agency referral ratings remain on a consumer’s credit bureau file for 7-10 years

About the Report

The Consumer Finance Protection Bureau is in the process of modernizing the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA), which is an appropriate move for the credit card industry. It is the perfect time for credit card issuers to consider their current collections strategies while the economy is performing well. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Charge-Off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn The report explains the importance of third-party collection agents and why proposed regulatory updates are appropriate for the U.S. credit card business.

Readers will learn how the credit card aging process works, why third-party agencies help manage financial institution account overflow, and how the FDCPA creates guard rails for the industry.

“The timing of the original Fair Debt Collection Practices Act was perfect. Revolving debt in the U.S. hit $50 billion,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “Today, the U.S. credit card market has more than $1 trillion of revolving debt. Loss rates are at normal levels, yet more than 1 million U.S. cardholders end up at collection agencies each year. FDCPA was born in a world before cellphones, email, and texts. FDCPA 2.0 addresses all these functions and curtails litigation in zombie debt. Both are appropriate next steps,” says Riley.

This research report contains 22 pages and 11 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: ACI Alorica, Banco Bradesco, Citi, Encore Capital Group, Equifax, Experian, Expert Global Solutions,FICO, NCO, Portfoliio Recovery Associates, PRA Group, TransUnion

The post Whats an Issuing Bank’s Typical Charge off Rate for Bad Credit Card Debt? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
When a Cardholder’s Account Is Uncollectable, Institutions Have 3 Options: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-a-cardholders-account-is-uncollectable-institutions-have-3-options/ Thu, 10 Oct 2019 19:05:07 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81555 U.S. Credit Cards: Steady, Profitable, and Back to Business Through 1H21Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn When a cardholder’s account is uncollectable, […]

The post When a Cardholder’s Account Is Uncollectable, Institutions Have 3 Options: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Charge-off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn

When a cardholder’s account is uncollectable, institutions have 3 options:

  • For uncollectable accounts, issuing banks can:
    • user an internal recovery unit to collect
    • Use a 3rd party collection agency
    • Sell the debt to a buyer
  • A collection agency typically receives between 20% and 33% of the dollar amount collected
  • For accounts that reach secondary or tertiary placements, 50% to 65% commissions are common for collectors
  • Roughly 1.5 million credit accounts reach write-off status annually
  • Cardholders can terminate collections using bankruptcy, which is protected by Article 1 Section 8 of the constitution
  • Bankruptcy peaked in 2010 during the Recession with 2.1 million
  • 830 million bankruptcies is more typical (2019F), and low 800,000 is predictable for the next 3-5 years

About the Report

The Consumer Finance Protection Bureau is in the process of modernizing the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA), which is an appropriate move for the credit card industry. It is the perfect time for credit card issuers to consider their current collections strategies while the economy is performing well. Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Charge-Off Collections Takes Brains not Brawn The report explains the importance of third-party collection agents and why proposed regulatory updates are appropriate for the U.S. credit card business.

Readers will learn how the credit card aging process works, why third-party agencies help manage financial institution account overflow, and how the FDCPA creates guard rails for the industry.

“The timing of the original Fair Debt Collection Practices Act was perfect. Revolving debt in the U.S. hit $50 billion,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “Today, the U.S. credit card market has more than $1 trillion of revolving debt. Loss rates are at normal levels, yet more than 1 million U.S. cardholders end up at collection agencies each year. FDCPA was born in a world before cellphones, email, and texts. FDCPA 2.0 addresses all these functions and curtails litigation in zombie debt. Both are appropriate next steps,” says Riley.

This research report contains 22 pages and 11 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this research report include: ACI Alorica, Banco Bradesco, Citi, Encore Capital Group, Equifax, Experian, Expert Global Solutions,FICO, NCO, Portfoliio Recovery Associates, PRA Group, TransUnion

The post When a Cardholder’s Account Is Uncollectable, Institutions Have 3 Options: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Six Stats on the Economy to Consider When Assessing Consumer Data: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-stats-on-the-economy-to-consider-when-assessing-consumer-data/ Wed, 09 Oct 2019 18:35:34 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81508 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth Six stats on the economy to consider when assessing consumer […]

The post Six Stats on the Economy to Consider When Assessing Consumer Data: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth

Six stats on the economy to consider when assessing consumer data:

  • Bank revenue performance for the top 10 US banks is at a 3 year low
  • Civilian unemployment rate has been decreasing since 2016
  • Personal Consumption Expenditure has been declining over the last two quarters to levels not seen since 2016
  • Consumer sentiment remains high despite a significant dip in Q1 2019
  • Banking Account ownership has declined since 2011 across checking, savings, mortgages, online & brokerage
  • In the last 5 years credit card usage has remained steady, but debit card usage has declined from 60% in 2014 to 52% in 2019

About the Author

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that the growth of transit cards in the United States has been 130% since 2013. Similarly, prepaid phone cards have grown 118% and reloadable general purpose cards have grown 100%. Other types of prepaid cards have also seen impressive growth over this time.

The overall growth of the prepaid cards in the U.S. was 17%, which indicates that consumers who were already buying prepaid cards, are buying more types of prepaid cards.

Like many new products and services, prepaid is a product favored by younger consumers. Currently, about 7 in 10 of those under 45 years of age are buying prepaid cards compared to 5 in 10 of those older than 45.

Prepaid cards are being redeemed online nearly as much as in physical stores. The survey finds that 66% of consumers are redeeming prepaid cards online, which is slightly less than the 73% who are redeeming in-store. Compared to other age cohorts, those 18–34 years of age are more likely to redeem their prepaid cards online (74%) than in-store (64%).

Cash is still king however. When given the choice of gifts, 4 in 10 would prefer cash, while another 13% would like a gift chosen specifically for them and about the same would like a gift card.

Prepaid Cards: Continued Growth, the latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s Primary Data Service, is based on a sample of 3,002 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Payments survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in June 2019.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in prepaid cards and in particular store cards, general purpose (or open-loop) cards and general purpose reloadable cards. The report explores where consumers buy and redeem prepaid cards, whether the cards are purchased for themselves or as gifts, how the cards are used, source of funds for the cards, and other key aspects of prepaid cards in consumers’ lives.

“Americans are finding more and more uses for prepaid cards in their lives as evidenced by the growth of different prepaid card categories revealed by the survey. Prepaid companies need to focus on the different use cases both for buying and funding as well as redeeming to keep up with the evolving use of these cards. The greatest opportunity is likely to come from how these consumers are using prepaid cards for themselves rather than for gifts,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post Six Stats on the Economy to Consider When Assessing Consumer Data: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Five Key Benefits That Self-Sovereign Identity Brings: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-key-benefits-that-self-sovereign-identity-brings/ Tue, 08 Oct 2019 18:15:56 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81482 Prepaid Rewards Have a Positive Effect on both Employee Recognition and RetentionDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Distributed and Self-Sovereign Identity Solutions: Part 1, Technology Overview Five key benefits that Self-Sovereign […]

The post Five Key Benefits That Self-Sovereign Identity Brings: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Distributed and Self-Sovereign Identity Solutions: Part 1, Technology Overview

Five key benefits that Self-Sovereign Identity brings:

  • Self-Sovereign Identity, conceptually, is a new internet service that delivers a combined identity verification and authentication solution
  • A huge shift from the current model – turning existing validators into a resource for individuals and new validators
  • Benefits include:
    • eliminating the effort of collecting documentation that has already been collected elsewhere
    • Applicants (individuals) deliver only the information they approve validators to receive
    • Establishes a cryptographically secure distributed ledger recording transactions that prevents modification
  • Because the system answers only yes/no questions, there is no need to store personal data in a central repository
  • Self-Sovereign network operates in a fashion similar to the internet: no one owns, everyone has access

About the report

Technological issues driven by the needs of distributed ID (DID) and presumed to be years away should already guide investments in EMV 3D Secure authentication. Both the authentication technology and risk models for EMV 3D Secure should be carefully considered to protect these investments from early obsolescence, the author asserts, according to a new research report by Mercator Advisory Group, Distributed and Self-Sovereign Identity Solutions: Part 1, Technology Overview.

In past reports, Mercator discussed how biometrics would quickly replace passwords and showed the importance of mobile authentication using Fast Identity Online (FIDO). The latest report takes into account new technologies including Secure DNS, distributed IDs, and self-sovereign identity, which is an identity and authentication model currently adopted by IBM, Microsoft, and Mastercard. Part 2, the forthcoming companion report, profiles technology providers in this space.

The new report explains how distributed ID (DID) and self-sovereign identity solutions (SSI) will cause the consolidation of the two platforms that financial institutions implement separately today for identity and authentication. The report indicates that consolidation benefits the consumer by delivering total control over the release of personal information and eliminating the paper chase required to collect validating paper documents and benefits the financial institution by eliminating validation of paper documents and offers the potential to participate in a new revenue generating service.

“The benefits of self-sovereign identity are clear, and major platform providers, including IBM, Microsoft, and Mastercard, have announced adoption of this model, which returns control of identity to the individual,” commented the author of the report, Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “However, the more immediate concerns are that several current identity implementations appear to be in direct contrast to this model, including the Sign In with Apple implementation. In addition, the investments being made today in authentication are likely to be obsolete if these new technologies are not taken into consideration.”

This research report has 20 pages and 4 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include: Accenture, Aetna, Amazon, American Express, Acxiom, Apple, Barclaycard, Desert FCU, EMVCo, Epsilon, Equifax, Experian, Facebook, Fair Isaac, FICO, FIDO Alliance, Finicity, Google, GOV.UK Verify, Harte-Hanks, IBM, InAuth, Intelius, iRespond, LexisNexis, Linux, Mastercard, Microsoft, Nok Nok Labs, NuData, Office of Management and Budget, Oracle, Replicon, SAFE-BioPharma Association, Samsung, TransUnion, USAA, Veridium, Verifiable Organizations Network (VON), Visa, W3C, and Yes.

The post Five Key Benefits That Self-Sovereign Identity Brings: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
23% of Small Businesses Have a Tiered Pricing Transaction Fee Schedule, but They’d Prefer… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/23-of-small-businesses-have-a-tiered-pricing-transaction-fee-schedule-but-theyd-prefer/ Mon, 07 Oct 2019 17:49:29 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81460 tiered pricingSmall businesses often rely on financial services to help them manage their day-to-day operations. These services can be essential for small businesses, but they can also be very expensive. One way that small businesses can reduce their costs is by tiered pricing. Under this type of pricing, businesses are charged different fees based on their […]

The post 23% of Small Businesses Have a Tiered Pricing Transaction Fee Schedule, but They’d Prefer… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Small businesses often rely on financial services to help them manage their day-to-day operations. These services can be essential for small businesses, but they can also be very expensive. One way that small businesses can reduce their costs is by tiered pricing. Under this type of pricing, businesses are charged different fees based on their usage. For example, a small business that uses a financial service once a month may be charged a lower fee than a business that uses the same service multiple times per week.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

23% of small businesses have a tiered pricing transaction fee schedule, but they’d prefer:

  • While 23% have tiered pricing by volume – only 13% of small businesses prefer it
  • The most popular pricing method is flat pricing (eg. 2.75%), used by 37% of market and preferred by 38%
  • 15% of small businesses would prefer ‘all in’ pricing – but only 10% of small businesses use that method
  • Interestingly, 9% of small business owners don’t know their pricing method, and 11% aren’t sure what they’d prefer
  • Two popular small business POS providers, Clover & Square, have fees ranging from 2.3% to 3.5%
  • Clover & Square will also include a flat $0.10 – $0.30 per transaction

About the report

Small businesses suffer from a lack of expertise, financial services, and capital, leading to a failure rate of close to 50% within five years of start-up, according to the U.S. Small Business Administration. However, the market has been difficult for merchant acquirers to serve, due to price sensitivity, high risk, and a high cost of sales. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Square and Clover Delivering Merchant Services Beyond Payment Acceptance examines the success of Square and Clover as examples of a new approach to serving small businesses using marketplaces that provide choice and flexibility while using commodity hardware.

“Instant onboarding is the sizzle, not the steak. While digitized and fast merchant onboarding looks great, small businesses need to understand the fee schedule and the complete range of solutions and apps that directly apply to their specific operational needs and future growth,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services, at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of this report.

This report is 16 pages long and has 5 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report: Android, Apple, Apptizer, Bank of America Merchant Services, Celtic Bank of Utah, Clover, DoorDash, First Data, Fiserv, Intuit, PayPal, Poynt, Sam’s Club, Square, and Walmart.

The post 23% of Small Businesses Have a Tiered Pricing Transaction Fee Schedule, but They’d Prefer… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percentage of Clover’s App Market Are Payments and Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-clovers-app-market-are-payments-and-cards/ Fri, 04 Oct 2019 18:58:01 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81441 What Percentage of Clover's App Market Are Payments and Cards?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Square and Clover Delivering Merchant Services Beyond Payment Acceptance What percentage of Clover’s app market […]

The post What Percentage of Clover’s App Market Are Payments and Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Square and Clover Delivering Merchant Services Beyond Payment Acceptance

What percentage of Clover’s app market are payments & cards?

  • Only 33% of Clovers app market is devoted to payments – which speaks to the range of services:
  • 22% of Clover’s app marketplace is devoted to Work Enhancements, and 16% for Analytics
  • CRM (12%), Accounting (9%), and a host of smaller services comprise the final 29% of services
  • In 2018, Clover processed over $70 billion in annual gross payments, 45% more than 2017
  • In September 2018, Clover shipped its 1 millionth POS device, doubling its output in the previous 2 years
  • Restaurants comprise Clover’s largest single vertical – now including full service dining in addition to QSRs

About the report

Small businesses suffer from a lack of expertise, financial services, and capital, leading to a failure rate of close to 50% within five years of start-up, according to the U.S. Small Business Administration. However, the market has been difficult for merchant acquirers to serve, due to price sensitivity, high risk, and a high cost of sales. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Square and Clover Delivering Merchant Services Beyond Payment Acceptance examines the success of Square and Clover as examples of a new approach to serving small businesses using marketplaces that provide choice and flexibility while using commodity hardware.

“Instant onboarding is the sizzle, not the steak. While digitized and fast merchant onboarding looks great, small businesses need to understand the fee schedule and the complete range of solutions and apps that directly apply to their specific operational needs and future growth,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services, at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of this report.

This report is 16 pages long and has 5 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report: Android, Apple, Apptizer, Bank of America Merchant Services, Celtic Bank of Utah, Clover, DoorDash, First Data, Fiserv, Intuit, PayPal, Poynt, Sam’s Club, Square, and Walmart.

The post What Percentage of Clover’s App Market Are Payments and Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percent of Square’s Payment Transaction Volume Is Large Merchants? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-squares-payment-transaction-volume-is-large-merchants/ Thu, 03 Oct 2019 19:00:28 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81426 Square Shows Strength Going Beyond POS PaymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Square and Clover Delivering Merchant Services Beyond Payment Acceptance What percent of Square’s payment transaction […]

The post What Percent of Square’s Payment Transaction Volume Is Large Merchants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Square and Clover Delivering Merchant Services Beyond Payment Acceptance

What percent of Square’s payment transaction volume is large merchants?

  • In Q4 2018, large merchants (>$125K GPV) accounted for 51% of payment volume for Square
  • That’s up from 43% in Q4 2016 & 47% in Q4 2017. However, Square has not yet turned a profit
  • Square has hundreds of thousands of US sellers as its customers, primarily small and micro businesses (<$125K GPV)
  • Square’s traditional value prop included:
    • fast merchant account acceptance
    • simplified transaction processing
    • fixed transaction fees
  • Square’s current value prop now includes:
    • Payroll: hire, onboard, and pay wages and taxes for employees
  • Square Loyalty & Marketing: CRM tools enable businesses to engage with buyers for purchase behavior and marketing
  • Square Capital: Loans based on POS data, in Q2 2019 Square Capital facilitated 78,000 small business loans @ $528 million

About the report

Small businesses suffer from a lack of expertise, financial services, and capital, leading to a failure rate of close to 50% within five years of start-up, according to the U.S. Small Business Administration. However, the market has been difficult for merchant acquirers to serve, due to price sensitivity, high risk, and a high cost of sales. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Square and Clover Delivering Merchant Services Beyond Payment Acceptance examines the success of Square and Clover as examples of a new approach to serving small businesses using marketplaces that provide choice and flexibility while using commodity hardware.

“Instant onboarding is the sizzle, not the steak. While digitized and fast merchant onboarding looks great, small businesses need to understand the fee schedule and the complete range of solutions and apps that directly apply to their specific operational needs and future growth,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services, at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of this report.

This report is 16 pages long and has 5 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report: Android, Apple, Apptizer, Bank of America Merchant Services, Celtic Bank of Utah, Clover, DoorDash, First Data, Fiserv, Intuit, PayPal, Poynt, Sam’s Club, Square, and Walmart.

The post What Percent of Square’s Payment Transaction Volume Is Large Merchants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Small Businesses Use Two Payment Providers? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-small-businesses-use-two-payment-providers/ Tue, 01 Oct 2019 19:21:35 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81380 The Pros and Cons of Cash Vs. Card — What Your SME Needs to KnowDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Square and Clover Delivering Merchant Services Beyond Payment Acceptance How many small businesses use […]

The post How Many Small Businesses Use Two Payment Providers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Square and Clover Delivering Merchant Services Beyond Payment Acceptance

How many small businesses use two payment providers?

  • 20% of small businesses use two or more payment providers
  • 73% of small businesses use a single payment provider
  • Clover & Square together account for 40% of the small business payments acceptance market
  • Verifone is the single largest POS Terminal brand by market share (36%)
  • In addition to Clover (21% market), First Data’s other models retain 13% of the small business market
  • NCR & Micros each account for 12% of small business payments acceptance
  • Ingenico, Shopkeep, Diebold, & Revel combine for the remainder

About the report

Small businesses suffer from a lack of expertise, financial services, and capital, leading to a failure rate of close to 50% within five years of start-up, according to the U.S. Small Business Administration. However, the market has been difficult for merchant acquirers to serve, due to price sensitivity, high risk, and a high cost of sales. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Square and Clover Delivering Merchant Services Beyond Payment Acceptance examines the success of Square and Clover as examples of a new approach to serving small businesses using marketplaces that provide choice and flexibility while using commodity hardware.

“Instant onboarding is the sizzle, not the steak. While digitized and fast merchant onboarding looks great, small businesses need to understand the fee schedule and the complete range of solutions and apps that directly apply to their specific operational needs and future growth,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services, at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of this report.

This report is 16 pages long and has 5 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report: Android, Apple, Apptizer, Bank of America Merchant Services, Celtic Bank of Utah, Clover, DoorDash, First Data, Fiserv, Intuit, PayPal, Poynt, Sam’s Club, Square, and Walmart.

The post How Many Small Businesses Use Two Payment Providers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Since 2015, There Have Been 5 Major Developments in B2B Faster Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/since-2015-there-have-been-5-major-developments-in-b2b-faster-payments/ Mon, 30 Sep 2019 19:15:02 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81340 Young and Old Small Businesses Often Share Attitudes, but Middle-Aged Ones Don't:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023 Since 2015, there have been 5 […]

The post Since 2015, There Have Been 5 Major Developments in B2B Faster Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Business-to-Business Faster Payments: Market Review and Forecast 2018–2023

Since 2015, there have been 5 major developments in B2B Faster Payments:

  • In 2015, the Fed Reserve’s release of detailed faster payments strategies, followed quickly by:
  • 2016’s addition of Same Day ACH (SDA) credits & then in the same year SDA debit
  • The launch of a Real-Time Payments (RTP) platform by The Clearing House (TCH)
  • The Zelle launch by Early Warning in June of 2017
  • And new card network-based account transfers from Mastercard (Send) and Visa (Direct)
  • Add to the mix the new FedNow initiative with current predictions of a 2023 or 2024 implementation
  • Meanwhile, Real-Time Settlement now carries the ISO 20022 messaging standard – a lot of innovations in a small-time!

 

About the Viewpoint

The pace has increased in the march toward ubiquity. Financial institutions of all sizes should be actively delivering or planning to incorporate one or more of the existing faster payments solutions for clients as business interest rises.

The post Since 2015, There Have Been 5 Major Developments in B2B Faster Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percentage of Small Business Owners Express Concern over Cash Flow? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-small-business-owners-express-concern-over-cash-flow/ Fri, 27 Sep 2019 19:34:48 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81314 Optimizing Cash with Recycling TechnologyDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity. What percentage of small business […]

The post What Percentage of Small Business Owners Express Concern over Cash Flow? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity.

What percentage of small business owners express concern over cash flow?

  • 46% of small business owners express at lease some concern over cash flow
  • The highest proportion, 38%, cite concerns ‘one or two times a year’
  • Only about 7% of small business owners express concerns about cash flow every month
  • Overall, small businesses are optimistic about revenue growth – 73% expect to grow
  • The highest projected growth is for those small businesses with 50-99 employees: 87%
  • Small business owners seem content with their lines of credit. Desire does not outpace availability
  • About one-quarter of small businesses have a loan with an alternative lender
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity, reveals that U.S. small businesses are largely positive about the prospects for the future of their respective firms with regard to revenues, profitability, and employment. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2019.

The survey’s charts show the primary payment methods used by type, and they reveal attitudes toward cash flow and line of credit. The findings include small businesses’ criteria for choosing a new credit card for the business, which differ by size of firm and indicate the average number of cards held per company.

The post What Percentage of Small Business Owners Express Concern over Cash Flow? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
The Most and Least Important Business Card Features for Small Business Owners: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-and-least-important-business-card-features-for-small-business-owners/ Thu, 26 Sep 2019 18:48:44 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81298 corporateDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity. The most & least important […]

The post The Most and Least Important Business Card Features for Small Business Owners: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity.

The most & least important business card features for small business owners:

  • The MOST important feature for small business owners with their business card is good customer service (72%)
  • On the heels of most important – small business owners have little tolerance for annual fees (70%)
  • Bringing up the 3rd and 4th most important features are a generous credit line and low APR
  • The least important feature for a small business credit card is ‘Airport lounge access’ (39%)
  • Offering travel insurance and a travel booking tool are almost equally unimportant – both 42%
  • Cashback rewards are 5th most valued as noted by 63% of small business owners
  • But airline/travel rewards are tied for 2nd LEAST important, mentioned by only 42% of small business owners
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity, reveals that U.S. small businesses are largely positive about the prospects for the future of their respective firms with regard to revenues, profitability, and employment. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2019.

The survey’s charts show the primary payment methods used by type, and they reveal attitudes toward cash flow and line of credit. The findings include small businesses’ criteria for choosing a new credit card for the business, which differ by size of firm and indicate the average number of cards held per company.

 

The post The Most and Least Important Business Card Features for Small Business Owners: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Top 5 Reasons Small Business Owners Use Personal Credit Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-reasons-small-business-owners-use-personal-credit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-reasons-small-business-owners-use-personal-credit-cards/#respond Wed, 25 Sep 2019 18:30:18 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81250 Use Personal Credit Cards:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity. Top 5 reasons small business […]

The post Top 5 Reasons Small Business Owners Use Personal Credit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity.

Top 5 reasons small business owners use personal credit cards:

  • The top reason small business owners use personal credit cards is better rewards (48%)
  • Small business owners also report that using a personal account is easier (45%)
  • Small business owners trust their personal cards, 37% reporting better cardholder protections
  • “The added business reporting and control functions of business cards were not needed” (33%)
  • “Our company was not willing to underwrite cards for employee use” (30%)
  • Small business owners might also be wary of the liability associated wiht business cards, 21%
  • 21% of small business owners were not approved for business credit cards
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity, reveals that U.S. small businesses are largely positive about the prospects for the future of their respective firms with regard to revenues, profitability, and employment. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2019.

The survey’s charts show the primary payment methods used by type, and they reveal attitudes toward cash flow and line of credit. The findings include small businesses’ criteria for choosing a new credit card for the business, which differ by size of firm and indicate the average number of cards held per company.

The post Top 5 Reasons Small Business Owners Use Personal Credit Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/top-5-reasons-small-business-owners-use-personal-credit-cards/feed/ 0
How Many Banking Services Do Small Businesses Use? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-banking-services-do-small-businesses-use/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-banking-services-do-small-businesses-use/#respond Tue, 24 Sep 2019 19:24:58 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81220 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity. How Many Banking Services […]

The post How Many Banking Services Do Small Businesses Use? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report — Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity.

How Many Banking Services Do Small Businesses Use?

  • Over 56% of sbs use over 14 different banking services including vehicle, real estate, and equipment loans – through to business checking
  • The single most predominent payment method for small businesses is business credit card – 52% use this
  • Business checks are still very common, the second most common payment type (42%)
  • Personal credit (22%), debit (18%), and checks (16%) demonstrates sbs comingled finances
  • Of the credit cards used, Visa leads market share with 69%
  • Mastercard (59%), American Express (34%), and Discover (13%) make up the remainder of credit cards used by sbs
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new Insight Summary Report, Payment Cards and B2B Payments: Riding a Wave of Positivity, reveals that U.S. small businesses are largely positive about the prospects for the future of their respective firms with regard to revenues, profitability, and employment. The report is the first of three from Mercator’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s online survey of 2,002 U.S. small businesses fielded in March and April 2019.

The survey’s charts show the primary payment methods used by type, and they reveal attitudes toward cash flow and line of credit. The findings include small businesses’ criteria for choosing a new credit card for the business, which differ by size of firm and indicate the average number of cards held per company.

The post How Many Banking Services Do Small Businesses Use? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-banking-services-do-small-businesses-use/feed/ 0
Self-Sovereign Identity, Zero Trust Security & Decentralized Identifiers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/self-sovereign-identity-zero-trust-security-decentralized-identifiers/ Mon, 23 Sep 2019 19:46:15 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81183 With Behavioral Biometrics Entersekt Automates Convenient & Strong Authentication For BanksDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint– Distributed and Self-Sovereign Identity Solutions: Part 1, Technology Overview Self-Sovereign Identity, Zero Trust Security & […]

The post Self-Sovereign Identity, Zero Trust Security & Decentralized Identifiers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint– Distributed and Self-Sovereign Identity Solutions: Part 1, Technology Overview

Self-Sovereign Identity, Zero Trust Security & Decentralized Identifiers:

  • Self-sovereign identity places individuals in control of their own personal data, its release, and the granularity of its release
  • Zero Trust Security is set to replace firewall security model, and it requires increasing authentication with increased access
  • Decentralized Identifiers eliminate backend integrations by making users share and own their own identity – no central authority
  • Current identification solutions like government-issued SSN numbers, or licenses, intermingle identity and authentication
  • But there are two challenges:  identify who the person is,  then recognize who they are on return (authentication)
  • To help with the authentication challenge, each card network has made significant acquisitions:
    • Mastercard acquired NuData Security
    • Visa implemented Visa ID Intelligence
    • AMEX acquired InAuth
  • The smartphone is quickly becoming the platform for secure authentication using traditional, biometric, and behavioral biometrics

About the report

Technological issues driven by the needs of distributed ID (DID) and presumed to be years away should already guide investments in EMV 3D Secure authentication. Both the authentication technology and risk models for EMV 3D Secure should be carefully considered to protect these investments from early obsolescence, the author asserts, according to a new research report by Mercator Advisory Group, Distributed and Self-Sovereign Identity Solutions: Part 1, Technology Overview.

In past reports, Mercator discussed how biometrics would quickly replace passwords and showed the importance of mobile authentication using Fast Identity Online (FIDO). The latest report takes into account new technologies including Secure DNS, distributed IDs, and self-sovereign identity, which is an identity and authentication model currently adopted by IBM, Microsoft, and Mastercard. Part 2, the forthcoming companion report, profiles technology providers in this space.

The new report explains how distributed ID (DID) and self-sovereign identity solutions (SSI) will cause the consolidation of the two platforms that financial institutions implement separately today for identity and authentication. The report indicates that consolidation benefits the consumer by delivering total control over the release of personal information and eliminating the paper chase required to collect validating paper documents and benefits the financial institution by eliminating validation of paper documents and offers the potential to participate in a new revenue generating service.

“The benefits of self-sovereign identity are clear, and major platform providers, including IBM, Microsoft, and Mastercard, have announced adoption of this model, which returns control of identity to the individual,” commented the author of the report, Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “However, the more immediate concerns are that several current identity implementations appear to be in direct contrast to this model, including the Sign In with Apple implementation. In addition, the investments being made today in authentication are likely to be obsolete if these new technologies are not taken into consideration.”

This research report has 20 pages and 4 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report include: Accenture, Aetna, Amazon, American Express, Acxiom, Apple, Barclaycard, Desert FCU, EMVCo, Epsilon, Equifax, Experian, Facebook, Fair Isaac, FICO, FIDO Alliance, Finicity, Google, GOV.UK Verify, Harte-Hanks, IBM, InAuth, Intelius, iRespond, LexisNexis, Linux, Mastercard, Microsoft, Nok Nok Labs, NuData, Office of Management and Budget, Oracle, Replicon, SAFE-BioPharma Association, Samsung, TransUnion, USAA, Veridium, Verifiable Organizations Network (VON), Visa, W3C, and Yes.

The post Self-Sovereign Identity, Zero Trust Security & Decentralized Identifiers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
3 Key Payroll Card Takeaways Each for Employers & Employees https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-key-payroll-card-takeaways-each-for-employers-employees/ Fri, 20 Sep 2019 18:57:35 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81152 Branch Expands Scheduling Flexibility Platform with General Availability of Pay payroll cardA payroll card is a prepaid debit card that account balances are electronically deposited to by employers. It offers features similar to checking accounts and debit cards, such as the ability to make purchases, withdrawals, and transfers. However, there are some key differences between payroll cards and other types of financial products. For one, it […]

The post 3 Key Payroll Card Takeaways Each for Employers & Employees appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

A payroll card is a prepaid debit card that account balances are electronically deposited to by employers. It offers features similar to checking accounts and debit cards, such as the ability to make purchases, withdrawals, and transfers. However, there are some key differences between payroll cards and other types of financial products. For one, it typically does not offer overdraft protection, meaning that account holders cannot spend more money than they have deposited. In addition, many providers charge fees for things like balance inquiries and customer service support.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint– The Evolution of U.S. Payroll Cards in the 21st Century.

3 key payroll card takeaways each for employers & employees:

  1. For Cardholders (employee): sign up process needs clear disclosure beyond the legalese of terms and conditions
  2. For Cardholders (employee): easy access to information such as account balances so cardholders know their spend
  3. For Cardholders (employee): product features must meet cardholder needs – mobile apps, budgeting features, etc
  1. For Program Designers (employers): managers must be able to explain how the program works in plain language
  2. For Program Designers (employers): managers must act as front line customer support for employee cardholders
  3. For Program Designers (employers): managers must implement ongoing checkpoints to see if the program needs adjustments
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new research report titled The Evolution of U.S. Payroll Cards in the 21st Century provides an analysis of the payroll card market that includes its size and a forecast of its growth, an review of how the payroll product line has evolved, and a discussion of the stakeholders.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies the demographics of payroll card users and explores survey data revealing that they are not as homogenous as they might seem. The report discusses the attributes that consumers desire in a payroll card as well as the attributes employers seek in a payroll card program. The report reviews some of the changes the payroll card market has undergone in the last several years as it evolves to meet the needs of its changing consumer base.

Additionally, the report looks at the ever-changing regulatory environment for payroll cards, which varies by state. While some controls are necessary, payroll programs face compliance risks at both the state and federal level that demand continual awareness of regulatory changes.

“The payroll card is a unique product that can save its users money in a way that makes money for providers, which means that it can help a large number of people, including some of the most financially vulnerable. Persons with incomes exceeding $100,000 also find today’s payroll cards appealing,” commented C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, and author of the report.

This research report has 19 pages and 9 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in the report include: American Express, Careington International, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), Discover, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), Mastercard, PayPerks, and Visa.

The post 3 Key Payroll Card Takeaways Each for Employers & Employees appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Six Key Stats on Wage Advance & On Demand Payroll: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-key-stats-on-wage-advance-on-demand-payroll/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-key-stats-on-wage-advance-on-demand-payroll/#respond Thu, 19 Sep 2019 18:45:04 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81099 Six key stats on Wage Advance & On Demand Payroll:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint– The Evolution of U.S. Payroll Cards in the 21st Century. Six key stats on Wage […]

The post Six Key Stats on Wage Advance & On Demand Payroll: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint– The Evolution of U.S. Payroll Cards in the 21st Century.

Six key stats on Wage Advance & On Demand Payroll:

  • Wage Advance & On Demand Payroll are products which allow employees to access a portion of their wages before payday
  1. The Wage Advance market is new, but growing rapidly with new entrants
  2. For hourly and gig workers, Wage Advance has become a highly desired employee benefit
  3. Opt in fluctuates by industry: food service and retail employees have higher interest for instance
  4. Wage Advance providers are beginning to face scrutiny similar to payday loan providers
  5. If the employer provides the funding and pays the advance fee, its unlikely the firm will run into trouble
  6. On August 6th, New York and 10 other states sent letters to payroll advance companies asking for more info…
About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s new research report titled The Evolution of U.S. Payroll Cards in the 21st Century provides an analysis of the payroll card market that includes its size and a forecast of its growth, an review of how the payroll product line has evolved, and a discussion of the stakeholders.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies the demographics of payroll card users and explores survey data revealing that they are not as homogenous as they might seem. The report discusses the attributes that consumers desire in a payroll card as well as the attributes employers seek in a payroll card program. The report reviews some of the changes the payroll card market has undergone in the last several years as it evolves to meet the needs of its changing consumer base.

Additionally, the report looks at the ever-changing regulatory environment for payroll cards, which varies by state. While some controls are necessary, payroll programs face compliance risks at both the state and federal level that demand continual awareness of regulatory changes.

“The payroll card is a unique product that can save its users money in a way that makes money for providers, which means that it can help a large number of people, including some of the most financially vulnerable. Persons with incomes exceeding $100,000 also find today’s payroll cards appealing,” commented C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, and author of the report.

This research report has 19 pages and 9 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in the report include: American Express, Careington International, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), Discover, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), Mastercard, PayPerks, and Visa.

The post Six Key Stats on Wage Advance & On Demand Payroll: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-key-stats-on-wage-advance-on-demand-payroll/feed/ 0
Payroll Card Users Might Not Be Who You Thought They Were: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/payroll-card-users-might-not-be-who-you-thought-they-were/ Wed, 18 Sep 2019 18:21:23 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81074 Corsair Capital to Acquire MSTS From World Fuel ServicesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – U.S., Canada, and U.K. Prepaid Markets: Similarities and Differences Payroll card users might not be […]

The post Payroll Card Users Might Not Be Who You Thought They Were: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – U.S., Canada, and U.K. Prepaid Markets: Similarities and Differences

Payroll card users might not be who you thought they were:

  • US payroll card users tend to be male 64% v. 36% female
  • 33% of payroll card users are between the age 25-34; 63% 25-44
  • Income for payroll card users is split evenly:
    • 48% > $100,000+
    • 50% < $100,000
  • 39% of payroll card users have a post-graduate degree
  • Over 84% of payroll card users have a checking account over 67% have a savings account
  • Over 63% of payroll card users have a credit card & over 36% pay a mortgage

About the report

The report titled U.S., Canada, and U.K. Prepaid Markets: Similarities and Differences provides a comparison of these markets including market size, taxonomy, regulations, and key players.

Mercator Advisory Group has been covering the U.S. prepaid debit card market since 2004 and created the taxonomy that is used industrywide to categorize and segment the different prepaid debit card types in the market. In 2014, Mercator was asked to provide the same type of analysis for the Canadian market. Every year new data is collected and analyzed using the baseline data and trending to benchmark and forecast market size for five additional years, which helps program managers and processors to anticipate where growth will happen as well as where to expect declines.

Additionally, the report looks at the regulatory environments for prepaid debit cards, which are continually changing especially in Canada and the United Kingdom as regulators learn the nuances of the card market and where risk lies. While some controls are necessary, prepaid programs face risks at both the state/providence and federal level provoking continual compliance concerns.

“The prepaid debit card market is unique in that there are many product offerings under prepaid debit cards that are not widely known under that designation. People are more likely to know them as gift, payroll, incentive, travel, or general purpose reloadable (GPR) cards. Each country has its own set of products that function primarily the same but with major differences in the regulatory requirements. It’s valuable to players in the prepaid market to see how each country is evolving in this space,” C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, and author of the report, commented.

This research report has 21 pages and 15 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in the report include: Bank of Canada, Bank of Montreal, Barclays, Berkeley Payments, Blackhawk, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC), City Services Benefits Card (CSBC), Clydesdale Bank, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), Contis Group, Ltd, Co-operative Bank, Desjardins, Discover, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), Financial Crimes Enforcement (FinCEN), Greendot, HSBC, InComm, Industrial and Commerce Bank of China, KEB Hana Bank of Canada, Laurentian Bank, Lloyds Banking Group (Bank of Scotland, Halifax, and Lloyds), Mastercard, National Bank, National Gift Corporation (NGC), Nationwide, Netspend, North West, Ontario Disability Support Program, PaySafe Group, Peoples Trust Company, Prepaid Financial Services (PFS), PrePay Solutions, PSI-Pay, Ltd, Rapid Payroll, RBC Royal Bank, RBS Group (NatWest, Royal Bank of Scotland, and Ulster Bank), Santander, Scotiabank, TD Canada Trust, Toronto Employment and Social Services (TESS), TSB, UK Gift Card and Voucher Association (UKGCVA), US Bank, Vancity Community Investment Bank, Virgin Money, Visa, Wirecard, and Yorkshire Bank.

The post Payroll Card Users Might Not Be Who You Thought They Were: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
3 Misconceptions about Payroll Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-misconceptions-about-payroll-cards/ Tue, 17 Sep 2019 17:42:59 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81039 About the report The report titled U.S., Canada, and U.K. Prepaid Markets: Similarities and Differences provides a comparison of these markets including market size, taxonomy, regulations, and key players. Mercator Advisory Group has been covering the U.S. prepaid debit card market since 2004 and created the taxonomy that is used industrywide to categorize and segment the different prepaid debit card types in the market. In 2014, Mercator was asked to provide the same type of analysis for the Canadian market. Every year new data is collected and analyzed using the baseline data and trending to benchmark and forecast market size for five additional years, which helps program managers and processors to anticipate where growth will happen as well as where to expect declines. Additionally, the report looks at the regulatory environments for prepaid debit cards, which are continually changing especially in Canada and the United Kingdom as regulators learn the nuances of the card market and where risk lies. While some controls are necessary, prepaid programs face risks at both the state/providence and federal level provoking continual compliance concerns. “The prepaid debit card market is unique in that there are many product offerings under prepaid debit cards that are not widely known under that designation. People are more likely to know them as gift, payroll, incentive, travel, or general purpose reloadable (GPR) cards. Each country has its own set of products that function primarily the same but with major differences in the regulatory requirements. It’s valuable to players in the prepaid market to see how each country is evolving in this space,” C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, and author of the report, commented. This research report has 21 pages and 15 exhibits. Companies and other organizations mentioned in the report include: Bank of Canada, Bank of Montreal, Barclays, Berkeley Payments, Blackhawk, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC), City Services Benefits Card (CSBC), Clydesdale Bank, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), Contis Group, Ltd, Co-operative Bank, Desjardins, Discover, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), Financial Crimes Enforcement (FinCEN), Greendot, HSBC, InComm, Industrial and Commerce Bank of China, KEB Hana Bank of Canada, Laurentian Bank, Lloyds Banking Group (Bank of Scotland, Halifax, and Lloyds), Mastercard, National Bank, National Gift Corporation (NGC), Nationwide, Netspend, North West, Ontario Disability Support Program, PaySafe Group, Peoples Trust Company, Prepaid Financial Services (PFS), PrePay Solutions, PSI-Pay, Ltd, Rapid Payroll, RBC Royal Bank, RBS Group (NatWest, Royal Bank of Scotland, and Ulster Bank), Santander, Scotiabank, TD Canada Trust, Toronto Employment and Social Services (TESS), TSB, UK Gift Card and Voucher Association (UKGCVA), US Bank, Vancity Community Investment Bank, Virgin Money, Visa, Wirecard, and Yorkshire Bank.Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – U.S., Canada, and U.K. Prepaid Markets: Similarities and Differences 3 misconceptions about payroll cards: […]

The post 3 Misconceptions about Payroll Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – U.S., Canada, and U.K. Prepaid Markets: Similarities and Differences

3 misconceptions about payroll cards:

  • The most common misconception about payroll cards is that they’re a ‘last resort’ payment method
  • Today’s payroll card usage is more about personal preference vs. inability to open a checking account
  • Another misconception is that payroll card users are on the lower end of the income scale.
  • A third misconception is that payroll cards are not good for employees:
  • If the employer enables immediate access to employee funds and avoidance of fees
  • Employers save money because electronic deposits are less costly and save labor costs
  • Employees save the high costs of check-cashing fees and money orders

About the report

The report titled U.S., Canada, and U.K. Prepaid Markets: Similarities and Differences provides a comparison of these markets including market size, taxonomy, regulations, and key players.

Mercator Advisory Group has been covering the U.S. prepaid debit card market since 2004 and created the taxonomy that is used industrywide to categorize and segment the different prepaid debit card types in the market. In 2014, Mercator was asked to provide the same type of analysis for the Canadian market. Every year new data is collected and analyzed using the baseline data and trending to benchmark and forecast market size for five additional years, which helps program managers and processors to anticipate where growth will happen as well as where to expect declines.

Additionally, the report looks at the regulatory environments for prepaid debit cards, which are continually changing especially in Canada and the United Kingdom as regulators learn the nuances of the card market and where risk lies. While some controls are necessary, prepaid programs face risks at both the state/providence and federal level provoking continual compliance concerns.

“The prepaid debit card market is unique in that there are many product offerings under prepaid debit cards that are not widely known under that designation. People are more likely to know them as gift, payroll, incentive, travel, or general purpose reloadable (GPR) cards. Each country has its own set of products that function primarily the same but with major differences in the regulatory requirements. It’s valuable to players in the prepaid market to see how each country is evolving in this space,” C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, and author of the report, commented.

This research report has 21 pages and 15 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in the report include: Bank of Canada, Bank of Montreal, Barclays, Berkeley Payments, Blackhawk, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC), City Services Benefits Card (CSBC), Clydesdale Bank, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), Contis Group, Ltd, Co-operative Bank, Desjardins, Discover, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), Financial Crimes Enforcement (FinCEN), Greendot, HSBC, InComm, Industrial and Commerce Bank of China, KEB Hana Bank of Canada, Laurentian Bank, Lloyds Banking Group (Bank of Scotland, Halifax, and Lloyds), Mastercard, National Bank, National Gift Corporation (NGC), Nationwide, Netspend, North West, Ontario Disability Support Program, PaySafe Group, Peoples Trust Company, Prepaid Financial Services (PFS), PrePay Solutions, PSI-Pay, Ltd, Rapid Payroll, RBC Royal Bank, RBS Group (NatWest, Royal Bank of Scotland, and Ulster Bank), Santander, Scotiabank, TD Canada Trust, Toronto Employment and Social Services (TESS), TSB, UK Gift Card and Voucher Association (UKGCVA), US Bank, Vancity Community Investment Bank, Virgin Money, Visa, Wirecard, and Yorkshire Bank.

The post 3 Misconceptions about Payroll Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percentage of the Prepaid Market Are Payroll Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-the-prepaid-market-are-payroll-cards/ Mon, 16 Sep 2019 18:20:30 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81025 What percentage of the Prepaid market are payroll cards?, Oxigen prepaid card SMEsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – U.S., Canada, and U.K. Prepaid Markets: Similarities and Differences What percentage of the Prepaid […]

The post What Percentage of the Prepaid Market Are Payroll Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – U.S., Canada, and U.K. Prepaid Markets: Similarities and Differences

What percentage of the Prepaid market are payroll cards?

  • Payroll cards make up about 12% of the US open-loop prepaid market
  • Payroll is the second largest segment in the US open-loop prepaid market
  • Loads in this segment have a compound annual growth rate of 8%, up to $40.3 billion in 2018
  • By 2021, the prepaid payroll market will reach $50.9 billion
  • US payroll card users skew male (64%)
  • They also skew younger, 63% of users are 25-44
  • Other correlations include married (58%), white and live in the south

About the report

The report titled U.S., Canada, and U.K. Prepaid Markets: Similarities and Differences provides a comparison of these markets including market size, taxonomy, regulations, and key players.

Mercator Advisory Group has been covering the U.S. prepaid debit card market since 2004 and created the taxonomy that is used industrywide to categorize and segment the different prepaid debit card types in the market. In 2014, Mercator was asked to provide the same type of analysis for the Canadian market. Every year new data is collected and analyzed using the baseline data and trending to benchmark and forecast market size for five additional years, which helps program managers and processors to anticipate where growth will happen as well as where to expect declines.

Additionally, the report looks at the regulatory environments for prepaid debit cards, which are continually changing especially in Canada and the United Kingdom as regulators learn the nuances of the card market and where risk lies. While some controls are necessary, prepaid programs face risks at both the state/providence and federal level provoking continual compliance concerns.

“The prepaid debit card market is unique in that there are many product offerings under prepaid debit cards that are not widely known under that designation. People are more likely to know them as gift, payroll, incentive, travel, or general purpose reloadable (GPR) cards. Each country has its own set of products that function primarily the same but with major differences in the regulatory requirements. It’s valuable to players in the prepaid market to see how each country is evolving in this space,” C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, and author of the report, commented.

This research report has 21 pages and 15 exhibits.

Companies and other organizations mentioned in the report include: Bank of Canada, Bank of Montreal, Barclays, Berkeley Payments, Blackhawk, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC), City Services Benefits Card (CSBC), Clydesdale Bank, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), Contis Group, Ltd, Co-operative Bank, Desjardins, Discover, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), Financial Crimes Enforcement (FinCEN), Greendot, HSBC, InComm, Industrial and Commerce Bank of China, KEB Hana Bank of Canada, Laurentian Bank, Lloyds Banking Group (Bank of Scotland, Halifax, and Lloyds), Mastercard, National Bank, National Gift Corporation (NGC), Nationwide, Netspend, North West, Ontario Disability Support Program, PaySafe Group, Peoples Trust Company, Prepaid Financial Services (PFS), PrePay Solutions, PSI-Pay, Ltd, Rapid Payroll, RBC Royal Bank, RBS Group (NatWest, Royal Bank of Scotland, and Ulster Bank), Santander, Scotiabank, TD Canada Trust, Toronto Employment and Social Services (TESS), TSB, UK Gift Card and Voucher Association (UKGCVA), US Bank, Vancity Community Investment Bank, Virgin Money, Visa, Wirecard, and Yorkshire Bank.

The post What Percentage of the Prepaid Market Are Payroll Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
When a Gig Worker Asks for Early Pay, How Much $ Do They Need? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-a-gig-worker-asks-for-early-pay-how-much-do-they-need/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-a-gig-worker-asks-for-early-pay-how-much-do-they-need/#respond Fri, 13 Sep 2019 19:45:14 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=81001 When a Gig Worker Asks for Early Pay, How Much $ Do They Need?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Payments for Work in the U.S. Gig Economy. When a gig worker asks for early […]

The post When a Gig Worker Asks for Early Pay, How Much $ Do They Need? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Payments for Work in the U.S. Gig Economy.

When a gig worker asks for early pay, how much $ do they need?

  • “Early pay” is known alternatively as “pay on demand” and “daily pay”
  • The fee to process this payment is either carried by the digital platform provider or the worker
  • The best case scenario for employer and employee is if the platform provider funds the program and employer pays transaction fees
  • However, multiple alternative schemes exist including employer funded and workers carrying fees
  • Traditional financial institutions have overlooked wages earned in the gig economy
  • Challenger banks have emerged focused on the gig economy for financing loans, credit cards, and merchant services
About the Viewpoint

The gig economy encompasses a growing percentage of the U.S. population and shows no sign of retreating.

From the casual “side hustle” to freelance work that represents a worker’s sole source of income, the gig economy is presenting some interesting challenges and opportunities for banking and payment providers.

The post When a Gig Worker Asks for Early Pay, How Much $ Do They Need? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-a-gig-worker-asks-for-early-pay-how-much-do-they-need/feed/ 0
Estimates of the Gig Economy’s Size Vary, Three Points Are Consistent: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/estimates-of-the-gig-economys-size-vary-three-points-are-consistent/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/estimates-of-the-gig-economys-size-vary-three-points-are-consistent/#respond Thu, 12 Sep 2019 19:30:10 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80969 Gig Economy, instant pay for gig workersDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Payments for Work in the U.S. Gig Economy. Estimates of the gig economy’s size vary, […]

The post Estimates of the Gig Economy’s Size Vary, Three Points Are Consistent: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Payments for Work in the U.S. Gig Economy.

Estimates of the gig economy’s size vary, three points are consistent:

  • The U.S. gig economy consists of tens of millions of workers and continues to grow
  • Most people who perform gig work do so as a supplement to more traditional work
  • Although digital platforms that connect workers and employers are effective, they’re a small part of the market
  • McKinsey Global Institute estimates 27% of U.S. workers (42 million) participate in gig work
  • Upwork estimates that 57 million US workers participate in the gig economy
  • The Gallop organization estimates that 56 million individuals fit the freelance description
  • The U.S. census estimates that 26 million workers are part of the gig economy
About the Viewpoint

The gig economy encompasses a growing percentage of the U.S. population and shows no sign of retreating.

From the casual “side hustle” to freelance work that represents a worker’s sole source of income, the gig economy is presenting some interesting challenges and opportunities for banking and payment providers.

The post Estimates of the Gig Economy’s Size Vary, Three Points Are Consistent: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/estimates-of-the-gig-economys-size-vary-three-points-are-consistent/feed/ 0
The Five Types of Freelance Workers: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-five-types-of-freelance-workers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-five-types-of-freelance-workers/#respond Wed, 11 Sep 2019 19:56:11 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80949 The Five Types of Freelance Workers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Payments for Work in the U.S. Gig Economy. The Five Types of Freelance Workers: Independent […]

The post The Five Types of Freelance Workers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Payments for Work in the U.S. Gig Economy.

The Five Types of Freelance Workers:

  • Independent Contractors, who work on a ‘temporary or suppliamental’ basis, are tied for the largest single category of freelance workers (31%).
  • Diversified Workers, who use a mix of traditional and freelance income, are tied for largest with 31%.
  • Moonlighters make up the the bulk of remainder (26%), who have a primary traditional job plus freelance work.
  • Freelance buisness owners make up a 6% minority who consider themselves both freelancer and business owner.
  • Temp workers also share a 6% minority – with a single employer, client job, or contract.
  • A recent Gallop poll estimates there are 57 million freelance workers in the U.S.
  • According to Gallop, 43% of those workers rely entirely on that type of work, while 57% perform gig work in addition to traditional work.
About the Viewpoint

The gig economy encompasses a growing percentage of the U.S. population and shows no sign of retreating.

From the casual “side hustle” to freelance work that represents a worker’s sole source of income, the gig economy is presenting some interesting challenges and opportunities for banking and payment providers.

The post The Five Types of Freelance Workers: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-five-types-of-freelance-workers/feed/ 0
How Many Gig Economy Workers Are There? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-gig-economy-workers-are-there/ Tue, 10 Sep 2019 19:35:43 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80914 Gig Economy, instant pay for gig workersDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Payments for Work in the U.S. Gig Economy How many Gig Economy workers are […]

The post How Many Gig Economy Workers Are There? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Payments for Work in the U.S. Gig Economy

How many Gig Economy workers are there?

  • According to US Bureau of Labor Statistics, 16.8% of workers are gig workers
  • BLS defines Gig Workers to include both Continent Workers & Workers in Alternative Employment Arrangements
  • However, the BLS misses an important sub-segment: workers with a ‘side hustle’
  • A whole new tax form, the 1099 Nonemployee Compensation form, will likely debut in 2020 to cover gig work
  • The Gallup org. estimates that 36% of the US population, 56 million individuals, do ‘nontraditional work’
  • Of the 56 million gig workers, 29% or 45 million use a gig job as their full-time job
  • Interestingly, the digital platforms commonly associated with gig work (Uber, Lyft, etc) account for only 7%, 11 million, gig workers

About the Viewpoint

The gig economy encompasses a growing percentage of the U.S. population and shows no sign of retreating.

From the casual “side hustle” to freelance work that represents a worker’s sole source of income, the gig economy is presenting some interesting challenges and opportunities for banking and payment providers.

 

The post How Many Gig Economy Workers Are There? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Do You Identify a ‘Tech Forward’ Consumer? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-do-you-identify-a-tech-forward-consumer/ Mon, 09 Sep 2019 18:44:53 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80875 Consumers Demand and Embrace Banking Technology, but Adoption Lags as Security Concerns RemainDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead How do you identify a ‘Tech Forward’ […]

The post How Do You Identify a ‘Tech Forward’ Consumer? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead

How do you identify a ‘Tech Forward’ consumer?

  • Demographically, there are three leading attributes to a tech-forward consumer:
  • Employment status = full time Age = 18-34 Income = >$100,000
  • 20% of consumers are ‘Tech Forward’ 44% of consumers are average 35% of consumers are lagging
  • 9% of tech-forward consumers prefer to use a mobile wallet like Apple Pay
    0% of laggards are willing
  • 7% of tech-forward consumers prefer to use an online service like Paypal
    2% of laggards are willing
  • 63% of Tech Forward consumers research products & services from their phone
  • 55% of Tech Forward consumers buy products & services from their phone

About the Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary report, 2019 Customer Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead, reveals that U.S. consumers shop predominantly offline in physical stores but that mobile phones are an increasingly integral part of the shopping experience. The report is the first of three in the annual Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series, which is part of in Mercator’s Primary Data Service, and presents findings of an online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers conducted in March 2019.

The survey found U.S. consumers currently consider Walmart and Target as providing the best in-store experience. When it comes to the online shopping experience, Amazon tends to dominate consumers’ opinions.

The top attributes consumers said they look for in a retailer are related to quality, availability, payment method, and the security of their data. When they shop in stores, convenience, the ability to physically see the goods, and not having to wait for delivery are the attributes they deem most important. When they shop online, their top ranked attributes are free shipping, the right price, and the freedom of shopping whenever and whenever they want.

The report identifies consumers who fit into three distinct groups based on their personal opinions about technology: Average, “Tech Forward,” and Laggards. Tech Forward consumers are those who are first to use the new technologies and channels to make the shopping experience better.

“U.S. consumers’ expectations of the retail experience are changing. They are using many of the techniques they learned in online shopping in the physical location. The brick-and-mortar establishments need to keep up with the changes and technology and the changes in the way consumers shop,” stated the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in the report include: Amazon, Costco, eBay, Home Depot, Kohls, Macy’s, Target, and Walmart.

The post How Do You Identify a ‘Tech Forward’ Consumer? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Trends in How Consumers Use Phones When Shopping https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-trends-in-how-consumers-use-phones-when-shopping/ Fri, 06 Sep 2019 18:44:47 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80860 Here’s How Blockchain Affects Mobile Payments, Mobile payments in IndiaIn today’s digital age, consumers are increasingly using their mobile phones to do their shopping. With a few clicks, they can browse through countless online retailers and find the best deals on the products they need. This convenience has made mobile shopping one of the most popular trends in recent years. Don’t miss another episode […]

The post 5 Trends in How Consumers Use Phones When Shopping appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s digital age, consumers are increasingly using their mobile phones to do their shopping. With a few clicks, they can browse through countless online retailers and find the best deals on the products they need. This convenience has made mobile shopping one of the most popular trends in recent years.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead

5 trends in how consumers use mobile phones when shopping:

  • Over 50% of consumers aged 18-34 have used a phone to buy products
  • Only 10% of consumers aged 65+ have used a phone to make a purchase
  • Consumers aged 65+ are most likely to shop with mobile phone, then turn to PC to purchase
  • For in-store purchases:
    • 50% use phone to price check
    • 47% use phone to research
    • 43% use phone to check reviews
  • The most dominant barrier to shopping online is the cost of shipping
  • For online-only retailers – 80% of purchases are made on a computer, 20% on mobile

About the Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary report, 2019 Customer Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead, reveals that U.S. consumers shop predominantly offline in physical stores but that mobile phones are an increasingly integral part of the shopping experience. The report is the first of three in the annual Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series, which is part of in Mercator’s Primary Data Service, and presents findings of an online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers conducted in March 2019.

The survey found U.S. consumers currently consider Walmart and Target as providing the best in-store experience. When it comes to the online shopping experience, Amazon tends to dominate consumers’ opinions.

The top attributes consumers said they look for in a retailer are related to quality, availability, payment method, and the security of their data. When they shop in stores, convenience, the ability to physically see the goods, and not having to wait for delivery are the attributes they deem most important. When they shop online, their top ranked attributes are free shipping, the right price, and the freedom of shopping whenever and whenever they want.

The report identifies consumers who fit into three distinct groups based on their personal opinions about technology: Average, “Tech Forward,” and Laggards. Tech Forward consumers are those who are first to use the new technologies and channels to make the shopping experience better.

“U.S. consumers’ expectations of the retail experience are changing. They are using many of the techniques they learned in online shopping in the physical location. The brick-and-mortar establishments need to keep up with the changes and technology and the changes in the way consumers shop,” stated the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in the report include: Amazon, Costco, eBay, Home Depot, Kohls, Macy’s, Target, and Walmart.

The post 5 Trends in How Consumers Use Phones When Shopping appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Leading Attributes for Consumer’s Shopping Preferences https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-leading-attributes-for-consumers-shopping-preferences/ Thu, 05 Sep 2019 19:24:40 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80835 Shopify COVID-19 E-Commerce Shopping, consumer shopping preferencesIn today’s world, there are endless choices when it comes to where and how to shop. Whether it’s online, in-store, or through a catalog, shoppers can find just about anything they’re looking for with the click of a button. However, not all shopping experiences are created equal. What are the leading attributes for consumer’s shopping […]

The post 5 Leading Attributes for Consumer’s Shopping Preferences appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In today’s world, there are endless choices when it comes to where and how to shop. Whether it’s online, in-store, or through a catalog, shoppers can find just about anything they’re looking for with the click of a button. However, not all shopping experiences are created equal. What are the leading attributes for consumer’s shopping preferences?

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead

5 leading attributes for consumer’s shopping preferences

  • In eCommerce, free shipping dominates with 12% ranking as most important and >50% ranking top 5
  • For in-store retail, there is no clear top attribute. Convenience stands out in top 5 ranking
  • The #1 reason for doing business with a company is trust in product quality
  • Predictably, Amazon dominates consumer eCommerce rankings, and Walmart dominates in-store
  • The top attributes consumers look for in a retailer are:  quality, availability, payment method, and security
  • According to US Census data, e-Commerce accounts for a little over 10% of all retail sales
  • Consumers themselves likely over-report their physical store purchases as a proportion of total spend

About the Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary report, 2019 Customer Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead, reveals that U.S. consumers shop predominantly offline in physical stores but that mobile phones are an increasingly integral part of the shopping experience. The report is the first of three in the annual Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series, which is part of in Mercator’s Primary Data Service, and presents findings of an online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers conducted in March 2019.

The survey found U.S. consumers currently consider Walmart and Target as providing the best in-store experience. When it comes to the online shopping experience, Amazon tends to dominate consumers’ opinions.

The top attributes consumers said they look for in a retailer are related to quality, availability, payment method, and the security of their data. When they shop in stores, convenience, the ability to physically see the goods, and not having to wait for delivery are the attributes they deem most important. When they shop online, their top ranked attributes are free shipping, the right price, and the freedom of shopping whenever and whenever they want.

The report identifies consumers who fit into three distinct groups based on their personal opinions about technology: Average, “Tech Forward,” and Laggards. Tech Forward consumers are those who are first to use the new technologies and channels to make the shopping experience better.

“U.S. consumers’ expectations of the retail experience are changing. They are using many of the techniques they learned in online shopping in the physical location. The brick-and-mortar establishments need to keep up with the changes and technology and the changes in the way consumers shop,” stated the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in the report include: Amazon, Costco, eBay, Home Depot, Kohls, Macy’s, Target, and Walmart.

The post 5 Leading Attributes for Consumer’s Shopping Preferences appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Proportion of Consumers Identify as ‘Tech Forward?’ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-proportion-of-consumers-identify-as-tech-forward/ Wed, 04 Sep 2019 18:46:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80787 Data Protection California Credit Card Issuers, banking dataDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead What proportion of consumers identify as ‘Tech […]

The post What Proportion of Consumers Identify as ‘Tech Forward?’ appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead

What proportion of consumers identify as ‘Tech Forward?’

  • 20% of consumers can be identified as tech forward
  • 44% of consumers identify as average for tech adoption
  • 35% of consumers identify as laggards in tech adoption
  • Tech Forward consumers tend to be employed full time, younger, and income >$100K
  • Marital status has no correlation to tech savvy-ness
  • Tech Forward consumers are more likely to use alternative payments, mobile wallets, and conversational interfaces
  • Prepaid card usage is very high in the tech-forward segment of consumers as well

About the Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary report, 2019 Customer Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead, reveals that U.S. consumers shop predominantly offline in physical stores but that mobile phones are an increasingly integral part of the shopping experience. The report is the first of three in the annual Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series, which is part of in Mercator’s Primary Data Service, and presents findings of an online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers conducted in March 2019.

The survey found U.S. consumers currently consider Walmart and Target as providing the best in-store experience. When it comes to the online shopping experience, Amazon tends to dominate consumers’ opinions.

The top attributes consumers said they look for in a retailer are related to quality, availability, payment method, and the security of their data. When they shop in stores, convenience, the ability to physically see the goods, and not having to wait for delivery are the attributes they deem most important. When they shop online, their top ranked attributes are free shipping, the right price, and the freedom of shopping whenever and whenever they want.

The report identifies consumers who fit into three distinct groups based on their personal opinions about technology: Average, “Tech Forward,” and Laggards. Tech Forward consumers are those who are first to use the new technologies and channels to make the shopping experience better.

“U.S. consumers’ expectations of the retail experience are changing. They are using many of the techniques they learned in online shopping in the physical location. The brick-and-mortar establishments need to keep up with the changes and technology and the changes in the way consumers shop,” stated the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in the report include: Amazon, Costco, eBay, Home Depot, Kohls, Macy’s, Target, and Walmart.

The post What Proportion of Consumers Identify as ‘Tech Forward?’ appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Are In-Store ATMs like Prepaid Card Malls? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-are-in-store-atms-like-prepaid-card-malls/ Tue, 03 Sep 2019 18:51:53 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80767 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead How are in-store ATMs like Prepaid […]

The post How Are In-Store ATMs like Prepaid Card Malls? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead

How are in-store ATMs like Prepaid Card Malls?

  • Both in-store ATMs and Prepaid Card Malls boost in-store spend among customers
  • In the past 12 months, 37% of consumers have used an in-store ATM
  • Supermarkets & grocery stores along with Big Box & Mass Merchandisers are the most popular in-store ATMs
  • 34% of in-store ATM users went to the store for the ATM
  • 56% of consumers are ‘very likely’ to spend at the store when using ATM
  • 41% of consumers report they spend more than they’d planned when using in-store ATM
  • 46% of consumers report they visit the store more often when using in-store ATM

 

About the Report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary report, 2019 Customer Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead, reveals that U.S. consumers shop predominantly offline in physical stores but that mobile phones are an increasingly integral part of the shopping experience. The report is the first of three in the annual Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series, which is part of in Mercator’s Primary Data Service, and presents findings of an online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers conducted in March 2019.

The survey found U.S. consumers currently consider Walmart and Target as providing the best in-store experience. When it comes to the online shopping experience, Amazon tends to dominate consumers’ opinions.

The top attributes consumers said they look for in a retailer are related to quality, availability, payment method, and the security of their data. When they shop in stores, convenience, the ability to physically see the goods, and not having to wait for delivery are the attributes they deem most important. When they shop online, their top ranked attributes are free shipping, the right price, and the freedom of shopping whenever and whenever they want.

The report identifies consumers who fit into three distinct groups based on their personal opinions about technology: Average, “Tech Forward,” and Laggards. Tech Forward consumers are those who are first to use the new technologies and channels to make the shopping experience better.

“U.S. consumers’ expectations of the retail experience are changing. They are using many of the techniques they learned in online shopping in the physical location. The brick-and-mortar establishments need to keep up with the changes and technology and the changes in the way consumers shop,” stated the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in the report include: Amazon, Costco, eBay, Home Depot, Kohls, Macy’s, Target, and Walmart.

The post How Are In-Store ATMs like Prepaid Card Malls? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
When Buying from a Display, Where Do Most Consumers Buy Gift Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-buying-from-a-display-where-do-most-consumers-buy-gift-cards/ Fri, 30 Aug 2019 17:37:54 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80735 Wide range of gift card ideas for all types of peopleDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead When buying from a display, where do […]

The post When Buying from a Display, Where Do Most Consumers Buy Gift Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead

When buying from a display, where do most consumers buy gift cards?

  • Supermarkets and Big Box Retailers are the most popular destination to buy a gift card
  • Variety, purchase rewards, and location convenience continue to be the main reasons for buying retailer gift cards
  • 39% of consumers report they’re likely to buy other items when buying gift cards in store
  • 26% of consumers report they spend more than planned on items other than gift cards when buying in store
  • 28% of consumers report they visit the store location more often when buying gift cards in store
  • But electronic gift cards remain the most popular (40%) than retailer (37%)

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary report, 2019 Customer Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead, reveals that U.S. consumers shop predominantly offline in physical stores but that mobile phones are an increasingly integral part of the shopping experience. The report is the first of three in the annual Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series, which is part of in Mercator’s Primary Data Service, and presents findings of an online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers conducted in March 2019.

The survey found U.S. consumers currently consider Walmart and Target as providing the best in-store experience. When it comes to the online shopping experience, Amazon tends to dominate consumers’ opinions.

The top attributes consumers said they look for in a retailer are related to quality, availability, payment method, and the security of their data. When they shop in stores, convenience, the ability to physically see the goods, and not having to wait for delivery are the attributes they deem most important. When they shop online, their top ranked attributes are free shipping, the right price, and the freedom of shopping whenever and whenever they want.

The report identifies consumers who fit into three distinct groups based on their personal opinions about technology: Average, “Tech Forward,” and Laggards. Tech Forward consumers are those who are first to use the new technologies and channels to make the shopping experience better.

“U.S. consumers’ expectations of the retail experience are changing. They are using many of the techniques they learned in online shopping in the physical location. The brick-and-mortar establishments need to keep up with the changes and technology and the changes in the way consumers shop,” stated the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in the report include: Amazon, Costco, eBay, Home Depot, Kohls, Macy’s, Target, and Walmart.

The post When Buying from a Display, Where Do Most Consumers Buy Gift Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Are Consumers Using Voice-Activated Conversational Interfaces More or Less Than Last Year? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-consumers-using-voice-activated-conversational-interfaces-more-or-less-than-last-year/ Thu, 29 Aug 2019 18:50:17 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80705 voice-activated conversational interfacesVoice-activated conversational interfaces, like Amazon’s Alexa and Apple’s Siri, are becoming more and more common. While they are still in their early stages, these voice-activated assistants have the potential to revolutionize the way we interact with technology. Instead of having to remember a set of commands or navigate a complex menu system, you can simply […]

The post Are Consumers Using Voice-Activated Conversational Interfaces More or Less Than Last Year? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Voice-activated conversational interfaces, like Amazon’s Alexa and Apple’s Siri, are becoming more and more common. While they are still in their early stages, these voice-activated assistants have the potential to revolutionize the way we interact with technology. Instead of having to remember a set of commands or navigate a complex menu system, you can simply ask Alexa or Siri to perform a task for you. This natural, humanlike interaction makes it easier and more enjoyable to use voice-activated assistants. In addition, voice-activated assistants can learn and adapt over time, based on your preferences and usage patterns.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead

Are consumers using voice-activated conversational interfaces more or less than last year?

Consumers are using a little less voice-activated this year than last

  • Voice-activated by vehicle, tablet, and smart speaker are each almost identical for 2018 & 2019
  • But 46% of consumers reported using voice-activated by smartphone in 2019, down from 51% in 2018
  • Consumers aged 18-34 use voice-activated far more (70%) than middle-aged (49%) or older consumers (29%)
  • Similar to mobile wallet use, young consumers and high income earners use more voice-activated
  • Conversational interfaces saw a decline in payments related activities in 2019:
  • Fewer consumers bought goods & services, payed household bills, or sent money to friends & family in 2019 than 2018

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary report, 2019 Customer Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead, reveals that U.S. consumers shop predominantly offline in physical stores but that mobile phones are an increasingly integral part of the shopping experience. The report is the first of three in the annual Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series, which is part of in Mercator’s Primary Data Service, and presents findings of an online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers conducted in March 2019.

The survey found U.S. consumers currently consider Walmart and Target as providing the best in-store experience. When it comes to the online shopping experience, Amazon tends to dominate consumers’ opinions.

The top attributes consumers said they look for in a retailer are related to quality, availability, payment method, and the security of their data. When they shop in stores, convenience, the ability to physically see the goods, and not having to wait for delivery are the attributes they deem most important. When they shop online, their top ranked attributes are free shipping, the right price, and the freedom of shopping whenever and whenever they want.

The report identifies consumers who fit into three distinct groups based on their personal opinions about technology: Average, “Tech Forward,” and Laggards. Tech Forward consumers are those who are first to use the new technologies and channels to make the shopping experience better.

“U.S. consumers’ expectations of the retail experience are changing. They are using many of the techniques they learned in online shopping in the physical location. The brick-and-mortar establishments need to keep up with the changes and technology and the changes in the way consumers shop,” stated the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in the report include: Amazon, Costco, eBay, Home Depot, Kohls, Macy’s, Target, and Walmart.

The post Are Consumers Using Voice-Activated Conversational Interfaces More or Less Than Last Year? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Did the Use of Mobile Wallets Increase or Decrease from 2018 to 2019? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/did-the-use-of-mobile-wallets-increase-or-decrease-from-2018-to-2019/ Wed, 28 Aug 2019 19:21:04 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80677 Contactless Credit Card Payments Wallets digital tippingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead Did the use of mobile wallets […]

The post Did the Use of Mobile Wallets Increase or Decrease from 2018 to 2019? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – The Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead

Did the use of mobile wallets increase or decrease from 2018 to 2019?

  • Trick question: consumer adoption of mobile wallets did not change over the last year
  • This is true for both in-store and online wallet use
  • Predictably, young consumers (18-34) and high income earners are most likely to use mobile wallets
  • Younger consumers particularly favor ApplePay (27%) or Store Branded Wallets (34%)
  • Credit remains the most popular consumer payment (61%) followed by cash (55%) and Debit (48%)
  • Most consumers (40%) prefer to enter their card information at checkout as a guest
  • 26% of consumers prefer to use card-on-file and 24% of consumers prefer an online payment service on website

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary report, 2019 Customer Merchant Experience: Offline Shopping Is Not Dead, reveals that U.S. consumers shop predominantly offline in physical stores but that mobile phones are an increasingly integral part of the shopping experience. The report is the first of three in the annual Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series, which is part of in Mercator’s Primary Data Service, and presents findings of an online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers conducted in March 2019.

The survey found U.S. consumers currently consider Walmart and Target as providing the best in-store experience. When it comes to the online shopping experience, Amazon tends to dominate consumers’ opinions.

The top attributes consumers said they look for in a retailer are related to quality, availability, payment method, and the security of their data. When they shop in stores, convenience, the ability to physically see the goods, and not having to wait for delivery are the attributes they deem most important. When they shop online, their top ranked attributes are free shipping, the right price, and the freedom of shopping whenever and whenever they want.

The report identifies consumers who fit into three distinct groups based on their personal opinions about technology: Average, “Tech Forward,” and Laggards. Tech Forward consumers are those who are first to use the new technologies and channels to make the shopping experience better.

“U.S. consumers’ expectations of the retail experience are changing. They are using many of the techniques they learned in online shopping in the physical location. The brick-and-mortar establishments need to keep up with the changes and technology and the changes in the way consumers shop,” stated the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including Customer Merchant Experience Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

Companies mentioned in the report include: Amazon, Costco, eBay, Home Depot, Kohls, Macy’s, Target, and Walmart.

The post Did the Use of Mobile Wallets Increase or Decrease from 2018 to 2019? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Industry and Foreign vs. Domestic Have Big Impact on Receivables: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/industry-and-foreign-vs-domestic-have-big-impact-on-receivables/ Tue, 27 Aug 2019 19:37:52 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80640 b2bDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Receivables Management Is Back on the Radar Industry & foreign vs. domestic have big impact […]

The post Industry and Foreign vs. Domestic Have Big Impact on Receivables: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Receivables Management Is Back on the Radar

Industry & foreign vs. domestic have big impact on receivables:

  • In the US, there’s a 14.6% difference in delinquency between foreign and domestic past due payments
  • In comparison: Brazil has a .9% gap in past due payments collecting domestic vs. international
  • Mercator estimates that paper processing, a continuing issue in the US market, has something to do with it…
  • Similarly, cash conversion cycle (CCC) varies drastically by industry:
  • Between 1997-2017, construction industry’s CCC was 170 days manufacturing: 85 days retail: 56 days
  • For a $4 billion revenue retail company, a 9 day collection period might result in $18 million worth of positive income

About the report

Automating some or all of the activities that encompass corporate accounts receivable has been climbing the priority list as financial professionals increasingly see how digitalization affects the cash cycle.

In a new research report, Receivables Management Is Back on the Radar, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how the age-old problem of efficiently collecting money from buyers and optimizing cash application can improve the bottom line through reduced cost and better cash flow. The growth in digital payments over the past several years is now having a follow-on effect in the handling invoiced payments, causing treasury to consider improving receivables management as well.

“There is a continuing trend for convergence of corporate financial systems and processes, generally referred to as procure-to-pay. Receivables have in the past been considered a specialized operation, not necessarily viewed as generically connected to the other financial management processes,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “This is beginning to change as more companies are recognizing that effective processing of inbound payments also has significant impact on working capital effectiveness. Banks are also getting the message as traditional lockbox services become inadequate to handle the increase of e-payments. Forward-thinking banks and their clients are now taking a closer look at supporting receivables processes with new technology.”

The document is 15 pages long and contains 5 exhibits. 

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include: AFP, Atradius, Bank of America, Basware, Billtrust, CGI, CheckAlt, Citi, CreditPoint, Comdata, Coupa, Dade Systems, Deluxe, FIS, Fiserv, FTNI, High Radius, Invoicely, Mastercard, J.P. Morgan, Microsoft, Nacha, Oracle, PNC, Quickbooks, SAP, Serrala, SmartStream, Tradeshift, Transcentra, Tungsten, U.S. Dataworks, Visa, Wells Fargo, and Zoho.

 

The post Industry and Foreign vs. Domestic Have Big Impact on Receivables: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Four Key Challenges Face Straight through Processing in Receivables: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-key-challenges-face-straight-through-processing-in-receivables/ Mon, 26 Aug 2019 17:31:52 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80611 Four Key Challenges Face Straight through Processing in Receivables:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Receivables Management Is Back on the Radar In receivables, STP means an inbound payment […]

The post Four Key Challenges Face Straight through Processing in Receivables: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Receivables Management Is Back on the Radar

  • In receivables, STP means an inbound payment is processed without manual handling by accounts receivable personnel
  • Only 8% of companies claim they had up to 80% of receivables processed straight through in 2016
  • The same 2016 survey indicates only 40% of companies have “any” level of STP
  • Problems achieving STP have several causes:
  1. Payer remittance separate from the payment
  2. Invalid data in the remittance file
  3. Matching multiple invoices/purchase orders with a single payment
  4. Minimal or no remittance data

About the report

Automating some or all of the activities that encompass corporate accounts receivable has been climbing the priority list as financial professionals increasingly see how digitalization affects the cash cycle.

In a new research report, Receivables Management Is Back on the Radar, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how the age-old problem of efficiently collecting money from buyers and optimizing cash application can improve the bottom line through reduced cost and better cash flow. The growth in digital payments over the past several years is now having a follow-on effect in the handling invoiced payments, causing treasury to consider improving receivables management as well.

“There is a continuing trend for convergence of corporate financial systems and processes, generally referred to as procure-to-pay. Receivables have in the past been considered a specialized operation, not necessarily viewed as generically connected to the other financial management processes,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “This is beginning to change as more companies are recognizing that effective processing of inbound payments also has significant impact on working capital effectiveness. Banks are also getting the message as traditional lockbox services become inadequate to handle the increase of e-payments. Forward-thinking banks and their clients are now taking a closer look at supporting receivables processes with new technology.”

The document is 15 pages long and contains 5 exhibits. 

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include: AFP, Atradius, Bank of America, Basware, Billtrust, CGI, CheckAlt, Citi, CreditPoint, Comdata, Coupa, Dade Systems, Deluxe, FIS, Fiserv, FTNI, High Radius, Invoicely, Mastercard, J.P. Morgan, Microsoft, Nacha, Oracle, PNC, Quickbooks, SAP, Serrala, SmartStream, Tradeshift, Transcentra, Tungsten, U.S. Dataworks, Visa, Wells Fargo, and Zoho.

The post Four Key Challenges Face Straight through Processing in Receivables: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Which Geography Has the Greatest B2B Payments Delinquencies: US, EU or APAC? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-geography-has-the-greatest-b2b-payments-delinquencies-us-eu-or-apac/ Fri, 23 Aug 2019 18:50:10 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80587 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Receivables Management Is Back on the Radar Which geography has the greatest B2B payments […]

The post Which Geography Has the Greatest B2B Payments Delinquencies: US, EU or APAC? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Receivables Management Is Back on the Radar

Which geography has the greatest B2B payments delinquencies: US, EU or APAC?

  • The US ‘leads’ in past-due payments with 52% of domestic and 48% foreign payments past due
  • EU & APAC are more efficient with 41% & 43% domestic payments past due, and 42% & 46% foreign delinquencies
  • Interestingly, the days sales outstanding in the US is the lowest of the three regions.
  • US averages 37 days sales outstanding EU 44 DSO & APAC 40 DSO
  • This suggests that credit terms are more conservative in the US
  • Cash flow concerns are most acute in the US among businesses with between 55-99 employees
  • 66% of businesses with 50-99 employees express concern or extreme concern over cash flow

About the report

Automating some or all of the activities that encompass corporate accounts receivable has been climbing the priority list as financial professionals increasingly see how digitalization affects the cash cycle.

In a new research report, Receivables Management Is Back on the Radar, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how the age-old problem of efficiently collecting money from buyers and optimizing cash application can improve the bottom line through reduced cost and better cash flow. The growth in digital payments over the past several years is now having a follow-on effect in the handling invoiced payments, causing treasury to consider improving receivables management as well.

“There is a continuing trend for convergence of corporate financial systems and processes, generally referred to as procure-to-pay. Receivables have in the past been considered a specialized operation, not necessarily viewed as generically connected to the other financial management processes,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “This is beginning to change as more companies are recognizing that effective processing of inbound payments also has significant impact on working capital effectiveness. Banks are also getting the message as traditional lockbox services become inadequate to handle the increase of e-payments. Forward-thinking banks and their clients are now taking a closer look at supporting receivables processes with new technology.”

The document is 15 pages long and contains 5 exhibits. 

Companies and other organizations mentioned in this report include: AFP, Atradius, Bank of America, Basware, Billtrust, CGI, CheckAlt, Citi, CreditPoint, Comdata, Coupa, Dade Systems, Deluxe, FIS, Fiserv, FTNI, High Radius, Invoicely, Mastercard, J.P. Morgan, Microsoft, Nacha, Oracle, PNC, Quickbooks, SAP, Serrala, SmartStream, Tradeshift, Transcentra, Tungsten, U.S. Dataworks, Visa, Wells Fargo, and Zoho.

The post Which Geography Has the Greatest B2B Payments Delinquencies: US, EU or APAC? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Age Demographic Visits Physical Bank Branches Most Often? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-age-demographic-visits-physical-bank-branches-most-often/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-age-demographic-visits-physical-bank-branches-most-often/#respond Thu, 22 Aug 2019 18:30:00 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80536 What Age Demographic Visits Physical Bank Branches Most Often?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary Financial Institutions Can Help. What age demographic visits physical […]

The post What Age Demographic Visits Physical Bank Branches Most Often? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary Financial Institutions Can Help.

What age demographic visits physical bank branches most often?

  • Among those who visit a bank branch over twice a month – young consumers visit most often!
  • 56% of 18-34 year olds visit their bank branch over twice a month
  • Nearly a half of all consumers (46%) visit a bank branch twice a month
  • One fifth of consumers (21%) visit a bank branch once a week
  • Only 34% of consumers are interested in hearing from their bank about new products based on account activity
  • Email is the most preferred method of communication for new banking products
  • Online chat (1%) or videoconferencing (2%) are not favored ways to hear about new products

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary FIs Have an Opportunity to Help, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, reveals that over 80% of U.S. consumers 18–34 years old would be open to budgeting, saving, and credit monitoring help from their primary financial institution. More specifically, 89% would be interested in talking to their primary FI about setting a household budget to meet their goals, 88% would be interesting in budget monitoring services, 87% would be interested in automatic savings plans to help meet their budgeting needs, and 84% would be open to a conversation about credit monitoring services.

The report is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Banking and Channels survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in November 2018.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in setting household budgets, defining financial goals and services that financial institutions can provide to help their customers reach their goals and build their wealth. It examines the opportunity for financial institutions to offer financial advice and identifies the types of financial advice they currently use, wealth management account relationships, small business owners and the demographics of consumers most interested in budgeting and personal finance in terms of use of personal financial management (PFM) tools, mobile and online banking activities performed, new account opening, and interest in mobile-based personalized services.

“Oftentimes primary financial institutions lose out on the opportunity to help their customers build wealth as those customers look to other financial services to address their personal finance needs. Focusing on the younger customer as they start to build wealth is a great opportunity to attract them before they begin to look elsewhere,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

Companies mentioned in this report include: AceMoney, BankTree, iCash, Intuit Quicken, Microsoft Money, Mint, Moneydance, MoneyLine, Personal Capital, and YouNeedaBudget.

The post What Age Demographic Visits Physical Bank Branches Most Often? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-age-demographic-visits-physical-bank-branches-most-often/feed/ 0
What Percent of Young Consumers (18-34) Use a Monthly Budget? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-young-consumers-18-34-use-a-monthly-budget/ Wed, 21 Aug 2019 18:36:41 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80486 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary Financial Institutions Can Help What percent of young consumers (18-34) […]

The post What Percent of Young Consumers (18-34) Use a Monthly Budget? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary Financial Institutions Can Help

What percent of young consumers (18-34) use a monthly budget?

  • 88% of young consumers, age 18-34, use a monthly budget
  • In comparison: 78% of 35-64 year olds & 64% of 65+ year olds use a monthly budget
  • Across the board young consumers are more interested in personal financial management than other age groups
  • 20% of consumers don’t want to share their goals or info with their primary bank
  • 8% of consumers don’t trust their primary bank to provide sound advice
  • 11% of consumers “wish” their primary bank could provide financial advice
  • A whopping 36% of consumers cite “other reasons” for not discussing financial goals with their primary bank

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary FIs Have an Opportunity to Help, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, reveals that over 80% of U.S. consumers 18–34 years old would be open to budgeting, saving, and credit monitoring help from their primary financial institution. More specifically, 89% would be interested in talking to their primary FI about setting a household budget to meet their goals, 88% would be interesting in budget monitoring services, 87% would be interested in automatic savings plans to help meet their budgeting needs, and 84% would be open to a conversation about credit monitoring services.

The report is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Banking and Channels survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in November 2018.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in setting household budgets, defining financial goals and services that financial institutions can provide to help their customers reach their goals and build their wealth. It examines the opportunity for financial institutions to offer financial advice and identifies the types of financial advice they currently use, wealth management account relationships, small business owners and the demographics of consumers most interested in budgeting and personal finance in terms of use of personal financial management (PFM) tools, mobile and online banking activities performed, new account opening, and interest in mobile-based personalized services.

“Oftentimes primary financial institutions lose out on the opportunity to help their customers build wealth as those customers look to other financial services to address their personal finance needs. Focusing on the younger customer as they start to build wealth is a great opportunity to attract them before they begin to look elsewhere,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

Companies mentioned in this report include: AceMoney, BankTree, iCash, Intuit Quicken, Microsoft Money, Mint, Moneydance, MoneyLine, Personal Capital, and YouNeedaBudget.

The post What Percent of Young Consumers (18-34) Use a Monthly Budget? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percent of US Consumers Have a Wealth Management Account? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-us-consumers-have-a-wealth-management-account/ Tue, 20 Aug 2019 18:31:47 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80430 Twelve Actions to Improve Net Interest Income for Issuers:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary Financial Institutions Can Help What % of US consumers have […]

The post What Percent of US Consumers Have a Wealth Management Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary Financial Institutions Can Help

What % of US consumers have a wealth management account?

  • 32% of consumers report having a wealth management rep. or account
  • 20% of consumers have a wealth management account with their primary bank
  • Only 28% of consumers have discussed their financial goals with their primary bank
  • Interestingly, 40% of 18-34 year olds have discussed their goals with their bank
  • A typical consumer has $66,900 (median) in investable assets
  • Those who earn over $100K have six times more than the median investable assets
  • 78% of consumers keep a monthly budget
    22% to build towards goals
    41% to control spending
    16% to avoid or pay back debt

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary FIs Have an Opportunity to Help, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, reveals that over 80% of U.S. consumers 18–34 years old would be open to budgeting, saving, and credit monitoring help from their primary financial institution. More specifically, 89% would be interested in talking to their primary FI about setting a household budget to meet their goals, 88% would be interesting in budget monitoring services, 87% would be interested in automatic savings plans to help meet their budgeting needs, and 84% would be open to a conversation about credit monitoring services.

The report is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Banking and Channels survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in November 2018.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in setting household budgets, defining financial goals and services that financial institutions can provide to help their customers reach their goals and build their wealth. It examines the opportunity for financial institutions to offer financial advice and identifies the types of financial advice they currently use, wealth management account relationships, small business owners and the demographics of consumers most interested in budgeting and personal finance in terms of use of personal financial management (PFM) tools, mobile and online banking activities performed, new account opening, and interest in mobile-based personalized services.

“Oftentimes primary financial institutions lose out on the opportunity to help their customers build wealth as those customers look to other financial services to address their personal finance needs. Focusing on the younger customer as they start to build wealth is a great opportunity to attract them before they begin to look elsewhere,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

Companies mentioned in this report include: AceMoney, BankTree, iCash, Intuit Quicken, Microsoft Money, Mint, Moneydance, MoneyLine, Personal Capital, and YouNeedaBudget.

The post What Percent of US Consumers Have a Wealth Management Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Whats the Annual Median Revenue of a US Small Business? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-the-annual-median-revenue-of-a-us-small-business/ Mon, 19 Aug 2019 18:58:23 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80380 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary Financial Institutions Can Help What’s the annual median revenue of […]

The post Whats the Annual Median Revenue of a US Small Business? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary Financial Institutions Can Help

What’s the annual median revenue of a US small business?

  • Annual median revenue of a US small business is $78,000
  • 41% of small business owners are between the age of 18-34
  • 36% of small business owners claim to make over $100,000 a year
  • About one in six, 17%, of small business owners claim to have revenues over $500,000
  • Age is not closely correlated to business performance
  • 18-34 yr old owners average $81,300 in revenue 35-64 yr old owners average $76,500 in rev.
  • Household income is highly predictive of small business revenue: household’s earning >$100,000 have an average small business revenue of $368,900

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary FIs Have an Opportunity to Help, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, reveals that over 80% of U.S. consumers 18–34 years old would be open to budgeting, saving, and credit monitoring help from their primary financial institution. More specifically, 89% would be interested in talking to their primary FI about setting a household budget to meet their goals, 88% would be interesting in budget monitoring services, 87% would be interested in automatic savings plans to help meet their budgeting needs, and 84% would be open to a conversation about credit monitoring services.

The report is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Banking and Channels survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in November 2018.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in setting household budgets, defining financial goals and services that financial institutions can provide to help their customers reach their goals and build their wealth. It examines the opportunity for financial institutions to offer financial advice and identifies the types of financial advice they currently use, wealth management account relationships, small business owners and the demographics of consumers most interested in budgeting and personal finance in terms of use of personal financial management (PFM) tools, mobile and online banking activities performed, new account opening, and interest in mobile-based personalized services.

“Oftentimes primary financial institutions lose out on the opportunity to help their customers build wealth as those customers look to other financial services to address their personal finance needs. Focusing on the younger customer as they start to build wealth is a great opportunity to attract them before they begin to look elsewhere,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

Companies mentioned in this report include: AceMoney, BankTree, iCash, Intuit Quicken, Microsoft Money, Mint, Moneydance, MoneyLine, Personal Capital, and YouNeedaBudget.

The post Whats the Annual Median Revenue of a US Small Business? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percentage of Consumer’s Bank with a Credit Union? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percentage-of-consumers-bank-with-a-credit-union/ Fri, 16 Aug 2019 17:30:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80358 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary Financial Institutions Can Help What percentage of consumer’s bank […]

The post What Percentage of Consumer’s Bank with a Credit Union? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary Financial Institutions Can Help

What percentage of consumer’s bank with a Credit Union?

  • 41% of consumers have an account with a credit union
  • But only 18% of consumers consider their credit union their primary financial institution
  • Across all financial institutions, consumers average 5.3 accounts between brokerage firms, mortgage, auto, etc
  • Virtually all US consumers have a checking account (94%), about 75% have a savings account
  • 80% of consumers have a credit card, about 38% investment account, about 35% a mortgage
  • This mix of accounts has been very stable over the last 5 years
  • Essentially though, as consumers become more wealthy – they add more and more financial accounts

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Consumers and Personal Finance: Primary FIs Have an Opportunity to Help, from the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, reveals that over 80% of U.S. consumers 18–34 years old would be open to budgeting, saving, and credit monitoring help from their primary financial institution. More specifically, 89% would be interested in talking to their primary FI about setting a household budget to meet their goals, 88% would be interesting in budget monitoring services, 87% would be interested in automatic savings plans to help meet their budgeting needs, and 84% would be open to a conversation about credit monitoring services.

The report is based on a sample of 3,001 U.S. adults surveyed in the annual online Banking and Channels survey of Mercator’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series, conducted in November 2018.

The study highlights consumers’ use and interest in setting household budgets, defining financial goals and services that financial institutions can provide to help their customers reach their goals and build their wealth. It examines the opportunity for financial institutions to offer financial advice and identifies the types of financial advice they currently use, wealth management account relationships, small business owners and the demographics of consumers most interested in budgeting and personal finance in terms of use of personal financial management (PFM) tools, mobile and online banking activities performed, new account opening, and interest in mobile-based personalized services.

“Oftentimes primary financial institutions lose out on the opportunity to help their customers build wealth as those customers look to other financial services to address their personal finance needs. Focusing on the younger customer as they start to build wealth is a great opportunity to attract them before they begin to look elsewhere,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

Companies mentioned in this report include: AceMoney, BankTree, iCash, Intuit Quicken, Microsoft Money, Mint, Moneydance, MoneyLine, Personal Capital, and YouNeedaBudget.

The post What Percentage of Consumer’s Bank with a Credit Union? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
The Argument for Contactless Cards Is: Faster Payment = Transaction Lift https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-argument-for-contactless-cards-is-faster-payment-transaction-lift/ Thu, 15 Aug 2019 18:32:20 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80327 contactless payment digital walletDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Ready or Not, U.S. Contactless Debit Card Issuance Takes Off. The argument for contactless cards […]

The post The Argument for Contactless Cards Is: Faster Payment = Transaction Lift appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Ready or Not, U.S. Contactless Debit Card Issuance Takes Off.

The argument for contactless cards is: faster payment = transaction lift

  • Major banks are rolling out contactless debit cards – their hope is to steal share from cash
  • US consumers use cash for smaller purchases: typically 14 cash purchases a month
  • Each cash purchase averages $22
  • If the ease of use for contactless debit steals 25% of those cash purchases that would add either $10.63 or $5.45 in annual interchange revenue per cardholder
  • Approximately 60-70% of merchants have enabled contactless terminals
  • Today, contactless cards are only 30-40% more expensive than contact-only cards
About the viewpoint

Several issuers have announced their intentions to issue dual interface cards, ushering in contactless transactions at the point-of sale for debit cardholders.

As cards issued during the migration to EMV chip cards are now being re-issued to accountholders, financial institutions are moving to contactless, even if the acceptance market isn’t quite ready.

The post The Argument for Contactless Cards Is: Faster Payment = Transaction Lift appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Did the EMV Liability Shift Lay the Groundwork for Contactless Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-did-the-emv-liability-shift-lay-the-groundwork-for-contactless-cards/ Wed, 14 Aug 2019 18:39:03 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80285 Hand of woman paying with contactless credit card, NFC technologyDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Ready or Not, U.S. Contactless Debit Card Issuance Takes Off. How did the EMV liability […]

The post How Did the EMV Liability Shift Lay the Groundwork for Contactless Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Ready or Not, U.S. Contactless Debit Card Issuance Takes Off.

How did the EMV liability shift lay the groundwork for contactless cards?

  • In the early 2000s, the card networks tried to seed the market with contactless cards
  • Despite offering free contactless terminals for merchants, the attempt failed
  • There were simply not enough contactless terminals to build a habit for consumers
  • But contactless upgrades came along with billions spent on EMV upgrades
  • The push for mobile payments (think Apple Pay) also helped raise awareness of contactless payment
  • But contactless cards might actually be faster than mobile phone payments
  • So QSRs, grocery, fuel, & convenience stores have widely adopted contactless acceptance
About the viewpoint

Several issuers have announced their intentions to issue dual interface cards, ushering in contactless transactions at the point-of sale for debit cardholders.

As cards issued during the migration to EMV chip cards are now being re-issued to accountholders, financial institutions are moving to contactless, even if the acceptance market isn’t quite ready.

The post How Did the EMV Liability Shift Lay the Groundwork for Contactless Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
There Were 4 Good Reasons Banks Wouldn’t Issue Contactless Debit: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-were-4-good-reasons-banks-wouldnt-issue-contactless-debit/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-were-4-good-reasons-banks-wouldnt-issue-contactless-debit/#respond Tue, 13 Aug 2019 18:00:08 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80268 Contactless PaymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Ready or Not, U.S. Contactless Debit Card Issuance Takes Off. There were 4 good […]

The post There Were 4 Good Reasons Banks Wouldn’t Issue Contactless Debit: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s viewpoint – Ready or Not, U.S. Contactless Debit Card Issuance Takes Off.

There were 4 good reasons banks wouldn’t issue contactless debit:

  1. Not all merchants are currently accepting contactless transactions
  2. Consumers aren’t demanding tap-and-go technology
  3. It’s unlikely consumers would switch banks to get a contactless card
  4. Contactless debit cards are expensive for issuers to produce

But several large banks have announced they’re replacing existing debit cards with dual interface cards, including:

  • Bank of America
  • JP Morgan Chase
  • Wells Fargo

In addition, several others have signaled they will too:

  • Commerce Bank
  • HSBC
  • KeyBank
  • Santander
  • TD
About the viewpoint

Several issuers have announced their intentions to issue dual interface cards, ushering in contactless transactions at the point-of sale for debit cardholders.

As cards issued during the migration to EMV chip cards are now being re-issued to accountholders, financial institutions are moving to contactless, even if the acceptance market isn’t quite ready.

The post There Were 4 Good Reasons Banks Wouldn’t Issue Contactless Debit: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-were-4-good-reasons-banks-wouldnt-issue-contactless-debit/feed/ 0
7 Stats about the Emergence of Online Grocery Fulfillment: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-stats-about-the-emergence-of-online-grocery-fulfillment/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-stats-about-the-emergence-of-online-grocery-fulfillment/#respond Mon, 12 Aug 2019 18:31:20 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80213 Subscription Plans Rolling Up Customers For Online Grocery DeliveryMany grocery shoppers are now turning to the internet to do their grocery shopping. Not only is it convenient, but online grocery shopping can also help you to save time and money. When you order your groceries online, you can choose from a wide selection of items and have them delivered directly to your door. […]

The post 7 Stats about the Emergence of Online Grocery Fulfillment: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Many grocery shoppers are now turning to the internet to do their grocery shopping. Not only is it convenient, but online grocery shopping can also help you to save time and money. When you order your groceries online, you can choose from a wide selection of items and have them delivered directly to your door. In addition, it can help you to compare prices and find the best deals on the items that you need. As more and more people turn to the internet for their grocery needs, online grocery fulfillment is becoming an increasingly important part of the food supply chain.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Online Grocery Shopping Takes Off but Remains a Challenging Channel.

7 Stats about the Emergence of Online Grocery Fulfillment:

  1. Consumer’s prefer home delivery 4 to 1 vs. curbside pickup
  2. The top 7 grocers account for 81% of 2018 online sales, Amazon/Whole Foods leads with 34%
  3. Only 6% of consumers have shopped online for groceries via computer, only 2% via mobile
  4. Total U.S. grocery market is over $700 billion in sales across 38,000 locations
  5. Online grocery sales totaled $23.9 billion in 2018 – only 1.6% of total sales
  6. But $23.9 billion in 2018 sales was a 70% increase over the $14 billion in 2017 sales
  7. Mercator forecasts that U.S. grocery sales will double in the next four years

About the report

Driven by growing consumer e-commerce and advances in grocery order fulfillment, U.S. online grocery sales continue to increase to record levels. National and regional grocery chains are making major investments in technology and delivery resources to address this online sales channel. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, U.S. Online Grocery Shopping Takes Off but Remains a Challenging Channelassesses current industry challenges and opportunities as well as future considerations and implications for the grocery industry.

“Consumers want convenience and immediacy in their everyday shopping routines. Grocers have been late to the online party, but now they are going all out to support customers that prefer online shopping. But grocery order fulfillment is labor intensive and last-mile delivery is expensive, so the online channel will be financially challenging for grocers.” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

This report is 14 pages long and has 4 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report: Ahold Delhaize, Albertsons, Aldi, Amazon.com, BJ’s Wholesale Club, Costco, Food Lion, FreshDirect, Instacart, Giant, Hannaford, H-E-B, Kroger, Lidl, Market Basket, Peapod, Postmates, Publix, Sam’s Club, Shipt, Smart & Final, Stew Leonard’s, Stop & Shop, Target, Trader Joe’s, Walmart, Wegmans, and Whole Foods.

The post 7 Stats about the Emergence of Online Grocery Fulfillment: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-stats-about-the-emergence-of-online-grocery-fulfillment/feed/ 0
4 Opportunities and 4 Challenges Facing the Virtual Grocery Aisle https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-opportunities-and-4-challenges-facing-the-virtual-grocery-aisle/ Fri, 09 Aug 2019 18:36:01 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80193 mobile grocery ordering, virtual grocery shoppingThe pandemic has changed the way we do a lot of things, including the way we shop for groceries. With more people working from home and avoiding crowded places, virtual grocery shopping has become a popular option. There are a few different ways to do it. Some stores have online ordering with curbside pickup, while […]

The post 4 Opportunities and 4 Challenges Facing the Virtual Grocery Aisle appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The pandemic has changed the way we do a lot of things, including the way we shop for groceries. With more people working from home and avoiding crowded places, virtual grocery shopping has become a popular option. There are a few different ways to do it. Some stores have online ordering with curbside pickup, while others offer delivery service. You can also use a grocery delivery service.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Online Grocery Shopping Takes Off but Remains a Challenging Channel

4 Opportunities and 4 Challenges facing virtual grocery shopping:

  • Grocery – the largest retail vertical outside automotive – lags behind e-commerce trends and shoppers online buying behavior
  • Challenges:
    • High costs to investing in technology and fulfillment infrastructure
    • Complex delivery logistics – especially perishables
    • Consumers ingrained habit of in-store shopping
    • Little gain in incremental revenue
  • US e-Commerce sales comprise 14.3% of total retail sales in 2018. Grocery accounts for about 2% of total retail e-commerce
  • But opportunities for online grocery exist, they include:
  • Opportunities:
    • Well-established e-commerce in other verticals
    • Consumer desire for convenience and immediacy
    • Optimized for high-density population areas
    • Partnerships with third-party delivery aggregators

About the report

Driven by growing consumer e-commerce and advances in grocery order fulfillment, U.S. online grocery sales continue to increase to record levels. National and regional grocery chains are making major investments in technology and delivery resources to address this online sales channel. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, U.S. Online Grocery Shopping Takes Off but Remains a Challenging Channelassesses current industry challenges and opportunities as well as future considerations and implications for the grocery industry.

“Consumers want convenience and immediacy in their everyday shopping routines. Grocers have been late to the online party, but now they are going all out to support customers that prefer online shopping. But grocery order fulfillment is labor intensive and last-mile delivery is expensive, so the online channel will be financially challenging for grocers.” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

This report is 14 pages long and has 4 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report: Ahold Delhaize, Albertsons, Aldi, Amazon.com, BJ’s Wholesale Club, Costco, Food Lion, FreshDirect, Instacart, Giant, Hannaford, H-E-B, Kroger, Lidl, Market Basket, Peapod, Postmates, Publix, Sam’s Club, Shipt, Smart & Final, Stew Leonard’s, Stop & Shop, Target, Trader Joe’s, Walmart, Wegmans, and Whole Foods.

The post 4 Opportunities and 4 Challenges Facing the Virtual Grocery Aisle appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Grocery Stores Surprising Competition From… Restaurants? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/grocery-stores-surprising-competition-from-restaurants/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/grocery-stores-surprising-competition-from-restaurants/#respond Thu, 08 Aug 2019 18:53:02 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80161 Grocery Stores Surprising Competition From... Restaurants?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Online Grocery Shopping Takes Off but Remains a Challenging Channel Grocery stores surprising competition […]

The post Grocery Stores Surprising Competition From… Restaurants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Online Grocery Shopping Takes Off but Remains a Challenging Channel

Grocery stores surprising competition from… restaurants?

  • Over half of household meals take place in restaurants as dine-in or takeout
  • Consumers now spend 94% more annually on eating out than they did in 2003
  • In 2016, $800 billion was spent eating out in the US
  • The eat-at-home share has decreased from 54.6% to 49.8%
  • Grocery stores are under pressure from:
    1) Fast Casual and QSRs
    2) New entrants (think Trader Joe’s)
    3) Weak pricing power
    4) Online channels increasing costs
    5) Crowded existing market!

About the report

Driven by growing consumer e-commerce and advances in grocery order fulfillment, U.S. online grocery sales continue to increase to record levels. National and regional grocery chains are making major investments in technology and delivery resources to address this online sales channel. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, U.S. Online Grocery Shopping Takes Off but Remains a Challenging Channelassesses current industry challenges and opportunities as well as future considerations and implications for the grocery industry.

“Consumers want convenience and immediacy in their everyday shopping routines. Grocers have been late to the online party, but now they are going all out to support customers that prefer online shopping. But grocery order fulfillment is labor intensive and last-mile delivery is expensive, so the online channel will be financially challenging for grocers.” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

This report is 14 pages long and has 4 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report: Ahold Delhaize, Albertsons, Aldi, Amazon.com, BJ’s Wholesale Club, Costco, Food Lion, FreshDirect, Instacart, Giant, Hannaford, H-E-B, Kroger, Lidl, Market Basket, Peapod, Postmates, Publix, Sam’s Club, Shipt, Smart & Final, Stew Leonard’s, Stop & Shop, Target, Trader Joe’s, Walmart, Wegmans, and Whole Foods.

The post Grocery Stores Surprising Competition From… Restaurants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/grocery-stores-surprising-competition-from-restaurants/feed/ 0
Profit Margins for Grocery Stores Are Razor Thin, but Not for Private Label Products https://www.paymentsjournal.com/profit-margins-for-grocery-stores-are-razor-thin-but-not-for-private-label-products/ Wed, 07 Aug 2019 18:52:50 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80125 Big Y Grocer Integrates POS Solutions With NCRDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Online Grocery Shopping Takes Off but Remains a Challenging Channel Profit margins for […]

The post Profit Margins for Grocery Stores Are Razor Thin, but Not for Private Label Products appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower-left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Online Grocery Shopping Takes Off but Remains a Challenging Channel

Profit margins for grocery stores are razor thin, but not for private label products

  • Net profit margins for US grocery stores are razor-thin: 1-2%
  • But private label product lines are more profitable, yielding 35% compared to 26% for national brands
  • US consumers average 2.1 grocery trips per week
  • Average US household grocery spending is $109 per week
  • Millennials make the most trips: 2.3 times per week
  • Generation X consumers grocery shop 2.2 times per week
  • Boomers grocery shop the least per week: 1.9 trips on average

About the report

Driven by growing consumer e-commerce and advances in grocery order fulfillment, U.S. online grocery sales continue to increase to record levels. National and regional grocery chains are making major investments in technology and delivery resources to address this online sales channel. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, U.S. Online Grocery Shopping Takes Off but Remains a Challenging Channelassesses current industry challenges and opportunities as well as future considerations and implications for the grocery industry.

“Consumers want convenience and immediacy in their everyday shopping routines. Grocers have been late to the online party, but now they are going all out to support customers that prefer online shopping. But grocery order fulfillment is labor intensive and last-mile delivery is expensive, so the online channel will be financially challenging for grocers.” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of this report.

This report is 14 pages long and has 4 exhibits.

Companies mentioned in this report: Ahold Delhaize, Albertsons, Aldi, Amazon.com, BJ’s Wholesale Club, Costco, Food Lion, FreshDirect, Instacart, Giant, Hannaford, H-E-B, Kroger, Lidl, Market Basket, Peapod, Postmates, Publix, Sam’s Club, Shipt, Smart & Final, Stew Leonard’s, Stop & Shop, Target, Trader Joe’s, Walmart, Wegmans, and Whole Foods.

The post Profit Margins for Grocery Stores Are Razor Thin, but Not for Private Label Products appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
If Fewer Debit Cards Are Being Compromised, Why Are Consumers Using More Credit Online? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/if-fewer-debit-cards-are-being-compromised-why-are-consumers-using-more-credit-online/ Tue, 06 Aug 2019 17:07:21 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80098 On the Road to Being Cashless: The Demand for Online Payments Systems GrowsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review If fewer debit cards are being compromised, […]

The post If Fewer Debit Cards Are Being Compromised, Why Are Consumers Using More Credit Online? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review

If fewer debit cards are being compromised, why are consumers using more credit online?

  • In 2018, only 17% of consumers reported their debit cards lost, stolen, or compromised
  • Compared to 2015 & 2016, where 23% of consumers reported lost, stolen, or compromised debit cards
  • Consumers are shifting their retail sales to digital channels – now 15% of retail
  • But digital debit card transactions aren’t keeping pace – in 2016 & 2017, 38% of consumers preferred credit to 20% debit
  • In 2018, the contrast grew: 42% of consumers prefer credit to 19% debit
  • The fear of fraud compromising checking accounts & the ease of credit dispute resolution are driving factors
  • Conversely, online wallets – which are actually safer than credit or debit – are not seen that way by consumers….

About the Report

Debit cards turned in another year of very solid transaction growth in the U.S., albeit not quite as robust as the previous year, which may be reflective of an underlying weakening of consumer confidence. However, some new trends are likely to have a positive influence on the market, according to the report.

Mercator Advisory Group has released new research on the U.S. debit cards in the 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review. Mercator Advisory Group’s fourth annual review of the market dynamics in the U.S. debit industry focuses on trends and events impacting the industry.

“This report is the fourth annual debit data review compiled by Mercator Advisory Group and new trends continue to influence this very mature payments product,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report. “The most influential events include the anticipated consolidation of EFT debit networks as their large processor owners propose to merge, the beginning of contactless debit card issuance, the growing influence of debit push payments on network transactions and approaches to battle card-not-present fraud.”

This report has 21 pages and 15 exhibits. 

Companies mentioned in this report include: Bank of America, BB&T, Chase Bank, Discover, EMVCo, First Data, Fifth Third Bank, FIS, Fiserv, HSBC, Key Bank, M&T Bank, Mastercard, PayPal, Santander, Shazam, Square, Starbucks, TD Bank, Visa, Wells Fargo Bank, and Worldpay.

The post If Fewer Debit Cards Are Being Compromised, Why Are Consumers Using More Credit Online? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percent of Credit & Debit Transactions Are 3-D Secure V2? and Why? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-credit-debit-transactions-are-3-d-secure-v2-and-why/ Mon, 05 Aug 2019 19:17:58 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=80077 What is EMV 3-D Secure?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review What Percent of Credit & Debit Transactions […]

The post What Percent of Credit & Debit Transactions Are 3-D Secure V2? and Why? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review

What Percent of Credit & Debit Transactions Are 3-D Secure v2? and Why?

  • Less than 1% of credit & debit transactions are 3-D Secure v2
  • Even though CNP fraud and false positives cost billions of dollars in lost sales, merchants have been reluctant to adopt
  • Merchants got burned by heavy cart abandonment with 3-D Secure version 1
  • Merchants have since invested in other risk tools, making 3D Secure a new expense
  • EMV migration was no picnic for merchants either, and 3-D Secure v2 is also from EMVCo
  • 3-D Secure isn’t just a merchant tool – card issuers will have to revamp their fraud tools to incorporate – and not many have

About the Report

Debit cards turned in another year of very solid transaction growth in the U.S., albeit not quite as robust as the previous year, which may be reflective of an underlying weakening of consumer confidence. However, some new trends are likely to have a positive influence on the market, according to the report.

Mercator Advisory Group has released new research on the U.S. debit cards in the 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review. Mercator Advisory Group’s fourth annual review of the market dynamics in the U.S. debit industry focuses on trends and events impacting the industry.

“This report is the fourth annual debit data review compiled by Mercator Advisory Group and new trends continue to influence this very mature payments product,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report. “The most influential events include the anticipated consolidation of EFT debit networks as their large processor owners propose to merge, the beginning of contactless debit card issuance, the growing influence of debit push payments on network transactions and approaches to battle card-not-present fraud.”

This report has 21 pages and 15 exhibits. 

Companies mentioned in this report include: Bank of America, BB&T, Chase Bank, Discover, EMVCo, First Data, Fifth Third Bank, FIS, Fiserv, HSBC, Key Bank, M&T Bank, Mastercard, PayPal, Santander, Shazam, Square, Starbucks, TD Bank, Visa, Wells Fargo Bank, and Worldpay.

The post What Percent of Credit & Debit Transactions Are 3-D Secure V2? and Why? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Which Demographic Is Transacting Less with Credit and Debit Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-demographic-is-transacting-less-with-credit-and-debit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-demographic-is-transacting-less-with-credit-and-debit-cards/#respond Thu, 01 Aug 2019 17:45:38 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79986 Which Demographic Is Transacting Less with Credit and Debit Cards?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review Which demographic is transacting less with […]

The post Which Demographic Is Transacting Less with Credit and Debit Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review

Which demographic is transacting less with credit and debit cards?

  • Much has been written about younger adults and their concerns taking on debt
  • So it would seem counterintuitive that this age group has less-than-average use of debit cards
  • But young adults aren’t turning toward credit…
  • They’re comfortable with alternatives like Paypal, Venmo, and Square Cash
  • The combination of prepaid plus merchant loyalty (think Starbucks) is increasingly popular
  • In general, households earning ~ $50,000 prefer debit
  • While households earning ~ $100,000 use more credit

About the Report

Debit cards turned in another year of very solid transaction growth in the U.S., albeit not quite as robust as the previous year, which may be reflective of an underlying weakening of consumer confidence. However, some new trends are likely to have a positive influence on the market, according to the report.

Mercator Advisory Group has released new research on the U.S. debit cards in the 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review. Mercator Advisory Group’s fourth annual review of the market dynamics in the U.S. debit industry focuses on trends and events impacting the industry.

“This report is the fourth annual debit data review compiled by Mercator Advisory Group and new trends continue to influence this very mature payments product,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report. “The most influential events include the anticipated consolidation of EFT debit networks as their large processor owners propose to merge, the beginning of contactless debit card issuance, the growing influence of debit push payments on network transactions and approaches to battle card-not-present fraud.”

This report has 21 pages and 15 exhibits. 

Companies mentioned in this report include: Bank of America, BB&T, Chase Bank, Discover, EMVCo, First Data, Fifth Third Bank, FIS, Fiserv, HSBC, Key Bank, M&T Bank, Mastercard, PayPal, Santander, Shazam, Square, Starbucks, TD Bank, Visa, Wells Fargo Bank, and Worldpay.

The post Which Demographic Is Transacting Less with Credit and Debit Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-demographic-is-transacting-less-with-credit-and-debit-cards/feed/ 0
Recent Debit Card Policy Changes Are Driving New Consumer Usage Patterns: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/recent-debit-card-policy-changes-are-driving-new-consumer-usage-patterns/ Wed, 31 Jul 2019 19:21:37 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79965 debit cardDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review Recent debit card policy changes are […]

The post Recent Debit Card Policy Changes Are Driving New Consumer Usage Patterns: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review

Recent debit card policy changes are driving new consumer usage patterns:

  • New card network rules allow merchants to skip the consumer signature step at checkout prompting a 9% decline in debit signatures
  • 39% of consumers now report experiencing checkout without using PIN or signature
  • 69% of consumers prefer to use a PIN at checkout, while only 6% prefer no PIN or signature
  • Though merchants are using PINless debit, overall transactions with PIN are increasing faster. PINed transactions are less expensive.
  • Consumer concerns over exposing checking accounts with online and mobile payments has stifled growth
  • The largest change on the horizon for Debit is the advent of contactless and tap-and-go

About the Report

Debit cards turned in another year of very solid transaction growth in the U.S., albeit not quite as robust as the previous year, which may be reflective of an underlying weakening of consumer confidence. However, some new trends are likely to have a positive influence on the market, according to the report.

Mercator Advisory Group has released new research on the U.S. debit cards in the 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review. Mercator Advisory Group’s fourth annual review of the market dynamics in the U.S. debit industry focuses on trends and events impacting the industry.

“This report is the fourth annual debit data review compiled by Mercator Advisory Group and new trends continue to influence this very mature payments product,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report. “The most influential events include the anticipated consolidation of EFT debit networks as their large processor owners propose to merge, the beginning of contactless debit card issuance, the growing influence of debit push payments on network transactions and approaches to battle card-not-present fraud.”

This report has 21 pages and 15 exhibits. 

Companies mentioned in this report include: Bank of America, BB&T, Chase Bank, Discover, EMVCo, First Data, Fifth Third Bank, FIS, Fiserv, HSBC, Key Bank, M&T Bank, Mastercard, PayPal, Santander, Shazam, Square, Starbucks, TD Bank, Visa, Wells Fargo Bank, and Worldpay.

 

The post Recent Debit Card Policy Changes Are Driving New Consumer Usage Patterns: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Which Is Growing Faster: Debit Card Transactions, or Debit Card Transaction Values? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/which-is-growing-faster-debit-card-transactions-or-debit-card-transaction-values/ Tue, 30 Jul 2019 18:50:19 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79949 debitDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review Which is growing faster: debit card […]

The post Which Is Growing Faster: Debit Card Transactions, or Debit Card Transaction Values? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review

  • Which is growing faster: debit card transactions, or debit card transaction values?
  • The growth in debit card transaction values is outpacing the growth in debit card transactions
  • Both have robust growth:

    • Transaction growth: 7.6% (Q1, 2019 vs 2018)
    • Transaction value growth = 10.81% (Q1, 2019 vs. 2018)
  • So debit card’s average transaction value is increasing, but why??
  • The reason: Visa & Mastercard are reporting new types of push payments along with their purchase transactions
  • Debit push payments facilitate the rapidly growing market for person-to-person (P2P) transactions.
  • Business to consumer disbursements are also using the debit networks for insurance payouts, refunds, & rebates.
  • Push payments on average exceed $200, which may be the driver behind increased transaction dollar volumes

About the Report

Debit cards turned in another year of very solid transaction growth in the U.S., albeit not quite as robust as the previous year, which may be reflective of an underlying weakening of consumer confidence. However, some new trends are likely to have a positive influence on the market, according to the report.

Mercator Advisory Group has released new research on the U.S. debit cards in the 2019 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review. Mercator Advisory Group’s fourth annual review of the market dynamics in the U.S. debit industry focuses on trends and events impacting the industry.

“This report is the fourth annual debit data review compiled by Mercator Advisory Group and new trends continue to influence this very mature payments product,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report. “The most influential events include the anticipated consolidation of EFT debit networks as their large processor owners propose to merge, the beginning of contactless debit card issuance, the growing influence of debit push payments on network transactions and approaches to battle card-not-present fraud.”

This report has 21 pages and 15 exhibits. 

Companies mentioned in this report include: Bank of America, BB&T, Chase Bank, Discover, EMVCo, First Data, Fifth Third Bank, FIS, Fiserv, HSBC, Key Bank, M&T Bank, Mastercard, PayPal, Santander, Shazam, Square, Starbucks, TD Bank, Visa, Wells Fargo Bank, and Worldpay.

The post Which Is Growing Faster: Debit Card Transactions, or Debit Card Transaction Values? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Fintechs Are Active in LATAM? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-fintechs-are-active-in-latam/ Mon, 29 Jul 2019 19:04:25 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79909 Alternative Payments Platform Startup AeroPay Raises Seed Round FundingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Cards in Latin America and Caribbean: Financial Inclusion with Risk and Opportunity […]

The post How Many Fintechs Are Active in LATAM? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Cards in Latin America and Caribbean: Financial Inclusion with Risk and Opportunity

How Many Fintechs Are Active in LATAM:

  • A lot! The Inter-American Development Bank estimates there are 1,166 fintech ventures in the market in 2018
  • And that number is rapidly expanding, 66% growth in the number of fintechs from 2017 to 2018
  • Number of start-ups:
    • Brazil: 380
    • Mexico: 273
    • Colombia: 148
    • Argentina: 116
  • Many, like Mercado Libre & PagSeguro enable trade for unbanked consumers, who load funds in a digital account
  • Mercado Libre 2018 revenue: $
    • 1.4 billion
    • 182 million active e-commerce listings
    • 267.4 million registered users
  • PagSeguro 2018 revenue:
    • $1.14 billion BRL
    • 4.4 million active merchants
    • 81.2 million Brazilian visitors
    • 73% of Brazilian internet users

About the report

Latin America is a hotbed of payment fintechs with successful start-ups like Mercado Pago, PagSeguro, and Rappi offering free digital accounts, but will these nonbanks outpace the banking relationship? The analysis presented in Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Cards in Latin America and the Caribbean: Financial Inclusion with Risk and Opportunity, recognizes opportunity but warns that infrastructure can be a limiting factor in this 20-country market.

Readers will understand the challenges that bank card issuers face and how card network revenue has lagged in the market. The report’s author explains how banks and vendors can navigate the changing market.

“Most adults in Latin America have a Mercado Pago or PagSeguro free digital account,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “That does not mean everyone has a bank account, but new payment options make it easy to transact outside of the banking realm. Yet strong domestic and global credit card issuers operate in the market.” He continues: “There is plenty of room for growth, but risk management must contend with high default rates, unacceptable fraud levels, and a credit model that is not designed to let households comfortably revolve consumer credit card debt. Interest rates are sky high to offset operational and fraud risk.”

This research report contains 31 pages and 15 exhibits.

The post How Many Fintechs Are Active in LATAM? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Six Surprising Stats from the Top Six Payments Markets in LATAM https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-surprising-stats-from-the-top-six-payments-markets-in-latam/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-surprising-stats-from-the-top-six-payments-markets-in-latam/#respond Fri, 26 Jul 2019 17:15:29 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79876 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022. Six Surprising Stats from the […]

The post Six Surprising Stats from the Top Six Payments Markets in LATAM appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022.

Six Surprising Stats from the Top Six Payments Markets in LATAM:

  • Brazil: LATAM’s most sophisticated payments market is losing credit card share – projected to only 14% of consumer cardholders by 2023
  • Mexico: Mercator predicts rapid debit card growth in the wake of gov. overhaul: 75% consumer cardholders by 2023
  • Columbia: Promising market for eCommerce, which is set to double in volume from 2015 to 2023
  • Argentina: Characterized by massive 45% inflation, projected to decline to 34% in 2019
  • Chile: World bank cites a decrease in poverty from 26% in 2000 to 8% in 2015
  • Peru: Innovative domestic payments scheme with 50% debit cardholders by 2023

About the report

The report titled 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2022. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. However, the economy, politics, and consumer behavior will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

This report reviews and forecasts load dollar volume for closed-loop segments. This forecast highlights the segments approaching market saturation as well as those that will continue to experience annual growth.

“Prepaid providers should be evaluating their businesses and looking for ways to diversify,” commented C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report. “Opportunities in the prepaid market shift with economic, political, and regulatory changes. New technologies such as the internet of things, connected car, and use of prepaid for transit and tolls may provide growth markets in the years to come.”

The post Six Surprising Stats from the Top Six Payments Markets in LATAM appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-surprising-stats-from-the-top-six-payments-markets-in-latam/feed/ 0
There Are 5 Factors Contributing to Slow Credit Card Growth in LATAM: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-are-5-factors-contributing-to-slow-credit-card-growth-in-latam/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-are-5-factors-contributing-to-slow-credit-card-growth-in-latam/#respond Thu, 25 Jul 2019 19:20:01 +0000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79865 regulation zDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 There Are 5 Factors Contributing […]

The post There Are 5 Factors Contributing to Slow Credit Card Growth in LATAM: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022

There Are 5 Factors Contributing to Slow Credit Card Growth in LATAM:

  1. Local fintechs are forming closed loop payment models which can disintermediate bank card issuers.
  2. Credit infrastructure lags behind developed nations: credit bureaus, scoring, even postal service.
  3. Both interest and non-interest fees are high for retail banking and credit cards.
  4. There is persistent fraud, and soon an increase in riskier card not present transactions.
  5. There is economic weakening with signs of uneven recovery, income disparity, inflation, & political strife.

About the report

The report titled 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2022. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. However, the economy, politics, and consumer behavior will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

This report reviews and forecasts load dollar volume for closed-loop segments. This forecast highlights the segments approaching market saturation as well as those that will continue to experience annual growth.

“Prepaid providers should be evaluating their businesses and looking for ways to diversify,” commented C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report. “Opportunities in the prepaid market shift with economic, political, and regulatory changes. New technologies such as the internet of things, connected car, and use of prepaid for transit and tolls may provide growth markets in the years to come.”

The post There Are 5 Factors Contributing to Slow Credit Card Growth in LATAM: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-are-5-factors-contributing-to-slow-credit-card-growth-in-latam/feed/ 0
Why Does Credit Card Adoption Struggle in LATAM? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/why-does-credit-card-adoption-struggle-in-latam/ Tue, 23 Jul 2019 19:04:00 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79835 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Cards in Latin America and Caribbean: Financial Inclusion with Risk and Opportunity […]

The post Why Does Credit Card Adoption Struggle in LATAM? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Cards in Latin America and Caribbean: Financial Inclusion with Risk and Opportunity

  • The simple explanation is that the interest rates are skyrocketing, up to 270% in Brazil June 2019
  • But the interest rate is driven by the default rate, also very high, often approaching 35%
  • In developed markets with credit bureaus & scoring, normal default rates are 3.5% supporting interest rates between 12-25%
  • Accordingly, only 12% of the LATAM populace carry a credit card and 41% carry a debit card
  • By 2023, Mercator anticipates 23% of LATAM populace to carry credit and 52% a debit card in 2023
  • Factors contributing to low financial inclusion include:
  1. Economies built on informal cash trade
  2. Distrust of banks
  3. Poor access & high bank fees

About the report

Latin America is a hotbed of payment fintechs with successful start-ups like Mercado Pago, PagSeguro, and Rappi offering free digital accounts, but will these nonbanks outpace the banking relationship? The analysis presented in Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Cards in Latin America and the Caribbean: Financial Inclusion with Risk and Opportunity, recognizes opportunity but warns that infrastructure can be a limiting factor in this 20-country market.

Readers will understand the challenges that bank card issuers face and how card network revenue has lagged in the market. The report’s author explains how banks and vendors can navigate the changing market.

“Most adults in Latin America have a Mercado Pago or PagSeguro free digital account,” comments the author of the research report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “That does not mean everyone has a bank account, but new payment options make it easy to transact outside of the banking realm. Yet strong domestic and global credit card issuers operate in the market.” He continues: “There is plenty of room for growth, but risk management must contend with high default rates, unacceptable fraud levels, and a credit model that is not designed to let households comfortably revolve consumer credit card debt. Interest rates are sky high to offset operational and fraud risk.”

This research report contains 31 pages and 15 exhibits.

The post Why Does Credit Card Adoption Struggle in LATAM? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What’s behind Closed-Loop Prepaid’s Rebound in the Digital Content Category? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-behind-closed-loop-prepaids-rebound-in-the-digital-content-category/ Mon, 22 Jul 2019 18:19:53 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79800 Digital Disruption’s Secret Sauce: Human EmpathyDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 For closed-loop prepaid cards in […]

The post What’s behind Closed-Loop Prepaid’s Rebound in the Digital Content Category? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022

  • For closed-loop prepaid cards in digital content, loads fell by 6% in 2016, then another 7% in 2017
  • In dollars, that was a high of $25.8 billion in 2014 down to a low of $21 billion in 2017
  • But loads increased 3% in 2018 and have a projected CAGR of 3% through 2022
  • The rise and fall of this segment corresponds to the switch to subscription billing in gaming, music, and media
  • Individual downloads were replaced by subscription packages. Streaming music alone makes up 47% of all digital revenue
  • However, Mercator predicts that streaming subscriptions are close to saturation with little room for growth
  • Watch for the reemergence of prepaid options offering month-to-month contracts!

About the report

The report titled 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2022. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. However, the economy, politics, and consumer behavior will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

This report reviews and forecasts load dollar volume for closed-loop segments. This forecast highlights the segments approaching market saturation as well as those that will continue to experience annual growth.

“Prepaid providers should be evaluating their businesses and looking for ways to diversify,” commented C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report. “Opportunities in the prepaid market shift with economic, political, and regulatory changes. New technologies such as the internet of things, connected car, and use of prepaid for transit and tolls may provide growth markets in the years to come.”

The post What’s behind Closed-Loop Prepaid’s Rebound in the Digital Content Category? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Factors Are Pushing the Growth in Closed-Loop Campus Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-factors-are-pushing-the-growth-in-closed-loop-campus-cards/ Fri, 19 Jul 2019 18:44:43 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79787 prepaid debit cardDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 More campuses are coming online […]

The post 5 Factors Are Pushing the Growth in Closed-Loop Campus Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022

  1. More campuses are coming online with card adoption – particularly elemtary & secondary schools
  2. Parents & schools want controls over the way students spend money
  3. Regulators are making open-loop campus cards more difficult to attain, hence closed-loop growth
  4. Ever-increasing tuition, room & board, and fees support load growth on cards
  5. New government-issued ‘NextGen Campus Cards’ are being tested for student loan distribution
  • The closed-loop campus card segments grew by 3% in 2018, a $28 billion segment

About the report

The report titled 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2022. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. However, the economy, politics, and consumer behavior will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

This report reviews and forecasts load dollar volume for closed-loop segments. This forecast highlights the segments approaching market saturation as well as those that will continue to experience annual growth.

“Prepaid providers should be evaluating their businesses and looking for ways to diversify,” commented C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report. “Opportunities in the prepaid market shift with economic, political, and regulatory changes. New technologies such as the internet of things, connected car, and use of prepaid for transit and tolls may provide growth markets in the years to come.”

The post 5 Factors Are Pushing the Growth in Closed-Loop Campus Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
3 Factors Indicate Future Growth in Closed-Loop Consumer Incentive Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-factors-indicate-future-growth-in-closed-loop-consumer-incentive-cards/ Thu, 18 Jul 2019 18:25:24 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79748 First Data’s Prepaid Consumer Insights Study Highlights Value of Gift Cards as "Branded Currency” in the U.K.Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 While loads in this […]

The post 3 Factors Indicate Future Growth in Closed-Loop Consumer Incentive Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022

  • While loads in this segment only grew by 2% in 2018, up to $14.2 billion, growth is expected to accelerate
  • By 2022, compound growth in closed-loop consumer incentive cards is expected to be 5%, reaching $17.3 billion
  • Three factors contribute to expanded growth in closed-loop consumer incentive cards, all between retailers and consumers:
  1. Increased appreciation between retailers and consumers for branded currency
  2. Technology improvements can tie incentive cards to rewards programs better
  3. Digital delivery whether SMS, email, or digital wallet has increased the immediacy cards can be delivered

About the report

The report titled 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2022. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. However, the economy, politics, and consumer behavior will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

This report reviews and forecasts load dollar volume for closed-loop segments. This forecast highlights the segments approaching market saturation as well as those that will continue to experience annual growth.

“Prepaid providers should be evaluating their businesses and looking for ways to diversify,” commented C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report. “Opportunities in the prepaid market shift with economic, political, and regulatory changes. New technologies such as the internet of things, connected car, and use of prepaid for transit and tolls may provide growth markets in the years to come.”

The post 3 Factors Indicate Future Growth in Closed-Loop Consumer Incentive Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Regardless of One’s View on Us Heathcare Payments, Most People Agree on 3 Things: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/regardless-of-ones-view-on-us-heathcare-payments-most-people-agree-on-3-things/ Wed, 17 Jul 2019 18:25:46 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79726 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Growing Importance of Healthcare Accounts Healthcare costs are rising Consumers are paying […]

The post Regardless of One’s View on Us Heathcare Payments, Most People Agree on 3 Things: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Growing Importance of Healthcare Accounts

  1. Healthcare costs are rising
  2. Consumers are paying more out of pocket than ever before
  3. The use of Flexible Spending Accounts, Health Savings Accounts, and Health Reimbursement Accounts are expanding
  • Spending on healthcare has reached a staggering $3 trillion and accounts for >18% of US GDP
  • On average, healthcare costs per individual in the US is > $10,000
  • Out of pocket healthcare spending is greater than $330 billion and > 11% of national healthcare expenditure
  • 56% of US workers are covered by health plans offered by their employers. The remainder buy individually or through Medicare & Medicaid
  • Increased health care costs impact small firms more profoundly, almost 20% of small businesses only offer high-deductible health plans

About the report

Healthcare-related expenses are nearing 20% of GDP in the U.S. and the rise in costs show no signs of slowing. The persistent trend has left employers of all sizes to figure out how to offer meaningful healthcare benefits to attract good employees while keeping insurance costs at reasonable levels. The answer for many employers and consumers has be a reliance on healthcare plans with higher deductibles but lower premiums than traditional plans, coupled with a tax-advantaged account that the consumer uses to pay for healthcare-related expenses not covered by their health insurance plan. The dependency on consumer-driven accounts represents an opportunity for issuers and new market entrants that can amass scale and offer efficient, differentiated services, according to Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research, The Growing Importance of Healthcare Accounts.

The increase in healthcare costs and the impact of the Affordable Care Act are the primary drivers leading consumers and employers to embrace healthcare accounts. HRA (Health Reimbursement Accounts (HRAs), Health Savings Accounts (HSAs), and Flexible Spending Accounts (FSAs) have been in use for years, but the influx of new users is profoundly changing the way these accounts are being used. In the past, account users were primarily savers seeking to take advantage of the tax savings these accounts afford since contributions to fund the accounts are not taxed if withdrawals are for expenses permitted by the IRS. In contrast, the new users tend to be heavily reliant on their accounts to pay healthcare expenses and frequently they draw down their balances.

“The new users are active spenders, involved in how their healthcare dollars are spent and looking for the most effective way to use their healthcare account balances. The Affordable Care Act (ACA) is in part responsible for the wave of new users. Survival of the ACA is in question after the presidential election, but the use of healthcare accounts has been considered positive and will likely be front and center as new healthcare policies emerge,” commented Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit Advisory Service, author of the report.

The post Regardless of One’s View on Us Heathcare Payments, Most People Agree on 3 Things: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What’s Driving Volatility in Closed-Loop Prepaid over the Last Decade? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-driving-volatility-in-closed-loop-prepaid-over-the-last-decade/ Tue, 16 Jul 2019 17:50:50 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79705 Prepaid, the Original Fintech SolutionDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 With well almost 15 […]

The post What’s Driving Volatility in Closed-Loop Prepaid over the Last Decade? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022

  • With well almost 15 years of back history, the only thing certain in predicting prepaid is volatility & variance
  • The dual influences of disruptive technology as well as changing regulatory constraints makes prepaid hard to predict
  • Further compounding factors include:

    • Dependence on funding tied to government
    • Fluctuating economy
    • Consumer sentiment
  • Unknowns in the immediate future also disproportionately impact prepaid like:
    • Political agenda uncertainty
    • Interest rate environment
    • Stock market volatility
  • Nonetheless, the closed-loop prepaid market is forecasted for steady though not overly impressive growth of 2% from now through 2022
  • Current closed-loop prepaid loads are estimated at $332 billion and expected to rise to $363 billion in 2022

About the report

The report titled 16th Annual U.S. Closed-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2022 provides an analysis of the growth and development of the prepaid cards industry through 2022. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all closed-loop prepaid card segments.

Mercator Advisory Group’s forecast report identifies key segments that will continue to decline over the next few years as well as those that should see growth. However, the economy, politics, and consumer behavior will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

This report reviews and forecasts load dollar volume for closed-loop segments. This forecast highlights the segments approaching market saturation as well as those that will continue to experience annual growth.

“Prepaid providers should be evaluating their businesses and looking for ways to diversify,” commented C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, the author of the report. “Opportunities in the prepaid market shift with economic, political, and regulatory changes. New technologies such as the internet of things, connected car, and use of prepaid for transit and tolls may provide growth markets in the years to come.”

This document contains 24 pages and 15 exhibits.

The post What’s Driving Volatility in Closed-Loop Prepaid over the Last Decade? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Did the IMF Call a “Significant Disruption” to the Financial Landscape? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-did-the-imf-call-a-significant-disruption-to-the-financial-landscape/ Mon, 15 Jul 2019 18:52:37 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79646 What Did the IMF Call a "Significant Disruption" to the Financial Landscape?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Trends in Global Regulations: Corporate Banking and Payments Significant disruption… is likely to come […]

The post What Did the IMF Call a “Significant Disruption” to the Financial Landscape? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Trends in Global Regulations: Corporate Banking and Payments

  • Significant disruption… is likely to come from the big tech firms who will use their enormous customer bases and deep pockets to offer financial products
  • Other disruptions to financial services include the 2021 phase out of LIBOR, following the 2012 rate manipulations
  • As of April 2019, there were $300 trillion in contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate
  • At least $35 trillion in contract value will not yet have expired by the end of 2021
  • Another disruption to finance markets is the advent of cryptocurrency with 70% of central banks studying the concept
  • But 85% of central banks are not likely to issue a general purpose CBDC in the next 6 years

About the report

The open banking era is upon us, but banking basics still need to be executed as financial institutions weave through the disruption.

Most financial institutions do an exceptional job of managing often overwhelming levels of compliance requirements, and must continually navigate change, especially as new tech presents both challenges and opportunities.

The post What Did the IMF Call a “Significant Disruption” to the Financial Landscape? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percent of Financial Services’ IT Budgets Are Devoted to Regulatory Technology? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-financial-services-it-budgets-are-devoted-to-regulatory-technology/ Fri, 12 Jul 2019 19:00:24 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79590 What Percent of Financial Services' It Budgets Are Devoted to Regulatory Technology?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Trends in Global Regulations: Corporate Banking and Payments As of 2017, the cost of […]

The post What Percent of Financial Services’ IT Budgets Are Devoted to Regulatory Technology? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Trends in Global Regulations: Corporate Banking and Payments

  • As of 2017, the cost of regulatory compliance is equal to 14.3% of IT budgets on average
  • That’s a 30% increase in compliance costs over the last 6 years
  • The regtech market’s compound annual growth rate is 25% through 2023, growing to revenues of $7.2 billion
  • Solution categories in the regtech market include:
    • Data management
    • Reporting
    • AML/KYC
    • Risk management
    • Records management
    • Change management
    • Governance
  • More than $9 billion was invested in regtech firms between 2014 & 2018
  • In 2018 alone, $4.5 billion was invested in reg tech firms
  • The bulk of the regtech investments have been in the AML/KYC space

About the report

The open banking era is upon us, but banking basics still need to be executed as financial institutions weave through the disruption.

Most financial institutions do an exceptional job of managing often overwhelming levels of compliance requirements, and must continually navigate change, especially as new tech presents both challenges and opportunities.

The post What Percent of Financial Services’ IT Budgets Are Devoted to Regulatory Technology? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many “Supervisory Entities” Does the U.S. Finance Industry Have? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-supervisory-entities-does-the-us-finance-industry-have/ Thu, 11 Jul 2019 18:11:34 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79573 How Many "Supervisory Entities" Does the Us Finance Industry Have?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Trends in Global Regulations: Corporate Banking and Payments The U.S. has the most […]

The post How Many “Supervisory Entities” Does the U.S. Finance Industry Have? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Trends in Global Regulations: Corporate Banking and Payments

  • The U.S. has the most complicated financial regulatory structure of any developed nation with 8 national supervisory entities
  • And, since banks can also be state-chartered, there’s another 50 state-level regulators
  • In comparison, the U.K. has 3 primary “lead” regulators including the European Banking Authority mandated by the EU
  • The U.S.’ largest payments regulatory act was the Durban Amendment, placing interchange limits on debit cards for banks with > $10 billion in assets
  • The most impactful regulatory act in the EU is PSD2’s open banking mandate, expected to be in place by year-end 2019
  • Only 30% of financial institutions report that PSD2’s compliance requirements were clear
  • 41% of E.U. financial institutions failed to meet the March 2019 requirement to offer “developer sandboxes”

About the report

The open banking era is upon us, but banking basics still need to be executed as financial institutions weave through the disruption.

Most financial institutions do an exceptional job of managing often overwhelming levels of compliance requirements, and must continually navigate change, especially as new tech presents both challenges and opportunities.

The post How Many “Supervisory Entities” Does the U.S. Finance Industry Have? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percent of Us Vending Machines Accept Cashless Payments? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-us-vending-machines-accept-cashless-payments/ Wed, 10 Jul 2019 18:50:53 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79522 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Intelligent Vending Technology in the U.S.: Reinventing an Industry About half of all US […]

The post What Percent of Us Vending Machines Accept Cashless Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Intelligent Vending Technology in the U.S.: Reinventing an Industry

  • About half of all US vending machines now accept cashless electronic payments
  • For the majority of the last decade, only one-third of all vending machines accepted cashless payment
  • Conversion of cash based machines to cash & electronic drives sales lift between 10% and 35% per machine
  • Low performing machines stand to benefit most from cashless: those with under $2,000 annual sales saw 110% growth over 18 months
  • Vending machine sales are losing out to QSRs and delivery services, but they still have the advantage in two scenarios:
    • Unplanned purchases when time is limited
    • Purchases in restricted areas where delivery is not possible

About the report

Electronic payments moving vending machines out of the gumball era. Roughly half the vending machines in the United States are still cash-based, a commentary on the industry’s slowly modernizing technology. The technology gap extends far beyond payments, however, lagging in user interfaces, machine management, inventory management, merchandising, etc. Exciting technologies and applications are available for vending machines. The question is whether they will be deployed in time to grow the industry or whether some surprising competition will present itself that is better positioned for success.

The post What Percent of Us Vending Machines Accept Cashless Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Following the Vending Machine Crash, Intelligent Vending Is Emerging with These Characteristics: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/following-the-vending-machine-crash-intelligent-vending-is-emerging-with-these-characteristics/ Tue, 09 Jul 2019 19:02:14 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79493 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Intelligent Vending Technology in the U.S.: Reinventing an Industry Still quite small, but 24,000 […]

The post Following the Vending Machine Crash, Intelligent Vending Is Emerging with These Characteristics: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Intelligent Vending Technology in the U.S.: Reinventing an Industry

  • Still quite small, but 24,000 “micro markets” have opened as vending alternatives in controlled nonpublic locations
  • Estimated sales for micro markets were $3.3 billion in 2017, typically processed with cashless POS
  • Nonfood intelligent vending is high visibility – ie. airports – but minor sales volume <$1 billion
  • The following characteristics are hallmarks of the nascent intelligent vending market:
    • Acceptance of card payments & universal wallets (Apple Pay, Samsung Pay, etc)
    • The use of touchscreen interface (preferably large format)
    • True intelligence: a PC-based processor and online/cellular connectivity

About the report

Electronic payments moving vending machines out of the gumball era. Roughly half the vending machines in the United States are still cash-based, a commentary on the industry’s slowly modernizing technology. The technology gap extends far beyond payments, however, lagging in user interfaces, machine management, inventory management, merchandising, etc. Exciting technologies and applications are available for vending machines. The question is whether they will be deployed in time to grow the industry or whether some surprising competition will present itself that is better positioned for success.

 

The post Following the Vending Machine Crash, Intelligent Vending Is Emerging with These Characteristics: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
In 2016, There Were an Estimated 3.5 Million Us Vending Machines, 2017 Saw a Shocking Decline: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-2016-there-were-an-estimated-3-5-million-us-vending-machines-2017-saw-a-shocking-decline/ Mon, 08 Jul 2019 18:39:10 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79472 In 2016, there were an estimated 3.5 million US vending machines, 2017 saw a shocking decline:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Intelligent Vending Technology in the U.S.: Reinventing an Industry By 2017, there were […]

The post In 2016, There Were an Estimated 3.5 Million Us Vending Machines, 2017 Saw a Shocking Decline: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Intelligent Vending Technology in the U.S.: Reinventing an Industry

  • By 2017, there were roughly 2.1 million vending machines; a decline of 1.4 million in a year!
  • Total estimated revenues range from $12 billion to $17 billion, averaging $14.6 billion in 2017
  • Other industry observers are more pessimistic and suggest revenues are as low as $7 billion
  • Vending machine density is estimated as 1 per every 160 people in the US
  • In Japan, where vending machines are more popular, its 1 per every 23 people
  • US machines are located mostly in manufacturing facilities (26%), offices (15%), universities (11%), hospitals (8%), and schools (8%)

About the report

Electronic payments moving vending machines out of the gumball era. Roughly half the vending machines in the United States are still cash-based, a commentary on the industry’s slowly modernizing technology. The technology gap extends far beyond payments, however, lagging in user interfaces, machine management, inventory management, merchandising, etc. Exciting technologies and applications are available for vending machines. The question is whether they will be deployed in time to grow the industry or whether some surprising competition will present itself that is better positioned for success.

The post In 2016, There Were an Estimated 3.5 Million Us Vending Machines, 2017 Saw a Shocking Decline: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Important Data Points about International Commercial Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-important-data-points-about-international-commercial-cards/ Fri, 05 Jul 2019 18:47:44 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79455 How Payments Are Progressing on a Global StageDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – International Commercial Cards: Market Review and Forecast, 2018–2023 Commercial card spend for Europe, […]

The post 5 Important Data Points about International Commercial Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – International Commercial Cards: Market Review and Forecast, 2018–2023

  • Commercial card spend for Europe, Asia, LATM, Middle East & Africa regions reached $342 billion in 2018
  • Combined spending growth was about 10% across all products in these regions
  • Virtual card spend represented almost 6% of total volume
  • Virtual card spend in these geographies increased roughly 30% from last year
  • Combined spend expectations through 2023 are for a CAGR of 11%
  • Asia-Pacific region leads in mobile B2B payments driven by massive adoption in China, Thailand, & Australia

About the report

Companies across the globe seek more efficiencies and value from card schemes through process control, analytical data access, spending discipline, and easier staff experiences. The growth outlook across all reviewed regions remains strong, but the movement into massive business-to-business (B2B) payables flows in multiple vertical industries is where larger opportunities exist.

In a new research report, International Commercial Cards: Market Review and Forecast, 2018–2023, Mercator Advisory Group reviews regional trends and card growth through 2023 for mid- to large-market segments in Western Europe, Asia-Pacific, Latin America, and for the first time, Middle East/Africa.

“The outlook for noncash spending remains generally robust, especially across the indicated regions. But while commercial payments is estimated to be in the range of $100 trillion (USD) combined annually in these regions, commercial card share of the payment flows is less than 1 percent,” commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “Even though growth has been steady and relatively strong, the movement into business-to-business (B2B) payables flows outside of the travel industry has been limited. Headwinds in the form of regulations remain a hurdle, as do longer-term potential threats from new payment schemes, but the general outlook for commercial cards is strong through the next five years, with opportunity available through broader penetration of the payables book.”

The post 5 Important Data Points about International Commercial Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Big Is the Payments Market for Health Care Related Services? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-big-is-the-payments-market-for-health-care-related-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-big-is-the-payments-market-for-health-care-related-services/#respond Wed, 03 Jul 2019 18:45:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79445 The Future of Healthcare: What Will 2021 Bring?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Growing Importance of Healthcare Accounts. How Big Is the Payments Market for […]

The post How Big Is the Payments Market for Health Care Related Services? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Growing Importance of Healthcare Accounts.

How Big Is the Payments Market for Health Care Related Services?

  • Its massive: nearly $3 trillion dollars annually.
  • Payments for health care related services is almost 18% of the U.S. GDP each year.
  • Over 62% of U.S. employers have moved to high deductible health plans — making health care payments a B2C business.
  • Over 20% of credit reports in the U.S. have some form of medical debt.
  • Its estimated over 43 million Americans have an account in collection through NCRA.
  • Among consumers with medical debt, over 22% have ONLY medical expenses.
  • A likely factor: consumers’ misunderstanding what they owe—medical expenses are mailed, often from multiple providers.

About the report

New Mercator Advisory Group research explores the growth of healthcare accounts as U.S. consumers seek to bridge the gap between expenses and what health insurance covers.

Healthcare-related expenses are nearing 20% of GDP in the U.S. and the rise in costs show no signs of slowing. The persistent trend has left employers of all sizes to figure out how to offer meaningful healthcare benefits to attract good employees while keeping insurance costs at reasonable levels. The answer for many employers and consumers has be a reliance on healthcare plans with higher deductibles but lower premiums than traditional plans, coupled with a tax-advantaged account that the consumer uses to pay for healthcare-related expenses not covered by their health insurance plan. The dependency on consumer-driven accounts represents an opportunity for issuers and new market entrants that can amass scale and offer efficient, differentiated services, according to Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research, The Growing Importance of Healthcare Accounts.

The post How Big Is the Payments Market for Health Care Related Services? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-big-is-the-payments-market-for-health-care-related-services/feed/ 0
How Many Bank Accounts Do Consumers Have? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-bank-accounts-do-consumers-have/ Tue, 02 Jul 2019 19:04:19 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79406 bank accountDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore. On average, consumers own 5.3 […]

The post How Many Bank Accounts Do Consumers Have? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore.

  • On average, consumers own 5.3 accounts across all types of financial institutions
  • Inertia is the leading driver for selecting a primary financial institution, cited by 58%
  • Other reasons for selecting a primary bank include:

    • “I feel most comfortable” (49%)
    • “My credit card is issued here” (26%)
    • “My investments are held here” (14%)
  • The bank’s branch/teller remains the most popular contact method, 23%
  • Consumers are largely satisfied with the various types of bank contacts, on average 84% satisfaction score
  • BUT, only one in three consumers are interested in hearing about new products from their primary bank

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore, reveals that U.S. customers are increasingly relying on ATMs to fulfill their banking needs. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The post How Many Bank Accounts Do Consumers Have? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
There’s a Huge Age Gap in ATM Use: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/theres-a-huge-age-gap-in-atm-use/ Mon, 01 Jul 2019 18:00:42 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79359 ATMsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore. Nearly one-third (31%) of US […]

The post There’s a Huge Age Gap in ATM Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore.

  • Nearly one-third (31%) of US adults age 65+ “never” use an ATM to withdraw cash
  • Only 4% of 18-34 year olds report they “never” use an ATM to withdraw cash
  • Same goes for other ATM activities like depositing cash/checks, checking balances, etc
  • Over half (54%) of US adults age 65+ “never” use an ATM for activities beyond cash withdrawal
  • Only 16% of 18-34 year olds report they “never” use other ATM activities beyond withdrawal
  • Besides age, the other big demographic indicator for heavy ATM use is employment:
  • 58% of heavy ATM users are employed full time

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore, reveals that U.S. customers are increasingly relying on ATMs to fulfill their banking needs. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The post There’s a Huge Age Gap in ATM Use: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Has Consumers’ Use of Cash Increased or Decreased over the Last 12 Months? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/has-consumers-use-of-cash-increased-or-decreased-over-the-last-12-months/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/has-consumers-use-of-cash-increased-or-decreased-over-the-last-12-months/#respond Fri, 28 Jun 2019 19:08:17 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79347 Consumers Cash ATM c-storesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore. Has consumers’ use of cash […]

The post Has Consumers’ Use of Cash Increased or Decreased over the Last 12 Months? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore.

  • Has consumers’ use of cash increased or decreased over the past 12 months?
  • Trick Question! Over the last 12 months:
    • 15% of consumers report using more cash
    • 15% of consumers report using less cash
    • 70% of consumers report ‘stayed the same’
  • Check use has declined slightly:
    • 9% report more check
    • 22% report less checks
    • 69% report the same level
  • Consumers who withdraw cash at an ATM do so an average of 43 times a year.
  • Consumers performed other ATM activity (beside withdrawal) 36 times a year.
  • Light ATM users are much less likely to use an in-store ATM (26%) than heavy ATM users (42%).
  • Young consumers (age 18-34) are more likely to use in-store ATMs (41%) than 35-64 year olds (27%) or older consumers (18%).
About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore, reveals that U.S. customers are increasingly relying on ATMs to fulfill their banking needs. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The post Has Consumers’ Use of Cash Increased or Decreased over the Last 12 Months? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/has-consumers-use-of-cash-increased-or-decreased-over-the-last-12-months/feed/ 0
3 Types of Debit Rewards, and the Financial Institutions That Use Them: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-types-of-debit-rewards-and-the-financial-institutions-that-use-them/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-types-of-debit-rewards-and-the-financial-institutions-that-use-them/#respond Thu, 27 Jun 2019 19:12:03 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79317 Cash Back Is Still the Dominant Reward Program, but Others Are Gaining PopularityDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Debit Rewards: Taking a Focused Approach. 3 Types of Debit […]

The post 3 Types of Debit Rewards, and the Financial Institutions That Use Them: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Debit Rewards: Taking a Focused Approach.

3 Types of Debit Rewards, and the Financial Institutions That Use Them:

  • Cash Back: available as a flat rate or a per transaction basis. Advantages in simplicity; but can be the most expensive rewards for banks.
  • Points Programs: mimics credit card programs, except the earn is cheaper and the burn is more costly for consumers.
  • Merchant Offers/Discounts: A growing category—directs consumers online to offers, then tracks and deposits a discount to consumers’ checking accounts after purchase.
  • A universal feature of debit rewards programs is the use of digital platforms for communication & delivery. Good digital UI is key to successful rewards program.
  • Large Banks & Credit Unions: these have the broadest range of programs—points, discounts, merchant-funded, and co-brand cards.
  • Smaller Banks & Credit Unions: cash back is more prevalent with banks with under $10 billion in assets where interchange fund rewards.
  • Digital “Challenger” Banks: these use prepaid cards and debit card synonymously, as the two are indistinguishable in functionality.
About this report

Rewards offered with traditional debit cards are still available from large and small financial institutions but are on the decline as debit card issuers look to cut costs in the face of ever smaller product margins. Forty percent of U.S. consumers surveyed by Mercator Advisory Group indicate that they are receiving rewards with their debit card today.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Debit Card Rewards: Taking a Focused Approach, discusses new competition faced by debit card issuers and suggests how then can keep their programs motivating yet cost-effective.

The post 3 Types of Debit Rewards, and the Financial Institutions That Use Them: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-types-of-debit-rewards-and-the-financial-institutions-that-use-them/feed/ 0
Debit Card Rewards Are in Decline, but Still Used by a Valuable Consumer Segment: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-card-rewards-are-in-decline-but-still-used-by-a-valuable-consumer-segment/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-card-rewards-are-in-decline-but-still-used-by-a-valuable-consumer-segment/#respond Wed, 26 Jun 2019 17:30:01 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79277 A New Challenger Bank Launches With Rich Debit Card Rewards, emv migrationDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Debit Rewards: Taking a Focused Approach. Debit card rewards are […]

The post Debit Card Rewards Are in Decline, but Still Used by a Valuable Consumer Segment: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Debit Rewards: Taking a Focused Approach.

Debit card rewards are in decline but still used by a valuable consumer segment:

  • In 2014, 46% of consumers had debit cards with rewards. Today, only 40% do.
  • But the millennial segment are using debit rewards, and financial institutions are eager to court millennials long term.
  • Debit rewards users are younger (46% are between the age of 18-34), less educated, and likely to earn less than $50K a year.
  • The converse is also true: consumers not motivated by debit rewards are older (61% are over 41 years old), better educated, and more likely to earn over $100K.
  • Making this distinction is important, because rewards programs are expensive to enroll and maintain.
  • Each card holder enrolled in a loyalty program costs more than $50 annually to service.
About this report

Rewards offered with traditional debit cards are still available from large and small financial institutions but are on the decline as debit card issuers look to cut costs in the face of ever smaller product margins. Forty percent of U.S. consumers surveyed by Mercator Advisory Group indicate that they are receiving rewards with their debit card today.

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Debit Card Rewards: Taking a Focused Approach, discusses new competition faced by debit card issuers and suggests how then can keep their programs motivating yet cost-effective.

The post Debit Card Rewards Are in Decline, but Still Used by a Valuable Consumer Segment: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-card-rewards-are-in-decline-but-still-used-by-a-valuable-consumer-segment/feed/ 0
Only 5 Verticals Achieve Customer Adoption above 40% for Their Loyalty Programs: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/only-5-verticals-achieve-customer-adoption-above-40-for-their-loyalty-programs/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/only-5-verticals-achieve-customer-adoption-above-40-for-their-loyalty-programs/#respond Tue, 25 Jun 2019 19:41:33 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79255 Loyalty ProgramDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty. This […]

The post Only 5 Verticals Achieve Customer Adoption above 40% for Their Loyalty Programs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty. This is part 2 of a look at customer loyalty; check out part 1 here.

Only 5 verticals achieve customer adoption above 40% for their loyalty programs:

  • Grocery: 59% adoption
  • Pharmacies: 54% adoption
  • Warehouse Clubs: 48% adoption
  • Airlines: 48% adoption
  • Hotels: 44% adoption

And consumers visit them more:

  • Grocery: 55%
  • Pharmacies: 46%
  • Warehouse Clubs: 56%
  • Airlines: 51%
  • Hotel: 53%

And consumers spend more at the merchant:

  • Grocery: 53%
  • Pharmacies: 41%
  • Warehouse Clubs: 57%
  • Airlines: 46%
  • Hotels: 46%

Some verticals barely break 1/3 adoption:

  • QSRs: 33% adoption
  • Restaurants: 31% adoption
  • C-Stores: 21% adoption

There are roughly 4 reasons they fail:

  1. incorrect rewards/loyalty structure
  2. not enough value delivered
  3. failing to use mobile as a primary tool
  4. not providing gamificiation to continually engage customers
About this report

Most studies find that merchants spend at least five times more to gain a new customer than to keep an existing one. Further, higher customer retention typically leads to greater business profits. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty, assesses different types of customer loyalty programs across various retail verticals and discusses key success factors for merchants to act upon.

 

The post Only 5 Verticals Achieve Customer Adoption above 40% for Their Loyalty Programs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/only-5-verticals-achieve-customer-adoption-above-40-for-their-loyalty-programs/feed/ 0
Highest to Lowest, 5 Merchant Segments Using Gamification: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/highest-to-lowest-5-merchant-segments-using-gamification/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/highest-to-lowest-5-merchant-segments-using-gamification/#respond Mon, 24 Jun 2019 19:03:31 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79232 loyalty programDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty. […]

The post Highest to Lowest, 5 Merchant Segments Using Gamification: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty.

  • High: QSRs, Fast Casual and Cinemas. The sweet spot combines payment, mobile ordering, loyalty, and personalized marketing.
  • Starbucks is the gold standard, with 40% of transactions in-program. Others, like McDonalds or Panera, haven’t integrated in-app payment, and therefore suffer.
  • Medium: C-Stores & Gas Stations. 80% of U.S. gas is sold from c-stores, creating a high volume opportunity. Card programs are turning towards apps, and decoupled debit schemes are emerging.
  • Medium: Travel & Airline. Once groundbreaking, these loyalty programs have matured to the point of confusion.
  • Low: Department Stores & Retail. These are suffering from only weekly or monthly visits; formerly had store cards until premium credit cards took the market.
  • Low: Grocery & Pharmacy. Basic loyalty programs to capture sales are turning towards a membership-fee-based subscription model.
About this report

Most studies find that merchants spend at least five times more to gain a new customer than to keep an existing one. Further, higher customer retention typically leads to greater business profits. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty, assesses different types of customer loyalty programs across various retail verticals and discusses key success factors for merchants to act upon.

The post Highest to Lowest, 5 Merchant Segments Using Gamification: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/highest-to-lowest-5-merchant-segments-using-gamification/feed/ 0
What You Need to Know about ATM Usage PT. 3 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-atm-usage-pt-3/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-atm-usage-pt-3/#respond Wed, 19 Jun 2019 19:31:06 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79159 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore. There appears to be […]

The post What You Need to Know about ATM Usage PT. 3 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore.

  • There appears to be a moderate interest in new types of ATMs with increased functionality
  • When asked: ATMs can be equipped to handle many types of transactions. How interested would you be in using an ATM for the following tasks? Below are the common responses:
  • Withdraw cash in more specific denominations with 59% of respondents
  • Increase your daily limit for cash withdrawal with 38% of respondents
  • Receiving special retail offers with 37% of respondents
About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore, reveals that U.S. customers are increasingly relying on ATMs to fulfill their banking needs. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

Among many insights uncovered, the survey found consumers are more than four times as likely to use their own bank’s ATM (94%) as other banks’ ATMs (22%) or ATMs than are not bank branded (19%). Furthermore, heavy users of ATMs are less dedicated to their own bank’s ATM and more apt to use ATMs that do not belong to their bank. The same is true of younger consumers, reflecting their strong presence among the heavy users of ATMs.

The survey also found that consumers are more likely to choose going to a teller when depositing higher-denomination checks (e.g., $1,000) than to deposit them in an ATM. Checks of smaller denomination (e.g., $50) are more apt to be deposited via an ATM. Additionally, the report shows that 14% of Americans say they will not withdraw cash at an ATM and 31% will not conduct any other type of transaction at an ATM.

“There is an opportunity for financial institutions to deepen their relationship with their customers by expanding the capabilities of their ATMs. Younger consumers rely more on ATMs and use more of their features. As such, this group should be kept in mind during any discussions of or planning for new functionality,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, Director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group including the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post What You Need to Know about ATM Usage PT. 3 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-atm-usage-pt-3/feed/ 0
What You Need to Know About ATM Usage PT.2 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-atm-usage-pt-2/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-atm-usage-pt-2/#respond Tue, 18 Jun 2019 18:00:49 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79131 “On-ATM” – The Rising Culture of On-Demand Cash, monetizing ATM innovationDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore. Watch part 1 of “What […]

The post What You Need to Know About ATM Usage PT.2 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore. Watch part 1 of “What You Need to Know About ATM Usage” here.

  • Consumers are more than four times as likely to use their own bank’s ATMs (94%) than other banks’ ATMs (22%) or ATMs that are not bank branded (19%).
  • Age also impacts ATM use for withdrawing cash. Nearly one-third (31%) of those aged 65+ “never” use an ATM to withdraw cash, compared to 4% of 18- to 34-year-olds. These results are similar for ATM activities other than getting cash.
  • About 4 in 10 (43%) report that they have asked for cash back when shopping in the past six months.
  • Among those people who have asked for cash back while shopping, when given the choice of cash back or ATM, preference for cash back (41%) is slightly higher than preference for withdrawing cash at an ATM (34%). Another one-quarter have no preference.
About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore, reveals that U.S. customers are increasingly relying on ATMs to fulfill their banking needs. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

Among many insights uncovered, the survey found consumers are more than four times as likely to use their own bank’s ATM (94%) as other banks’ ATMs (22%) or ATMs than are not bank branded (19%). Furthermore, heavy users of ATMs are less dedicated to their own bank’s ATM and more apt to use ATMs that do not belong to their bank. The same is true of younger consumers, reflecting their strong presence among the heavy users of ATMs.

The survey also found that consumers are more likely to choose going to a teller when depositing higher-denomination checks (e.g., $1,000) than to deposit them in an ATM. Checks of smaller denomination (e.g., $50) are more apt to be deposited via an ATM. Additionally, the report shows that 14% of Americans say they will not withdraw cash at an ATM and 31% will not conduct any other type of transaction at an ATM.

“There is an opportunity for financial institutions to deepen their relationship with their customers by expanding the capabilities of their ATMs. Younger consumers rely more on ATMs and use more of their features. As such, this group should be kept in mind during any discussions of or planning for new functionality,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, Director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group including the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post What You Need to Know About ATM Usage PT.2 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-atm-usage-pt-2/feed/ 0
What You Need to Know about ATM Usage https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-atm-usage/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-atm-usage/#respond Mon, 17 Jun 2019 18:31:48 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79094 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore. Consumers report that their […]

The post What You Need to Know about ATM Usage appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore.

  • Consumers report that their use of cash and checks is essentially unchanged over the past 12 months (about 70% unchanged for both). About one-third of Americans (31%) use the ATM for cash withdrawal only.
  • Six in 10 (59%) withdraw cash from an ATM monthly or more. Only one-quarter (26%) use ATMs for anything else monthly or more.
  • Among those who ask for cash back when shopping, many prefer that method to obtain cash to going to an ATM, while one-quarter have no preference.
  • The size of the deposit has an impact on the method people would choose to deposit a check. A higher-value check is more likely to be deposited in person.
  • Consumers who shy away from depositing checks or cash at ATMs prefer the personal touch of teller deposit and distrust ATMs.

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, ATM Banking: It’s Not Just About Cash Withdrawal Anymore, reveals that U.S. customers are increasingly relying on ATMs to fulfill their banking needs. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

Among many insights uncovered, the survey found consumers are more than four times as likely to use their own bank’s ATM (94%) as other banks’ ATMs (22%) or ATMs than are not bank branded (19%). Furthermore, heavy users of ATMs are less dedicated to their own bank’s ATM and more apt to use ATMs that do not belong to their bank. The same is true of younger consumers, reflecting their strong presence among the heavy users of ATMs.

The survey also found that consumers are more likely to choose going to a teller when depositing higher-denomination checks (e.g., $1,000) than to deposit them in an ATM. Checks of smaller denomination (e.g., $50) are more apt to be deposited via an ATM. Additionally, the report shows that 14% of Americans say they will not withdraw cash at an ATM and 31% will not conduct any other type of transaction at an ATM.

“There is an opportunity for financial institutions to deepen their relationship with their customers by expanding the capabilities of their ATMs. Younger consumers rely more on ATMs and use more of their features. As such, this group should be kept in mind during any discussions of or planning for new functionality,” stated the author of the report, Peter Reville, Director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group including the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post What You Need to Know about ATM Usage appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-you-need-to-know-about-atm-usage/feed/ 0
Merchants Have (Roughly) Six Options for Loyalty Programs: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/merchants-have-roughly-six-options-for-loyalty-programs/ Thu, 13 Jun 2019 19:29:30 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79041 Target Hits Bullseye As Online Channel Drives Sales SurgeDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty In-house: The most common […]

The post Merchants Have (Roughly) Six Options for Loyalty Programs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty

  • In-house: The most common loyalty model, keeps focus exclusive & prevents conflicts with other brands. Expensive for small brands
  • Multi-brand: Highly popular with chains that operate under multiple locations and different names. Also 100% controlled by the operator
  • Co-Brand Card; Typically used by retail, airline & hotel, partnered with a card issuer. The drawback is that card can be used anywhere – not just at a merchant location
  • Private-Label Card: Can only be used at a single merchant and are typically managed by a 3rd party who handle the credit application process and management
  • Coalition: Popular in the UK and Canada, but largely unsuccessful in the US. Coalitions of merchants combine their loyalty schemes
  • Cross-Brand: Two or more brands offer services to each other’s customers. Airline and hotel is the classic combo, but on-demand businesses have entered this model recently

About this report

Most studies find that merchants spend at least five times more to gain a new customer than to keep an existing one. Further, higher customer retention typically leads to greater business profits. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty, assesses different types of customer loyalty programs across various retail verticals and discusses key success factors for merchants to act upon.

“Getting shoppers to keep coming back is critical for both brick-and-mortar stores and e-commerce in the retail world. Consumers can choose among a variety of competing brands, and engaging loyalty programs are often a differentiating factor encouraging continued patronage,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director of Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, author of this report.

The post Merchants Have (Roughly) Six Options for Loyalty Programs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
The Anatomy of a Merchant Loyalty Program in 5 Parts: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-anatomy-of-a-merchant-loyalty-program-in-5-parts/ Wed, 12 Jun 2019 18:53:48 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=79004 loyalty programDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty Loyalty is key […]

The post The Anatomy of a Merchant Loyalty Program in 5 Parts: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty

  • Loyalty is key for merchants, as a low estimate – retaining an existing customer is 5 times less costly than landing a new one
  • Successful loyalty programs integrate a mix of 5 features:

    • Frequency of visits
    • Cash back & discounts
    • Points & tiers
    • Membership
    • Contests & challenges
  • Frequency: The classic “punch card” has gone digital, and recording the frequency of customer visits is table stakes
  • Cash Back & Discounts: Typical credit cards offer 2% of purchase value whereas 3-5% is typical for store cards
  • Points & Tiers: Point rewards programs employ gameification by offering benefits in tiers; but at large scale, tiers become confusing
  • Membership & Subscription: A new form of loyalty is subscription which often bundle together special pricing, delivery, and/or targeted offers
  • Contests & Challenges: Another newer category in loyalty which evolved from sweepstakes – games and challenges maximize customer engagement: time

About this report

Most studies find that merchants spend at least five times more to gain a new customer than to keep an existing one. Further, higher customer retention typically leads to greater business profits. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, Gamification and Other Strategies for Merchants to Enhance Customer Loyalty, assesses different types of customer loyalty programs across various retail verticals and discusses key success factors for merchants to act upon.

“Getting shoppers to keep coming back is critical for both brick-and-mortar stores and e-commerce in the retail world. Consumers can choose among a variety of competing brands, and engaging loyalty programs are often a differentiating factor encouraging continued patronage,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director of Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group, author of this report.

The post The Anatomy of a Merchant Loyalty Program in 5 Parts: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Mastercard Vyze Creates Risk for Alternative Finance, and Opportunity for Merchant Acquirers https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mastercard-vyze-creates-risk-for-alternative-finance-and-opportunity-for-merchant-acquirers/ Tue, 11 Jun 2019 18:58:41 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78964 Current Expected Credit Losses: The Credit Card Industry is Lucky the Regulation was in PlaceDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Are You Prepared for Mastercard and Visa to Enter Your Market? Alternative Finance […]

The post Mastercard Vyze Creates Risk for Alternative Finance, and Opportunity for Merchant Acquirers appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Are You Prepared for Mastercard and Visa to Enter Your Market?

  • Alternative Finance providers face a high risk from a large competitor with significant resources and market in Mastercard Vyze
  • Alternative Finance providers with targeted solutions should mitigate risk by exploring partnership options immediately
  • There is always a risk that should the Mastercard Vyze market fail to develop, the cost and effort of adoption would prove unprofitable
  • Mastercard Vyze presents an opportunity for Merchant Acquirers to provide new financing options through e-commerce and POS
  • Merchant Acquirers also have an opportunity to create their own alternative financing solutions with Mastercard Vyze
  • For Merchant Acquirers who already have an alternative financing solution, this is an opportunity to deliver across a broader community

About the report

New business units launched by the two large networks will compete with banks, processors, and fintech suppliers.

The debut of Mastercard Vyze and Visa Next should cause banks, credit unions, alternative finance suppliers, payment platform providers, acquirers, and payment solution providers to carefully evaluate their options. This Viewpoint describes the new business models and analyzes the opportunities and risks these new business models represent to other market participants.

The post Mastercard Vyze Creates Risk for Alternative Finance, and Opportunity for Merchant Acquirers appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Vendors Are There in the B2B Payments Space? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-vendors-are-there-in-the-b2b-payments-space/ Mon, 10 Jun 2019 18:36:24 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78918 Friendly Fraud Is Not Your Friend - PaymentsJournalDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – B2B Payments: More Options Than Ever Before “Likely near 1,000” not including banks, […]

The post How Many Vendors Are There in the B2B Payments Space? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for today’s episode is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – B2B Payments: More Options Than Ever Before

  • “Likely near 1,000” not including banks, Mercator reports. Roughly speaking, they can be divided into: Accounts Payable, Enterprise Software, Cards, & Cross Border
  • Payables Automation: In general, the newer providers are ISV’s and target the SMB audience, while incumbents offer enterprise solutions for mid-to-large market companies
  • Enterprise Software: Complex and broad category – emerging trends include: cloud delivery, faster payments connectivity, merchant services, & mobile delivery
  • Cards: The card networks have made B2B a priority, also notable expansion by fleet card providers, & fintechs jumping into the supply side
  • Cross Border Payments: Notoriously slow and opaque – receiving new life through improved tech: SWIFT gpi service, blockchain networks, & sovereign faster payments
  • Bank Innovations: Banks still dominate the B2B space, but greater fintech development & partnership exist than ever before

About the report

Fintechs’ digital solutions are changing the business-to-business payments space. As new technology emerges and modern upgrades to legacy systems provide better user experiences, businesses have an expanding array of choices for more effective and efficient business-to-business (B2B) payments. The influence of financial technology companies (fintechs) on the B2B space is growing and filling in the payments gaps as usage of paper payments starts to fade away.

 

The post How Many Vendors Are There in the B2B Payments Space? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Paper Checks Still Dominate B2B Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/paper-checks-still-dominate-b2b-payments/ Fri, 07 Jun 2019 16:43:33 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78897 Faster Payments Is Pressuring Businesses to Dump ChecksDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – B2B Payments: More Options Than Ever Before While the shift […]

The post Paper Checks Still Dominate B2B Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – B2B Payments: More Options Than Ever Before

  • While the shift to digital is obviously underway – paper checks still represent 47% of the value in 2018
  • Automated Clearing House (ACH) accounts for 34% of B2B payments value in 2018
  • Wires account for 14% of B2B payments value in 2018 and Cards account for 6% of B2B payments value in 2018
  • Mercator anticipates a more rapid decline than the 0-4% decline recently predicted in AFP and Fed payment studies
  • Small and Medium Businesses (SMBs) are the largest users of checks and fintechs have been targeting the market with new banking solutions

About this report

Fintechs’ digital solutions are changing the business-to-business payments space. As new technology emerges and modern upgrades to legacy systems provide better user experiences, businesses have an expanding array of choices for more effective and efficient business-to-business (B2B) payments. The influence of financial technology companies (fintechs) on the B2B space is growing and filling in the payments gaps as usage of paper payments starts to fade away.

The post Paper Checks Still Dominate B2B Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Defining 3 Types of Wire Transfers & 2 Types of ACH: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/defining-3-types-of-wire-transfers-2-types-of-ach/ Thu, 06 Jun 2019 18:41:16 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78847 Digital WalletsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – B2B Payments: More Options Than Ever Before Wires are high-value […]

The post Defining 3 Types of Wire Transfers & 2 Types of ACH: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – B2B Payments: More Options Than Ever Before

  • Wires are high-value interbank transfers through real-time gross settlement systems. Cleared, settled, and irrevocable. There are 3 types:
  • Fedwire: Operated by 12 US banks and used by member banks. Note: limited operating window, Monday-Friday
  • CHIPS: Operated by The Clearing House Similar to Fedwire: high-value real-time clearing with limited operating hours Typically used for cross-border transaction
  • RTP Operated by The Clearing House Available 24 x 7, with more robust messaging systems than Fedwire or CHIPS
  • Automated Clearing House (ACH): low-value high volume transfer system uses batch processing  requires 2 days net settlement NACHA is the trustee of the network and TCH and the Fed are operators
  • Fed ACH & TCH facilitates the credit & debit transactions between originators & receivers
    Batches run 3 times per day.
  • Same Day ACH: Enables settlement on the same day as origination does not include international transactions or those over $25,000. About 5% of overall ACH B2B occur through SDA.

About this report

Fintechs’ digital solutions are changing the business-to-business payments space. As new technology emerges and modern upgrades to legacy systems provide better user experiences, businesses have an expanding array of choices for more effective and efficient business-to-business (B2B) payments. The influence of financial technology companies (fintechs) on the B2B space is growing and filling in the payments gaps as usage of paper payments starts to fade away.

The post Defining 3 Types of Wire Transfers & 2 Types of ACH: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
The 4 Types of Card-Based B2B Payments, Defined: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-4-types-of-card-based-b2b-payments-defined/ Wed, 05 Jun 2019 19:17:22 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78829 Microsoft White Paper Underscores How Real-Time Payments Drive InnovationDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – B2B Payments: More Options Than Ever Before Card-based payments […]

The post The 4 Types of Card-Based B2B Payments, Defined: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – B2B Payments: More Options Than Ever Before

  • Card-based payments are delivered through established networks, either open-loop or closed-loop. There are 4 types:
  • Commercial credit cards: Typically target mid-to large-market organizations with a wide variety of use cases
  • Prepaid cards can target any use market – but are typically built for a single specific use case (ie. not general purpose)
  • Fleet cards can target any type of business but, by defnition, require an organized fleet ecosystem
  • Business Cards: Are used almost exclusively by small businesses, typically those with revenue less than $10 million
  • BONUS:  Good Old Paper Checks are processed through the Federal Reserve at a single processing center. Once cleared, the banks involved update the accounts of writer and receiver. Typically takes 2 days, used to take 5.

About this report

Fintechs’ digital solutions are changing the business-to-business payments space. As new technology emerges and modern upgrades to legacy systems provide better user experiences, businesses have an expanding array of choices for more effective and efficient business-to-business (B2B) payments. The influence of financial technology companies (fintechs) on the B2B space is growing and filling in the payments gaps as usage of paper payments starts to fade away.

The post The 4 Types of Card-Based B2B Payments, Defined: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Mastercard Vyze Presents 3 Risks and One Big Opportunity for Banks & Credit Unions https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mastercard-vyze-presents-3-risks-and-one-big-opportunity-for-banks-credit-unions/ Tue, 04 Jun 2019 19:32:32 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78804 Understanding Your Finances Before Starting Your New BusinessDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Are You Prepared for Mastercard and Visa to Enter Your […]

The post Mastercard Vyze Presents 3 Risks and One Big Opportunity for Banks & Credit Unions appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Are You Prepared for Mastercard and Visa to Enter Your Market?

  • Mastercard’s Vyze solution is creating a marketplace for consumer financing through the merchant
  • Finance companies create loan structures, merchants select the loan they expect will be appealing, then match the best rate with consumers in store
  • The big opportunity for Banks is to enter the alternative finance market in a simple fashion
  • One risk top banks is the cost of not joining now – could be a lot more expensive to join later
  • Understanding merchant needs is not bank’s strongest suit though, and this is a risk
  • Should the Vyze marketplace expand rapidly, banks that are not participating may risk a reduction in their card processing volume

About this report

New business units launched by the two large networks will compete with banks, processors, and fintech suppliers.

The debut of Mastercard Vyze and Visa Next should cause banks, credit unions, alternative finance suppliers, payment platform providers, acquirers, and payment solution providers to carefully evaluate their options. This Viewpoint describes the new business models and analyzes the opportunities and risks these new business models represent to other market participants.

The post Mastercard Vyze Presents 3 Risks and One Big Opportunity for Banks & Credit Unions appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Visa Next Poses Risks & Opportunities for Processors, Acquirers & Fintechs: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/visa-next-poses-risks-opportunities-for-processors-acquirers-fintechs/ Mon, 03 Jun 2019 19:09:06 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78783 APIDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Are You Prepared for Mastercard and Visa to Enter Your […]

The post Visa Next Poses Risks & Opportunities for Processors, Acquirers & Fintechs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Are You Prepared for Mastercard and Visa to Enter Your Market?

  • HIGH RISK for processors: If Visa Next has implemented its own processing platform, then 3rd party processors are cut out
  • Opportunity for processors: With robust card issuance business – plastic cards will be needed where participants lack a smartphone
  • Opportunity to Acquirers: To enter into the issuing market to support merchants on the B2B and consumer-focused solutions
  • Opportunity for Alternative Finance: Alt. finance will be difficult to implement for Visa Next, which makes an opportunity to existing vendors
  • HIGH RISK for Fintechs: Any fintech with similar goals/tech as Visa Next’s API interface are in big trouble
  • Fintechs that have solutions addressed by Visa Next (horizontal or vertical) can mitigate risk by moving immediately into partnership with Visa to gain temporary exclusivity

About this report

New business units launched by the two large networks will compete with banks, processors, and fintech suppliers.

The debut of Mastercard Vyze and Visa Next should cause banks, credit unions, alternative finance suppliers, payment platform providers, acquirers, and payment solution providers to carefully evaluate their options. This Viewpoint describes the new business models and analyzes the opportunities and risks these new business models represent to other market participants.

The post Visa Next Poses Risks & Opportunities for Processors, Acquirers & Fintechs: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
3 Opportunities & 2 Risks of Visa Next for Banks and Credit Unions https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-opportunities-2-risks-of-visa-next-for-banks-and-credit-unions/ Fri, 31 May 2019 18:56:41 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78738 A New Life For Visa API Portal, Visa NextDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Are You Prepared for Mastercard and Visa to Enter […]

The post 3 Opportunities & 2 Risks of Visa Next for Banks and Credit Unions appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Are You Prepared for Mastercard and Visa to Enter Your Market?

  • Visa Next is an open API interface designed to allow rapid deployment of new payment platforms by banks
  • Opportunity: To deploy an advanced payment platform that is similar to those in market today by mostly fintechs
  • Opportunity: To build vertical market capabilities that differentiate the bank on Visa Next platform
  • Opportunity: To extend relationships with commercial clients by developing custom solutions for them on Visa Next
  • Risk: Investment in a marketplace, or investment in a solution in a marketplace, which fails to develop
  • Risk: Exposure to the risk that the marketplace blossoms and the financial institution fails to develop

About this report

New business units launched by the two large networks will compete with banks, processors, and fintech suppliers.

The debut of Mastercard Vyze and Visa Next should cause banks, credit unions, alternative finance suppliers, payment platform providers, acquirers, and payment solution providers to carefully evaluate their options. This Viewpoint describes the new business models and analyzes the opportunities and risks these new business models represent to other market participants.

The post 3 Opportunities & 2 Risks of Visa Next for Banks and Credit Unions appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What’s the Value Proposition behind Cryptocurrency? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-the-value-proposition-behind-cryptocurrency/ Thu, 30 May 2019 17:40:58 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78726 cryptocurrenciesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – How Banks Can Safely Do Cryptocurrency 1) Reducing intermediaries reduces costs: Payment […]

The post What’s the Value Proposition behind Cryptocurrency? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – How Banks Can Safely Do Cryptocurrency

  • 1) Reducing intermediaries reduces costs: Payment costs can be assumed to be less when using crypto
  • In some implementations this isn’t true: for currencies that require ‘proof of work’ like Bitcoin a fee is typical
  • 2) Reducing costs by reducing settlement: In traditional payment networks payment instruction is followed by settlement transaction
  • Cryptocurrencies combine the concept of a payment instruction with the actual settlement
  • 3) Anonymity: Considered important by crypto enthusiasts – anonymity isn’t a crypto requirement
  • Further, the anonymity only stems from the difficulty of tracing wallet addresses back to owners

About The Report

Two large banks, Signature Bank and J.P. Morgan, have officially announced they are supporting cryptocurrencies and each has implemented a closed-loop solution. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled How Banks Can Safely Do Cryptocurrency evaluates the state of cryptocurrencies and considers multiple solution types based on how they fit the existing regulatory structures and evaluates where each solution will push the boundaries of institutional risk.

The report defines and delineates between virtual currencies, digital currencies, cryptocurrencies, private cryptocurrencies, “stablecoins,” and initial coin offerings (ICOs). It explains the risks associated with different cryptocurrency implementations and provides a graphic that makes it easy to comprehend how cryptocurrencies can be called, on the one hand, as the most secure currency in the world while, on the other hand, the news almost weekly reports new criminal acts in which people’s cryptocurrency has been stolen.
With that background information, the report evaluates different approaches a bank might take to deliver a cryptocurrency-based product to its customers while remaining compliant to all existing banking regulations.

“Although I have confidence in the server technology that creates and manages Bitcoin, I remain very skeptical of the industry that has sprung up around it that has enabled so many poorly secured products to be released to consumers. Too many of these were scams to begin with. These are well documented in this report and the risk vectors are exposed,” comments the author of the report, Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “However, this report also identifies several implementations that remain well within the banking regulatory framework and would deliver meaningful products to market should the institution feel its customers could benefit from such a contribution.”

The post What’s the Value Proposition behind Cryptocurrency? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
“The Worst Cryptocurrency Idea” and Other Crypto Definitions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-worst-cryptocurrency-idea-and-other-crypto-definitions/ Wed, 29 May 2019 18:08:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78709 cryptocurrencyDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – How Banks Can Safely Do Cryptocurrency Mercator dubs initial coin offerings, ICOs, […]

The post “The Worst Cryptocurrency Idea” and Other Crypto Definitions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – How Banks Can Safely Do Cryptocurrency

  • Mercator dubs initial coin offerings, ICOs, “the worst Cryptocurrency idea”
  • According to Boston College research, of 4000 ICO projects monitored 50% failed within 4 months
  • Defining Digital Currency:
    any money in digital format issued by a central entity; like eBay Bucks or other loyalty points
  • Cryptocurrency: utilizes public key cryptography to protect a digital asset, and typically a blockchain & wallet combo
  • Private Cryptocurrency has been developed to satisfy a specific regulatory constraint and typically restricted to a single issuer. Amex Points as crypto is an example
  • Stablecoins are typically pegged to USD and value controlled by supply/demand; JPM Coin is a good example
  • 60 new stablecoins have entered the market recently with more on the way

About The Report

Two large banks, Signature Bank and J.P. Morgan, have officially announced they are supporting cryptocurrencies and each has implemented a closed-loop solution. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled How Banks Can Safely Do Cryptocurrency evaluates the state of cryptocurrencies and considers multiple solution types based on how they fit the existing regulatory structures and evaluates where each solution will push the boundaries of institutional risk.

The report defines and delineates between virtual currencies, digital currencies, cryptocurrencies, private cryptocurrencies, “stablecoins,” and initial coin offerings (ICOs). It explains the risks associated with different cryptocurrency implementations and provides a graphic that makes it easy to comprehend how cryptocurrencies can be called, on the one hand, as the most secure currency in the world while, on the other hand, the news almost weekly reports new criminal acts in which people’s cryptocurrency has been stolen.
With that background information, the report evaluates different approaches a bank might take to deliver a cryptocurrency-based product to its customers while remaining compliant to all existing banking regulations.

“Although I have confidence in the server technology that creates and manages Bitcoin, I remain very skeptical of the industry that has sprung up around it that has enabled so many poorly secured products to be released to consumers. Too many of these were scams to begin with. These are well documented in this report and the risk vectors are exposed,” comments the author of the report, Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “However, this report also identifies several implementations that remain well within the banking regulatory framework and would deliver meaningful products to market should the institution feel its customers could benefit from such a contribution.”

The post “The Worst Cryptocurrency Idea” and Other Crypto Definitions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Six Strategic Implications for Today’s Mobile Banking Environment: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-strategic-implications-for-todays-mobile-banking-environment/ Thu, 23 May 2019 18:21:33 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78657 Mobile BankingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks Understanding the balance between […]

The post Six Strategic Implications for Today’s Mobile Banking Environment: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks

  1. Understanding the balance between trust and benefit is crucial to increasing consumer’s adoption of new banking technology
  2. The “trust bar” is far higher for financial services than for other consumer digital services
  3. Concerns linger about the safety of digital banking among US consumers
  4. Consumer’s trust will increase with familiarity over time and as financial services technology becomes ubiquitous
  5. The PC continues to be an important vehicle to interact with financial institutions and must not be ignored
  6. Conversational agents are a burgeoning avenue for consumer interaction with banks – with the same hurdles as other techs

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks, reveals that U.S. customers are highly engaged when it comes to interacting with their financial institution digitally – via computer or mobile device. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey found that although consumers use a number of channels for their digital banking, PCs remain the most preferred. About 6 in 10 respondents report that their PC is their preferred device for interacting with their financial institution.

While only about 1 in 8 consumers (13%) use a conversational agent Apple’s Siri or Amazon’s Alexa to interact with their bank, those who do are very satisfied with it (78%). The report, Digital Banking: From Bricks to Clicks, shows that one-half of consumers are using their financial institution’s mobile app for some type of interaction with the FI, and those people are very satisfied with the app as shown below in an excerpt one of the charts summarizing the survey findings.

“Financial institutions can further deepen their relationships with their customers by providing a mobile interface that allows customers to do what they want, when they want. Mobile usage is already high and will only grow and thus become an even more important avenue for building relationships with customers,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group including the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post Six Strategic Implications for Today’s Mobile Banking Environment: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Are Consumers Comfortable Using Voice-Activated for Banking? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-using-voice-activated-for-banking/ Wed, 22 May 2019 18:14:02 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78619 Walmart Partners With Google On Grocery Shopping Via VoiceDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks Depends on if they […]

The post Are Consumers Comfortable Using Voice-Activated for Banking? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks

  • Depends on if they own a voice-activated conversational interface (Alexa, Google Home, etc):
  • For consumers who have and use it, 67% are comfortable using voice-activated for banking
  • For consumers who don’t own a voice-activated conversational interface, only 13% are comfortable
  • In all, one in four (27%) consumers own and use a voice-activated conversational interface
  • Mobile banking users are a major predictor for voice activated:
  • 40% of mobile banking users own a voice-activated conversational interface
  • Only 15% of non-mobile bankers own and use a voice-activated conversational interface

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks, reveals that U.S. customers are highly engaged when it comes to interacting with their financial institution digitally – via computer or mobile device. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey found that although consumers use a number of channels for their digital banking, PCs remain the most preferred. About 6 in 10 respondents report that their PC is their preferred device for interacting with their financial institution.

While only about 1 in 8 consumers (13%) use a conversational agent Apple’s Siri or Amazon’s Alexa to interact with their bank, those who do are very satisfied with it (78%). The report, Digital Banking: From Bricks to Clicks, shows that one-half of consumers are using their financial institution’s mobile app for some type of interaction with the FI, and those people are very satisfied with the app as shown below in an excerpt one of the charts summarizing the survey findings.

“Financial institutions can further deepen their relationships with their customers by providing a mobile interface that allows customers to do what they want, when they want. Mobile usage is already high and will only grow and thus become an even more important avenue for building relationships with customers,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group including the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post Are Consumers Comfortable Using Voice-Activated for Banking? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
True or False – over a Quarter of Consumers Use Mobile Apps to Deposit Checks? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-use-mobile-apps-to-deposit-checks/ Tue, 21 May 2019 16:55:15 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78586 mobile bankingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks Trick Question! Exactly 25% […]

The post True or False – over a Quarter of Consumers Use Mobile Apps to Deposit Checks? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks

  • Trick Question! Exactly 25% of consumers use a camera on a smartphone via app to deposit checks
  • 47% of consumers expect an increase in their mobile deposit habits
  • 49% of consumers expect their mobile deposit habits to stay the same
  • Only 4% of consumers expect to use mobile deposit less in the future
  • Using a teller remains the top method for depositing checks: 48%
  • 22% of consumers report using an ATM to deposit checks without an envelope
  • 12% of consumers deposit checks at an ATM with an envelope

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks, reveals that U.S. customers are highly engaged when it comes to interacting with their financial institution digitally – via computer or mobile device. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey found that although consumers use a number of channels for their digital banking, PCs remain the most preferred. About 6 in 10 respondents report that their PC is their preferred device for interacting with their financial institution.

While only about 1 in 8 consumers (13%) use a conversational agent Apple’s Siri or Amazon’s Alexa to interact with their bank, those who do are very satisfied with it (78%). The report, Digital Banking: From Bricks to Clicks, shows that one-half of consumers are using their financial institution’s mobile app for some type of interaction with the FI, and those people are very satisfied with the app as shown below in an excerpt one of the charts summarizing the survey findings.

“Financial institutions can further deepen their relationships with their customers by providing a mobile interface that allows customers to do what they want, when they want. Mobile usage is already high and will only grow and thus become an even more important avenue for building relationships with customers,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group including the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post True or False – over a Quarter of Consumers Use Mobile Apps to Deposit Checks? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
True or False – over Half of Us Consumers Use Their Bank’s Mobile App? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-use-their-banks-mobile-app/ Mon, 20 May 2019 19:25:48 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78571 Mobile bankingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks False! But its razor […]

The post True or False – over Half of Us Consumers Use Their Bank’s Mobile App? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks

  • False! But its razor thin: 49% of US consumers use their banks mobile app
  • Satisfaction with mobile banking apps is very high – 89% – so those who use it, like it
  • Still, 6 in 10 consumers (59%) don’t prefer mobile banking because their current method “works just fine”
  • Predictably, confidence ratings in mobile banking:
    • 60% age 18-34
    • 46% age 35 to 64
    • 23% age 65+
  • Confidence ratings for security are almost identical:

    • 55% age 18-34
    • 40% age 35-64
    • 20% age 65+
  • 66% of consumers now use a “Strong” password w/ 8+ characters, capitals & numbers
  • 23% of consumers use a finger print reader to access mobile banking

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks, reveals that U.S. customers are highly engaged when it comes to interacting with their financial institution digitally – via computer or mobile device. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey found that although consumers use a number of channels for their digital banking, PCs remain the most preferred. About 6 in 10 respondents report that their PC is their preferred device for interacting with their financial institution.

While only about 1 in 8 consumers (13%) use a conversational agent Apple’s Siri or Amazon’s Alexa to interact with their bank, those who do are very satisfied with it (78%). The report, Digital Banking: From Bricks to Clicks, shows that one-half of consumers are using their financial institution’s mobile app for some type of interaction with the FI, and those people are very satisfied with the app as shown below in an excerpt one of the charts summarizing the survey findings.

“Financial institutions can further deepen their relationships with their customers by providing a mobile interface that allows customers to do what they want, when they want. Mobile usage is already high and will only grow and thus become an even more important avenue for building relationships with customers,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group including the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post True or False – over Half of Us Consumers Use Their Bank’s Mobile App? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Are Mobile Banking Consumers Using More or Less Cash? How about Checks? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-banking-consumers-cash-checks/ Fri, 17 May 2019 18:42:11 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78549 mobile bankingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks More! 22% of […]

The post Are Mobile Banking Consumers Using More or Less Cash? How about Checks? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks

  • More! 22% of mobile bankers claim their use of cash has increased over the last 12 months;
    vs. 8% of non-mobile bankers
  • Mobile banking consumers are also using more checks! 13% of mobile bankers report increased check writing over 12 months; vs. 5% non mobile bankers
  • Mercator analysts theorize that the increase is correlated with the demographics of mobile bankers
  • Age is one of the leading indicators of mobile banking consumers – 40% of mobile bankers are 18-34
  • 9 years ago (2010), only 24% of consumers owned a smartphone – today, 83% nearing saturation point
  • Branch/teller remain consumer’s preferred method for contacting their bank (23%)
  • Mobile app is the second most preferred method, 15% of consumers prefer mobile app

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, 2018 Digital Banking in the U.S.: From Bricks to Clicks, reveals that U.S. customers are highly engaged when it comes to interacting with their financial institution digitally – via computer or mobile device. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey found that although consumers use a number of channels for their digital banking, PCs remain the most preferred. About 6 in 10 respondents report that their PC is their preferred device for interacting with their financial institution.

While only about 1 in 8 consumers (13%) use a conversational agent Apple’s Siri or Amazon’s Alexa to interact with their bank, those who do are very satisfied with it (78%). The report, Digital Banking: From Bricks to Clicks, shows that one-half of consumers are using their financial institution’s mobile app for some type of interaction with the FI, and those people are very satisfied with the app as shown below in an excerpt one of the charts summarizing the survey findings.

“Financial institutions can further deepen their relationships with their customers by providing a mobile interface that allows customers to do what they want, when they want. Mobile usage is already high and will only grow and thus become an even more important avenue for building relationships with customers,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group including the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post Are Mobile Banking Consumers Using More or Less Cash? How about Checks? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Four Elements of Blockchain That Support Risk Management in Corporate Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-elements-of-blockchain-that-support-risk-management-in-corporate-payments/ Thu, 16 May 2019 15:39:52 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78529 Swift Vs. Ripple: A Real Lesson For Blockchains That Want To Disrupt Entire IndustriesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Blockchain B2B Is Starting to Turn the Corner Altogether, the elements combine […]

The post Four Elements of Blockchain That Support Risk Management in Corporate Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Blockchain B2B Is Starting to Turn the Corner

  • Altogether, the elements combine to make blockchain “immutable,” a permanent record of transaction
    Each element is as follows:
  • Consensus: it requires the majority of the block builders to agree that the occurrence happened
  • Consistency: it requires that the new information fits with the previous block
  • Transaction: it requires that the transaction occurred by looking at the previous block, ensuring that two people did not record conflicting accounts
  • Automated Conflict Identifiers: the software itself trolls for conflicts within the blocks and structure

About the report

The scale remains small, but blockchain technology is moving beyond pilots into the next phase. Financial institutions have invested much in the applicable corporate solutions, and real solutions will start to bear fruit in the near future.

The post Four Elements of Blockchain That Support Risk Management in Corporate Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Trillion Dollars in New Trade Value Will Blockchain Create over Five Years? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/trillion-trade-value-blockchain-create-over-five-years/ Wed, 15 May 2019 18:11:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78509 CoreChain Raises $1.25M to Revolutionize B2B Payments for the Enterprise With Blockchain TechnologyDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Blockchain B2B Is Starting to Turn the Corner The World Economic Forum […]

The post How Many Trillion Dollars in New Trade Value Will Blockchain Create over Five Years? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Blockchain B2B Is Starting to Turn the Corner

  • The World Economic Forum projects that blockchain will create $1.1 trillion in new trade value over 5 years
  • There are 8 process improvements expected, including:

    • credit risk assessment
    • reducing human error in document checks
    • improved verification
    • records reconciliation
    • automated “smart contracts”
    • real-time, secure, low-cost exchange of data
  • Bank consortiums dealing in Trade Services include:

    • Voltron – 12 banks launched by R3 for document presentation and now letter of credit processing
    • We.Trade – designed for SME’s in Europe, meant to simplify trade finance by managing procure-to-pay processes
    • Marco Polo – employs the Corda platform of API’s, designed to facilitate open account trade before and after shipping for the global market

About the report

The scale remains small, but blockchain technology is moving beyond pilots into the next phase. Financial institutions have invested much in the applicable corporate solutions, and real solutions will start to bear fruit in the near future.

The post How Many Trillion Dollars in New Trade Value Will Blockchain Create over Five Years? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Five Blockchain Developments in Cross Border Transactions: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/five-blockchain-developments-in-cross-border-transactions/ Tue, 14 May 2019 19:09:06 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78486 procurement blockchain implementationDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Blockchain B2B Is Starting to Turn the Corner IBM World Wire: is […]

The post Five Blockchain Developments in Cross Border Transactions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Blockchain B2B Is Starting to Turn the Corner

  • IBM World Wire: is the most recent blockchain network for cross-border payments, and likely a distribution play vs. novel concept
  • JP Morgan Interbank Information Network:
    runs Quorum, an Ethereum blockchain variant, has over 200 banks in network and will use JPM Coin for cross border payments
  • Ripple: more than 200 banks use the RippleNet network which utilizes a “stablecoin” or fiat currency
  • VISA B2B Connect: uses the Hyperledger Fabric framework and APIs to allow partner banks to develop B2B payments for cross-border & cross-currency exchange
  • SWIFT gpi: adopted by 3,500 banks – and though it does not currently offer a blockchain solution, Mercator expects it to

About the report

The scale remains small, but blockchain technology is moving beyond pilots into the next phase. Financial institutions have invested much in the applicable corporate solutions, and real solutions will start to bear fruit in the near future.

The post Five Blockchain Developments in Cross Border Transactions: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Blockchain Knowledge in B2B Payments Is High, but How Many Execs Have Used It? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/blockchain-knowledge-in-b2b-payments/ Mon, 13 May 2019 17:12:11 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78463 Concept of blockchain in modern businessDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Blockchain B2B Is Starting to Turn the Corner Not many executives […]

The post Blockchain Knowledge in B2B Payments Is High, but How Many Execs Have Used It? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Blockchain B2B Is Starting to Turn the Corner

  • Not many executives have actually used blockchain in corporate payments, only 5% to “some extent”
  • Only 1% of execs claim extensive blockchain implementations
  • However, knowledge & expectations among execs is high: 56% expect an impact in efficiency
  • 30% of corporate payment professionals are unable to assess any impact of blockchain
  • 78% of corporate payment professionals have no plans to implement blockchain
  • Mercator identifies 3 high level uses for blockchain in B2B:
    • Cross border payments
    • Trade Services
    • Risk Management

 

About the report

The scale remains small, but blockchain technology is moving beyond pilots into the next phase. Financial institutions have invested much in the applicable corporate solutions, and real solutions will start to bear fruit in the near future.

The post Blockchain Knowledge in B2B Payments Is High, but How Many Execs Have Used It? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Are Bricks and Mortar Passe? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-bricks-and-mortar-passe/ Wed, 08 May 2019 15:00:43 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78399 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Contrary to popular belief, consumers still do the majority of their shopping in stores According to the latest U.S. Census statistics, about 10% of all retail […]

The post Are Bricks and Mortar Passe? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

  • Contrary to popular belief, consumers still do the majority of their shopping in stores
  • According to the latest U.S. Census statistics, about 10% of all retail volume is via e-commerce
  • When people do not shop online they often report that delivery cost, price, availability and delivery time are the top barriers
  • Regardless of the method of shopping, consumers are using digital tools to enhance the shopping experience

The data provided for this episode of Truth In Data is a preview of an upcoming report from Mercator Advisory Group – Mercator CustomerMonitor Survey Series Digital Banking Report to learn more, please contact Peter Reville, Director, Primary Research Services

The post Are Bricks and Mortar Passe? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
New Bank? Why and What’s Next? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/new-bank-why-and-whats-next/ Tue, 07 May 2019 17:17:10 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78386 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment One […]

The post New Bank? Why and What’s Next? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment

  • One consumer in 8 (13%) has switched primary FI in the past two years
  • Customer service and pricing appear to be U.S. consumers’ main reasons for selecting a new bank or credit union
  • One-fifth report changing FIs simply because they moved
  • When selecting a new bank, reputation and strength of the bank top the list of selection criteria

About the report

The survey also found that only about 1 in 3 consumers want to be contacted by their financial institution (FI) about new products and services. This necessitates that FIs be very strategic in the way they cross-sell and up-sell to their customers

While the incidence of opening an account digitally is moderate (28%), satisfaction with the digital account opening process is very high (approx. 85%).

The report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, shows that consumers are resolute in their determination not to pay ATM fees. More than 7 in 10 report that they actively try to avoid paying a fee when they withdraw money from an ATM. Further, about one-third only use an ATM for cash withdrawal.

Although only about one-third of consumers use mobile banking, those who do are quite satisfied with the experience. Inertia and security concerns are barriers to mobile banking adoption

“Banks need to show consumers value beyond dollars and convenience. And this needs to be balanced with security and safety,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including CustomerMonitor Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post New Bank? Why and What’s Next? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Alexa, What’s My Checking Balance? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/alexa-whats-my-checking-balance/ Mon, 06 May 2019 17:47:29 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78365 Alexa Voice App Activation Adds Convenience, but at What Cost?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. About one-quarter (27%) of consumers currently have a conversational agent device like Amazon echo or Google home that they use regularly Among mobile bankers that number […]

The post Alexa, What’s My Checking Balance? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

  • About one-quarter (27%) of consumers currently have a conversational agent device like Amazon echo or Google home that they use regularly
  • Among mobile bankers that number climbs to 40% compared to 15% for non-mobile bankers
  • Two-thirds of those who use conversational agents regularly would be comfortable using it for banking
  • A similar proportion of those who do not own a conversational agent would not be comfortable using one for banking

The data provided for this episode of Truth In Data is a preview of an upcoming report from Mercator Advisory Group – Mercator CustomerMonitor Survey Series Digital Banking Report to learn more, please contact Peter Reville, Director, Primary Research Services

The post Alexa, What’s My Checking Balance? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Who Is the Mobile Banker? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/who-is-the-mobile-banker/ Fri, 03 May 2019 19:27:03 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78340 mobile bankingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. They tend to be younger with 40% between 18 and 35 years old compared to 11% of those who are not mobile bankers They skew more […]

The post Who Is the Mobile Banker? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

  • They tend to be younger with 40% between 18 and 35 years old compared to 11% of those who are not mobile bankers
  • They skew more wealthy with 31% reporting a household income of $100K or more compared to 21% of those who don’t use their smartphone for banking
  • Further, mobile bankers are twice more likely to be employed full-time than non-mobile bankers (50% vs 25%)
  • That said, there is little difference in marital status (46% vs 51%)

The data provided for this episode of Truth In Data is a preview of an upcoming report from Mercator Advisory Group – Mercator CustomerMonitor Survey Series Digital Banking Report to learn more, please contact Peter Reville, Director, Primary Research Services

 

The post Who Is the Mobile Banker? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
7 Capabilities Which Turn Small Business Debit into Corporate Card “Lite” https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-debit-into-corporate-card-lite/ Tue, 30 Apr 2019 19:17:16 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78288 A New Challenger Bank Launches With Rich Debit Card Rewards, emv migrationDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical Multiple debit cards can be […]

The post 7 Capabilities Which Turn Small Business Debit into Corporate Card “Lite” appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical

  1. Multiple debit cards can be issued to employees for expenses
  2. Debit cards are connected to the primary business account
  3. Card controls allow business owner to control spend
  4. Available balance limits can be automatically replenished
  5. All transactions are tracked online and mobile
  6. Receipts can be photographed and submitted online
  7. API’s available to connect with existing ERP systems

About this report

The revolution in electronic payments has been underway for quite some time but has been much more visible in consumer payments than in the more complicated use cases associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments. Recent advancements include faster speed of payment, increasing options for cross-border solutions, and greater choices for access to such solutions.

In a new research report, Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how banks enabling suppliers to accept card payments and other forms of e-payment need to change their thinking and technology and adapt to the suppliers’ point of view. Not doing so will result in missing a large potential opportunity to capture a portion of the trillions of shifting payments volumes moving away from paper.

“The annual growth in B2B noncash payments globally is estimated at about 6.5%, and Mercator Advisory Group believes that the e-payments portion of that growth is about two percentage points higher due to the decline of checks. This varies by region, in particular North America, where the U.S. has been lagging in the elimination of paper process and payments versus some other areas of the world”, commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “ When it comes to the cards business, the enablement challenges have been steeper, both because of the change involved for suppliers and the friction of perceived acceptance costs. The industry has pursued best practice attempts to gain wider acceptance with modest success and now needs to try something new.”

The post 7 Capabilities Which Turn Small Business Debit into Corporate Card “Lite” appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Potential Opportunities for Financial Institutions in Small Business Debit: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-potential-opportunities-financial-institutions/ Mon, 29 Apr 2019 19:43:15 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78269 What Percent of Small Businesses Accept Cash?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical SMBs can use debit where […]

The post 5 Potential Opportunities for Financial Institutions in Small Business Debit: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical

  1. SMBs can use debit where transaction clarity is needed, but credit is not
  2. Improved tracking and lower cost make debit a better small busiess tool than checks
  3. Debit improves control and insight into cash flow – the primary reason small businesses fail
  4. Reduce comingling of personal payment funds with business funds
  5. Employee fraud will not affect personal credit of business owner

About this report

The revolution in electronic payments has been underway for quite some time but has been much more visible in consumer payments than in the more complicated use cases associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments. Recent advancements include faster speed of payment, increasing options for cross-border solutions, and greater choices for access to such solutions.

In a new research report, Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how banks enabling suppliers to accept card payments and other forms of e-payment need to change their thinking and technology and adapt to the suppliers’ point of view. Not doing so will result in missing a large potential opportunity to capture a portion of the trillions of shifting payments volumes moving away from paper.

“The annual growth in B2B noncash payments globally is estimated at about 6.5%, and Mercator Advisory Group believes that the e-payments portion of that growth is about two percentage points higher due to the decline of checks. This varies by region, in particular North America, where the U.S. has been lagging in the elimination of paper process and payments versus some other areas of the world”, commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “ When it comes to the cards business, the enablement challenges have been steeper, both because of the change involved for suppliers and the friction of perceived acceptance costs. The industry has pursued best practice attempts to gain wider acceptance with modest success and now needs to try something new.”

The post 5 Potential Opportunities for Financial Institutions in Small Business Debit: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Users Does $2.2 Billion in Fintech Bank Investment Garner? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/users-2-2-billion-fintech-bank-investment-garner/ Fri, 26 Apr 2019 18:37:28 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78248 How Many Users Does $2.2 Billion in Fintech Bank Investment Garner?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical In 2018 $2.2 Billion in […]

The post How Many Users Does $2.2 Billion in Fintech Bank Investment Garner? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical

  1. In 2018 $2.2 Billion in investment yielded 15 million fintech bank users
  2. Of the 42 fintech banks Mercator analyzed, 4 in 10 weren’t even in operation
  3. 26% fintech banks lacked a charter and 14% weren’t launched yet
  4. 3 in 10 fintech banks had graduated to full digital banks
  5. 17% of the 42 fintech banks analyzed were actually online divisions of existing banks
  6. Two-thirds of the operating fintech banks used traditional core banking systems

About this report

The revolution in electronic payments has been underway for quite some time but has been much more visible in consumer payments than in the more complicated use cases associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments. Recent advancements include faster speed of payment, increasing options for cross-border solutions, and greater choices for access to such solutions.

In a new research report, Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how banks enabling suppliers to accept card payments and other forms of e-payment need to change their thinking and technology and adapt to the suppliers’ point of view. Not doing so will result in missing a large potential opportunity to capture a portion of the trillions of shifting payments volumes moving away from paper.

“The annual growth in B2B noncash payments globally is estimated at about 6.5%, and Mercator Advisory Group believes that the e-payments portion of that growth is about two percentage points higher due to the decline of checks. This varies by region, in particular North America, where the U.S. has been lagging in the elimination of paper process and payments versus some other areas of the world”, commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “ When it comes to the cards business, the enablement challenges have been steeper, both because of the change involved for suppliers and the friction of perceived acceptance costs. The industry has pursued best practice attempts to gain wider acceptance with modest success and now needs to try something new.”

The post How Many Users Does $2.2 Billion in Fintech Bank Investment Garner? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
The Hallmarks of the 5 Types of Online-Only Banks: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-hallmarks-of-the-5-types-of-online-only-banks/ Thu, 25 Apr 2019 19:39:41 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78231 Online Banking Appss That Will Define 2019Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical Full-Service Online Only Banks: 10% […]

The post The Hallmarks of the 5 Types of Online-Only Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical

  1. Full-Service Online Only Banks: 10% avg. growth
    1. Savings products = 77% of deposits
    2. 20% of deposits in DDA account (high transaction)
  2. Green Dot Bank is an outlier: 97% of its deposits are transaction accounts & 81% of deposits are brokered
  3. Lenders Gathering Premium Deposits Online: 6% avg. growth
    1. 96% of deposits in non-transaction accounts
  4. Brokerage and Insurance Owned Online Banks: 9% avg. growth
    1. 95% of deposits in non-transaction accounts
  5. Online Divisions of Diversified Banks: 4% avg. growth
    1. Very hard to calculate growth b/c results are comingled with parent
  6. Fintechs & Their Banks
    1. With only $5.5 Billion in combined deposits, this segment is small

About this report

The revolution in electronic payments has been underway for quite some time but has been much more visible in consumer payments than in the more complicated use cases associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments. Recent advancements include faster speed of payment, increasing options for cross-border solutions, and greater choices for access to such solutions.

In a new research report, Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how banks enabling suppliers to accept card payments and other forms of e-payment need to change their thinking and technology and adapt to the suppliers’ point of view. Not doing so will result in missing a large potential opportunity to capture a portion of the trillions of shifting payments volumes moving away from paper.

“The annual growth in B2B noncash payments globally is estimated at about 6.5%, and Mercator Advisory Group believes that the e-payments portion of that growth is about two percentage points higher due to the decline of checks. This varies by region, in particular North America, where the U.S. has been lagging in the elimination of paper process and payments versus some other areas of the world”, commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “ When it comes to the cards business, the enablement challenges have been steeper, both because of the change involved for suppliers and the friction of perceived acceptance costs. The industry has pursued best practice attempts to gain wider acceptance with modest success and now needs to try something new.”

The post The Hallmarks of the 5 Types of Online-Only Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Satisfaction with Online-Only and Branch Banks Is Equal, Except: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/satisfaction-with-online-only-and-branch-banks-is-equal-except/ Wed, 24 Apr 2019 18:59:27 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78218 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical Mobile banking has the momentum […]

The post Satisfaction with Online-Only and Branch Banks Is Equal, Except: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical

  • Mobile banking has the momentum
  • Satisfaction with teller banking remains very high at 91% where its been for the last 5 years
  • But satisfaction with mobile app via smartphone is up to 92%, rising steadily from 86% over the last 5 years
  • 3 online only segments:
    • full-service online banks
    • lenders gathering premium deposits online
    • brokerage/insurance online banks
  • Mercator estimates the total online-only banking market to include over $1 trillion in deposits
  • Three giant full-service online banks dominate the market, they are:
    • Ally Bank
    • Discover Bank
    • USAA

          each has $70 billion or more in domestic deposits

  • Overall, Mercator estimates deposits growth in online-only banking at 10% from 2017-2018; though the range was extreme (-5% to +28%)

 

About this report

The revolution in electronic payments has been underway for quite some time but has been much more visible in consumer payments than in the more complicated use cases associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments. Recent advancements include faster speed of payment, increasing options for cross-border solutions, and greater choices for access to such solutions.

In a new research report, Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how banks enabling suppliers to accept card payments and other forms of e-payment need to change their thinking and technology and adapt to the suppliers’ point of view. Not doing so will result in missing a large potential opportunity to capture a portion of the trillions of shifting payments volumes moving away from paper.

“The annual growth in B2B noncash payments globally is estimated at about 6.5%, and Mercator Advisory Group believes that the e-payments portion of that growth is about two percentage points higher due to the decline of checks. This varies by region, in particular North America, where the U.S. has been lagging in the elimination of paper process and payments versus some other areas of the world”, commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “ When it comes to the cards business, the enablement challenges have been steeper, both because of the change involved for suppliers and the friction of perceived acceptance costs. The industry has pursued best practice attempts to gain wider acceptance with modest success and now needs to try something new.”

The post Satisfaction with Online-Only and Branch Banks Is Equal, Except: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Six Contrasting Stats about Consumers and Online-Only Banks: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/six-stats-consumers-and-online-only-banks/ Tue, 23 Apr 2019 18:54:44 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78195 Big Data And The Art Of Personalized Banking - PaymentsJournalDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical Online-only bank customers trust their […]

The post Six Contrasting Stats about Consumers and Online-Only Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical

  • Online-only bank customers trust their digital bank roughly the same amount as they trust national banks (both score 53%)
  • But when rated vs. a slate of institution types, online banks garner the lowest number of top ratings (14% vs national banks 24%)
  • 36% of US households use an online-only bank, almost as many as use a credit union, 41%
  • Yet only 8% of online banking consumers consider online-only banks their primary bank (vs. 66% full-service bank, 18% credit union)
  • Online only bank customers tend to use high-interaction products like Checking (75%) and Savings (65%) accounts – historically tied to branch banking
  • The largest digital bank identified by Mercator has nearly a quarter trillion dollars in deposits and grew nominal deposits 37% in 2018.

About this report

The revolution in electronic payments has been underway for quite some time but has been much more visible in consumer payments than in the more complicated use cases associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments. Recent advancements include faster speed of payment, increasing options for cross-border solutions, and greater choices for access to such solutions.

In a new research report, Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how banks enabling suppliers to accept card payments and other forms of e-payment need to change their thinking and technology and adapt to the suppliers’ point of view. Not doing so will result in missing a large potential opportunity to capture a portion of the trillions of shifting payments volumes moving away from paper.

“The annual growth in B2B noncash payments globally is estimated at about 6.5%, and Mercator Advisory Group believes that the e-payments portion of that growth is about two percentage points higher due to the decline of checks. This varies by region, in particular North America, where the U.S. has been lagging in the elimination of paper process and payments versus some other areas of the world”, commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “ When it comes to the cards business, the enablement challenges have been steeper, both because of the change involved for suppliers and the friction of perceived acceptance costs. The industry has pursued best practice attempts to gain wider acceptance with modest success and now needs to try something new.”

The post Six Contrasting Stats about Consumers and Online-Only Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Distinct Institutional Segments to Online-Only Banks: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-distinct-institutional-segments-to-online-only-banks/ Mon, 22 Apr 2019 18:14:47 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78173 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical Full Service Online Banks […]

The post 5 Distinct Institutional Segments to Online-Only Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical

  1. Full Service Online Banks
  2. Lenders Gathering Premium Deposits Online
  3. Brokerage and Insurance Owned Online Banks
  4. Online Divisions of Diversified Banks
  5. Fintechs and Bank Partners

Today’s digital banks in the US collectively generate over $1 trillion in deposits

About this report

The revolution in electronic payments has been underway for quite some time but has been much more visible in consumer payments than in the more complicated use cases associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments. Recent advancements include faster speed of payment, increasing options for cross-border solutions, and greater choices for access to such solutions.

In a new research report, Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how banks enabling suppliers to accept card payments and other forms of e-payment need to change their thinking and technology and adapt to the suppliers’ point of view. Not doing so will result in missing a large potential opportunity to capture a portion of the trillions of shifting payments volumes moving away from paper.

“The annual growth in B2B noncash payments globally is estimated at about 6.5%, and Mercator Advisory Group believes that the e-payments portion of that growth is about two percentage points higher due to the decline of checks. This varies by region, in particular North America, where the U.S. has been lagging in the elimination of paper process and payments versus some other areas of the world”, commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “ When it comes to the cards business, the enablement challenges have been steeper, both because of the change involved for suppliers and the friction of perceived acceptance costs. The industry has pursued best practice attempts to gain wider acceptance with modest success and now needs to try something new.”

The post 5 Distinct Institutional Segments to Online-Only Banks: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Surprising Stats about Consumers and Mobile Banking https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-and-mobile-banking/ Wed, 17 Apr 2019 18:00:29 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78093 Mobile bankingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment Use […]

The post Surprising Stats about Consumers and Mobile Banking appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment

  • Use of mobile banking is somewhat low at about 3 in 10
  • That said, satisfaction among those who do use mobile banking is quite high, however
  • Inertia and security concerns prevent consumers from using mobile banking
  • Method for banking can vary. Consumers choose the method for contacting the bank that suits them best. Smartphones, tablets, and computers all have unique use cases
  • Consumers report being able to use their mobile app motivates them to do as much banking activity as possible by mobile phone
  • Mobile app users report that they feel more loyal to their bank as a result of using the app

About this report 

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, reveals that U.S. customers are highly satisfied with their banking relationship and comfortable with their current primary bank or credit union. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey also found that only about 1 in 3 consumers want to be contacted by their financial institution (FI) about new products and services. This necessitates that FIs be very strategic in the way they cross-sell and up-sell to their customers

While the incidence of opening an account digitally is moderate (28%), satisfaction with the digital account opening process is very high (approx. 85%).

The report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, shows that consumers are resolute in their determination not to pay ATM fees. More than 7 in 10 report that they actively try to avoid paying a fee when they withdraw money from an ATM. Further, about one-third only use an ATM for cash withdrawal.

Although only about one-third of consumers use mobile banking, those who do are quite satisfied with the experience. Inertia and security concerns are barriers to mobile banking adoption

“Banks need to show consumers value beyond dollars and convenience. And this needs to be balanced with security and safety,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including CustomerMonitor Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

 

The post Surprising Stats about Consumers and Mobile Banking appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
When It Comes to Banking Where Do Consumers Place Their Trust? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-it-comes-to-banking-consumers-trust/ Tue, 16 Apr 2019 18:00:24 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78084 When It Comes to Banking Where Do Consumers Place Their Trust?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment Consumers […]

The post When It Comes to Banking Where Do Consumers Place Their Trust? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment

  • Consumers are very deliberate in the brands they would trust with their money
  • Consumers trust is, logically, highest in their primary FI
  • They also trust established banks, credit unions, and even Amazon and PayPal
  • Trust is below average for online/mobile banks, as well as, for some other big tech giants
  • “If you build it, they will come” only works of you have trust

About this report 

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, reveals that U.S. customers are highly satisfied with their banking relationship and comfortable with their current primary bank or credit union. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey also found that only about 1 in 3 consumers want to be contacted by their financial institution (FI) about new products and services. This necessitates that FIs be very strategic in the way they cross-sell and up-sell to their customers

While the incidence of opening an account digitally is moderate (28%), satisfaction with the digital account opening process is very high (approx. 85%).

The report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, shows that consumers are resolute in their determination not to pay ATM fees. More than 7 in 10 report that they actively try to avoid paying a fee when they withdraw money from an ATM. Further, about one-third only use an ATM for cash withdrawal.

Although only about one-third of consumers use mobile banking, those who do are quite satisfied with the experience. Inertia and security concerns are barriers to mobile banking adoption

“Banks need to show consumers value beyond dollars and convenience. And this needs to be balanced with security and safety,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including CustomerMonitor Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post When It Comes to Banking Where Do Consumers Place Their Trust? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Does the Age of the Business Owner Say about the Payments They Accept? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/age-of-the-business-payments-they-accept/ Fri, 12 Apr 2019 18:00:41 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78078 What Does the Age of the Business Owner Say about the Payments They Accept?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Payment Acceptance as Digital Channels Expand When it comes to small […]

The post What Does the Age of the Business Owner Say about the Payments They Accept? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Payment Acceptance as Digital Channels Expand

  • When it comes to small business and payments the age of the company owner often dictates the types of payments accepted
  • In fact, 18-24 year old business owners are more likely to accept a broader range of payment methods than their older counterparts
  • They are also more likely to accept mobile wallets.
  • Further, they are more likely to have switched payment providers in the last 12 months
  • These facts are true for younger companies and, to a lesser degree

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Payment Acceptance as Digital Channels Expand, based on the company’s annual Small Business Payments and Banking Survey conducted in 2018, reveals that 46% of U.S. small businesses that accept payment cards consider acquiring or merchant banks as their primary payment processing provider compared to 42% who consider any other third-party supplier (excluding Square or PayPal) to be a primary provider. Acquiring banks collectively are a clear leader compared to the next most common types of primary provider—a point-of-sale terminal provider (considered primary by 16% of respondents) and card processor such as First Data or Vantiv, now WorldPay (considered primary by 12%). But when the responses are aggregated, more card-accepting small businesses surveyed consider any type of third-party card processing provider (54%) to be primary than consider an acquiring/merchant bank to be their primary payment processing provider (42%), and more say so than last year.

The survey findings show that 1 in 5 small businesses that accept payment cards switched primary card processing providers within the previous two years. Lower cost was the primary reason for the switch, but better reporting, ease and speed of setup, and better service are the next most common reasons for those who switched providers.
Many third-party providers offer smaller merchants ancillary services they need aside from core processing services and many businesses are migrating to third-party providers for online and mobile services, often designed for their business verticals.

Payment Acceptance as Digital Channels Expand is the first of three reports summarizing the results of the 2018 Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, the third annual survey of small businesses fielded by Mercator Advisory Group. This was a web-based survey of 2,047 U.S. small businesses (between $500,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding their use of payments and banking services.

The survey contained questions on current business sentiment, payment acceptance services, business-to-business (B2B) payments, and banking depository and loan services. Forthcoming companion reports summarize the survey’s findings on business-to-business payments and business banking services.

The post What Does the Age of the Business Owner Say about the Payments They Accept? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percent of Consumer Do Anything They Can to Avoid ATM Charges? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-consumer-avoid-atm-charges/ Thu, 11 Apr 2019 18:00:53 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78076 ATM User, cashless societyDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment Consumers […]

The post What Percent of Consumer Do Anything They Can to Avoid ATM Charges? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment

  • Consumers are resolute in avoiding paying ATM surcharges
  • When asked about ATM surcharges 77% report they “do anything they can to avoid ATM Charges”
  • Additionally, 65% report that they “actively seek out ATMs that are in surcharge-free networks”
  • Only 25% are willing to pay for the convenience of having an ATM where and when they want it
  • When it comes to withdrawing cash from ATMs fees are clearly top of mind to consumers

About this report 

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, reveals that U.S. customers are highly satisfied with their banking relationship and comfortable with their current primary bank or credit union. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey also found that only about 1 in 3 consumers want to be contacted by their financial institution (FI) about new products and services. This necessitates that FIs be very strategic in the way they cross-sell and up-sell to their customers

While the incidence of opening an account digitally is moderate (28%), satisfaction with the digital account opening process is very high (approx. 85%).

The report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, shows that consumers are resolute in their determination not to pay ATM fees. More than 7 in 10 report that they actively try to avoid paying a fee when they withdraw money from an ATM. Further, about one-third only use an ATM for cash withdrawal.

Although only about one-third of consumers use mobile banking, those who do are quite satisfied with the experience. Inertia and security concerns are barriers to mobile banking adoption

“Banks need to show consumers value beyond dollars and convenience. And this needs to be balanced with security and safety,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including CustomerMonitor Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post What Percent of Consumer Do Anything They Can to Avoid ATM Charges? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Are Consumers Satisfied with a Digital Account Opening Experience? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-consumers-satisfied-with-a-digital-account-opening-experience/ Wed, 10 Apr 2019 18:27:58 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78040 Are Consumers Satisfied with a Digital Account Opening Experience?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Customer Monitor Survey Series. While the incidence of opening an account via mobile is moderate (28%) Satisfaction […]

The post Are Consumers Satisfied with a Digital Account Opening Experience? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Customer Monitor Survey Series.

  • While the incidence of opening an account via mobile is moderate (28%)
  • Satisfaction with the digital account opening process is very high (approx. 85%)
  • In fact, overall satisfaction with the mobile account process is 90%
  • Increased trust in this channel will ultimately lead to greater usage as long as the satisfaction results remain strong

About this report

The CustomerMonitor Survey Series delivers a method to monitor critical changes in customer attitudes and behaviors toward payment products and channel usage that shift with changing economic times, channel usage (mobile device use, Internet use, etc.) and with differing product and service offerings (for example: the use of loyalty programs, prepaid offerings, etc.).

Mercator Advisory Group draws upon our broad industry expertise, clients and extensive research capabilities to develop highly topical and relevant questions that impact payments and channel delivery business strategy. It is Mercator Advisory Group’s experience base to answer strategic issues, its consistency of tracking year-over-year trends, and the flexibility working with our members to have public and/or private questions addressed, that differentiate this offering from other survey-based products.

Further, this catalog of primary survey results is offered an exceptional value due to Mercator’s business model that permits access to the full catalog of previous years’ surveys for all users throughout the year of service. Mercator has designed this program to be a continuous series of surveys that are fielded to monitor the shifts in behavior.

 

The post Are Consumers Satisfied with a Digital Account Opening Experience? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
4 Steps Involved with Straight through Processing in B2B Payments, Billtrust Example: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-steps-involved-with-b2b-payments/ Tue, 09 Apr 2019 18:54:19 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=78007 Fuiou Pay, Visa, Nium Partner to Launch B2B Payments SolutionDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical 1. Emailed credit cards […]

The post 4 Steps Involved with Straight through Processing in B2B Payments, Billtrust Example: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical

  • 1. Emailed credit cards are rerouted to Billtrust
  • 2. Credit card information is kept secure in Billtrust’s PCI environment
  • 3. Payments are processed and deposited to the suppliers bank the next business day4. A consolidated remittance file is delivered to suppliers ERP each day
  • Card number remittance information is conveyed via email
  • Robotic process automation (RPA) collects and processes card numbers and remittance from every email

About this report

The revolution in electronic payments has been underway for quite some time but has been much more visible in consumer payments than in the more complicated use cases associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments. Recent advancements include faster speed of payment, increasing options for cross-border solutions, and greater choices for access to such solutions.

In a new research report, Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how banks enabling suppliers to accept card payments and other forms of e-payment need to change their thinking and technology and adapt to the suppliers’ point of view. Not doing so will result in missing a large potential opportunity to capture a portion of the trillions of shifting payments volumes moving away from paper.

The annual growth in B2B noncash payments globally is estimated at about 6.5%, and Mercator Advisory Group believes that the e-payments portion of that growth is about two percentage points higher due to the decline of checks. This varies by region, in particular North America, where the U.S. has been lagging in the elimination of paper process and payments versus some other areas of the world, commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “ When it comes to the cards business, the enablement challenges have been steeper, both because of the change involved for suppliers and the friction of perceived acceptance costs. The industry has pursued best practice attempts to gain wider acceptance with modest success and now needs to try something new.”

The post 4 Steps Involved with Straight through Processing in B2B Payments, Billtrust Example: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Growth in Electronic B2B Payments Comes from 2 Sources: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/growth-in-electronic-b2b-payments-comes-from-2-sources/ Mon, 08 Apr 2019 19:22:26 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77957 commercial mobileDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical 1. Organic growth in […]

The post Growth in Electronic B2B Payments Comes from 2 Sources: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical

  • 1. Organic growth in noncash payments, which varies by region and is generally tied to economic activity
  • 2. The ongoing shift from cash and check payments to electronic methods
  • Currently, about 50% of global B2B payments are cash & check – roughly $65 trillion
  • Between 2019-2022, Mercator estimates a potential cumulative $30.2 trillion in new e-payments
  • It could take 10 years or more to transition the remaining B2B payments into digital & noncash
  • Commercial cards for B2B payments traditionally follow the interchange fee model, but alternatives are emerging

About this report

The revolution in electronic payments has been underway for quite some time but has been much more visible in consumer payments than in the more complicated use cases associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments. Recent advancements include faster speed of payment, ncreasing options for cross-border solutions, and greater choices for access to such solutions.

In a new research report, Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how banks enabling suppliers to accept card payments and other forms of e-payment need to change their thinking and technology and adapt to the suppliers’ point of view. Not doing so will result in missing a large potential opportunity to capture a portion of the trillions of shifting payments volumes moving away from paper.

The annual growth in B2B noncash payments globally is estimated at about 6.5%, and Mercator Advisory Group believes that the e-payments portion of that growth is about two percentage points higher due to the decline of checks. This varies by region, in particular North America, where the U.S. has been lagging in the elimination of paper process and payments versus some other areas of the world, commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “ When it comes to the cards business, the enablement challenges have been steeper, both because of the change involved for suppliers and the friction of perceived acceptance costs. The industry has pursued best practice attempts to gain wider acceptance with modest success and now needs to try something new.”

The post Growth in Electronic B2B Payments Comes from 2 Sources: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
The Three Factors Working to Slow Adoption of Digital Payments in B2B: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/slow-adoption-of-digital-payments-in-b2b/ Thu, 04 Apr 2019 17:46:46 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77923 Digital WalletsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical Plain Old Inertia: […]

The post The Three Factors Working to Slow Adoption of Digital Payments in B2B: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical

  • Plain Old Inertia: change costs time and money, and the current Fed Reserve system (75 yrs old) is still relatively efficient
  • Counterparties: A business buyer has commercial counterparties: suppliers. And they don’t like change either.
  • Counterparties (cont.): are the biggest obstacle to adoption of card-based payments, which include fees for suppliers
  • Awareness: Lack of awareness for the true costs and risks of nondigital payments
  • 90% of the recent advancements in payments has occured in consumer, not corporate, payments
  • Virtual cards as a B2B solution have grown 20% year on year but still only comprise 2% of payment volume
  • Annual growth in B2B noncash payments estimated at 6.5% globally, e-payments 8.5%

About this report

The revolution in electronic payments has been underway for quite some time but has been much more visible in consumer payments than in the more complicated use cases associated with business-to-business (B2B) payments. Recent advancements include faster speed of payment, ncreasing options for cross-border solutions, and greater choices for access to such solutions.

In a new research report, Supplier Enablement: Get More Flexible and Technical, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how banks enabling suppliers to accept card payments and other forms of e-payment need to change their thinking and technology and adapt to the suppliers’ point of view. Not doing so will result in missing a large potential opportunity to capture a portion of the trillions of shifting payments volumes moving away from paper.

The annual growth in B2B noncash payments globally is estimated at about 6.5%, and Mercator Advisory Group believes that the e-payments portion of that growth is about two percentage points higher due to the decline of checks. This varies by region, in particular North America, where the U.S. has been lagging in the elimination of paper process and payments versus some other areas of the world, commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “ When it comes to the cards business, the enablement challenges have been steeper, both because of the change involved for suppliers and the friction of perceived acceptance costs. The industry has pursued best practice attempts to gain wider acceptance with modest success and now needs to try something new.”

The post The Three Factors Working to Slow Adoption of Digital Payments in B2B: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
The 16 Product Features Credit Cards Use to Differentiate Themselves: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/16-features-credit-cards-use-to-differentiate/ Wed, 03 Apr 2019 18:10:31 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77886 A recent Mercator Advisory Group report takes a look at debit card use and its steady decline.Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Adding an Old Banking Feature to the Credit Card: The Case […]

The post The 16 Product Features Credit Cards Use to Differentiate Themselves: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Adding an Old Banking Feature to the Credit Card: The Case for Installment Lending

  • 24 x 7 x 365 contact – around the clock support, account Alerts, additional Cards
  • ATM access, fraud protections, fast card replacement
  • Bill payment, balance transfer, free fico scores
  • Introductory pricing, mobile app, loyalty & rewards
  • Zero liability, virtual cards, statement retention, travel protection
  • Features developed by card issuers are often only unique for a limited time

About the report 

Fintech firms like Affirm and Goldman Sachs’ Marcus address a weak spot in credit card lending. Top issuers are going head-to-head to displace point-of-sale installment lending with a new credit card feature, bringing value to cardholders with an option for accelerated payment terms. This is a defensive play to protect an issuer’s portfolio from attrition.

The post The 16 Product Features Credit Cards Use to Differentiate Themselves: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percent of Card Not Present Fraud Is Carried by Merchants vs. Issuers vs. Cardholders? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/card-not-present-fraud-merchants-issuers-cardholders/ Tue, 02 Apr 2019 18:46:01 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77858 payment preferencesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The State of Debit Card Fraud 70% of card not present fraud […]

The post What Percent of Card Not Present Fraud Is Carried by Merchants vs. Issuers vs. Cardholders? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The State of Debit Card Fraud

  • 70% of card not present fraud is carried by Merchants
  • 27% of card not present fraud is carried by card issuers
  • 3% of card not present fraud gets eaten by the cardholder themselves
  • 3DS2 is designed to move liability off of merchants and onto issuers. Currently, 43% of merchants have adopted 3DS
  • 14% of merchants are planning on using 3DS version 2
  • Concerns about the problems that occurred with 3DSv1, lack of understanding, and investment in other fraud tools are holding back some merchants from 3DS2
  • Version 1 of 3DS caused consumers to abandon their shopping carts due to friction

About this report

Managing debit card fraud needs a new approach. Debit card fraud since implementation of EMV is well managed despite a barrage of threats, but as the shift in transactions toward card-not-present channels continues and criminal tactics evolve accordingly, fraud prevention takes on a more critical role. Cardholders can be more effectively engaged in the fraud prevention effort if it is viewed as a product relationship service not a back-office function. Keeping debit cardholders safe from fraud protects not just the card but the core relationship.

The post What Percent of Card Not Present Fraud Is Carried by Merchants vs. Issuers vs. Cardholders? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
4 Improvements the 3DS2 Protocol Is Making over the Original 3D Secure: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-improvements-the-3ds2-protocol-is-making/ Mon, 01 Apr 2019 18:50:57 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77834 Why The Contact Center Should Be A Security Priority in 2019Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The State of Debit Card Fraud Simpler, more user-friendly, checkout process […]

The post 4 Improvements the 3DS2 Protocol Is Making over the Original 3D Secure: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The State of Debit Card Fraud

  • Simpler, more user-friendly, checkout process because cards are auto-enrolled
  • 3DS2 gathers & sends up to 150 data points so issuers can evaluate fraud
  • Specifications have been added for non-browser-based apps which didn’t exist for 3DS
  • Version 2 also accommodates account tokens not just card numbers in the transaction flow
  • Version 1 of 3 Domain Secure was notoriously problematic – it required consumers to register cards and authorize every purchase
  • Version 1 of 3DS caused consumers to abandon their shopping carts due to friction

About this report

Managing debit card fraud needs a new approach. Debit card fraud since implementation of EMV is well managed despite a barrage of threats, but as the shift in transactions toward card-not-present channels continues and criminal tactics evolve accordingly, fraud prevention takes on a more critical role. Cardholders can be more effectively engaged in the fraud prevention effort if it is viewed as a product relationship service not a back-office function. Keeping debit cardholders safe from fraud protects not just the card but the core relationship.

The post 4 Improvements the 3DS2 Protocol Is Making over the Original 3D Secure: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
If Consumers Could Have One Thing from ATMs It’d Be This, Plus 6 New ATM Stats: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-one-thing-from-atms-itd-be-this/ Fri, 29 Mar 2019 18:16:42 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77815 “On-ATM” – The Rising Culture of On-Demand Cash, monetizing ATM innovationDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment 59% of […]

The post If Consumers Could Have One Thing from ATMs It’d Be This, Plus 6 New ATM Stats: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment

  • 59% of consumers want to withdraw in more specific $ denominations from ATMs
  • 14% of US consumers refuse to withdraw cash at an ATM, period
  • 31% of US consumers won’t conduct any other type of ATM transaction but cash withdrawal
  • 77% of consumers report “I do anything I can to avoid paying ATM surcharges”
  • Half of consumers (49%) report they do not make deposits at ATMs
  • Mostly, it seems they’re unfamiliar (11%) or never tried (27%) or untrusting (28%) of depositing at an ATM
  • And 49% of US consumers just plain “prefer a teller”

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, reveals that U.S. customers are highly satisfied with their banking relationship and comfortable with their current primary bank or credit union. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey also found that only about 1 in 3 consumers want to be contacted by their financial institution (FI) about new products and services. This necessitates that FIs be very strategic in the way they cross-sell and up-sell to their customers

While the incidence of opening an account digitally is moderate (28%), satisfaction with the digital account opening process is very high (approx. 85%).

The report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, shows that consumers are resolute in their determination not to pay ATM fees. More than 7 in 10 report that they actively try to avoid paying a fee when they withdraw money from an ATM. Further, about one-third only use an ATM for cash withdrawal.

Although only about one-third of consumers use mobile banking, those who do are quite satisfied with the experience. Inertia and security concerns are barriers to mobile banking adoption

“Banks need to show consumers value beyond dollars and convenience. And this needs to be balanced with security and safety,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including CustomerMonitor Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post If Consumers Could Have One Thing from ATMs It’d Be This, Plus 6 New ATM Stats: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Consumers Are Happy with Their Banks – How Happy? 6 Stats on How Happy: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-are-happy-with-their-banks-6-stats/ Thu, 28 Mar 2019 19:08:45 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77804 Consumers Are Happy with Their Banks - How Happy? 6 Stats on How Happy:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment On average, […]

The post Consumers Are Happy with Their Banks – How Happy? 6 Stats on How Happy: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment

  • On average, 84% of consumers are satisfied with their banks’ services
  • Only about 1 in 8 consumers switched banks in the last 2 years
  • Only 1 in 3 consumers express interest in hearing about new banking products
  • On a scale where 100 is average; consumer’s primary bank scores a 235 in Brand Trust. Next best is Visa at 159
  • Most consumers aren’t interested in financial products delivered by tech companies – Paypal leads with 44% interest, Facebook has 11%
  • Moreover, consumer’s loyalty to their bank increases after using its mobile app

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, reveals that U.S. customers are highly satisfied with their banking relationship and comfortable with their current primary bank or credit union. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey also found that only about 1 in 3 consumers want to be contacted by their financial institution (FI) about new products and services. This necessitates that FIs be very strategic in the way they cross-sell and up-sell to their customers

While the incidence of opening an account digitally is moderate (28%), satisfaction with the digital account opening process is very high (approx. 85%).

The report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, shows that consumers are resolute in their determination not to pay ATM fees. More than 7 in 10 report that they actively try to avoid paying a fee when they withdraw money from an ATM. Further, about one-third only use an ATM for cash withdrawal.

Although only about one-third of consumers use mobile banking, those who do are quite satisfied with the experience. Inertia and security concerns are barriers to mobile banking adoption

“Banks need to show consumers value beyond dollars and convenience. And this needs to be balanced with security and safety,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including CustomerMonitor Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Consumers Are Happy with Their Banks – How Happy? 6 Stats on How Happy: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Four Demographic Characteristics Dictate Whether Consumers Evaluate New Digital Payments: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-evaluate-new-digital-payments/ Wed, 27 Mar 2019 18:51:29 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77788 RuPay and UPI digital paymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment Younger, […]

The post Four Demographic Characteristics Dictate Whether Consumers Evaluate New Digital Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment

  • Younger, better educated, higher income, experience, and comfort with similar products
  • Consumers with one or more of those demographics are willing to evaluate new digital payment options
  • Six criteria are evaluated: product availability, openness to technology, ease of use, perceived security, value received, comfort with process
  • Consumer demographics (4) and evaluation criteria (6) feed a 5-stage adoption funnel, beginning with Awareness
  • Awareness leads to: interest, evaluation, trial, & adoption

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s most recent Insight Summary Report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, reveals that U.S. customers are highly satisfied with their banking relationship and comfortable with their current primary bank or credit union. The report is from the Banking and Channels Survey in the bi-annual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, a part of Mercator’s Primary Data Service. It is based on findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online survey of 3,000 U.S. adult consumers in November 2018.

The survey also found that only about 1 in 3 consumers want to be contacted by their financial institution (FI) about new products and services. This necessitates that FIs be very strategic in the way they cross-sell and up-sell to their customers

While the incidence of opening an account digitally is moderate (28%), satisfaction with the digital account opening process is very high (approx. 85%).

The report, Omnichannel and Branch Banking: The Current U.S. Consumer Banking Environment, shows that consumers are resolute in their determination not to pay ATM fees. More than 7 in 10 report that they actively try to avoid paying a fee when they withdraw money from an ATM. Further, about one-third only use an ATM for cash withdrawal.

Although only about one-third of consumers use mobile banking, those who do are quite satisfied with the experience. Inertia and security concerns are barriers to mobile banking adoption

“Banks need to show consumers value beyond dollars and convenience. And this needs to be balanced with security and safety,” states the author of the report, Pete Reville, Director of Primary Data Services including CustomerMonitor Survey Series at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post Four Demographic Characteristics Dictate Whether Consumers Evaluate New Digital Payments: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percentage of Shoppers Change Their Shopping Behavior After a Fraud Event? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percent-shoppers-change-behavior-after-fraud/ Tue, 26 Mar 2019 18:12:20 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77757 fraudDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The State of Debit Card Fraud 56% of cardholders change where they […]

The post What Percentage of Shoppers Change Their Shopping Behavior After a Fraud Event? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The State of Debit Card Fraud

  • 56% of cardholders change where they shop or how they shop following a fraud event
  • 65% of cardholders use their card less after being declined making a purchase
  • When individuals have been falsely declined two times or more in six months, 20% stop using their card
  • Card issuers face a massive influx of card not present fraud following the sudden shift to EMV chips
  • In June 2018, 67% of US merchants accepted EMV chip cards
  • By December 2018, over 90% of transactions were completed with EMV chips

About this report 

Managing debit card fraud needs a new approach. Debit card fraud since implementation of EMV is well managed despite a barrage of threats, but as the shift in transactions toward card-not-present channels continues and criminal tactics evolve accordingly, fraud prevention takes on a more critical role. Cardholders can be more effectively engaged in the fraud prevention effort if it is viewed as a product relationship service not a back-office function. Keeping debit cardholders safe from fraud protects not just the card but the core relationship.

The post What Percentage of Shoppers Change Their Shopping Behavior After a Fraud Event? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Despite Recent Improvement, 4 Challenges Still Face Debit Card Fraud: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-challenges-still-face-debit-card-fraud/ Mon, 25 Mar 2019 18:19:59 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77730 Credit Card Fraud Stories: You Can’t Make This Stuff UpDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The State of Debit Card Fraud Issuers & Acquirers have adopted […]

The post Despite Recent Improvement, 4 Challenges Still Face Debit Card Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The State of Debit Card Fraud

  • Issuers & Acquirers have adopted varying solutions and implemented them to varying extents
  • Fraud is ever-evolving, requiring continuous investment and mitigation
  • As solutions are continuously deployed, they must not add friction to the customer experience
  • After a slow start, Debit cards are being used more frequently in online and mobile channels
  • In relative dollar value loss, debit fraud actually declined in 2018 (<1%); but thats because debit card growth jumped to 6.2%
  • Losses to Debit card fraud still top $2 billion per year nationwide

About this report 

Managing debit card fraud needs a new approach. Debit card fraud since implementation of EMV is well managed despite a barrage of threats, but as the shift in transactions toward card-not-present channels continues and criminal tactics evolve accordingly, fraud prevention takes on a more critical role. Cardholders can be more effectively engaged in the fraud prevention effort if it is viewed as a product relationship service not a back-office function. Keeping debit cardholders safe from fraud protects not just the card but the core relationship.

The post Despite Recent Improvement, 4 Challenges Still Face Debit Card Fraud: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
“Vintages” & “Seasoning” & 3 Other Ways Credit Card ABS Are Like Wine: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-other-ways-credit-card-abs-are-like-wine/ Fri, 22 Mar 2019 18:51:56 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77706 "Vintages" & "Seasoning" & 3 Other Ways Credit Card ABS Are Like Wine:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asset-Backed Securities: A Primer for Credit Card Managers “Seasoning” in credit card […]

The post “Vintages” & “Seasoning” & 3 Other Ways Credit Card ABS Are Like Wine: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asset-Backed Securities: A Primer for Credit Card Managers

  • “Seasoning” in credit card asset-backed securities refers to how long each CC account within has been active
  • Credit card accounts are broken into “Vintages” which reflect their tranche of seasoning (ie. the 6-12 months group)
  • A balanced Credit card ABS draws accounts from across geographies to offset regional risk
  • Often credit card asset-backed securities use a blend of general purpose and co-branded credit cards
  • FICO scores represent an acidity test for an ABS portfolio: rating an individual’s risk for assuming debt

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group has released its latest research report. Titled Asset-Backed Securities: A Primer for Credit Card Managers, this report is the first analysis of the asset-backed securities (ABS) market since the recession that focuses on the credit card industry.

Readers will learn about the logical and legal flows of credit card asset-backed securities (ABS), an important financing tool used by many top issuers. Asset-backed securitization enables lenders to originate credit card accounts, season their portfolios, and then sell the receivables to bank-owned trusts that enable investors to buy future revenue streams. Credit card issuers can generate servicing fees and then use the funds to reinvest in new accounts. One top-tier bank has 50 percent of its portfolio securitized, which is a key component of its growth strategy.

“The report presents a case study of the asset-backed securitization of a credit card portfolio of a major global bank to illustrate the level of analytics covered in an ABS prospectus. One important facet that is apparent is the importance of the FICO® Score and the way it is used throughout the credit cycle from origination to credit cycle management and ultimately through securitization,” notes the author of the report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. He adds: “Dodd-Frank brought discipline to the ABS process, and issuers have a requirement to effectively manage their portfolios, particularly as they place blocks of accounts into the capital markets.”

The post “Vintages” & “Seasoning” & 3 Other Ways Credit Card ABS Are Like Wine: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Credit Card Managers Watch 7 Operations that Gauge Portfolio Success: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-managers-7-operations-portfolio-success/ Thu, 21 Mar 2019 19:06:06 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77696 Credit Card Managers Watch 7 Operations that Gauge Portfolio Success:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asset-Backed Securities: A Primer for Credit Card Managers Balance Ranges:  Active vs. […]

The post Credit Card Managers Watch 7 Operations that Gauge Portfolio Success: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asset-Backed Securities: A Primer for Credit Card Managers

  1. Balance Ranges:  Active vs. Inactive accounts and their balance ranges dictate portfolio valuation & risk
  2. Credit Lines: Open credit lines & line utilization vs. balance dictates growth potential & decisioning
  3. Account’s Length of Time on Books: So-called “account seasoning” and historical performance
  4. Delinquency: Receivables aging & credit quality informs operational risk assessment
  5. Portfolio Composition: Card programs included in the ABS trust and their portfolio components
  6. Geographic Distribution: State-level view of the trust informs regional risk
  7. FICO Score: Portfolio quality using an industry standard

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group has released its latest research report. Titled Asset-Backed Securities: A Primer for Credit Card Managers, this report is the first analysis of the asset-backed securities (ABS) market since the recession that focuses on the credit card industry.

Readers will learn about the logical and legal flows of credit card asset-backed securities (ABS), an important financing tool used by many top issuers. Asset-backed securitization enables lenders to originate credit card accounts, season their portfolios, and then sell the receivables to bank-owned trusts that enable investors to buy future revenue streams. Credit card issuers can generate servicing fees and then use the funds to reinvest in new accounts. One top-tier bank has 50 percent of its portfolio securitized, which is a key component of its growth strategy.

“The report presents a case study of the asset-backed securitization of a credit card portfolio of a major global bank to illustrate the level of analytics covered in an ABS prospectus. One important facet that is apparent is the importance of the FICO® Score and the way it is used throughout the credit cycle from origination to credit cycle management and ultimately through securitization,” notes the author of the report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. He adds: “Dodd-Frank brought discipline to the ABS process, and issuers have a requirement to effectively manage their portfolios, particularly as they place blocks of accounts into the capital markets.”

The post Credit Card Managers Watch 7 Operations that Gauge Portfolio Success: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Steps That Turn Credit Card Accounts Into Asset-Backed Securities https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-steps-that-turn-credit-card-accounts-into-asset-backed-securities/ Wed, 20 Mar 2019 16:51:44 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77646 A recent Mercator Advisory Group report takes a look at debit card use and its steady decline.Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asset-Backed Securities: A Primer for Credit Card Managers  Card issuer builds […]

The post 5 Steps That Turn Credit Card Accounts Into Asset-Backed Securities appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Asset-Backed Securities: A Primer for Credit Card Managers

  1.  Card issuer builds portfolio fueled by marketing, accounts season
  2. Card issuer classifies its accounts, creates a trust to buy receivables (CC accounts)
  3. Asset-Backed Security trust is created; prospectus prepared, Issuer shifts from owner to servicer
  4. Trust becomes investment grate entity, rating agencies assess, investors purchase
  5. Continuation: trust follows its prescribed term; cardholders pay; Issuer reinvests with new bookings
  • The top 15 credit card issuers dominate the CC ABS market – smaller players lack volume to justify
  • In 2018, $28 billion worth of CC ABS was issued by the US credit card market

 

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group has released its latest research report. Titled Asset-Backed Securities: A Primer for Credit Card Managers, this report is the first analysis of the asset-backed securities (ABS) market since the recession that focuses on the credit card industry.

Readers will learn about the logical and legal flows of credit card asset-backed securities (ABS), an important financing tool used by many top issuers. Asset-backed securitization enables lenders to originate credit card accounts, season their portfolios, and then sell the receivables to bank-owned trusts that enable investors to buy future revenue streams. Credit card issuers can generate servicing fees and then use the funds to reinvest in new accounts. One top-tier bank has 50 percent of its portfolio securitized, which is a key component of its growth strategy.

“The report presents a case study of the asset-backed securitization of a credit card portfolio of a major global bank to illustrate the level of analytics covered in an ABS prospectus. One important facet that is apparent is the importance of the FICO® Score and the way it is used throughout the credit cycle from origination to credit cycle management and ultimately through securitization,” notes the author of the report, Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. He adds: “Dodd-Frank brought discipline to the ABS process, and issuers have a requirement to effectively manage their portfolios, particularly as they place blocks of accounts into the capital markets.”

The post 5 Steps That Turn Credit Card Accounts Into Asset-Backed Securities appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
6 Important Markets for Open Loop Prepaid Future Performance: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-important-markets-for-open-loop-prepaid/ Tue, 19 Mar 2019 18:53:14 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77630 6 Important Markets for Open Loop Prepaid Future Performance:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 15th Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2017–2021 Open loop […]

The post 6 Important Markets for Open Loop Prepaid Future Performance: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 15th Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2017–2021

  • Open loop prepaid FSA/HSA will have a compound annual growth rate of 35%, up to $88.4 billion in 2021
  • Open loop prepaid Travel Cards will have a CAGR of 7% reaching $4.65 billion by 2021
  • Open loop prepaid Money/Financial Services cards will have a CAGR of 9% reaching $141.5 billion in 2021
  • Open loop prepaid P2P & Remittance cards will have a negative CARG of -19% down to $.4 billion by 2021
  • Open loop prepaid Campus Cards will have a CAGR of 0% at $1.95 billion due to regulatory intervention
  • Open loop prepaid State Unemployment cards will have a negative CAGR of -9% declining to $15.3 billion due to healthy economy
  • Total load values for open loop prepaid 2018-2021 will have Compound Annual Growth Rate of 10%; $427.8 billion by 2021

About This Report

In a new research report titled 15th Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2018–2021, Mercator Advisory Group provides an analysis of the growth and developments of the prepaid cards industry through 2021. The report examines loads, growth potential, and market dynamics in the United States across all open-loop prepaid segments.

This report reviews and forecasts load dollar volume for open-loop segments. This forecast highlights the segments approaching market saturation as well as those that will continue to experience double-digit annual growth. As the report’s author points out, the economy, politics, and consumer behavior will all influence which segments grow and which decline.

“Prepaid providers should be evaluating their businesses and looking for ways to move as many costs as possible to variable,” C. Sue Brown, director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service, and author of the report, comments. “Opportunities in the prepaid market shift with economic and regulatory changes causing segments to shift in volume from year to year. Because of these shifts, successful program managers will seek to achieve a variable cost structure to take advantage of the ups and the downs. They should also explore new technologies such as the Internet of Things, and new use cases such as corporate disbursements, small business GPR cards, or insurance and health care claims which may provide growth markets in the years to come.”

The post 6 Important Markets for Open Loop Prepaid Future Performance: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
7 Methods to Increase Revenue for GPR Prepaid Cards Without Raising Fees: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/increase-revenue-for-gpr-prepaid-cards/ Mon, 18 Mar 2019 18:06:39 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77614 Installment Lending: Chase Takes Credit Cards One Step FurtherDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Top 10 General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Debit Cards in the U.S. Chosen […]

The post 7 Methods to Increase Revenue for GPR Prepaid Cards Without Raising Fees: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Top 10 General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Debit Cards in the U.S. Chosen by GPR Cardholders in 2018

  • Merchant-Funded Incentives: Take advantage of merchant-funded coupons & offerings
  • Drive Usage at POS Encourage POS digital coupons for immediate redemption
  • Budgeting Capabilities: Offer high-yield savings & budgeting capabilities for money management
  • Mobile Communications: Use mobile to text, email, or to trigger transactions
  • Location Based Engagement: Allow cardholders to receive immediate offers by location
  • Personalized Targeting: Use lifecycle email marketing of personalized offers based on cardholder needs

About this report

A new research report titled Top 10 General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Debit Cards in the U.S. Chosen by GPR Cardholders in 2018, has been released by Mercator Advisory Group which provides a deep dive into the features, functionality, and pricing of each of the Top 10 cards. This report will be especially useful to program managers and prepaid card issuers as a means of evaluating their programs against their competitors’ programs. GPR cards will receive increased scrutiny regarding their fees and disclosures when pending prepaid card regulation by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau takes effect April 1, 2019.

“Providers of GPR prepaid debit cards should be evaluating their programs on a regular basis to be sure the program’s offerings is competitive and attracting the type of GPR cardholder that is beneficial to their portfolio,” comments C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service and author of the report. “What was considered new and innovative from a feature/functionality perspective five years ago is now an expected minimum basic offering on most cards. A few new trends in features/functionality as well as pricing have emerged, so program managers need to be make sure their portfolios align with them.”

The post 7 Methods to Increase Revenue for GPR Prepaid Cards Without Raising Fees: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
GPR Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Are Growing Fast, up 12%, but Churn Is Enormous: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/gpr-open-loop-prepaid-cards-are-growing-fast/ Fri, 15 Mar 2019 17:26:06 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77588 Prepaid, the Original Fintech SolutionDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Top 10 General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Debit Cards in the U.S. Chosen […]

The post GPR Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Are Growing Fast, up 12%, but Churn Is Enormous: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Top 10 General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Debit Cards in the U.S. Chosen by GPR Cardholders in 2018

  • GPR open-loop prepaid cards grew 12% by $ loaded & have a CAGR of 9% but the churn rate…
  • The churn rate for GPR cards is at least 70%
  • At 70% churn, its hard to recoup the cost of the plastic let alone marketing $
  • According to Mercator, 31% of GPR cardholders don’t know they can add dollars after the first load
  • 47% of GPR cardholders are aware they can add more $, but chose not to
  • Average retention of a GPR prepaid card is between 6-12 months, which has average profitability for issuers
  • Roughly 70-80% of new cardholders will not load or reload their card, will let the card become dormant, or will close the card within the first 90 days

About this report

A new research report titled Top 10 General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Debit Cards in the U.S. Chosen by GPR Cardholders in 2018, has been released by Mercator Advisory Group which provides a deep dive into the features, functionality, and pricing of each of the Top 10 cards. This report will be especially useful to program managers and prepaid card issuers as a means of evaluating their programs against their competitors’ programs. GPR cards will receive increased scrutiny regarding their fees and disclosures when pending prepaid card regulation by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau takes effect April 1, 2019.

“Providers of GPR prepaid debit cards should be evaluating their programs on a regular basis to be sure the program’s offerings is competitive and attracting the type of GPR cardholder that is beneficial to their portfolio,” comments C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service and author of the report. “What was considered new and innovative from a feature/functionality perspective five years ago is now an expected minimum basic offering on most cards. A few new trends in features/functionality as well as pricing have emerged, so program managers need to be make sure their portfolios align with them.”

The post GPR Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Are Growing Fast, up 12%, but Churn Is Enormous: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
7 Product Features Making an Impact for GPR Prepaid Cards: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/7-product-features-making-an-impact-for-gpr-prepaid-cards/ Thu, 14 Mar 2019 16:37:03 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77577 First Data’s Prepaid Consumer Insights Study Highlights Value of Gift Cards as "Branded Currency” in the U.K.Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Top 10 General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Debit Cards in the U.S. […]

The post 7 Product Features Making an Impact for GPR Prepaid Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Top 10 General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Debit Cards in the U.S. Chosen by GPR Cardholders in 2018

  • Early availability of funds: Present in 8 of the top 10 GPR cards
  • Rewards & Interest: 2 of the top 10 GPR cards offer cash back rewards; and 3 more offer 5% APY interest
  • Check Writing: 5 of the top 10 GPR cards offer check writing (new feature last 3-5 years)
  • Payment Cushion: 3 of the top 10 GPR cards offer a $10 payment cushion for unintentional overdraft
  • Monthly Fees: 2 of the top 10 GPR cards have no monthly fee
  • Card Purchase Fee: 4 of the top 10 GPR cards have no purchase fee
  • Subaccounts: 5 of the top 10 GPR cards offer free secondary accounts – useful for budgeting

About this report

A new research report titled Top 10 General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Debit Cards in the U.S. Chosen by GPR Cardholders in 2018, has been released by Mercator Advisory Group which provides a deep dive into the features, functionality, and pricing of each of the Top 10 cards. This report will be especially useful to program managers and prepaid card issuers as a means of evaluating their programs against their competitors’ programs. GPR cards will receive increased scrutiny regarding their fees and disclosures when pending prepaid card regulation by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau takes effect April 1, 2019.

“Providers of GPR prepaid debit cards should be evaluating their programs on a regular basis to be sure the program’s offerings is competitive and attracting the type of GPR cardholder that is beneficial to their portfolio,” comments C. Sue Brown, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Prepaid Advisory Service and author of the report. “What was considered new and innovative from a feature/functionality perspective five years ago is now an expected minimum basic offering on most cards. A few new trends in features/functionality as well as pricing have emerged, so program managers need to be make sure their portfolios align with them.”

The post 7 Product Features Making an Impact for GPR Prepaid Cards: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Despite Debit’s Decline… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/despite-debits-decline/ Wed, 13 Mar 2019 18:22:54 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77555 debit cardDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases Despite debit’s […]

The post Despite Debit’s Decline… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases

  • Despite debit’s decline of fewer users, debit is still popular.
  • When U.S consumers were ask their single most preferred payment method in stores…
  • Seniors were twice as likely to prefer credit cards to debit cards however young adults were more likely to prefer using debit cards.
  • Cash is the next most preferred payment type in stores.
  • Cash is preferred more by young adults than older adults, especially 18 -24 year old who are twice as likely as average to prefer using cash.
  • Credit card are increasingly preferred online at retailers and for travel, digital content, and now even bill payment.
  • Younger adults use more payment options then older adults.

 

About the report

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 54% of all respondents use debit cards for purchases and that figure has declined steadily since 2011, the year following the enactment of the Durbin Amendment. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,002 U.S. adults conducted in June 2018.

While consumer ownership of debit cards remains strong and people who have recently opened a checking account are even more likely than average to own a debit card for transactions, the percentage of all U.S. consumers and even those that own debit cards who report using their debit card for transactions is declining.

Today, more U.S. consumers, especially seniors are more likely to use credit cards than any other payments in stores. Young adults and adults whose annual household income is less than $75,000, however, are still more likely to use debit cards than credit cards in stores.

Only half of debit card users report using their card for online purchases. The perception of greater online security with credit cards (41%), fear of checking account compromise (30%), and lack of rewards when using debit cards (30%) are the main reasons consumers do not use debit cards online.

As U.S. consumers make a greater share of purchases online and by mobile using a wider range of payment options, they often prefer credit cards to debit cards online. And with the rising use of online payment services, consumers may start to bypass traditional payment cards and keep funds in their payment service rather than transfer it back to their checking account.

The post Despite Debit’s Decline… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Debit Card Use in Steady Decline: Down to a New Low of What Percent https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-card-use-in-steady-decline/ Tue, 12 Mar 2019 19:26:49 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77536 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases A new […]

The post Debit Card Use in Steady Decline: Down to a New Low of What Percent appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases

  • A new low of 54% of consumers use debit cards for purchases, down from 64% in 2011
  • 80% of consumers own a debit card, and 92% have checking accounts
  • Debit’s decline can be traced to increased online and mobile transactions – where consumers prefer credit
  • Young adults are the least likely age segment to own a debit card
  • Young adults are twice as likely (18%) to be charged a fee for debit cards vs. avg (9%)
  • Young adults are the most likely age group to use PayPal or Pay by Amazon (75$ vs. 60% avg.)
  • Debit’s future looks likely to continue to decline…

About the author

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 54% of all respondents use debit cards for purchases and that figure has declined steadily since 2011, the year following the enactment of the Durbin Amendment. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,002 U.S. adults conducted in June 2018.

While consumer ownership of debit cards remains strong and people who have recently opened a checking account are even more likely than average to own a debit card for transactions, the percentage of all U.S. consumers and even those that own debit cards who report using their debit card for transactions is declining.

Today, more U.S. consumers, especially seniors are more likely to use credit cards than any other payments in stores. Young adults and adults whose annual household income is less than $75,000, however, are still more likely to use debit cards than credit cards in stores.

Only half of debit card users report using their card for online purchases. The perception of greater online security with credit cards (41%), fear of checking account compromise (30%), and lack of rewards when using debit cards (30%) are the main reasons consumers do not use debit cards online.

As U.S. consumers make a greater share of purchases online and by mobile using a wider range of payment options, they often prefer credit cards to debit cards online. And with the rising use of online payment services, consumers may start to bypass traditional payment cards and keep funds in their payment service rather than transfer it back to their checking account.

 

The post Debit Card Use in Steady Decline: Down to a New Low of What Percent appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percent of Consumers Has Received a Loan Through Peer-To-Peer Lending? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-received-a-loan-peer-to-peer-lending/ Mon, 11 Mar 2019 18:15:57 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77504 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage In both 2017 & 2018, 10% […]

The post What Percent of Consumers Has Received a Loan Through Peer-To-Peer Lending? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage

  • In both 2017 & 2018, 10% of consumers obtained a loan from a peer to peer lending org.
  • Young adults dramatically skew the averages: 23% of 18-34 year olds vs. 5% of 35-64 year olds
  • But other interesting demographics are more likely than average (10%): >$100K earners: 13% – $75k-$99K earners: 15% – mobile payers: 28%
  • Consumers recently denied a bank account are 5 times more likely (53%) than avg. (10%)
  • Consumers recently denied a credit card are 4 times more likely (45%) than avg. (10%)
  • The top reason for using a P2P lending org is “convenience” (41% respondents)
  • Lower interest rates than a bank (40%) and better loan terms (39%) were other popular reason

 

About the report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage, reveals that 62% of U.S. households use credit cards in 2018, up from 60% of U.S. households in 2017. Rising use of online shopping appears to make credit cards more attractive, as the survey also finds that U.S. consumers are now more likely to prefer using credit cards rather than debit cards or any other payment type at online retailers, for online travel, digital content, and even online bill payments than since we started tracking usage preference in 2015.

Debit cards, however, are often preferred for small purchases and everyday in-store spending such as groceries. But when consumers were asked to choose their single most preferred payment type in stores, 36% prefer credit cards and 33% prefer debit, the top two payment types, followed by 18% who prefer using cash. Surprisingly, the preference for cash remains strong, particularly among Gen Z young adults aged 18 to 24 who, since the CARD Act of 2009, are less likely than older adults to use credit cards. This study also finds that consumers using credit cards are more likely than ever to be paying their monthly balances in full, though young adults are less likely than average to do so.

The report presents the findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online panel of 3,002 U.S. adult consumers surveyed in June 2018. The study examines the demographic distribution of credit card use in the United States, use of co-branded credit or charge card programs by type, changing patterns of credit card use relative to other payment types, credit card payment habits, and self-assessed credit history, as well as notice of and reaction to merchant steering practices, usage of peer-to-peer lenders by brand and reasons for use, consumer experience of changing fees, APRs, motivators to increase credit card borrowing and credit card spending, methods used to shop for new credit cards, application channels used for general purpose credit cards and store credit cards, and consumers’ notice of and reaction to merchant rules for credit card use and interest in mobile-based account controls.

The post What Percent of Consumers Has Received a Loan Through Peer-To-Peer Lending? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Proximity Payments for Corporates Lags Meager Consumer Adoption, Won’t Be Here Until 20__ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/proximity-payments-for-corporates-lags/ Fri, 08 Mar 2019 18:42:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77477 Proximity Payments for Corporates Lags Meager Consumer Adoption, Won't Be Here Until 20__  Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Commercial Mobile Technology: Still Mostly About Service Even by the […]

The post Proximity Payments for Corporates Lags Meager Consumer Adoption, Won’t Be Here Until 20__ appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

 

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Commercial Mobile Technology: Still Mostly About Service

  • Even by the year 2025, mobile proximity payments wont reach 45% of corporate card spend
  • At the moment, mobile proximity payments account for 1.25% of corporate card spend…
  • Mercator expects supply and demand to converge in 2023 with 20% of corporate card spend
  • Today, mobile channels being used by corporates include: – enterprise resource planning (ERP) – treasury management systems (TMS) – card administrative management
  • The goal for banks is to replicate the simplicity of consumer apps vs. providing a mobile version of online desktop

About the report

Service and convenience drive mobile adoption, as demand for proximity payments lags. Financial institutions that wish to retain corporate clients had best be aiming for “ease of use,” and mobility is a key delivery factor.

The post Proximity Payments for Corporates Lags Meager Consumer Adoption, Won’t Be Here Until 20__ appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
You’d Be Surprised How Many Consumers Haven’t Heard of Bitcoin https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-consumers-havent-heard-of-bitcoin/ Thu, 07 Mar 2019 18:54:15 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77460 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases 68% of consumers […]

The post You’d Be Surprised How Many Consumers Haven’t Heard of Bitcoin appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases

  • 68% of consumers have heard of the cryptocurrency, which leaves 32% of the market ambilevous
  • Only about half that number (35%) claim to “know” it, up from 31% the year prior (2017)
  • In 2018, 6% of consumers opened a Bitcoin wallet; up from 5% in 2017, but down from a peak of 10% in 2015
  • In 2016 & 2017, 56% of crypto owners used it for online purchases. In 2018, only 48% of owners purchased with it
  • In 2018, 31% of crypto owners claim to use it as an investment
  • But a recent dramatic increase in crypto use to pay friends and family (45% in 2018, up from 25% in 2016) & to pay household bills (35% in 2018 up from 11% in 2016)
  • And a massive shift towards privacy:  29% to pay for gambling and private services in 2018 up from 4% in 2016

About this report

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 54% of all respondents use debit cards for purchases and that figure has declined steadily since 2011, the year following the enactment of the Durbin Amendment. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,002 U.S. adults conducted in June 2018.

While consumer ownership of debit cards remains strong and people who have recently opened a checking account are even more likely than average to own a debit card for transactions, the percentage of all U.S. consumers and even those that own debit cards who report using their debit card for transactions is declining.

Today, more U.S. consumers, especially seniors are more likely to use credit cards than any other payments in stores. Young adults and adults whose annual household income is less than $75,000, however, are still more likely to use debit cards than credit cards in stores.

Only half of debit card users report using their card for online purchases. The perception of greater online security with credit cards (41%), fear of checking account compromise (30%), and lack of rewards when using debit cards (30%) are the main reasons consumers do not use debit cards online.

As U.S. consumers make a greater share of purchases online and by mobile using a wider range of payment options, they often prefer credit cards to debit cards online. And with the rising use of online payment services, consumers may start to bypass traditional payment cards and keep funds in their payment service rather than transfer it back to their checking account.

The post You’d Be Surprised How Many Consumers Haven’t Heard of Bitcoin appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Do Young Adults Prefer Paypal or Venmo? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-young-adults-prefer-paypal-or-venmo/ Wed, 06 Mar 2019 19:26:24 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77434 P2PDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases About this […]

The post Do Young Adults Prefer Paypal or Venmo? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases

About this report

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 54% of all respondents use debit cards for purchases and that figure has declined steadily since 2011, the year following the enactment of the Durbin Amendment. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,002 U.S. adults conducted in June 2018.

While consumer ownership of debit cards remains strong and people who have recently opened a checking account are even more likely than average to own a debit card for transactions, the percentage of all U.S. consumers and even those that own debit cards who report using their debit card for transactions is declining.

Today, more U.S. consumers, especially seniors are more likely to use credit cards than any other payments in stores. Young adults and adults whose annual household income is less than $75,000, however, are still more likely to use debit cards than credit cards in stores.

Only half of debit card users report using their card for online purchases. The perception of greater online security with credit cards (41%), fear of checking account compromise (30%), and lack of rewards when using debit cards (30%) are the main reasons consumers do not use debit cards online.

As U.S. consumers make a greater share of purchases online and by mobile using a wider range of payment options, they often prefer credit cards to debit cards online. And with the rising use of online payment services, consumers may start to bypass traditional payment cards and keep funds in their payment service rather than transfer it back to their checking account.

“The rise in use of online and mobile commerce is heightening the need for enhanced security measures such as mobile card controls, especially for debit cards,” states the author of the report, Karen Augustine, senior manager of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post Do Young Adults Prefer Paypal or Venmo? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Cards Just Lost Overdraft, Here’s What That Means: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/general-purpose-reloadable-prepaid-cards/ Tue, 05 Mar 2019 19:39:15 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77410 Prepaid, the Original Fintech SolutionDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – GPR Prepaid Debit Cards Lose Courtesy Overdraft Capability GPR cards used […]

The post General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Cards Just Lost Overdraft, Here’s What That Means: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – GPR Prepaid Debit Cards Lose Courtesy Overdraft Capability

  • GPR cards used to be limited to $15 in overdraft fees, not to exceed $100 including cost of the item
  • Regular debit can be charged up to $195 in fees alone; GPR were more protected
  • Checking account overdraft fees range between $35-$39 per transaction, but GPR overdraft is only $15… until April 1st, 2019
  • US consumers paid out $34 billion in overdraft fees in 2018, the most since 2009
  • Prepaid overdraft fees were only $80-$85 million of the cumulative $34 billion in 2018
  • 5% of US consumers are unbanked – 18% of US consumers are underbanked – 76% of US consumers are fully banked

About this report

General purpose reloadable (GPR) prepaid debit cards will no longer offer courtesy overdraft protection after April 1, 2019, when regulations by the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (formerly the CFPB) take effect.

The post General Purpose Reloadable Prepaid Cards Just Lost Overdraft, Here’s What That Means: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Are 18-24 Year Olds More or Less Likely to Value Loyalty Programs? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/18-24-year-olds-value-loyalty-programs/ Mon, 04 Mar 2019 19:31:28 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77386 open bankingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage Gen Z’s participation in credit card rewards […]

The post Are 18-24 Year Olds More or Less Likely to Value Loyalty Programs? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage

  • Gen Z’s participation in credit card rewards programs is in a 5 year decline – only 44% participate
  • Overall, 73% of credit card holders participate in the cards loyalty scheme
  • Cashback is the only type of card reward growing in popularity: 67% take part
  • Points programs in decline include:
    • non-Travel, 38% down from 47% in 2014
    • Flexible redemption, 28% down from 40% in 2014
    • Travel, 22% down from 26% in 2014
  • High-income earners (>$100K), are more likely to participate in travel rewards
  • The majority (80%) of consumers value ALL their household rewards at less than $750 a year.

About this report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage, reveals that 62% of U.S. households use credit cards in 2018, up from 60% of U.S. households in 2017. Rising use of online shopping appears to make credit cards more attractive, as the survey also finds that U.S. consumers are now more likely to prefer using credit cards rather than debit cards or any other payment type at online retailers, for online travel, digital content, and even online bill payments than since we started tracking usage preference in 2015.

Debit cards, however, are often preferred for small purchases and everyday in-store spending such as groceries. But when consumers were asked to choose their single most preferred payment type in stores, 36% prefer credit cards and 33% prefer debit, the top two payment types, followed by 18% who prefer using cash. Surprisingly, the preference for cash remains strong, particularly among Gen Z young adults aged 18 to 24 who, since the CARD Act of 2009, are less likely than older adults to use credit cards. This study also finds that consumers using credit cards are more likely than ever to be paying their monthly balances in full, though young adults are less likely than average to do so.

The report presents the findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online panel of 3,002 U.S. adult consumers surveyed in June 2018. The study examines the demographic distribution of credit card use in the United States, use of co-branded credit or charge card programs by type, changing patterns of credit card use relative to other payment types, credit card payment habits, and self-assessed credit history, as well as notice of and reaction to merchant steering practices, usage of peer-to-peer lenders by brand and reasons for use, consumer experience of changing fees, APRs, motivators to increase credit card borrowing and credit card spending, methods used to shop for new credit cards, application channels used for general purpose credit cards and store credit cards, and consumers’ notice of and reaction to merchant rules for credit card use and interest in mobile-based account controls.

“In 2018, credit cards rewards and online shopping appear to be driving stronger use of general purpose network branded credit cards, especially since 3 in 10 credit cardholders say they use premium credit cards that have an annual fee. Consumers recognize the security that credit cards offer particularly online. When it comes to fraud and disputed charges, it’s easier to deal with when the money is borrowed from the issuer, and not their own,” stated Karen Augustine, manager of Primary Data Services, including CustomerMonitor Survey Series, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the report.

The post Are 18-24 Year Olds More or Less Likely to Value Loyalty Programs? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Consumers Are Using a Debit Card To Make a Purchase? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-using-debit-card-make-a-purchase/ Fri, 01 Mar 2019 19:45:35 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77352 debit cardDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases About this report […]

The post How Many Consumers Are Using a Debit Card To Make a Purchase? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases

About this report

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 54% of all respondents use debit cards for purchases and that figure has declined steadily since 2011, the year following the enactment of the Durbin Amendment. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,002 U.S. adults conducted in June 2018.

While consumer ownership of debit cards remains strong and people who have recently opened a checking account are even more likely than average to own a debit card for transactions, the percentage of all U.S. consumers and even those that own debit cards who report using their debit card for transactions is declining.

Today, more U.S. consumers, especially seniors are more likely to use credit cards than any other payments in stores. Young adults and adults whose annual household income is less than $75,000, however, are still more likely to use debit cards than credit cards in stores.

Only half of debit card users report using their card for online purchases. The perception of greater online security with credit cards (41%), fear of checking account compromise (30%), and lack of rewards when using debit cards (30%) are the main reasons consumers do not use debit cards online.

As U.S. consumers make a greater share of purchases online and by mobile using a wider range of payment options, they often prefer credit cards to debit cards online. And with the rising use of online payment services, consumers may start to bypass traditional payment cards and keep funds in their payment service rather than transfer it back to their checking account.

“The rise in use of online and mobile commerce is heightening the need for enhanced security measures such as mobile card controls, especially for debit cards,” states the author of the report, Karen Augustine, senior manager of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post How Many Consumers Are Using a Debit Card To Make a Purchase? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
5 Eye-Catching Stats about Credit Card Usage: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-eye-catching-stats-about-credit-card-usage/ Thu, 28 Feb 2019 18:52:33 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77324 credit cardDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage In the last 4 years, credit card […]

The post 5 Eye-Catching Stats about Credit Card Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage

  • In the last 4 years, credit card usage among US Seniors has jumped 11% up to 80% in 2018 from 69% in 2014 
  • There’s a dividing line in CC usage: only 48% of households earning <$50K a year use credit compared to 65% earning $50-75K 
  • CC penetration has steep differences between races:
    • 38% of Blacks
    • 58% Hispanics
    • and 67% of White Americans use credit cards 
  • Men are more likely than women to:
    • want more credit 19% vs. 15%
    • use installment loans 14% vs. 8%
    • prefer instant financing 19% vs. 14 
  • For consumers with multiple credit cards:
    • 53% designate one for everyday use
    • 34% have one for online
    • 28% for a specific merchant
    • 25% for expensive purchases
    • 21% for emergencies

About this report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage, reveals that 62% of U.S. households use credit cards in 2018, up from 60% of U.S. households in 2017. Rising use of online shopping appears to make credit cards more attractive, as the survey also finds that U.S. consumers are now more likely to prefer using credit cards rather than debit cards or any other payment type at online retailers, for online travel, digital content, and even online bill payments than since we started tracking usage preference in 2015.

Debit cards, however, are often preferred for small purchases and everyday in-store spending such as groceries. But when consumers were asked to choose their single most preferred payment type in stores, 36% prefer credit cards and 33% prefer debit, the top two payment types, followed by 18% who prefer using cash. Surprisingly, the preference for cash remains strong, particularly among Gen Z young adults aged 18 to 24 who, since the CARD Act of 2009, are less likely than older adults to use credit cards. This study also finds that consumers using credit cards are more likely than ever to be paying their monthly balances in full, though young adults are less likely than average to do so.

The report presents the findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online panel of 3,002 U.S. adult consumers surveyed in June 2018. The study examines the demographic distribution of credit card use in the United States, use of co-branded credit or charge card programs by type, changing patterns of credit card use relative to other payment types, credit card payment habits, and self-assessed credit history, as well as notice of and reaction to merchant steering practices, usage of peer-to-peer lenders by brand and reasons for use, consumer experience of changing fees, APRs, motivators to increase credit card borrowing and credit card spending, methods used to shop for new credit cards, application channels used for general purpose credit cards and store credit cards, and consumers’ notice of and reaction to merchant rules for credit card use and interest in mobile-based account controls.

“In 2018, credit cards rewards and online shopping appear to be driving stronger use of general purpose network branded credit cards, especially since 3 in 10 credit cardholders say they use premium credit cards that have an annual fee. Consumers recognize the security that credit cards offer particularly online. When it comes to fraud and disputed charges, it’s easier to deal with when the money is borrowed from the issuer, and not their own,” stated Karen Augustine, manager of Primary Data Services, including CustomerMonitor Survey Series, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the report.

The post 5 Eye-Catching Stats about Credit Card Usage: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Have More or Fewer Consumers Reported Credit Card Fraud since 2015? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reported-credit-card-fraud-since-2015/ Wed, 27 Feb 2019 20:09:26 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77294 Credit Card Fraud Stories: You Can’t Make This Stuff UpDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage There’s been a 6% decline since […]

The post Have More or Fewer Consumers Reported Credit Card Fraud since 2015? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage

  • There’s been a 6% decline since 2015 in consumers reporting CC’s lost, stolen, or fraudulent activities
  • In 2015, 30% of consumers reported lost, stolen, or fraudulent activities In 2018, 24% reported the same
  • There’s a corresponding decline in interest among consumers for account controls via mobile app
  • In 2016 interest in mobile account controls peaked with 47% of consumers interested Today, 39% of consumers are equally interested
  • Interest in mobile account controls was strongest among 25-34 year olds in 2016: 67% wanted the service Today: 53% want the service
  • The greatest interest for account controls is around spending: 28% of consumers would use to limit payments over a $ amount
  • 25% of consumers would use account controls to block all transactions

About this report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage, reveals that 62% of U.S. households use credit cards in 2018, up from 60% of U.S. households in 2017. Rising use of online shopping appears to make credit cards more attractive, as the survey also finds that U.S. consumers are now more likely to prefer using credit cards rather than debit cards or any other payment type at online retailers, for online travel, digital content, and even online bill payments than since we started tracking usage preference in 2015.

Debit cards, however, are often preferred for small purchases and everyday in-store spending such as groceries. But when consumers were asked to choose their single most preferred payment type in stores, 36% prefer credit cards and 33% prefer debit, the top two payment types, followed by 18% who prefer using cash. Surprisingly, the preference for cash remains strong, particularly among Gen Z young adults aged 18 to 24 who, since the CARD Act of 2009, are less likely than older adults to use credit cards. This study also finds that consumers using credit cards are more likely than ever to be paying their monthly balances in full, though young adults are less likely than average to do so.

The report presents the findings from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series online panel of 3,002 U.S. adult consumers surveyed in June 2018. The study examines the demographic distribution of credit card use in the United States, use of co-branded credit or charge card programs by type, changing patterns of credit card use relative to other payment types, credit card payment habits, and self-assessed credit history, as well as notice of and reaction to merchant steering practices, usage of peer-to-peer lenders by brand and reasons for use, consumer experience of changing fees, APRs, motivators to increase credit card borrowing and credit card spending, methods used to shop for new credit cards, application channels used for general purpose credit cards and store credit cards, and consumers’ notice of and reaction to merchant rules for credit card use and interest in mobile-based account controls.

“In 2018, credit cards rewards and online shopping appear to be driving stronger use of general purpose network branded credit cards, especially since 3 in 10 credit cardholders say they use premium credit cards that have an annual fee. Consumers recognize the security that credit cards offer particularly online. When it comes to fraud and disputed charges, it’s easier to deal with when the money is borrowed from the issuer, and not their own,” stated Karen Augustine, manager of Primary Data Services, including CustomerMonitor Survey Series, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the report.

The post Have More or Fewer Consumers Reported Credit Card Fraud since 2015? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What’s the Average Longevity of a Debit Card vs. a Reloadable Prepaid Card? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/longevity-debit-card-vs-prepaid-card/ Tue, 26 Feb 2019 19:04:08 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77264 What's the Average Longevity of a Debit Card vs. a Reloadable Prepaid Card?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Blurred Lines Between Debit and Prepaid Cards The average Debit […]

The post What’s the Average Longevity of a Debit Card vs. a Reloadable Prepaid Card? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Blurred Lines Between Debit and Prepaid Cards

  • The average Debit card is active for over 16 years. The average reloadable Prepaid card is active for less than 1 year.
  • There are 476 million Debit cards in circulation. There are 78 million reloadable Prepaid cards in circulation.
  • Debit cards see $2,100 billion in transactions. GPR Cards see $108 billion in card loads.
  • The average interchange for a Debit card is 0.77%. The average interchange for a general purpose reloadable card is 1.29%.
  • Debit and GPR Prepaid card’s features and functionality are almost identical. But prepaid was (and is) built to serve the underbanked.
  • Underbanked remains a sizable market: In 2017, 6.5% of US households were unbanked totaling 8.4 million households and 14.1 million adults.
  • Reasons cited for going unbanked: not enough $ to keep account: 53% – don’t trust banks: 30% – privacy: 28% – fees: 25% – ID, credit, account problems: 14%      -FDIC, 2017

About this report

General purpose reloadable (GPR) prepaid cards and entry-level checking accounts have both evolved to a point where product features and functionality of the two are nearly indistinguishable between the two. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled, The Blurred Lines Between Debit and Prepaid Cardsconsiders the differences between the two products and why providers and users might favor one over the other.

“At first glance, prepaid and debit appear so similar that one could conclude that the payments industry took two separate paths to end up with the same product. Initially prepaid product providers were developing solutions to offer users a bankcard-like product. Now financial institutions are seeing inspiration in GPR card attributes, comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group and co-author of the report.

 

The post What’s the Average Longevity of a Debit Card vs. a Reloadable Prepaid Card? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What Percent of Retailers Use 2 or More Fraud Mitigation Tools? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-retailers-use-2-or-more-fraud-mitigation-tools/ Mon, 25 Feb 2019 19:29:34 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77248 fraudDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Securing E-Commerce: Competing Technology Crowds the Market 90% of retailers use at […]

The post What Percent of Retailers Use 2 or More Fraud Mitigation Tools? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Securing E-Commerce: Competing Technology Crowds the Market

  • 90% of retailers use at least two fraud mitigation tools – Fed Reserve Bank, Minneapolis
  • But these tools are antiquated: 76% of retailers use CVV code – 73% use shipping address
  • 70% of retailers with annual sales below $100 million do not share information with partners to fight fraud
  • Only 30% of retailers under $100mm in sales plan on bolstering their fraud initiatives
  • Smaller merchants are either complacent or feel helpless – because 77% expect fraud to increase
  • In contrast, 67% of retailers >$1.5 billion in sales are “extremely worried” about fraud

About this report

The growth of e-commerce has commanded billions of dollars in investments from credit card companies, merchants, banks, and venture capitalists. This future however, has gone relatively unsecured. Despite usage spikes for e-commerce and especially mobile commerce, no amount of investment has yet corralled e-commerce fraud. The rise of card-not-present transactions has been paralleled by spikes in declined transactions, chargebacks, bot attacks, and fraudulent transactions. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled Securing E-Commerce: Competing Technology Crowds the Market details the nature of the current state of e-commerce fraud, the options for securing it in the short and long term, and some scenarios for e-commerce security. The report makes the case that the EMVCo consortium and other potential technology entrants need to plan for a more sensibly sustained roll-out of technologies that consider merchants and banks more formidably in the process of fighting e-commerce fraud.

“The gauntlet has been thrown for 2019 for securing e-commerce. While the industry tries to solve e-commerce security issues, in many senses it is getting in its own way. EMVco, which has made strides in card-present fraud, is preparing new technologies for e-commerce. The most promising of these is 3-D Secure, version 2.0 (3DS2), an upgrade of current authentication technology, which is a significant upgrade over the original protocol 3-D Secure (3DS) from the global card network consortium EMVCo that could impact e-commerce and m-commerce fraud frequency and the negative costs associated with it. Yet, credit card companies are preparing a more aggressive upgrade called Secure Remote Commerce on its heels. Banks and merchants will have a stake in securing e-commerce, but may be confused by rapid-fire roll-outs from EMVco,” comments the author of the report, Tim Sloane, Vice President, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post What Percent of Retailers Use 2 or More Fraud Mitigation Tools? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
For Mid-sized Merchants, What Percent of Revenues Does Fraud Cost? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-revenues-does-fraud-cost/ Fri, 22 Feb 2019 18:32:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77227 Credit Card Fraud Ring Busted but Nobody CapturedDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Securing E-Commerce: Competing Technology Crowds the Market Fraud costs an average of […]

The post For Mid-sized Merchants, What Percent of Revenues Does Fraud Cost? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Securing E-Commerce: Competing Technology Crowds the Market

  • Fraud costs an average of 2.1% of revenues for midsized and large merchants. 
  • In dollars, the total cost of each dollar of e-commerce fraud (including IT, legal, etc.) is $2.94
  • US e-commerce will hit $705 billion in 2018 with 151 million attacks and a 3.2% attack rate
    -Threatmetrix, 2018
  • US m-commerce will hit $171 billion in 2018. In $’s, the total cost of each dollar of m-commerce fraud (including IT, legal, etc) is $3.29
  • e-commerce fraud attempts in 2018 were up 45%, and successful attempts doubled from 2017 to 2018
  • In 2017, $31 billion in fraud-based chargebacks was tracked, with issuers responsible for $11.6 billion

About this report

The growth of e-commerce has commanded billions of dollars in investments from credit card companies, merchants, banks, and venture capitalists. This future however, has gone relatively unsecured. Despite usage spikes for e-commerce and especially mobile commerce, no amount of investment has yet corralled e-commerce fraud. The rise of card-not-present transactions has been paralleled by spikes in declined transactions, chargebacks, bot attacks, and fraudulent transactions. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled Securing E-Commerce: Competing Technology Crowds the Market details the nature of the current state of e-commerce fraud, the options for securing it in the short and long term, and some scenarios for e-commerce security. The report makes the case that the EMVCo consortium and other potential technology entrants need to plan for a more sensibly sustained roll-out of technologies that consider merchants and banks more formidably in the process of fighting e-commerce fraud.

“The gauntlet has been thrown for 2019 for securing e-commerce. While the industry tries to solve e-commerce security issues, in many senses it is getting in its own way. EMVco, which has made strides in card-present fraud, is preparing new technologies for e-commerce. The most promising of these is 3-D Secure, version 2.0 (3DS2), an upgrade of current authentication technology, which is a significant upgrade over the original protocol 3-D Secure (3DS) from the global card network consortium EMVCo that could impact e-commerce and m-commerce fraud frequency and the negative costs associated with it. Yet, credit card companies are preparing a more aggressive upgrade called Secure Remote Commerce on its heels. Banks and merchants will have a stake in securing e-commerce, but may be confused by rapid-fire roll-outs from EMVco,” comments the author of the report, Tim Sloane, Vice President, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group.

The post For Mid-sized Merchants, What Percent of Revenues Does Fraud Cost? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Legacy Merchant Acquirers Are Left? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-legacy-merchant-acquirers-are-left/ Thu, 21 Feb 2019 19:18:55 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77209 How Many Legacy Merchant Acquirers Are Left?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group report – U.S. Merchant Acquirers Confront Disruptive Payment Industry Forces There are only 6 legacy acquirers […]

The post How Many Legacy Merchant Acquirers Are Left? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

This episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group report – U.S. Merchant Acquirers Confront Disruptive Payment Industry Forces

  • There are only 6 legacy acquirers left: First Data (soon to be Fiserv) – Chase – Worldpay – Global Payments –  Elevon – TSYS
  • Incumbent merchant acquirers face pressure including: global interchange trending down – alternative payments & fintechs – e-commerce gateways – mobile point of sale (POS)
  • But legacy acquirers will continue to be the preferred option for the national retail chains – and in-store sales still accounts for 85% of retail sales
  • New verticals with potential for acquierers include: healthcare – casinos & sports betting – small personal services businesses (salons, fitness) – cannabisFinding technology partners to approach verticals will be a popular strategy
    examples include: First Data partners with ShopKeep for cafe’s – Worldpay partners with PaySafe for sports betting
  • Total share of US card volume: First Data & partners: 37% – Worldpay: 19% – Chase: 19% – Global Payments: 6% – Elevon: 5% – TSYS: 2% – Other: 12%

About this report

Changing competitive dynamics are the new normal within the U.S. payments industry. Increasing disruptive forces and new entrants present strategic threats to traditional merchant acquirers. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, U.S. Merchant Acquirers Confront Disruptive Payments Industry Forces, discusses major factors impacting the industry’s long-time players. Additionally, the report profiles leading merchant acquirers and estimates their U.S. market share.

“Incumbent merchant acquirers have not been oblivious to changes taking place within their segment of the U.S. payments ecosystem. Most have been offering more added-value services in recent years as well as actively pursuing mergers and acquisitions. But now, rapidly evolving consumer shopping behavior, and growth of e-commerce and mobile payments methods, have become game-changers, forcing traditional acquirers to take action or be left behind,” commented Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services, at Mercator Advisory Group, and author of this report.

The post How Many Legacy Merchant Acquirers Are Left? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Fiserv & First Data Fact Sheet https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fiserv-first-data-fact-sheet/ Wed, 20 Feb 2019 18:09:32 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77187 data analyticsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fiserv and First Data Proposed Merger Shakes U.S. Payments Ecosystem Number of […]

The post Fiserv & First Data Fact Sheet appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fiserv and First Data Proposed Merger Shakes U.S. Payments Ecosystem

  • Number of Employees: Fiserv: 24,000 First Data: 22,000
  • Annual Sales: Fiserv: $5.7 billion (2017) First Data: $12.1 billion (2017)
  • Price Per Share: Fiserv: $84.61 (Nasdaq 2/6) First Data: $25.15 (NYSE 2/6)
  • Market Cap: Fiserv: $32.4 billion First Data: $23.1 billion
  • The remaining six legacy US acquirers: Chase Elevon Fiserv-First Data Global TSYS Worldpay
  • Mercator Advisory Group predicts that in the next few years the number of US acquirers will consolidate to three or four
  • Its likely that future mergers will follow a similar formula as Fiserv-First Data: Pairing different services serving different markets

About this report

Blockbuster payments pact rings in the new year.  A large merger of this size was not unexpected, but the names of the partners turned most heads. Fiserv and First Data have decided the time is right to take bold action and combine their formidable resources in order to fend off competitive threats from emerging upstarts across the payments ecosystem. While this deal will take time to be approved and become operational, we offer some insights into its reasons and how it will impact current payments providers and their merchant clients.

The post Fiserv & First Data Fact Sheet appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Credit Card Debt Constitution – What Percent Is US Consumer’s Overall Debt? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-debt-constitution-what-percent-is-us-consumers-overall-debt/ Tue, 19 Feb 2019 18:04:26 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77168 debtDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The 2019 Credit Card Data Book: Key Indicators of a Slowing Market […]

The post Credit Card Debt Constitution – What Percent Is US Consumer’s Overall Debt? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The 2019 Credit Card Data Book: Key Indicators of a Slowing Market

  • Credit card debt constitutes only 6% of consumer’s overall debt in 2018
  • That 6% remains unchanged as a proportion of consumer debt from 2012 to 2018
  • Other consumer debt however, has skyrocketed from 2012 to 2018: auto loans outstanding are up 64% in that time
  • From 2012 to 2018 consumer’s percent of outstanding student debt increased 55%
  • From 2012 to 2018 consumer’s percent of outstanding mortgage loans grew 7%
  • From 2012 to 2018 consumer’s percent of outstanding credit card debt grew 15%
  • Even growing 15% from 2012-2018, with all the other consumer debt expansion, Credit Cards remain 6% of total revolving debt remains unchanged

About this report

The 2019 Credit Card Data Book: Key Indicators of a Slowing Market, the latest edition of Mercator Advisory Group’s annual compilation of 12 essential credit card metrics has been released. The report, which provides a view of credit card portfolio volumes, household debt, and open accounts, projects credit risk and revenue results into the next decade.

Readers will get a deeper understanding of credit risk in this year’s report along with a detailed explanation of how the credit card delinquency process works. Early and late delinquencies have a direct impact on credit card profitability, which is expressed through the return on assets (ROA) metric. In the United States, credit card ROA has been steadily falling from the 4.94% achieved in 2014. In this report, Mercator projects 2.4% ROA for 2020.

“As 2019 begins, card issuers need to be planning for 2020 and should expect slower growth, slimmer profits, and tighter lending,” commented Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the research report. “Pay attention to how top issuers are keeping their portfolios in check, as issuers outside of the top 100 are seeing severe risk. In 2018, top issuers experienced credit losses of 3.81% of their receivables while those outside of the top 100 saw their rates surge to 7.92%. If this persists, some market consolidation is likely,” Riley continued.

The post Credit Card Debt Constitution – What Percent Is US Consumer’s Overall Debt? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
How Many Credit Cards Does the Average Household Keep? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-credit-cards-does-the-average-household-keep/ Fri, 15 Feb 2019 20:38:37 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77134 consumer shopping trendsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The 2019 Credit Card Data Book: Key Indicators of a Slowing Market […]

The post How Many Credit Cards Does the Average Household Keep? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The 2019 Credit Card Data Book: Key Indicators of a Slowing Market

  • The average household has 3.6 credit cards
  • 130 million households account for nearly 500 millions credit cards
  • General purpose credit cards account for over $1 trillion outstanding debt at 6,000 banks and credit unions
  • Total open credit lines amount to $3.6 trillion
  • In 2016, US consumers spent close to $3 trillion on their cards, and paid 66% in their billing cycles
  • Ideally, banks lose no more than 3% to 3.5% on their receivables in bad debt a year

About this report

The 2019 Credit Card Data Book: Key Indicators of a Slowing Market, the latest edition of Mercator Advisory Group’s annual compilation of 12 essential credit card metrics has been released. The report, which provides a view of credit card portfolio volumes, household debt, and open accounts, projects credit risk and revenue results into the next decade.

Readers will get a deeper understanding of credit risk in this year’s report along with a detailed explanation of how the credit card delinquency process works. Early and late delinquencies have a direct impact on credit card profitability, which is expressed through the return on assets (ROA) metric. In the United States, credit card ROA has been steadily falling from the 4.94% achieved in 2014. In this report, Mercator projects 2.4% ROA for 2020.

“As 2019 begins, card issuers need to be planning for 2020 and should expect slower growth, slimmer profits, and tighter lending,” commented Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service, at Mercator Advisory Group, the author of the research report. “Pay attention to how top issuers are keeping their portfolios in check, as issuers outside of the top 100 are seeing severe risk. In 2018, top issuers experienced credit losses of 3.81% of their receivables while those outside of the top 100 saw their rates surge to 7.92%. If this persists, some market consolidation is likely,” Riley continued.

The post How Many Credit Cards Does the Average Household Keep? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Whats More Prevalent, ATM Fraud or Debit Fraud? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-more-prevalent-atm-fraud-or-debit-fraud/ Thu, 14 Feb 2019 18:27:27 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77106 fraudDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 U.S. ATM Benchmark Report Debit fraud is more prevalent than ATM […]

The post Whats More Prevalent, ATM Fraud or Debit Fraud? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 U.S. ATM Benchmark Report

  • Debit fraud is more prevalent than ATM fraud, and both are less than credit card fraud
  • ATM fraud: 4.6 basis points – Debit fraud: 5.6 basis points – Credit fraud: 10 basis points – bps = 1/10th of 1%
  • The number of fraudulent ATM withdrawals increased slightly from 2012 (1.3 million) to 2015 (1.4 million)
  • By 2017 EMV chips broadly moved fraud from the point of sale to online and ATM, significantly increasing ATM “Skimming” and “Shimming”
  • Skimming occurs when a fraudster uses an undetectable card reader vs. the cards magnetic strip
  • Shimming occurs when a fraudster alters the ATM device to harvest data from an EMV chip

About this report

Consumer use of ATMs to get cash, make deposits, and check balances remains strong despite the decline in check writing and new products like apps for digital person-to-person (P2P) payments, payment cards, and mobile wallets that aim to reduce the need for cash. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2018 U.S. ATM Benchmark Report explores bank ATM placements in comparison to branch locations, current fraud trends, the launch of various cardless cash access technologies to provide cardless cash access at the ATM, and consumer attitudes toward ATM use.

“We see continued strong use of ATMs by many consumer market segments, including consumers who are also frequent users of online and mobile banking. Given predictions that cash use will begin to decline and in light of the precipitous drop in check use, making long-term investments in ATMs becomes more complex,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Serviceat Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

The post Whats More Prevalent, ATM Fraud or Debit Fraud? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
ATM Surcharges Hit Their Highest Rate Ever This Year, Here’s Why: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atm-surcharges-hit-their-highest-rate-ever/ Wed, 13 Feb 2019 19:45:44 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77086 Cash Depot Maps a New Future with Morphis - PaymentsJournalDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 U.S. ATM Benchmark Report ATM surcharges broke $3 on average out-of-network […]

The post ATM Surcharges Hit Their Highest Rate Ever This Year, Here’s Why: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 U.S. ATM Benchmark Report

  • ATM surcharges broke $3 on average out-of-network transaction this year, their highest level ever
  • But consumers value surcharge-free ATM highly, 65% of consumers cite its importance when choosing a bank
  • 72% of consumers who use digital channels like online and mobile also use ATMs
  • 20% of consumers regard the ATM as the primary point of communication with their bank
  • Yet ATM owners are dependent on surcharge fees to pay for ATM deployment and maintenance
  • As more consumers go surcharge-free, fewer surcharges are collected, thus requiring higher fees to maintain the business

About this report

Consumer use of ATMs to get cash, make deposits, and check balances remains strong despite the decline in check writing and new products like apps for digital person-to-person (P2P) payments, payment cards, and mobile wallets that aim to reduce the need for cash. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2018 U.S. ATM Benchmark Report explores bank ATM placements in comparison to branch locations, current fraud trends, the launch of various cardless cash access technologies to provide cardless cash access at the ATM, and consumer attitudes toward ATM use.

“We see continued strong use of ATMs by many consumer market segments, including consumers who are also frequent users of online and mobile banking. Given predictions that cash use will begin to decline and in light of the precipitous drop in check use, making long-term investments in ATMs becomes more complex,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Serviceat Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

 

The post ATM Surcharges Hit Their Highest Rate Ever This Year, Here’s Why: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Who’s Closing More Bank Branches – Large Banks or Community Banks? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whos-closing-more-bank-branches-large-banks-or-community-banks/ Tue, 12 Feb 2019 19:33:53 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77066 Who's Closing More Bank Branches - Large Banks or Community Banks?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 U.S. ATM Benchmark Report Most bank closures over the last 5 […]

The post Who’s Closing More Bank Branches – Large Banks or Community Banks? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2018 U.S. ATM Benchmark Report

  • Most bank closures over the last 5 years occurred with large banks; community bank branches remain steady or increased
  • In the last 5 years 7,500 branches of FDIC insured institutions have closed
  • 49% of large banks have decreased offices 15% of community banks have decreased offices
  • ATM availability is slightly increasing, perhaps in response to bank branch closings
  • There are between 475,000 and 500,000 ATMs in the US
  • The ratio of ATMs to bank branches varies widely by institution – reflecting divergent strategies on the role of ATMs
  • BofA & PNC have 3.5 ATMs per every bank branch – Chase has 3 ATMs per bank – Wells Fargo & Fifth Third have 2.1 – U.S. Bank (1.5) and BB&T (1.37)

About this report

Consumer use of ATMs to get cash, make deposits, and check balances remains strong despite the decline in check writing and new products like apps for digital person-to-person (P2P) payments, payment cards, and mobile wallets that aim to reduce the need for cash. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 2018 U.S. ATM Benchmark Report explores bank ATM placements in comparison to branch locations, current fraud trends, the launch of various cardless cash access technologies to provide cardless cash access at the ATM, and consumer attitudes toward ATM use.

“We see continued strong use of ATMs by many consumer market segments, including consumers who are also frequent users of online and mobile banking. Given predictions that cash use will begin to decline and in light of the precipitous drop in check use, making long-term investments in ATMs becomes more complex,” comments Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Serviceat Mercator Advisory Group and author of the report.

 

The post Who’s Closing More Bank Branches – Large Banks or Community Banks? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What’s Growing Faster: Payments Fraud by Dollars or Total Dollars in Payments? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/whats-growing-faster-payments-fraud/ Mon, 11 Feb 2019 19:09:32 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77039 Credit Card Fraud Ring Busted but Nobody CapturedDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Prepaid Card Fraud The rate of payments fraud by dollars continues to […]

The post What’s Growing Faster: Payments Fraud by Dollars or Total Dollars in Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Prepaid Card Fraud

  • The rate of payments fraud by dollars continues to outpace total dollars in payments
  • Overall though, payments fraud is rare: just 1/10th of one percent of total dollars (10bps)
  • Virtual Gift Card Fraud: purchased anonymously and sold anonymously; typically yield $80 cash for $100 v-card
  • With virtual gift card fraud, the merchant loses double – having lost the card and the payment to purchase it
  • Fraud rates by dollar for Prepaid are substantially lower (5.91 bps) than fraud rate for Debit (9.35 bps)
  • Fraud rate for number of transactions in Prepaid (3.49 bps) was also lower than debit (4.72 bps)

About this report

While prepaid card fraud is lower than debit card fraud, debit card fraud is shrinking due to chip technology, while prepaid card fraud is rising. Since chip technology is too expensive for prepaid, processors will need to use more analytic techniques.

The post What’s Growing Faster: Payments Fraud by Dollars or Total Dollars in Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
The Top 5 types of Prepaid Card Fraud https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-top-5-types-of-prepaid-card-fraud/ Fri, 08 Feb 2019 19:23:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=77015 fraudBONUS CONTENT: Payment fraud refers to a fraud that takes place when a fraudulent transaction is performed under a payment card. It may occur as a result of an account takeover or by the use of a counterfeit card with the customer’s account number. Third-party payment fraud occurs when a cardholder’s information is used by […]

The post The Top 5 types of Prepaid Card Fraud appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

BONUS CONTENT:
Payment fraud refers to a fraud that takes place when a fraudulent transaction is performed under a payment card. It may occur as a result of an account takeover or by the use of a counterfeit card with the customer’s account number. Third-party payment fraud occurs when a cardholder’s information is used by another person without the cardholders knowledge, and it generally takes advantage of a vulnerability or a security failure. The industry measures fraud incidence and categorizes fraud incidents.

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Prepaid Card Fraud

About this report

While prepaid card fraud is lower than debit card fraud, debit card fraud is shrinking due to chip technology, while prepaid card fraud is rising. Since chip technology is too expensive for prepaid, processors will need to use more analytic techniques.

The post The Top 5 types of Prepaid Card Fraud appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Corporate Banking & Fintech Recommendations from Analyst Steve Murphy https://www.paymentsjournal.com/corporate-banking-fintech-recommendations-from-analyst-steve-murphy/ Thu, 07 Feb 2019 19:03:03 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76997 US Investment-Grade Corporate Issuance Has Topped $1 Trillion. Is There Cause for Concern?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fintech in Corporate Banking: Digitize or Miss the Boat About this report […]

The post Corporate Banking & Fintech Recommendations from Analyst Steve Murphy appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fintech in Corporate Banking: Digitize or Miss the Boat

About this report

Financial technology is nothing new, since the financial services industry is all about providing services that ensure the safety and liquidity of assets for individuals and for businesses of all sizes. Numerous firms have for decades been expertly partnering with financial institutions in supporting the movement, investment, and safeguarding of money.

The more current perception of “fintech” is underpinned by the rapid change in the types of readily available technology along with the pace of these advances. Such capabilities continue to drive numerous investments in the space, as participants make bets on how the industry will look in 10 years and how best to get there.

In a new research report, Fintech in Corporate Banking: Digitize or Miss the Boat, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how these unprecedented technology capabilities are now shifting more toward use cases for the corporate banking space.

“In a similar fashion to the migration of fintech capital investment from Silicon Valley to more global funding participation, the opportunities and funding patterns are also changing from primarily consumer apps and small business lending to more corporate and investment banking types of business models” commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “Investors’ initial attraction to consumer products was logical given that the revenue recognition cycle is shorter for consumer products than for corporate solutions, which are usually more complicated. The shift is a occurring as both developers and liquidity providers more clearly understand the more complicated corporate use cases.”

The post Corporate Banking & Fintech Recommendations from Analyst Steve Murphy appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Two Clear Trends in Corporate Payments Fintech Investment https://www.paymentsjournal.com/trends-corporate-payments-fintech-investment/ Wed, 06 Feb 2019 20:13:52 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76980 fintechDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fintech in Corporate Banking: Digitize or Miss the Boat About this report […]

The post Two Clear Trends in Corporate Payments Fintech Investment appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fintech in Corporate Banking: Digitize or Miss the Boat

About this report

Financial technology is nothing new, since the financial services industry is all about providing services that ensure the safety and liquidity of assets for individuals and for businesses of all sizes. Numerous firms have for decades been expertly partnering with financial institutions in supporting the movement, investment, and safeguarding of money.

The more current perception of “fintech” is underpinned by the rapid change in the types of readily available technology along with the pace of these advances. Such capabilities continue to drive numerous investments in the space, as participants make bets on how the industry will look in 10 years and how best to get there.

In a new research report, Fintech in Corporate Banking: Digitize or Miss the Boat, Mercator Advisory Group reviews how these unprecedented technology capabilities are now shifting more toward use cases for the corporate banking space.

“In a similar fashion to the migration of fintech capital investment from Silicon Valley to more global funding participation, the opportunities and funding patterns are also changing from primarily consumer apps and small business lending to more corporate and investment banking types of business models” commented Steve Murphy, Director of Mercator Advisory Group’s Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service, author of the report. “Investors’ initial attraction to consumer products was logical given that the revenue recognition cycle is shorter for consumer products than for corporate solutions, which are usually more complicated. The shift is a occurring as both developers and liquidity providers more clearly understand the more complicated corporate use cases.”

The post Two Clear Trends in Corporate Payments Fintech Investment appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
AI & Machine Learning Recommendations from Analyst Tim Sloane https://www.paymentsjournal.com/ai-machine-learning-recommendations/ Tue, 05 Feb 2019 18:43:10 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76967 machine learning emotionsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 70+ Processes Banks Have Already Improved Using AI About this report Large banks […]

The post AI & Machine Learning Recommendations from Analyst Tim Sloane appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 70+ Processes Banks Have Already Improved Using AI

About this report

Large banks are adopting artificial intelligence much faster than their smaller counterparts, according to Mercator Advisory Group’s survey of global and regional banks supplemented by a review of the trade press literature. This should worry smaller institutions and the processors that serve them.

A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 70+ Processes Banks Have Already Improved Using AI identifies processes that have been upgraded through the use of artificial intelligence technology. These processes were selected by bank survey respondents from a total of 104 different potential solutions that exist in 13 different business areas, including payments, regulatory, call center, trade desk, IT, and legal. All but one of these 13 business areas had multiple processes that had been upgraded with AI according to the survey responses.

“The breadth with which AI has already been deployed across multiple departments with these banks was a surprise,” comments the author of the report, Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “However, more surprising was the depth to which AI has penetrated these departments. As an example, regulatory compliance departments reported 13 different business processes where AI is used. The legal department reported 9 different processes. Clearly the large banks are all in on AI and it suggests smaller institutions and their solution providers need to quickly step up their game.”

The post AI & Machine Learning Recommendations from Analyst Tim Sloane appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Seven 2018 Events, Initiatives, and Trends That Will Affect 2019 Credit Card Viability https://www.paymentsjournal.com/seven-2018-trends-affect-2019-credit-card/ Mon, 04 Feb 2019 18:49:32 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76953 credit cardsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Outlook: U.S. Payments Positive: Visa Claims Resolution breaks CC challenges into […]

The post Seven 2018 Events, Initiatives, and Trends That Will Affect 2019 Credit Card Viability appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Outlook: U.S. Payments

  • Positive:
    Visa Claims Resolution breaks CC challenges into 4 categories: fraud, authorization, processing errors, and consumer disputes
  • Positive (Large Issuers):
    Asset-Backed Securitization continues to grow (>$40bn). Only large issuers can afford them ($500mm or $1bn blocks)
  • Negative (Issuers & Acquirers):
    “Honor All Cards” litigation was settled in 2018, but negotiations continue potentially limiting non-interest CC revenue
  • Negative (Issuers):
    Current Expected Credit Loss accounting (CECL) could affect current loan loss revenue by up to 50%
  • Positive (Issuers):
    Unbanked US population is in decline and “thin file” accounts are being added to the market
  • Positive (Credit Card Industry):
    Regulatory developments in the Eurozone (PSD2 & GDPR) are net positives for the industry compared US fragmented US
  • Positive (Credit Card Industry):
    The US interchange rate of 1.75% likely won’t last the next decade; US credit cards will begin to fit into the larger definition of retail banking

The post Seven 2018 Events, Initiatives, and Trends That Will Affect 2019 Credit Card Viability appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Four Factors Should Be on Top of Every Credit Card Managers Watch List https://www.paymentsjournal.com/four-factors-credit-card-managers-watch-list/ Fri, 01 Feb 2019 18:52:45 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76934 Four factors should be on top of every credit card managers watch list:Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Outlook: U.S. Paymentss

The post Four Factors Should Be on Top of Every Credit Card Managers Watch List appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Outlook: U.S. Paymentss

The post Four Factors Should Be on Top of Every Credit Card Managers Watch List appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Can Better Controls Spur Mobile Payment Usage? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/can-better-controls-spur-mobile-payment-usage/ Thu, 31 Jan 2019 20:08:07 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76922 mobile-payment-smartphoneDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases About this report […]

The post Can Better Controls Spur Mobile Payment Usage? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases

About this report

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 54% of all respondents use debit cards for purchases and that figure has declined steadily since 2011, the year following the enactment of the Durbin Amendment. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,002 U.S. adults conducted in June 2018.

While consumer ownership of debit cards remains strong and people who have recently opened a checking account are even more likely than average to own a debit card for transactions, the percentage of all U.S. consumers and even those that own debit cards who report using their debit card for transactions is declining.

Today, more U.S. consumers, especially seniors are more likely to use credit cards than any other payments in stores. Young adults and adults whose annual household income is less than $75,000, however, are still more likely to use debit cards than credit cards in stores.

Only half of debit card users report using their card for online purchases. The perception of greater online security with credit cards (41%), fear of checking account compromise (30%), and lack of rewards when using debit cards (30%) are the main reasons consumers do not use debit cards online.

As U.S. consumers make a greater share of purchases online and by mobile using a wider range of payment options, they often prefer credit cards to debit cards online. And with the rising use of online payment services, consumers may start to bypass traditional payment cards and keep funds in their payment service rather than transfer it back to their checking account.

“The rise in use of online and mobile commerce is heightening the need for enhanced security measures such as mobile card controls, especially for debit cards,” states the author of the report, Karen Augustine, senior manager of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post Can Better Controls Spur Mobile Payment Usage? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
What to look for in Prepaid innovations, 2019 Outlook: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-to-look-for-in-prepaid-innovations-2019-outlook/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-to-look-for-in-prepaid-innovations-2019-outlook/#respond Wed, 30 Jan 2019 20:50:36 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76897 commercial payments outlookDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Outlook: U.S. Paymentss

The post What to look for in Prepaid innovations, 2019 Outlook: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Outlook: U.S. Paymentss

The post What to look for in Prepaid innovations, 2019 Outlook: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-to-look-for-in-prepaid-innovations-2019-outlook/feed/ 0
Why Are Consumers Not Using Debit at Online Retailers? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-not-using-debit-at-online-retailers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-not-using-debit-at-online-retailers/#respond Tue, 29 Jan 2019 18:15:45 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76879 Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases About this report […]

The post Why Are Consumers Not Using Debit at Online Retailers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases

About this report

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 54% of all respondents use debit cards for purchases and that figure has declined steadily since 2011, the year following the enactment of the Durbin Amendment. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,002 U.S. adults conducted in June 2018.

While consumer ownership of debit cards remains strong and people who have recently opened a checking account are even more likely than average to own a debit card for transactions, the percentage of all U.S. consumers and even those that own debit cards who report using their debit card for transactions is declining.

Today, more U.S. consumers, especially seniors are more likely to use credit cards than any other payments in stores. Young adults and adults whose annual household income is less than $75,000, however, are still more likely to use debit cards than credit cards in stores.

Only half of debit card users report using their card for online purchases. The perception of greater online security with credit cards (41%), fear of checking account compromise (30%), and lack of rewards when using debit cards (30%) are the main reasons consumers do not use debit cards online.

As U.S. consumers make a greater share of purchases online and by mobile using a wider range of payment options, they often prefer credit cards to debit cards online. And with the rising use of online payment services, consumers may start to bypass traditional payment cards and keep funds in their payment service rather than transfer it back to their checking account.

“The rise in use of online and mobile commerce is heightening the need for enhanced security measures such as mobile card controls, especially for debit cards,” states the author of the report, Karen Augustine, senior manager of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post Why Are Consumers Not Using Debit at Online Retailers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-not-using-debit-at-online-retailers/feed/ 0
How Will Mobile Wallets Fare in 2019? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-mobile-wallets-fare-in-2019/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-mobile-wallets-fare-in-2019/#respond Mon, 28 Jan 2019 19:24:02 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76860 RTPDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Outlook: Merchant Services    

The post How Will Mobile Wallets Fare in 2019? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Outlook: Merchant Services

 

 

The post How Will Mobile Wallets Fare in 2019? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-will-mobile-wallets-fare-in-2019/feed/ 0
Think AI Is Just Used For Fraud? Mercator Says Think Again https://www.paymentsjournal.com/think-ai-is-just-used-for-fraud/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/think-ai-is-just-used-for-fraud/#respond Fri, 25 Jan 2019 20:20:37 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76848 Robots Pandemic machine learningDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 70+ Processes Banks Have Already Improved Using AI About this report Large banks […]

The post Think AI Is Just Used For Fraud? Mercator Says Think Again appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 70+ Processes Banks Have Already Improved Using AI

About this report

Large banks are adopting artificial intelligence much faster than their smaller counterparts, according to Mercator Advisory Group’s survey of global and regional banks supplemented by a review of the trade press literature. This should worry smaller institutions and the processors that serve them.

A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled 70+ Processes Banks Have Already Improved Using AI identifies processes that have been upgraded through the use of artificial intelligence technology. These processes were selected by bank survey respondents from a total of 104 different potential solutions that exist in 13 different business areas, including payments, regulatory, call center, trade desk, IT, and legal. All but one of these 13 business areas had multiple processes that had been upgraded with AI according to the survey responses.

“The breadth with which AI has already been deployed across multiple departments with these banks was a surprise,” comments the author of the report, Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation, and Director, Emerging Technologies Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group. “However, more surprising was the depth to which AI has penetrated these departments. As an example, regulatory compliance departments reported 13 different business processes where AI is used. The legal department reported 9 different processes. Clearly the large banks are all in on AI and it suggests smaller institutions and their solution providers need to quickly step up their game.”

 

The post Think AI Is Just Used For Fraud? Mercator Says Think Again appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/think-ai-is-just-used-for-fraud/feed/ 0
What Are the Top 3 Features of a Checking Account? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-top-3-features-of-a-checking-account/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-top-3-features-of-a-checking-account/#respond Thu, 24 Jan 2019 18:57:42 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76828 mobile-checkoutDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases About this report […]

The post What Are the Top 3 Features of a Checking Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases

About this report

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 54% of all respondents use debit cards for purchases and that figure has declined steadily since 2011, the year following the enactment of the Durbin Amendment. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,002 U.S. adults conducted in June 2018.

While consumer ownership of debit cards remains strong and people who have recently opened a checking account are even more likely than average to own a debit card for transactions, the percentage of all U.S. consumers and even those that own debit cards who report using their debit card for transactions is declining.

Today, more U.S. consumers, especially seniors are more likely to use credit cards than any other payments in stores. Young adults and adults whose annual household income is less than $75,000, however, are still more likely to use debit cards than credit cards in stores.

Only half of debit card users report using their card for online purchases. The perception of greater online security with credit cards (41%), fear of checking account compromise (30%), and lack of rewards when using debit cards (30%) are the main reasons consumers do not use debit cards online.

As U.S. consumers make a greater share of purchases online and by mobile using a wider range of payment options, they often prefer credit cards to debit cards online. And with the rising use of online payment services, consumers may start to bypass traditional payment cards and keep funds in their payment service rather than transfer it back to their checking account.

“The rise in use of online and mobile commerce is heightening the need for enhanced security measures such as mobile card controls, especially for debit cards,” states the author of the report, Karen Augustine, senior manager of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post What Are the Top 3 Features of a Checking Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-the-top-3-features-of-a-checking-account/feed/ 0
Young Adults Lead the Way with P2P Payments https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-adults-lead-the-way-with-p2p-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-adults-lead-the-way-with-p2p-payments/#respond Wed, 23 Jan 2019 18:55:23 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76800 Digital PaymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases About this […]

The post Young Adults Lead the Way with P2P Payments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases

About this report

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 54% of all respondents use debit cards for purchases and that figure has declined steadily since 2011, the year following the enactment of the Durbin Amendment. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Fewer Use It for Purchases, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,002 U.S. adults conducted in June 2018.

While consumer ownership of debit cards remains strong and people who have recently opened a checking account are even more likely than average to own a debit card for transactions, the percentage of all U.S. consumers and even those that own debit cards who report using their debit card for transactions is declining.

Today, more U.S. consumers, especially seniors are more likely to use credit cards than any other payments in stores. Young adults and adults whose annual household income is less than $75,000, however, are still more likely to use debit cards than credit cards in stores.

Only half of debit card users report using their card for online purchases. The perception of greater online security with credit cards (41%), fear of checking account compromise (30%), and lack of rewards when using debit cards (30%) are the main reasons consumers do not use debit cards online.

As U.S. consumers make a greater share of purchases online and by mobile using a wider range of payment options, they often prefer credit cards to debit cards online. And with the rising use of online payment services, consumers may start to bypass traditional payment cards and keep funds in their payment service rather than transfer it back to their checking account.

“The rise in use of online and mobile commerce is heightening the need for enhanced security measures such as mobile card controls, especially for debit cards,” states the author of the report, Karen Augustine, senior manager of Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group, which includes the CustomerMonitor Survey Series.

The post Young Adults Lead the Way with P2P Payments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/young-adults-lead-the-way-with-p2p-payments/feed/ 0
Mercator’s 2019 Commercial Payment Outlook Part 1 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mercators-2019-commercial-payment-outlook-part-1/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mercators-2019-commercial-payment-outlook-part-1/#respond Tue, 22 Jan 2019 19:44:10 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76778 commercial payments outlookData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Outlook: U.S. Payments About this report  Trends from 2018 are accelerating while economic outlook darkens.  Mobile technology, open banking, and artificial intelligence will be the leading technological drivers of change in the payments system. Increasing overlap between traditionally separate […]

The post Mercator’s 2019 Commercial Payment Outlook Part 1 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 2019 Outlook: U.S. Payments

About this report 

Trends from 2018 are accelerating while economic outlook darkens.  Mobile technology, open banking, and artificial intelligence will be the leading technological drivers of change in the payments system. Increasing overlap between traditionally separate payment systems will increase competition, leading to increased merger and acquisition activity. Faster payments as well as risk and fraud prevention will continue to be major areas of focus for the payments industry and key research themes for Mercator Advisory Group in 2019. At the same time, an increased focus on customer engagement and global payments will help mitigate the impact of a forecasted slowdown in the U.S. economy.

The post Mercator’s 2019 Commercial Payment Outlook Part 1 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mercators-2019-commercial-payment-outlook-part-1/feed/ 0
Are More Small Business Owners Making Deposits With A Teller? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-owners-making-deposits/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-owners-making-deposits/#respond Fri, 18 Jan 2019 19:17:45 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76757 The Pros and Cons of Cash Vs. Card — What Your SME Needs to KnowDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience About this report Mercator Advisory Group’s […]

The post Are More Small Business Owners Making Deposits With A Teller? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest report, Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience,is the third of three Insight Summary Reports summarizing the results of the 2018 U.S. Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, a web-based survey of 2,047 U.S. small businesses (between $500,000 and $10 million annual sales), which was fielded in the spring of 2018. The previous two reports presented the survey’s findings on payment acceptance and business-to-business payments. The new report analyzes small businesses’ use of banking services and alternative lenders.

Small businesses are a captive audience for financial institutions as they still visit the branch often. The survey finds that 79% of U.S. small businesses visit the branch of their primary business bank or credit union at least once a week, including 24% of firms that visit daily or more often. Retailers and services are especially likely to visit the branch daily or more.

Small businesses rely on their business banks for a variety of services although going to the branch remains primarily transactional in nature; 72% go to the branch to make teller deposits and 38% to make ATM deposits, and more deposit cash than checks. Yet, nearly 1 in 4 go to meet with a relationship manager, often for financial advice, to resolve problems or to seek assistance for online or mobile banking.

“Small businesses visit bank branches often. While they are primarily there to make quick deposits, they are a captive audience for a wealth of services to help small businesses grow and prosper, particularly lines of credit to support investments and manage their cash flow and wealth management accounts for their personal financial health,” notes Karen Augustine, Mercator Advisory Group’s Senior Manager of Primary Data Services, the author of this report.

The post Are More Small Business Owners Making Deposits With A Teller? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-owners-making-deposits/feed/ 0
What Percent of Small Business Have Loans over $300,000 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-small-business-have-loans-over-300000/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-small-business-have-loans-over-300000/#respond Wed, 16 Jan 2019 18:20:44 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76720 American Express prepaid, retail loansDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience About this report Mercator Advisory Group’s […]

The post What Percent of Small Business Have Loans over $300,000 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest report, Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience,is the third of three Insight Summary Reports summarizing the results of the 2018 U.S. Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, a web-based survey of 2,047 U.S. small businesses (between $500,000 and $10 million annual sales), which was fielded in the spring of 2018. The previous two reports presented the survey’s findings on payment acceptance and business-to-business payments. The new report analyzes small businesses’ use of banking services and alternative lenders.

Small businesses are a captive audience for financial institutions as they still visit the branch often. The survey finds that 79% of U.S. small businesses visit the branch of their primary business bank or credit union at least once a week, including 24% of firms that visit daily or more often. Retailers and services are especially likely to visit the branch daily or more.

Small businesses rely on their business banks for a variety of services although going to the branch remains primarily transactional in nature; 72% go to the branch to make teller deposits and 38% to make ATM deposits, and more deposit cash than checks. Yet, nearly 1 in 4 go to meet with a relationship manager, often for financial advice, to resolve problems or to seek assistance for online or mobile banking.

“Small businesses visit bank branches often. While they are primarily there to make quick deposits, they are a captive audience for a wealth of services to help small businesses grow and prosper, particularly lines of credit to support investments and manage their cash flow and wealth management accounts for their personal financial health,” notes Karen Augustine, Mercator Advisory Group’s Senior Manager of Primary Data Services, the author of this report.

The post What Percent of Small Business Have Loans over $300,000 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-small-business-have-loans-over-300000/feed/ 0
Small Business Finance Trends: Banks vs. Credit Unions https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-finance-banks-vs-credit-unions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-finance-banks-vs-credit-unions/#respond Tue, 15 Jan 2019 19:34:05 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76701 What Percent of Small Businesses Accept Cash?Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience About this report Mercator Advisory Group’s […]

The post Small Business Finance Trends: Banks vs. Credit Unions appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest report, Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience,is the third of three Insight Summary Reports summarizing the results of the 2018 U.S. Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, a web-based survey of 2,047 U.S. small businesses (between $500,000 and $10 million annual sales), which was fielded in the spring of 2018. The previous two reports presented the survey’s findings on payment acceptance and business-to-business payments. The new report analyzes small businesses’ use of banking services and alternative lenders.

Small businesses are a captive audience for financial institutions as they still visit the branch often. The survey finds that 79% of U.S. small businesses visit the branch of their primary business bank or credit union at least once a week, including 24% of firms that visit daily or more often. Retailers and services are especially likely to visit the branch daily or more.

Small businesses rely on their business banks for a variety of services although going to the branch remains primarily transactional in nature; 72% go to the branch to make teller deposits and 38% to make ATM deposits, and more deposit cash than checks. Yet, nearly 1 in 4 go to meet with a relationship manager, often for financial advice, to resolve problems or to seek assistance for online or mobile banking.

“Small businesses visit bank branches often. While they are primarily there to make quick deposits, they are a captive audience for a wealth of services to help small businesses grow and prosper, particularly lines of credit to support investments and manage their cash flow and wealth management accounts for their personal financial health,” notes Karen Augustine, Mercator Advisory Group’s Senior Manager of Primary Data Services, the author of this report.

The post Small Business Finance Trends: Banks vs. Credit Unions appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-finance-banks-vs-credit-unions/feed/ 0
Why Is a Small Decrease in Small Business Checking Accounts a Big Deal? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-decrease-in-small-business-checking/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-decrease-in-small-business-checking/#respond Mon, 14 Jan 2019 19:30:02 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76680 check cashingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience About this report Mercator Advisory Group’s […]

The post Why Is a Small Decrease in Small Business Checking Accounts a Big Deal? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest report, Small Business Banking: A Captive Audience,is the third of three Insight Summary Reports summarizing the results of the 2018 U.S. Small Business Payments and Banking Survey, a web-based survey of 2,047 U.S. small businesses (between $500,000 and $10 million annual sales), which was fielded in the spring of 2018. The previous two reports presented the survey’s findings on payment acceptance and business-to-business payments. The new report analyzes small businesses’ use of banking services and alternative lenders.

The post Why Is a Small Decrease in Small Business Checking Accounts a Big Deal? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-decrease-in-small-business-checking/feed/ 0
How Big Is the Connected Car Market for the Payments Industry? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-big-is-the-connected-car-market-for-the-payments-industry/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-big-is-the-connected-car-market-for-the-payments-industry/#respond Fri, 11 Jan 2019 20:16:47 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76659 connected car, Visa Connected CarDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Connected Car: Still in First Gear for Merchant Commerce About this […]

The post How Big Is the Connected Car Market for the Payments Industry? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Connected Car: Still in First Gear for Merchant Commerce

About this report

Cars have become more than just basic transportation. Technology drives automotive innovation, and the typical car now contains between 25 and 50 microprocessors. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, The Connected Car: Still in First Gear for Merchant Commerce, discusses the emerging market for consumers in cars to order and pay for items such as food, fuel, beverages, and parking using technology built into the car.

The post How Big Is the Connected Car Market for the Payments Industry? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-big-is-the-connected-car-market-for-the-payments-industry/feed/ 0
Business Email Compromise Fraud Is on the Rise https://www.paymentsjournal.com/business-email-compromise-fraud-is-on-the-rise/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/business-email-compromise-fraud-is-on-the-rise/#respond Thu, 10 Jan 2019 18:44:30 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76636 business emailDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fighting Payments Fraud: No Rest for the Weary About this report In […]

The post Business Email Compromise Fraud Is on the Rise appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fighting Payments Fraud: No Rest for the Weary

About this report

In a new research report, Fighting Payments Fraud: No Rest for the Weary, Mercator Advisory Group provides up-to-date insights and data on key trends in data breaches and fraud threats and attacks as well as techniques for their prevention and mitigation. Payments fraud is one major symptom of the broader issue of cybercrime, but it can be controlled or minimized somewhat independently through planning, investing in monitoring and detection, and vigilance — in effect a relentless offensive and defensive counter to the myriad, ever-present, and growing chart of global threats.

The post Business Email Compromise Fraud Is on the Rise appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/business-email-compromise-fraud-is-on-the-rise/feed/ 0
Cybercrime in Corporate Payments Declined in What Category? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cybercrime-in-corporate-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cybercrime-in-corporate-payments/#respond Wed, 09 Jan 2019 20:15:23 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76616 cybercrimeDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fighting Payments Fraud: No Rest for the Weary About this report In […]

The post Cybercrime in Corporate Payments Declined in What Category? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fighting Payments Fraud: No Rest for the Weary

About this report

In a new research report, Fighting Payments Fraud: No Rest for the Weary, Mercator Advisory Group provides up-to-date insights and data on key trends in data breaches and fraud threats and attacks as well as techniques for their prevention and mitigation. Payments fraud is one major symptom of the broader issue of cybercrime, but it can be controlled or minimized somewhat independently through planning, investing in monitoring and detection, and vigilance — in effect a relentless offensive and defensive counter to the myriad, ever-present, and growing chart of global threats.

The post Cybercrime in Corporate Payments Declined in What Category? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/cybercrime-in-corporate-payments/feed/ 0
All Commercial Payments Crime Isn’t Created Equal https://www.paymentsjournal.com/commercial-payments-crime-isnt-equal/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/commercial-payments-crime-isnt-equal/#respond Tue, 08 Jan 2019 18:19:48 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76592 invoice fraudDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fighting Payments Fraud: No Rest for the Weary About this report In […]

The post All Commercial Payments Crime Isn’t Created Equal appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Fighting Payments Fraud: No Rest for the Weary

About this report

In a new research report, Fighting Payments Fraud: No Rest for the Weary, Mercator Advisory Group provides up-to-date insights and data on key trends in data breaches and fraud threats and attacks as well as techniques for their prevention and mitigation. Payments fraud is one major symptom of the broader issue of cybercrime, but it can be controlled or minimized somewhat independently through planning, investing in monitoring and detection, and vigilance — in effect a relentless offensive and defensive counter to the myriad, ever-present, and growing chart of global threats.

The post All Commercial Payments Crime Isn’t Created Equal appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/commercial-payments-crime-isnt-equal/feed/ 0
With 67 Billion Credit Card Transactions How Many Will Be Disputed? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/with-67-billion-credit-card-transactions-how-many-will-be-disputed/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/with-67-billion-credit-card-transactions-how-many-will-be-disputed/#respond Mon, 07 Jan 2019 18:53:43 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76573 credit card disputesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Dispute Management: Transactions in the Billions Bring Exceptions in the Millions […]

The post With 67 Billion Credit Card Transactions How Many Will Be Disputed? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Credit Card Dispute Management: Transactions in the Billions Bring Exceptions in the Millions

About this report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research report, Credit Card Dispute Management: Transactions in the Billions Bring Exceptions in the Millions, addresses payment disputes, which are costly for credit card issuers.

Trillions of dollars and billions of transactions pass through the branded network payment systems of Mastercard and Visa. A small fraction of these transactions end up as payment disputes. These flawed transactions are indications of unauthorized use, family fraud, unsatisfactory merchandise, or errant claims. Best estimates are that 4 basis points, or 4/1000ths of transaction volumes fall into this category. As we hit the next decade, expect exceptions to number nearly 25 million units.

The post With 67 Billion Credit Card Transactions How Many Will Be Disputed? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/with-67-billion-credit-card-transactions-how-many-will-be-disputed/feed/ 0
What Age Segment Is Most Likely to Use a Credit Card in 2018? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/age-segment-likely-to-use-a-credit-card-2018/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/age-segment-likely-to-use-a-credit-card-2018/#respond Fri, 04 Jan 2019 19:35:06 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76559 online shoppingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth and Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage. About this report The most recent Insight […]

The post What Age Segment Is Most Likely to Use a Credit Card in 2018? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth and Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage.

About this report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage, reveals that 62% of U.S. households use credit cards in 2018, up from 60% of U.S. households in 2017. Rising use of online shopping appears to make credit cards more attractive, as the survey also finds that U.S. consumers are now more likely to prefer using credit cards rather than debit cards or any other payment type at online retailers, for online travel, digital content, and even online bill payments than since we started tracking usage preference in 2015.

View the referenced Truth In Data episode here

The post What Age Segment Is Most Likely to Use a Credit Card in 2018? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/age-segment-likely-to-use-a-credit-card-2018/feed/ 0
Credit Cards “Popularity” over the Years https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-cards-popularity-over-the-years/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-cards-popularity-over-the-years/#respond Thu, 03 Jan 2019 20:20:41 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76544 Vector Credit Card blue icon Isolated on whiteDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth and Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage. About this report The most recent Insight […]

The post Credit Cards “Popularity” over the Years appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth and Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage.

About this report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage, reveals that 62% of U.S. households use credit cards in 2018, up from 60% of U.S. households in 2017. Rising use of online shopping appears to make credit cards more attractive, as the survey also finds that U.S. consumers are now more likely to prefer using credit cards rather than debit cards or any other payment type at online retailers, for online travel, digital content, and even online bill payments than since we started tracking usage preference in 2015.

View the referenced Truth In Data episode here

The post Credit Cards “Popularity” over the Years appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-cards-popularity-over-the-years/feed/ 0
The Most Popular Payment Card in 2018 Was… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-popular-payment-card-in-2018-was/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-popular-payment-card-in-2018-was/#respond Wed, 02 Jan 2019 20:20:36 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76518 debitDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth and Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage. About this report The most recent Insight […]

The post The Most Popular Payment Card in 2018 Was… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth and Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage.

About this report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Rising Usage, reveals that 62% of U.S. households use credit cards in 2018, up from 60% of U.S. households in 2017. Rising use of online shopping appears to make credit cards more attractive, as the survey also finds that U.S. consumers are now more likely to prefer using credit cards rather than debit cards or any other payment type at online retailers, for online travel, digital content, and even online bill payments than since we started tracking usage preference in 2015.

The post The Most Popular Payment Card in 2018 Was… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-popular-payment-card-in-2018-was/feed/ 0
Are Remote Payments on the Rise? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-remote-payments-on-the-rise/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-remote-payments-on-the-rise/#respond Mon, 31 Dec 2018 16:00:28 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76501 consumer shopping trendsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement About this report This Federal Reserve Payments Study […]

The post Are Remote Payments on the Rise? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement

About this report

This Federal Reserve Payments Study (FRPS) brief updates data on core noncash payment
types and systems that support everyday payments by U.S. consumers and businesses. The
data show faster growth in electronic payments from 2016 to 2017 compared with previous
years. Remote payments continued to grow as a share of general-purpose card payments, and
the value of in-person chip-authenticated general-purpose card payments exceeded the value
of those without chip-authentication for the first time. Meanwhile, partial data from large
banks indicate the number of check payments and cash withdrawals from automated teller
machines (ATMs) continued to decline.

The post Are Remote Payments on the Rise? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-remote-payments-on-the-rise/feed/ 0
What Is the Trend with Large-Institution ATM Withdrawals? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-is-the-trend-with-large-institution-atm-withdrawals/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-is-the-trend-with-large-institution-atm-withdrawals/#respond Fri, 28 Dec 2018 16:00:24 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76479 ATMsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement About this report This Federal Reserve Payments Study […]

The post What Is the Trend with Large-Institution ATM Withdrawals? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement

About this report

This Federal Reserve Payments Study (FRPS) brief updates data on core noncash payment
types and systems that support everyday payments by U.S. consumers and businesses. The
data show faster growth in electronic payments from 2016 to 2017 compared with previous
years. Remote payments continued to grow as a share of general-purpose card payments, and
the value of in-person chip-authenticated general-purpose card payments exceeded the value
of those without chip-authentication for the first time. Meanwhile, partial data from large
banks indicate the number of check payments and cash withdrawals from automated teller
machines (ATMs) continued to decline.

The post What Is the Trend with Large-Institution ATM Withdrawals? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-is-the-trend-with-large-institution-atm-withdrawals/feed/ 0
According to the Federal Reserve How to ACH Payments Fair in 2016 to 2017? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/according-to-the-federal-reserve-how-to-ach-payments-fair-in-2016-to-2017/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/according-to-the-federal-reserve-how-to-ach-payments-fair-in-2016-to-2017/#respond Thu, 27 Dec 2018 16:00:05 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76477 Federal Reserve studyDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement About this report This Federal Reserve Payments Study […]

The post According to the Federal Reserve How to ACH Payments Fair in 2016 to 2017? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement

About this report

This Federal Reserve Payments Study (FRPS) brief updates data on core noncash payment
types and systems that support everyday payments by U.S. consumers and businesses. The
data show faster growth in electronic payments from 2016 to 2017 compared with previous
years. Remote payments continued to grow as a share of general-purpose card payments, and
the value of in-person chip-authenticated general-purpose card payments exceeded the value
of those without chip-authentication for the first time. Meanwhile, partial data from large
banks indicate the number of check payments and cash withdrawals from automated teller
machines (ATMs) continued to decline.

The post According to the Federal Reserve How to ACH Payments Fair in 2016 to 2017? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/according-to-the-federal-reserve-how-to-ach-payments-fair-in-2016-to-2017/feed/ 0
How Did Chip-Authenticated Payments Fair in 2017? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-did-chip-authenticated-payments-fair-in-2017/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-did-chip-authenticated-payments-fair-in-2017/#respond Wed, 26 Dec 2018 16:00:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76475 fleet cardDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement About this report This Federal Reserve Payments Study […]

The post How Did Chip-Authenticated Payments Fair in 2017? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement

About this report

This Federal Reserve Payments Study (FRPS) brief updates data on core noncash payment
types and systems that support everyday payments by U.S. consumers and businesses. The
data show faster growth in electronic payments from 2016 to 2017 compared with previous
years. Remote payments continued to grow as a share of general-purpose card payments, and
the value of in-person chip-authenticated general-purpose card payments exceeded the value
of those without chip-authentication for the first time. Meanwhile, partial data from large
banks indicate the number of check payments and cash withdrawals from automated teller
machines (ATMs) continued to decline.

The post How Did Chip-Authenticated Payments Fair in 2017? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-did-chip-authenticated-payments-fair-in-2017/feed/ 0
What does the Federal Reserve Data Say About Card Payment Growth? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/federal-reserve-data-card-payment-growth/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/federal-reserve-data-card-payment-growth/#respond Mon, 24 Dec 2018 14:00:42 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76473 credit cardDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement About this report This Federal Reserve Payments Study […]

The post What does the Federal Reserve Data Say About Card Payment Growth? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement

About this report

This Federal Reserve Payments Study (FRPS) brief updates data on core noncash payment
types and systems that support everyday payments by U.S. consumers and businesses. The
data show faster growth in electronic payments from 2016 to 2017 compared with previous
years. Remote payments continued to grow as a share of general-purpose card payments, and
the value of in-person chip-authenticated general-purpose card payments exceeded the value
of those without chip-authentication for the first time. Meanwhile, partial data from large
banks indicate the number of check payments and cash withdrawals from automated teller
machines (ATMs) continued to decline.

The post What does the Federal Reserve Data Say About Card Payment Growth? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/federal-reserve-data-card-payment-growth/feed/ 0
What Did the Recent Federal Reserve Payments Study Say About Large-Institution Check Payments? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/federal-reserve-payments-checks/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/federal-reserve-payments-checks/#respond Fri, 21 Dec 2018 19:36:01 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76441 check cashingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement About this report This Federal Reserve Payments […]

The post What Did the Recent Federal Reserve Payments Study Say About Large-Institution Check Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by – The Federal Reserve Payments Study: 2018 Annual Supplement

About this report

This Federal Reserve Payments Study (FRPS) brief updates data on core noncash payment
types and systems that support everyday payments by U.S. consumers and businesses. The
data show faster growth in electronic payments from 2016 to 2017 compared with previous
years. Remote payments continued to grow as a share of general-purpose card payments, and
the value of in-person chip-authenticated general-purpose card payments exceeded the value
of those without chip-authentication for the first time. Meanwhile, partial data from large
banks indicate the number of check payments and cash withdrawals from automated teller
machines (ATMs) continued to decline.

The post What Did the Recent Federal Reserve Payments Study Say About Large-Institution Check Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/federal-reserve-payments-checks/feed/ 0
What Are the Top 3 Reasons Why Consumers Choose Not to Have a Bank Account? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-reasons-why-not-have-a-bank-account/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-reasons-why-not-have-a-bank-account/#respond Wed, 19 Dec 2018 19:46:38 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76398 open bankingDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data was provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Blurred Lines Between Debit and Prepaid Cards About this report […]

The post What Are the Top 3 Reasons Why Consumers Choose Not to Have a Bank Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data was provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Blurred Lines Between Debit and Prepaid Cards

About this report

General purpose reloadable (GPR) prepaid cards and entry-level checking accounts have both evolved to a point where product features and functionality of the two are nearly indistinguishable between the two. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled, The Blurred Lines Between Debit and Prepaid Cards considers the differences between the two products and why providers and users might favor one over the other.

The post What Are the Top 3 Reasons Why Consumers Choose Not to Have a Bank Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/3-reasons-why-not-have-a-bank-account/feed/ 0
History Lesson: How Often Are Consumer Denied for a Check or Saving Account? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/history-lesson-how-often-are-consumer-denied-for-a-check-or-saving-account/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/history-lesson-how-often-are-consumer-denied-for-a-check-or-saving-account/#respond Tue, 18 Dec 2018 19:15:26 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76385 bank accountDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data was provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Blurred Lines Between Debit and Prepaid Cards About this report […]

The post History Lesson: How Often Are Consumer Denied for a Check or Saving Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data was provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Blurred Lines Between Debit and Prepaid Cards

About this report

General purpose reloadable (GPR) prepaid cards and entry-level checking accounts have both evolved to a point where product features and functionality of the two are nearly indistinguishable between the two. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled, The Blurred Lines Between Debit and Prepaid Cards considers the differences between the two products and why providers and users might favor one over the other.

The post History Lesson: How Often Are Consumer Denied for a Check or Saving Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/history-lesson-how-often-are-consumer-denied-for-a-check-or-saving-account/feed/ 0
During the past 12 Months, Have You Ordered Anything Online or in a Mobile App for Purchase? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/ordered-online-or-mobile-app-for-purchase/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/ordered-online-or-mobile-app-for-purchase/#respond Mon, 17 Dec 2018 20:35:32 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76364 mobile orderDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S. About this […]

The post During the past 12 Months, Have You Ordered Anything Online or in a Mobile App for Purchase? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S.

About this report

This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic shift and changing landscape of web-enabled mobile users, consumer use of mobile devices for making payments and shopping online and in stores, use of in-app payments, related payment features including e-couponing, e-receipting, and e-loyalty as well as alerts and emerging digital platforms such as voice-activated conversational interfaces and wearables for payments

The post During the past 12 Months, Have You Ordered Anything Online or in a Mobile App for Purchase? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/ordered-online-or-mobile-app-for-purchase/feed/ 0
What Merchants Have the Best Growth Prospect for the Connect Car Commerce Market? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/merchants-growth-prospect-connect-car/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/merchants-growth-prospect-connect-car/#respond Fri, 14 Dec 2018 20:28:23 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76338 connected car, payments, Hyundai car paymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Connected Car: Still in First Gear for Merchant Commerce About this […]

The post What Merchants Have the Best Growth Prospect for the Connect Car Commerce Market? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Connected Car: Still in First Gear for Merchant Commerce

About this report

Cars have become more than just basic transportation. Technology drives automotive innovation, and the typical car now contains between 25 and 50 microprocessors. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group, The Connected Car: Still in First Gear for Merchant Commerce, discusses the emerging market for consumers in cars to order and pay for items such as food, fuel, beverages, and parking using technology built into the car.

The post What Merchants Have the Best Growth Prospect for the Connect Car Commerce Market? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/merchants-growth-prospect-connect-car/feed/ 0
How Many People Use Their Smartphone to Research and Shop for Products? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smartphone-research-and-shop-for-products/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smartphone-research-and-shop-for-products/#respond Thu, 13 Dec 2018 20:15:45 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76312 Mobile shopping appsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S. About this […]

The post How Many People Use Their Smartphone to Research and Shop for Products? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S.

About this report

This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic shift and changing landscape of web-enabled mobile users, consumer use of mobile devices for making payments and shopping online and in stores, use of in-app payments, related payment features including e-couponing, e-receipting, and e-loyalty as well as alerts and emerging digital platforms such as voice-activated conversational interfaces and wearables for payments

The post How Many People Use Their Smartphone to Research and Shop for Products? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/smartphone-research-and-shop-for-products/feed/ 0
How Many Consumers Use a Wearable Device for Banking and Payments? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-consumers-use-a-wearable-device-for-banking-and-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-consumers-use-a-wearable-device-for-banking-and-payments/#respond Wed, 12 Dec 2018 19:58:40 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76290 Woman looking at wearable fitness deviceDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S. About this […]

The post How Many Consumers Use a Wearable Device for Banking and Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S.

About this report

This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic shift and changing landscape of web-enabled mobile users, consumer use of mobile devices for making payments and shopping online and in stores, use of in-app payments, related payment features including e-couponing, e-receipting, and e-loyalty as well as alerts and emerging digital platforms such as voice-activated conversational interfaces and wearables for payments

The post How Many Consumers Use a Wearable Device for Banking and Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-consumers-use-a-wearable-device-for-banking-and-payments/feed/ 0
How Interested Are Consumers in Wearables? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-interested-are-consumers-in-wearables/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-interested-are-consumers-in-wearables/#respond Tue, 11 Dec 2018 20:32:55 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76273 WearablesDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S. About this […]

The post How Interested Are Consumers in Wearables? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S.

About this report

This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic shift and changing landscape of web-enabled mobile users, consumer use of mobile devices for making payments and shopping online and in stores, use of in-app payments, related payment features including e-couponing, e-receipting, and e-loyalty as well as alerts and emerging digital platforms such as voice-activated conversational interfaces and wearables for payments.

The post How Interested Are Consumers in Wearables? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-interested-are-consumers-in-wearables/feed/ 0
Consumer Financial Alert Breakdown – Part 2 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-financial-alert-breakdown-part2/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-financial-alert-breakdown-part2/#respond Fri, 07 Dec 2018 19:17:21 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76223 alert on faster paymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. View part 1 of this series Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader […]

The post Consumer Financial Alert Breakdown – Part 2 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

View part 1 of this series

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S.

About this report

This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic shift and changing landscape of web-enabled mobile users, consumer use of mobile devices for making payments and shopping online and in stores, use of in-app payments, related payment features including e-couponing, e-receipting, and e-loyalty as well as alerts and emerging digital platforms such as voice-activated conversational interfaces and wearables for payments.

The post Consumer Financial Alert Breakdown – Part 2 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumer-financial-alert-breakdown-part2/feed/ 0
Financial Alerts Are Great But, How Many Consumers Use Them and How Do They Get the Alerts? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/financial-alerts-are-great-but-how-many-consumers-use-them-and-how-do-they-get-the-alerts/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/financial-alerts-are-great-but-how-many-consumers-use-them-and-how-do-they-get-the-alerts/#respond Thu, 06 Dec 2018 19:49:37 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76201 push paymentsDon’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S. About this […]

The post Financial Alerts Are Great But, How Many Consumers Use Them and How Do They Get the Alerts? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Don’t miss another episode of Truth In Data! Click on the red bell in the lower left corner of your screen to receive notifications as soon as the episode publishes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S.

About this report

This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic shift and changing landscape of web-enabled mobile users, consumer use of mobile devices for making payments and shopping online and in stores, use of in-app payments, related payment features including e-couponing, e-receipting, and e-loyalty as well as alerts and emerging digital platforms such as voice-activated conversational interfaces and wearables for payments.

The post Financial Alerts Are Great But, How Many Consumers Use Them and How Do They Get the Alerts? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/financial-alerts-are-great-but-how-many-consumers-use-them-and-how-do-they-get-the-alerts/feed/ 0
Mobile Payment App vs Plastic Card part 2 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-payment-app-vs-plastic-card-part-2/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-payment-app-vs-plastic-card-part-2/#respond Wed, 05 Dec 2018 20:19:04 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76184 mobile paymentThis episode is part 2 of Mercator Advisory Group’s survey results asking the question “Thinking of the last time you used a mobile payment app that can be used to pay for merchandise in a store, how would you compare your experience with using a plastic payments card?” Part one can be found here Data […]

The post Mobile Payment App vs Plastic Card part 2 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

This episode is part 2 of Mercator Advisory Group’s survey results asking the question “Thinking of the last time you used a mobile payment app that can be used to pay for merchandise in a store, how would you compare your experience with using a plastic payments card?”

Part one can be found here

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S.

About this report

This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic shift and changing landscape of web-enabled mobile users, consumer use of mobile devices for making payments and shopping online and in stores, use of in-app payments, related payment features including e-couponing, e-receipting, and e-loyalty as well as alerts and emerging digital platforms such as voice-activated conversational interfaces and wearables for payments.

The post Mobile Payment App vs Plastic Card part 2 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-payment-app-vs-plastic-card-part-2/feed/ 0
Consumers Compare the Experience of Using a Mobile Payment App vs a Plastic Card https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-payment-app-vs-a-plastic-card/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-payment-app-vs-a-plastic-card/#respond Tue, 04 Dec 2018 19:11:10 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76162 What Age Groups Own What Type of Smartphone?Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S. About this report This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic shift […]

The post Consumers Compare the Experience of Using a Mobile Payment App vs a Plastic Card appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S.

About this report

This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic shift and changing landscape of web-enabled mobile users, consumer use of mobile devices for making payments and shopping online and in stores, use of in-app payments, related payment features including e-couponing, e-receipting, and e-loyalty as well as alerts and emerging digital platforms such as voice-activated conversational interfaces and wearables for payments.

The post Consumers Compare the Experience of Using a Mobile Payment App vs a Plastic Card appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-payment-app-vs-a-plastic-card/feed/ 0
What Percentage of Consumers Use Their Smartphone in Store? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-consumers-smartphone-in-store/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-consumers-smartphone-in-store/#respond Mon, 03 Dec 2018 19:55:07 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76131 A Lesson From the Failure of COVID-19 Mobile Tracing AppsData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S. About this report This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic […]

The post What Percentage of Consumers Use Their Smartphone in Store? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Still Waiting for Broader Adoption in the U.S.

About this report

This study, based on Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series payments survey conducted using an online panel of 3,002 U.S. adults in June 2018, examines the demographic shift and changing landscape of web-enabled mobile users, consumer use of mobile devices for making payments and shopping online and in stores, use of in-app payments, related payment features including e-couponing, e-receipting, and e-loyalty as well as alerts and emerging digital platforms such as voice-activated conversational interfaces and wearables for payments.

The post What Percentage of Consumers Use Their Smartphone in Store? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/percentage-of-consumers-smartphone-in-store/feed/ 0
6 in 10 Consumers Are Anxious About Bills But, What Percent Are Late in Payment? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-in-10-consumers-are-anxious-about-bills/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-in-10-consumers-are-anxious-about-bills/#respond Fri, 30 Nov 2018 19:24:18 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76104 bill paymentData for this episode of Truth In Data Provided by ACI Universal Payments report – US Consumer Payment Experience: A Blueprint for Creating Positive Behaviors About this report With 46% of Americans paying a bill late and 39% calling customer service, this consumer survey uncovers which new bill payment methods will increase on-time and online payments. […]

The post 6 in 10 Consumers Are Anxious About Bills But, What Percent Are Late in Payment? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data Provided by ACI Universal Payments report – US Consumer Payment Experience: A Blueprint for Creating Positive Behaviors

About this report

With 46% of Americans paying a bill late and 39% calling customer service, this consumer survey uncovers which new bill payment methods will increase on-time and online payments.

Credit card, debit card, real-time, text message, virtual collection agents, customer communication management and reminders are some of the bill payment methods in this report.

The post 6 in 10 Consumers Are Anxious About Bills But, What Percent Are Late in Payment? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/6-in-10-consumers-are-anxious-about-bills/feed/ 0
Recurring Debit and Credit Transactions Are at $290b a Year, but by 2021… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/recurring-debit-and-credit-transactions-are-at-290b-a-year-but-by-2021/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/recurring-debit-and-credit-transactions-are-at-290b-a-year-but-by-2021/#respond Wed, 28 Nov 2018 20:28:10 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=76075 Subscription Box Services On Rebound With Stay-At-Home LifestyleData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Recurring Payments Market Forecast, 2017–2021: Set It and Forget It About this report Recurring payments online or by mobile are growing in frequency and complexity. A recurring card transaction is one in which the payer’s payment credentials are stored with […]

The post Recurring Debit and Credit Transactions Are at $290b a Year, but by 2021… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Recurring Payments Market Forecast, 2017–2021: Set It and Forget It

About this report

Recurring payments online or by mobile are growing in frequency and complexity. A recurring card transaction is one in which the payer’s payment credentials are stored with a merchant for future use to conveniently handle regular bill payments, facilitate quick checkout at an e-commerce merchant site, or pay for a subscription for goods or services. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled U.S. Recurring Payments Market Forecast, 2017–2021: Set It and Forget It explores U.S. market size and reviews service offerings featured by seven providers in the U.S. market.

The post Recurring Debit and Credit Transactions Are at $290b a Year, but by 2021… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/recurring-debit-and-credit-transactions-are-at-290b-a-year-but-by-2021/feed/ 0
Are consumers filling out more credit card applications? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-consumers-filling-out-more-credit-card-applications/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-consumers-filling-out-more-credit-card-applications/#respond Mon, 19 Nov 2018 19:47:59 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75955 credit card applicationData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game About this report The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game, reveals that bank-issued rewards programs are becoming more valuable. […]

The post Are consumers filling out more credit card applications? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game

About this report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game, reveals that bank-issued rewards programs are becoming more valuable. When considering applying for a new credit card, consumers are more likely to visit their primary financial institution and consider it more valuable than searching online at other financial institutions or at an aggregator site.

The post Are consumers filling out more credit card applications? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-consumers-filling-out-more-credit-card-applications/feed/ 0
Which Age Segment Is Most Likely to Be Participating in Credit Card Rewards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/age-segment-participating-credit-card-rewards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/age-segment-participating-credit-card-rewards/#respond Fri, 16 Nov 2018 20:30:19 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75941 Credit CardData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game About this report The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game, reveals that bank-issued rewards programs are becoming more valuable. […]

The post Which Age Segment Is Most Likely to Be Participating in Credit Card Rewards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game

About this report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game, reveals that bank-issued rewards programs are becoming more valuable. When considering applying for a new credit card, consumers are more likely to visit their primary financial institution and consider it more valuable than searching online at other financial institutions or at an aggregator site.

The post Which Age Segment Is Most Likely to Be Participating in Credit Card Rewards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/age-segment-participating-credit-card-rewards/feed/ 0
Are Secured Credit Cards Bouncing Back From A Dubious Past? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-secured-credit-cards-bouncing-back/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-secured-credit-cards-bouncing-back/#respond Wed, 14 Nov 2018 19:20:32 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75907 Online shopping credit travel paymentsBounous Data For card issuers, there are three strategies for secured cards: Issuers can invest in promising cardholders – or just cardholders capable of making a deposit Specialized secured card issueing companies can attract prospecitve cardholders with significant credit issues Credit unions can address their broad membership base Issuers would be on the lookout for […]

The post Are Secured Credit Cards Bouncing Back From A Dubious Past? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Bounous Data

For card issuers, there are three strategies for secured cards:

  1. Issuers can invest in promising cardholders – or just cardholders capable of making a deposit
  2. Specialized secured card issueing companies can attract prospecitve cardholders with significant credit issues Credit unions can address their broad membership base
  3. Issuers would be on the lookout for bankruptcy, previous bad credit management, overindebtedness, and limited credit history

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Secured Credit Cards Market Forecast, 2017–2021: A Credible Product with a Dark Past

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest research reporte, U.S. Secured Credit Cards Market Forecast, 2017–2021: A Credible Product with a Dark Past, provides a view of this market of 5 million cardholders and gives a detailed view of the issuing landscape.

“Secured cards used to represent the dark side of the credit card business, with gouging fees and deceptive 900-carrier billing numbers,” comments Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory at Mercator Advisory Group, and the author of the research report. “Since the CARD Act cleaned up deceptive practices and unconscionable lenders, secured cards offer a mutually beneficial proposition for issuers and credit-impaired consumers. Issuers can increase their interest and non-interest revenue and also nurture pathways to other products. Consumers who either are recovering from a household financial crisis or do not have established credit have the opportunity to be included in mainstream financial services.”

The post Are Secured Credit Cards Bouncing Back From A Dubious Past? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-secured-credit-cards-bouncing-back/feed/ 0
How Do Consumers Perceive Restaurant Payment Technology? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-do-consumers-perceive-restaurant-payment-technology/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-do-consumers-perceive-restaurant-payment-technology/#respond Tue, 13 Nov 2018 19:58:42 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75896 Mobile OrderData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Pay-at-Table Technology in the U.S.: What Is Holding Back Adoption? About the report Restaurants are coping with multiple technology choices. Pay-at-table technologies hold great promise for speeding up payment and reducing the wait for a table, yet they compete with a […]

The post How Do Consumers Perceive Restaurant Payment Technology? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Pay-at-Table Technology in the U.S.: What Is Holding Back Adoption?

About the report

Restaurants are coping with multiple technology choices.

Pay-at-table technologies hold great promise for speeding up payment and reducing the wait for a table, yet they compete with a growing number of payment and integrated IT options in the restaurant vertical. As is so often the case, merchant choices are complicated by economics and too many choices.

The post How Do Consumers Perceive Restaurant Payment Technology? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-do-consumers-perceive-restaurant-payment-technology/feed/ 0
What Average Consumers Don’t Understand About Merchant Interchange Fees https://www.paymentsjournal.com/average-merchant-interchange-fees/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/average-merchant-interchange-fees/#respond Mon, 12 Nov 2018 20:32:13 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75890 Merchant ShoppingData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Global Interchange Regulation: Impact on Debit Cards About the report The card payment network infrastructure is so vital to how commerce is conducted that it is considered a utility and as a utility, has become highly regulated in many countries. As […]

The post What Average Consumers Don’t Understand About Merchant Interchange Fees appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Global Interchange Regulation: Impact on Debit Cards

About the report

The card payment network infrastructure is so vital to how commerce is conducted that it is considered a utility and as a utility, has become highly regulated in many countries. As government regulators take on the job of setting interchange, rates are moving closer to zero and transaction liability is being more equally shared between merchants and issuers. A new research report from Mercator Advisory Group titled Global Interchange Regulation: Impact on Debit Cards explores the ramifications of lower interchange on debit card activity.

The post What Average Consumers Don’t Understand About Merchant Interchange Fees appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/average-merchant-interchange-fees/feed/ 0
What Motivates Mobile and Young Consumers to Spend More on Their Credit Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-young-consumers-spend-more-credit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-young-consumers-spend-more-credit-cards/#respond Fri, 09 Nov 2018 19:39:13 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75872 business man entering data of a credit card . On-line shopping on the internet using a mobile phoneData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game About this report The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game, reveals that bank-issued rewards programs are becoming more valuable. […]

The post What Motivates Mobile and Young Consumers to Spend More on Their Credit Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game

About this report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game, reveals that bank-issued rewards programs are becoming more valuable. When considering applying for a new credit card, consumers are more likely to visit their primary financial institution and consider it more valuable than searching online at other financial institutions or at an aggregator site.

The post What Motivates Mobile and Young Consumers to Spend More on Their Credit Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-young-consumers-spend-more-credit-cards/feed/ 0
Where Do Consumers Cash Their Checks? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-consumers-cash-their-checks/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-consumers-cash-their-checks/#respond Wed, 07 Nov 2018 19:58:29 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75834 check cashingData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use About this report The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 57% of all respondents and 78% of young adults aged 18 to 34 use […]

The post Where Do Consumers Cash Their Checks? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use

About this report

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 57% of all respondents and 78% of young adults aged 18 to 34 use person-to-person payment services such as PayPal, Venmo, Google Wallet, Facebook Messenger, and others accessible online and in app by mobile devices and nearly half of them use a P2P service at least once a month. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,011 U.S. adults conducted in June 2017.

The post Where Do Consumers Cash Their Checks? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-do-consumers-cash-their-checks/feed/ 0
As “Paper Inertia” Wears off – What’s the Size of the B2B epayments Opportunity? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/as-paper-inertia-wears-off-whats-the-size-of-the-b2b-epayments-opportunity/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/as-paper-inertia-wears-off-whats-the-size-of-the-b2b-epayments-opportunity/#respond Tue, 06 Nov 2018 19:46:16 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75815 Cross-Border Payments, Barclays, ReceivablesData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Commercial Credit Cards Market Forecast, 2016–2022: Growing at a Healthy Pace About the report The U.S. market for commercial credit cards in the mid-to-large corporate market space continues to grow at a healthy pace. The growth in usage of commercial […]

The post As “Paper Inertia” Wears off – What’s the Size of the B2B epayments Opportunity? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Commercial Credit Cards Market Forecast, 2016–2022: Growing at a Healthy Pace

About the report

The U.S. market for commercial credit cards in the mid-to-large corporate market space continues to grow at a healthy pace. The growth in usage of commercial cards is associated with several interrelated factors. Certainly questions remain around broader adoption of cards as a primary payables tool, but generally all the factors are converging in a positive direction. In a new research report, U.S. Commercial Credit Cards Market Forecast, 2016–2022: Growing at a Healthy Pace, Mercator Advisory Group examines factors driving the growth, along with opportunities to gain greater share of business-to-business (B2B) spending.

This research report examines the state of the U.S. commercial card market, including market size, changing dynamics, emerging trends, and continued growth channels.

The post As “Paper Inertia” Wears off – What’s the Size of the B2B epayments Opportunity? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/as-paper-inertia-wears-off-whats-the-size-of-the-b2b-epayments-opportunity/feed/ 0
According to Mercator B2B Payments overall is expected to grow what percent? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/according-to-mercator-b2b-payments-overall-is-expected-to-grow-what-percent/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/according-to-mercator-b2b-payments-overall-is-expected-to-grow-what-percent/#respond Mon, 05 Nov 2018 19:53:22 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75789 Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Commercial Credit Cards Market Forecast, 2016–2022: Growing at a Healthy Pace About this report The U.S. market for commercial credit cards in the mid-to-large corporate market space continues to grow at a healthy pace. The growth in usage of commercial […]

The post According to Mercator B2B Payments overall is expected to grow what percent? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Commercial Credit Cards Market Forecast, 2016–2022: Growing at a Healthy Pace

About this report

The U.S. market for commercial credit cards in the mid-to-large corporate market space continues to grow at a healthy pace. The growth in usage of commercial cards is associated with several interrelated factors. Certainly questions remain around broader adoption of cards as a primary payables tool, but generally all the factors are converging in a positive direction. In a new research report, U.S. Commercial Credit Cards Market Forecast, 2016–2022: Growing at a Healthy Pace, Mercator Advisory Group examines factors driving the growth, along with opportunities to gain greater share of business-to-business (B2B) spending.

This research report examines the state of the U.S. commercial card market, including market size, changing dynamics, emerging trends, and continued growth channels.

The post According to Mercator B2B Payments overall is expected to grow what percent? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/according-to-mercator-b2b-payments-overall-is-expected-to-grow-what-percent/feed/ 0
What age segment is most interested in mobile app card controls? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-age-segment-is-most-interested-in-mobile-app-card-controls/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-age-segment-is-most-interested-in-mobile-app-card-controls/#respond Fri, 02 Nov 2018 18:47:41 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75770 mobile paymentData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game About the report The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game, reveals that bank-issued rewards programs are becoming more valuable. […]

The post What age segment is most interested in mobile app card controls? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game

About the report

The most recent Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s biannual CustomerMonitor Survey Series, titled U.S. Consumers and Credit: Playing the Rewards Game, reveals that bank-issued rewards programs are becoming more valuable. When considering applying for a new credit card, consumers are more likely to visit their primary financial institution and consider it more valuable than searching online at other financial institutions or at an aggregator site.

The post What age segment is most interested in mobile app card controls? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-age-segment-is-most-interested-in-mobile-app-card-controls/feed/ 0
What Percent of SMBs Carry Consistent Credit Card Debt? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-smbs-carry-consistent-credit-card-debt/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-smbs-carry-consistent-credit-card-debt/#respond Thu, 01 Nov 2018 19:27:56 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75757 customer experience24% of SMBs’ report carrying a credit balance month to month Half of all SMBs report carrying credit debt occasionally Only 33% of consumers carry occasional credit debt 1 in 4 SMBs have a loan with a non-bank alternative lender 2018 saw reported cash flow disruption double from 5% to 10% of SMBs BONUS : […]

The post What Percent of SMBs Carry Consistent Credit Card Debt? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
  • 24% of SMBs’ report carrying a credit balance month to month
  • Half of all SMBs report carrying credit debt occasionally
  • Only 33% of consumers carry occasional credit debt
  • 1 in 4 SMBs have a loan with a non-bank alternative lender
  • 2018 saw reported cash flow disruption double from 5% to 10% of SMBs

BONUS :

For businesses, and especially small businesses, business credit cards are considered a financing tool despite the relatively high cost compared to say a bank loan or a bank line of credit. These costs are somewhat offset by rewards – and three quarters of SMBs report that rewards are accrued to the business rather than to the owner or individual. Still, quick access to credit seems to be the driving interest for busienss credit cards even in the face of less costly alternatives. This focus on speed is mirrored in Mercator’s findings for the appetite for alternative lending products in SMBs, who are motivated above all by speed and easy application processes.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business Credit Cards and B2B Payments: Opportunity to Improve Market Penetration

About this report

In spring 2018, Mercator Advisory Group fielded its third annual web-based survey of U.S. small businesses (between $500,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding payment acceptance, business-to-business, or B2B,-payments and use of banking services and alternative lenders. Business Credit Cards and B2B Payments: Opportunity to Improve Market Penetration is the second of three reports summarizing the results of the 2018 Small Business Payments and Banking Survey.

The post What Percent of SMBs Carry Consistent Credit Card Debt? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-smbs-carry-consistent-credit-card-debt/feed/ 0
What Percent of Millennial Owned SMBs Won’t Use Credit? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-millennial-owned-smbs-wont-use-credit/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-millennial-owned-smbs-wont-use-credit/#respond Wed, 31 Oct 2018 18:48:11 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75730 small business credit cardHalf of millennial owned SMBs don’t use a business credit card, but: those that do (45%) use business credit twice as regularly than norm. (24%) 44% of millennial owners report cash flow delays vs 35% older owners Millennial SMB owners are twice as likely to use a non-bank lender 49% of millennial owners co-mingle personal […]

The post What Percent of Millennial Owned SMBs Won’t Use Credit? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
  • Half of millennial owned SMBs don’t use a business credit card, but: those that do (45%) use business credit twice as regularly than norm. (24%)
  • 44% of millennial owners report cash flow delays vs 35% older owners
  • Millennial SMB owners are twice as likely to use a non-bank lender 49% of millennial owners co-mingle personal funds with business funds vs. 36% avg.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business Credit Cards and B2B Payments: Opportunity to Improve Market Penetration

About this report

In spring 2018, Mercator Advisory Group fielded its third annual web-based survey of U.S. small businesses (between $500,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding payment acceptance, business-to-business, or B2B,-payments and use of banking services and alternative lenders. Business Credit Cards and B2B Payments: Opportunity to Improve Market Penetration is the second of three reports summarizing the results of the 2018 Small Business Payments and Banking Survey.

The post What Percent of Millennial Owned SMBs Won’t Use Credit? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-millennial-owned-smbs-wont-use-credit/feed/ 0
What Percent of SMBs Assign Credit Cards to Employees? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-smbs-assign-credit-cards-to-employees/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-smbs-assign-credit-cards-to-employees/#respond Tue, 30 Oct 2018 19:02:24 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75712 Colored credit cards, debit card overdraft91% of SMBs will assign a business credit card to an employee 75% of business cards accrue rewards for the company vs. holder 36% of SMBs co-mingle personal funds with business funds Even large SMBs w. $5-10mm in assets co-mingle (31%) Millennial SMB owners are especially likely to co-mingle (49%) Data for this episode of […]

The post What Percent of SMBs Assign Credit Cards to Employees? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
  • 91% of SMBs will assign a business credit card to an employee
  • 75% of business cards accrue rewards for the company vs. holder
  • 36% of SMBs co-mingle personal funds with business funds
  • Even large SMBs w. $5-10mm in assets co-mingle (31%)
  • Millennial SMB owners are especially likely to co-mingle (49%)

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business Credit Cards and B2B Payments: Opportunity to Improve Market Penetration

About this report

In spring 2018, Mercator Advisory Group fielded its third annual web-based survey of U.S. small businesses (between $500,000 and $10 million annual sales) regarding payment acceptance, business-to-business, or B2B,-payments and use of banking services and alternative lenders. Business Credit Cards and B2B Payments: Opportunity to Improve Market Penetration is the second of three reports summarizing the results of the 2018 Small Business Payments and Banking Survey.

The post What Percent of SMBs Assign Credit Cards to Employees? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-smbs-assign-credit-cards-to-employees/feed/ 0
How Many Cards Do Consumers Load onto a Mobile Pay App? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-cards-do-consumers-load-onto-a-mobile-pay-app/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-cards-do-consumers-load-onto-a-mobile-pay-app/#respond Fri, 26 Oct 2018 19:05:18 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75689 NFC mobile payments using smartphoneWhen it comes to mobile payment apps credit and debit cards are dominant but how many cards do consumers load onto a mobile pay app? According to a Mercator Advisory Group survey… This episode of Truth In Data Provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Merchant Experience About the report Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary […]

The post How Many Cards Do Consumers Load onto a Mobile Pay App? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

When it comes to mobile payment apps credit and debit cards are dominant but how many cards do consumers load onto a mobile pay app?

According to a Mercator Advisory Group survey…

This episode of Truth In Data Provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Merchant Experience

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, The Merchant Experience, is based on the company’s new consumer survey, Customer Merchant Experience Survey. The online survey of 3,002 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in February 2018, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants. Three content areas will be explored in a series of three reports:

  • The Merchant Experience
  • Payments, ATMs and Prepaid: How Payments Align with Experience
  • Shopping Behavior, Channel Usage, and Loyalty: How Behavior Aligns with Experience

The post How Many Cards Do Consumers Load onto a Mobile Pay App? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-many-cards-do-consumers-load-onto-a-mobile-pay-app/feed/ 0
What Percent of Consumers Use Voice Activated Conversational Interfaces for Payments or Bank Transactions? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-consumers-use-voice-activated-conversational-interfaces-for-payments-or-bank-transactions/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-consumers-use-voice-activated-conversational-interfaces-for-payments-or-bank-transactions/#respond Thu, 25 Oct 2018 19:30:21 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75665 consumer voice activationVoice-Activated Conversation Interfaces is a hot topic but how many people use them for payments or bank transactions? Is it A: 16% B: 32% or C: 27% This episode of Truth In Data Provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Merchant Experience About the report Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, The Merchant Experience, is […]

The post What Percent of Consumers Use Voice Activated Conversational Interfaces for Payments or Bank Transactions? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Voice-Activated Conversation Interfaces is a hot topic but how many people use them for payments or bank transactions?

Is it A: 16%

B: 32%

or C: 27%

This episode of Truth In Data Provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Merchant Experience

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, The Merchant Experience, is based on the company’s new consumer survey, Customer Merchant Experience Survey. The online survey of 3,002 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in February 2018, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants. Three content areas will be explored in a series of three reports:

  • The Merchant Experience
  • Payments, ATMs and Prepaid: How Payments Align with Experience
  • Shopping Behavior, Channel Usage, and Loyalty: How Behavior Aligns with Experience

The post What Percent of Consumers Use Voice Activated Conversational Interfaces for Payments or Bank Transactions? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-consumers-use-voice-activated-conversational-interfaces-for-payments-or-bank-transactions/feed/ 0
According to a Mercator Survey What Merchant Delivered the Best Experience? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/according-to-a-mercator-survey-what-merchant-delivered-the-best-experience/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/according-to-a-mercator-survey-what-merchant-delivered-the-best-experience/#respond Wed, 24 Oct 2018 18:12:09 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75639 merchant experienceA: Walmart B: Amazon C: Target This episode of Truth In Data Provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Merchant Experience About the report Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, The Merchant Experience, is based on the company’s new consumer survey, Customer Merchant Experience Survey. The online survey of 3,002 U.S. adult consumers, which was […]

The post According to a Mercator Survey What Merchant Delivered the Best Experience? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

A: Walmart

B: Amazon

C: Target

This episode of Truth In Data Provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – The Merchant Experience

About the report

Mercator Advisory Group’s latest Primary Data report, The Merchant Experience, is based on the company’s new consumer survey, Customer Merchant Experience Survey. The online survey of 3,002 U.S. adult consumers, which was conducted in February 2018, explores consumers’ merchant experiences as they shop in-store, online, and via mixed channels. The survey was designed with the goal of defining and highlighting consumer expectations for optimal experiences with merchants. Three content areas will be explored in a series of three reports:

  • The Merchant Experience
  • Payments, ATMs and Prepaid: How Payments Align with Experience
  • Shopping Behavior, Channel Usage, and Loyalty: How Behavior Aligns with Experience

The post According to a Mercator Survey What Merchant Delivered the Best Experience? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/according-to-a-mercator-survey-what-merchant-delivered-the-best-experience/feed/ 0
What Type of Store Is the Most Popular for Click and Collect? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-type-of-store-is-the-most-popular-for-click-and-collect/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-type-of-store-is-the-most-popular-for-click-and-collect/#respond Tue, 23 Oct 2018 19:21:28 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75615 Mobile shopping appsAccording to a recent Mercator Advisory Group survey the answer is: A: Department stores B: Drug stores C: Quick service /fast food or D: Apparel/Accessories/Footwear Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Greater Value Needed for Widespread Adoption About this report The study finds that nearly […]

The post What Type of Store Is the Most Popular for Click and Collect? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

According to a recent Mercator Advisory Group survey the answer is:

A: Department stores

B: Drug stores

C: Quick service /fast food

or D: Apparel/Accessories/Footwear

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Greater Value Needed for Widespread Adoption

About this report

The study finds that nearly half of all consumers and two-thirds of young adults report ordering ahead for goods and services for pickup in stores online or by mobile device. More consumers now order ahead online (32%) than by mobile (24%), but young adults are more likely to order by mobile (45%) than online by computer or laptop (38%). While more order ahead from fast food or coffee retailers than any other category, casual dining restaurants, apparel, footwear or other accessories, department stores and supermarkets or groceries are other popular types of retailers for ordering ahead.

The post What Type of Store Is the Most Popular for Click and Collect? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-type-of-store-is-the-most-popular-for-click-and-collect/feed/ 0
How Big of a Problem Is “Showrooming” for Merchants? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-big-of-a-problem-is-showrooming-for-merchants/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-big-of-a-problem-is-showrooming-for-merchants/#respond Mon, 22 Oct 2018 18:34:47 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75588 When shopping in a store and using a phone to shop online: 7% of consumers in 2017 decided not to make a purchase at all. 2% of consumers made their purchase at another physical store. 26% of consumers made their purchase at an online retailer. 66% of consumers made their purchase at that physical store. […]

The post How Big of a Problem Is “Showrooming” for Merchants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

When shopping in a store and using a phone to shop online:

  • 7% of consumers in 2017 decided not to make a purchase at all.
  • 2% of consumers made their purchase at another physical store.
  • 26% of consumers made their purchase at an online retailer.
  • 66% of consumers made their purchase at that physical store.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Mobile Payments: Greater Value Needed for Widespread Adoption

About this report

The study finds that nearly half of all consumers and two-thirds of young adults report ordering ahead for goods and services for pickup in stores online or by mobile device. More consumers now order ahead online (32%) than by mobile (24%), but young adults are more likely to order by mobile (45%) than online by computer or laptop (38%). While more order ahead from fast food or coffee retailers than any other category, casual dining restaurants, apparel, footwear or other accessories, department stores and supermarkets or groceries are other popular types of retailers for ordering ahead.

The post How Big of a Problem Is “Showrooming” for Merchants? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-big-of-a-problem-is-showrooming-for-merchants/feed/ 0
Credit vs Debit Which Is Preferred by Consumers? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-vs-debit-which-is-preferred-by-consumers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-vs-debit-which-is-preferred-by-consumers/#respond Fri, 19 Oct 2018 18:53:48 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75562 debit credit online paymentsDo consumers prefer credit or debit for the following online transactions? Online Retail Bill Payment Travel Digital Content Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use About the survey The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor […]

The post Credit vs Debit Which Is Preferred by Consumers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Do consumers prefer credit or debit for the following online transactions?

  1. Online Retail
  2. Bill Payment
  3. Travel
  4. Digital Content

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use

About the survey

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 57% of all respondents and 78% of young adults aged 18 to 34 use person-to-person payment services such as PayPal, Venmo, Google Wallet, Facebook Messenger, and others accessible online and in app by mobile devices and nearly half of them use a P2P service at least once a month. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,011 U.S. adults conducted in June 2017.

The post Credit vs Debit Which Is Preferred by Consumers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-vs-debit-which-is-preferred-by-consumers/feed/ 0
What Percent of Consumers Don’t Pay Fees For A Checking Account? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-consumers-dont-pay-fees-for-a-checking-account/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-consumers-dont-pay-fees-for-a-checking-account/#respond Thu, 18 Oct 2018 18:37:31 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75543 checking feeIs It A: 59% Is It B: 61% Or Is It C: 66% According to a recent Mercator Advisory Group survey the answer is…. Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use About the survey The latest Insight Summary […]

The post What Percent of Consumers Don’t Pay Fees For A Checking Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Is It A: 59%

Is It B: 61%

Or Is It C: 66%

According to a recent Mercator Advisory Group survey the answer is….

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use

About the survey

The latest Insight Summary Report from Mercator Advisory Group’s CustomerMonitor Survey Series reveals that 57% of all respondents and 78% of young adults aged 18 to 34 use person-to-person payment services such as PayPal, Venmo, Google Wallet, Facebook Messenger, and others accessible online and in app by mobile devices and nearly half of them use a P2P service at least once a month. The report, U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use, presents the findings of an online survey of 3,011 U.S. adults conducted in June 2017.

The post What Percent of Consumers Don’t Pay Fees For A Checking Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-consumers-dont-pay-fees-for-a-checking-account/feed/ 0
What Consumer Age Segment Has the Highest Debit Card Activation Percentage? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-consumer-age-segment-has-the-highest-debit-card-activation-percentage/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-consumer-age-segment-has-the-highest-debit-card-activation-percentage/#respond Wed, 17 Oct 2018 18:51:55 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75518 debit cardsIs It A: 18-34 yr olds Is It B: 35-64 yr olds Or Is It C: 65+ yr olds According to a Mercator Advisory Group survey the winner is… Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use  

The post What Consumer Age Segment Has the Highest Debit Card Activation Percentage? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Is It A: 18-34 yr olds

Is It B: 35-64 yr olds

Or Is It C: 65+ yr olds

According to a Mercator Advisory Group survey the winner is…

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use

 

The post What Consumer Age Segment Has the Highest Debit Card Activation Percentage? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-consumer-age-segment-has-the-highest-debit-card-activation-percentage/feed/ 0
What Consumer Segment Is Most Likely to Use P2P to Pay Online for Goods and Services? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-consumer-segment-is-most-likely-to-use-p2p-to-pay-online-for-goods-and-services/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-consumer-segment-is-most-likely-to-use-p2p-to-pay-online-for-goods-and-services/#respond Tue, 16 Oct 2018 18:50:45 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75489 p2p consumer segmentIs it A: Consumers who earn between $75,000 to $99,000 B: Consumers who earn $100,000 C: Mobile payers D: Young Adults Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use

The post What Consumer Segment Is Most Likely to Use P2P to Pay Online for Goods and Services? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Is it A: Consumers who earn between $75,000 to $99,000

B: Consumers who earn $100,000

C: Mobile payers

D: Young Adults

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use

The post What Consumer Segment Is Most Likely to Use P2P to Pay Online for Goods and Services? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-consumer-segment-is-most-likely-to-use-p2p-to-pay-online-for-goods-and-services/feed/ 0
What Do the Numbers Say About Consumers and Bitcoin? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-do-the-numbers-say-about-consumers-and-bitcoin/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-do-the-numbers-say-about-consumers-and-bitcoin/#respond Mon, 15 Oct 2018 19:15:04 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75452 cryptocurrenciesAccording to a Mercator survey, 65% of consumers are aware of Bitcoin. When consumers were asked, “Have you opened a Bitcoin wallet?” In 2016 22% of respondents, aged 18-34 said yes, however, in 2017 only 12% of respondents said yes. And for those consumers who do use Bitcoin here is where they use it: 56% […]

The post What Do the Numbers Say About Consumers and Bitcoin? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

According to a Mercator survey, 65% of consumers are aware of Bitcoin.

When consumers were asked, “Have you opened a Bitcoin wallet?” In 2016 22% of respondents, aged 18-34 said yes, however, in 2017 only 12% of respondents said yes.

And for those consumers who do use Bitcoin here is where they use it:

  • 56% used it to make a purchase at an online retailer.
  • 46% used it to pay family and friends.
  • And 32% used it to pay household bills.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  U.S. Consumers and Debit: Shift to Online May Inhibit Use

The post What Do the Numbers Say About Consumers and Bitcoin? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-do-the-numbers-say-about-consumers-and-bitcoin/feed/ 0
What Percent of Small Businesses Use a Personal Credit Card? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-small-businesses-use-a-personal-credit-card/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-small-businesses-use-a-personal-credit-card/#respond Fri, 12 Oct 2018 15:26:15 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75422 small business credit card– 36% of small businesses co-mingle personal funds with B2B purchases – The younger the business owner – the more likely to use a personal card – 49% of millennial business owners use personal cards – 31% of older business owners use personal cards for business Small businesses will use a personal credit card or […]

The post What Percent of Small Businesses Use a Personal Credit Card? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

– 36% of small businesses co-mingle personal funds with B2B purchases

– The younger the business owner – the more likely to use a personal card

– 49% of millennial business owners use personal cards

– 31% of older business owners use personal cards for business

Small businesses will use a personal credit card or charge card for tons of reasons:
better rewards, greater ease of use, and better cardholder protections are all available through personal cards vs. small business credit cards

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business Credit Cards and B2B Payments: Opportunity to Improve Market Penetration

The post What Percent of Small Businesses Use a Personal Credit Card? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-small-businesses-use-a-personal-credit-card/feed/ 0
How Long Do Consumers Hold on to a GPR Prepaid Card For? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-long-do-consumers-hold-on-to-a-gpr-prepaid-card-for/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-long-do-consumers-hold-on-to-a-gpr-prepaid-card-for/#respond Thu, 11 Oct 2018 17:23:18 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75401 credit– 58% of consumers won’t hold a general purpose reloadable card 5 months – 35% claim to have kept a card 6 months or longer – Per usual, lowest-income earners (24%) are most likely to hold for over a year “Its data relatively consistent with prior year’s levels – and points out that penetration of […]

The post How Long Do Consumers Hold on to a GPR Prepaid Card For? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

– 58% of consumers won’t hold a general purpose reloadable card 5 months

– 35% claim to have kept a card 6 months or longer

– Per usual, lowest-income earners (24%) are most likely to hold for over a year

“Its data relatively consistent with prior year’s levels – and points out that penetration of the core users of general purpose prepaid cards hasn’t changed over the past few years. Prepaid card managers need to improve the reloading experience on these cards to extend retention rates.

BONUS DATA: One interesting demographic – households earning over $75,000 constitute 14% of general purpose reloadable card users. So the narrative that ‘general purpose reloadable cards are predominantly for the lowest income earners’ is not altogether true in practice.”

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward Digital

 

The post How Long Do Consumers Hold on to a GPR Prepaid Card For? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-long-do-consumers-hold-on-to-a-gpr-prepaid-card-for/feed/ 0
Do Consumers Prefer Mobile Apps or Plastic? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-consumers-prefer-mobile-apps-or-plastic/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-consumers-prefer-mobile-apps-or-plastic/#respond Wed, 10 Oct 2018 12:01:20 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75374 mobile ordering, mobile ordering growthIn 2016, 45% of consumers were open to replacing plastic with an app One year later, only 28% of consumers were open to switching 2014-2016, 40% were open to swapping apps for prepaid cards (like coffee) One year later, only 30% would replace prepaid card in fast food, coffee, etc. Its a huge drop in […]

The post Do Consumers Prefer Mobile Apps or Plastic? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In 2016, 45% of consumers were open to replacing plastic with an app

One year later, only 28% of consumers were open to switching

2014-2016, 40% were open to swapping apps for prepaid cards (like coffee)

One year later, only 30% would replace prepaid card in fast food, coffee, etc.

Its a huge drop in interest, and likely reflects consumer sentiment that mobile wallets and apps for the sake of mobile is not enough. Mobile payment solutions work best when integrated into the overall user experience – specifically surrounding the ‘convenience’ and ‘immediacy’ desires. Mercator Advisory Group refers to this as, “lifestyle commerce,” and the current areas of opportunity include Mobile Order-Pay, Self Checkout, On-Demand Services, and E-Commerce. Future and emerging opportunities include: IoT & Machine Learning, Connected Car, Smart Speakers, & Smart Homes

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Business Credit Cards and B2B Payments: Opportunity to Improve Market Penetration

The post Do Consumers Prefer Mobile Apps or Plastic? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-consumers-prefer-mobile-apps-or-plastic/feed/ 0
Where Are Consumers Redeeming Gift Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-are-consumers-redeeming-gift-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-are-consumers-redeeming-gift-cards/#respond Tue, 09 Oct 2018 16:55:50 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75365 gift cards– 33% at an online-only retailer – 21% at a mass merchandiser or discount retailer – 14% at department stores – 12% at fast food restaurants – 11% at coffee shops – 11% at apparel stores Data for this episode of Truth In Data was provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward […]

The post Where Are Consumers Redeeming Gift Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

– 33% at an online-only retailer

– 21% at a mass merchandiser or discount retailer

– 14% at department stores

– 12% at fast food restaurants

– 11% at coffee shops

– 11% at apparel stores

Data for this episode of Truth In Data was provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward Digital

 

The post Where Are Consumers Redeeming Gift Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/where-are-consumers-redeeming-gift-cards/feed/ 0
What Happened to Marketplace Websites That Exchange Gift Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-happened-to-marketplace-websites-that-exchange-gift-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-happened-to-marketplace-websites-that-exchange-gift-cards/#respond Fri, 05 Oct 2018 19:48:08 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75356 what happened to gift cards– In one year, awareness of these websites declined 9% – Less than half of consumers know they exist – Even worse, only 14% of consumers have used one – down from 20% last year In 2016, 57% of all consumers reported being aware that these gift card exchange websites existed and 20% of consumers […]

The post What Happened to Marketplace Websites That Exchange Gift Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

– In one year, awareness of these websites declined 9%
– Less than half of consumers know they exist
– Even worse, only 14% of consumers have used one – down from 20% last year

In 2016, 57% of all consumers reported being aware that these gift card exchange websites existed and 20% of consumers had used one
In 2017, 48% of consumers reported awareness and 14% of consumers had transacted on a gift card marketplace

Interestingly, a whopping 82% of consumers who have been turned down for a bank account in the last year were aware of prepaid gift card marketplaces and 65% had used one. Prepaid is a popular channel for the underbanked, and leveraging these marketplaces is likely a function of managing available funds.

The post What Happened to Marketplace Websites That Exchange Gift Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-happened-to-marketplace-websites-that-exchange-gift-cards/feed/ 0
When It Comes to Gifting Is Cash or Prepaid King? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-it-comes-to-gifting-is-cash-or-prepaid-king/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-it-comes-to-gifting-is-cash-or-prepaid-king/#respond Thu, 04 Oct 2018 19:21:43 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75348 Prepaid, the Original Fintech Solution– 47% of consumers prefer to receive cash vs. prepaid cards as gifts – 17% prefer a general purpose gift card – 13% prefer a retailer-specific gift card – BUT 1 in 4 consumers have no preference – a selling opportunity for issuers BONUS DATA: Whether receiving funds as a gift or just receiving funds […]

The post When It Comes to Gifting Is Cash or Prepaid King? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

– 47% of consumers prefer to receive cash vs. prepaid cards as gifts

– 17% prefer a general purpose gift card

– 13% prefer a retailer-specific gift card

– BUT 1 in 4 consumers have no preference – a selling opportunity for issuers

BONUS DATA: Whether receiving funds as a gift or just receiving funds generally, there is a steep and steady decline in consumers receiving funds on prepaid cards. Roughly half of all consumers had received funds on a general purpose prepaid card in 2015 & 2016 – but that proportion dropped in 2017 to 42%, then dropped again to 36% in 2018. This decline reflects an overall decline in prepaid generally which is reflected in Mercator’s reporting.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report –  Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward Digital

The post When It Comes to Gifting Is Cash or Prepaid King? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/when-it-comes-to-gifting-is-cash-or-prepaid-king/feed/ 0
What Percent of Buyers Use Retail-Specific Prepaid Cards as Gifts? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-buyers-use-retail-specific-prepaid-cards-as-gifts/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-buyers-use-retail-specific-prepaid-cards-as-gifts/#respond Wed, 03 Oct 2018 18:42:49 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75336 Retail Gift Cards Association (RGCA) Shares PSA on Avoiding Gift Card Scams39% of buyers give retail-specific gift cards as presents But a lot – 28% – buy gift cards for the rewards A similar number, 26% buy prepaid gift cards as a way to get a discount Consumers report plenty of other reasons to buy prepaid retailer-specific gift cards – apart from using them as gifts, […]

The post What Percent of Buyers Use Retail-Specific Prepaid Cards as Gifts? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
  • 39% of buyers give retail-specific gift cards as presents
  • But a lot – 28% – buy gift cards for the rewards
  • A similar number, 26% buy prepaid gift cards as a way to get a discount

Consumers report plenty of other reasons to buy prepaid retailer-specific gift cards – apart from using them as gifts, they include:


  • Prepaid gift cards are a ‘safer and more private way to buy online,’ reported by 19%

  • ‘a convenient way to send money to friends and family,’ 16% ‘a way to pay without carrying cash,’ 15%

  •  ‘a way to pay without needing a bank account,’ 14%

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – 15th Annual U.S. Open-Loop Prepaid Cards Market Forecasts, 2017–2021

The post What Percent of Buyers Use Retail-Specific Prepaid Cards as Gifts? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-buyers-use-retail-specific-prepaid-cards-as-gifts/feed/ 0
Mercator sees 4 obstacles & 4 opportunities in mobile commerce: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mercator-sees-4-obstacles-4-opportunities-in-mobile-commerce/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mercator-sees-4-obstacles-4-opportunities-in-mobile-commerce/#respond Thu, 27 Sep 2018 19:55:28 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=75136 commercial mobileThree trends are driving the increase in mobile payments: growth in eCommerce shopping, a saturated smartphone market, and market maturity/familiarity with mobile. Resulting in 4 obstacles & 4 opportunities: Obstacles: barely half of POS terminals are enabled for mobile payments, still consumers are frightened over smartphone security consumers ingrained habitual use of plastic no incentives […]

The post Mercator sees 4 obstacles & 4 opportunities in mobile commerce: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Three trends are driving the increase in mobile payments: growth in eCommerce shopping, a saturated smartphone market, and market maturity/familiarity with mobile. Resulting in 4 obstacles & 4 opportunities:

Obstacles:

  1. barely half of POS terminals are enabled for mobile payments, still
  2. consumers are frightened over smartphone security consumers
  3. ingrained habitual use of plastic
  4. no incentives & rewards to change habits

Opportunities:

  1. Fulfills shoppers on-demand & speed preferences
  2. Additional sales channel beyond physical & online
  3. Integrated features drive customer loyalty & sales
  4. Flexibility of integrating multiple payment forms

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – U.S. Mobile Payments Market Forecast, 2016–2025: Merchants Grow as Mobile Goes Mainstream

The post Mercator sees 4 obstacles & 4 opportunities in mobile commerce: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mercator-sees-4-obstacles-4-opportunities-in-mobile-commerce/feed/ 0
4 in 5 consumers who pay with mobile also do this: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-in-5-consumers-who-pay-with-mobile-also-do-this/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-in-5-consumers-who-pay-with-mobile-also-do-this/#respond Mon, 24 Sep 2018 20:00:22 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74921 BONUS NOTE: prepaid card purchasing took a dip in 2017 down to 56% of consumers having bought one in the last year – the same % as 2014. In 2015 and 2016, purchase volumes were on the rise: 61% and 63% respecitvely. The drop might be because of retail store closings like Kmart & Sears. […]

The post 4 in 5 consumers who pay with mobile also do this: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

BONUS NOTE: prepaid card purchasing took a dip in 2017 down to 56% of consumers having bought one in the last year – the same % as 2014. In 2015 and 2016, purchase volumes were on the rise: 61% and 63% respecitvely. The drop might be because of retail store closings like Kmart & Sears. Or the drop might have to do with the rise of online & mobile shopping. Or perhaps its a a confluence of all three factors

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report  Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward Digital

The post 4 in 5 consumers who pay with mobile also do this: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/4-in-5-consumers-who-pay-with-mobile-also-do-this/feed/ 0
Are Young Adults More Likely or Less Likely to Buy Prepaid Cards? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-young-adults-more-likely-or-less-likely-to-buy-prepaid-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-young-adults-more-likely-or-less-likely-to-buy-prepaid-cards/#respond Fri, 21 Sep 2018 19:25:47 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74909 young adult prepaidYoung adults are more likely than average to buy prepaid cards but there’s a relatively serious decline underway in the number of 25-34 years olds buying prepaid cards. In 2016, 81% of 25-34 years olds had bought a prepaid card in the last year. Today, 66% of 25-34 year olds have bought a prepaid card […]

The post Are Young Adults More Likely or Less Likely to Buy Prepaid Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Young adults are more likely than average to buy prepaid cards but there’s a relatively serious decline underway in the number of 25-34 years olds buying prepaid cards. In 2016, 81% of 25-34 years olds had bought a prepaid card in the last year. Today, 66% of 25-34 year olds have bought a prepaid card in the last year. Similar declines are prevalent among “Gen Z” aged adults, 18-24 year old, where today 68% have purchased a prepaid card down from a similar 2016 high of 77%. Age isn’t the only characteristic in prepaid’s decline, high-income earners are also buying in fewer numbers.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report  Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward Digital

The post Are Young Adults More Likely or Less Likely to Buy Prepaid Cards? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-young-adults-more-likely-or-less-likely-to-buy-prepaid-cards/feed/ 0
Are You Offering Your Consumers the Right Prepaid Card? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-prepaid-cards-are-the-most-popular/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-prepaid-cards-are-the-most-popular/#respond Thu, 20 Sep 2018 19:31:51 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74887 Prepaid, the Original Fintech SolutionOverall, prepaid card purchasing as stabilized to 2014’s level of 56% of consumers having bought one in the last year. But in 2015 and 2016, purchase volumes rose to 61% and 63% – the drop from 63% to 56% might be attributed to retail store closings (Kmart, Sears, Radio Shack, etc) or online or mobile […]

The post Are You Offering Your Consumers the Right Prepaid Card? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Overall, prepaid card purchasing as stabilized to 2014’s level of 56% of consumers having bought one in the last year. But in 2015 and 2016, purchase volumes rose to 61% and 63% – the drop from 63% to 56% might be attributed to retail store closings (Kmart, Sears, Radio Shack, etc) or online or mobile shopping increases – or a confluence of all three factors.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward Digital

The post Are You Offering Your Consumers the Right Prepaid Card? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-prepaid-cards-are-the-most-popular/feed/ 0
How Likely Are Consumers to Be Turned down by a Bank? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-likely-are-you-to-be-turned-down-by-a-bank/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-likely-are-you-to-be-turned-down-by-a-bank/#respond Wed, 19 Sep 2018 19:10:43 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74875 bank denialWhile correlation does not mean causation, consumers using these payment types and payment habits are also the consumers being turned down for a bank account. The same statement is true conversely: consumers who have been turned down for a bank account are using GPR cards, cash, mobile, and mobile payment apps to transact. Data for […]

The post How Likely Are Consumers to Be Turned down by a Bank? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

While correlation does not mean causation, consumers using these payment types and payment habits are also the consumers being turned down for a bank account. The same statement is true conversely: consumers who have been turned down for a bank account are using GPR cards, cash, mobile, and mobile payment apps to transact.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward Digital

The post How Likely Are Consumers to Be Turned down by a Bank? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-likely-are-you-to-be-turned-down-by-a-bank/feed/ 0
What Percent of Consumers Have an Account at a Full Service Bank with Branches? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-consumers-have-an-account-at-a-full-service-bank-with-branches/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-consumers-have-an-account-at-a-full-service-bank-with-branches/#respond Tue, 18 Sep 2018 18:40:32 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74844 bank account73% of consumers have an account at a full-service bank with branches 31% of consumers bank with a credit union 19% bank with a primarily online or mobile financial institution Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward Digital

The post What Percent of Consumers Have an Account at a Full Service Bank with Branches? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
  • 73% of consumers have an account at a full-service bank with branches
  • 31% of consumers bank with a credit union
  • 19% bank with a primarily online or mobile financial institution

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report – Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward Digital

The post What Percent of Consumers Have an Account at a Full Service Bank with Branches? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-consumers-have-an-account-at-a-full-service-bank-with-branches/feed/ 0
What percent of GPR Consumers Have A Bank Account? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-gpr-consumers-have-a-bank-account/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-gpr-consumers-have-a-bank-account/#respond Mon, 17 Sep 2018 18:58:19 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74815 bank accountAlthough people turned down for a bank account are more likely to be GPR card users, most prepaid card users have a bank account. Card users who have a bank account are likely using prepaid cards as a money management tool that helps them to control their spend and make electronic payments.

The post What percent of GPR Consumers Have A Bank Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Although people turned down for a bank account are more likely to be GPR card users, most prepaid card users have a bank account. Card users who have a bank account are likely using prepaid cards as a money management tool that helps them to control their spend and make electronic payments.

The post What percent of GPR Consumers Have A Bank Account? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-gpr-consumers-have-a-bank-account/feed/ 0
Remote Order and Pick-Up Is Most Frequently Used at… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/remote-order-and-pick-up-is-most-frequently-used-at/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/remote-order-and-pick-up-is-most-frequently-used-at/#respond Fri, 14 Sep 2018 18:47:13 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74780 According to a recent Mercator Advisory Group study when asked the question “At which of the following types of stores have you ordered ahead online or through a mobile app for pickup or immediate delivery?” 34% said Mass Merchandisers or Big Box retailers. Coming in a close second was quick service/fast food restaurants at 33%.

The post Remote Order and Pick-Up Is Most Frequently Used at… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

According to a recent Mercator Advisory Group study when asked the question “At which of the following types of stores have you ordered ahead online or through a mobile app for pickup or immediate delivery?” 34% said Mass Merchandisers or Big Box retailers. Coming in a close second was quick service/fast food restaurants at 33%.

The post Remote Order and Pick-Up Is Most Frequently Used at… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/remote-order-and-pick-up-is-most-frequently-used-at/feed/ 0
Mercator Provides Surprising Foundational Stats on Consumer Bank Accounts https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mercator-provides-surprising-foundational-stats-on-consumer-bank-accounts/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mercator-provides-surprising-foundational-stats-on-consumer-bank-accounts/#respond Thu, 13 Sep 2018 19:10:45 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74764 branch bankingWHY IT MATTERS: Foundational statistics for consumer banking become important when analyzing alternative consumer financial products, like prepaid cards. Underbanked or off-the-grid (or illegal entities…) consumers prefer reloadable prepaid cards for self-use vs. mainstream banking. Reloadable prepaid cards for self use circumnavigates the checking account opening process and eliminates the need for a credit check […]

The post Mercator Provides Surprising Foundational Stats on Consumer Bank Accounts appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

WHY IT MATTERS: Foundational statistics for consumer banking become important when analyzing alternative consumer financial products, like prepaid cards. Underbanked or off-the-grid (or illegal entities…) consumers prefer reloadable prepaid cards for self-use vs. mainstream banking. Reloadable prepaid cards for self use circumnavigates the checking account opening process and eliminates the need for a credit check or prequalificiation. Prepaid as a self-use financial instrument is something of a new(ish) trend and we can say definitively that prepaid is no longer just for gifting. Prepaid card availability is at an all time high with options including, but not limited to, retail, transit, wireless communications, government agencies, & tax refunds.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Consumers and Prepaid: Shifting Toward Digital

The post Mercator Provides Surprising Foundational Stats on Consumer Bank Accounts appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mercator-provides-surprising-foundational-stats-on-consumer-bank-accounts/feed/ 0
How Many Individuals Aged 18-34 Have Used Remote Order and Pickup Services in the Last 12 Months? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/remote-order-and-pickup-services-in-the-last-12-months/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/remote-order-and-pickup-services-in-the-last-12-months/#respond Wed, 12 Sep 2018 18:57:14 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74717 mobile orderA recent Mercator Advisory Group report authored by Karen Augustine shows that when asked the question, “During the past 12 months have you ordered anything online or through a mobile app for pickup in a store or restaurant?”  48% of individuals aged 18 to 34 said they have ordered an item online through their browser […]

The post How Many Individuals Aged 18-34 Have Used Remote Order and Pickup Services in the Last 12 Months? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

A recent Mercator Advisory Group report authored by Karen Augustine shows that when asked the question, “During the past 12 months have you ordered anything online or through a mobile app for pickup in a store or restaurant?”  48% of individuals aged 18 to 34 said they have ordered an item online through their browser on a PC or laptop and then pick that item up in store or a restaurant. Interesting Lee though when asked how often they use this type of service of order ahead and pick up in stores only 16% of individuals aged 18 to 34 said they use the service daily or more often.

The post How Many Individuals Aged 18-34 Have Used Remote Order and Pickup Services in the Last 12 Months? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/remote-order-and-pickup-services-in-the-last-12-months/feed/ 0
Analyst Steve Murphy’s 5 Key Takeaways from His B2B Vendor Review https://www.paymentsjournal.com/analyst-steve-murphys-5-key-takeaways-from-his-b2b-vendor-review/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/analyst-steve-murphys-5-key-takeaways-from-his-b2b-vendor-review/#respond Tue, 11 Sep 2018 18:39:05 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74680 b2bAnalyst Steve Murphy, the Director of the Commercial and Enterprise Payments advisory service at Mercator Advisory Group, pulls out five key takeaways from his recently published b2b document titled – Procure-to-Pay Convergence: Market Review and Vendor Comparison. 1) Vendors with procure-to-pay functionality should consider the customer experience (e.g., single access to all services) 2) Invoice […]

The post Analyst Steve Murphy’s 5 Key Takeaways from His B2B Vendor Review appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Analyst Steve Murphy, the Director of the Commercial and Enterprise Payments advisory service at Mercator Advisory Group, pulls out five key takeaways from his recently published b2b document titled – Procure-to-Pay Convergence: Market Review and Vendor Comparison.

1) Vendors with procure-to-pay functionality should consider the customer experience (e.g., single access to all services)

2) Invoice discounting has become ubiquitous – dynamic discounting very soon will be as well

3) Alternative financing capabilities are in demand, especially approved payables (reverse factoring) and receivables financing tools

4) Financial Institutions should improve their awareness of the space and consider partnerships – especially e-procurement where the use of virtual cards is a strong fit

5) Industrial companies should review their cash cycle processes and determine the best approach to digitize, end to end systems are now available

The post Analyst Steve Murphy’s 5 Key Takeaways from His B2B Vendor Review appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/analyst-steve-murphys-5-key-takeaways-from-his-b2b-vendor-review/feed/ 0
How Mercator Analyst Steve Murphy Assesses B2B Payment Platforms https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-mercator-analyst-steve-murphy-assesses-b2b-payment-platforms/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-mercator-analyst-steve-murphy-assesses-b2b-payment-platforms/#respond Mon, 10 Sep 2018 18:51:54 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74621 mortgageIn a recent Mercator Advisory Group document Steve Murphy the Director of the Commercial and Enterprise Payments advisory service laid out how to assess various B2B payment platforms. Below we have highlighted some of those platforms mentioned in the document and some of the criteria that should be used to evaluate each. E-Procurement Does the […]

The post How Mercator Analyst Steve Murphy Assesses B2B Payment Platforms appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

In a recent Mercator Advisory Group document Steve Murphy the Director of the Commercial and Enterprise Payments advisory service laid out how to assess various B2B payment platforms. Below we have highlighted some of those platforms mentioned in the document and some of the criteria that should be used to evaluate each.

E-Procurement Does the platform:
1) Allow search by category, Dynamically update pricing and precontracted terms, Generate POs in digital form to supplier fulfillment site
2) Allow use of P card
3) Allow dynamic routing out to B2B marketplaces
4) Provide reporting dashboard w/ integrations to external analytic platforms

E-Invoicing Does the platform:
1) Capable of creating digital invoices across multiple standards
2) Capture invoices and convert to digitally readable version
3) Create e-invoice automatically through PO generation
4) Offer dynamic discounting for suppliers

Automated Payables Does the platform:
1) Allow for 2 to 4 way matching with invoice & PO
2) Workflow capabilities to route through matching & payments approvals
3) Situational analysis to apply the highest value payment selection
4) Allow suppliers to create variable payment terms

Alternative Financing Does the platform:
1) Offer approved buyer invoice financing
2) Offer supplier receivables financing
3) Offer direct buyer/supplier marketplace funding
4) Offer funding alternatives like PO, inventory, distributor, forfeiting

The post How Mercator Analyst Steve Murphy Assesses B2B Payment Platforms appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-mercator-analyst-steve-murphy-assesses-b2b-payment-platforms/feed/ 0
5 Counterintuitive Implications of Changing Shopping Patterns https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-counterintuitive-implications-of-changing-shopping-patterns/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-counterintuitive-implications-of-changing-shopping-patterns/#respond Fri, 07 Sep 2018 13:54:08 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74572 shopping patternsMercator Advisory Group lists 5 counterintuitive implication for changing shipping patterns. 1) Most customers (17 out of 21 merchant verticals) still prefer to shop in-store. Merchants who over-commit to online and digital risk a self-fulfilling prophecy of expecting physical stores to fail. 2) Consumers are surprisingly fluid in their channel preference and usage. 31% of consumers indicate they’re […]

The post 5 Counterintuitive Implications of Changing Shopping Patterns appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
Mercator Advisory Group lists 5 counterintuitive implication for changing shipping patterns.

1) Most customers (17 out of 21 merchant verticals) still prefer to shop in-store. Merchants who over-commit to online and digital risk a self-fulfilling prophecy of expecting physical stores to fail.

2) Consumers are surprisingly fluid in their channel preference and usage. 31% of consumers indicate they’re more likely to shop in store following online research.

3) The largest change in consumer shopping is the advent of online research. But there’s no reason to think consumers dislike in-store shopping (#1 above), so price comparison might be the driving force behind online shopping.

4) As new tech-enabled shopping channels emerge, consumers don’t tend to drop any of the old channels. So merchants have to provide consistent customer support across all channels and across all levels of experience

5) Remote order and pick up is a good example of an organizational silo busting hybrid channel. It must be considered a strategic component of the physical store and e/m-commerce implementations, but its very complex so there might be a long lead time before it arrives en masse.

The post 5 Counterintuitive Implications of Changing Shopping Patterns appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/5-counterintuitive-implications-of-changing-shopping-patterns/feed/ 0
Are Hybrid Shopping Channels Breaking down Organizational Silos? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-hybrid-shopping-channels-breaking-down-organizational-silos/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-hybrid-shopping-channels-breaking-down-organizational-silos/#respond Thu, 06 Sep 2018 12:33:25 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74557 organizationConsider remote order & pick up – in addition to online/mobile it touches: IT Warehousing Logistics Marketing Contact centers New shopping services typically begin at consumers home and migrate out But voice-activated tech. is different: mobile leads the way > home speaker Of the 54% of consumers who tried voice activated, 74% have used it […]

The post Are Hybrid Shopping Channels Breaking down Organizational Silos? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
  • Consider remote order & pick up – in addition to online/mobile it touches:
    • IT
    • Warehousing
    • Logistics
    • Marketing
    • Contact centers
  • New shopping services typically begin at consumers home and migrate out
  • But voice-activated tech. is different: mobile leads the way > home speaker
  • Of the 54% of consumers who tried voice activated, 74% have used it to buy

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Groups report  Customer Merchant Experience Survey by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Are Hybrid Shopping Channels Breaking down Organizational Silos? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/are-hybrid-shopping-channels-breaking-down-organizational-silos/feed/ 0 %%title%% %%page%% New shopping services typically begin at consumers home and migrate out. But voice-activated tech. is different: mobile leads the way > home speaker. Customer Interaction,Mobile,Shopping Channels
Should We Hold the Narrative on Retail’s Death Spiral? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/should-we-hold-the-narrative-on-retails-death-spiral/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/should-we-hold-the-narrative-on-retails-death-spiral/#respond Wed, 05 Sep 2018 12:40:04 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74532 mobile paymentsShopping at physical stores is the preferred channel for 17 of 21 merchant verticals After online research, 31% of consumers are MORE likely to go to stores After online research, 82% of consumers are unlikely to purchase on mobile BUT after online research, 34% are more likely to buy online BONUS DATA: Are in-store m-commerce […]

The post Should We Hold the Narrative on Retail’s Death Spiral? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
  • Shopping at physical stores is the preferred channel for 17 of 21 merchant verticals
  • After online research, 31% of consumers are MORE likely to go to stores
  • After online research, 82% of consumers are unlikely to purchase on mobile
  • BUT after online research, 34% are more likely to buy online
  • BONUS DATA: Are in-store m-commerce purchases increasing?
  • No. They’re not. In 2016, 39% of consumers did and in 2017, 32% of consumers did

    Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Groups report  Customer Merchant Experience Survey by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Should We Hold the Narrative on Retail’s Death Spiral? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/should-we-hold-the-narrative-on-retails-death-spiral/feed/ 0 Should We Hold the Narrative on Retail's Death Spiral? - PaymentsJournal Shopping at physical stores is the preferred channel for 17 of 21 merchant verticals. After online research, 31% of consumers are MORE likely to go to... Mobile Payments,Mobile Payments
What Age Segment Is Least Likely to Research Products and Services on Their Smartphone? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/research-products-and-services-on-their-smartphone/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/research-products-and-services-on-their-smartphone/#respond Tue, 04 Sep 2018 12:31:49 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74494 smartphone  Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report, Customer Merchant Experience Survey by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post What Age Segment Is Least Likely to Research Products and Services on Their Smartphone? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

 

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report, Customer Merchant Experience Survey by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post What Age Segment Is Least Likely to Research Products and Services on Their Smartphone? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/research-products-and-services-on-their-smartphone/feed/ 0
What Are 7 Major Challenges for Credit Card Executives? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-7-major-challenges-for-credit-card-executives/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-7-major-challenges-for-credit-card-executives/#respond Fri, 31 Aug 2018 12:21:23 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74484 debit cards  Asset-Backed Securitizations (ABS): Securitizations volumes have been erratic – plummeting during the recession, followed by a 2017 surge. Another sharp fall in the first half of 2018 has the market wondering, “How will this market settle over the next three years?” Account Growth: Open credit accounts in the US have peaked; but new account […]

The post What Are 7 Major Challenges for Credit Card Executives? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

 

Asset-Backed Securitizations (ABS): Securitizations volumes have been erratic – plummeting during the recession, followed by a 2017 surge. Another sharp fall in the first half of 2018 has the market wondering, “How will this market settle over the next three years?”

Account Growth: Open credit accounts in the US have peaked; but new account bookings are running steady at 60 million customers a year. Account volumes are holding steady at 435 million, suggesting an attrition rate of 15%.

Interchange: US interchange rates are the highest in the world, inviting political and regulatory scrutiny in the (potential) near future. Given the recent $6.5 billion settlement with merchants, its likely that interchange will be reduced in the future.

The Rewards War: Rewards costs account for 1% of many transactions and the costs hurt every issuer’s profitability. Sometimes payments are easy to understand!

Consumer Ability to Pay: prime rates have almost doubled in the past three years, and tightening credit lines on low FICO scored customers should be a consideration.

Credit Quality Deterioration: One-third of credit accounts are less than three years old, so collection strategies need to focus on early delinquencies.

Current Expected Credit Loss (CECL): new accounting changes mandate larger loan reserves which we’ll see hit balance sheets in 2020. Tightened profit margins will limit aggressive lending.

The post What Are 7 Major Challenges for Credit Card Executives? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-are-7-major-challenges-for-credit-card-executives/feed/ 0
Credit Card Profitability Plummets https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-profitability-plummets/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-profitability-plummets/#respond Thu, 30 Aug 2018 12:33:26 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74469 credit cardsCredit card banks Return on Assets fell from 4.94% (2014) to 3.37% (2017) The fall in ROA is forecasted to continue down to 2.4% in 2020 Meanwhile, commercial bank’s ROA holds steady around 1.3% Write-offs for top 100 banks moved from 2.92% (Q4 2016) to 3.51% (Q4 2017) 59 bps loss in credit write-offs means […]

The post Credit Card Profitability Plummets appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
  • Credit card banks Return on Assets fell from 4.94% (2014) to 3.37% (2017)
  • The fall in ROA is forecasted to continue down to 2.4% in 2020
  • Meanwhile, commercial bank’s ROA holds steady around 1.3%
  • Write-offs for top 100 banks moved from 2.92% (Q4 2016) to 3.51% (Q4 2017)
  • 59 bps loss in credit write-offs means an $8 to $10 billion revenue hit

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report In Search of a Profit: Falling ROA Sets the Stage for 2019 and Beyond, by Brian Riley

The post Credit Card Profitability Plummets appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/credit-card-profitability-plummets/feed/ 0 Credit Card Profitability Plummets - PaymentsJournal Credit card banks Return on Assets fell from 4.94% (2014) to 3.37% (2017)The fall in ROA is forecasted to continue down to 2.4% in 2020 Credit,credit
Notes on analyst Sarah Grotta’s Faster Payments: US Platforms https://www.paymentsjournal.com/notes-on-analyst-sarah-grottas-faster-payments-us-platforms/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/notes-on-analyst-sarah-grottas-faster-payments-us-platforms/#respond Wed, 29 Aug 2018 12:35:58 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74455 notesSame Day ACH: NACHA has proposed opening more processing windows, which will help process ACH transactions more quickly. The governing body for the ACH system will also increase the per-transaction volume from the current $25K to $100K. Same day ACH is a premium priced solution where originating banks pay $0.0052 per transaction – banks are […]

The post Notes on analyst Sarah Grotta’s Faster Payments: US Platforms appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Same Day ACH: NACHA has proposed opening more processing windows, which will help process ACH transactions more quickly. The governing body for the ACH system will also increase the per-transaction volume from the current $25K to $100K. Same day ACH is a premium priced solution where originating banks pay $0.0052 per transaction – banks are currently subsidizing same day ACH, so the price is expected to rise.

Zelle (Early Warning Systems): The large owner banks, who own the service as well as 50% of US checking accounts, quickly adopted Zelle. But smaller institutions are waiting on potential alternatives. The Clearing House’s RTP system is the front runner alternative. In the first six months of 2018, Zelle processed 183 million transcactions totalling $63 billion across 29 financial institutions. Another 140 banks have signed agreements coming online.

Push-to-Card Payments: Mastercard & Visa Direct’s existing debit network affords them a competitive advantage in reach – nearly everyone in the US has a Mastercard or Visa branded card in their wallet. B2C activity in the form of rebates & refunds, as well as international cross border multicurrency transfers, are areas of recent focus.

The Clearing House RTP: aligns most closely with the desired outcomes stated by the Federal Reserve’s Faster Payments Task Force – to build a platform for banks, fintechs, and developers to build a product for any market need. However, the solution lacks the social tokens (email, phone numbers) which enable alternative faster payment solutions

The post Notes on analyst Sarah Grotta’s Faster Payments: US Platforms appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/notes-on-analyst-sarah-grottas-faster-payments-us-platforms/feed/ 0
2018 Faster Payments volume predicted to break https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2018-faster-payments-volume-predicted-to-break/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2018-faster-payments-volume-predicted-to-break/#respond Tue, 28 Aug 2018 14:38:24 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74425 FedNow, the Faster Payment Network Can’t Come Fast EnoughThe financial industry is undergoing rapid evolution as faster payments gain momentum, and 2018 is shaping up to be a landmark year. Forecasts suggest that faster payment volumes will exceed $650 billion, driven by growing adoption across consumers, businesses, and financial institutions. Surge in Same Day ACH Activity This uptick in volume reflects increasing expectations […]

The post 2018 Faster Payments volume predicted to break appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The financial industry is undergoing rapid evolution as faster payments gain momentum, and 2018 is shaping up to be a landmark year. Forecasts suggest that faster payment volumes will exceed $650 billion, driven by growing adoption across consumers, businesses, and financial institutions.

Surge in Same Day ACH Activity

This uptick in volume reflects increasing expectations for speed and efficiency in payment processing. Whether it’s individuals splitting dinner bills or businesses managing payroll, the need for real-time settlement has become critical. In the U.S., this is especially evident in the growth of Same Day ACH, which logged 75 million transactions totaling $87 billion. While impressive, this still represents less than 1% of the total ACH transaction volume—indicating room for growth as adoption widens.

Zelle Expands Its Footprint

Another key contributor to the movement is Zelle, the peer-to-peer payments network backed by U.S. banks. Currently operating across 29 financial institutions, Zelle is poised for expansion with an additional 140 banks expected to join. Interestingly, 70% of Zelle transactions are completed within the same bank, enhancing speed and reducing friction in the payment experience.

Lessons from the U.K.: Security Risks

However, the shift to instant payments is not without risk. The U.K. provides a cautionary example: following its Faster Payments launch, instances of bank fraud doubled. This serves as a critical reminder for financial institutions to balance innovation with investment in fraud prevention and cybersecurity measures.

A New Era in Payments

Faster payments are no longer just a technological upgrade—they are becoming an industry expectation. As adoption continues to rise and new systems come online, stakeholders must remain vigilant about the risks while capitalizing on the benefits of real-time transactions.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data is provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: “Faster Payments Forecast, 2017–2021, Update: The Consequences of Faster Payments.”

The post 2018 Faster Payments volume predicted to break appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/2018-faster-payments-volume-predicted-to-break/feed/ 0 2018 Faster Payments volume predicted to break - PaymentsJournal When the UK launched Faster Payments, bank fraud increased by 100% increase in bank fraud.Faster Payments will surpass $650 billion in 2018 Faster Payments,Faster Payments
Notes from analyst Sarah Grotta’s Faster Payments: Concepts https://www.paymentsjournal.com/notes-from-analyst-sarah-grottas-faster-payments-concepts/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/notes-from-analyst-sarah-grottas-faster-payments-concepts/#respond Mon, 27 Aug 2018 13:35:55 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74402 Faster Payments  Ubiquity: payment systems have strong ‘network effects,’ gaining value exponentially as end points increase. The opposite is also true, uncertainty of acceptance exponenaitlly diminishes value. If faster payments can’t gain universal, or at least very broad, acceptance the market risks adding/maintaining yet another payment scheme while retaining the burden of less efficient solutions. Social […]

The post Notes from analyst Sarah Grotta’s Faster Payments: Concepts appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

 

Ubiquity: payment systems have strong ‘network effects,’ gaining value exponentially as end points increase. The opposite is also true, uncertainty of acceptance exponenaitlly diminishes value. If faster payments can’t gain universal, or at least very broad, acceptance the market risks adding/maintaining yet another payment scheme while retaining the burden of less efficient solutions.

Social Tokens: most commonly a phone number or email, are helpful because they’re known substitutes for sensitive account numbers – and consumers and businesses are actively using them. The problem is people change phone numbers and emails…

Irrevocable Transactions: faster payments’ advantage is… speed. But once delivered near-instantly, they can’t be called back. There is no consistency among financial institutions for how to handle settlement.

ISO 20022: used by many global faster payment platforms, and recommended for the US. It offers two benefits: increased financial details accompany transactions, like invoice numbers. Second, common standards are a stepping stone to global interoperability.

Request for Payment: are messages like email or text or app notifications, requesting payments direct from consumer bank accounts. They’re useful for merchants as they reduce processing costs and increase speed – but for consumers the value is less clear, they give up the protections afforded by credit cards.

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Faster Payments Forecast, 2017-2021, Update: The consequences of Faster Payments

The post Notes from analyst Sarah Grotta’s Faster Payments: Concepts appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/notes-from-analyst-sarah-grottas-faster-payments-concepts/feed/ 0
It’s being called, “The biggest change – ever – in bank accounting” https://www.paymentsjournal.com/its-being-called-the-biggest-change-ever-in-bank-accounting/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/its-being-called-the-biggest-change-ever-in-bank-accounting/#respond Fri, 24 Aug 2018 14:02:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74383 Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Current Exprected Credit Loss (CECL) Accounting: Redical Changes Ahead, by Brian Riley

The post It’s being called, “The biggest change – ever – in bank accounting” appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Current Exprected Credit Loss (CECL) Accounting: Redical Changes Ahead, by Brian Riley

The post It’s being called, “The biggest change – ever – in bank accounting” appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/its-being-called-the-biggest-change-ever-in-bank-accounting/feed/ 0 It's being called, "The biggest change - ever - in bank accounting" - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report Current Exprected Credit Loss (CECL) Accounting: Redical Changes Credit,credit
How Fast is Faster Payments Going to Grow? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-fast-is-faster-payments-going-to-grow/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-fast-is-faster-payments-going-to-grow/#respond Thu, 23 Aug 2018 20:49:53 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74378 Fed Charmain Powell, Have You Got Four Quarters for a Dollar?Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Faster Payments: U.S. forecast, 2017-2021 by Sarah Grotta, Director of the Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service

The post How Fast is Faster Payments Going to Grow? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Faster Payments: U.S. forecast, 2017-2021 by Sarah Grotta, Director of the Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service

The post How Fast is Faster Payments Going to Grow? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-fast-is-faster-payments-going-to-grow/feed/ 0 How Fast is Faster Payments Going to Grow? - PaymentsJournal On this episode of Truth in Data, we are taking a look at "How Fast is Faster Payments Going to Grow?" as defined by Mercator Advisory Group. B2B,Faster Payments,faster payments
What percent of digital commerce is conducted through Amazon? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-digital-commerce-is-conducted-through-amazon/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-digital-commerce-is-conducted-through-amazon/#respond Wed, 22 Aug 2018 12:43:30 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74299 Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report The Intersection of Digital & Debit, by Sarah Grotta

The post What percent of digital commerce is conducted through Amazon? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report The Intersection of Digital & Debit, by Sarah Grotta

The post What percent of digital commerce is conducted through Amazon? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-percent-of-digital-commerce-is-conducted-through-amazon/feed/ 0 %%title%% %%page%% Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report The Intersection of Digital & Debit, by Sarah Grotta Amazon,Digital Commerce,digital commerce
Easy to see mobile banking coming, but the stats still surprise: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/easy-to-see-mobile-banking-coming-but-the-stats-stll-surprise/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/easy-to-see-mobile-banking-coming-but-the-stats-stll-surprise/#respond Tue, 21 Aug 2018 12:45:24 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74242 mobile bankingData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Mobile Banking as a Hub: Redefining Service Delivery, by Ken Paterson

The post Easy to see mobile banking coming, but the stats still surprise: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Mobile Banking as a Hub: Redefining Service Delivery, by Ken Paterson

The post Easy to see mobile banking coming, but the stats still surprise: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/easy-to-see-mobile-banking-coming-but-the-stats-stll-surprise/feed/ 0 Easy to see mobile banking coming, but the stats still surprise: - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report Mobile Banking as a Hub: Redefining Service Delivery, by Ken Paterson Mobile Banking,mobile banking
Remote order and pick up is used by what percent of consumers? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/remote-order-and-pick-up-is-used-by-what-percent-of-consumers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/remote-order-and-pick-up-is-used-by-what-percent-of-consumers/#respond Mon, 20 Aug 2018 17:36:03 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74226 Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Shopping Behavior, Channel Usage, and Loyalty: How Behavior Aligns with Experience, by Karen Augustine

The post Remote order and pick up is used by what percent of consumers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Shopping Behavior, Channel Usage, and Loyalty: How Behavior Aligns with Experience, by Karen Augustine

The post Remote order and pick up is used by what percent of consumers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/remote-order-and-pick-up-is-used-by-what-percent-of-consumers/feed/ 0 Remote order and pick up is used by what percent of consumers? - PaymentsJournal Half adults use a hybrid online/mobile & in-store channel and Half of those (25% US adults) do so monthly! Mobile Order,mobile order
Heres how big the US supply chain finance market is: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/heres-how-big-the-us-supply-chain-finance-market-is/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/heres-how-big-the-us-supply-chain-finance-market-is/#respond Fri, 17 Aug 2018 12:00:44 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74159 supply chain financeData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Supply Chain Finance Market Review, by Steve Murphy

The post Heres how big the US supply chain finance market is: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Supply Chain Finance Market Review, by Steve Murphy

The post Heres how big the US supply chain finance market is: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/heres-how-big-the-us-supply-chain-finance-market-is/feed/ 0 Heres how big the US supply chain finance market is: - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report Supply Chain Finance Market Review, by Steve Murphy Supply Chain Finance,supply chain finance
Consumers perceive their own changing shopping patterns: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-perceive-their-own-changing-shopping-patterns/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-perceive-their-own-changing-shopping-patterns/#respond Fri, 17 Aug 2018 12:00:34 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74176 shoppingData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Shopping Behavior, Channel Usage, and Loyalty: How Behavior Aligns with Experience, by Karen Augustine

The post Consumers perceive their own changing shopping patterns: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Shopping Behavior, Channel Usage, and Loyalty: How Behavior Aligns with Experience, by Karen Augustine

The post Consumers perceive their own changing shopping patterns: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-perceive-their-own-changing-shopping-patterns/feed/ 0 Consumers perceive their own changing shopping patterns: - PaymentsJournal In this episode of Truth In Data, we take a look at how consumers perceive their own changing shopping behaviors. Customer Interactions,shopping patterns
Mobile banking has never been more popular, but… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-banking-has-never-been-more-popular-but/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-banking-has-never-been-more-popular-but/#respond Fri, 17 Aug 2018 12:00:33 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74167 mobile bankingData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Digital Banking: Improvements Needed to Compete with Fintech, by Karen Augustine  

The post Mobile banking has never been more popular, but… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Digital Banking: Improvements Needed to Compete with Fintech, by Karen Augustine

 

The post Mobile banking has never been more popular, but… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-banking-has-never-been-more-popular-but/feed/ 0 Mobile banking has never been more popular, but... - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report Digital Banking: Improvements Needed to Compete with Fintech, by Mobile Banking,Mobile banking
Incremental spend from loyalty programs is… modest https://www.paymentsjournal.com/incremental-spend-from-loyalty-programs-is-modest/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/incremental-spend-from-loyalty-programs-is-modest/#respond Fri, 17 Aug 2018 12:00:10 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74171 loyalty programData for this episode of Truth in Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Shopping Behavior, Channel Usage, and Loyalty: How Behavior Aligns with Experience, by Karen Augustine

The post Incremental spend from loyalty programs is… modest appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth in Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Shopping Behavior, Channel Usage, and Loyalty: How Behavior Aligns with Experience, by Karen Augustine

The post Incremental spend from loyalty programs is… modest appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/incremental-spend-from-loyalty-programs-is-modest/feed/ 0 Incremental spend from loyalty programs is... modest - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth in Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report Shopping Behavior, Channel Usage, and Loyalty: How Behavior Aligns Loyalty Program,loyalty programs
What is the Fed looking to get out of Real Time Payments? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-is-the-fed-looking-to-get-out-of-real-time-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-is-the-fed-looking-to-get-out-of-real-time-payments/#respond Thu, 16 Aug 2018 12:00:57 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74132 Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Faster Payments: U.S. forecast, 2017-2021 by Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post What is the Fed looking to get out of Real Time Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report Faster Payments: U.S. forecast, 2017-2021 by Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post What is the Fed looking to get out of Real Time Payments? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-is-the-fed-looking-to-get-out-of-real-time-payments/feed/ 0 What is the Fed looking to get out of Real Time Payments? - PaymentsJournal In this episode of Truth In Data, we take a look at what the Fed is looking to get out of real time payments. Real Time Payments,real-time payments
Mobile Banking’s History of Growth https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-bankings-history-of-growth/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-bankings-history-of-growth/#respond Wed, 15 Aug 2018 12:16:23 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74067 mobileData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: U.S. Market Forecast for P2P Solutions, 2017-2021 by Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Mobile Banking’s History of Growth appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: U.S. Market Forecast for P2P Solutions, 2017-2021 by Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Mobile Banking’s History of Growth appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-bankings-history-of-growth/feed/ 0 Mobile Banking's History of Growth - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report: U.S. Market Forecast for P2P Solutions, 2017-2021 by Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Mobile Banking,mobile bankng
What is the difference between SOAP and REST For APIs? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-is-the-difference-between-soap-and-rest/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-is-the-difference-between-soap-and-rest/#respond Tue, 14 Aug 2018 12:00:09 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=74041 Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Developing an Appropriate and Sustainable Business Plan for an API Portal by Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation at Mercator Advisory Group

The post What is the difference between SOAP and REST For APIs? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Developing an Appropriate and Sustainable Business Plan for an API Portal by Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation at Mercator Advisory Group

The post What is the difference between SOAP and REST For APIs? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-is-the-difference-between-soap-and-rest/feed/ 0 What is the difference between SOAP and REST For APIs? - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report: Developing an Appropriate and Sustainable Business Plan for an API API,API
How do you pay? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-do-you-pay/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-do-you-pay/#respond Mon, 13 Aug 2018 11:29:06 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73991 credit cardsData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Payment Channel Alternative to the Card Networks for Merchants by Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post How do you pay? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Payment Channel Alternative to the Card Networks for Merchants by Raymond Pucci, Director, Merchant Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post How do you pay? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/how-do-you-pay/feed/ 0 How do you pay? - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report: Payment Channel Alternative to the Card Networks for Merchants by Cash,Credit,Debit,Merchants,Payments
Americas Different Approach to Real-Time Payments https://www.paymentsjournal.com/americas-different-approach-to-real-time-payments/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/americas-different-approach-to-real-time-payments/#respond Fri, 10 Aug 2018 13:26:51 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73979 Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Groups report: New Faster Payments Solutions Being Launched at a Rapid Pace in the U.S. by Sarah Grotta, director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Americas Different Approach to Real-Time Payments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Groups report: New Faster Payments Solutions Being Launched at a Rapid Pace in the U.S. by Sarah Grotta, director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Americas Different Approach to Real-Time Payments appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/americas-different-approach-to-real-time-payments/feed/ 0
Putting context to contextual marketing https://www.paymentsjournal.com/putting-context-to-contextual-marketing/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/putting-context-to-contextual-marketing/#respond Thu, 09 Aug 2018 14:11:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73963 Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Bringing AI into the Enterprise: A Machine Learning Primer by Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Putting context to contextual marketing appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Bringing AI into the Enterprise: A Machine Learning Primer by Tim Sloane, VP, Payments Innovation at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Putting context to contextual marketing appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/putting-context-to-contextual-marketing/feed/ 0 Putting context to contextual marketing - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report: Bringing AI into the Enterprise: A Machine Learning Primer by Tim contextual marketing,contextual marketing
Death of the password https://www.paymentsjournal.com/death-of-the-password/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/death-of-the-password/#respond Wed, 08 Aug 2018 14:42:07 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73944 passwordData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Biometrics: A New Wrinkle Changes The Authentication Land Scape by Tim Sloane, VP of Payments Innovation at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Death of the password appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Biometrics: A New Wrinkle Changes The Authentication Land Scape by Tim Sloane, VP of Payments Innovation at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Death of the password appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/death-of-the-password/feed/ 0 Death of the password - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report: Biometrics: A New Wrinkle Changes The Authentication Land Scape by Tim Sloane, VP of Payments Innovation at Mercator Advisory Group Biometrics,password,password
The Great India Cash War https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-great-india-cash-war/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-great-india-cash-war/#respond Tue, 07 Aug 2018 14:18:52 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73927 India cashData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Asian Mobile Payment Apps as a Way of Life: A Look at Alipay, Paytm, and WeChat Pay  by Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Prododucts Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post The Great India Cash War appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Asian Mobile Payment Apps as a Way of Life: A Look at Alipay, Paytm, and WeChat Pay  by Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Prododucts Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post The Great India Cash War appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-great-india-cash-war/feed/ 0 The Great India Cash War - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report: Asian Mobile Payment Apps as a Way of Life: A Look at Alipay Cash,Cashless,India,Paytm,Cash
As instant issuance takes hold, issuers are witnessing an interesting phenomenon https://www.paymentsjournal.com/as-instant-issuance-takes-hold-issuers-are-witnessing-an-interesting-phenomenon/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/as-instant-issuance-takes-hold-issuers-are-witnessing-an-interesting-phenomenon/#respond Mon, 06 Aug 2018 14:34:42 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73904 Debit paymentsData for this episode of Truth In data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Has Debit Outlived Its Shelf Life? By Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post As instant issuance takes hold, issuers are witnessing an interesting phenomenon appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s report: Has Debit Outlived Its Shelf Life? By Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post As instant issuance takes hold, issuers are witnessing an interesting phenomenon appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/as-instant-issuance-takes-hold-issuers-are-witnessing-an-interesting-phenomenon/feed/ 0 As instant issuance takes hold, issuers are witnessing an interesting phenomenon - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's report: Has Debit Outlived Its Shelf Life? By Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit Debit,Instant Card,instant issuance
Debit is important for Financial Institutions, because…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-is-important-for-financial-institutions-because/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-is-important-for-financial-institutions-because/#respond Fri, 03 Aug 2018 15:08:29 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73886 debit cardData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2018 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review, by Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Debit is important for Financial Institutions, because…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: 2018 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review, by Sarah Grotta, Director, Debit and Alternative Products Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Debit is important for Financial Institutions, because…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/debit-is-important-for-financial-institutions-because/feed/ 0 Debit is important for Financial Institutions, because...? - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's Report: 2018 Annual U.S. Debit Market Data Review, by Sarah Grotta Credit Cards,Debit Cards,debit
Conversational commerce is EXPLODING! https://www.paymentsjournal.com/conversational-commerce-is-exploding/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/conversational-commerce-is-exploding/#respond Fri, 03 Aug 2018 14:25:21 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73880 conversational commerceData for this episode of Truth In Data Provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Conversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Raymond Pucci, Associate Director, Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Conversational commerce is EXPLODING! appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data Provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: Conversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Raymond Pucci, Associate Director, Research Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Conversational commerce is EXPLODING! appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/conversational-commerce-is-exploding/feed/ 0 Conversational commerce is EXPLODING! - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data Provided by Mercator Advisory Group's Report: Conversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities Conversational Commerce,conversational commerce
In fast food and convenience stores – CASH IS KING! https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-fast-food-and-convenience-stores-cash-is-king/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-fast-food-and-convenience-stores-cash-is-king/#respond Tue, 31 Jul 2018 17:58:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73765 payment preferencesData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’ Report: How Payments Align with Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post In fast food and convenience stores – CASH IS KING! appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’ Report: How Payments Align with Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post In fast food and convenience stores – CASH IS KING! appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-fast-food-and-convenience-stores-cash-is-king/feed/ 0 In fast food and convenience stores - CASH IS KING! - PaymentsJournal In this episode of Truth In Data, we take a look at how in fast food and convenience stores, cash is king. Cash,Credit,Debit,PayPal,payments
Mobile Payment Experience Is NOT Ubiquitous https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-payment-experience-is-not-ubiquitous/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-payment-experience-is-not-ubiquitous/#respond Tue, 31 Jul 2018 17:26:35 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73761 mobile paymentsData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’ Report: How Payments Align with Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Mobile Payment Experience Is NOT Ubiquitous appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’ Report: How Payments Align with Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Mobile Payment Experience Is NOT Ubiquitous appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-payment-experience-is-not-ubiquitous/feed/ 0 Mobile Payment Experience Is NOT Ubiquitous - PaymentsJournal This episode of Truth In Data takes a look at why the mobile payment experience isn't ubiquitous, as defined by Mercator Advisory Group. checkout,Mobile,Mobile Wallets,mobile payment
The Facts About Voice Assistants https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-facts-about-voice-assistants/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-facts-about-voice-assistants/#respond Tue, 31 Jul 2018 17:20:29 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73758 voiceData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’ Report: How Payments Align with Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post The Facts About Voice Assistants appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’ Report: How Payments Align with Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post The Facts About Voice Assistants appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-facts-about-voice-assistants/feed/ 0 The Facts About Voice Assistants - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’ Report: How Payments Align with Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Service at Mercator Advisory Group conversational,Mobile,voice assistant,Voice Assistants
PayPal users are motivated by security concerns https://www.paymentsjournal.com/paypal-users-are-motivated-by-security-concerns/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/paypal-users-are-motivated-by-security-concerns/#respond Tue, 31 Jul 2018 17:15:08 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73754 cyber-securityData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’ Report: How Payments Align with Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post PayPal users are motivated by security concerns appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’ Report: How Payments Align with Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post PayPal users are motivated by security concerns appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/paypal-users-are-motivated-by-security-concerns/feed/ 0 PayPal users are motivated by security concerns - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group' Report: How Payments Align with Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager Customer Interactions,PayPal,Security,paypal
New Payment Hubs Currently Emerging https://www.paymentsjournal.com/new-payment-hubs-currently-emerging/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/new-payment-hubs-currently-emerging/#respond Mon, 30 Jul 2018 13:14:22 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73706 payment hubData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report Payments Hubs Renaissance in 2018, by Steve Murphy, Director, Commerical and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service

The post New Payment Hubs Currently Emerging appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report Payments Hubs Renaissance in 2018, by Steve Murphy, Director, Commerical and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service

The post New Payment Hubs Currently Emerging appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/new-payment-hubs-currently-emerging/feed/ 0 New Payment Hubs Currently Emerging - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's Report Payments Hubs Renaissance in 2018, by Steve Murphy, Director, payment hub,payment hub
What makes up a strong customer authentication? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-makes-up-a-strong-customer-authentication/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-makes-up-a-strong-customer-authentication/#respond Fri, 27 Jul 2018 12:37:21 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73679 biometricsData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: International Commercial Card Markets Outlook 2016-2021, by Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service

The post What makes up a strong customer authentication? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report: International Commercial Card Markets Outlook 2016-2021, by Steve Murphy, Director, Commercial and Enterprise Payments Advisory Service

The post What makes up a strong customer authentication? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/what-makes-up-a-strong-customer-authentication/feed/ 0 What makes up a strong customer authentication? - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's Report: International Commercial Card Markets Outlook 2016-2021, by Steve Authentication,Biometrics,authentication
The most common barrier to online shopping is? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-common-barrier-to-online-shopping-is/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-common-barrier-to-online-shopping-is/#respond Thu, 26 Jul 2018 13:20:40 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73665 Seamless or See Ya: The Struggle to Simplify Account OpeningData for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report The Customer Merchant Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Services

The post The most common barrier to online shopping is? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report The Customer Merchant Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Services

The post The most common barrier to online shopping is? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-common-barrier-to-online-shopping-is/feed/ 0 The most common barrier to online shopping is? - PaymentsJournal Data for this episode of Truth In Data provided by Mercator Advisory Group's Report The Customer Merchant Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, online shopping,online shopping
How fast is conversational commerce growing? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/adoption-conversational-commerce/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/adoption-conversational-commerce/#respond Wed, 25 Jul 2018 12:15:40 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73629 conversational commerceData for this Truth In Data Episode Provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report, Conversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Raymond Pucci, Associate Director, Research Services

The post How fast is conversational commerce growing? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this Truth In Data Episode Provided by Mercator Advisory Group’s Report, Conversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Raymond Pucci, Associate Director, Research Services

The post How fast is conversational commerce growing? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/adoption-conversational-commerce/feed/ 0 %%title%% %%page%% Data for this Truth In Data Episode Provided by Mercator Advisory Group's Report, Conversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, Conversational Commerce,conversational commerce
Do you know who was the first financial institution to compete against Bitcoin? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-you-know-who-was-the-first-financial-institution-to-compete-against-bitcoin/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-you-know-who-was-the-first-financial-institution-to-compete-against-bitcoin/#respond Mon, 23 Jul 2018 12:05:36 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73493 cryptocurrencyData provided by Mercator Advisory Groups Viewpoint, Goldman Sachs Credit Cards: A Golden Opportunity, by Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Do you know who was the first financial institution to compete against Bitcoin? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data provided by Mercator Advisory Groups Viewpoint, Goldman Sachs Credit Cards: A Golden Opportunity, by Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Do you know who was the first financial institution to compete against Bitcoin? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/do-you-know-who-was-the-first-financial-institution-to-compete-against-bitcoin/feed/ 0 %%title%% %%page%% Data provided by Mercator Advisory Groups Viewpoint, Goldman Sachs Credit Cards: A Golden Opportunity, by Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group Bitcoin,Cryptocurrencies,Goldman Sachs,cryptocurrency
There are an estimated how many million smartphones in the hands of US consumers? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-are-an-estimated-how-many-million-smartphones-in-the-hands-of-us-consumers/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-are-an-estimated-how-many-million-smartphones-in-the-hands-of-us-consumers/#respond Fri, 20 Jul 2018 14:59:55 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73482 Data for this Truth In Data episode provided by, Conversational Commerce Speaks to a New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Raymond Pucci, Research Services, at Mercator Advisory Group

The post There are an estimated how many million smartphones in the hands of US consumers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Data for this Truth In Data episode provided by, Conversational Commerce Speaks to a New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Raymond Pucci, Research Services, at Mercator Advisory Group

The post There are an estimated how many million smartphones in the hands of US consumers? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/there-are-an-estimated-how-many-million-smartphones-in-the-hands-of-us-consumers/feed/ 0 %%title%% %%page%% Conversational Commerce Speaks to a New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Sue Brown smartphone,smartphones
One in four consumers could not name a leading brand in any of the following categories? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/one-in-four-consumers-could-not-name-a-leading-brand/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/one-in-four-consumers-could-not-name-a-leading-brand/#respond Thu, 19 Jul 2018 13:27:33 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73464 This is huge – a quarter of consumers can’t name a favorite brand, indicating that a substantial degree of consumer shopping is not store centric; another hyposthesis is that because no single brand could dominate all three categories, consumers were hesitant to name a single leader for any; and a third hypothesis is that Target […]

The post One in four consumers could not name a leading brand in any of the following categories? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

This is huge – a quarter of consumers can’t name a favorite brand, indicating that a substantial degree of consumer shopping is not store centric; another hyposthesis is that because no single brand could dominate all three categories, consumers were hesitant to name a single leader for any; and a third hypothesis is that Target & Walmart – the two leading retailers named – have brainwashed the masses into learning their store layouts and ecommerce interfaces by heart.

The post One in four consumers could not name a leading brand in any of the following categories? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/one-in-four-consumers-could-not-name-a-leading-brand/feed/ 0
One in how many consumers prefer email communications for financial services product marketing? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/one-in-how-many-consumers-prefer-email-communications/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/one-in-how-many-consumers-prefer-email-communications/#respond Tue, 17 Jul 2018 14:27:29 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73427

The post One in how many consumers prefer email communications for financial services product marketing? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Personalization 1.0: Have FI Implementations Hit the Wall with Consumers? By Ken Patterson, VP of Special Projects and Director of Customer Interactions Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post One in how many consumers prefer email communications for financial services product marketing? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/one-in-how-many-consumers-prefer-email-communications/feed/ 0 One in four – interestingly, this is true of all age groups. Where typically younger consumers and early adopters flock to digital channels (1) One in four - interestingly, this is true of all age groups. Where typically younger consumers and early adopters flock to digital channels (1)
Participation in rewards programs only breaks greater than 40% in what 3 verticals? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/participation-in-rewards-programs-only-breaks-greater-than-40-in-what-3-verticals/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/participation-in-rewards-programs-only-breaks-greater-than-40-in-what-3-verticals/#respond Mon, 16 Jul 2018 15:01:22 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73401

The post Participation in rewards programs only breaks greater than 40% in what 3 verticals? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Participation in rewards programs only breaks _40% in 3 verticals_
The Customer Merchant Experience, by Karen Augustine, Manager, Primary Data Services at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Participation in rewards programs only breaks greater than 40% in what 3 verticals? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/participation-in-rewards-programs-only-breaks-greater-than-40-in-what-3-verticals/feed/ 0 Participation in rewards programs only breaks _40% in 3 verticals_ Participation in rewards programs only breaks _40% in 3 verticals_
Financial service providers outside the EU need to understand GDPR, because? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/financial-service-providers-outside-the-eu-need-to-understand-gdpr-because/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/financial-service-providers-outside-the-eu-need-to-understand-gdpr-because/#respond Fri, 13 Jul 2018 16:57:12 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73363 GDPR

The post Financial service providers outside the EU need to understand GDPR, because? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

…regulatory requirements migrate, examples include__EMV Chips_Interchange price controls_Elements of PSDPSD2
General Data Protection Regulation: The European Union’s Cross-Industry Approach to Data Protection, by Brian Riley, Director, Credit Advisory Service at Mercator Advisory Group

The post Financial service providers outside the EU need to understand GDPR, because? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/financial-service-providers-outside-the-eu-need-to-understand-gdpr-because/feed/ 0 …regulatory requirements migrate, examples include__EMV Chips_Interchange price controls_Elements of PSDPSD2 …regulatory requirements migrate, examples include__EMV Chips_Interchange price controls_Elements of PSDPSD2
The vast majority of new financial services products are built on what payment platform? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-vast-majority-of-new-financial-services-products-are-built-on-what-payment-platform/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-vast-majority-of-new-financial-services-products-are-built-on-what-payment-platform/#respond Thu, 12 Jul 2018 12:38:48 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73340 BIN Sponsorship of Prepaid Card Programs: Benefits for Financial Institutions, by Sue Brown

The post The vast majority of new financial services products are built on what payment platform? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Prepaid debitThe economy is growing, and prepaid managers still want a variety of issuers to diversify their risks

BIN Sponsorship of Prepaid Card Programs: Benefits for Financial Institutions, by Sue Brown

The post The vast majority of new financial services products are built on what payment platform? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-vast-majority-of-new-financial-services-products-are-built-on-what-payment-platform/feed/ 0 Prepaid debitThe economy is growing, and prepaid managers still want a variety of issuers to diversify their risks
Integration and standardization are becoming much less of an issue because…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/integration-and-standardization-are-becoming-much-less-of-an-issue-because/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/integration-and-standardization-are-becoming-much-less-of-an-issue-because/#respond Wed, 11 Jul 2018 15:47:16 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73331 standardizationIntegration and standardization are two of the major historical hurdles to innovative technologies, but the development of new technologies is driving change by limiting these two key influences on the market. Mercator Advisory Group sees today’s ecosystem as an inflection point where multiple trends are aligning to have a major impact on the industry – […]

The post Integration and standardization are becoming much less of an issue because…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

API
2018 Outlook: US Payments, by Aaron McPherson

Integration and standardization are two of the major historical hurdles to innovative technologies, but the development of new technologies is driving change by limiting these two key influences on the market. Mercator Advisory Group sees today’s ecosystem as an inflection point where multiple trends are aligning to have a major impact on the industry – namely: open APIs, mobile, machine learning (fraud), and faster payments.

The post Integration and standardization are becoming much less of an issue because…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/integration-and-standardization-are-becoming-much-less-of-an-issue-because/feed/ 0 API API
Fingerprints and face recognition will either be combined, or dropped altogether once…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fingerprints-and-face-recognition-will-either-be-combined-or-dropped-altogether-once/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fingerprints-and-face-recognition-will-either-be-combined-or-dropped-altogether-once/#respond Tue, 10 Jul 2018 12:06:28 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73278 4Finance Stakes Deal With iDenfy to Speed-up Customer Sign-Ups

The post Fingerprints and face recognition will either be combined, or dropped altogether once…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Fingerprints and face recognition will either be combined, or dropped altogether once_
2018 Outlook: US Payments, by Aaron McPherson

The post Fingerprints and face recognition will either be combined, or dropped altogether once…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/fingerprints-and-face-recognition-will-either-be-combined-or-dropped-altogether-once/feed/ 0 Fingerprints and face recognition will either be combined, or dropped altogether once_ Fingerprints and face recognition will either be combined, or dropped altogether once_
For banks, the late adopters to offer real-time P2P will face this problem…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-banks-the-late-adopters-to-offer-real-time-p2p-will-face-this-problem/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-banks-the-late-adopters-to-offer-real-time-p2p-will-face-this-problem/#respond Mon, 09 Jul 2018 18:18:43 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73257 p2pWe saw the exact same thing happen with EMV adoption by merchants; by the time the market agreed to go there – they couldn’t all fit through the door to get certified 2018 Outlook: US Payments, by Aaron McPherson  

The post For banks, the late adopters to offer real-time P2P will face this problem…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Theres gonna be a log jam

We saw the exact same thing happen with EMV adoption by merchants; by the time the market agreed to go there – they couldn’t all fit through the door to get certified

2018 Outlook: US Payments, by Aaron McPherson

 

The post For banks, the late adopters to offer real-time P2P will face this problem…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-banks-the-late-adopters-to-offer-real-time-p2p-will-face-this-problem/feed/ 0 Theres gonna be a log jam Theres gonna be a log jam
The four major trends are driving change & spending for FI’s in 2018 are…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/major-trends-driving-change/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/major-trends-driving-change/#respond Fri, 06 Jul 2018 12:00:28 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73140 payment trends2018 Outlook: US Payments, by Aaron McPherson We’re currently at an inflection point following a buildup in several trends now poised to make a major impact on the industry.

The post The four major trends are driving change & spending for FI’s in 2018 are…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Payment Trends

2018 Outlook: US Payments, by Aaron McPherson

We’re currently at an inflection point following a buildup in several trends now poised to make a major impact on the industry.

The post The four major trends are driving change & spending for FI’s in 2018 are…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/major-trends-driving-change/feed/ 0 Payment Trends Payment Trends
Here is the thing with Mobile Wallets… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/here-is-the-thing-with-mobile-wallets/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/here-is-the-thing-with-mobile-wallets/#respond Thu, 05 Jul 2018 12:00:52 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73136 Contactless Credit Card Payments Wallets digital tipping2018 Outlook: US Payments, by Aaron McPherson Banks and mobile device manufacturers need to find more incentives to motivate consumers to actually use these mobile wallets – at the moment, there aren’t enough.

The post Here is the thing with Mobile Wallets… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Mobile wallets

2018 Outlook: US Payments, by Aaron McPherson

Banks and mobile device manufacturers need to find more incentives to motivate consumers to actually use these mobile wallets – at the moment, there aren’t enough.

The post Here is the thing with Mobile Wallets… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/here-is-the-thing-with-mobile-wallets/feed/ 0 Mobile wallets Mobile wallets
The first Payment Service Directive (2009) had what 5 objectives…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-first-payment-service-directive-2009-had-what-5-objectives/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-first-payment-service-directive-2009-had-what-5-objectives/#respond Tue, 03 Jul 2018 12:00:20 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73157 EUGeneral Data Protection Regulation: The European Union’s Cross Industry Approach to Data Protection, by Brian Riley

The post The first Payment Service Directive (2009) had what 5 objectives…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

standards

General Data Protection Regulation: The European Union’s Cross Industry Approach to Data Protection, by Brian Riley

The post The first Payment Service Directive (2009) had what 5 objectives…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-first-payment-service-directive-2009-had-what-5-objectives/feed/ 0 standards standards
What is different about conversational commerce vs. ecommerce or mcommerce…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/conversational-commerce-vs-ecommerce-or-mcommerce/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/conversational-commerce-vs-ecommerce-or-mcommerce/#respond Mon, 02 Jul 2018 12:00:24 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73170 commerceConversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Sue Brown

The post What is different about conversational commerce vs. ecommerce or mcommerce…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

commerce

Conversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Sue Brown

The post What is different about conversational commerce vs. ecommerce or mcommerce…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/conversational-commerce-vs-ecommerce-or-mcommerce/feed/ 0 commerce commerce
The value of drive-thru ATMs satisfies what two distinct consumer preferences…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atms-satisfies-two-distinct-consumer-preferences/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atms-satisfies-two-distinct-consumer-preferences/#respond Fri, 29 Jun 2018 12:00:45 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73129   ATM & Self Service Banking; The Importance of Surcharge-Free ATM Networks by Karen Augustine Here’s another thought: Drive-thru ATMs are significantly (almost twice) as popular as in-store ATMS; has the growth and convenience of online shopping precipitated the decline of in-store ATM? Or, put another way, is the decline of in-store ATM activity the […]

The post The value of drive-thru ATMs satisfies what two distinct consumer preferences…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

 

ATMs

ATM & Self Service Banking; The Importance of Surcharge-Free ATM Networks by Karen Augustine

Here’s another thought:
Drive-thru ATMs are significantly (almost twice) as popular as in-store ATMS; has the growth and convenience of online shopping precipitated the decline of in-store ATM? Or, put another way, is the decline of in-store ATM activity the canary in the coal mine for retail shopping??

The post The value of drive-thru ATMs satisfies what two distinct consumer preferences…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atms-satisfies-two-distinct-consumer-preferences/feed/ 0 ATMs ATMs
“Small Business” is an amorphous term, here is how it breaks down in the US: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-is-an-amorphous-term/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-is-an-amorphous-term/#respond Thu, 28 Jun 2018 12:01:39 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73118 Where Do Small Businesses Turn for Advice?US Small Business Credit Card Forecast, 2017-2022: Healthy Market, Room for Improvement, by Brian Riley

The post “Small Business” is an amorphous term, here is how it breaks down in the US: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

small business

US Small Business Credit Card Forecast, 2017-2022: Healthy Market, Room for Improvement, by Brian Riley

The post “Small Business” is an amorphous term, here is how it breaks down in the US: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-is-an-amorphous-term/feed/ 0 small business small business
Small business credit cards differ from consumer cards in a few important ways like…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-credit-cards/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-credit-cards/#respond Thu, 28 Jun 2018 12:00:09 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73122 credit cardUS Small Business Credit Card Forecast, 2017-2022: Healthy Market, Room for Improvement, by Brian Riley

The post Small business credit cards differ from consumer cards in a few important ways like…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

small business credit card

US Small Business Credit Card Forecast, 2017-2022: Healthy Market, Room for Improvement, by Brian Riley

The post Small business credit cards differ from consumer cards in a few important ways like…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/small-business-credit-cards/feed/ 0 small business credit card small business credit card
Tokens work because….? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/tokens-work-because/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/tokens-work-because/#respond Wed, 27 Jun 2018 13:29:50 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73106 Payment Account Reference: Finding the Cardholder in a Sea of Tokens, by Sarah Grotta I think of tokens like a Chineses finger trap: one where you can’t get the data inside without owning both sides of the token – the Token Vault & the Token Service Provider -Sarah Grotta

The post Tokens work because….? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Tokens

Payment Account Reference: Finding the Cardholder in a Sea of Tokens, by Sarah Grotta

I think of tokens like a Chineses finger trap: one where you can’t get the data inside without owning both sides of the token – the Token Vault & the Token Service Provider -Sarah Grotta

The post Tokens work because….? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/tokens-work-because/feed/ 0 Tokens Tokens
We’ve entered a new world of “concierge commerce,” where…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/new-world-concierge-commerce/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/new-world-concierge-commerce/#respond Tue, 26 Jun 2018 13:56:10 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73057 merchantsConversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Sue Brown

The post We’ve entered a new world of “concierge commerce,” where…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

merchants

Conversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Sue Brown

The post We’ve entered a new world of “concierge commerce,” where…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/new-world-concierge-commerce/feed/ 0 merchants merchants
Two leading indicators have emerged for consumers selecting a financial institutions based on ATM criteria: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/two-leading-indicators-have-emerged-for-consumers-selecting-a-financial-institutions-based-on-atm-criteria/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/two-leading-indicators-have-emerged-for-consumers-selecting-a-financial-institutions-based-on-atm-criteria/#respond Mon, 25 Jun 2018 12:48:28 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73036 ATM as Branch: The Potential of ATM-Based Self-Service as a Substitute for Branches, by Ken Paterson

The post Two leading indicators have emerged for consumers selecting a financial institutions based on ATM criteria: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

ATM

ATM as Branch: The Potential of ATM-Based Self-Service as a Substitute for Branches, by Ken Paterson

The post Two leading indicators have emerged for consumers selecting a financial institutions based on ATM criteria: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/two-leading-indicators-have-emerged-for-consumers-selecting-a-financial-institutions-based-on-atm-criteria/feed/ 0 ATM ATM
You’d think faster payments would replace cash, but: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/youd-think-faster-payments-would-replace-cash-but/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/youd-think-faster-payments-would-replace-cash-but/#respond Fri, 22 Jun 2018 17:49:02 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73026 cash-machines2018 Outlook: US Payments, by Aaron McPherson

The post You’d think faster payments would replace cash, but: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Faster Payments

2018 Outlook: US Payments, by Aaron McPherson

The post You’d think faster payments would replace cash, but: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/youd-think-faster-payments-would-replace-cash-but/feed/ 0 Faster Payments Faster Payments
After consumer loans, Goldman Sachs went SMB with their 5th move to build…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-consumer-loans-goldman-sachs-went-smb-with-their-5th-move-to-build/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-consumer-loans-goldman-sachs-went-smb-with-their-5th-move-to-build/#respond Thu, 21 Jun 2018 13:11:13 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=73000 Competing with unicorn “disruptors” Prosper and regular retail banks. Ironically, the Marcus group launched with a low-interest loan product designed to consolidate consumer high-priced credit card debt: a clear indication of interest in the credit card market.

The post After consumer loans, Goldman Sachs went SMB with their 5th move to build…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Goldman Sachs
Goldman Sachs Credit Cards: A Golden Opportunity, by Brian Riley

Competing with unicorn “disruptors” Prosper and regular retail banks. Ironically, the Marcus group launched with a low-interest loan product designed to consolidate consumer high-priced credit card debt: a clear indication of interest in the credit card market.

The post After consumer loans, Goldman Sachs went SMB with their 5th move to build…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/after-consumer-loans-goldman-sachs-went-smb-with-their-5th-move-to-build/feed/ 0 Goldman Sachs Goldman Sachs
Strong customer authentication is a procedure based on the use of two or more of the following: https://www.paymentsjournal.com/strong-customer-authentication-is-a-procedure-based-on-the-use-of-two-or-more-of-the-following/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/strong-customer-authentication-is-a-procedure-based-on-the-use-of-two-or-more-of-the-following/#respond Wed, 20 Jun 2018 13:28:57 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72975 International Commercial Card Markets Outlook 2016-2021, by Steve Murphy

The post Strong customer authentication is a procedure based on the use of two or more of the following: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

authentication

International Commercial Card Markets Outlook 2016-2021, by Steve Murphy

The post Strong customer authentication is a procedure based on the use of two or more of the following: appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/strong-customer-authentication-is-a-procedure-based-on-the-use-of-two-or-more-of-the-following/feed/ 0 authentication authentication
In-store centric consumers do not have high participation rates in…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/store-centric-concumers-do-not-have-high-participation-rates/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/store-centric-concumers-do-not-have-high-participation-rates/#respond Tue, 19 Jun 2018 14:58:19 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72955 The lack of strong participation in store-oriented segments is concerning. It suggests that many loyalty programs are not accessible to the buying patterns of in-store consumers. Either physical merchants need to step up their game, or call it quits on loyalty programs for in-store shoppers…   The Customer Merchant Experience, by Karen Augustine

The post In-store centric consumers do not have high participation rates in…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

loyaltyrewards programs

The lack of strong participation in store-oriented segments is concerning. It suggests that many loyalty programs are not accessible to the buying patterns of in-store consumers. Either physical merchants need to step up their game, or call it quits on loyalty programs for in-store shoppers…

 

The Customer Merchant Experience, by Karen Augustine

The post In-store centric consumers do not have high participation rates in…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/store-centric-concumers-do-not-have-high-participation-rates/feed/ 0 loyaltyrewards programs loyaltyrewards programs
The “Amazon Effect” is when…? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-amazon-effect-is-when/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-amazon-effect-is-when/#respond Mon, 18 Jun 2018 13:59:29 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72916 Conversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Sue Brown

The post The “Amazon Effect” is when…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

The Amazon EffectThe Amazon Effect

Conversational Commerce Speaks to New Market Opportunities for Merchants, by Sue Brown

The post The “Amazon Effect” is when…? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-amazon-effect-is-when/feed/ 0 The Amazon Effect The Amazon Effect
Reflecting the decline in check use, _____% of ATM users didn’t even have a check to cash in the last 12 months https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reflecting-the-decline-in-check-use-atm/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reflecting-the-decline-in-check-use-atm/#respond Thu, 14 Jun 2018 13:15:38 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72838 atmATM & Self Service Banking; The Importance of Surcharge-Free ATM Networks by Karen Augustine

The post Reflecting the decline in check use, _____% of ATM users didn’t even have a check to cash in the last 12 months appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

ATM and Check Cash Usage

ATM & Self Service Banking; The Importance of Surcharge-Free ATM Networks by Karen Augustine

The post Reflecting the decline in check use, _____% of ATM users didn’t even have a check to cash in the last 12 months appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/reflecting-the-decline-in-check-use-atm/feed/ 0 ATM and Check Cash Usage ATM and Check Cash Usage
Use of mobile devices to pay for goods in stores, online, or in app has….? https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-devices-pay-in-the-us/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-devices-pay-in-the-us/#respond Wed, 13 Jun 2018 19:04:28 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72827 Asian Mobile Payment Apps as a Wayt of Life: A Look at Alipay, Paytm, and WeChat Pay, by Raymond Pucci & Sarah Grotta

The post Use of mobile devices to pay for goods in stores, online, or in app has….? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Mobile Payment

Asian Mobile Payment Apps as a Wayt of Life: A Look at Alipay, Paytm, and WeChat Pay, by Raymond Pucci & Sarah Grotta

The post Use of mobile devices to pay for goods in stores, online, or in app has….? appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/mobile-devices-pay-in-the-us/feed/ 0 Mobile Payment Mobile Payment
For ‘Singles Day’ Alipay processed ___ billion payments totaling $__ billion, 90% over mobile phones. https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-singles-day-alipay-processed-billion-payments-totaling-billion-90-over-mobile-phones/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-singles-day-alipay-processed-billion-payments-totaling-billion-90-over-mobile-phones/#respond Tue, 12 Jun 2018 13:11:13 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72758 Asian Mobile Payment Apps as a Wayt of Life: A Look at Alipay, Paytm, and WeChat Pay, by Raymond Pucci & Sarah Grotta

The post For ‘Singles Day’ Alipay processed ___ billion payments totaling $__ billion, 90% over mobile phones. appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Alipay processed 1.48 billion transactions, totalling over $25 billion mostly through mobile phonesBlack Friday & Cyber Monday combined totalled $11.6 billion2

Asian Mobile Payment Apps as a Wayt of Life: A Look at Alipay, Paytm, and WeChat Pay, by Raymond Pucci & Sarah Grotta

The post For ‘Singles Day’ Alipay processed ___ billion payments totaling $__ billion, 90% over mobile phones. appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/for-singles-day-alipay-processed-billion-payments-totaling-billion-90-over-mobile-phones/feed/ 0 Alipay processed 1.48 billion transactions, totalling over $25 billion mostly through mobile phonesBlack Friday & Cyber Monday combined totalled $11.6 billion2 Alipay processed 1.48 billion transactions, totalling over $25 billion mostly through mobile phonesBlack Friday & Cyber Monday combined totalled $11.6 billion2
US credit card Issuers booked an estimated ____million new accounts between 2015-2017 https://www.paymentsjournal.com/us-credit-card-issuers-booked-an-estimated/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/us-credit-card-issuers-booked-an-estimated/#respond Fri, 08 Jun 2018 13:20:49 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72694 buildingCredit Card Acquisitions: Maximizing Results amid Change, by Brian Riley

The post US credit card Issuers booked an estimated ____million new accounts between 2015-2017 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Credit Card Accounts

Credit Card Acquisitions: Maximizing Results amid Change, by Brian Riley

The post US credit card Issuers booked an estimated ____million new accounts between 2015-2017 appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/us-credit-card-issuers-booked-an-estimated/feed/ 0 Credit Card Accounts Credit Card Accounts
Checks have declined from 40 billion items in 2000, to about 15 billion items in 2015; but despite the downward trend… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checks-have-declined-from-40-billion-items-in-2000-to-about-15-billion-items-in-2015-but-despite-the-downward-trend/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checks-have-declined-from-40-billion-items-in-2000-to-about-15-billion-items-in-2015-but-despite-the-downward-trend/#respond Thu, 07 Jun 2018 18:02:32 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72669 chequesATM as Branch: The Potential of ATM-Based Self-Service as a Substitute for Branches, by Ken Paterson

The post Checks have declined from 40 billion items in 2000, to about 15 billion items in 2015; but despite the downward trend… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

check
ATM as Branch: The Potential of ATM-Based Self-Service as a Substitute for Branches, by Ken Paterson

The post Checks have declined from 40 billion items in 2000, to about 15 billion items in 2015; but despite the downward trend… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/checks-have-declined-from-40-billion-items-in-2000-to-about-15-billion-items-in-2015-but-despite-the-downward-trend/feed/ 0 check check
Consumers who use voice-activated assistance or chatbots are four times as likely… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-who-use-voice-activated-assistance-or-chatbots-are-four-times-as-likely/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-who-use-voice-activated-assistance-or-chatbots-are-four-times-as-likely/#respond Wed, 06 Jun 2018 12:59:56 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72630 voiceATM & Self Service Banking; The Importance of Surcharge-Free ATM Networks by Karen Augustine

The post Consumers who use voice-activated assistance or chatbots are four times as likely… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

Chatbots/Voice Assistance

ATM & Self Service Banking; The Importance of Surcharge-Free ATM Networks by Karen Augustine

The post Consumers who use voice-activated assistance or chatbots are four times as likely… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/consumers-who-use-voice-activated-assistance-or-chatbots-are-four-times-as-likely/feed/ 0 Chatbots/Voice Assistance Chatbots/Voice Assistance
ATM’s Are the Second Most Common Method for Getting Cash, Behind… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atms-are-the-second-most-common-method-for-getting-cash-behind/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atms-are-the-second-most-common-method-for-getting-cash-behind/#respond Tue, 05 Jun 2018 17:52:14 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72607 Money withdrawal on the ATMSource: ATM & Self Service Banking; The Importance of Surcharge-Free ATM Networks by Karen Augustine

The post ATM’s Are the Second Most Common Method for Getting Cash, Behind… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

ATM's

Source: ATM & Self Service Banking; The Importance of Surcharge-Free ATM Networks by Karen Augustine

The post ATM’s Are the Second Most Common Method for Getting Cash, Behind… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/atms-are-the-second-most-common-method-for-getting-cash-behind/feed/ 0 ATM’s ATM's
The Most Pervasive Behavioral Change in Consumer Shopping Is… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-pervasive-behavioral-change-in-consumer-shopping-is/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-pervasive-behavioral-change-in-consumer-shopping-is/#respond Mon, 04 Jun 2018 12:51:40 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72511   For all the attention pouring onto AI, conversational commerce, and voice-activated devices, the most pervasive behavioral change in commerce – how shoppers are really changing their habits – is online research before purchase. Forty-Seven percent of consumers are conducting their own product research, often in-store while shopping, making the decision to purchase in advance of the […]

The post The Most Pervasive Behavioral Change in Consumer Shopping Is… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

mobile

 

For all the attention pouring onto AI, conversational commerce, and voice-activated devices, the most pervasive behavioral change in commerce – how shoppers are really changing their habits – is online research before purchase. Forty-Seven percent of consumers are conducting their own product research, often in-store while shopping, making the decision to purchase in advance of the shopping cart. The merchants and service providers who win this battlefield today will survive the physical retail death spiral already underway. #TruthInData

The post The Most Pervasive Behavioral Change in Consumer Shopping Is… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/the-most-pervasive-behavioral-change-in-consumer-shopping-is/feed/ 0 mobile mobile
In China alone, the mobile payments market is $__ trillion… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-china-alone-the-mobile-payments-market-is-dollar-trillion/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-china-alone-the-mobile-payments-market-is-dollar-trillion/#respond Mon, 04 Jun 2018 12:48:29 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72508 mobile pay

The post In China alone, the mobile payments market is $__ trillion… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

China Mobile Market
Asian Mobile Payment Apps as a Wayt of Life: A Look at Alipay, Paytm, and WeChat Pay, by Ryamond Pucci & Sarah Grotta

The post In China alone, the mobile payments market is $__ trillion… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/in-china-alone-the-mobile-payments-market-is-dollar-trillion/feed/ 0 China Mobile Market China Mobile Market
Card payment transaction volume in the EU will grow… https://www.paymentsjournal.com/card-payment-transaction-volume-in-the-eu-will-grow/ https://www.paymentsjournal.com/card-payment-transaction-volume-in-the-eu-will-grow/#respond Mon, 04 Jun 2018 12:45:18 +0000 http://www.paymentsjournal.com/?p=72505 Europe’s Plans for a Card Network of Its Own

The post Card payment transaction volume in the EU will grow… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>

50% -Data point
General Data Protection Regulation: The European Union’s Cross Industry Approach to Data Protection, by Brian Riley

The post Card payment transaction volume in the EU will grow… appeared first on PaymentsJournal.

]]>
https://www.paymentsjournal.com/card-payment-transaction-volume-in-the-eu-will-grow/feed/ 0 50% -Data point 50% -Data point